Miljø- og Fødevareudvalget 2016-17
L 111
Offentligt
1736005_0001.png
Bilag 3
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0002.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0003.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0004.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0005.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0006.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0007.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0008.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0009.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0010.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0011.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0012.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0013.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0014.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0015.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0016.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0017.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0018.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0019.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0020.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0021.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0022.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0023.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0024.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0025.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0026.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0027.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0028.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0029.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0030.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0031.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0032.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0033.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0034.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0035.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0036.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0037.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0038.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0039.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0040.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0041.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0042.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0043.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0044.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0045.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0046.png
M
AIN AIMS OF A REVISED
D
ECISION
& A
NNEX
III
F
RAMEWORK
D
IRECTIVE
1.
B
ACKGROUND
FOR THE
M
ARINE
S
TRATEGY
The goal of the Marine Strategy Framework Directive (MSFD
Directive 2008/56/EC) is the
protection and conservation of Europe's marine environment to achieve good environmental
status (GES) by 2020. It requires Member States to draw up a marine strategy, implement it
and eventually report upon it. The marine strategy is split over two phases. The preparation
phase of the strategy required Member States to assess the environmental status of their
marine waters, to determine what is considered to be good environmental status (GES), to
establish environmental targets and related indicators that are needed to achieve GES (2012),
and finally to establish monitoring programmes to provide the necessary data and information
to assess progress towards GES and the targets (2014). The second phase concerns the
development of a programme of measures to achieve good environmental status (2015) and
their eventual implementation (2016).
The Directive's definition of 'good environmental status' is rather high level, but it lists in an
annex eleven descriptors providing more specific objectives (Annex I) and another annex
(Annex III) lists indicative characteristics, pressures and impacts to be taken into account by
Member States in their determination of GES. The Directive (Article 9.3) also empowers the
Commission to detail the technical criteria and methodological standards that are to be used
to assess the extent to which good environmental status is being achieved. These were
embodied in Commission decision (Decision 2010/447/EU).
Member States are also required to work together at a regional or sub-regional level to ensure
a consistent determination of good environmental status. Member States' marine strategies
are to be updated every six years. This means that Member States will have to update their
initial assessment, their determination of GES and their environmental targets in 2018, when
the second cycle of implementation of the MSFD will start.
2.
W
HY THIS REVISION
?
Based on the Member States' reports in 2012, the Commission had to "assess whether, in the
case of each Member State, the elements notified constitute an appropriate framework to
meet the requirements of this Directive…" (Article 12). The result of this assessment
(2014
1
)
shows that more efforts are urgently needed if the Union's marine waters are to be in good
environmental status by 2020. The Commission's report identified that while Member States
generally applied the 2010 Decision, their determination of good environmental status varied
considerably both within regions or sub-regions and across the EU. Existing EU legislation
(e.g. Habitats Directive) and regional sea convention standards (e.g. on eutrophication) were
not systematically integrated into their strategies. A consistent determination of good
environmental status, as required by the Directive, has thus not been achieved. Moreover,
Member States' determination of their good environmental status often remained general,
making it difficult or impossible to assess whether it has been achieved or not. Part of the
problem lies in the fact that the 2010 Decision could not set out the criteria and
methodological standards in enough detail for certain descriptors, notably those for
biodiversity (D1), non-indigenous species (D2), food webs (D4), sea-floor integrity (D6),
1
COM(2014) 97 final
1
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0047.png
hydrographical changes (D7), litter (D10) and underwater noise (D11). This was already
recognised in recital 4 of the Decision, which asks for its revision as soon as possible after the
Commission's assessment required under Article 12 of the MSFD.
Given these shortcomings and to ensure that the next cycle of implementation of the MSFD
(2018 and beyond) yields greater benefits, the 2014 report concludes
inter alia
that the 2010
Decision needs to be revised, strengthened and improved, while Annex III of the Directive
needs to be reviewed and if necessary revised. The latter was proposed since, the link
between Annex I of the MSFD listing the 11 descriptors and Annex III was not clear, as
already identified in a Commission staff working paper from 2011. The report also identified
what needs to be achieved: criteria and methodological standards that are "clearer, simpler,
more concise, more coherent and comparable".
The revision of the Decision and of Annex III aims at addressing the technical shortcomings
identified during the first phase of implementation and at ensuring coherence with other EU
legislation and regional approaches, where appropriate. The overall objective remains the
adequate implementation of the MSFD in order to achieve its 2020 goals. This review
process therefore provided the opportunity to align the Directive's Annex III with its Annex I
and the GES decision simultaneously.
3.
O
BJECTIVES OF THE
R
EVISION
The revision of the Commission Decision and MSFD Annex III aims to clarify the criteria for
Good Environmental Status (GES), methodological standards and specifications and
standardised methods for monitoring and assessment. It allows also for making the
relationship between Annex I and Annex III more coherent by amending the latter.
The draft legal text for the Decision follows the mandate that was given for this review
process and in particular by providing legal provisions that are simpler, clearer and self-
explanatory. Their formulation is coherent with other EU frameworks and in their absence
explicitly provide for regional cooperation. It finally introduces minimum requirements and
lists of elements, criteria and other parameters per descriptor.
The revision of MSFD Annex III is needed to complement the revision of the Commission
Decision. Annex III forms a key part of the implementation of Articles 8, 9 and 10, where it
provides indicative lists of features and characteristics of the marine environment and of
pressures and impacts upon it. However, its relationship to the Annex I descriptors and to the
GES criteria was not made explicit in the Directive or in the 2010 Commission Decision. The
2011 Commission Staff Working Paper
2
, however, established relationships between the
three elements, but could provide only a partial answer due to their inherent content. The
present revision therefore offers an opportunity to further clarify these relationships and thus
support future implementation by, for example, explicitly linking the elements of Annex III
to the Annex I descriptors, and the structure of Annex III to the assessments under Article 8of
MSFD.
2
Commission Staff Working Paper SEC(2011)1255.pdf
2
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0048.png
4.
A
PPROACH AND PROCESS
The review work started at a technical level with Member States (at working group and
committee level) in 2013. The MSFD Regulatory Committee outlined a Roadmap
3
for this
review with three main steps: a technical and scientific review by end 2014; a consultation
and discussion phase by mid-2015; and finalisation of review process by end 2015.
This review process kicked off through the Common Implementation Strategy of the MSFD.
It was led by the GES working group (WG GES), with technical support from the Joint
Research Centre (JRC) and the International Council for the Exploration of the Sea (ICES).
The
outline of a “manual” for the technical phase of the review of Commission Decision
2010/477/EU was developed between November 2013 and March 2014. The aim of the
manual was to guide the preparatory process and ensure a similar approach for all
descriptors.. It was proposed to prepare one manual per descriptor with a common structure
for all descriptors to ensure coherence.
In addition to direct expert consultation on all descriptors, several workshops have been
organised either by the JRC or by ICES on specific descriptors. These workshops brought
together experts from the relevant ICES and JRC expert networks including Member State
and Regional Sea Convention
4
experts, to review the draft manuals in light of the Decision
(2010/477/EU) and suggest ways to improve the scientific guidance on the determination and
assessment of GES. This work started in July 2014 and was finalised in September 2015. The
results of the technical review process are summarised in Table 1.
Table 1. Summary of outcomes of technical review process
Criteria
2010
Decision
2014-15
technical
review
29
Unchanged 16
Changed 10
Deleted 3
(criteria 1.4, 1.7, 4.2)
Added 2:
D1 species group diversity
D3 size distribution - pressure
Total = 28
Indicators
(primary + secondary)
56
Unchanged 23
Changed 24
Deleted 9
(indicators 1.3.2, 1.5.2, 1.6.3,
1.7.1, 2.2.1, 3.3.2, 6.1.1, 9.1.2,
10.1.3)
Added 13:
For D1 species group diversity
For D2.1 new introductions
For D3.3 selectivity pattern (+3)
For D3.3 size distribution - state
For D3.3 genetic effects (+1)
For D5.2 plankton shifts
For D5.3 benthic invertebrates
For D6.1 extent of pressure
For D8.2 acute pollution impacts
Total = 56 (+4)
Indicators
(secondary)
3
(3.1.2, 3.2.2, 3.3.4)
9
(3.1.2, 3.2.2
5.1.2, 5.2.2, 5.2.3,
5.2.4, 5.2.5, 5.3.1,
5.3.3)
Regional Sea Conventions participate informally in the MSFD common implementation strategy and are seen
as important contributors in view of the regional cooperation emphasis engrained in the Directive.
4
3
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0049.png
Member States and stakeholders were consulted on the technical phase of the review,
including the manuals for each GES descriptor and Annex III between May and August 2015,
followed by other specific workshops for three descriptors. On the basis of the feedback to
this consultation and the outcomes of these workshops, the Commission services prepared a
proposal for a revised GES Decision and MSFD Annex III.
5.
G
ENERAL PRINCIPLES OF THE REVISED
D
ECISION
The general underlying principles for the Commission's proposal for a revised decision are
the following:
a.
Use available EU standards, where appropriate: To make the determination of good
environmental status more effective, this Decision takes into account existing Union
legislation, such as the Water Framework Directive and the Common Fisheries Policy
and others. Such cross-references will not only facilitate Member States' assessments
under Directive 2008/56/EC, particularly by enabling assessments for other purposes
to be used also for the MSFD and thereby reducing administrative burden, but should
also ensure greater consistency and comparability at Union level and between EU
policies.
Where EU standards are not available, Member States should use or develop suitable
standards for the region or subregion: Where this Decision does not set details at
Union level for methodological standards, specifications and standardised methods for
monitoring and assessment, provision is made for Member States to use the ones
agreed at international, regional or sub-regional level or to develop jointly such
standards. This, in particular, recognises the ongoing work of the Regional Sea
Conventions, as provided under Article 6 of Directive 2008/56/EC, but can allow for
use of other regional mechanisms, such as Regional Fisheries Management
Organisations (RFMOs). These processes to develop regional/subregional standards
are essential to ensure coherence and compatibility in determination and assessment
of GES.
b.
The Decision provides for elements for assessment and reference levels to be established
at (sub)regional level for a number of descriptors/criteria (where these are not specified at
Union level). This should draw directly upon existing and ongoing work within, for
example, the Regional Sea Conventions (common/core indicator processes) or bilaterally
in some subregions. Whilst this work should ideally be in place for use in the 2018 Article
8 assessments, it can be expected that not all can be achieved in this timescale.
c.
Assessment elements: where possible, the elements for assessment for each descriptor
have been more clearly specified (and linked to the generic elements of the proposed
Annex III revision). In some cases these refer to already existing EU lists (e.g.
hazardous substances), or, alternately, provide for Member States to draw up suitable
lists for the region or subregion, as part of the process of developing
regional/subregional coherence in the implementation process. When appropriate,
there is provision for a deselection procedure for EU lists (provided there is a suitable
justification) to allow for the regional variation in their relevance, including use of
risk-based approaches. For example, the low risk from certain hazardous substances in
the offshore environment can be used to justify their non-assessment.
4
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0050.png
d.
Combine the 'criteria' and 'indicators' of the 2010 Decision: since the term 'indicators'
is already used in the Directive
in relation to Article 10 ("…establish a comprehensive
set of environmental targets and associated indicators..") it is considered appropriate
to eliminate this term from the Commission decision for use in the context of
determining GES to avoid confusion or misinterpretation in the future implementation
process. The new decision refers only to criteria for assessing the extent to which
good environmental status is being achieved, with the text for each criterion
effectively encompassing what was previously expressed as an indicator. The overall
effect of this approach to combine criteria and indicators is to reduce the number
necessary from 85 (29 criteria and 56 indicators) to 45 (including other
rationalisations).
Criterion definition includes reference levels: for each criterion, the new Decision
includes a reference level, where available, that allows a quantitative assessment of
whether good environmental status is achieved. Where these are not available at EU
level, there is provision for Member States to develop and agree such reference levels
at the regional or subregional level; this is particularly relevant to reflect the differing
ecological characteristics of each region and subregion. In two cases (for descriptors
10 on litter and 11 on noise) it is recommended that reference levels are established at
EU level. For several criteria (for descriptors 2, 6, 7), it is proposed to not have
reference levels, but rather to use these criteria in the assessments of habitats under
descriptor 1 and 6, where reference levels are established.
Appropriate spatial scales: Assessment of whether GES has been achieved is
intrinsically linked to the scale of assessments. Following the experiences of the 2012
initial assessments, in which highly varied approaches to this issue were adopted by
Member States, and technical work under WG GES, a generic approach to the
application of suitable scales for assessment is proposed. This is a so-called 'nested
approach' in which the MSFD regions and subregions can be subdivided into smaller
areas as needed, depending on the descriptor. The finest scale for assessment is the
water body level of the Water Framework Directive, thus allowing direct reuse of
WFD assessments for certain topics (e.g. eutrophication). Whilst these generic scales
are provided in the new Decision, the actual areas to be used are left for Member
States to define; this is already well advanced in the HELCOM and OSPAR areas. An
important aspect of the proposed approach is to link the scales used for assessments of
pressures and impacts to those used for assessments of biodiversity, to help ensure a
more coherent approach between the descriptors.
Possibility of primary and secondary criteria: in the 2010 Commission Decision
descriptor 3 on commercially exploited fish and shellfish included both primary and
secondary indicators, the latter to be used if analytical assessments yielding the
requested values of primary indicators (fishing mortality and spawning stock biomass)
were not available. In the current proposal, more descriptors include secondary
criteria. While primary criteria should be used to ensure consistency across the Union,
flexibility is introduced with regard to secondary criteria, which can either be
alternative (if there is a lack of data for primary criteria) or complementary (only
performed whenever they are considered relevant).
Application rules for criteria: to ensure that assessments are consistent between
Member States for each topic, it is important that the criteria are applied in defined
ways, particularly where several criteria are to be used to assess whether GES has
5
e.
f.
g.
h.
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0051.png
been achieved, or where multiple substances or species need to be assessed. Where
appropriate, the approaches used in other policies (e.g. WFD, Habitats Directive) have
been followed.
i.
Consistency in terms and structure across criteria: the terminology used has been
reviewed and harmonised both across the criteria and with the terminology of the
Directive. This has aimed to minimise the use of synonym terms (e.g. terms reflecting
degraded states, such as adversely affected, adversely altered, impacted, degraded,
changed, deteriorated). The structure of the text has also been reviewed in order to be
consistent and include the same level of information, where available, across all
criteria.
S
UMMARY OF THE PROPOSALS
6.
Annex A to this note provides a list of the original criteria and indicators (as amended by the
technical review process) and how each has been used in the proposed new Decision.
Annex B to this note provides a framework for the relationship of the proposed criteria to the
Article 8(1a and 1b) assessments, to the proposed new Annex III elements (Table 1 and Table
2a), and to the Annex I descriptors.
Revised Text for GES Decision
The new decision text includes definitions of the key terms used in the proposal (i.e. criteria,
methodological standards, specification, reference levels, etc.), general principles (regarding
the use of the criteria and methodological standards and what Member states should do in
their absence) and a review clause.
Annex to revised GES Decision
The Annex to the Decision is structured in three parts. To support a more integrated approach
of assessment between the descriptors, the pressure-based descriptors for MSFD Article 8(1b)
are addressed first (Part A), as the outcomes of these assessments, particularly the scale
(footprint) of impacts on the different ecosystem components, should be used to inform the
assessments of those components for the state-based descriptors under Article 8(1a) (Part B).
Part C lays down the spatial aspects of these assessments.
Part A of the Annex concerns the assessment of predominant pressures and impacts under
point (B) of Art. 8(1) of MSFD. It comprises of criteria to be used in relation to the
assessment of pressures and impacts. In particular, it includes Descriptors 5, 8, 9, 10, 11, 2, 3,
6, 7 (follows same order of pressures as proposed for revised MSFD Annex III: substances,
litter and energy; biological pressures; physical pressures). Descriptors 3, 6, and 7 are
included here from pressure and impact perspective (D3 extraction of fish, including
incidental bycatch; D6 physical damage (including from fisheries) and D6 physical loss and
associated hydrographical changes D7).
Part B of the Annex concerns the assessment of essential features and characteristics and
current environmental status of marine waters under point (A) of Art. 8(1) of MSFD. It
includes criteria to be used in relation to the assessment of ecosystem state characteristics and
contribute to the assessment of Descriptors 1, 4 and 6, split into the following themes: i)
Birds, mammals, reptiles, fish and cephalopods, ii) Pelagic and benthic habitats and iii)
Ecosystems, including food webs.
6
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
7.
D
ETAILS PER DESCRIPTOR
The following text provides briefly the rationale underpinning the revised proposals per
descriptor.
Descriptor 5
Eutrophication
a. Follows closely the proposed approach from the D5 JRC workshop in September
2015. The criterion on nutrient ratios is however omitted due to lack of reliable
linkage to eutrophication effects;
b. Aims to directly use assessments of relevant WFD quality elements for coastal waters,
to maximise links to WFD and avoid reassessments for MSFD;
c. Reference levels, where not already defined in EU Decisions, to be agreed within the
region/subregion, making use of RSC work (beyond coastal waters, and for non-
biological elements within coastal waters).
Descriptor 8
Contaminants
a. Follows closely the existing obligations within 12nm under WFD, to maximise links
to WFD and avoid reassessments for MSFD; changes to matrix used and deselection
of substances not considered relevant are already addressed in WFD mechanisms;
b. Within 12nm, makes provision to accommodate additional substances where relevant,
such as from RSC;
c. Beyond 12nm, Member States can use a risk-based approach to deselect substances
(such as those from land-based sources that are in very low concentrations), but
otherwise should follow the same standards as are used inside 12nm;
d. Criterion on biological effects (D8C2) is retained due to a clear need to relate inputs
of hazardous substances to identifiable effects on biota; however, specific details
should be defined by Member States in recognition of the lack of Union-wide
approaches;
e. Criteria related to acute pollution events are retained, in recognition of the importance
of such issues to the public, but MSFD-specific efforts are minimised by making full
use of existing EMSA processes.
Descriptor 9
Contaminants in seafood
a. Follows closely the existing obligations of EU food regulations regarding
contaminants in food for consumption;
b. Provides for flexibility for Member States to deselect contaminants or add additional
contaminants, on the basis of risk;
c. Makes a link between any contaminated seafood and its source (if within marine
waters), via fishing locations or D8 assessment areas, as appropriate. This is the added
benefit of MSFD, whereby any problem areas could be addressed through measures.
Descriptor 10 - Litter
a. Follows closely the current Decision (with modifications from technical review),
keeping the quantification of litter and of micro-litter separate to reflect Member
States consultation comments;
b. The two current indicators on litter are combined into a single criterion, as their only
difference was the matrix (beach versus water surface or seabed);
7
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
c. The criteria for litter and micro-litter currently lack reference levels; provision is
included to define these at EU level as such levels are likely to be linked to socio-
economic issues rather than to harm to the environment which could be more
appropriately set at regional level;
d. Assessing litter in animals has been split into a criterion for ingestion (reflecting a
quantification of litter) and an entanglement criterion (reflecting an impact on
animals).
Descriptor 11
Energy including underwater noise
a. Follows closely the advice from the technical review (TG Noise);
b. The current absence of reference levels for the two criteria should be addressed at EU
level, or regionally linked to different regional species. It may be necessary to use
precautionary levels in the first instance;
c. An impact criterion has not been recommended by the technical review process,
leaving a gap in the Decision.
Descriptor 2
Non-indigenous species (NIS)
a. The challenges of quantifying NIS (as a pressure) and its effects on species groups
and habitat types (its impacts), coupled with the impracticality in most cases of being
able to reduce these pressures and impacts, has led to proposing these criteria as
secondary. This will leave discretion for Member States to address these criteria in
cases where it is considered feasible and useful;
b. As widely acknowledged, the prime focus should be on the prevention of new
introductions; a single primary criterion is therefore proposed to address this. As also
reflected in the current Decision, setting limits on the rate of new introductions is best
considered as an environmental target, rather than a determination of GES.
Descriptor 3
Commercially-exploited fish and shellfish
a. This descriptor is placed in Part A (pressures and impacts) as the effects of fishing
need to be assessed on the fish stocks themselves, on incidental by-catch and on the
seabed;
b. The three criteria for assessing each stock from the current Decision are retained;
fishing mortality and spawning stock biomass assessments are specifically linked to
those under CFP (with the expectation that their assessment will fulfil both policy
needs);
c. The third criterion (age and size distribution) is retained, but awaits ICES advice on
how it should best be assessed;
d. Assessment of these three criteria will address the needs of D3, but can also be used
to contribute to assessments of fish groups under D1;
e. A fourth criterion is introduced to reflect mortality rates on non-commercial species
(incidental by-catch); data and assessments should be closely linked with CFP
processes, and outcomes fed into D1 assessments;
f. Physical disturbance of the seabed from fishing activities is considered as part of the
physical disturbance criterion (under D6).
Descriptor 6
seafloor integrity (physical disturbance and physical loss aspects)
8
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0054.png
a. The criteria from the current decision and proposals from the technical review have
been adapted to propose criteria which specifically address physical disturbance and
physical loss (each as a pressure and as impact on habitats);
b. Assessment of these criteria should be fed into the assessments of habitat for species
(under D1) and benthic habitats/sea-floor integrity (D1/D6) and are not in themselves
intended to be the assessment for D6;
c. The primary criteria require focus on the extent of physical disturbance/damage to and
loss of seafloor, each then assessed in relation to the broad habitat types. For
disturbance, there is need to integrate spatial datasets on disturbance with ground-
truth sampling to assess biological condition;
d. There are secondary criteria to consider damage to habitats of birds, mammals,
reptiles and fish and for assessment of age/size distribution of benthic species; both
would be used only where considered relevant.
Descriptor 7
Hydrographical changes
a. The criteria for this descriptor have been focused on changes associated with
infrastructure developments either on the coast or offshore, avoiding previous wider
interpretations on the scope of the descriptor; as such, the criteria are closely linked to
physical loss of seabed substrate/habitat as a consequence of infrastructural changes
under D6;
b. The majority of hydrographical changes are expected to be at coastal locations, for
which the data and assessments from WFD should be used; takes into account
offshore infrastructure developments;
c. The criteria are proposed as secondary, because the main impacts of infrastructural
changes are loss of habitat (assessed with D6 criteria) and the associated
hydrographical changes are typically of limited spatial extent, excepting in some
coastal areas.
Descriptor 1 - Birds, mammals, reptiles, fish and cephalopods
a. Follows closely the approach proposed at the JRC D1 workshop in September 2015,
by assessing a set of species groups. For each of these, representative species would
be selected according to the criteria developed at the workshop. It is expected that
species already assessed under the Birds and Habitats Directives and by RSCs would
be selected for this purpose;
b. Where species selected are also assessed for the Birds and Habitats Directives, the
assessments should fulfil the needs of both the MSFD and the nature directives,
through using the same criteria and data and consequent assessments;
c. Improved regional coherence is sought through development of reference levels at
(sub)regional level and assessment at appropriate ecological scales (rather than using
national boundaries). This should accommodate the ongoing work within the RSC or
bilaterally in some subregions. For commercial species, this is already addressed
under Descriptor 3 using CFP assessments;
d. The criteria for assessment are directly correlated to those used for assessment under
the Birds and Habitats
5
Directives or, for commercial fish, to those used under D3, to
help maximise the reuse of assessments.
5
Excepting the 'future prospects' criterion of the Habitats Directive, which is not used under MSFD because
none of the other descriptors adopt criteria which encompass such forward looking perspectives.
9
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0055.png
Descriptors 1 and 6
Pelagic habitats and Benthic habitats/seafloor integrity
a. For benthic habitats, the needs of both descriptors should be addressed through a
single set of assessments of benthic broad habitat types
6
; their assessment can be
supported via the use of sub-types, such as habitats under the Habitats Directive or
RSCs, particularly to validate spatial data on impacts;
b. The focus for benthic habitats is on assessment of the spatial extent of habitat loss and
of habitat impacted. For the latter, the criterion for assessing habitat
disturbance/damage under D6 above should be used in conjunction with impact
assessments under other descriptors (notably D5, D7 and, where used, D2);
c. The reference level for the extent of habitat to be in good condition is drawn from
IUCN guidance for Red List assessments of ecosystems, which is also used by
HELCOM
7
. The reference levels available for extent of habitat loss (IUCN, OSPAR)
are not considered appropriate for application to broad habitat types; an alternative
value is proposed;
d. For pelagic habitats, a single criterion on habitat condition is proposed; its assessment
should draw upon impact assessments under D5 and, where used, D2.
Descriptors 1 and 4
Ecosystems, including food webs
a. Follows closely the proposal of the technical review to use (at least) three trophic
guilds and the proposed changes to the criteria. The criterion on species diversity,
proposed by the JRC D1 workshop), has been coupled to the food-web criteria, to
respect both the need to assess biodiversity under D1 and to assess diversity under
D4;
b. In view of the more limited state of advancement of these criteria, two of the four are
secondary criteria and their implementation, including setting of reference levels, can
be expected to need further development.
The term 'broad habitat type' has been used in preference to 'habitat group' and the previously-used term
'predominant habitat'. A specific list of these is provided (from the JRC D1 workshop) and directly correlated
to EUNIS level 2 classes (awaits latest coding).
7
Values are not provided under the Habitats Directive.
6
10
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0056.png
Annex A:
List of criteria and indicators in Decision 2010/477/EC, how these were modified by the technical review process and their use in the proposed
new Decision.
JRC-ICES Technical Review (2014-
2015, including Sept. 2015 JRC
workshops)
Proposed
TEXT
DELETIONS,
CHANGES and ADDITIONS
5.1 Nutrients levels
enrichment
5.1.1 Nutrients concentration in the
water column
5.1.2 Nutrient ratios (silica, nitrogen
and phosphorus), where appropriate
5.2 Direct
enrichment
effects
of
nutrient
Proposed
criteria
in
new
Proposed
MODIFICATION
(NOT proposed final wording)
Decision
Sort
old
Code
old
Tech Review
status
Assessment topic
Sort
new
Code
new
Proposed
status
Comments
57
5.1
Criterion -
unchanged
Indicator -
unchanged
Indicator -
unchanged
Criterion -
unchanged
Indicator -
unchanged
Indicator
changed
-
nutrient and organic
matter enrichment
nutrient and organic
matter enrichment
nutrient and organic
matter enrichment
nutrient and organic
matter enrichment
nutrient and organic
matter enrichment
nutrient and organic
matter enrichment
1
5.1.1 Nutrients concentrations in
the
water
column
(DIN, TN, DIP, TP) do not exceed levels
which lead to eutrophication effects
5.1.2 Nutrient ratios (silica, nitrogen and
to
phosphorus), where appropriate
Delete
58
59
60
61
5.1.1
5.1.2
5,2
5.2.1
2
3
4
5
D5C1
Primary
Delete
Delete
5.2.1 Chlorophyll concentration in
water column
5.2.2 Water transparency related to
increase in suspended algae, where
relevant
5.2.4 Species shift in floristic
composition such as diatom to
flagellate ratio, benthic to pelagic
shifts, as well as bBloom events of
nuisance/toxic algal blooms (e.g.
cyanobacteria) caused by human
activities
5.2.5 Pelagic phytoplankton species
shift
5.3 Indirect
enrichment
effects
of
nutrient
D5C2
5.2.1 Chlorophyll [a] concentration in water
column
5.2.2 Water transparency related to increase in
suspended algae
Primary
62
5.2.2
6
D5C3
Secondary
64
5.2.4
Indicator
changed
-
nutrient and organic
matter enrichment
7
D5C4
5.2.4 Bloom events of nuisance/toxic algal
blooms (e.g. cyanobacteria) caused by human
activities
Secondary
65
66
63
5,3
5.2.3
Indicator
new
-
nutrient and organic
matter enrichment
nutrient and organic
matter enrichment
nutrient and organic
matter enrichment
8
9
10
D5C5
5.2.5
Pelagic
composition
shift
phytoplankton
species
Secondary
Delete
Criterion -
unchanged
Indicator -
unchanged
5.2.3 Abundance of opportunistic
macroalgae
D5C6
5.2.3 Abundance of opportunistic macroalgae
Primary
Coastal
Waters only
11
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0057.png
Sort
old
Code
old
67
5.3.1
68
5.3.2
69
JRC-ICES Technical Review (2014-
2015, including Sept. 2015 JRC
workshops)
Proposed
TEXT
DELETIONS,
CHANGES and ADDITIONS
5.3.1 Abundance of perrenial
seaweeds and seagrasses (e.g.
fucoids, eelgrass and Neptune grass)
adversely impacted by decrease in
water transparency
5.3.2 Dissolved oxygen, i.e. changes
due to increased organic matter
decomposition and size of the area
concerned
5.3.3 Changes in abundance or
composition of benthic invertebrates
due to increased organic matter
decomposition
8.1 Concentration of contaminants
Tech Review
status
Assessment topic
Sort
new
Code
new
Proposed
criteria
in
new
Proposed
MODIFICATION
(NOT proposed final wording)
Decision
Proposed
status
Comments
Indicator -
unchanged
nutrient and organic
matter enrichment
11
D5C7
5.3.1 Abundance of perrenial seaweeds and
seagrasses (e.g. fucoids, eelgrass and Neptune
grass) adversely impacted by decrease in
water transparency
5.3.2 Dissolved oxygen, i.e. changes due to
increased organic matter decomposition and
size of the area concerned
5.3.3 Changes in abundance or composition of
benthic invertebrates due to increased organic
matter decomposition
Primary
Coastal
Waters only
Indicator -
unchanged
nutrient and organic
matter enrichment
12
D5C8
Primary
Indicator
new
-
nutrient and organic
matter enrichment
13
D5C9
Secondary
86
8,1
Criterion -
unchanged
hazardous substances
14
8.1.1
GES is achieved when Good Chemical
Status, and Good Ecological Status for the
RBSP,
is
achieved
under
WFD.
For additional substances adopted within a
(sub)region,
concentrations
of the
contaminants and their trends measured in
the relevant matrix (such as biota, sediment
and water) in a way that ensures
comparability with the assessments under
Directive 2000/60/EC
shall not exceed the
levels agreed at international level for the
marine region or subregion
Delete
87
8.1.1
8.1.1
Concentration
of
the
contaminants
and their trends
mentioned above,
measured
in the
relevant matrix (such as biota,
sediment and water) in a way that
ensures comparability with the
assessments
under
Directive
2000/60/EC
Indicator
changed
-
hazardous substances
15
D8C1
Primary
88
8,2
8.2 Effects of contaminants
Criterion -
unchanged
hazardous substances
16
Delete
12
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0058.png
Sort
old
Code
old
89
8.2.1
90
91
8.2.2
JRC-ICES Technical Review (2014-
2015, including Sept. 2015 JRC
workshops)
Proposed
TEXT
DELETIONS,
CHANGES and ADDITIONS
8.2.1 Levels of pollution effects on
ecosystem components concerned,
having regard to the selected
biological processes and taxonomic
groups where a cause/effect
relationship has been established
and needs to be monitored
Contaminant-related adverse effects
on biological responses at or below
individual level in the target species
in the region, sub-region or
subdivision concerned
8.2.2
8.1.2
Occurrence, origin
source
(where
possible),
spatial/geographical
extent
of
significant acute pollution events
caused by crude oil and similar
compounds
(e.g. slicks from oil and
oil products) and their impact on
biota physically affected by this
pollution
8.2.2
Occurrence, origin (where
possible), extent of significant acute
pollution events (e.g. slicks from oil
and oil products) and their
Significance of the
impact on biota
physically affected by this
acute
pollution
events caused by crude oil
and similar compounds
9.1 Levels, number and frequency of
Concentration of
contaminants
Tech Review
status
Assessment topic
Sort
new
Code
new
Proposed
criteria
in
new
Proposed
MODIFICATION
(NOT proposed final wording)
Decision
Proposed
status
Comments
Indicator
changed
-
hazardous substances
17
D8C2
8.2.1 Contaminant-related adverse effects on
biological responses at or below individual
level
(i.e. sublethal effects)
in the target
species
specified
in the region
or,
sub-region
or subdivision concerned
Primary
Indicator
new
-
acute
events
pollution
18
D8C3
8.1.2 Occurrence, source (where possible),
spatial/geographical extent of significant
acute pollution events
[link to EMSA
reporting]
caused by crude oil and similar
compounds
Primary
Indicator
changed
-
acute
events
pollution
19
D8C4
8.2.2 Significance of the impact on biota
affected by acute pollution events caused by
crude oil and similar compounds
Primary
92
9,1
Criterion
changed
-
hazardous substances
in seafood
20
Delete
13
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0059.png
Sort
old
Code
old
JRC-ICES Technical Review (2014-
2015, including Sept. 2015 JRC
workshops)
Proposed
TEXT
DELETIONS,
CHANGES and ADDITIONS
Tech Review
status
Assessment topic
Sort
new
Code
new
Proposed
criteria
in
new
Proposed
MODIFICATION
(NOT proposed final wording)
Decision
Proposed
status
Comments
93
9.1.1
9.1.1 Actual levels of contaminants
that have been detected and number
of
contaminants
which
have
exceeded maximum regulatory levels
Indicator
changed
-
hazardous substances
in seafood
21
D9C1
9.1.1 Actual levels of contaminants that have
been detected
the elements [level of
contaminants in edible tissues (muscle, liver,
roe, flesh, soft parts as appropriate)] of the
matrix [seafood, including fish, crustaceans,
molluscs, echinoderms, seaweed and other
marine plants, caught or harvested in the
wild], does not exceed the maximum levels
laid down in Commission Regulation (EC) No
1881/2006
Primary
94
9.1.2
9.1.2 Frequency of regulatory levels
being exceeded
10.1 Characteristics
Properties and
quantities
of litter in the marine and
coastal environment
10.1.1 Trends in the amount of litter,
including micro-litter,
washed ashore
and/or deposited on coastlines,
including analysis of its composition,
spatial distribution and, where
possible
if feasible, pathway and
source
10.1.2 Trends in the amount of litter,
including micro-litter,
in the water
column (including floating at
in
the
surface
layer)
and deposited on the
sea-floor, including analysis of its
composition, spatial distribution and,
where possible,
if feasible, pathay
and
source
Indicator
deleted
Criterion
changed
-
hazardous substances
in seafood
litter
22
Delete
95
10,1
-
23
10.1.1 Trends in the amount,
composition and
spatial distribution
of litter, including micro-
litter, washed ashore and/or deposited on
coastlines,
floating in the surface layer and
deposited on the sea-floor [is at a level that
does not cause harm to the coastal and
marine environment [or other pollution
effects]]
including analysis of its composition,
spatial distribution and, if feasible, pathway
and source
10.1.2 Trends in the amount of litter, including
micro-litter, floating in the surface layerand
deposited on the sea-floor, including analysis
of its composition, spatial distribution and, if
feasible, pathay and source
Delete
96
10.1.1
Indicator
changed
-
litter
24
D10C1
Primary
Merge
-
only
difference is
matrix
97
10.1.2
Indicator
changed
-
litter
25
Delete
Merge
-
only
difference is
matrix
14
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0060.png
Sort
old
Code
old
JRC-ICES Technical Review (2014-
2015, including Sept. 2015 JRC
workshops)
Proposed
TEXT
DELETIONS,
CHANGES and ADDITIONS
10.1.3 Trends in amount, distribution
and, where possible, composition of
micro-particles (in particular micro-
plastics)
Tech Review
status
Assessment topic
Sort
new
Code
new
Proposed
criteria
in
new
Proposed
MODIFICATION
(NOT proposed final wording)
Decision
Proposed
status
Comments
98
10.1.3
Indicator
deleted
-
litter
26
D10C2
27
D10C3
10.1.3 Trends in amount, distribution and,
where possible, composition of micro-
particles, in particular micro-plastics,
in the
relevant matrices [is at a level that does not
cause harm to the coastal and marine
environment [or other pollution effects]]
10.2.1 Trends in the amount of litter
[including micro-particles]
ingested and/or
number of entanglement incidents by marine
animals
[is at levels that do not adversely
impact populations of species within a
(sub)region]
Primary
MS
consultation
wants
to
retain
Primary
99
10,2
10.2 Impacts of litter on marine life
10.2.1 Trends in the amount and
composition of litter ingested
and/or
number of entanglement incidents
by
marine
animals (e.g. stomach
analysis)
11.1 Distribution in time and place of
loud, low and mid frequency
impulsive sounds
11.1.1
The proportion
of days and
their distribution within a calendar
year, over
geographical locations
whose shape and
areas
are to be
of a
determined surface, as well as
and
their spatial distribution, in which
either
the
monopole
energy
anthropogenic sound sources exceed
levels that are likely to entail
significant impact on marine animals
measured as Sound Exposure Level
2
(in
units of
dB re 1!Pa
s), or
the zero
to
as peak
monopole source
sound
Criterion -
unchanged
litter
28
10.2.1 Trends in the amount of litter ingested
and/or
The
number of entanglement
incidents by
in
marine animals
[is at levels
that do not adversely impact populations of
species within a (sub)region]
Delete
100
10.2.1
Indicator
changed
-
litter
29
D10C4
Primary
101
11,1
Criterion -
unchanged
underwater noise
30
11.1.1 The proportion of days, and their
distribution within a calendar year, over
geographical locations whose shape and areas
are to be determined and their spatial
distribution, in which either the monopole
2
energy source level
(in units of dB re 1!Pa
s),
or the zero to peak monopole source level (in
units of dB re 1!Pa m)
of impulsive
anthropogenic sound sources, measured over
the frequency band 10 Hz to 10 kHz
exceeds a
value that is likely to entail significant impact
on marine mammals and other animals
Delete
102
11.1.1
Indicator
changed
-
underwater noise
31
D11C1
Primary
15
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0061.png
Sort
old
Code
old
JRC-ICES Technical Review (2014-
2015, including Sept. 2015 JRC
workshops)
Proposed
TEXT
DELETIONS,
CHANGES and ADDITIONS
pressure level (in
units of
dB re
1!Pa
peak
m)
of
impulsive
anthropogenic sound sources
at one
metre, measured over the frequency
band 10 Hz to 10 kHz
11.2 Continuous
sound
low
frequency
Tech Review
status
Assessment topic
Sort
new
Code
new
Proposed
criteria
in
new
Proposed
MODIFICATION
(NOT proposed final wording)
Decision
Proposed
status
Comments
103
11,2
Criterion -
unchanged
underwater noise
32
Delete
104
11.2.1
25
2,1
11.2.1 Trends in the
annual average
of the squared sound pressure
associated with
ambient noise level
within
each of two third
the 1/3
octave bands,
one centered at
63
Hz
and
the other at
125 Hz (centre
frequency) (,
expressed as a level in
decibels, in units of dB
re 1!Pa
RMS:
average noise level in these octave
bands over a year)
, either
measured
directly at
by observation stations,
and/or
inferred from a
with the use
of models if appropriate
used to
interpolate between or extrapolate
from measurements at observation
stations
2.1
Abundance
and
state
cCharacterisation of non-indigenous
species, in particular invasive species
in terms of pressure to the
ecosystem
2.1.1 Trends in human-mediated new
introductions in the wild of non-
indigenous species, notably in risk
areas, in relation to the main vectors
and pathways
Indicator
changed
-
underwater noise
33
D11C2
11.2.1 Trends in the annual average
levels of
continuous low frquency sound
of the
squared sound pressure associated with
ambient noise
in
each of two
'third
octave'
bands, one centered at 63 Hz and the other at
125 Hz, expressed as a level in decibels, in
units of dB re 1!Pa, either measured directly
at observation stations, or inferred from a
method used to interpolate between or
extrapolate
from
measurements
at
observation stations
Primary
Criterion
changed
-
NIS
34
Delete
26
Indicator
new
-
NIS
35
D2C1
2.1.1 Trends in human-mediated new
introductions in the wild of non-indigenous
species, notably in risk areas, in relation to
the main vectors and pathways
Primary
16
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0062.png
Sort
old
Code
old
27
2.1.1
28
2,2
29
2.2.1
30
2.2.2
JRC-ICES Technical Review (2014-
2015, including Sept. 2015 JRC
workshops)
Proposed
TEXT
DELETIONS,
CHANGES and ADDITIONS
2.1.2
2.1.1 Trends in
number,
abundance/biomass,
temporal
occurrence, and spatial distribution
in the wild of non-indigenous species,
particularly invasive non-indigenous
species, notably in risk areas, in
relation to the main vectors and
pathways of spreading of such
species
2.2 Environmental iImpact of invasive
non-indigenous species
2.2.1 Ratio between invasive non-
indigenous species and native species
in some well studied taxonomic
groups (e.g. fish, macroalgae,
molluscs) that may provide a
measure of change in species
composition (e.g. further to the
displacement of native species)
2.2.2
2.2.1 Environmental impacts
of
non-indigenous invasive species at
the level of species, habitats and
on
structural and functional elements of
the
ecosystem, where feasible
3.1 Level of pressure of the fishing
activity
3.1.1 Fishing mortality (F)
3.1.2
Ratio between catch and
biomass index ('catch/biomass ratio')
3.2 Reproductive capacity of the
stock
Tech Review
status
Assessment topic
Sort
new
Code
new
Proposed
criteria
in
new
Proposed
MODIFICATION
(NOT proposed final wording)
Decision
Proposed
status
Comments
Indicator
changed
-
NIS
36
D2C2
2.1.2 Trends in number, abundance/biomass,
temporal occurrence, and spatial distribution
of non-indigenous species,
particularly of
invasive species contributing significantly to
impacts on particular species groups or habitat
types
Secondary
Criterion
changed
-
NIS
37
Delete
Indicator
deleted
-
NIS
38
Delete
Indicator
changed
-
NIS
39
D2C3
2.2.1 Environmental impact of non-indigenous
species on structural and functional elements
of the ecosystem, where feasible
species
groups or habitat types
Secondary
31
3,1
Criterion -
unchanged
Indicator -
unchanged
Indicator -
unchanged
Criterion -
unchanged
extraction of fish and
other species
extraction of fish and
other species
extraction of fish and
other species
extraction of fish and
other species
40
Delete
32
33
39
3.1.1
3.1.2
3,2
41
42
43
D3C1
3.1.1 Fishing mortality (F)
3.1.2 Ratio between catch and biomass index
('catch/biomass ratio')
Primary
Delete
Delete
17
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0063.png
Sort
old
Code
old
JRC-ICES Technical Review (2014-
2015, including Sept. 2015 JRC
workshops)
Proposed
TEXT
DELETIONS,
CHANGES and ADDITIONS
3.2.1 Spawning stock biomass (SSB)
Tech Review
status
Assessment topic
Sort
new
Code
new
Proposed
criteria
in
new
Proposed
MODIFICATION
(NOT proposed final wording)
Decision
Proposed
status
Comments
40
3.2.1
Indicator -
unchanged
Indicator -
unchanged
extraction of fish and
other species
extraction of fish and
other species
extraction of fish and
other species
extraction of fish and
other species
extraction of fish and
other species
44
D3C2
3.2.1 Spawning stock biomass (SSB)
Primary
41
42
43
3.2.2
3,3
3.2.2 Biomass indices
3.3 Population age
distribution
[state]
and
size
45
46
47
D3C3
3.2.2 Biomass indices
3.3 Population age and size distribution
[state]
[3.3.1] Size distribution of the species (state):
[3.3.1a] 3.3.1 Proportion of fish larger than
mean size of first sexual maturation
[3.3.1b] 3.3.3 95th percentile of the fish length
distribution observed in research vessel
surveys
Delete
Primary
Indicator
Criterion -
unchanged
Indicator
new
-
[3.3.1] Size distribution of the species
(state):
3.3.1
[3.3.1a]
3.3.1 Proportion of fish
larger than mean size of first sexual
maturation
[3.3.1b]
3.3.3 95th % percentile of
the fish length distribution observed
in research vessel surveys
3.3 Population age
distribution [pressure]
and
size
44
Indicator -
unchanged
48
Indicator
45
3.3.3
Indicator -
unchanged
Criterion
new
Indicator
new
-
extraction of fish and
other species
extraction of fish and
other species
extraction of fish and
other species
49
Indicator
ICES
identify
ONE
these
ICES
identify
ONE
these
to
of
to
of
34
50
[3.3.2] Selectivity pattern of the fishery
exploiting the species (pressure)
[3.3.2a] Length (or age depending on data
availability) at first capture (length/age at
which 50% of fish are vulnerable to/retained
by the gear)
[3.3.2b] Proportion of fish in the catch larger
than size at which 50% is mature
Delete
35
36
[3.3.2] Selectivity pattern of the
fishery exploiting the species
(pressure)
[3.3.2a] Length (or age depending on
data avaialability) at first capture
(length/age at which 50% of fish are
vulnerable to/retained by the gear)
[3.3.2b] Proportion of fish in the
catch larger than size at which 50% is
mature
[3.3.2c] Mean length in the catch
-
51
Indicator
Indicator
new
-
extraction of fish and
other species
52
Indicator
37
Indicator
new
-
extraction of fish and
other species
53
Indicator
38
Indicator
new
-
extraction of fish and
other species
54
[3.3.2c] Mean length in the catch
Indicator
ICES
identify
ONE
these
ICES
identify
ONE
these
ICES
identify
ONE
to
of
to
of
to
of
18
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0064.png
Sort
old
Code
old
JRC-ICES Technical Review (2014-
2015, including Sept. 2015 JRC
workshops)
Proposed
TEXT
DELETIONS,
CHANGES and ADDITIONS
Tech Review
status
Assessment topic
Sort
new
Code
new
Proposed
criteria
in
new
Proposed
MODIFICATION
(NOT proposed final wording)
Decision
Proposed
status
Comments
these
3.3.2 Mean max. length across all
species found in research vessel
surveys
[3.3.3] Genetic effects of exploitation
of the species (state):
[3.3.3a]
3.3.4 Size at first sexual
maturation, which may reflect the
extent of undesirable genetic effects
of exploitation
[3.3.3b] Length at which half of the
(femaile) population are mature (50%
of total length - TL50)
47
46
3.3.2
Indicator
deleted
Indicator
new
-
extraction of fish and
other species
extraction of fish and
other species
extraction of fish and
other species
55
56
[3.3.3] Genetic effects of exploitation of the
species (state):
[3.3.3a] 3.3.4 Size at first sexual maturation
Delete
-
Indicator
48
3.3.4
Indicator -
unchanged
57
Indicator
49
Indicator
new
-
extraction of fish and
other species
extraction of fish and
other species
58
[3.3.3b] Length at which half of the (femaile)
population are mature (50% of total length -
TL50)
D3D4
By-catch levels
Indicator
ICES
identify
ONE
these
ICES
identify
ONE
these
New
criterion
to
of
to
of
50
6.1 Physical dDamage
to the sea-
floor,
having regard to
both
pressure(s) on, and sensitivity of,
habitats
substrate characteristics
6.1.1 Type, abundance, biomass and
areal extent of relevant biogenic
substrate
[6.1.3] Extent of pressure(s) on the
sea-floor
(single,
multiple,
cumulative)
59
Primary
70
6,1
Criterion
changed
-
physical damage
60
Delete
71
6.1.1
Indicator
deleted
Indicator
new
-
physical damage
61
6.1.1
6.1.3 Cumulative extent
of
physical
distrubance or damage to
pressure(s) on the
sea-floor (single, multiple, cumulative)
6.1.2 Extent of the sea-floor significantly
affected by
physical disturbance or damage
pressures
human activities for
habitats of
different
highly mobile species
substrate types
(including biogenic)
Delete
74
-
physical damage
62
D6C1
Primary
physical damage
63
D6C2
Secondary
19
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0065.png
Sort
old
Code
old
JRC-ICES Technical Review (2014-
2015, including Sept. 2015 JRC
workshops)
Proposed
TEXT
DELETIONS,
CHANGES and ADDITIONS
Tech Review
status
Assessment topic
Sort
new
Code
new
Proposed
criteria
in
new
Proposed
MODIFICATION
(NOT proposed final wording)
Decision
Proposed
status
Comments
72
6.1.2
6.1.2 Extent of the sea-floor bed
significantly affected by human
activities for different substrate types
(including biogenic)
Indicator
changed
-
physical damage
64
D6C3
6.1.2 Extent of the sea-floor significantly
affected (species
composition and their
relative
abundance
of
the
benthic
communities, including the presence of a
particularly sensitive or fragile species or
species providing a key function)
by
physical
disturbance or damage pressures
human
activities for
the
different
habitat
substrate
types (including biogenic)
Primary
76
6,2
6.2
Structural and functional
condition of benthic community
Criterion
changed
-
physical damage
65
6.2.1
The species composition and their
relative
abundance
of
the
benthic
communities, including the
presence of a
particularly
sensitive or fragile
species
or
species
providing a key function,
reflect
structural and functional conditions which are
largely free from anthropogenically-induced
physical disturbance
6.2.2 Multi-metric indexes assessing benthic
condition and functionality
Delete
77
6.2.1
6.2.1 Presence of
a
particularly
sensitive/tolerant species
providing a
key function
Indicator
changed
-
physical damage
66
Delete
78
6.2.2
79
6.2.3
6.2.2 Multi-metric indexes assessing
benthic condition and functionality,
such as species diversity and
richness, proportion of opportunistic
to sensitive species
6.2.3 Proportion of biomass or
numbers of individuals in the
macrobenthos above some specified
length/size
6.2.4 Parameters describing the
characteristics (shape, slope and
intercept) of the size spectrum of the
benthic community
Indicator
changed
-
physical damage
67
Delete
Indicator -
unchanged
physical damage
68
6.2.3 Proportion of biomass or numbers of
individuals in the macrobenthos above some
specified length/size
6.2.4 Parameters describing the characteristics
(shape, slope and intercept) of the size
and age
structure of specified species
spectrum of the
benthic community
should reflect that of a
(near) natural habitat in the absence of
physical disturbance
Delete
80
6.2.4
Indicator -
unchanged
physical damage
69
D6C4
Secondary
20
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0066.png
Sort
old
Code
old
JRC-ICES Technical Review (2014-
2015, including Sept. 2015 JRC
workshops)
Proposed
TEXT
DELETIONS,
CHANGES and ADDITIONS
Tech Review
status
Assessment topic
Sort
new
Code
new
Proposed
criteria
in
new
Proposed
MODIFICATION
(NOT proposed final wording)
Decision
Proposed
status
Comments
75
physical loss
70
D6C5
6.1.1
6.1.4 Cumulative extent
of
physical loss
of or change to
pressure(s) on the
natural
sea-
floor
habitat
(single, multiple, cumulative)
6.1.2
6.1.5
Extent of the sea-floor
physically
lost or changed
significantly affected by
due
to
human activities for
the
different
habitat
substrate types (including biogenic)
Primary
73
physical loss
71
D6C6
Primary
81
7,1
85
7.2.2
82
83
7.1.1
7,2
7.1 Spatial characterisation of
permanent alterations
7.2.2 Changes in habitats
that affect
the ecosystem,
in particular the
functions provided (e.g. spawning,
breeding and feeding areas and
migration routes of fish, birds and
mammals),
due
to
altered
hydrographical conditions
7.1.1 Extent of area/volume affected
by permanent alterations
7.2
Impact
of
hydrographical changes
permanent
Criterion -
unchanged
physical loss
72
7.2.2 Cumulative
changes
in
the
habitats that
affect the ecosystem, in particular the
functions provided (e.g. spawning, breeding
and feeding areas and migration routes of fish,
birds and mammals), due to
permanent
alteration
of
ed hydrographical conditions,
of
particular highly mobile species
7.1.1 Extent of area/volume
OF PELAGIC
HABITATS
affected by permanent alterations
Delete
Indicator
changed
-
physical loss
73
D7C1
Secondary
Indicator
changed
-
physical loss
physical loss
74
75
Delete
Delete
Criterion -
unchanged
84
7.2.1
7.2.1 Spatial extent of habitats
affected by permanent alteration
Indicator -
unchanged
physical loss
76
D7C2
7.2.1 Spatial extent
Total proportion
of
each
benthic
habitats
type which has been adversely
affected
(physical
and
hydrological
characteristics and associated biological
communities) due to
by permanent alteration
of hydrographical conditions (e.g. changes in
wave action, currents, salinity, temperature,
oxygen)
Secondary
21
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0067.png
Sort
old
Code
old
JRC-ICES Technical Review (2014-
2015, including Sept. 2015 JRC
workshops)
Proposed
TEXT
DELETIONS,
CHANGES and ADDITIONS
Tech Review
status
Assessment topic
Sort
new
Code
new
Proposed
criteria
in
new
Proposed
MODIFICATION
(NOT proposed final wording)
Decision
Proposed
status
Comments
1
1,1
1.1 Species
geographic
distribution
Criterion
changed
-
species groups
77
D1C1
1.1 Species geographic distributional
range
and, where relevant, pattern
Secondary
Primary:
birds of BD,
mammals,
reptiles of
HD
2
3
1.1.1
1.1.2
1.1.1 Distributional range
1.1.2 Distributional pattern within
the latter, where appropriate
relevant
1.1.3 Area covered by species (for
sessile/benthic
species),
where
relevant
1.2 Population size
1.2.1 Population abundance and/or
biomass, as appropriate
Indicator -
unchanged
Indicator
changed
Indicator
changed
-
species groups
78
79
1.1.1 Distributional range
1.1.2 Distributional pattern, where relevant
Indicator
species groups
Indicator
4
1.1.3
-
species groups
80
1.1.3 Area covered by species, where relevant
1.2 Population
biomass)
size
(abundance
and/or
Indicator
5
6
1,2
1.2.1
Criterion -
unchanged
Indicator -
unchanged
species groups
species groups
81
82
D1C2
Primary
Indicator
All species
1.2.1 Population abundance and/or biomass,
as appropriate
1.3 Population
characteristics
condition
demographic
7
1,3
1.3 Population condition
Criterion -
unchanged
species groups
83
D1C3
Secondary
Part
of
Population
for
HD
(mammales,
reptiles)
8
1.3.1
1.3.1
Population
demographic
characteristics (e.g. body size or age
class structure, sex ratio, fecundity
rates, survival/mortality rates)
1.3.2 Population genetic structure
Indicator -
unchanged
Indicator
deleted
-
species groups
84
1.3.1 Population demographic characteristics
(e.g. body size or age class structure, sex ratio,
fecundity rates, survival/mortality rates)
1.3.2 Population genetic structure
Indicator
9
1.3.2
species groups
85
Indicator
10
species groups
86
D1C4
Habitat for the species
Secondary
Primary for
HD
(mammanle
s, reptiles)
22
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0068.png
Sort
old
Code
old
JRC-ICES Technical Review (2014-
2015, including Sept. 2015 JRC
workshops)
Proposed
TEXT
DELETIONS,
CHANGES and ADDITIONS
1.4 Habitat distribution
1.4.1
1.5.1
Distributional range
1.4.2
1.5.2
Distributional pattern
1.5 Habitat
geographic distribution
and
extent
1.5.1
1.5.3
Habitat
extent (area and
volume)
1.5.2 Habitat volume, where relevant
Tech Review
status
Assessment topic
Sort
new
Code
new
Proposed
criteria
in
new
Proposed
MODIFICATION
(NOT proposed final wording)
1.4 Habitat distribution
1.5.1 Distributional range
1.5.2 Distributional pattern
Decision
Proposed
status
Comments
13
14
15
1,4
1.4.1
1.4.2
Criterion
deleted
-
pelagic and benthic
habitats
pelagic and benthic
habitats
pelagic and benthic
habitats
pelagic and benthic
habitats
pelagic and benthic
habitats
pelagic and benthic
habitats
pelagic and benthic
habitats
pelagic and benthic
habitats
pelagic and benthic
habitats
pelagic and benthic
habitats
ecosystems, including
food webs
ecosystems, including
food webs
87
88
89
Delete
Indicator
Indicator
Indicator -
unchanged
Indicator -
unchanged
Criterion
changed
Indicator
changed
Indicator
deleted
-
16
1,5
90
D1C5
1.5 Habitat geographic distribution and extent
and, where relevant, distribution
1.5.3 Habitat extent (area and volume)
Primary
17
18
1.5.1
1.5.2
-
-
91
92
Indicator
Delete
19
1,6
1.6 Habitat condition
1.6.1 Condition of typical species and
communities
1.6.2 Relative abundance and/or
biomass, as appropriate
1.6.3 Physical, hydrological
chemical condition
1.7 Ecosystem structure
1.7.1 Composition & relative
proportions of component habitats
and species
and
Criterion -
unchanged
Indicator -
unchanged
Indicator -
unchanged
Indicator
deleted
Criterion
deleted
Indicator
deleted
-
93
D1C6
1.6 Habitat condition,
including its biotic
(species composition and relative abundance)
and abiotic structure, and its functions
1.6.1 Condition
communities
of
typical
species
and
Primary
20
21
1.6.1
1.6.2
94
95
Indicator
Indicator
1.6.2 Relative abundance and/or biomass, as
appropriate
1.6.3 Physical, hydrological and chemical
condition
22
1.6.3
96
Indicator
Retain,
relevant e.g.
for oxygen
depletion
23
24
1,7
1.7.1
-
97
98
Delete
-
Delete
23
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0069.png
Sort
old
Code
old
55
4,3
56
54
53
11
4.3.1
4.2.1
4,2
JRC-ICES Technical Review (2014-
2015, including Sept. 2015 JRC
workshops)
Proposed
TEXT
DELETIONS,
CHANGES and ADDITIONS
4.3
4.1 Food web structure -
Abundance/biomass
of, and size
distribution
within
of key trophic
guilds
groups/species
4.3.1 Abundance/biomass
of trophic
guilds
trends of functionally
important selected groups/species
4.2.1 Large fish (by weight)
Size
distribution within trophic guilds
4.2 Proportion of selected species at
the top of food webs
1.4 Mobile
composition
species
community
Tech Review
status
Assessment topic
Sort
new
Code
new
Proposed
criteria
in
new
Proposed
MODIFICATION
(NOT proposed final wording)
Decision
Proposed
status
Comments
Criterion
changed
-
ecosystems, including
food webs
99
Delete
Indicator
changed
Indicator
changed
Criterion
deleted
Criterion
new
-
ecosystems, including
food webs
ecosystems, including
food webs
ecosystems, including
food webs
species groups
100
101
102
103
D4C1
D4C2
4.3.1 Abundance/ biomass of trophic guilds
4.2.1 Size distribution within trophic guilds
Primary
-
-
Secondary
Delete
-
D4C3
1.4 Mobile species community composition
and relative abundance of the species group
Primary
12
51
4,1
52
4.1.1
1.4.1
Relative
abundance
of
community elements (e.g. relative
abundance of species; relative
abundance of large/small individuals;
relative
abundance
of
sensitive/resilient individuals)
4.1
4.2 Food web function -
Productivity (production per unit
biomass) of key species or trophic
groups
guilds
4.1.1 Performance of key predator
species using their production per
unit biomass (pProductivity
of trophic
guilds)
Criterion - unchanged
Criterion - changed
Criterion - deleted
Criterion - new
Indicator - unchanged
Indicator
new
-
species groups
104
Delete
Criterion
changed
-
ecosystems, including
food webs
105
Delete
Indicator
changed
16
10
3
2
23
-
ecosystems, including
food webs
106
107
D4C4
4.1.1 Productivity of trophic guilds
Primary criterion
Secondary criterion
Other scientific indicator (Art. 9.1)
Delete
Total
Secondary
30
15
22
39
106
24
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0070.png
Sort
old
Code
old
JRC-ICES Technical Review (2014-
2015, including Sept. 2015 JRC
workshops)
Proposed
TEXT
DELETIONS,
CHANGES and ADDITIONS
Indicator - changed
Indicator - deleted
Indicator - new
Criteria total
Indicator total
Total
Tech Review
status
Assessment topic
Sort
new
Code
new
Proposed
criteria
in
new
Proposed
MODIFICATION
(NOT proposed final wording)
Decision
Proposed
status
Comments
24
9
13
31
69
100
Pressure
Impact
State
25
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0071.png
Annex B:
Framework for application of the proposed criteria in relation to the Annex I descriptors and to the assessments needed for Article 8.
Relevant descriptors
Primary
criterion
Secondary criterion
D5
D8, D9
Substances, litter and energy
Nutrients
and Hazardous
organic matter
substances
- Input of nutrients
- Input of organic
matter
D5C1
Concentrations of
nutrients (DIN, TN,
DIP, TP)
- Input of hazardous
- acute pollution
events
D8C1 Contaminants
in
environment
D8C3
Acute
pollution
events
D9C1 Contaminants
in seafood
D10
D11
Underwater
noise
- Input of sound
- Input of other
forms of energy
D11C1
Impulsive
sound
D11C2
Continuous
sound
Annex III Table 2a
Press
Pressu
ure
re
them
e
D2
Biological
NIS
-
Non-
indigenous
species
D2C1 New
introduction
s of NIS
D2C2 Extent
of NIS
D1, D6
Microbial
pathogens
- Input of
microbial
pathogens
D3, D1, D4, D6
Litter
Other
biological
- Disturbance
-
Genetic
modification
- Cultivation
Extraction of
species
- Extraction of
wild species
D1, D6
Physical
Physical
damage
- Disturbance or
damage
to
seabed
D6C1 Extent of
physical
disturbance or
damage
D1, D6, D7
D7
Hydrological
changes
- Changes to
hydrology
- Input of water
- Extract water
Physical loss
- Change of
seabed
- Extraction of
seabed
Relevant descriptors
Annex III Table 1
- Input of litter
D10C1 Litter in
environment
D10C2
Micro-
litter
D10C3 Litter in
animals
State
criteria
Theme
Ecosystem
elements
Pressure
criteria
D3C1 Fishing
mortality (F)
D6C5 Extent of
physical loss
D1C1
Species
distribution
D
1
D
3
Pelagic habitats Species
Species
groups
of
birds,
mammals,
reptiles, fish,
cephalopods
D1C2
Population size
D1C3 Population
demographics
D1C4 Habitat for
the species
D8C2 Contaminant-
effects
D8C4 Effects of
acute pollution
D10C4
Entanglement of
animals
Effects
D2C3
Impact
NIS
Effects
of
D3C2 Stock
biomass
D3C4 Bycatch
D3C3
Age/size
structure
Effects (e.g.
behavioural,
migration)
Effects
habitats
D5C2 Chlorophyll a
D5C3
Water
transparency
D5C4 Algal blooms
D5C5 Phytoplankton
on
Effects
habitats
on
See
damage
Phys.
D6C2 Extent of
habitat affected
D7C1 Extent of
habitat affected
Effects
habitats
on
D
1
Pelagic
habitat
groups
including
biological
communities
D1C6 Condition
of
habitat
(biotic, abiotic,
functional)
D1C5 Habitat
extent
D1C6 Habitat
condition
(biotic, abiotic,
functional)
D8C2
Contaminant-
effects
D8C4 Effects of
acute pollution
Effects
D2C3
Impact
NIS
of
Water
quality
D
1
Benthic habitats
D
3
D
6
D
1
Benthic
habitat
groups
including
biological
communities
(macrophytes,
bottom fauna)
D6C6 Extent
of lost
WFD
Waters:
D5C6
Opportunistic
macroalgae
D5C7
Perennial
macrophytes
All
waters:
D5C8
Oxygen
D5C9 Benthic fauna
D5C3 Transparency
D8C2
Contaminant-
effects
D8C4 Effects of
acute pollution
Effects
D2C3
Impact
NIS
of
Effects on
shellfish
quality
Effects
D3C2
Stock
biomass
D3C3 Age/size
structure
D3C4 By-catch
D6C3 Extent
of
habitat
affected
D6C4 Size and
age structure
of species
D7C2 Extent
of
habitat
affected
Effects
Physical
Chemical
D5C8 Oxygen
D4C1 Abundance
D4C2
Size
D4C3
Species
composition
D4C4 Productivity
D5C2 Chlorophyll a
Ecosystems
D
4
Biological
Functions
Effects
Effects
Effects
Ecosystem elements: Annex
III Table 1, Art. 8.1a
Pressures and impacts: Annex
III table 2, Art. 8(1b)
State criteria and indicators
Impact criteria and indicators
Pressure criteria and indicators
26
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
27
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0073.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0074.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0075.png
Ref. Ares(2015)5898895 - 16/12/2015
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0076.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0077.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0078.png
This is the text on which the Marine Strategy Regulatory Committee gave a positive
opinion on 10 November 2016.
It is still a draft text as it has not yet been through the scrutiny of the European
Parliament and Council.
EN
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0079.png
EUROPEAN
COMMISSION
Brussels,
XXX
[…](2016)
XXX
draft
COMMISSION DECISION (EU) …/…
of
XXX
laying down criteria and methodological standards on good environmental status of
marine waters and specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and
assessment, and repealing Decision 2010/477/EU
(Text with EEA relevance)
EN
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0080.png
COMMISSION DECISION (EU) …/…
of
XXX
laying down criteria and methodological standards on good environmental status of
marine waters and specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and
assessment, and repealing Decision 2010/477/EU
(Text with EEA relevance)
THE EUROPEAN COMMISSION,
Having regard to the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union,
Having regard to Directive 2008/56/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 17
June 2008 establishing a framework for community action in the field of marine
environmental policy (Marine Strategy Framework Directive)
1
, and in particular Articles 9(3)
and 11(4) thereof,
Whereas:
(1)
Commission Decision 2010/477/EU
2
established criteria to be used by the Member
States to determine the good environmental status of their marine waters and to guide
their assessments of that status in the first implementation cycle of Directive
2008/56/EC.
Decision 2010/477/EU acknowledged that additional scientific and technical progress
was required to support the development or revision of those criteria for some
qualitative descriptors, as well as further development of methodological standards in
close coordination with the establishment of monitoring programmes. In addition, that
Decision stated that it would be appropriate to carry out its revision as soon as possible
after the completion of the assessment required under Article 12 of Directive
2008/56/EC, in time to support a successful update of marine strategies that are due by
2018, pursuant to Article 17 of Directive 2008/56/EC.
In 2012, on the basis of the initial assessment of their marine waters made pursuant to
Article 8(1) of Directive 2008/56/EC, Member States reported on the environmental
status of their marine waters and notified to the Commission their determination of
good environmental status and their environmental targets in accordance with Articles
9(2) and 10(2) of Directive 2008/56/EC, respectively. The Commission's assessment
3
of those Member State reports, undertaken in accordance with Article 12 of Directive
2008/56/EC, highlighted that more efforts were urgently needed if Member States are
to reach good environmental status by 2020. The results showed the necessity to
significantly improve the quality and coherence of the determination of good
environmental status by the Member States. In addition, the assessment recognised
OJ L 164, 25.6.2008, p. 19.
Commission Decision 2010/477/EU of 1 September 2010 on criteria and methodological standards on
good environmental status of marine waters (OJ L 232, 2.9.2010, p. 14).
Report from the Commission to the Council and the European Parliament - The first phase of
implementation of the Marine Strategy Framework Directive (2008/56/EC) - The European
Commission's assessment and guidance (COM(2014)097 final, 20.2.2014).
(2)
(3)
1
2
3
EN
3
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0081.png
that regional cooperation must be at the very heart of the implementation of Directive
2008/56/EC. It also emphasised the need for Member States to more systematically
build upon standards stemming from Union legislation or, where they do not exist,
upon standards set by Regional Sea Conventions or other international agreements.
(4)
To ensure that the second cycle of implementation of the marine strategies of the
Member States further contributes to the achievement of the objectives of Directive
2008/56/EC and yields more consistent determinations of good environmental status,
the Commission recommended in its report on the first phase of implementation that,
at Union level, the Commission services and Member States collaborate to revise,
strengthen and improve Decision 2010/477/EU, aiming at a clearer, simpler, more
concise, more coherent and comparable set of good environmental status criteria and
methodological standards and, at the same time, review Annex III of Directive
2008/56/EC, and if necessary revise it, and develop specific guidance to ensure a more
coherent and consistent approach for assessments in the next implementation cycle.
On the basis of those conclusions, the review process started in 2013 when a roadmap,
consisting of several phases (technical and scientific, consultation, and decision-
making), was endorsed by the Regulatory Committee established under Article 25(1)
of Directive 2008/56/EC. During this process, the Commission consulted all interested
parties, including Regional Sea Conventions.
In order to facilitate future updates of the initial assessment of Member States' marine
waters and their determination of good environmental status, and to ensure greater
coherence in implementation of Directive 2008/56/EC across the Union, it is necessary
to clarify, revise or introduce criteria, methodological standards, specifications and
standardised methods to be used by Member States, compared to the elements
currently set out in Decision 2010/477/EU. As a result, the number of criteria that
Member States need to monitor and assess should be reduced, applying a risk-based
approach to those which are retained in order to allow Member States to focus their
efforts on the main anthropogenic pressures affecting their waters. Finally, the criteria
and their use should be further specified, including providing for threshold values or
the setting thereof, thereby allowing for the extent to which good environmental status
is achieved to be measured across the Union's marine waters.
In accordance with the commitment taken by the Commission when adopting its
Communication to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and
Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions: Better regulation for better
results
An EU agenda
4
, this Decision should ensure coherence with other Union
legislation. To ensure greater consistency and comparability at Union level of Member
States' determinations of good environmental status and avoid unnecessary overlaps, it
is appropriate to take into account relevant existing standards and methods for
monitoring and assessment laid down in Union legislation, including
C
ouncil
Directive 92/43/EEC
5
, Directive 2000/60/EC of the European Parliament and of the
Council
6
, Commission Regulation (EC) No 1881/2006
7
, Council Regulation (EC) No
(5)
(6)
(7)
4
5
6
7
COM(2015) 215 final.
Council Directive 92/43/EEC of 21 May 1992 on the conservation of natural habitats and of wild fauna
and flora (OJ L 206, 22.7.1992, p. 7).
Directive 2000/60/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 23 October 2000 establishing a
framework for Community action in the field of water policy (OJ L 327, 22.12.2000, p. 1).
Commission Regulation (EC) No 1881/2006 of 19 December 2006 setting maximum levels for certain
contaminants in foodstuffs (OJ L 364, 20.12.2006, p. 5).
EN
4
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0082.png
1967/2006
8
, Directive 2008/105/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council
9
,
Directive 2009/147/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council
10
and
Regulation (EU) No 1380/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council
11
.
(8)
For each of the qualitative descriptors listed in Annex I to Directive 2008/56/EC, and
on the basis of the indicative lists in Annex III to that Directive, it is necessary to
define the criteria, including the criteria elements and, where appropriate, the threshold
values, to be used. Threshold values are intended to contribute to Member States'
determination of a set of characteristics for good environmental status and inform their
assessment of the extent to which good environmental status is being achieved. It is
also necessary to set out methodological standards, including the geographic scales for
assessment and how the criteria should be used. Those criteria and methodological
standards are to ensure consistency and allow for comparison, between marine regions
or subregions, of assessments of the extent to which good environmental status is
being achieved.
To ensure comparability between the details of any updates by the Member States
following the reviews of certain elements of their marine strategies, sent under Article
17(3) of Directive 2008/56/EC, specifications and standardised methods for
monitoring and assessment should be defined, taking into account existing
specifications and standards at Union or international level, including regional or
subregional level.
Member States should apply the criteria, methodological standards, specifications and
standardised methods for monitoring and assessment laid down in this Decision in
combination with the ecosystem elements, anthropogenic pressures and human
activities listed in the indicative lists of Annex III to Directive 2008/56/EC and by
reference to the initial assessment made pursuant to Article 8(1) of that Directive,
when determining a set of characteristics for good environmental status in accordance
with Article 9(1) of that Directive, and when establishing coordinated monitoring
programmes under Article 11 of that Directive.
In order to establish a clear link between the determination of a set of characteristics
for good environmental status and the assessment of progress towards its achievement,
it is appropriate to organise the criteria and methodological standards on the basis of
the qualitative descriptors laid down in Annex I to Directive 2008/56/EC, taking into
account the indicative lists of ecosystem elements, anthropogenic pressures and human
activities laid down in Annex III to that Directive. Some of those criteria and
methodological standards relate in particular to the assessment of environmental status
or of predominant pressures and impacts under points (a) or (b) of Article 8(1) of
Directive 2008/56/EC, respectively.
Council Regulation (EC) No 1967/2006 of 21 December 2006 concerning management measures for
the sustainable exploitation of fishery resources in the Mediterranean Sea, amending Regulation (EEC)
No 2847/93 and repealing Regulation (EC) No 1626/94 (OJ L 409, 30.12.2006, p. 11).
Directive 2008/105/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 16 December 2008 on
environmental quality standards in the field of water policy, amending and subsequently replacing
Council Directives 82/176/EEC, 83/513/EEC, 84/156/EEC, 84/491/EEC, 86/280/EEC and amending
Directive 2000/60/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council (OJ L 348, 24.12.2008, p. 84.).
Directive 2009/147/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 30 November 2009 on the
conservation of wild birds (OJ L 20, 26.1.2010, p. 7).
Regulation (EU) No 1380/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 11 December 2013 on
the Common Fisheries Policy, amending Council Regulations (EC) No 1954/2003 and (EC) No
1224/2009 and repealing Council Regulations (EC) No 2371/2002 and (EC) No 639/2004 and Council
Decision 2004/585/EC (OJ L 354, 28.12.2013, p. 22).
(9)
(10)
(11)
8
9
10
11
EN
5
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0083.png
(12)
In cases where no threshold values are laid down, Member States should establish
threshold values through Union, regional or subregional cooperation, for instance by
referring to existing values or developing new ones in the framework of the Regional
Sea Conventions. In cases where threshold values should be established through
cooperation at Union level (for the descriptors on marine litter, underwater noise and
seabed integrity), this will be done in the framework of the Common Implementation
Strategy set up by the Member States and the Commission for the purposes of
Directive 2008/56/EC. Once established through Union, regional or subregional
cooperation, these threshold values will only become part of Member States' sets of
characteristics for good environmental status when they are sent to the Commission as
part of Member States' reporting under Article 17(3) of Directive 2008/56/EC. Until
such threshold values are established through Union, regional or subregional
cooperation, Member States should be able to use national threshold values,
directional trends or pressure-based threshold values as proxies.
Threshold values should reflect, where appropriate, the quality level that reflects the
significance of an adverse effect for a criterion and should be set in relation to a
reference condition. Threshold values should be consistent with Union legislation and
set at appropriate geographic scales to reflect the different biotic and abiotic
characteristics of the regions, subregions and subdivisions. This means that even if the
process to establish threshold values takes place at Union level, this may result in the
setting of different threshold values, which are specific to a region, subregion or
subdivision. Threshold values should also be set on the basis of the precautionary
principle, reflecting the potential risks to the marine environment. The setting of
threshold values should accommodate the dynamic nature of marine ecosystems and
their elements, which can change in space and time through hydrological and climatic
variation, predator-prey relationships and other environmental factors. Threshold
values should also reflect the fact that marine ecosystems may recover, if deteriorated,
to a state that reflects prevailing physiographic, geographic, climatic and biological
conditions, rather than return to a specific state of the past.
In accordance with Article 1(3) of Directive 2008/56/EC, the collective pressure of
human activities needs to be kept within levels compatible with the achievement of
good environmental status, ensuring that the capacity of marine ecosystems to respond
to human-induced changes is not compromised. This may entail, where appropriate,
that threshold values for certain pressures and their environmental impacts are not
necessarily achieved in all areas of Member States' marine waters, provided that this
does not compromise the achievement of the objectives of Directive 2008/56/EC,
while enabling the sustainable use of marine goods and services.
It is necessary to lay down threshold values which will be part of the set of
characteristics used by Member States in their determination of good environmental
status in accordance with Article 9(1) of Directive 2008/56/EC, and the extent to
which the threshold values are to be achieved. Threshold values therefore do not, by
themselves, constitute Member States' determinations of good environmental status.
Member States should express the extent to which good environmental status is being
achieved as the proportion of their marine waters over which the threshold values have
been achieved or as the proportion of criteria elements (species, contaminants, etc.)
that have achieved the threshold values. When assessing the status of their marine
waters in accordance with Article 17(2)(a) of Directive 2008/56/EC, Member States
should express any change in status as improving, stable or deteriorating compared to
(13)
(14)
(15)
(16)
EN
6
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0084.png
the previous reporting period, in view of the often slow response of the marine
environment to change.
(17)
Where threshold values, set in accordance with this Decision, are not met for a
particular criterion, Member States should consider taking appropriate measures or
carrying out further research or investigation.
Where Member States are required to cooperate at regional or subregional level, they
should use, where practical and appropriate, existing regional institutional cooperation
structures, including those under Regional Sea Conventions, as provided under
Article 6 of Directive 2008/56/EC. Similarly, in the absence of specific criteria,
methodological standards, including for integration of the criteria, specifications and
standardised methods for monitoring and assessment, Member States should build
upon, where practical and appropriate, those developed at international, regional or
subregional level, for instance those agreed in the framework of the Regional Sea
Conventions, or other international mechanisms. Otherwise, Member States may
choose to coordinate amongst themselves within the region or subregion, where
relevant. In addition, a Member State may also decide, on the basis of the specificities
of its marine waters, to consider additional elements not laid down in this Decision
and not dealt with at international, regional or subregional level, or to consider
applying elements of this Decision to its transitional waters, as defined in Article 2(6)
of Directive 2000/60/EC, in support of the implementation of Directive 2008/56/EC.
Member States should have sufficient flexibility, under specified conditions, to focus
on the predominant pressures and their environmental impacts on the different
ecosystem elements in each region or subregion in order to monitor and assess their
marine waters in an efficient and effective manner and to facilitate prioritisation of
actions to be taken to achieve good environmental status. For that purpose, firstly,
Member States should be able to consider that some of the criteria are not appropriate
to apply, provided this is justified. Secondly, Member States should have the
possibility to decide not to use certain criteria elements or to select additional elements
or to focus on certain matrices or areas of their marine waters, provided that this is
based on a risk assessment in relation to the pressures and their impacts. Finally, a
distinction should be introduced between primary and secondary criteria. While
primary criteria should be used to ensure consistency across the Union, flexibility
should be granted with regard to secondary criteria. The use of a secondary criterion
should be decided by Member States, where necessary, to complement a primary
criterion or when, for a particular criterion, the marine environment is at risk of not
achieving or not maintaining good environmental status.
Criteria, including threshold values, methodological standards, specifications and
standardised methods for monitoring and assessment should be based on the best
available science. However, additional scientific and technical progress is still required
to support the further development of some of them, and should be used as the
knowledge and understanding become available.
Decision 2010/477/EU should therefore be repealed.
The measures provided for in this Decision are in accordance with the opinion of the
Regulatory Committee,
(18)
(19)
(20)
(21)
(22)
EN
7
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0085.png
HAS ADOPTED THIS DECISION:
Article 1
Subject-matter
This Decision lays down:
(a)
criteria and methodological standards to be used by Member States
when
determining a set of characteristics for good environmental status in accordance with
Article 9(1) of Directive 2008/56/EC, on the basis of Annexes I and III and by
reference to the initial assessment made pursuant to Article 8(1) of that Directive, to
assess the extent to which good environmental status is being achieved, in
accordance with Article 9(3) of that Directive;
specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and assessment, to be used
by Member States when establishing coordinated monitoring programmes under
Article 11
of Directive 2008/56/EC,
in accordance with Article 11(4) of that
Directive;
a timeline for the establishment of threshold values, lists of criteria elements and
methodological standards through Union, regional or subregional cooperation;
a notification requirement for criteria elements, threshold values and methodological
standards.
Article 2
Definitions
For the purposes of this Decision, the definitions laid down in Article 3 of Directive
2008/56/EC shall apply.
The following definitions shall also apply:
(1)
(2)
(3)
'subregions' means the subregions listed in Article 4(2) of Directive 2008/56/EC;
'subdivisions' means subdivisions as referred to in Article 4(2) of Directive
2008/56/EC;
'invasive non-indigenous species' means 'invasive alien species' within the meaning
of Article 3(2) of Regulation (EU) No 1143/2014 of the European Parliament and of
the Council
12
;
'criteria elements' means constituent elements of an ecosystem, particularly its
biological elements (species, habitats and their communities), or aspects of pressures
on the marine environment (biological, physical, substances, litter and energy),
which are assessed under each criterion;
'threshold value' means a value or range of values that allows for an assessment of
the quality level achieved for a particular criterion, thereby contributing to the
assessment of the extent to which good environmental status is being achieved.
(b)
(c)
(d)
(4)
(5)
12
Regulation (EU) No 1143/2014 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 22 October 2014 on
the prevention and management of the introduction and spread of invasive alien species (OJ L 317,
4.11.2014, p. 35).
EN
8
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0086.png
Article 3
Use of criteria, methodological standards, specifications and standardised methods
1.
Member States shall use primary criteria and associated methodological standards,
specifications and standardised methods laid down in the Annex to implement this
Decision. However, on the basis of the initial assessment or its subsequent updates
carried out in accordance with Articles 8 and 17(2)(a) of Directive 2008/56/EC,
Member States may consider, in justified circumstances, that it is not appropriate to
use one or more of the primary criteria. In such cases, Member States shall provide
the Commission with a justification in the framework of the notification made
pursuant to Article 9(2) or 17(3) of Directive 2008/56/EC.
Pursuant to the obligation of regional cooperation laid down in Articles 5 and 6 of
Directive 2008/56/EC, a Member State shall inform other Member States sharing the
same marine region or subregion before it decides not to use a primary criterion in
accordance with the first subparagraph.
2.
Secondary criteria and associated methodological standards, specifications and
standardised methods laid down in the Annex shall be used to complement a primary
criterion or when the marine environment is at risk of not achieving or not
maintaining good environmental status for that particular criterion. The use of a
secondary criterion shall be decided by each Member State, except where otherwise
specified in the Annex.
Where this Decision does not set criteria, methodological standards, specifications or
standardised methods for monitoring and assessment, including for spatial and
temporal aggregation of data, Member States shall build upon, where practical and
appropriate, those developed at international, regional or subregional level, such as
those agreed in the relevant Regional Sea Conventions.
Until Union, international, regional or subregional lists of criteria elements,
methodological standards, and specifications and standardised methods for
monitoring and assessment are established, Member States may use those established
at national level, provided that regional cooperation is pursued as laid down in
Articles 5 and 6 of Directive 2008/56/EC.
Article 4
Setting of threshold values through Union, regional or subregional cooperation
1.
Where Member States are required under this Decision to establish threshold values
through Union, regional or subregional cooperation, those values shall:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
be part of the set of characteristics used by Member States in their
determination of good environmental status;
be consistent with Union legislation;
where appropriate, distinguish the quality level that reflects the significance of
an adverse effect for a criterion and be set in relation to a reference condition;
be set at appropriate geographic scales of assessment to reflect the different
biotic and abiotic characteristics of the regions, subregions and subdivisions;
be set on the basis of the precautionary principle, reflecting the potential risks
to the marine environment;
3.
4.
EN
9
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0087.png
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
be consistent across different criteria when they relate to the same ecosystem
element;
make use of best available science;
be based on long time-series data, where available, to help determine the most
appropriate value;
reflect natural ecosystem dynamics, including predator-prey relationships and
hydrological and climatic variation, also acknowledging that the ecosystem or
parts thereof may recover, if deteriorated, to a state that reflects prevailing
physiographic, geographic, climatic and biological conditions, rather than
return to a specific state of the past;
be consistent, where practical and appropriate, with relevant values set under
regional institutional cooperation structures, including those agreed in the
Regional Sea Conventions.
(j)
2.
Until Member States have established threshold values through Union, regional or
subregional cooperation as required under this Decision, they may use any of the
following to express the extent to which good environmental status is being
achieved:
(a)
(b)
(c)
national threshold values, provided the obligation of regional cooperation laid
down in Articles 5 and 6 of Directive 2008/56/EC is complied with;
directional trends of the values;
pressure-based threshold values as proxies.
These shall follow, where possible, the principles set out in points (a) to (i) of
paragraph 1.
3.
Where threshold values, including those established by Member States in accordance
with this Decision, are not met for a particular criterion to the extent which that
Member State has determined as constituting good environmental status in
accordance with Article 9(1) of Directive 2008/56/EC, Member States shall consider,
as appropriate, whether measures should be taken under Article 13 of that Directive
or whether further research or investigation should be carried out.
Threshold values established by Member States in accordance with this Decision
may be periodically reviewed in the light of scientific and technical progress and
amended, where necessary, in time for the reviews provided for in Article 17(2)(a) of
Directive 2008/56/EC.
Article 5
Timeline
1.
Where this Decision provides for Member States to establish threshold values, lists
of criteria elements or methodological standards through Union, regional or
subregional cooperation, Member States shall endeavour to do so within the time-
limit set for the first review of their initial assessment and determination of good
environmental status in accordance with Article 17(2)(a) of Directive 2008/56/EC
(15 July 2018).
Where Member States are not able to establish threshold values, lists of criteria
elements or methodological standards through Union, regional or subregional
cooperation within the time-limit laid down in paragraph 1, they shall establish these
4.
2.
EN
10
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0088.png
as soon as possible thereafter, on condition that they provide, by 15 October 2018,
justification to the Commission in the notification made pursuant to Article 9(2) or
17(3) of Directive 2008/56/EC.
Article 6
Notification
Each Member State shall send to the Commission, as part of the notification made pursuant to
Article 17(3) of Directive 2008/56/EC, those criteria elements, threshold values and
methodological standards established through Union, regional or subregional cooperation in
accordance with this Decision, that it decides to use as part of its set of characteristics for
determining good environmental status under Article 9(1) of Directive 2008/56/EC.
Article 7
Repeal
Decision 2010/477/EU is hereby repealed.
References to Decision 2010/477/EU shall be construed as references to this Decision.
Article 8
Entry into force
This Decision shall enter into force on the twentieth day following that of its publication in
the
Official Journal of the European Union.
Done at Brussels,
For the Commission
The President
EN
11
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0089.png
ANNEX
Criteria and methodological standards for good environmental status of marine waters,
relevant to the qualitative descriptors in Annex I to Directive 2008/56/EC, and
to the indicative lists set out in Annex III to that Directive, and specifications
and standardised methods for monitoring and assessment
This Annex is structured in two parts:
under Part I are laid down the criteria and methodological standards for
determination of good environmental status under Article 9(3) of Directive
2008/56/EC, and specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and
assessment under Article 11(4) of that Directive, to be used by Member States in
relation to the assessment of predominant pressures and impacts under Article
8(1)(b) of Directive 2008/56/EC,
under Part II are laid down criteria and methodological standards for determination
of good environmental status under Article 9(3) of Directive 2008/56/EC, and
specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and assessment, to be used
by Member States in relation to the assessment of environmental status under Article
8(1)(a) of Directive 2008/56/EC.
P
ART
I
C
RITERIA
,
METHODOLOGICAL STANDARDS
,
SPECIFICATIONS AND STANDARDISED
METHODS FOR THE MONITORING AND ASSESSMENT OF PREDOMINANT PRESSURES AND
IMPACTS UNDER POINT
(
B
)
OF
A
RTICLE
8(1)
OF
D
IRECTIVE
2008/56/EC
Part I considers the descriptors
13
linked to the relevant anthropogenic pressures: biological
pressures (Descriptors 2 and 3), physical pressures (Descriptors 6 and 7) and substances, litter
and energy (Descriptors 5, 8, 9, 10 and 11), as listed in Annex III to Directive 2008/56/EC.
13
When this Decision refers to a 'descriptor', this refers to the relevant qualitative descriptors for
determining good environmental status, as indicated under the numbered points in Annex I to Directive
2008/56/EC.
EN
12
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0090.png
Descriptor 2
Non-indigenous species introduced by human activities are at levels that do not adversely alter the ecosystems
Relevant pressure: Input or spread of non-indigenous species
Criteria, including criteria elements, and methodological standards
Criteria elements
Criteria
D2C1
Primary:
The number of non-indigenous species which are newly
introduced via human activity into the wild, per assessment
period (6 years), measured from the reference year as
reported for the initial assessment under Article 8(1) of
Directive 2008/56/EC, is minimised and where possible
reduced to zero.
Member States shall establish the threshold value for the
number of new introductions of non-indigenous species,
through regional or subregional cooperation.
Methodological standards
Scale of assessment:
Subdivisions of the region or subregion, divided where
needed by national boundaries.
Use of criteria:
The extent to which good environmental status has been
achieved shall be expressed for each area assessed as
follows:
-
the number of non-indigenous species newly
introduced via human activity, in the 6-year
assessment period and a list of those species.
Scale of assessment:
As used for assessment of the corresponding species
groups or broad habitat types under Descriptors 1 and 6.
Use of criteria:
Criterion D2C2 (quantification of non-indigenous species)
shall be expressed per species assessed and shall
contribute to the assessment of criterion D2C3 (adverse
effects of non-indigenous species).
Criterion D2C3 shall provide the proportion per species
group and extent per broad habitat type assessed which is
Newly-introduced non-indigenous
species.
Established non-indigenous species,
particularly invasive non-indigenous
species, which include relevant species
on the list of invasive alien species of
Union concern adopted in accordance
with Article 4(1) of Regulation (EU)
No 1143/2014 and species which are
relevant for use under criterion D2C3.
Member States shall establish that list
through regional or subregional
cooperation.
D2C2
Secondary:
Abundance and spatial distribution of established non-
indigenous species, particularly of invasive species,
contributing significantly to adverse effects on particular
species groups or broad habitat types.
EN
13
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0091.png
Criteria elements
Species groups and broad habitat types
that are at risk from non-indigenous
species, selected from those used for
Descriptors 1 and 6.
Member States shall establish that list
through regional or subregional
cooperation.
Criteria
D2C3
Secondary:
Proportion of the species group or spatial extent of the broad
habitat type which is adversely altered due to non-indigenous
species, particularly invasive non-indigenous species.
Member States shall establish the threshold values for the
adverse alteration to species groups and broad habitat types
due to non-indigenous species, through regional or
subregional cooperation.
Methodological standards
adversely altered, and thus contribute to their assessments
under Descriptors 1 and 6.
Specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and assessment
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
'Newly-introduced' non-indigenous species shall be understood as those which were not known to be present in the area in the previous
assessment period.
'Established' non-indigenous species shall be understood as those which were known to be present in the area in the previous assessment
period.
For D2C1: where it is not clear whether the new arrival of non-indigenous species is due to human activity or natural dispersal from
neighbouring areas, the introduction shall be counted under D2C1.
For D2C2: when species occurrence and abundance is seasonally variable (e.g. plankton), monitoring shall be undertaken at appropriate times
of year.
Monitoring programmes shall be linked to those for Descriptors 1, 4, 5 and 6, where possible, as they typically use the same sampling
methods and it is more practical to monitor non-indigenous species as part of broader biodiversity monitoring, except where sampling needs to
focus on main vectors and risk areas for new introductions.
D2C1: the number of species per assessment area which have been newly introduced in the assessment period (6 years),
D2C2: abundance (number of individuals, biomass in tonnes (t) or extent in square kilometres (km
2
)) per non-indigenous species,
Units of measurement for the criteria:
EN
14
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
D2C3: the proportion of the species group (ratio of indigenous species to non-indigenous species, as number of species and/or their
abundance within the group) or the spatial extent of the broad habitat type (in square kilometres (km
2
)) which is adversely altered.
EN
15
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0093.png
Descriptor 3
Populations of all commercially-exploited fish and shellfish are within safe biological limits, exhibiting a population age and size
distribution that is indicative of a healthy stock
Relevant pressure: Extraction of, or mortality/injury to, wild species, including target and non-target species
Criteria, including criteria elements, and methodological standards
Criteria elements
Criteria
D3C1
Primary:
The
Fishing mortality
rate of populations of commercially-
exploited species is at or below levels which can produce the
maximum sustainable yield (MSY). Appropriate scientific
bodies shall be consulted in accordance with Article 26 of
Regulation (EU) No 1380/2013.
Commercially-exploited fish and
shellfish.
Member States shall establish through
regional or subregional cooperation a
list of commercially-exploited fish and
shellfish, according to the criteria laid
down under 'specifications'.
D3C2
14
Primary:
The
Spawning Stock Biomass
of populations of commercially-
exploited species are above biomass levels capable of
producing maximum sustainable yield. Appropriate scientific
bodies shall be consulted in accordance with Article 26 of
Regulation (EU) No 1380/2013.
D3C3
2,15
Primary:
The age and size distribution of individuals in the populations
of commercially-exploited species is indicative of a healthy
population. This shall include a high proportion of old/large
individuals and limited adverse effects of exploitation on
genetic diversity.
Member States shall establish threshold values through
regional or subregional cooperation for each population of
species in accordance with scientific advice obtained pursuant
Methodological standards
Scale of assessment:
Populations of each species are assessed at ecologically-
relevant scales within each region or subregion, as
established by appropriate scientific bodies as referred to in
Article 26 of Regulation (EU) No 1380/2013, based on
specified aggregations of International Council for the
Exploration of the Sea (ICES) areas, General Fisheries
Commission for the Mediterranean (GFCM) geographical
sub-areas and Food and Agriculture Organisation (FAO)
fishing areas for the Macaronesian biogeographic region.
Use of criteria:
The extent to which good environmental status has been
achieved shall be expressed for each area assessed as
follows:
(a) the populations assessed, the values achieved for each
criterion and whether the levels for D3C1 and D3C2
and the threshold values for D3C3 have been
achieved, and the overall status of the population on
the basis of criteria integration rules agreed at Union
level;
(b) the populations of commercially-exploited species in
the assessment area which were not assessed.
14
15
D3C2 and D3C3 are state-based criteria for commercially-exploited fish and shellfish but are shown under Part I for clarity reasons.
D3C3 may not be available for use for the 2018 review of the initial assessment and determination of good environmental status under Article 17(2)(a) of Directive
2008/56/EC.
EN
16
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0094.png
Criteria elements
Criteria
to Article 26 of Regulation (EU) No 1380/2013.
Methodological standards
The outcomes of these population assessments shall also
contribute to the assessments under Descriptors 1 and 6, if
the species are relevant for assessment of particular species
groups and benthic habitat types.
Extraction of, or mortality/injury to, non-commercially-exploited species (incidental by-catches) as a result of fishing activities, is addressed under
criterion D1C1.
Physical disturbance to the seabed, including effects on benthic communities, as a result of fishing activities, are addressed by the criteria under
Descriptor 6 (particularly criteria D6C2 and D6C3) and are to be fed into the assessments of benthic habitat types under Descriptors 1 and 6.
Specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and assessment
1.
A list of commercially-exploited species for application of the criteria in each assessment area shall be established by Member States through
regional or subregional cooperation and updated for each 6-year assessment period, taking into account Council Regulation (EC) No
199/2008
16
and the following:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
all stocks that are managed under Regulation (EU) No 1380/2013;
the species for which fishing opportunities (total allowable catches and quotas) are set by Council under Article 43(3) of the Treaty on
the Functioning of the European Union;
the species for which minimum conservation reference sizes are set under Regulation (EC) No 1967/2006;
the species under multiannual plans according to Article 9 of Regulation (EU) No 1380/2013;
the species under national management plans according to Article 19 of Regulation (EC) No 1967/2006;
any important species on a regional or national scale for small-scale/local coastal fisheries.
For the purposes of this Decision, commercially-exploited species which are non-indigenous in each assessment area shall be excluded from
the list and thus not contribute to achievement of good environmental status for Descriptor 3.
16
Council Regulation (EC) No 199/2008 of 25 February 2008 concerning the establishment of a Community framework for the collection, management and use of data in the
fisheries sector and support for scientific advice regarding the Common Fisheries Policy (OJ L 60, 5.3.2008, p. 1).
EN
17
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
2.
Regulation (EC) No 199/2008 establishes rules on the collection and management, in the framework of multi-annual programmes, of
biological, technical, environmental and socio-economic data concerning the fisheries sector which shall be used for monitoring under
Descriptor 3.
The term 'populations' shall be understood as the term 'stocks' within the meaning of Regulation (EU) No 1380/2013.
For D3C1 and D3C2, the following shall apply:
(a)
for stocks managed under a multiannual plan according to Article 9 of Regulation (EU) No 1380/2013, in situations of mixed fisheries,
the target fishing mortality and the biomass levels capable of producing maximum sustainable yield shall be in accordance with the
relevant multiannual plan;
for the Mediterranean Sea and Black Sea regions, appropriate proxies may be used.
For D3C1: if quantitative assessments yielding values for
Fishing mortality
are not available due to inadequacies in the available data,
other variables such as the ratio between catch and biomass index ('catch/biomass ratio') may be used as an alternative method. In such
cases, an appropriate method for trend analysis shall be adopted (e.g. the current value can be compared against the long-term historical
average);
For D3C2: the threshold value used shall be in accordance with Article 2(2) of Regulation (EU) No 1380/2013. If quantitative
assessments yielding values for
Spawning Stock Biomass
are not available due to inadequacies in the available data, biomass-related
indices such as catch per unit effort or survey abundance indices may be used as an alternative method. In such cases, an appropriate
method for trend analysis shall be adopted (e.g. the current value can be compared against the long-term historical average);
D3C3 shall reflect that healthy populations of species are characterised by a high proportion of old, large individuals. The relevant
properties are the following:
(i) size distribution of individuals in the population, expressed as:
the proportion of fish larger than mean size of first sexual maturation, or
the 95
th
percentile of the fish-length distribution of each population, as observed in research vessel or other surveys;
3.
4.
(b)
5.
(a)
The following methods for assessment shall be used:
(b)
(c)
(ii) genetic effects of exploitation of the species, such as size at first sexual maturation, where appropriate and feasible.
Other expressions of the relevant properties may be used following further scientific and technical development of this criterion.
Units of measurement for the criteria:
EN
18
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
D3C1: annualised fishing mortality rate,
D3C2: biomass in tonnes (t) or number of individuals per species, except where other indices are used under point 5(b),
D3C3: under point 5(c): for (i), first indent: proportion (percentage) or numbers, for (i), second indent: length in centimetres (cm), and
for (ii): length in centimetres (cm).
EN
19
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0097.png
Descriptor 5
Human-induced eutrophication is minimised, especially adverse effects thereof, such as losses in biodiversity, ecosystem
degradation, harmful algae blooms and oxygen deficiency in bottom waters
Relevant pressures: Input of nutrients; Input of organic matter
Criteria, including criteria elements, and methodological standards
Criteria elements
Nutrients in the water column:
Dissolved Inorganic Nitrogen (DIN),
Total Nitrogen (TN), Dissolved
Inorganic Phosphorus (DIP), Total
Phosphorus (TP).
Within coastal waters, as used under
Directive 2000/60/EC.
Beyond coastal waters, Member States
may decide at regional or subregional
level to not use one or several of these
nutrient elements.
Criteria
Methodological standards
Scale of assessment:
within coastal waters, as used under Directive
2000/60/EC,
beyond coastal waters, subdivisions of the region or
subregion, divided where needed by national
boundaries.
Use of criteria:
The extent to which good environmental status has been
achieved shall be expressed for each area assessed as
follows:
(a) the values achieved for each criterion used, and an
estimate of the extent of the assessment area over
which the threshold values set have been achieved;
(b) in coastal waters, the criteria shall be used in
accordance with the requirements of Directive
2000/60/EC to conclude on whether the water body
is subject to eutrophication
17
;
(c) beyond coastal waters, an estimate of the extent of
the area (as a proportion (percentage)) that is not
subject to eutrophication (as indicated by the results
D5C1
Primary:
Nutrient concentrations are not at levels that indicate adverse
eutrophication effects.
The threshold values are as follows:
(a) in coastal waters, the values set in accordance with
Directive 2000/60/EC;
(b) beyond coastal waters, values consistent with those for
coastal waters under Directive 2000/60/EC. Member
States shall establish those values through regional or
subregional cooperation
D5C2
Primary:
Chlorophyll a concentrations are not at levels that indicate
adverse effects of nutrient enrichment.
The threshold values are as follows:
(a) in coastal waters, the values set in accordance with
Directive 2000/60/EC;
(b) beyond coastal waters, values consistent with those for
coastal waters under Directive 2000/60/EC. Member
States shall establish those values through regional or
subregional cooperation.
Chlorophyll a in the water column
17
Guidance documents published in the context of the Common Implementation Strategy for Directive 2000/60/EC may be relevant in this assessment (e.g. "N° 13 - Overall
Approach to the Classification of Ecological Status and Ecological Potential" and "N° 23 - Eutrophication Assessment in the Context of European Water Policies")
EN
20
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0098.png
Criteria elements
Criteria
D5C3
Secondary:
The number, spatial extent and duration of harmful algal
bloom events are not at levels that indicate adverse effects of
nutrient enrichment.
Member States shall establish threshold values for these
levels through regional or subregional cooperation.
Harmful algal blooms (e.g.
cyanobacteria) in the water column
Methodological standards
of all criteria used, integrated in a manner agreed
where possible at Union level, but at least at
regional or subregional level).
Beyond coastal waters, the use of the secondary criteria
shall be agreed at regional or subregional level.
The outcomes of the assessments shall also contribute to
assessments for pelagic habitats under Descriptor 1 as
follows:
-
the distribution and an estimate of the extent of the
area (as a proportion (percentage)) that is subject to
eutrophication in the water column (as indicated by
whether the threshold values for criteria D5C2,
D5C3 and D5C4, when used, have been achieved);
The outcomes of the assessments shall also contribute to
assessments for benthic habitats under Descriptors 1 and 6
as follows:
the distribution and an estimate of the extent of the
-
area (as a proportion (percentage)) that is subject to
eutrophication on the seabed (as indicated by
whether the threshold values for criteria D5C4,
D5C5, D5C6, D5C7 and D5C8, when used, have
been achieved).
D5C4
Secondary:
The photic limit (transparency) of the water column is not
reduced, due to increases in suspended algae, to a level that
indicates adverse effects of nutrient enrichment.
The threshold values are as follows:
Photic limit (transparency) of the water
(a) in coastal waters, the values set in accordance with
column
Directive 2000/60/EC;
(b) beyond coastal waters, values consistent with those for
coastal waters under Directive 2000/60/EC. Member
States shall establish those values through regional or
subregional cooperation.
D5C5
Primary (may be substituted by D5C8):
The concentration of dissolved oxygen is not reduced, due to
nutrient enrichment, to levels that indicate adverse effects on
benthic habitats (including on associated biota and mobile
species) or other eutrophication effects.
The threshold values are as follows:
(a) in coastal waters, the values set in accordance with
Directive 2000/60/EC;
Dissolved oxygen in the bottom of the
water column
(b)
beyond coastal waters, values consistent with those for
coastal waters under Directive 2000/60/EC. Member
States shall establish those values through regional or
subregional cooperation.
EN
21
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0099.png
Criteria elements
Criteria
D5C6
Secondary:
The abundance of opportunistic macroalgae is not at levels
that indicate adverse effects of nutrient enrichment.
The threshold values are as follows:
(a) in coastal waters, the values set in accordance with
Directive 2000/60/EC;
(b) should this criterion be relevant for waters beyond
coastal waters, values consistent with those for coastal
waters under Directive 2000/60/EC. Member States
shall establish those values through regional or
subregional cooperation.
D5C7
Secondary:
The species composition and relative abundance or depth
distribution of macrophyte communities achieve values that
indicate there is no adverse effect due to nutrient enrichment
including via a decrease in water transparency, as follows:
(a) in coastal waters, the values set in accordance with
Directive 2000/60/EC;
Methodological standards
Opportunistic macroalgae of benthic
habitats
Macrophyte communities (perennial
seaweeds and seagrasses such as
fucoids, eelgrass and Neptune grass) of
benthic habitats
(b)
should this criterion be relevant for waters beyond
coastal waters, values consistent with those for coastal
waters under Directive 2000/60/EC. Member States
shall establish those values through regional or
subregional cooperation.
D5C8
Secondary (except when used as a substitute for
D5C5):
Macrofaunal communities of benthic
habitats
The species composition and relative abundance of
macrofaunal communities, achieve values that indicate that
there is no adverse effect due to nutrient and organic
enrichment, as follows:
EN
22
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0100.png
Criteria elements
(a)
Criteria
in coastal waters, the values for benthic biological
quality elements set in accordance with Directive
2000/60/EC;
beyond coastal waters, values consistent with those for
coastal waters under Directive 2000/60/EC. Member
States shall establish those values through regional or
subregional cooperation.
Methodological standards
(b)
Specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and assessment
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
In coastal waters, the criteria elements shall be selected in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC.
For D5C2 and D5C3, Member States may in addition use phytoplankton species composition and abundance.
Information on the pathways (atmospheric, land- or sea-based) for nutrients entering the marine environment shall be collected, where
feasible.
Monitoring beyond coastal waters may not be necessary due to low risk, such as in cases where the threshold values are achieved in coastal
waters, taking into account nutrient input from atmospheric, sea-based including coastal waters, and transboundary sources.
Assessments under Directive 2000/60/EC shall be used for the assessments of each criterion in coastal waters.
Values set in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC shall refer either to those set by intercalibration under Commission Decision
2013/480/EU
18
or to those set in national legislation in accordance with Article 8 and Annex V of Directive 2000/60/EC. These shall be
understood as the "Good-Moderate boundary" for Ecological Quality Ratios.
Species composition shall be understood to refer to the lowest taxonomic level appropriate for the assessment.
D5C1: nutrient concentrations in micromoles per litre (µmol/l),
D5C2: chlorophyll a concentrations (biomass) in micrograms per litre (µg/l),
7.
Units of measurement for the criteria:
18
Commission Decision 2013/480/EU of 20 September 2013 establishing, pursuant to Directive 2000/60/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council, the values of the
Member State monitoring system classifications as a result of the intercalibration exercise and repealing Decision 2008/915/EC (OJ L 266, 8.10.2013, p. 1).
EN
23
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
D5C3: bloom events as number of events, duration in days and spatial extent in square kilometres (km
2
) per year,
D5C4: photic limit as depth in metres (m),
D5C5: oxygen concentration in the bottom of the water column in milligrams per litre (mg/l),
D5C6: Ecological Quality Ratio for macroalgal abundance or spatial cover. Extent of adverse effects in square kilometres (km
2
) or as a
proportion (percentage) of the assessment area,
D5C7: Ecological Quality Ratio for species composition and relative abundance assessments or for maximum depth of macrophyte
growth. Extent of adverse effects in square kilometres (km
2
) or as a proportion (percentage) of the assessment area,
D5C8: Ecological Quality Ratio for species composition and relative abundance assessments. Extent of adverse effects in square
kilometres (km
2
) or as a proportion (percentage) of the assessment area.
Where available, Member States shall use the units or ecological quality ratios provided for under Directive 2000/60/EC.
EN
24
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0102.png
Descriptor 6
Sea-floor integrity is at a level that ensures that the structure and functions of the ecosystems are safeguarded and benthic
ecosystems, in particular, are not adversely affected.
Relevant pressures: Physical loss (due to permanent change of seabed substrate or morphology and to extraction of seabed substrate); physical
disturbance to seabed (temporary or reversible)
Criteria, including criteria elements, and methodological standards
Criteria elements
Physical loss of the seabed (including
intertidal areas).
Physical disturbance to the seabed
(including intertidal areas).
Criteria
D6C1
Primary:
Spatial extent and distribution of physical loss (permanent
change) of the natural seabed.
D6C2
Primary:
Spatial extent and distribution of physical disturbance
pressures on the seabed.
Methodological standards
Scale of assessment:
As used for assessment of the benthic broad habitat types
under Descriptors 1 and 6.
Use of criteria:
The outcomes of assessment of criterion D6C1 (the
distribution and an estimate of the extent of physical loss)
shall be used to assess criteria D6C4 and D7C1.
The outcomes of assessment of criterion D6C2 (the
distribution and an estimate of the extent of physical
disturbance pressures) shall be used to assess criterion
D6C3.
The outcomes of assessment of criterion D6C3 (an
estimate of the extent of adverse effect by physical
disturbance per habitat type in each assessment area) shall
contribute to the assessment of criterion D6C5.
D6C3
Primary:
Spatial extent of each habitat type which is adversely
affected, through change in its biotic and abiotic structure and
its functions (e.g. through changes in species composition and
Benthic broad habitat types or other
their relative abundance, absence of particularly sensitive or
habitat types, as used under Descriptors
fragile species or species providing a key function, size
1 and 6.
structure of species), by physical disturbance.
Member States shall establish threshold values for the adverse
effects of physical disturbance, through regional or
subregional cooperation.
Criteria D6C1, D6C2 and D6C3 relate only to the pressures 'physical loss' and 'physical disturbance' and their impacts, whilst criteria D6C4 and D6C5 address the
overall assessment of Descriptor 6, together with that for benthic habitats under Descriptor 1. Criteria D6C4 and D6C5 are presented under Part II of this Annex.
Specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and assessment
1.
Regarding methods for monitoring:
EN
25
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
(a)
for D6C1, permanent changes to the seabed from different human activities shall be assessed (including permanent changes to natural
seabed substrate or morphology via physical restructuring, infrastructure developments and loss of substrate via extraction of the seabed
materials);
for D6C2, physical disturbances from different human activities shall be assessed (such as bottom-trawling fishing);
for coastal waters, the hydromorphology data and relevant assessments under Directive 2000/60/EC shall be used. Beyond coastal
waters, data may be collated from mapping of infrastructure and licensed extraction sites.
D6C1 is assessed as area lost in relation to total natural extent of all benthic habitats in the assessment area (e.g. by extent of
anthropogenic modification);
D6C3 is assessed in relation to total natural extent of each benthic habitat type assessed.
(b)
(c)
2.
Regarding methods for assessment, the data shall be aggregated so that:
(a)
(b)
3.
4.
5.
Physical loss shall be understood as a permanent change to the seabed which has lasted or is expected to last for a period of two reporting
cycles (12 years) or more.
Physical disturbance shall be understood as a change to the seabed from which it can recover if the activity causing the disturbance pressure
ceases.
For D6C3 species composition shall be understood to refer to the lowest taxonomic level appropriate for the assessment.
D6C1: extent of the assessment area physically lost in square kilometres (
km
2
),
D6C2: extent of the assessment area physically disturbed in square kilometres (
km
2
),
D6C3: extent of each habitat type adversely affected in square kilometres (
km
2
)
or as a proportion (percentage) of the total natural extent
of the habitat in the assessment area.
Units of measurement for the criteria:
EN
26
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0104.png
Descriptor 7
Permanent alteration of hydrographical conditions does not adversely affect marine ecosystems
Relevant pressures: Physical loss (due to permanent change of seabed substrate or morphology or to extraction of seabed substrate); Changes to
hydrological conditions
Criteria, including criteria elements, and methodological standards
Criteria elements
Criteria
D7C1
Secondary:
Spatial extent and distribution of permanent alteration of
hydrographical conditions (e.g. changes in wave action,
currents, salinity, temperature) to the seabed and water
column, associated in particular with physical loss
19
of the
natural seabed.
D7C2
Secondary:
Spatial extent of each benthic habitat type adversely affected
(physical and hydrographical characteristics and associated
biological communities) due to permanent alteration of
hydrographical conditions.
Member States shall establish threshold values for the adverse
effects of permanent alterations of hydrographical conditions,
through regional or subregional cooperation.
Methodological standards
Scale of assessment:
As used for assessment of the benthic broad habitat types
under Descriptors 1 and 6.
Use of criteria:
The outcomes of assessment of criterion D7C1 (the
distribution and an estimate of the extent of
hydrographical changes) shall be used to assess criterion
D7C2.
The outcomes of assessment of criterion D7C2 (an
estimate of the extent of adverse effect per habitat type in
each assessment area) shall contribute to the assessment of
criterion D6C5.
Hydrographical changes to the seabed
and water column (including intertidal
areas).
Benthic broad habitats types or other
habitat types, as used for Descriptors 1
and 6.
Specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and assessment
1.
Regarding methods for monitoring and assessment:
(a)
(b)
Monitoring shall focus on changes associated with infrastructure developments, either on the coast or offshore.
Environmental impact assessment hydrodynamic models, where required, which are validated with ground-truth measurements, or other
suitable sources of information, shall be used to assess the extent of effects from each infrastructure development.
19
Physical loss shall be understood as under point 3 of the specifications under Descriptor 6.
EN
27
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
(c)
2.
(a)
(b)
For coastal waters, the hydromorphology data and relevant assessments under Directive 2000/60/EC shall be used.
D7C1 is assessed in relation to total natural extent of all habitats in the assessment area;
D7C2 is assessed in relation to total natural extent of each benthic habitat type assessed.
D7C1: extent of the assessment area hydrographically altered in square kilometres (km
2
),
D7C2: extent of each habitat type adversely affected in square kilometres (km
2
) or as a proportion (percentage) of the total natural extent
of the habitat in the assessment area.
Regarding methods for assessment, the data shall be aggregated so that:
Units of measurement for the criteria:
EN
28
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0106.png
Descriptor 8
Concentrations of contaminants are at levels not giving rise to pollution effects
Relevant pressures: Input of other substances (e.g. synthetic substances, non-synthetic substances, radionuclides)
Criteria, including criteria elements, and methodological standards
Criteria elements
(1)
(a)
Within coastal and territorial
waters:
Contaminants selected in
accordance with Directive
2000/60/EC:
(i) contaminants for which an
environmental quality standard
is laid down in Part A of Annex
I to Directive 2008/105/EC;
(ii) River Basin Specific
Pollutants under Annex VIII to
Directive 2000/60/EC, in
coastal waters;
(b)
additional contaminants, if
relevant, such as from offshore
sources, which are not already
identified under point (a) and
which may give rise to pollution
effects in the region or
subregion. Member States shall
establish that list of
contaminants through regional
or subregional cooperation.
Beyond territorial waters:
the contaminants considered
Criteria
D8C1
Primary:
Within coastal and territorial waters, the concentrations of
contaminants do not exceed the following threshold values:
(a) for contaminants set out under point (1)(a) of criteria
elements, the values set in accordance with Directive
2000/60/EC;
(b) when contaminants under point (a) are measured in a
matrix for which no value is set under Directive
2000/60/EC, the concentration of those contaminants in
that matrix established by Member States through
regional or subregional cooperation;
(c) for additional contaminants selected under point (1)(b)
of criteria elements, the concentrations for a specified
matrix (water, sediment or biota) which may give rise to
pollution effects. Member States shall establish these
concentrations through regional or subregional
cooperation, considering their application within and
beyond coastal and territorial waters.
Beyond territorial waters, the concentrations of contaminants
do not exceed the following threshold values:
(a) for contaminants selected under point (2)(a) of criteria
elements, the values as applicable within coastal and
territorial waters;
Methodological standards
Scale of assessment:
within coastal and territorial waters, as used under
Directive 2000/60/EC,
beyond territorial waters, subdivisions of the
region or subregion, divided where needed by
national boundaries.
Use of criteria:
The extent to which good environmental status has been
achieved shall be expressed for each area assessed as
follows:
(a) for each contaminant under criterion D8C1, its
concentration, the matrix used (water, sediment,
biota), whether the threshold values set have been
achieved, and the proportion of contaminants
assessed which have achieved the threshold
values, including indicating separately substances
behaving like ubiquitous persistent,
bioaccumulative and toxic substances (uPBTs), as
referred to in Article 8a(1)(a) of Directive
2008/105/EC;
(b) for each species assessed under criterion D8C2, an
estimate of the abundance of its population in the
assessment area that is adversely affected;
(c) for each habitat assessed under criterion D8C2, an
estimate of the extent in the assessment area that is
(2)
(a)
(b)
for contaminants selected under point (2)(b) of criteria
elements, the concentrations for a specified matrix
(water, sediment or biota) which may give rise to
EN
29
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0107.png
(b)
Criteria elements
under point (1), where these still
may give rise to pollution
effects;
additional contaminants, if
relevant, which are not already
identified under point (2)(a) and
which may give rise to pollution
effects in the region or
subregion. Member States shall
establish that list of
contaminants through regional
or subregional cooperation.
Criteria
pollution effects. Member States shall establish these
concentrations through regional or subregional
cooperation.
Methodological standards
adversely affected.
The use of criterion D8C2 in the overall assessment of
good environmental status for Descriptor 8 shall be
agreed at regional or subregional level.
The outcomes of the assessment of criterion D8C2 shall
contribute to assessments under Descriptors 1 and 6,
where appropriate.
Species and habitats which are at risk
from contaminants.
Member States shall establish that list
of species, and relevant tissues to be
assessed, and habitats, through
regional or subregional cooperation.
D8C2
Secondary:
The health of species and the condition of habitats (such as
their species composition and relative abundance at locations
of chronic pollution) are not adversely affected due to
contaminants including cumulative and synergetic effects.
Member States shall establish those adverse effects and their
threshold values through regional or subregional cooperation.
Scale of assessment:
Regional or subregional level, divided where needed by
national boundaries.
Use of criteria:
The extent to which good environmental status has been
achieved shall be expressed for each area assessed as
follows:
an estimate of the total spatial extent of significant
Significant acute pollution events
involving polluting substances, as
defined in Article 2(2) of Directive
2005/35/EC of the European
Parliament and of the Council
20
,
including crude oil and similar
compounds.
D8C3
Primary:
The spatial extent and duration of significant acute pollution
events are minimised.
20
Directive 2005/35/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 7 September 2005 on ship-source pollution and on the introduction of penalties, including criminal
penalties, for pollution offences (OJ L 255, 30.9.2005, p. 11).
EN
30
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0108.png
Criteria elements
Criteria
Methodological standards
acute pollution events and their distribution and
total duration for each year.
This criterion shall be used to trigger assessment of
criterion D8C4.
Scale of assessment:
As used for assessment of the species groups or benthic
broad habitat types under Descriptors 1 and 6.
Use of criteria:
The outcomes of assessment of criterion D8C4 shall
contribute, where the cumulative spatial and temporal
effects are significant, to the assessments under
Descriptors 1 and 6 by providing:
(a) an estimate of the abundance of each species that
is adversely affected;
(b)
an estimate of the extent of each broad habitat
type that is adversely affected.
The use of criterion D8C4 in the overall assessment of
good environmental status for Descriptor 8 shall be
agreed at regional or subregional level.
Species of the species groups, as listed
under Table 1 of Part II, and benthic
broad habitat types, as listed under
Table 2 of Part II.
D8C4
Secondary (to be used when a significant acute
pollution event has occurred):
The adverse effects of significant acute pollution events on the
health of species and on the condition of habitats (such as their
species composition and relative abundance) are minimised
and, where possible, eliminated.
Specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and assessment
1.
For criteria elements under D8C1, the selection under points (1)(b) and (2)(b) of additional contaminants that may give rise to pollution effects
shall be based on a risk assessment. For these contaminants, the matrix and threshold values used for the assessment shall be representative of
the most sensitive species and exposure pathway, including hazards to human health via exposure through the food chain.
For the purposes of this Decision:
(a)
Criterion D8C1: for the assessment of contaminants in coastal and territorial waters, Member States shall monitor the contaminants in
accordance with the requirements of Directive 2000/60/EC and the assessments under that Directive shall be used where available.
Information on the pathways (atmospheric, land- or sea-based) for contaminants entering the marine environment shall be collected,
where feasible.
2.
EN
31
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
(b)
(c)
(d)
3.
4.
Criteria D8C2 and D8C4: biomarkers or population demographic characteristics (e.g. fecundity rates, survival rates, mortality rates, and
reproductive capacity) may be relevant to assess the health effects.
Criteria D8C3 and D8C4: for the purposes of this Decision, monitoring is established as needed once the acute pollution event has
occurred, rather than being part of a regular monitoring programme under Article 11 of Directive 2008/56/EC.
Criterion D8C3: Member States shall identify the source of significant acute pollution events, where possible. They may use the
European Maritime Safety Agency satellite-based surveillance for this purpose.
Contaminants shall be understood to refer to single substances or to groups of substances. For consistency in reporting, the grouping of
substances shall be agreed at Union level.
Species composition shall be understood to refer to the lowest taxonomic level appropriate for the assessment.
D8C1: concentrations of contaminants in micrograms per litre (µg/l) for water, in micrograms per kilogram (µg/kg) of dry weight for
sediment and in micrograms per kilogram (µg/kg) of wet weight for biota,
D8C2: abundance (number of individuals or other suitable units as agreed at regional or subregional level) per species affected; extent in
square kilometres (km
2
) per broad habitat type affected,
D8C3: duration in days and spatial extent in square kilometres (km
2
) of significant acute pollution events per year,
D8C4: abundance (number of individuals or other suitable units as agreed at regional or subregional level) per species affected; extent in
square kilometres (km
2
) per broad habitat type affected.
Units of measurement for the criteria:
EN
32
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0110.png
Descriptor 9
Contaminants in fish and other seafood for human consumption do not exceed levels established by Union legislation or other
relevant standards
Relevant pressure: Input of hazardous substances
Criteria, including criteria elements, and methodological standards
Criteria elements
Contaminants listed in Regulation
(EC) No 1881/2006.
For the purposes of this Decision,
Member States may decide not to
consider contaminants from
Regulation (EC) No 1881/2006 where
justified on the basis of a risk
assessment.
Member States may assess additional
contaminants that are not included in
Regulation (EC) No 1881/2006.
Member States shall establish a list of
those additional contaminants through
regional or subregional cooperation.
Member States shall establish the list
of species and relevant tissues to be
assessed, according to the conditions
laid down under 'specifications'. They
may cooperate at regional or
subregional level to establish that list
of species and relevant tissues.
Criteria
Methodological standards
D9C1
Primary:
The level of contaminants in edible tissues (muscle, liver,
roe, flesh or other soft parts, as appropriate) of seafood
(including fish, crustaceans, molluscs, echinoderms, seaweed
and other marine plants) caught or harvested in the wild
(excluding fin-fish from mariculture) does not exceed:
(a) for contaminants listed in Regulation (EC) No
1881/2006, the maximum levels laid down in that
Regulation, which are the threshold values for the
purposes of this Decision;
(b) for additional contaminants, not listed in Regulation
(EC) No 1881/2006, threshold values, which Member
States shall establish through regional or subregional
cooperation.
Scale of assessment:
The catch or production area in accordance with Article
38 of Regulation (EU) No 1379/2013
of the European
Parliament and of the Council
21
.
Use of criteria:
The extent to which good environmental status has been
achieved shall be expressed for each area assessed as
follows:
for each contaminant, its concentration in seafood,
the matrix used (species and tissue), whether the
threshold values set have been achieved, and the
proportion of contaminants assessed which have
achieved their threshold values.
21
Regulation (EU) No 1379/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 11 December 2013 on the common organisation of the markets in fishery and aquaculture
products, amending Council Regulations (EC) No 1184/2006 and (EC) No 1224/2009 and repealing Council Regulation (EC) No 104/2000 (OJ L 354, 28.12.2013, p. 1).
EN
33
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0111.png
Specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and assessment
1.
When Member States establish the list of species to be used under D9C1, the species shall:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
2.
3.
be relevant to the marine region or subregion concerned;
fall under the scope of Regulation (EC) No 1881/2006;
be suitable for the contaminant being assessed;
be among the most consumed in the Member State or the most caught or harvested for consumption.
Exceedance of the standard set for a contaminant shall lead to subsequent monitoring to determine the persistence of the contamination in the
area and species sampled. Monitoring shall continue until there is sufficient evidence that there is no risk of failure.
For the purposes of this Decision, the sampling for the assessment of the maximum levels of contaminants shall be performed in accordance
with Article 11 of Regulation (EC) No 882/2004 of the European Parliament and of the Council
22
and with Commission Regulation (EU) No
589/2014
23
and Commission Regulation (EC) No 333/2007
24
.
Within each region or subregion, Member States shall ensure that the temporal and geographical scope of sampling is adequate to provide a
representative sample of the specified contaminants in seafood in the marine region or subregion.
D9C1: concentrations of contaminants in the units set out in the Annex to Regulation (EC) No 1881/2006.
4.
Units of measurement for the criteria:
22
23
24
Regulation (EC) No 882/2004 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 29 April 2004 on official controls performed to ensure the verification of compliance with
feed and food law, animal health and animal welfare rules (OJ L 165, 30.4.2004, p. 1).
Commission Regulation (EU) No 589/2014 of 2 June 2014 laying down methods of sampling and analysis for the control of levels of dioxins, dioxin-like PCBs and non-
dioxin-like PCBs in certain foodstuffs and repealing Regulation (EU) No 252/2012 (OJ L 164, 3.6.2014, p. 18).
Commission Regulation (EC) No 333/2007 of 28 March 2007 laying down the methods of sampling and analysis for the official control of the levels of lead, cadmium,
mercury, inorganic tin, 3-MCPD and benzo(a)pyrene in foodstuffs (OJ L 88, 29.3.2007, p. 29).
EN
34
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0112.png
Descriptor 10
Properties and quantities of marine litter do not cause harm to the coastal and marine environment
Relevant pressure: Input of litter
Criteria, including criteria elements, and methodological standards
Criteria elements
Litter (excluding micro-litter),
classified in the following categories
25
:
artificial polymer materials, rubber,
cloth/textile, paper/cardboard,
processed/worked wood, metal,
glass/ceramics, chemicals, undefined,
and food waste.
Member States may define further sub-
categories.
Criteria
D10C1
Primary:
The composition, amount and spatial distribution of litter on
the coastline, in the surface layer of the water column, and on
the seabed, are at levels that do not cause harm to the coastal
and marine environment.
Member States shall establish threshold values for these
levels through cooperation at Union level, taking into account
regional or subregional specificities.
D10C2
Primary:
The composition, amount and spatial distribution of micro-
litter on the coastline, in the surface layer of the water
column, and in seabed sediment, are at levels that do not
cause harm to the coastal and marine environment.
Member States shall establish threshold values for these
levels through cooperation at Union level, taking into account
regional or subregional specificities.
D10C3
Secondary:
The amount of litter and micro-litter ingested by marine
animals is at a level that does not adversely affect the health
of the species concerned.
Member States shall establish threshold values for these
Methodological standards
Micro-litter (particles < 5mm),
classified in the categories 'artificial
polymer materials' and 'other'.
Litter and micro-litter classified in the
categories 'artificial polymer materials'
and 'other', assessed in any species
from the following groups: birds,
mammals, reptiles, fish or
25
Scale of assessment:
Subdivisions of the region or subregion, divided where
needed by national boundaries.
Use of criteria:
The extent to which good environmental status has been
achieved shall be expressed for each criterion separately
for each area assessed as follows:
(a) the outcomes for each criterion (amount of litter or
micro-litter per category) and its distribution per
matrix used under D10C1 and D10C2 and whether
the threshold values set have been achieved.
(b) the outcomes for D10C3 (amount of litter and
micro-litter per category per species) and whether
the threshold values set have been achieved.
The use of criteria D10C1, D10C2 and D10C3 in the
overall assessment of good environmental status for
Descriptor 10 shall be agreed at Union level.
The outcomes of criterion D10C3 shall also contribute to
assessments under Descriptor 1, where appropriate.
These are the "Level 1
Material" categories from the Master List of categories of litter items from the Joint Research Centre "Guidance on Monitoring of marine litter in
European seas" (2013, ISBN 978-92-79-32709-4). The Master List specifies what is covered under each category, for instance "Chemicals" refers to paraffin, wax, oil and
tar.
EN
35
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0113.png
Criteria elements
invertebrates.
Member States shall establish that list
of species to be assessed through
regional or subregional cooperation.
Criteria
levels through regional or subregional cooperation.
Methodological standards
Species of birds, mammals, reptiles,
fish or invertebrates which are at risk
from litter.
Member States shall establish that list
of species to be assessed through
regional or subregional cooperation.
D10C4
Secondary:
The number of individuals of each species which are
adversely affected due to litter, such as by entanglement,
other types of injury or mortality, or health effects.
Member States shall establish threshold values for the
adverse effects of litter, through regional or subregional
cooperation.
Scale of assessment:
As used for assessment of the species group under
Descriptor 1.
Use of criteria:
The extent to which good environmental status has been
achieved shall be expressed for each area assessed as
follows:
for each species assessed under criterion D10C4, an
estimate of the number of individuals in the
assessment area that have been adversely affected.
The use of criterion D10C4 in the overall assessment of
good environmental status for Descriptor 10 shall be
agreed at Union level.
The outcomes of this criterion shall also contribute to
assessments under Descriptor 1, where appropriate.
Specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and assessment
1.
2.
For D10C1: litter shall be monitored on the coastline and may additionally be monitored in the surface layer of the water column and on the
seabed. Information on the source and pathway of the litter shall be collected, where feasible;
For D10C2: micro-litter shall be monitored in the surface layer of the water column and in the seabed sediment and may additionally be
monitored on the coastline. Micro-litter shall be monitored in a manner that can be related to point-sources for inputs (such as harbours,
marinas, waste-water treatment plants, storm-water effluents), where feasible.
For D10C3 and D10C4: the monitoring may be based on incidental occurrences (e.g. strandings of dead animals, entangled animals in
breeding colonies, affected individuals per survey).
3.
EN
36
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
Units of measurement for the criteria:
D10C1: amount of litter per category in number of items:
per 100 metres (m) on the coastline,
per square kilometre (km
2
) for surface layer of the water column and for seabed,
per square metre (m
2
) for surface layer of the water column,
per kilogram (dry weight) (kg) of sediment for the coastline and for seabed,
D10C2: amount of micro-litter per category in number of items and weight in grams (g):
D10C3: amount of litter/micro-litter in grams (g) and number of items per individual for each species in relation to size (weight or
length, as appropriate) of the individual sampled,
D10C4: number of individuals affected (lethal; sub-lethal) per species.
EN
37
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0115.png
Descriptor 11
Introduction of energy, including underwater noise, is at levels that do not adversely affect the marine environment
Relevant pressures: Input of anthropogenic sound; Input of other forms of energy
Criteria, including criteria elements, and methodological standards
Criteria elements
Criteria
Methodological standards
Scale of assessment:
Region, subregion or subdivisions.
Use of criteria:
The extent to which good environmental status has been
achieved shall be expressed for each area assessed as
follows:
(a) for D11C1, the duration per calendar year of
impulsive sound sources, their distribution within
the year and spatially within the assessment area,
and whether the threshold values set have been
achieved;
(b) for D11C2, the annual average of the sound level,
or other suitable temporal metric agreed at regional
or subregional level, per unit area and its spatial
distribution within the assessment area, and the
extent (%, km
2
) of the assessment area over which
the threshold values set have been achieved.
The use of criteria D11C1 and D11C2 in the assessment
of good environmental status for Descriptor 11 shall be
agreed at Union level.
The outcomes of these criteria shall also contribute to
assessments under Descriptor 1.
Anthropogenic impulsive sound in
water.
D11C1
Primary:
The spatial distribution, temporal extent, and levels of
anthropogenic impulsive sound sources do not exceed levels
that adversely affect populations of marine animals.
Member States shall establish threshold values for these
levels through cooperation at Union level, taking into account
regional or subregional specificities.
Anthropogenic continuous low-
frequency sound in water.
D11C2
Primary:
The spatial distribution, temporal extent and levels of
anthropogenic continuous low-frequency sound do not
exceed levels that adversely affect populations of marine
animals.
Member States shall establish threshold values for these
levels through cooperation at Union level, taking into account
regional or subregional specificities.
EN
38
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
Specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and assessment
1.
For D11C1 monitoring:
(a)
(b)
Spatial resolution: geographical locations whose shape and areas are to be determined at regional or subregional level, on the basis of,
for instance, activities listed in Annex III to Directive 2008/56/EC.
Impulsive sound described as monopole energy source level in units of dB re 1!Pa
2
s or zero to peak monopole source level in units of
dB re 1!Pa m, both over the
frequency band 10 Hz to 10 kHz. Member States may consider other specific sources with higher frequency
bands if longer-range effects are considered relevant.
2.
For D11C2 monitoring:
Annual average, or other suitable metric agreed at regional or subregional
level, of the squared sound pressure in each of two ‘1/3-octave
bands', one centred at 63 Hz and the other at 125 Hz, expressed as a level in decibels in units of dB re 1!Pa, at a suitable
spatial resolution in
relation to the pressure. This may be measured directly, or inferred from a model used to interpolate between, or extrapolated from,
measurements. Member States may also decide at regional or subregional level to monitor for additional frequency bands.
Criteria relating to other forms of energy input (including thermal energy, electromagnetic fields and light) and criteria relating to the environmental
impacts of noise are still subject to further development.
Units of measurement for the criteria:
D11C1: Number of days per quarter (or per month if appropriate) with impulsive sound sources; proportion (percentage) of unit areas or
extent in square kilometres (km
2
) of assessment area with impulsive sound sources per year,
D11C2: Annual average (or other temporal metric) of continuous sound level per unit area; proportion (percentage) or extent in square
kilometres (km
2
) of assessment area with sound levels exceeding threshold values.
EN
39
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0117.png
PART II
C
RITERIA AND METHODOLOGICAL STANDARDS
,
SPECIFICATIONS AND STANDARDISED METHODS FOR MONITORING AND ASSESSMENT OF
ESSENTIAL FEATURES AND CHARACTERISTICS AND CURRENT ENVIRONMENTAL STATUS OF MARINE WATERS UNDER POINT
(
A
)
OF
A
RTICLE
8(1)
OF
D
IRECTIVE
2008/56/EC
Part II considers the descriptors linked to the relevant ecosystem elements: species groups of birds, mammals, reptiles, fish and cephalopods
(Descriptor 1), pelagic habitats (Descriptor 1), benthic habitats (Descriptors 1 and 6) and ecosystems, including food webs (Descriptors 1 and 4), as
listed in Annex III to Directive 2008/56/EC
26
.
Theme: Species groups of birds, mammals, reptiles, fish and cephalopods (relating to Descriptor 1)
Criteria, including criteria elements, and methodological standards
Criteria elements
Species of birds, mammals, reptiles
and non-commercially-exploited
species of fish and cephalopods, which
are at risk from incidental by-catch in
the region or subregion.
Member States shall establish that list
of species through regional or
subregional cooperation, pursuant to
the obligations laid down in Article
25(5) of Regulation (EU) No
1380/2013 for data collection activities
and taking into account the list of
species in Table 1D of the Annex to
Commission Implementing Decision
(EU) 2016/1251
27
.
Criteria
Methodological standards
D1C1
Primary:
The mortality rate per species from incidental by-catch is
below levels which threaten the species, such that its long-
term viability is ensured.
Member States shall establish the threshold values for the
mortality rate from incidental by-catch per species, through
regional or subregional cooperation.
Scale of assessment:
As used for assessment of the corresponding species or
species groups under criteria D1C2-D1C5.
Use of criteria:
The extent to which good environmental status has been
achieved shall be expressed for each area assessed as
follows:
the mortality rate per species and whether this has
achieved the threshold value set.
This criterion shall contribute to assessment of the
corresponding species under criterion D1C2.
26
27
Regulation (EC) No 199/2008 may be used for the collection of relevant fisheries-related data under Descriptors 1, 4 and 6.
Commission Implementing Decision (EU) 2016/1251 of 12 July 2016 adopting a multiannual Union programme for the collection, management and use of data in the
fisheries and aquaculture sectors for the period 2017-2019 (OJ L 207, 1.8.2016, p. 113).
EN
40
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0118.png
Criteria elements
Criteria
D1C2
Primary:
The population abundance of the species is not adversely
affected due to anthropogenic pressures, such that its long-
term viability is ensured.
Member States shall establish threshold values for each
species through regional or subregional cooperation, taking
account of natural variation in population size and the
mortality rates derived from D1C1, D8C4 and D10C4 and
other relevant pressures. For species covered by Directive
92/43/EEC, these values shall be consistent with the
Favourable Reference Population values established by the
relevant Member States under Directive 92/43/EEC.
D1C3
Primary for commercially-exploited fish and
cephalopods and secondary for other species:
The population demographic characteristics (e.g. body size or
age class structure, sex ratio, fecundity, and survival rates) of
the species are indicative of a healthy population which is not
adversely affected due to anthropogenic pressures.
Member States shall establish threshold values for specified
characteristics of each species through regional or
subregional cooperation, taking account of adverse effects on
their health derived from D8C2, D8C4 and other relevant
pressures.
D1C4
Primary for species covered by Annexes II, IV or V
to Directive 92/43/EEC and secondary for other species:
The species distributional range and, where relevant, pattern
is in line with prevailing physiographic, geographic and
climatic conditions.
Member States shall establish threshold values for each
species through regional or subregional cooperation. For
Methodological standards
Scale of assessment:
Ecologically-relevant scales for each species group shall
be used, as follows:
for deep-diving toothed cetaceans, baleen whales,
deep-sea fish: region;
for birds, small toothed cetaceans, pelagic and
demersal shelf fish: region or subdivisions for
Baltic Sea and Black Sea; subregion for North-East
Atlantic Ocean and Mediterranean Sea;
for seals, turtles, cephalopods: region or
subdivisions for Baltic Sea; subregion for North-
East Atlantic Ocean and Mediterranean Sea;
for coastal fish: subdivision of region or subregion.
for commercially-exploited fish and cephalopods:
as used under Descriptor 3.
Use of criteria:
The status of each species shall be assessed individually,
on the basis of the criteria selected for use, and these shall
be used to express the extent to which good environmental
status has been achieved for each species group for each
area assessed, as follows:
(a) the assessments shall express the value(s) for each
criterion used per species and whether these achieve
the threshold values set;
(b) the overall status of species covered by Directive
92/43/EEC shall be derived using the method
provided under that Directive. The overall status for
commercially-exploited species shall be as assessed
under Descriptor 3. For other species, the overall
status shall be derived using a method agreed at
Species groups, as listed under Table 1
and if present in the region or
subregion.
Member States shall establish a set of
species representative of each species
group, selected according to the
criteria laid down under ‘specifications
for the selection of species and
habitats’, through regional or
subregional cooperation. These shall
include the mammals and reptiles
listed in Annex II to Directive
92/43/EEC and may include any other
species, such as those listed under
Union legislation (other Annexes to
Directive 92/43/EEC, Directive
2009/147/EC or through Regulation
(EU) No 1380/2013) and international
agreements such as Regional Sea
Conventions.
EN
41
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0119.png
Criteria elements
Criteria
species covered by Directive 92/43/EEC, these shall be
consistent with the Favourable Reference Range values
established by the relevant Member States under Directive
92/43/EEC.
D1C5
Primary for species covered by Annexes II, IV and V
to Directive 92/43/EEC and secondary for other species:
The habitat for the species has the necessary extent and
condition to support the different stages in the life history of
the species.
Methodological standards
Union level, taking into account regional or
subregional specificities;
(c)
the overall status of the species group, using a
method agreed at Union level, taking into account
regional or subregional specificities.
Criteria elements
Table 1
Species groups
28
Ecosystem component
Species groups
Grazing birds
Wading birds
Birds
Surface-feeding birds
Pelagic-feeding birds
Benthic-feeding birds
Small toothed cetaceans
Mammals
Deep-diving toothed cetaceans
Baleen whales
Seals
28
Relevant fisheries-related data should be used in application of Regulation (EC) No 199/2008.
EN
42
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0120.png
Ecosystem component
Reptiles
Turtles
Coastal fish
Fish
Species groups
Pelagic shelf fish
Demersal shelf fish
Deep-sea fish
Cephalopods
Coastal/shelf cephalopods
Deep-sea cephalopods
Specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and assessment relating to theme "Species groups of marine birds, mammals, reptiles, fish and
cephalopods"
1.
For D1C1, data shall be provided per species per fishing metier for each ICES area or GFCM Geographical Sub-Area or FAO fishing areas for
the Macaronesian biogeographic region, to enable its aggregation to the relevant scale for the species concerned, and to identify the particular
fisheries and fishing gear most contributing to incidental catches for each species.
'Coastal' shall be understood on the basis of physical, hydrological and ecological parameters and is not limited to coastal water as defined in
Article 2(7) of Directive 2000/60/EC.
Species may be assessed at population level, where appropriate.
Wherever possible, the assessments under Directive 92/43/EEC, Directive 2009/147/EC and Regulation (EU) No 1380/2013 shall be used for
the purposes of this Decision:
(a)
(b)
(c)
for birds, criteria D1C2 and D1C4 equate to the ‘population size’ and ‘breeding distribution map
and
range size’ criteria of Directive
2009/147/EC;
for mammals, reptiles and non-commercial fish, the criteria are equivalent to those used under Directive 92/43/EEC as follows: D1C2
and D1C3 equate to ‘population’, D1C4 equates to ‘range’ and D1C5 equates to ‘habitat for the species’;
for commercially-exploited fish and cephalopods, assessments under Descriptor 3 shall be used for Descriptor 1 purposes, using
criterion D3C2 for D1C2 and criterion D3C3 for D1C3.
2.
3.
4.
EN
43
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0121.png
5.
Assessments of the adverse effects from pressures under criteria D1C1, D2C3, D3C1, D8C2, D8C4 and D10C4, as well as the assessments of
pressures under criteria D9C1, D10C3, D11C1 and D11C2, shall be taken into account in the assessments of species under Descriptor 1.
D1C2: abundance (number of individuals or biomass in tonnes (t)) per species.
Units of measurement for the criteria:
Theme: Pelagic habitats (relating to Descriptor 1)
Criteria, including criteria elements, and methodological standards
Criteria elements
Pelagic broad habitat types (variable
salinity
29
, coastal, shelf and
oceanic/beyond shelf), if present in the
region or subregion, and other habitat
types as defined in the second
paragraph.
Member States may select, through
regional or subregional cooperation,
additional habitat types according to
the criteria laid down under
'specifications for the selection of
species and habitats'.
Criteria
D1C6
Primary:
The condition of the habitat type, including its biotic and
abiotic structure and its functions (e.g. its typical species
composition and their relative abundance, absence of
particularly sensitive or fragile species or species providing a
key function, size structure of species), is not adversely
affected due to anthropogenic pressures.
Member States shall establish threshold values for the
condition of each habitat type, ensuring compatibility with
related values set under Descriptors 2, 5 and 8, through
regional or subregional cooperation.
Methodological standards
Scale of assessment:
Subdivision of region or subregion as used for assessments
of benthic broad habitat types, reflecting biogeographic
differences in species composition of the habitat type.
Use of criteria:
The extent to which good environmental status has been
achieved shall be expressed for each area assessed as:
(a)
an estimate of the proportion and extent of each
habitat type assessed that has achieved the threshold
value set;
a list of broad habitat types in the assessment area
that were not assessed.
(b)
Specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and assessment relating to theme "Pelagic habitats"
1.
'Coastal' shall be understood on the basis of physical, hydrological and ecological parameters and is not limited to coastal water as defined in
Article 2(7) of Directive 2000/60/EC.
29
Retained for situations where estuarine plumes extend beyond waters designated as Transitional Waters under Directive 2000/60/EC.
EN
44
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0122.png
2.
Assessments of the adverse effects from pressures, including under D2C3, D5C2, D5C3, D5C4, D7C1, D8C2 and D8C4, shall be taken into
account in the assessments of pelagic habitats under Descriptor 1.
D1C6: extent of habitat adversely affected in square kilometres (km
2
) and as a proportion (percentage) of the total extent of the habitat
type.
Units of measurement for the criteria:
Theme: Benthic habitats (relating to Descriptors 1 and 6)
Criteria, including criteria elements, and methodological standards
Criteria elements
Refer to Part I of this Annex for criteria D6C1, D6C2 and D6C3.
Benthic broad habitat types as listed in
Table 2 and if present in the region or
subregion, and other habitat types as
defined in the second paragraph.
Member States may select, through
regional or subregional cooperation,
additional habitat types, according to
the criteria laid down under
‘specifications
for the selection of
species and habitats’, and which may
include habitat types listed under
Directive 92/43/EEC or international
agreements such as Regional Sea
Conventions, for the purposes of:
(a) assessing each broad habitat type
under criterion D6C5;
(b)
assessing these habitat types
.
D6C4
Primary:
The extent of loss of the habitat type, resulting from
anthropogenic pressures, does not exceed a specified
proportion of the natural extent of the habitat type in the
assessment area.
Member States shall establish the maximum allowable extent
of habitat loss as a proportion of the total natural extent of the
habitat type, through cooperation at Union level, taking into
account regional or subregional specificities.
D6C5
Primary:
The extent of adverse effects from anthropogenic pressures on
the condition of the habitat type, including alteration to its
biotic and abiotic structure and its functions (e.g. its typical
species composition and their relative abundance, absence of
particularly sensitive or fragile species or species providing a
key function, size structure of species), does not exceed a
specified proportion of the natural extent of the habitat type in
the assessment area.
Scale of assessment:
Subdivision of region or subregion, reflecting
biogeographic differences in species composition of the
broad habitat type.
Use of criteria:
A single assessment per habitat type, using criteria D6C4
and D6C5, shall serve the purpose of assessments of both
benthic habitats under Descriptor 1 and sea-floor integrity
under Descriptor 6.
The extent to which good environmental status has been
achieved shall be expressed for each area assessed as:
(a) for D6C4, an estimate of the proportion and extent
of loss per habitat type and whether this has
achieved the extent value set;
(b) for D6C5, an estimate of the proportion and extent
of adverse effects, including the proportion lost from
point (a), per habitat type and whether this has
achieved the extent value set;
Criteria
Methodological standards
EN
45
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0123.png
Criteria elements
A single set of habitat types shall serve
the purpose of assessments of both
benthic habitats under Descriptor 1 and
sea-floor integrity under Descriptor 6.
Criteria
Member States shall establish threshold values for adverse
effects on the condition of each habitat type, ensuring
compatibility with related values set under Descriptors 2, 5, 6,
7 and 8, through cooperation at Union level, taking into
account regional or subregional specificities.
Member States shall establish the maximum allowable extent
of those adverse effects as a proportion of the total natural
extent of the habitat type, through cooperation at Union level,
taking into account regional or subregional specificities.
(c)
Methodological standards
overall status of the habitat type, using a method
agreed at Union level based on points (a) and (b),
and a list of broad habitat types in the assessment
area that were not assessed.
Criteria elements
Table 2
Benthic broad habitat types including their associated biological communities (relevant for criteria under Descriptors 1 and 6),
which equate to one or more habitat types of the European nature information system (EUNIS) habitat classification
30
. Updates to the EUNIS
typology shall be reflected in the broad habitat types used for the purposes of Directive 2008/56/EC and of this Decision.
Ecosystem component
Broad habitat types
Littoral rock and biogenic reef
Littoral sediment
Infralittoral rock and biogenic reef
Benthic habitats
Infralittoral coarse sediment
Infralittoral mixed sediment
Infralittoral sand
Infralittoral mud
Circalittoral rock and biogenic reef
30
Relevant EUNIS habitat codes (version 2016)
MA1, MA2
MA3, MA4, MA5, MA6
MB1, MB2
MB3
MB4
MB5
MB6
MC1, MC2
Evans, D. (2016). Revising the marine section of the EUNIS Habitat classification - Report of a workshop held at the European Topic Centre on Biological Diversity, 12 &
13 May 2016. ETC/BD Working Paper N° A/2016.
EN
46
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0124.png
Ecosystem component
Broad habitat types
Circalittoral coarse sediment
Circalittoral mixed sediment
Circalittoral sand
Circalittoral mud
Offshore circalittoral rock and biogenic reef
Offshore circalittoral coarse sediment
Offshore circalittoral mixed sediment
Offshore circalittoral sand
Offshore circalittoral mud
Upper bathyal
31
rock and biogenic reef
Upper bathyal sediment
Lower bathyal rock and biogenic reef
Lower bathyal sediment
Abyssal
Relevant EUNIS habitat codes (version 2016)
MC3
MC4
MC5
MC6
MD1, MD2
MD3
MD4
MD5
MD6
ME1, ME2
ME3, ME4, ME5, ME6
MF1, MF2
MF3, MF4, MF5, MF6
MG1, MG2, MG3, MG4, MG5, MG6
Specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and assessment relating to theme "Benthic habitats"
1.
2.
3.
The status of each habitat type shall be assessed using assessments (such as of sub-types of the broad habitat types) under Directive
92/43/EEC and Directive 2000/60/EC, wherever possible.
Assessment of criterion D6C4 shall use the assessment made under criterion D6C1.
Criteria D6C4 and D6C5 equate to the
‘range/area covered by habitat type within range’ and ‘specific structures and functions’ criteria of
Directive 92/43/EEC.
Where not specifically defined in the EUNIS classification, the boundary between the upper bathyal and lower bathyal may be set as a specified depth limit.
31
EN
47
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
4.
5.
For D6C5, assessments of the adverse effects from pressures, including under criteria D2C3, D3C1, D3C2, D3C3, D5C4, D5C5, D5C6,
D5C7, D5C8, D6C3, D7C2, D8C2 and D8C4, shall be taken into account.
For D6C5, species composition shall be understood to refer to the lowest taxonomic level appropriate for the assessment.
D6C4: extent of habitat loss in square kilometres (km
2
) and as a proportion (percentage) of the total extent of the habitat type,
D6C5: extent of habitat adversely affected in square kilometres (km
2
) and as a proportion (percentage) of the total extent of the habitat
type.
Units of measurement for the criteria:
Specifications for the selection of species and habitats under Themes "Species groups of marine birds, mammals, reptiles, fish and cephalopods",
"Pelagic habitats" and "Benthic habitats"
The selection of species and habitats to be assigned to the species groups and pelagic and benthic broad habitat types shall be based on the following:
1.
Scientific criteria (ecological relevance):
(a)
representative of the ecosystem component (species group or broad habitat type), and of ecosystem functioning (e.g. connectivity
between habitats and populations, completeness and integrity of essential habitats), being relevant for assessment of state/impacts, such
as having a key functional role within the component (e.g. high or specific biodiversity, productivity, trophic link, specific resource or
service) or particular life history traits (age and size at breeding, longevity, migratory traits);
relevant for assessment of a key anthropogenic pressure to which the ecosystem component is exposed, being sensitive to the pressure
and exposed to it (vulnerable) in the assessment area;
present in sufficient numbers or extent in the assessment area to be able to construct a suitable indicator for assessment;
the set of species or habitats selected shall cover, as far as possible, the full range of ecological functions of the ecosystem component
and the predominant pressures to which the component is subject;
if species of species groups are closely associated to a particular broad habitat type they may be included within that habitat type for
monitoring and assessment purposes; in such cases, the species shall not be included in the assessment of the species group.
monitoring/technical feasibility;
monitoring costs;
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
2.
Additional practical criteria (which shall not override the scientific criteria):
(a)
(b)
EN
48
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0126.png
(c)
adequate time series of the data.
The representative set of species and habitats to be assessed are likely to be specific to the region or subregion, although certain species may occur in
several regions or subregions.
Theme: Ecosystems, including food webs (relating to Descriptors 1 and 4)
Criteria, including criteria elements, and methodological standards
Criteria elements
Criteria
D4C1
Primary:
The diversity (species composition and their relative
abundance) of the trophic guild is not adversely affected due
to anthropogenic pressures.
Member States shall establish threshold values through
regional or subregional cooperation.
D4C2
Primary:
The balance of total abundance between the trophic guilds is
not adversely affected due to anthropogenic pressures.
Member States shall establish threshold values through
regional or subregional cooperation.
D4C3
Secondary:
The size distribution of individuals across the trophic guild is
not adversely affected due to anthropogenic pressures.
Member States shall establish threshold values through
regional or subregional cooperation.
D4C4
Secondary (to be used in support of criterion D4C2,
where necessary):
Productivity of the trophic guild is not adversely affected due
to anthropogenic pressures.
Scale of assessment:
Regional level for Baltic Sea and Black Sea; subregional
level for North-East Atlantic and Mediterranean Sea.
Subdivisions may be used where appropriate.
Use of criteria:
Where values do not fall within the threshold values, this
may trigger further research and investigation to
understand the causes for the failure.
Methodological standards
Trophic guilds of an ecosystem.
Member States shall establish the list
of trophic guilds through regional or
subregional cooperation.
EN
49
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0127.png
Criteria elements
Criteria
Member States shall establish threshold values through
regional or subregional cooperation.
Methodological standards
Specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and assessment
1.
2.
Species composition shall be understood to refer to the lowest taxonomic level appropriate for the assessment.
The trophic guilds selected under criteria elements shall take into account the ICES list of trophic guilds
32
and shall meet the following
conditions:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
include at least three trophic guilds;
two shall be non-fish trophic guilds;
at least one shall be a primary producer trophic guild;
preferably represent at least the top, middle and bottom of the food chain.
D4C2: total abundance (number of individuals or biomass in tonnes (t)) across all species within the trophic guild.
Units of measurement:
32
ICES Advice (2015) Book 1, ICES special request advice, published 20 March 2015.
EN
50
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0128.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0129.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0130.png
15
th
meeting of MSFD Committee
10 November 2016, Brussels
Revision of Decision 2010/477/EU
and MSFD Annex III
Information on outcome of
Feedback Mechanism
European Commission
DG Environment
Marine Environment and Water Industry Unit
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0131.png
Feedback mechanism
Draft Commission proposals for the GES Decision and Annex III
à
were subject to feedback mechanism, as part of Commission's
better regulation agenda to listen to views of citizens and stakeholders
Feedback period: 14 September to 12 October 2016
Commission informed Committee and MSCG members
All responses can be found here:
https://ec.europa.eu/info/law/better-regulation/share-your-views_en
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0132.png
MSFD Annex III
No. of responses
4
3
2
1
4
No. of responses
3
2
1
0
BE
DK
FR
NL
UK
0
Comments
In total 8 responses
Response attributed to BE is from an international organisation
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0133.png
Main comments received
To amend parameters in Table 1
To remove list of anthropogenic activities
Some drafting proposals
Note:
Some responses where not relevant to Annex III but rather
referred to the GES Decision proposal
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0134.png
Main changes following feedback mechanism
(text uploaded on 26/10 on circabc for the vote)
Table 1:
ü
"concentration" added after chlorophyll a
ü
"shifts" replaced by "structure"
In Table 2a:
ü
Improved alignment with GES decision D3
à
delete
"including target and non-target species"
ü
"hazardous" changed into "other substances"
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0135.png
GES decision
No. of responses
No. of responses
20
15
14
12
10
10
8
6
5
3
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
10
5
7
4
1
2
3
4
0
0
AU BE CH DE DK FR
EL
IE
NL
PT
SE SL UK
Comments
In total 34 responses
- 2 responses were providing corrected links to their first reply
- 1 respondent split reply into two parts
Some responses attributed to BE are from international organisations
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0136.png
Main comments received
14 similar responses from environmental NGOs:
§
include safeguard mechanism for setting threshold values
(TVs),
§
include control mechanism in case MS do not use secondary
criteria
§
ensure full coherence with EU policies and objectives
§
object to maximum allowable extent of habitat loss
Need to take into consideration regional/national characteristics
Not use RSCs as forum to establish TVs
Reduce number of criteria
Involve subregional stakeholders in development of TVs
Premature to include integration rules
Some drafting proposals, add units of measurements
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0137.png
Main changes following feedback mechanism
(text uploaded on 26/10 on circabc for the vote)
Clearer consistency with other Union legislation
à
Recital 13 and
Article 4(1)(b) amended
Improved alignment of wording on RSCs with MSFD
à
Article 4(1)(j)
amended
Guiding principles for interim national threshold values
à
Article 4(2)
amended
D5
à
additions to the units of measurement in Annex
Annex Part II: clarify that DCF should be used for fisheries related
data
à
footnote added
D1C1: better ensure long-term viability of species
à
criterion
amended in Annex
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0138.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0139.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0140.png
CTTEE_15-2016-01_rev
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
DIRECTORATE-GENERAL
ENVIRONMENT
Directorate C - Quality of Life
ENV.C.2 - Marine Environment & Water Industry
15
TH
M
EETING OF THE
C
OMMITTEE UNDER
A
RTICLE
25
OF
D
IRECTIVE
2008/56/EC
(M
ARINE
S
TRATEGY
C
OMMITTEE
)
T
HURSDAY
10 N
OVEMBER
2016 (09:00 ! 12:30)
Conference Centre Albert Borschette (CCAB) - Room 4D
36, Rue Froissart - B-1040 Brussels
D
RAFT
A
GENDA
Time
09:00
09:10
09:15
09:20
Item
1
2
3
5
Agenda item
Welcome and introduction
Adoption of the agenda
Adoption of the minutes of the
14th meeting of the Committee
Information on outcome of
feedback mechanism
Draft Commission Decision laying
down criteria and methodological
standards on GES of marine
waters and specifications and
standardised methods for
monitoring and assessment, and
repealing Decision 2010/477/EU
Draft Commission Directive
amending Directive 2008/56/EC
as regards the indicative lists of
elements to be taken into
account for the preparation of
marine strategies [MSFD Annex
III]
Map and boundaries of MSFD
marine regions and subregions
MPAs in the context of BBNJ
Any other business
Close of the meeting
Action
Adoption
Adoption
Item for
information
Adoption
Report
by
COM
COM
COM
Document
CTTEE_15-2016-
01
CTTEE_15-2016-
02
09:30
5
COM
CTTEE_15-2016-
05
10:45
5
Adoption
COM
CTTEE_15-2016-
04
11:30
12:00
12:15
12:30
4
6
7
8
Item for
information
Item for
information
Items for
information
CTTEE_15-2016-
03
CTTEE_15-2016-
06
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0141.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0142.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0143.png
EUROPA-
KOMMISSIONEN
Bruxelles, den
XXX
[…](2016)
XXX
draft
KOMMISSIONENS AFGØRELSE (EU) …/…
af
XXX
om fastlæggelse af kriterier og metodiske standarder for god miljøtilstand i havområder
samt specifikationer og standardmetoder for overvågning og vurdering og om
ophævelse af afgørelse 2010/477/EU
(EØS-relevant tekst)
DA
DA
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0144.png
KOMMISSIONENS AFGØRELSE (EU) …/…
af
XXX
om fastlæggelse af kriterier og metodiske standarder for god miljøtilstand i havområder
samt specifikationer og standardmetoder for overvågning og vurdering og om
ophævelse af afgørelse 2010/477/EU
(EØS-relevant tekst)
EUROPA-KOMMISSIONEN HAR
under henvisning til traktaten om Den Europæiske Unions funktionsmåde,
under henvisning til Europa-Parlamentets og Rådets direktiv 2008/56/EF af 17. juni 2008 om
fastlæggelse af en ramme for Fællesskabets havmiljøpolitiske foranstaltninger
(havstrategirammedirektivet)
1
, særlig artikel 9, stk. 3, og artikel 11, stk. 4, og
ud fra følgende betragtninger:
(1)
Ved Kommissionens afgørelse 2010/477/EU
2
har Kommissionen fastlagt de kriterier,
som medlemsstaterne skal anvende for at beskrive en god miljøtilstand for deres
havområder og som udgangspunkt for deres vurdering af denne tilstand i den første
fase af gennemførelsen af direktiv 2008/56/EF.
I afgørelse 2010/477/EU anerkendtes det, at der var brug for yderligere videnskabelige
og tekniske fremskridt for at støtte videreudviklingen eller revisionen af disse kriterier
for visse kvalitative deskriptorer og yderligere udvikling af de metodiske standarder
under tæt samordning med etableringen af overvågningsprogrammer. I afgørelsen
anførte Kommissionen desuden, at denne revision bør gennemføres så hurtigt som
muligt efter afsluttet vurdering i henhold til artikel 12 i direktiv 2008/56/EF og
rettidigt med henblik på at støtte en vellykket opdatering af havstrategierne, der i
henhold til artikel 17 i direktiv 2008/56/EF skal gennemføres inden 2018.
På grundlag af den indledende vurdering af deres havområder, der er gennemført i
henhold til artikel 8, stk. 1, i direktiv 2008/56/EF, rapporterede medlemsstaterne i
2012 om miljøtilstanden for deres havområder og meddelte Kommissionen deres
beskrivelse af en god miljøtilstand og deres miljømål i henhold til henholdsvis artikel
9, stk. 2, og artikel 10, stk. 2, i direktiv 2008/56/EF. Kommissionen fremhævede i sin
vurdering
3
af disse rapporter fra medlemsstaterne, som den gennemførte i henhold til
artikel 12 i direktiv 2008/56/EF, at der omgående var behov for en yderligere indsats,
hvis medlemsstaterne skal opnå god miljøtilstand inden 2020. Ifølge resultaterne er der
behov for i betydelig grad at forbedre kvaliteten af og sammenhængen i
medlemsstaternes beskrivelser af en god miljøtilstand. I vurderingen anerkendtes det
EUT L 164 af 25.6.2008, s. 19.
Kommissionens afgørelse 2010/477/EU af 1. september 2010 om kriterier og metodiske standarder for
god miljøtilstand i havområder (EUT L 232 af 2.9.2010, s. 14).
Rapport fra Kommissionen til Rådet og Europa-Parlamentet
Første fase af gennemførelsen af
havstrategirammedirektivet (2008/56/EF)
Europa-Kommissionens vurdering og vejledning
(COM(2014)097 final af 20.2.2014).
(2)
(3)
1
2
3
DA
2
DA
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0145.png
endvidere, at det regionale samarbejde skal være kernen i gennemførelsen af direktiv
2008/56/EF. Nødvendigheden af, at medlemsstaterne mere systematisk tager
udgangspunkt i den gældende EU-lovgivning eller i de regionale havkonventioners
eller andre internationale aftalers standarder fremhæves desuden.
(4)
For at sikre, at den anden fase af gennemførelsen af medlemsstaternes havstrategier
bidrager yderligere til opfyldelsen af målene i direktiv 2008/56/EF og fører til mere
konsistente beskrivelser af en god miljøtilstand, anbefalede Kommissionen i sin
rapport om den første gennemførelsesfase, at Kommissionens tjenestegrene og
medlemsstaterne samarbejder på EU-niveau om at revidere, styrke og forbedre
afgørelse 2010/477/EU med henblik på at tilvejebringe klarere, enklere, mere koncise,
mere kohærente og sammenlignelige kriterier for en god miljøtilstand og metodiske
standarder og samtidig gennemgår bilag III til direktiv 2008/56/EF og om nødvendigt
reviderer bilaget og udarbejder specifikke retningslinjer for at sikre en mere kohærent
og konsekvent tilgang til vurderingerne i den næste gennemførelsesfase.
På grundlag af disse konklusioner blev revisionsprocessen indledt i 2013, da en
køreplan bestående af flere faser (tekniske og videnskabelige, høring og
beslutningstagning) blev godkendt af det forskriftsudvalg, der er nedsat i henhold til
artikel 25, stk. 1, i direktiv 2008/56/EF. Under denne proces hørte Kommissionen alle
berørte parter, herunder de regionale havkonventioner.
For at lette fremtidig ajourføring af de indledende vurderinger af medlemsstaternes
havområder og deres beskrivelse af en god miljøtilstand og for at sikre bedre
sammenhæng i gennemførelsen af direktiv 2008/56/EF i hele EU er det nødvendigt at
præcisere, revidere eller indføre kriterier, metodiske standarder, specifikationer og
standardmetoder, som medlemsstaterne skal anvende, i forhold til de elementer, der på
nuværende tidspunkt er fastsat i afgørelse 2010/477/EU. Som følge deraf bør det antal
kriterier, som medlemsstaterne skal overvåge og vurdere, reduceres, og der bør
anvendes en risikobaseret tilgang på de tilbageværende kriterier for at give
medlemsstaterne mulighed for at målrette deres indsats mod de væsentligste
menneskeskabte belastninger i deres havområder. Endelig bør kriterierne og deres
anvendelse specificeres yderligere, herunder med bestemmelser om tærskelværdier
eller fastsættelse heraf, således at det kan måles på tværs af medlemsstaternes
havområder, i hvilket omfang der er opnået en god miljøtilstand.
I overensstemmelse med det tilsagn, som Kommissionen afgav i forbindelse med
vedtagelsen af meddelelsen til Europa-Parlamentet, Rådet, Det Europæiske
Økonomiske og Sociale Udvalg samt Regionsudvalget: Bedre regulering for bedre
resultater
En EU-dagsorden
4
bør denne afgørelse sikre sammenhængen med den
øvrige EU-lovgivning. For at gøre medlemsstaternes beskrivelser af en god
miljøtilstand mere konsistente og sammenlignelige på EU-niveau og undgå
unødvendige overlapninger bør der tages hensyn til de relevante gældende
overvågnings- og vurderingsstandarder og -metoder, der er fastlagt i EU-lovgivningen,
herunder
R
ådets direktiv 92/43/EØF
5
, Europa-Parlamentets og Rådets
direktiv2000/60/EF
6
, Kommissionens forordning (EF) nr. 1881/2006
7
, Rådets
(5)
(6)
(7)
4
5
6
COM(2015) 215 final.
Rådets direktiv 92/43/EØF af 21. maj 1992 om bevaring af naturtyper samt vilde dyr og planter (EFT L
206 af 22.7.1992, s. 7).
Europa-Parlamentets og Rådets direktiv 2000/60/EF af 23. oktober 2000 om fastlæggelse af en ramme
for Fællesskabets vandpolitiske foranstaltninger (EFT L 327 af 22.12.2000, s. 1).
DA
3
DA
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0146.png
forordning (EF) nr. 1967/2006
8
, Europa-Parlamentets og Rådets direktiv
2008/105/EF
9
, Europa-Parlamentets og Rådets direktiv 2009/147/EF
10
og Europa-
Parlamentets og Rådets forordning (EU) nr. 1380/2013
11
.
(8)
Det bør for hver af de kvalitative deskriptorer i bilag I til direktiv 2008/56/EF på
grundlag af de vejledende lister i bilag III til nævnte direktiv fastlægges, hvilke
kriterier, herunder kriterieelementer og i relevante tilfælde tærskelværdier, som skal
anvendes. Det er hensigten, at tærskelværdier skal bidrage til medlemsstaternes
fastlæggelse af en række fælles karakteristika for en god miljøtilstand og lægges til
grund for deres vurdering af, i hvilket omfang der er opnået en god miljøtilstand. Der
bør også fastlægges metodiske standarder, herunder hvilket geografisk niveau
vurderingen skal foretages på, og hvordan kriterierne bør anvendes. Disse kriterier og
metodiske standarder har til formål at sikre konsistens og sammenlignelighed på
havregionsniveau eller subregionsniveau mellem vurderingerne af, i hvilket omfang
der er opnået en god miljøtilstand.
For at sikre sammenlignelighed mellem oplysningerne i ajourføringer, som
medlemsstaterne foretager efter revision af visse elementer af deres
havområdestrategier, og som de har meddelt i henhold til artikel 17, stk. 3, i direktiv
2008/56/EF, bør der fastlægges specifikationer og standardmetoder for overvågning og
vurdering under hensyntagen til gældende specifikationer og standarder på EU-niveau
eller internationalt niveau, herunder på regionalt eller subregionalt niveau.
Medlemsstaterne bør anvende de kriterier, metodiske standarder, specifikationer og
standardmetoder for overvågning og vurdering, der fastlægges i denne afgørelse,
sammen med de økosystemelementer, menneskeskabte belastninger og menneskelige
aktiviteter, der er anført i de vejledende lister i bilag III til direktiv 2008/56/EF, under
hensyntagen til den indledende vurdering, der er gennemført i henhold til samme
direktivs artikel 8, stk. 1, når de fastlægger rækken af fælles karakteristika for en god
miljøtilstand i henhold til nævnte direktivs artikel 9, stk. 1, og når de udarbejder
samordnede overvågningsprogrammer i henhold til direktivets artikel 11.
For at sikre en klar forbindelse mellem fastlæggelsen af rækken af fælles karakteristika
for en god miljøtilstand og vurderingen af fremskridtet hen imod opnåelsen heraf bør
kriterierne og de metodiske standarder opstilles på grundlag af de kvalitative
deskriptorer i bilag I til direktiv 2008/56/EF under hensyntagen til de vejledende lister
over økosystemelementer, menneskeskabte belastninger og menneskelige aktiviteter i
bilag III til nævnte direktiv. Nogle af disse kriterier og metodiske standarder vedrører
Kommissionens forordning (EF) nr. 1881/2006 af 19. december 2006 om fastsættelse af grænseværdier
for bestemte forurenende stoffer i fødevarer (EUT L 364 af 20.12.2006, s. 5).
Rådets forordning (EF) nr. 1967/2006 af 21. december 2006 om forvaltningsforanstaltninger til
bæredygtig udnyttelse af fiskeressourcerne i Middelhavet, om ændring af forordning (EØF) nr. 2847/93
og om ophævelse af forordning (EF) nr. 1626/94 (EUT L 409 af 30.12.2006, s. 11).
Europa-Parlamentets og Rådets direktiv 2008/105/EF af 16. december 2008 om miljøkvalitetskrav
inden for vandpolitikken, om ændring og senere ophævelse af Rådets direktiv 87/176/EØF, 3/513/EØF,
84/156/EØF, 84/491/EØF og 86/280/EØF og om ændring af Europa-Parlamentets og Rådets direktiv
2000/60/EF (EUT L 348 af 24.12.2008, s. 84).
Europa-Parlamentets og Rådets direktiv 2009/147/EF af 30. november 2009 om beskyttelse af vilde
fugle (EUT L 20 af 26.1.2010, s. 7).
Europa-Parlamentets og Rådets forordning (EU) nr. 1380/2013 af 11. december 2013 om den fælles
fiskeripolitik, ændring af Rådets forordning (EF) nr. 1954/2003 og (EF) nr. 1224/2009 og ophævelse af
Rådets forordning (EF) nr. 2371/2002 og (EF) nr. 639/2004 samt Rådets afgørelse 2004/585/EF (EUT
L 354 af 28.12.2013, s. 22).
(9)
(10)
(11)
7
8
9
10
11
DA
4
DA
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
navnlig vurderingen af den nuværende miljøtilstand eller af de væsentlige belastninger
og påvirkninger, der er omhandlet i artikel 8, stk. 1, litra a) og b), i direktiv
2008/56/EF.
(12)
Hvis der ikke er fastlagt tærskelværdier, bør medlemsstaterne fastlægge
tærskelværdier gennem et samarbejde på EU-niveau eller på regionalt eller
subregionalt niveau, f.eks. ved at tage udgangspunkt i gældende værdier eller
udarbejde nye inden for rammerne af de regionale havkonventioner. Hvis der skal
fastlægges tærskelværdier gennem et samarbejde på EU-niveau (for deskriptorerne
vedrørende affald i havet, undervandsstøj og havbundens integritet), vil dette ske
inden for rammerne af den fælles gennemførelsesstrategi, som medlemsstaterne og
Kommissionen har etableret med henblik på direktiv 2008/56/EF. Når disse
tærskelværdier er blevet fastlagt gennem et samarbejde på EU-niveau eller på regionalt
eller subregionalt niveau, bliver de først en del af medlemsstaternes rækker af fælles
karakteristika for en god miljøtilstand, når de er indgivet til Kommissionen som et led
i medlemsstaterne rapportering i henhold til artikel 17, stk. 3, i direktiv 2008/56/EF.
Indtil sådanne tærskelværdier er blevet fastlagt gennem et samarbejde på EU-niveau
eller på regionalt eller subregionalt niveau, bør medlemsstaterne kunne anvende
nationale tærskelværdier, retningsmæssige tendenser eller, for statslige elementer,
belastningsbaserede tærskelværdier som referencer.
Tærskelværdierne bør i relevante tilfælde afspejle det kvalitetsniveau, der udgør en
negativ virkning for et kriterium, og bør fastlægges i forhold til en referencebetingelse.
Tærskelværdier bør fastlægges på et relevant geografisk grundlag med henblik på at
afspejle de forskellige biotiske og abiotiske karakteristika i regionerne, subregionerne
og underopdelingerne. Dette kan følgelig, selv om fastlæggelsen af tærskelværdier
sker på EU-niveau, føre til fastlæggelsen af forskellige tærskelværdier, som er
specifikke for en region, subregion eller underopdeling. Tærskelværdierne bør også
fastlægges på grundlag af forsigtighedsprincipper og afspejle de potentielle risici for
havmiljøet. Ved fastlæggelsen af tærskelværdier bør der tages højde for den
dynamiske karakter af havøkosystemer og deres elementer, som kan ændre sig i tid og
rum gennem hydrologisk og klimatisk variation, relationer mellem rov- og byttedyr og
andre miljøfaktorer. Tærskelværdierne bør også afspejle det forhold, at forringede
havøkosystemer kan genoprettes til en tilstand, der afspejler fremherskende
fysiografiske, geografiske, klimatiske og biologiske betingelser, i stedet for at vende
tilbage til en tidligere bestemt tilstand.
I henhold til artikel 1, stk. 3, i direktiv 2008/56/EF skal det samlede pres fra
menneskelige aktiviteter holdes inden for niveauer, der er forenelige med opnåelsen af
en god miljøtilstand, således at de marine økosystemers evne til at håndtere
menneskeskabte forandringer ikke bringes i fare. Dette kan, hvis det er
hensigtsmæssigt, indebære, at tærskelværdierne for visse belastninger og deres
miljøvirkninger ikke nødvendigvis opnås i alle dele af medlemsstaternes havområder,
forudsat at dette ikke er til hinder for opfyldelsen af målene i direktiv 2008/56/EF,
samtidig med at en bæredygtig udnyttelse af havets goder og ydelser muliggøres.
Der bør fastlægges tærskelværdier, som skal indgå i den række af fælles karakteristika,
som medlemsstaterne anvender til at beskrive en god miljøtilstand i overensstemmelse
med artikel 9, stk. 1, i direktiv 2008/56/EF, og i hvilket omfang, tærskelværdierne skal
nås. Tærskelværdier udgør derfor ikke i sig selv medlemsstaternes beskrivelser af en
god miljøtilstand.
(13)
(14)
(15)
DA
5
DA
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
(16)
Medlemsstaterne bør angive, i hvilket omfang der er opnået en god miljøtilstand, som
den andel af deres havområder, hvor tærskelværdierne er nået, eller den andel af
kriterieelementer (arter, forurenende stoffer osv.), som tærskelværdierne er nået for.
Når medlemsstaterne vurderer deres havområders tilstand i henhold til artikel 17, stk.
2, litra a), i direktiv 2008/56/EF, bør de i lyset af havområders ofte langsomme
reaktion på forandring angive enhver ændring i tilstanden som bedre, stabil eller værre
sammenlignet med den foregående rapporteringsperiode.
Når tærskelværdier, som er fastlagt i henhold til denne afgørelse, ikke nås for et
bestemt kriterium, bør medlemsstaterne overveje at træffe hensigtsmæssige
foranstaltninger eller gennemføre yderligere forskning eller undersøgelse.
Når det kræves, at medlemsstaterne samarbejder på regionalt eller subregionalt niveau,
bør de, hvor det er praktisk og hensigtsmæssigt, anvende de eksisterende regionale
institutionelle samarbejdsstrukturer, herunder strukturerne inden for rammerne af de
regionale havkonventioner som omhandlet i artikel 6 i direktiv 2008/56/EF. Ligeledes,
hvis der ikke foreligger specifikke kriterier, metodiske standarder, herunder for
integration af kriterierne, specifikationer og standardmetoder for overvågning og
vurdering, bør medlemsstaterne, hvor det er praktisk og hensigtsmæssigt, anvende de
kriterier, metodiske standarder, specifikationer og standardmetoder for overvågning og
vurdering, der er udviklet på internationalt, regionalt eller subregionalt niveau, f.eks.
inden for rammerne af de regionale havkonventioner eller andre internationale
ordninger. Ellers kan medlemsstaterne vælge at koordinere internt inden for regionen
eller subregionen, hvor det er relevant. En medlemsstat kan desuden på grundlag af de
særlige forhold i dens havområder beslutte at tage hensyn til yderligere elementer, som
ikke er omhandlet i denne afgørelse eller på internationalt, regionalt eller subregionalt
niveau, eller at anvende elementerne i denne afgørelse på dens overgangsvande som
defineret i artikel 2, stk. 6, i direktiv 2000/60/EF med henblik på gennemførelsen af
direktiv 2008/56/EF.
Medlemsstaterne bør have tilstrækkelig fleksibilitet til på visse betingelser at fokusere
på de fremherskende belastninger og deres miljøvirkninger på forskellige
økosystemelementer i hver region eller subregion med henblik på at overvåge og
vurdere deres havområder på en effektiv måde og at lette prioriteringen af de
foranstaltninger, som skal træffes for at opnå en god miljøtilstand. Til dette formål bør
medlemsstaterne for det første kunne bestemme, at det ikke er hensigtsmæssigt at
anvende visse af kriterierne, hvis dette er begrundet. Medlemsstaterne bør for det
andet have mulighed for at beslutte ikke at anvende visse kriterieelementer, at vælge
yderligere elementer eller at fokusere på bestemte matricer eller dele af deres
havområder, såfremt dette er baseret på en risikovurdering af belastningerne og deres
virkninger. Endelig bør der indføres en sondring mellem primære og sekundære
kriterier. Mens primære kriterier bør anvendes til at sikre overensstemmelse i hele
Unionen, bør der indrømmes fleksibilitet med hensyn til de sekundære kriterier.
Medlemsstaterne bør kunne vælge at anvende et sekundært kriterium, hvis det er
nødvendigt for at supplere et primært kriterium, eller hvis der for et bestemt kriterium
er risiko for, at havmiljøet ikke opnår eller bevarer en god miljøtilstand.
Kriterierne, herunder tærskelværdierne, de metodiske standarder, specifikationerne og
standardmetoderne for overvågning og vurdering, bør baseres på de bedste
tilgængelige videnskabelige resultater. Der er imidlertid stadig behov for
videnskabelige og tekniske fremskridt for at understøtte udviklingen af nogle af dem,
og disse fremskridt bør udnyttes, efterhånden som viden og forståelse bliver
tilgængelig.
(17)
(18)
(19)
(20)
DA
6
DA
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0149.png
(21)
(22)
Direktiv 2010/477/EU bør derfor ophæves.
Foranstaltningerne i denne afgørelse er i overensstemmelse med udtalelse fra
Forskriftsudvalget
VEDTAGET DENNE AFGØRELSE:
Artikel 1
Genstand
I denne afgørelse fastlægges:
(a)
kriterier og metodiske standarder, som medlemsstaterne skal anvende,
når
de i
henhold til artikel 9, stk. 1, i direktiv 2008/56/EF fastlægger en række fælles
karakteristika for en god miljøtilstand på grundlag af bilag I og III og under
hensyntagen til den indledende vurdering, der er gennemført i henhold til samme
direktivs artikel 8, stk. 1, med henblik på at vurdere, i hvilket omfang der er opnået
en god miljøtilstand, jf. samme direktivs artikel 9, stk. 3
specifikationer og standardmetoder for overvågning og vurdering som omhandlet i
direktivs artikel 11, stk. 4, som skal anvendes af medlemsstaterne, når de udarbejder
samordnede overvågningsprogrammer i henhold til artikel 11
i direktiv 2008/56/EF
en tidsramme for fastlæggelsen af tærskelværdier, lister over kriterieelementer og
metodiske standarder for integration af kriterier gennem et samarbejde på EU-niveau
eller på regionalt eller subregionalt niveau
et krav om meddelelse af kriterieelementer, tærskelværdier og metodiske standarder
for integration af kriterier.
Artikel 2
Definitioner
I denne afgørelse finder definitionerne i artikel 3 i direktiv 2008/56/EF anvendelse.
I denne afgørelse forstås endvidere ved:
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
"subregioner": de subregioner, der er anført i artikel 4, stk. 2, i direktiv 2008/56/EF
"underopdelinger": de underopdelinger, der er anført i artikel 4, stk. 2, i direktiv
2008/56/EF
"invasiv ikkehjemmehørende art": "invasiv ikkehjemmehørende art" som omhandlet
i artikel 3, stk. 2, i Europa-Parlamentets og Rådets forordning (EU) nr. 1143/2014
12
"kriterieelementer": elementer i et økosystem, særligt dets biologiske elementer
(arter, habitater og deres samfund), eller aspekter af belastninger af havmiljøet
(biologiske, fysiske, stoffer, affald og energi), som vurderes under hvert kriterium
"tærskelværdi": en værdi eller et interval af værdier, som gør det muligt at vurdere
det kvalitetsniveau, der er opnået for et bestemt kriterium, og som derved indgår i
vurderingen af, i hvilket omfang der er opnået en god miljøtilstand.
(b)
(c)
(d)
(5)
12
Europa-Parlamentets og Rådets forordning (EU) nr. 1143/2014 af 22. oktober 2014 om forebyggelse og
håndtering af introduktion og spredning af invasive ikkehjemmehørende arter (EUT L 317 af 4.11.2014,
s. 35).
DA
7
DA
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
Artikel 3
Anvendelse af kriterier, metodiske standarder, specifikationer og standardmetoder
1.
Medlemsstaterne anvender de primære kriterier og tilknyttede metodiske standarder,
specifikationer og standardmetoder, der er fastlagt i bilaget med henblik på at
gennemføre denne afgørelse. På grundlag af den indledende vurdering eller
efterfølgende ajourføringer heraf, der er udført i overensstemmelse med artikel 8 og
artikel 17, stk. 2, litra a), i direktiv 2008/56/EF, kan medlemsstaterne, for så vidt det
er begrundet, vurdere, at det ikke er hensigtsmæssigt at anvende et eller flere af de
primære kriterier. I sådanne tilfælde begrunder medlemsstaterne dette over for
Kommissionen i den underretning, der indgives i henhold til artikel 9, stk. 2, eller
artikel 17, stk. 3, i direktiv 2008/56/EF.
I overensstemmelse med forpligtelsen til regionalt samarbejde som fastlagt i artikel 5
og 6 i direktiv 2008/56/EF underretter en medlemsstat de andre medlemsstater, der
deler den samme havregion eller subregion, inden den i henhold til stk. 1 beslutter
ikke at anvende et primært kriterium.
2.
Sekundære kriterier og tilknyttede metodiske standarder, specifikationer og
standardmetoder som fastlagt i bilaget anvendes til at supplere et primært kriterium,
eller når der er risiko for, at havmiljøet ikke opnår eller bevarer en god miljøtilstand
for dette bestemte kriterium. Hver medlemsstat træffer beslutning om anvendelsen af
et sekundært kriterium, medmindre andet er anført i bilaget.
Hvis der i denne afgørelse ikke fastlægges kriterier, metodiske standarder, herunder
for integration af kriterierne, specifikationer eller standardmetoder for overvågning
og vurdering, herunder for rumlig og tidsmæssig aggregering af data, anvender
medlemsstaterne, hvor det er praktisk og hensigtsmæssigt, de kriterier, metodiske
standarder, specifikationer eller standardmetoder for overvågning og vurdering, der
er udviklet på internationalt, regionalt eller subregionalt niveau, eksempelvis inden
for rammerne af de relevante regionale havkonventioner.
Indtil der på EU-niveau eller på regionalt eller subregionalt niveau er fastlagt lister
over kriterieelementer, metodiske standarder for integration af kriterier,
specifikationer og standardmetoder for overvågning og vurdering, kan
medlemsstaterne anvende de lister, der er fastlagt på nationalt plan, såfremt de
deltager i regionalt samarbejde som omhandlet i artikel 5 og 6 i direktiv 2008/56/EF.
3.
4.
Artikel 4
Fastlæggelse af tærskelværdier gennem et samarbejde på EU-niveau eller på regionalt eller
subregionalt niveau
1.
Såfremt medlemsstaterne i henhold til denne afgørelse skal fastlægge tærskelværdier
gennem et samarbejde på EU-niveau eller på regionalt eller subregionalt niveau, skal
disse værdier:
være en del af den række af fælles karakteristika, som medlemsstaterne anvender i
deres beskrivelser af en god miljøtilstand
(a)
(b)
hvor det er relevant, afspejle det kvalitetsniveau, der udgør en negativ virkning
for et kriterium, og fastlægges i forhold til en referencebetingelse
fastlægges på et relevant geografisk niveau med henblik på at afspejle de
forskellige biotiske og abiotiske karakteristika i regionerne, subregionerne og
underopdelingerne
1.
DA
8
DA
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
fastlægges på grundlag af forsigtighedsprincipper og afspejle de potentielle
risici for havmiljøet
være overensstemmende på tværs af forskellige kriterier, når de vedrører det
samme økosystemelement
fastsættes under anvendelse af de bedste tilgængelige videnskabelige resultater
være baseret på langsigtede tidsrækkedata, hvor sådanne foreligger, med
henblik på fastlæggelsen af den mest hensigtsmæssige værdi
afspejle økosystemets naturlige dynamik, herunder relationer mellem rov- og
byttedyr og hydrologisk og klimatisk variation, idet det også anerkendes, at
økosystemet eller dele deraf kan genoprettes, hvis det forringes, til en tilstand,
der afspejler fremherskende fysiografiske, geografiske, klimatiske og
biologiske betingelser, i stedet for at vende tilbage til en tidligere bestemt
tilstand
være i overensstemmelse med de relevante værdier, der anvendes i regionale
institutionelle samarbejdsstrukturer, herunder de regionale havkonventioner.
(h)
2.
Indtil medlemsstaterne har fastlagt tærskelværdier gennem et samarbejde på EU-
niveau eller på regionalt eller subregionalt niveau som krævet i denne afgørelse, kan
de anvende følgende til at angive, i hvilket omfang der er opnået en god
miljøtilstand:
(a)
(b)
(c)
nationale tærskelværdier, såfremt forpligtelsen til regionalt samarbejde i artikel
5 og 6 i direktiv 2008/56/EF er overholdt
retningsmæssige tendenser for værdierne
for statslige elementer, belastningsbaserede tærskelværdier som referencer.
3.
Såfremt tærskelværdier, herunder de tærskelværdier, der er fastlagt af
medlemsstaterne i henhold til denne afgørelse, ikke nås for et bestemt kriterium i det
omfang, der ifølge denne medlemsstat er nødvendigt for at opnå en god miljøtilstand
som omhandlet i artikel 9, stk. 1, i direktiv 2008/56/EF, overvejer medlemsstaterne,
om der bør træffes foranstaltninger i henhold til samme direktivs artikel 13, eller om
der bør gennemføres yderligere forskning eller undersøgelse.
Tærskelværdier fastlagt af medlemsstaterne i henhold til denne afgørelse kan
revideres regelmæssigt i lyset af videnskabelige og tekniske fremskridt og om
nødvendigt ændres inden den gennemgang der er omhandlet i artikel 17, stk. 2, litra
a), i direktiv 2008/56/EF.
Artikel 5
Tidsramme
4.
1.
Hvis medlemsstaterne i henhold til denne afgørelse skal fastlægge tærskelværdier,
lister over kriterieelementer eller metodiske standarder for integration af kriterier
gennem et samarbejde på EU-niveau eller på regionalt eller subregionalt niveau,
tilstræber medlemsstaterne at gøre dette inden for den tidsfrist, der er fastsat for den
første gennemgang af deres indledende vurdering og beskrivelse af en god
miljøtilstand i henhold til artikel 17, stk. 2, litra a), i direktiv 2008/56/EF (den 15. juli
2018).
Hvis medlemsstaterne ikke kan fastlægge tærskelværdier, lister over
kriterieelementer eller metodiske standarder for integration af kriterier gennem et
2.
DA
9
DA
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
samarbejde på EU-niveau eller på regionalt eller subregionalt niveau inden for den
tidsfrist, der er fastsat i stk. 1, fastlægger de disse så hurtigt som muligt derefter på
den betingelse, at de senest den 15. oktober 2018 begrunder dette over for
Kommissionen i den underretning, som de skal indgive i henhold til artikel 9, stk. 2,
eller artikel 17, stk. 3, i direktiv 2008/56/EF.
Artikel 6
Underretning
Som en del af underretningen i henhold til artikel 17, stk. 3, i direktiv 2008/56/EF forelægger
medlemsstaterne Kommissionen oplysninger om de kriterieelementer, tærskelværdier og
metodiske standarder for integration af kriterier, der er fastlagt gennem et samarbejde på EU-
niveau eller på regionalt eller subregionalt niveau, og som anvendes af medlemsstaterne i
henhold til denne afgørelse.
Artikel 7
Ophævelse
Afgørelse 2010/477/EU ophæves.
Henvisninger til afgørelse 2010/477/EF forstås som henvisninger til nærværende afgørelse.
Artikel 8
Ikrafttræden
Denne afgørelse træder i kraft på tyvendedagen efter offentliggørelsen i
Den Europæiske
Unions Tidende.
Udfærdiget i Bruxelles, den
[…][…].
På Kommissionens vegne
Formand
DA
10
DA
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0153.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0154.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0155.png
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
DIRECTORATE-GENERAL
ENVIRONMENT
Directorate C
Quality of Life, Water and Air
ENV.C.2 - Marine Environment & Water Industry
THE FOURTEENTH MEETING OF THE COMMITTEE UNDER ARTICLE 25 OF
DIRECTIVE 2008/56/EC
(MARINE STRATEGY COMMITTEE)
WEDNESDAY 29 JUNE 2016 (09:00
17:30)
Conference Centre Albert Borschette / Room 1D
36, Rue Froissart, B-1040 Brussels
1. Welcome and introduction
The Chair (European Commission, DG Environment) opened the meeting and welcomed the
participants. The Chair reminded the Committee members of the request to ensure the Commission
has up-to-date official nominations to the Committee as only an officially-appointed Committee
member can take part in a vote.
2. Adoption of the agenda
The draft agenda (document CTTEE_14-2016-01) was adopted without amendments.
3. Adoption of the minutes of the 13
th
Committee Meeting
The minutes of the 13
th
Committee meeting (document CTTEE_14-2016-02) were amended in
order to reflect the comments made by Romania,
the United Kingdom
and Denmark, and were
adopted as amended.
4. Review of Commission Decision 2010/477/EU on criteria and methodological standards for
GES
The Chairman thanked the Member States for their efforts over the past months and for sending
their comments on the draft text (version 3) of the Commission Decision on criteria and
methodological standards for Good Environmental Status (document CTTEE_13-2016-03). All
comments were considered and a large number were accommodated. The Chairman encouraged a
discussion that would lead to eventual consensus. The Commission presented the main changes
made to the text in version 4 (document CTTEE_14-2016-03), and also explained how the feedback
mechanism would factor into the decision-making process.
A discussion followed, during which Member States made general comments:
·
Several Member States expressed concerns on: threshold values at Union versus
(sub)regional level, the binding nature of threshold values and their scientific basis, as well
as some of the principles for setting threshold values, and the difficulties to
achieve establish
threshold values for all descriptors by 2018.
1
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0156.png
·
One Member State asked whether threshold values should be considered as methodological
standards or criteria. The Commission
clarified stated
that they sit under the 'criteria' section
in the Annex to the Decision.
ThreeTwo
Member States expressed a reservation on the general use of threshold values
and
about the compliance of the draft Decision, in particular on the inclusion of a need to
establish new threshold values, with the provision of Article 9(3) of the Directive.
Two Member States raised an issue on transitional waters. The Commission indicated that it
would explore options to solve that point.
One Member State raised general concerns with regards to the wording of 'use of criteria' in
the Annex and proposed to modify those headings to avoid linking threshold values to the
achievement of GES.
·
·
·
Specific issues
The Commission presented certain key issues of the draft GES decision and Member States were
invited to comment on each of them. For some of these key issues, the Commission proposed new
draft wording, with a view to reaching compromises (see
amended text as discussed in Committee
in Annex):
Threshold values
·
Setting threshold values at Union or (sub)regional level: the Commission presented an
addition to Recital 12, which reads "This
means that even if the process to establish
threshold values takes place at Union level, this may result in the setting of different
threshold values, specific to a region, subregion or subdivision".
Member States welcomed
this clarification.
In addition, it was agreed during the meeting to also clarify the Annex with regard to the
establishment of threshold values at Union level, that this should be done "taking
into
account regional or subregional specificities".
Upon the request of one Member State
and
agreed by a majority of Member States,
the wording "MS
shall cooperate to establish"
was
changed to "MS
shall establish … through regional cooperation..."
in Article 5(1).
The
majority of Member States did not object to the change.
These amendments will be
introduced throughout the Annex.
One Member State retained an overall reservation on setting threshold values at Union level.
Legal nature of threshold values: three Member States questioned whether the Decision can
set require that Member States set
threshold values and proposed to
include the possibility to
use trends or qualitative criteria instead.
To clarify the legal nature of threshold values (i.e. clarify that they do not automatically
become part of Member States' GES determination), the Commission presented the
following addition to recital 11 "Once
established at Union, regional or subregional level,
these threshold values will only become part of Member States' sets of characteristics for
good environmental status when they are reported to the Commission as part of Member
States' reporting under Article 9(2) or 17(3) of Directive 2008/56/EC."
This should be read
in conjunction with Article 6. Most Member States welcomed this clarification. Two
Member States requested that Article 6 is amended to include the new wording from
Recital 11.
2
·
·
·
·
Secondary criteria
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0157.png
·
Article 2(2): the Commission presented new wording for the definition of secondary criteria,
which makes it even clearer that the use of secondary criteria is to be decided by Member
States, when the conditions are fulfilled: "'secondary
criterion' means a criterion to be used
where necessary, to complement a primary criterion or when the marine environment is at
risk of not achieving or not maintaining good environmental status for that particular
criterion. The use of a secondary criterion is to be decided by each Member State, except
where specified otherwise in the Annex
". The words "to
complement a primary criterion or"
were reintroduced during Committee following a request from some Member States. One
Member State had a reservation on this. The Commission nevertheless explained that there
was no need to refer to "substitute" as this only concerned criterion D5C8 and was covered
directly in the Annex.
Most
Member States appreciated the new proposed wording of definition 2(2).
Recital 20 was amended along the same line as Article 2(2).
The Commission presented new wording on Article 4, which concerns principles for setting
threshold values. The following changes to version 4 of the text were proposed by the
Commission: point (c) was split into 2 points:
"c) make use of best available science"
and
(
"(d)
be set taking into account the precautionary principle, reflecting the potential risks to
the marine environment"
(upon suggestion from one Member State in its written comments).
The Commission also proposed the following amendments: "(h)
be consistent across
different criteria when they relate to the same ecosystem element; in case several criteria
are used across the descriptors to assess different pressures and their impacts on an
ecosystem element, (i) reflect, where appropriate, what constitutes an adverse effect for the
relevant criterion.
Following discussions in the Committee, the following changes were made:
Point d was modified into "(d)
be set on the basis of the precautionary principle, reflecting
the potential risks to the marine environment";
New point (h) was deleted with the intention of integrating it under point (f). However, there
was no agreement on the final wording of point (f) "be
expressed in terms relating to the
impacts and pressures they describe and as a deviation from a state which is free of
anthropogenic pressures, allowing, where appropriate, for sustainable use of marine goods
and services"
as several Member States expressed disagreement on 'allowing sustainable
use' and on 'free from anthropogenic pressures'. The following options were discussed for a
new point (f) (integrating point (h)): "express
what constitutes an acceptable state or an
acceptable level of pressure [or impact], [thereby indicating there is not an adverse effect]
in relation to the particular criterion or criterion element"
but this was not considered
acceptable by all Member States. The Commission indicated that it will develop a text that
covers all concerns raised in its next version.
·
·
·
Principles for setting threshold values
·
·
·
Timeline
·
·
One Member State insisted that Article 5(2) is not acceptable as there may be political
conditions that could prevent the setting of threshold values at regional level, even by 2024.
Another Member State raised the question of the consequences of not agreeing threshold
values by 2018.
3
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0158.png
·
Following discussions in Committee, it was decided to modify the wording of Article 5(2)
as follows: "Should
threshold values not be established in accordance with paragraph 1,
Member States may shall establish these threshold values at regional or subregional level as
soon as possible after 15 July 2018 by the second review of their initial assessment and
determination of good environmental status in accordance with point (a) of Article 17(2) of
Directive 2008/56/EC, provided the reasons for the delay are this is justified to the
Commission in the notification by 15 October 2018 made pursuant to Article 9(2) or 17(3)
of Directive 2008/56/EC."
Additional burden / impact assessment of costs
·
The Commission
clarified explained
that, on the basis of preliminary findings of a short
study, it found that if Member States are currently implementing Decision 2010/477/EU
correctly, the costs involved under the new Decision would be either similar or lower.
Some Member States requested that this study is made available.
One Member State proposed the following new text aiming to address the issue of
integration rules (anticipating the work currently carried out as "Article 8 guidance"):
"Whether
good environmental status is achieved is determined through the application of
integration rules that are to be agreed (for each descriptor) at Union level, taking into
account Union legislation and regional and subregional methods".
That Member State also
argued that a timeline for setting such integration rules should be included under Art. 5(2) of
the Decision.
However, even though Member States agreed this was an important issue,
some many
of
them considered that it was too early to introduce such provision in the Decision, given that
the work on integration rules is still at a preliminary stage. These Member States were of the
view that such integration rules should only be guidance,
in the framework of the "Article 8
guidance" mentioned above.
The Commission took note of this and stated that this concern
would be
addressed
in the next version.
·
·
Integration rules
·
The Commission then presented the draft Annex and its descriptors and Member States were invited
to comment on some of the criteria on which most written comments had been received. The
Commission explained that the more specific and detailed written comments made by Member
States would all be considered, also ensuring consistency throughout the text, but that the purpose
of the discussion was to discuss and resolve the most difficult issues.
Descriptor 1
·
One Member State proposed that species covered by the Habitats Directive (HD) should not
be subject to the obligation to set threshold values (HD species would be excluded from
second paragraph in D1C1 and D1C2) and that HD assessments should automatically be re-
used under MSFD.
It was agreed that the same wording on "taking
into account regional or subregional
specificities"
agreed during the discussion on specific issues would also be used under D1.
One Member State insisted that requirements under other Directives (HD) cannot be
indirectly made stricter via this Decision, with the Commission
clarifyingexplaining
again
that while this is not the case, obligations under MSFD
(i.e. achieving good environmental
status by 2020)
have nevertheless still to be met.
4
·
·
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0159.png
Descriptor 2
·
One Member State expressed concerns with the use of "reduced to zero" and would prefer
the wording "minimised".
D3C3: Most Member States raised a concern with regards to D3C3 and requested that it
becomes secondary, due to the latest ICES advice. The Commission
clarified explained
that
the secondary nature of a criterion should not be triggered by the immaturity of a criterion,
that D3C3 is necessary to answer to the Descriptor (cf Descriptor 3 wording), and that the
ICES workshop concluded that it should not be used only because there were no reference
points (i.e. threshold values) yet. The Commission agreed to explore the possibility of a
footnote indicating that D3C3 may not be used for the 2018 assessment.
Following Member States' comments, it was agreed to move D3C4 under D1.
One Member State requested that the wording of D3C1 and D3C2 is amended to reflect that
F
MSY
is not a threshold value, and that the latest text on "B
trigger
" is used under specifications.
One Member State expressed concerns with regards to use of D5 criteria
beyond in
coastal
waters.
One Member State asked for the re-introduction of the phytoplankton criterion which had
been deleted.
Following a question by one Member State, the Commission replied that there is no
obligation to set threshold values for D5 in coastal waters, if the obligation does not exist in
the Water Framework Directive.
On this descriptor, one Member State indicated that the difference between certain criteria
was not sufficiently clear.
One Member State requested consistency between the two criteria: loss and disturbance.
Two Member States proposed to re-name D6C4 and D6C5 as D1 criteria.
One Member State requested to use the wording "significantly adversely affected" to reflect
the Habitats Directive wording.
Descriptor 3
·
·
·
Descriptor 5
·
·
·
Descriptor 6
·
·
·
·
The Commission presented the expected next steps (inter-service consultation over the summer,
feedback mechanism in September, and vote in November). A new version of the legal text is
therefore expected to be available in early September (for the feedback mechanism) and the next
meeting of the Committee will most probably be held in November along the MSCG meeting.
Member States requested to send additional written comments by 4
th
July.
One Member State requested that the text as discussed in Committee is sent to Member States (this
was done and the text is available on circabc).
5. Review of MSFD Annex III
The latest version of the proposal replacing Annex III of the MSFD (document CTTEE_14-2016-
03) was not discussed during the Committee, as the comments received on it from Member States
were of a more minor technical nature. The Commission will consider Member States' written
5
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
comments.
6. Any other business
Commission presented a new system (AGN) for the reimbursement of travel expenses.
7. Close of the meeting
The Chair thanked participants for their engagement during the meeting and closed it.
6
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0161.png
Annex I:
Agenda
point
2
3
4
5
List of meeting documents
Reference
Title
Submitted by
CTTEE_14-2016-01
CTTEE_14-2016-02
CTTEE_14-2016-03
CTTEE_14-2016-04
Draft agenda
Minutes of the Thirteenth Committee meeting
Review of Commission Decision on GES
Review of MSFD Directive Annex III
European Commission
(DG ENV)
European Commission
(DG ENV)
European Commission
(DG ENV)
European Commission
(DG ENV)
7
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0162.png
Annex II:
List of participants
State
Belgium
Bulgaria
Cyprus
Denmark
Estonia
Finland
France
Germany
Hungary
Ireland
Italy
Latvia
Lithuania
Lithuania
Malta
The Netherlands
The Netherlands
Poland
Poland
Portugal
Romania
Spain
Sweden
United Kingdom
European
Commission
European
Commission
Organisation
Belgian Federal Public Service - Health, Food Chain Safety and Environment
Bulgarian Ministry of Environment and Water
Ministry of Agriculture, Rural Development and Environment
The Danish Nature Agency
Ministry of Environment of Estonia
Ministry of Environment of Finland
Ministère de l'écologie, du développement durable et de l'énergie
Federal Ministry for the Environment (Bundesministerium für Umwelt, Naturschutz und
Reaktorsicherheit)
Ministry of Interior
Department of Environment, Community and Local Government (DECLG)
Ministry of the Environment, Land and Sea Protection - Nature and Sea Protection
Directorate (MATTM-PNM)
Ministry of the Environmental Protection and Regional Development
Ministry of Environment of the Republic of Lithuania
Permanent Representation of Lithuania
Malta Environment and Planning Authority
Ministry of Infrastructure and the Environment - DG for Spatial Issues and Water
Ministry of Infrastructure and the Environment - RWS Centre for Water Management
Ministry of the Environment - Water Resources Department
Chief Inspectorate for Environmental Protection - Monitoring Department
Direcção-Geral de Recursos Naturais, Segurança e Serviços Marítimos (DGRM)
Ministry of Environment, Water and Forest
Ministry of Agriculture, Food and Environment
Swedish Agency for Marine and Water Management (SwAM)
Department for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs
DG Environment
DG Mare
8
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0163.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0164.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0165.png
CTTEE_15-2016-05
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
DIRECTORATE-GENERAL
ENVIRONMENT
Directorate C - Quality of Life, Water & Air
ENV.C.2 - Marine Environment & Water Industry
15
TH
M
EETING OF THE
C
OMMITTEE UNDER
A
RTICLE
25
OF
D
IRECTIVE
2008/56/EC
(M
ARINE
S
TRATEGY
C
OMMITTEE
)
T
HURSDAY
10 N
OVEMBER
2016 (09:00
12:30)
Conference Centre Albert Borschette (CCAB) - Room 4D
36, Rue Froissart - B-1040 Brussels
Agenda Item:
Document:
5
CTTEE_15-2016-05
Draft Commission Decision laying down criteria and methodological standards on GES of
marine waters and specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and
assessment, and repealing Decision 2010/477/EU
European Commission
26/10/2016
Content
The attached draft Commission Decision has been discussed in the past 4 Committee
th
th
th
th
meetings (11 , 12 , 13 , 14 Committee meetings).
The draft has been subject to the Commission's inter-service consultation and to the
Better Regulation's feedback mechanism. The outcome of the feedback mechanism will
be presented under agenda item n°5, before the vote on the draft texts.
Procedural aspects
In accordance with the regulatory procedure with scrutiny, the Commission is submitting
to the Committee draft measures that it intends to adopt. The Committee shall deliver
its opinion on the draft by means of a qualified majority. The votes of the
representatives of the Member States within the Committee shall be weighted in the
manner set out in Article 16(4) and (5) of the Treaty on European Union.
According to the standard rules of procedure of the Marine Strategy Committee, a
Member State delegation may, if necessary, represent a maximum of one other Member
State. The Permanent Representation of the Member State that is being represented
shall inform the Chairman of this in writing.
-
If the Committee gives a positive opinion, the Commission will submit the
measures to the European Parliament and to the Council for a 3-month scrutiny
period. If neither the European Parliament nor the Council opposes the draft
measures, the Commission shall then adopt the Decision.
Title:
Prepared by:
Date prepared:
Background
EN
1
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0166.png
CTTEE_15-2016-05
-
If the Committee gives a negative opinion or if no opinion is delivered, the
Commission shall submit a proposal relating to the measures to be taken to the
Council and shall forward it to the European Parliament at the same time. The
decision of whether to adopt or reject the measures then lies with the Council.
The MSFD Committee is invited to consider the draft Commission Decision and deliver its
opinion on the draft by means of a qualified majority.
Member State delegations that will not be present on the day of the vote but will be
represented by another delegation are invited to inform the Commission as soon as
possible by email and at the latest by 8 November, cob.
EN
2
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0167.png
EUROPEAN
COMMISSION
Brussels,
XXX
[…](2016)
XXX
draft
COMMISSION DECISION (EU) …/…
of
XXX
laying down criteria and methodological standards on good environmental status of
marine waters and specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and
assessment, and repealing Decision 2010/477/EU
(Text with EEA relevance)
EN
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0168.png
COMMISSION DECISION (EU) …/…
of
XXX
laying down criteria and methodological standards on good environmental status of
marine waters and specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and
assessment, and repealing Decision 2010/477/EU
(Text with EEA relevance)
THE EUROPEAN COMMISSION,
Having regard to the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union,
Having regard to Directive 2008/56/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 17
June 2008 establishing a framework for community action in the field of marine
environmental policy (Marine Strategy Framework Directive)
1
, and in particular Articles 9(3)
and 11(4) thereof,
Whereas:
(1)
Commission Decision 2010/477/EU
2
established criteria to be used by the Member
States to determine the good environmental status of their marine waters and to guide
their assessments of that status in the first implementation cycle of Directive
2008/56/EC.
Decision 2010/477/EU acknowledged that additional scientific and technical progress
was required to support the development or revision of those criteria for some
qualitative descriptors, as well as further development of methodological standards in
close coordination with the establishment of monitoring programmes. In addition, that
Decision stated that it would be appropriate to carry out its revision as soon as possible
after the completion of the assessment required under Article 12 of Directive
2008/56/EC, in time to support a successful update of marine strategies that are due by
2018, pursuant to Article 17 of Directive 2008/56/EC.
In 2012, on the basis of the initial assessment of their marine waters made pursuant to
Article 8(1) of Directive 2008/56/EC, Member States reported on the environmental
status of their marine waters and notified to the Commission their determination of
good environmental status and their environmental targets in accordance with Articles
9(2) and 10(2) of Directive 2008/56/EC, respectively. The Commission's assessment
3
of those Member State reports, undertaken in accordance with Article 12 of Directive
2008/56/EC, highlighted that more efforts were urgently needed if Member States are
to reach good environmental status by 2020. The results showed the necessity to
significantly improve the quality and coherence of the determination of good
OJ L 164, 25.6.2008, p. 19.
Commission Decision 2010/477/EU of 1 September 2010 on criteria and methodological standards on
good environmental status of marine waters (OJ L 232, 2.9.2010, p. 14).
Report from the Commission to the Council and the European Parliament - The first phase of
implementation of the Marine Strategy Framework Directive (2008/56/EC) - The European
Commission's assessment and guidance (COM(2014)097 final, 20.2.2014).
(2)
(3)
1
2
3
EN
2
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0169.png
environmental status by the Member States. In addition, the assessment recognised
that regional cooperation must be at the very heart of the implementation of Directive
2008/56/EC. It also emphasised the need for Member States to more systematically
build upon
standards stemming from existing
Union legislation or, where
they do not
existrelevant, upon
standards set by Regional Sea Conventions or other international
agreements.
(4)
To ensure that the second cycle of implementation of the marine strategies of the
Member States further contributes to the achievement of the objectives of Directive
2008/56/EC and yields more consistent determinations of good environmental status,
the Commission recommended in its report on the first phase of implementation that,
at Union level, the Commission services and Member States collaborate to revise,
strengthen and improve Decision 2010/477/EU, aiming at a clearer, simpler, more
concise, more coherent and comparable set of good environmental status criteria and
methodological standards and, at the same time, review Annex III of Directive
2008/56/EC, and if necessary revise it, and develop specific guidance to ensure a more
coherent and consistent approach for assessments in the next implementation cycle.
On the basis of those conclusions, the review process started in 2013 when a roadmap,
consisting of several phases (technical and scientific, consultation, and decision-
making), was endorsed by the Regulatory Committee established under Article 25(1)
of Directive 2008/56/EC. During this process, the Commission consulted all interested
parties, including Regional Sea Conventions.
In order to facilitate future updates of the initial assessment of Member States' marine
waters and their determination of good environmental status, and to ensure greater
coherence in implementation of Directive 2008/56/EC across the Union, it is necessary
to clarify, revise or introduce criteria, methodological standards, specifications and
standardised methods to be used by Member States, compared to the elements
currently set out in Decision 2010/477/EU. As a result, the number of criteria that
Member States need to monitor and assess should be reduced, applying a risk-based
approach to those which are retained in order to allow Member States to focus their
efforts on the main anthropogenic pressures affecting their waters. Finally, the criteria
and their use should be further specified, including providing for threshold values or
the setting thereof, thereby allowing for the extent to which good environmental status
is achieved to be measured across the Union's marine waters.
In accordance with the commitment taken by the Commission when adopting its
Communication to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and
Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions: Better regulation for better
results
An EU agenda
4
, this Decision should ensure coherence with other Union
legislation. To ensure greater consistency and comparability at Union level of Member
States' determinations of good environmental status and avoid unnecessary overlaps, it
is appropriate to take into account relevant existing standards and methods for
monitoring and assessment laid down in Union legislation, including
C
ouncil
Directive 92/43/EEC
5
, Directive 2000/60/EC of the European Parliament and of the
Council
6
, Commission Regulation (EC) No 1881/2006
7
, Council Regulation (EC) No
COM(2015) 215 final.
Council Directive 92/43/EEC of 21 May 1992 on the conservation of natural habitats and of wild fauna
and flora (OJ L 206, 22.7.1992, p. 7).
Directive 2000/60/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 23 October 2000 establishing a
framework for Community action in the field of water policy (OJ L 327, 22.12.2000, p. 1).
(5)
(6)
(7)
4
5
6
EN
3
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0170.png
1967/2006
8
, Directive 2008/105/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council
9
,
Directive 2009/147/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council
10
and
Regulation (EU) No 1380/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council
11
.
(8)
For each of the qualitative descriptors listed in Annex I to Directive 2008/56/EC, and
on the basis of the indicative lists in Annex III to that Directive, it is necessary to
define the criteria, including the criteria elements and, where appropriate, the threshold
values, to be used. Threshold values are intended to contribute to Member States'
determination of a set of characteristics for good environmental status and inform their
assessment of the extent to which good environmental status is being achieved. It is
also necessary to set out methodological standards, including the geographic scales for
assessment and how the criteria should be used. Those criteria and methodological
standards are to ensure consistency and allow for comparison, between marine regions
or subregions, of assessments of the extent to which good environmental status is
being achieved.
To ensure comparability between the details of any updates by the Member States
following the reviews of certain elements of their marine strategies, sent under Article
17(3) of Directive 2008/56/EC, specifications and standardised methods for
monitoring and assessment should be defined, taking into account existing
specifications and standards at Union or international level, including regional or
subregional level.
Member States should apply the criteria, methodological standards, specifications and
standardised methods for monitoring and assessment laid down in this Decision in
combination with the ecosystem elements, anthropogenic pressures and human
activities listed in the indicative lists of Annex III to Directive 2008/56/EC and by
reference to the initial assessment made pursuant to Article 8(1) of that Directive,
when determining a set of characteristics for good environmental status in accordance
with Article 9(1) of that Directive, and when establishing coordinated monitoring
programmes under Article 11 of that Directive.
In order to establish a clear link between the determination of a set of characteristics
for good environmental status and the assessment of progress towards its achievement,
it is appropriate to organise the criteria and methodological standards on the basis of
the qualitative descriptors laid down in Annex I to Directive 2008/56/EC, taking into
account the indicative lists of ecosystem elements, anthropogenic pressures and human
activities laid down in Annex III to that Directive. Some of those criteria and
Commission Regulation (EC) No 1881/2006 of 19 December 2006 setting maximum levels for certain
contaminants in foodstuffs (OJ L 364, 20.12.2006, p. 5).
Council Regulation (EC) No 1967/2006 of 21 December 2006 concerning management measures for
the sustainable exploitation of fishery resources in the Mediterranean Sea, amending Regulation (EEC)
No 2847/93 and repealing Regulation (EC) No 1626/94 (OJ L 409, 30.12.2006, p. 11).
Directive 2008/105/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 16 December 2008 on
environmental quality standards in the field of water policy, amending and subsequently replacing
Council Directives 872/176/EEC,
83/513/EEC,
84/156/EEC, 84/491/EEC, 86/280/EEC and amending
Directive 2000/60/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council (OJ L 348, 24.12.2008, p. 84.).
Directive 2009/147/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 30 November 2009 on the
conservation of wild birds (OJ L 20, 26.1.2010, p. 7).
Regulation (EU) No 1380/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 11 December 2013 on
the Common Fisheries Policy, amending Council Regulations (EC) No 1954/2003 and (EC) No
1224/2009 and repealing Council Regulations (EC) No 2371/2002 and (EC) No 639/2004 and Council
Decision 2004/585/EC (OJ L 354, 28.12.2013, p. 22).
(9)
(10)
(11)
7
8
9
10
11
EN
4
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0171.png
methodological standards relate in particular to the assessment of environmental status
or of predominant pressures and impacts under points (a) or (b) of Article 8(1) of
Directive 2008/56/EC, respectively.
(12)
In cases where no threshold values are laid down, Member States should establish
threshold values through Union, regional or subregional cooperation, for instance by
referring to existing values or developing new ones in the framework of the Regional
Sea Conventions. In cases where threshold values should be established through
cooperation at Union level (for the descriptors on marine litter, underwater noise and
seabed integrity), this will be done in the framework of the Common Implementation
Strategy set up by the Member States and the Commission for the purposes of
Directive 2008/56/EC. Once established through Union, regional or subregional
cooperation, these threshold values will only become part of Member States' sets of
characteristics for good environmental status when they are sent to the Commission as
part of Member States' reporting under Article 17(3) of Directive 2008/56/EC. Until
such threshold values are established through Union, regional or subregional
cooperation, Member States should be able to use national threshold values,
directional trends or, for state elements, pressure-based threshold values as proxies.
Threshold values should reflect, where appropriate, the quality level that constitutes an
adverse effect for a criterion and should be set in relation to a reference condition.
Threshold values should be
consistent with Union legislation and
set at appropriate
geographic scales to reflect the different biotic and abiotic characteristics of the
regions, subregions and subdivisions. This means that even if the process to establish
threshold values takes place at Union level, this may result in the setting of different
threshold values, which are specific to a region, subregion or subdivision. Threshold
values should also be set on the basis of the precautionary principle, reflecting the
potential risks to the marine environment. The setting of threshold values should
accommodate the dynamic nature of marine ecosystems and their elements, which can
change in space and time through hydrological and climatic variation, predator-prey
relationships and other environmental factors. Threshold values should also reflect the
fact that marine ecosystems may recover, if deteriorated, to a state that reflects
prevailing physiographic, geographic, climatic and biological conditions, rather than
return to a specific state of the past.
In accordance with Article 1(3) of Directive 2008/56/EC, the collective pressure of
human activities needs to be kept within levels compatible with the achievement of
good environmental status, ensuring that the capacity of marine ecosystems to respond
to human-induced changes is not compromised. This may entail, where appropriate,
that threshold values for certain pressures and their environmental impacts are not
necessarily achieved in all areas of Member States' marine waters, provided that this
does not compromise the achievement of the objectives of Directive 2008/56/EC,
while enabling the sustainable use of marine goods and services.
It is necessary to lay down threshold values which will be part of the set of
characteristics used by Member States in their determination of good environmental
status in accordance with Article 9(1) of Directive 2008/56/EC, and the extent to
which the threshold values are to be achieved. Threshold values therefore do not, by
themselves, constitute Member States' determinations of good environmental status.
Member States should express the extent to which good environmental status is being
achieved as the proportion of their marine waters over which the threshold values have
been achieved or as the proportion of criteria elements (species, contaminants, etc.)
(13)
(14)
(15)
(16)
EN
5
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
that have achieved the threshold values. When assessing the status of their marine
waters in accordance with Article 17(2)(a) of Directive 2008/56/EC, Member States
should express any change in status as improving, stable or deteriorating compared to
the previous reporting period, in view of the often slow response of the marine
environment to change.
(17)
Where threshold values, set in accordance with this Decision, are not met for a
particular criterion, Member States should consider taking appropriate measures or
carrying out further research or investigation.
Where Member States are required to cooperate at regional or subregional level, they
should use, where practical and appropriate, existing regional institutional cooperation
structures, including those under Regional Sea Conventions, as provided under
Article 6 of Directive 2008/56/EC. Similarly, in the absence of specific criteria,
methodological standards, including for integration of the criteria, specifications and
standardised methods for monitoring and assessment, Member States should use,
where practical and appropriate, those developed at international, regional or
subregional level, for instance within the framework of the Regional Sea Conventions,
or other international mechanisms. Otherwise, Member States may choose to
coordinate amongst themselves within the region or subregion, where relevant. In
addition, a Member State may also decide, on the basis of the specificities of its
marine waters, to consider additional elements not laid down in this Decision and not
dealt with at international, regional or subregional level, or to consider applying
elements of this Decision to its transitional waters, as defined in Article 2(6) of
Directive 2000/60/EC, in support of the implementation of Directive 2008/56/EC.
Member States should have sufficient flexibility, under specified conditions, to focus
on the predominant pressures and their environmental impacts on the different
ecosystem elements in each region or subregion in order to monitor and assess their
marine waters in an efficient and effective manner and to facilitate prioritisation of
actions to be taken to achieve good environmental status. For that purpose, firstly,
Member States should be able to consider that some of the criteria are not appropriate
to apply, provided this is justified. Secondly, Member States should have the
possibility to decide not to use certain criteria elements or to select additional elements
or to focus on certain matrices or areas of their marine waters, provided that this is
based on a risk assessment in relation to the pressures and their impacts. Finally, a
distinction should be introduced between primary and secondary criteria. While
primary criteria should be used to ensure consistency across the Union, flexibility
should be granted with regard to secondary criteria. The use of a secondary criterion
should be decided by Member States, where necessary, to complement a primary
criterion or when, for a particular criterion, the marine environment is at risk of not
achieving or not maintaining good environmental status.
Criteria, including threshold values, methodological standards, specifications and
standardised methods for monitoring and assessment should be based on the best
available science. However, additional scientific and technical progress is still required
to support the further development of some of them, and should be used as the
knowledge and understanding become available.
Decision 2010/477/EU should therefore be repealed.
The measures provided for in this Decision are in accordance with the opinion of the
Regulatory Committee,
(18)
(19)
(20)
(21)
(22)
EN
6
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0173.png
HAS ADOPTED THIS DECISION:
Article 1
Subject-matter
This Decision lays down:
(a)
criteria and methodological standards to be used by Member States
when
determining a set of characteristics for good environmental status in accordance with
Article 9(1) of Directive 2008/56/EC, on the basis of Annexes I and III and by
reference to the initial assessment made pursuant to Article 8(1) of that Directive, to
assess the extent to which good environmental status is being achieved, in
accordance with Article 9(3) of that Directive;
specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and assessment, to be used
by Member States when establishing coordinated monitoring programmes under
Article 11
of Directive 2008/56/EC,
in accordance with Article 11(4) of that
Directive;
a timeline for the establishment of threshold values, lists of criteria elements and
methodological standards for integration of criteria through Union, regional or
subregional cooperation;
a notification requirement for criteria elements, threshold values and methodological
standards for integration of criteria.
Article 2
Definitions
For the purposes of this Decision, the definitions laid down in Article 3 of Directive
2008/56/EC shall apply.
The following definitions shall also apply:
(1)
(2)
(3)
'subregions' means the subregions listed in Article 4(2) of Directive 2008/56/EC
'subdivisions' means subdivisions as referred to in Article 4(2) of Directive
2008/56/EC;
'invasive non-indigenous species' means 'invasive alien species' within the meaning
of Article 3(2) of Regulation (EU) No 1143/2014 of the European Parliament and of
the Council
12
;
'criteria elements' means constituent elements of an ecosystem, particularly its
biological elements (species, habitats and their communities), or aspects of pressures
on the marine environment (biological, physical, substances, litter and energy),
which are assessed under each criterion;
'threshold value' means a value or range of values that allows for an assessment of
the quality level achieved for a particular criterion, thereby contributing to the
assessment of the extent to which good environmental status is being achieved.
(b)
(c)
(d)
(4)
(5)
12
Regulation (EU) No 1143/2014 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 22 October 2014 on
the prevention and management of the introduction and spread of invasive alien species (OJ L 317,
4.11.2014, p. 35).
EN
7
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0174.png
Article 3
Use of criteria, methodological standards, specifications and standardised methods
1.
Member States shall use primary criteria and associated methodological standards,
specifications and standardised methods laid down in the Annex to implement this
Decision. However, on the basis of the initial assessment or its subsequent updates
carried out in accordance with Articles 8 and 17(2)(a) of Directive 2008/56/EC,
Member States may consider, in justified circumstances, that it is not appropriate to
use one or more of the primary criteria. In such cases, Member States shall provide
the Commission with a justification in the framework of the notification made
pursuant to Article 9(2) or 17(3) of Directive 2008/56/EC.
Pursuant to the obligation of regional cooperation laid down in Articles 5 and 6 of
Directive 2008/56/EC, a Member State shall inform other Member States sharing the
same marine region or subregion before it decides not to use a primary criterion in
accordance with the first subparagraph.
2.
Secondary criteria and associated methodological standards, specifications and
standardised methods laid down in the Annex shall be used to complement a primary
criterion or when the marine environment is at risk of not achieving or not
maintaining good environmental status for that particular criterion. The use of a
secondary criterion shall be decided by each Member State, except where otherwise
specified in the Annex.
Where this Decision does not set criteria, methodological standards, including for
integration of the criteria, specifications or standardised methods for monitoring and
assessment, including for spatial and temporal aggregation of data, Member States
shall use, where practical and appropriate, those developed at international, regional
or subregional level, such as in the relevant Regional Sea Conventions.
Until Union, international, regional or subregional lists of criteria elements,
methodological standards for integration of criteria, and specifications and
standardised methods for monitoring and assessment are established, Member States
may use those established at national level, provided that regional cooperation is
pursued as laid down in Articles 5 and 6 of Directive 2008/56/EC.
Article 4
Setting of threshold values through Union, regional or subregional cooperation
1.
Where Member States are required under this Decision to establish threshold values
through Union, regional or subregional cooperation, those values shall:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
be part of the set of characteristics used by Member States in their
determination of good environmental status;
be consistent with Union legislation;
where appropriate, distinguish the quality level that constitutes an adverse
effect for a criterion and be set in relation to a reference condition;
be set at appropriate geographic scales of assessment to reflect the different
biotic and abiotic characteristics of the regions, subregions and subdivisions;
be set on the basis of the precautionary principle, reflecting the potential risks
to the marine environment;
3.
4.
EN
8
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0175.png
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
be consistent across different criteria when they relate to the same ecosystem
element;
make use of best available science;
be based on long time-series data, where available, to help determine the most
appropriate value;
reflect natural ecosystem dynamics, including predator-prey relationships and
hydrological and climatic variation, also acknowledging that the ecosystem or
parts thereof may recover, if deteriorated, to a state that reflects prevailing
physiographic, geographic, climatic and biological conditions, rather than
return to a specific state of the past;
be consistent,
where practical and appropriate,
with relevant values
set
under
regional institutional cooperation structures, including the Regional Sea
Conventions.
(j)
2.
Until Member States have established threshold values through Union, regional or
subregional cooperation as required under this Decision, they may use any of the
following to express the extent to which good environmental status is being
achieved:
(a)
(b)
(c)
national threshold values, provided the obligation of regional cooperation laid
down in Articles 5 and 6 of Directive 2008/56/EC is complied with;
directional trends of the values;
for state elements, pressure-based threshold values as proxies.
These shall follow, where possible, the principles set out in points (a) to (i) of
paragraph 1.
3.
Where threshold values, including those established by Member States in accordance
with this Decision, are not met for a particular criterion to the extent which that
Member State has determined as constituting good environmental status in
accordance with Article 9(1) of Directive 2008/56/EC, Member States shall consider,
as appropriate, whether measures should be taken under Article 13 of that Directive
or whether further research or investigation should be carried out.
Threshold values established by Member States in accordance with this Decision
may be periodically reviewed in the light of scientific and technical progress and
amended, where necessary, in time for the reviews provided for in Article 17(2)(a) of
Directive 2008/56/EC.
Article 5
Timeline
1.
Where this Decision provides for Member States to establish threshold values, lists
of criteria elements or methodological standards for integration of criteria through
Union, regional or subregional cooperation, Member States shall endeavour to do so
within the time-limit set for the first review of their initial assessment and
determination of good environmental status in accordance with Article 17(2)(a) of
Directive 2008/56/EC (15 July 2018).
Where Member States are not able to establish threshold values, lists of criteria
elements or methodological standards for integration of criteria through Union,
regional or subregional cooperation within the time-limit laid down in paragraph 1,
4.
2.
EN
9
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
they shall establish these as soon as possible thereafter, on condition that they
provide, by 15 October 2018, justification to the Commission in the notification
made pursuant to Article 9(2) or 17(3) of Directive 2008/56/EC.
Article 6
Notification
Member States shall send to the Commission, as part of the notification made pursuant to
Article 17(3) of Directive 2008/56/EC, details of the criteria elements, threshold values and
methodological standards for integration of criteria established through Union, regional or
subregional cooperation and used by Member States in accordance with this Decision.
Article 7
Repeal
Decision 2010/477/EU is hereby repealed.
References to Decision 2010/477/EU shall be construed as references to this Decision.
Article 8
Entry into force
This Decision shall enter into force on the twentieth day following that of its publication in
the
Official Journal of the European Union.
Done at Brussels,
For the Commission
The President
EN
10
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0177.png
EUROPEAN
COMMISSION
Brussels,
XXX
[…](2016)
XXX
draft
ANNEX 1
ANNEX
to the
Commission Decision
laying down criteria and methodological standards on good environmental status of
marine waters and specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and
assessment, and repealing Decision 2010/477/EU
EN
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0178.png
ANNEX
to the
Commission Decision
laying down criteria and methodological standards on good environmental status of
marine waters and specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and
assessment, and repealing Decision 2010/477/EU
ANNEX
Criteria and methodological standards for good environmental status of marine waters,
relevant to the qualitative descriptors in Annex I to Directive 2008/56/EC, and
to the indicative lists set out in Annex III to that Directive, and specifications
and standardised methods for monitoring and assessment
This Annex is structured in two parts:
under Part I are laid down the criteria and methodological standards for
determination of good environmental status under Article 9(3) of Directive
2008/56/EC, and specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and
assessment under Article 11(4) of that Directive, to be used by Member States in
relation to the assessment of predominant pressures and impacts under Article
8(1)(b) of Directive 2008/56/EC,
under Part II are laid down criteria and methodological standards for determination
of good environmental status under Article 9(3) of Directive 2008/56/EC, and
specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and assessment, to be used
by Member States in relation to the assessment of environmental status under Article
8(1)(a) of Directive 2008/56/EC.
P
ART
I
C
RITERIA
,
METHODOLOGICAL STANDARDS
,
SPECIFICATIONS AND STANDARDISED
METHODS FOR THE MONITORING AND ASSESSMENT OF PREDOMINANT PRESSURES AND
IMPACTS UNDER POINT
(
B
)
OF
A
RTICLE
8(1)
OF
D
IRECTIVE
2008/56/EC
Part I considers the descriptors
1
linked to the relevant anthropogenic pressures: biological
pressures (Descriptors 2 and 3), physical pressures (Descriptors 6 and 7) and substances, litter
and energy (Descriptors 5, 8, 9, 10 and 11), as listed in Annex III to Directive 2008/56/EC.
1
When this Decision refers to a 'descriptor', this refers to the relevant qualitative descriptors for
determining good environmental status, as indicated under the numbered points in Annex I to Directive
2008/56/EC.
EN
2
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0179.png
Descriptor 2
Non-indigenous species introduced by human activities are at levels that do not adversely alter the ecosystems
Relevant pressure: Input or spread of non-indigenous species
Criteria, including criteria elements, and methodological standards
Criteria elements
Criteria
D2C1
Primary:
The number of non-indigenous species which are newly
introduced via human activity into the wild, per assessment
period (6 years), measured from the reference year as
reported for the initial assessment under Article 8(1) of
Directive 2008/56/EC, is minimised and where possible
reduced to zero.
Member States shall establish the threshold value for the
number of new introductions of non-indigenous species,
through regional or subregional cooperation.
Methodological standards
Scale of assessment:
Subdivisions of the region or subregion, divided where
needed by national boundaries.
Use of criteria:
The extent to which good environmental status has been
achieved shall be expressed for each area assessed as
follows:
-
the number of non-indigenous species newly
introduced via human activity, in the 6-year
assessment period and a list of those species.
Scale of assessment:
As used for assessment of the corresponding species
groups or broad habitat types under Descriptors 1 and 6.
Use of criteria:
Criterion D2C2 (quantification of non-indigenous species)
shall be expressed per species assessed and shall
contribute to the assessment of criterion D2C3 (adverse
effects of non-indigenous species).
Criterion D2C3 shall provide the proportion per species
group and extent per broad habitat type assessed which is
Newly
-introduced
non-indigenous
species.
Established non-indigenous species,
particularly invasive non-indigenous
species, which include relevant species
on the list of invasive alien species of
Union concern adopted in accordance
with Article 4(1) of Regulation (EU)
No 1143/2014 and species which are
relevant for use under criterion D2C3.
Member States shall establish that list
through regional or subregional
cooperation.
D2C2
Secondary:
Abundance and spatial distribution of established non-
indigenous species, particularly of invasive species,
contributing significantly to adverse effects on particular
species groups or broad habitat types.
EN
3
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0180.png
Criteria elements
Species groups and broad habitat types
that are at risk from non-indigenous
species, selected from those used for
Descriptors 1 and 6.
Member States shall establish that list
through regional or subregional
cooperation.
Criteria
D2C3
Secondary:
Proportion of the species group or spatial extent of the broad
habitat type which is adversely altered due to non-indigenous
species, particularly invasive non-indigenous species.
Member States shall establish the threshold values for the
adverse alteration to species groups and broad habitat types
due to non-indigenous species, through regional or
subregional cooperation.
Methodological standards
adversely altered, and thus contribute to their assessments
under Descriptors 1 and 6.
Specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and assessment
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
'Newly-introduced' non-indigenous species shall be understood as those which were not known to be present in the area in the previous
assessment period.
'Established' non-indigenous species shall be understood as those which were known to be present in the area in the previous assessment
period.
For D2C1: where it is not clear whether the new arrival of non-indigenous species is due to human activity or natural dispersal from
neighbouring areas, the introduction shall be counted under D2C1.
For D2C2: when species occurrence and abundance is seasonally variable (e.g. plankton), monitoring shall be undertaken at appropriate times
of year.
Monitoring programmes shall be linked to those for Descriptors 1, 4, 5 and 6, where possible, as they typically use the same sampling
methods and it is more practical to monitor non-indigenous species as part of broader biodiversity monitoring, except where sampling needs to
focus on main vectors and risk areas for new introductions.
D2C1: the number of species per assessment area which have been newly introduced in the assessment period (6 years),
D2C2: abundance (number of individuals, biomass in tonnes (t) or extent in square kilometres (km
2
)) per non-indigenous species,
Units of measurement for the criteria:
EN
4
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0181.png
D2C3: the proportion of the species group (ratio of indigenous species to non-indigenous species, as number of species and/or their
abundance within the group) or the spatial extent of the broad habitat type (in square kilometres (km
2
)) which is adversely altered.
EN
5
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0182.png
Descriptor 3
Populations of all commercially-exploited fish and shellfish are within safe biological limits, exhibiting a population age and size
distribution that is indicative of a healthy stock
Relevant pressure: Extraction of, or mortality/injury to, wild species, including target and non-target species
Criteria, including criteria elements, and methodological standards
Criteria elements
Criteria
D3C1
Primary:
The
Fishing mortality
rate of populations of commercially-
exploited species is at or below levels which can produce the
maximum sustainable yield (MSY), established in accordance
with scientific advice obtained pursuant to Article 26 of
Regulation (EU) No 1380/2013.
Methodological standards
Commercially-exploited fish and
shellfish.
Member States shall establish through
regional or subregional cooperation a
list of commercially-exploited fish and
shellfish, according to the criteria laid
down under 'specifications'.
Scale of assessment:
Populations of each species are assessed at ecologically-
relevant scales within each region or subregion, as
established by appropriate scientific bodies as referred to in
Article 26 of Regulation (EU) No 1380/2013, based on
specified aggregations of International Council for the
Exploration of the Sea (ICES) areas, General Fisheries
D3C2
2
Primary:
Commission for the Mediterranean (GFCM) geographical
The
Spawning Stock Biomass
of populations of commercially- sub-areas and Food and Agriculture Organisation (FAO)
exploited species is above biomass levels capable of producing fishing areas for the Macaronesian biogeographic region.
maximum sustainable yield, established in accordance with
Use of criteria:
scientific advice obtained pursuant to Article 26 of Regulation
The extent to which good environmental status has been
(EU) No 1380/2013.
achieved shall be expressed for each area assessed as
2,3
D3C3
Primary:
follows:
The age and size distribution of individuals in the populations (a) the populations assessed, the values
attained achieved
of commercially-exploited species is indicative of a healthy
for each criterion and whether the levels for D3C1
population. This shall include a high proportion of old/large
and D3C2 and the threshold values for D3C3 have
individuals and
reduced limited
adverse effects of exploitation
been achieved, and the overall status of the population
on genetic diversity.
on the basis of criteria integration rules agreed at
Union level;
Member States shall establish threshold values through
regional or subregional cooperation for each population of
(b) the populations of commercially-exploited species in
2
3
D3C2 and D3C3 are state-based criteria for commercially-exploited fish and shellfish but are shown under Part I for clarity reasons.
D3C3 may not be available for use for the 2018 review of the initial assessment and determination of good environmental status under Article 17(2)(b) of Directive
2008/56/EC.
EN
6
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0183.png
Criteria elements
Criteria
Methodological standards
species in accordance with scientific advice obtained pursuant
the assessment area which were not assessed.
to Article 26 of Regulation (EU) No 1380/2013.
The outcomes of these population assessments shall also
contribute to the assessments under Descriptors 1 and 6, if
the species are relevant for assessment of particular species
groups and benthic habitat types.
Extraction of, or mortality/injury to, non-target
commercially-exploited
species (incidental
by-catches)
as a result of fishing activities, is addressed
under criterion D1C1.
Physical disturbance to the seabed, including effects on benthic communities, as a result of fishing activities, are addressed by the criteria under
Descriptor 6 (particularly criteria D6C2 and D6C3) and are to be fed into the assessments of benthic habitat types under Descriptors 1 and 6.
Specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and assessment
1.
A list of commercially-exploited species for application of the criteria in each assessment area shall be established by Member States through
regional or subregional cooperation and updated for each 6-year assessment period, taking into account Council Regulation (EC) No
199/2008
4
and the following:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
all stocks that are managed under Regulation (EU) No 1380/2013;
the species for which fishing opportunities (total allowable catches and quotas) are set by Council under Article 43(3) of the Treaty on
the Functioning of the European Union;
the species for which minimum conservation reference sizes are set under Regulation (EC) No 1967/2006;
the species under multiannual plans according to Article 9 of Regulation (EU) No 1380/2013;
the species under national management plans according to Article 19 of Regulation (EC) No 1967/2006;
any important species on a regional or national scale for small-scale/local coastal fisheries.
For the purposes of this Decision, commercially-exploited species which are non-indigenous in each assessment area shall be excluded from
the list and thus not contribute to achievement of good environmental status for Descriptor 3.
4
Council Regulation (EC) No 199/2008 of 25 February 2008 concerning the establishment of a Community framework for the collection, management and use of data in the
fisheries sector and support for scientific advice regarding the Common Fisheries Policy (OJ L 60, 5.3.2008, p. 1).
EN
7
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0184.png
2.
Regulation (EC) No 199/2008 establishes rules on the collection and management, in the framework of multi-annual programmes, of
biological, technical, environmental and socio-economic data concerning the fisheries sector which shall be used for monitoring under
Descriptor 3,
including the collection of data for criterion D1C1.
For D3C1, D3C2 and D3C3, pThe term 'populations'
shall be understood as
the term 'stocks' within the meaning of under
Regulation (EU) No
1380/2013.
For D3C1 and D3C2, the following shall apply:
(a)
for stocks managed under a multiannual plan according to Article 9 of Regulation (EU) No 1380/2013, in situations of mixed fisheries,
the target fishing mortality and the biomass levels capable of producing maximum sustainable yield shall be in accordance with the
relevant multiannual plan;
for the Mediterranean Sea and Black Sea regions, appropriate proxies may be used.
For D3C1: if quantitative assessments yielding values for
Fishing mortality
are not available due to inadequacies in the available data,
other variables such as the ratio between catch and biomass index ('catch/biomass ratio') may be used as an alternative method. In such
cases, an appropriate method for trend analysis shall be adopted (e.g. the current value can be compared against the long-term historical
average);
For D3C2: the threshold value used shall be in accordance with Article 2(2) of Regulation (EU) No 1380/2013. If quantitative
assessments yielding values for
Spawning Stock Biomass
are not available due to inadequacies in the available data, biomass-related
indices such as catch per unit effort or survey abundance indices may be used as an alternative method. In such cases, an appropriate
method for trend analysis shall be adopted (e.g. the current value can be compared against the long-term historical average);
D3C3 shall reflect that healthy populations of species are characterised by a high proportion of old, large individuals. The relevant
properties are the following:
(i) size distribution of individuals in the population, expressed as:
the proportion of fish larger than mean size of first sexual maturation, or
the 95
th
percentile of the fish-length distribution of each population,
in both cases
as observed in research vessel or other
surveys;
3.
4.
(b)
5.
(a)
The following methods for assessment shall be used:
(b)
(c)
(ii) genetic effects of exploitation of the species, such as size at first sexual maturation, where appropriate and feasible.
EN
8
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0185.png
Other expressions of the relevant properties may be used following further scientific and technical development of this criterion.
Units of measurement for the criteria:
D3C1: annualised fishing mortality rate,
D3C2: biomass in tonnes (t) or number of individuals per species, except where other indices are used under point 5(b),
D3C3: under point 5(c): for (i), first indent: proportion (percentage) or numbers, for (i), second indent: length in centimetres (cm), and
for (ii): length in centimetres (cm).
EN
9
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0186.png
Descriptor 5
Human-induced eutrophication is minimised, especially adverse effects thereof, such as losses in biodiversity, ecosystem
degradation, harmful algae blooms and oxygen deficiency in bottom waters
Relevant pressures: Input of nutrients; Input of organic matter
Criteria, including criteria elements, and methodological standards
Criteria elements
Nutrients in the water column:
Dissolved Inorganic Nitrogen (DIN),
Total Nitrogen (TN), Dissolved
Inorganic Phosphorus (DIP), Total
Phosphorus (TP).
Within coastal waters, as used under
Directive 2000/60/EC.
Beyond coastal waters, Member States
may decide at regional or subregional
level to not use one or several of these
nutrient elements.
Criteria
Methodological standards
Scale of assessment:
within coastal waters, as used under Directive
2000/60/EC,
beyond coastal waters, subdivisions of the region or
subregion, divided where needed by national
boundaries.
Use of criteria:
The extent to which good environmental status has been
achieved shall be expressed for each area assessed as
follows:
(a) the values achieved for each criterion used, and an
estimate of the extent of the assessment area over
which the threshold values set have been achieved;
(b) in coastal waters, the criteria shall be used in
accordance with the requirements of Directive
2000/60/EC to conclude on whether the water body
is subject to eutrophication;
(c) beyond coastal waters, an estimate of the extent of
the area (as a proportion (percentage)) that is not
subject to eutrophication (as indicated by the results
of all criteria used, integrated in a manner agreed at
Union level, taking into account regional or
subregional specificities).
D5C1
Primary:
Nutrient concentrations are not at levels that indicate adverse
eutrophication effects.
The threshold values are as follows:
(a) in coastal waters, the values set in accordance with
Directive 2000/60/EC;
(b) beyond coastal waters, values consistent with those for
coastal waters under Directive 2000/60/EC. Member
States shall establish those values through regional or
subregional cooperation
D5C2
Primary:
Chlorophyll a concentrations are not at levels that indicate
adverse effects of nutrient enrichment.
The threshold values are as follows:
(a) in coastal waters, the values set in accordance with
Directive 2000/60/EC;
(b) beyond coastal waters, values consistent with those for
coastal waters under Directive 2000/60/EC. Member
States shall establish those values through regional or
subregional cooperation.
D5C3
Secondary:
The number, spatial extent and duration of harmful algal
bloom events are not at levels that indicate adverse effects of
Chlorophyll a in the water column
Harmful algal blooms (e.g.
cyanobacteria) in the water column
EN
10
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0187.png
Criteria elements
Criteria
nutrient enrichment.
Member States shall establish threshold values for these
levels through regional or subregional cooperation.
Methodological standards
Beyond coastal waters, the use of the secondary criteria
shall be agreed at regional or subregional level.
The outcomes of the assessments shall also contribute to
assessments for pelagic habitats under Descriptor 1 as
follows:
-
the distribution and an estimate of the extent of the
area (as a proportion (percentage)) that is subject to
eutrophication in the water column (as indicated by
whether the threshold values for criteria D5C2,
D5C3 and D5C4, when used, have been achieved);
The outcomes of the assessments shall also contribute to
assessments for benthic habitats under Descriptors 1 and 6
as follows:
-
the distribution and an estimate of the extent of the
area (as a proportion (percentage)) that is subject to
eutrophication on the seabed (as indicated by
whether the threshold values for criteria D5C4,
D5C5, D5C6, D5C7 and D5C8, when used, have
been achieved).
D5C4
Secondary:
The photic limit (transparency) of the water column is not
reduced,
due to increases in suspended algae,
to a level that
indicates adverse effects of nutrient enrichment
related to
increases in suspended algae.
Photic limit (transparency) of the water The threshold values are as follows:
column
(a) in coastal waters, the values set in accordance with
Directive 2000/60/EC;
(b) beyond coastal waters, values consistent with those for
coastal waters under Directive 2000/60/EC. Member
States shall establish those values through regional or
subregional cooperation.
D5C5
Primary (may be substituted by D5C8):
The concentration of dissolved oxygen is not reduced, due to
nutrient enrichment, to levels that indicate adverse effects on
benthic habitats (including on associated biota and mobile
species) or other eutrophication effects.
The threshold values are as follows:
(a) in coastal waters, the values set in accordance with
Directive 2000/60/EC;
Dissolved oxygen in the bottom of the
water column
(b)
beyond coastal waters, values consistent with those for
coastal waters under Directive 2000/60/EC. Member
States shall establish those values through regional or
subregional cooperation.
Opportunistic macroalgae of benthic
habitats
D5C6
Secondary:
The abundance of opportunistic macroalgae is not at levels
EN
11
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0188.png
Criteria elements
Criteria
that indicate adverse effects of nutrient enrichment.
The threshold values are as follows:
(a) in coastal waters, the values set in accordance with
Directive 2000/60/EC;
(b) should this criterion be relevant for waters beyond
coastal waters, values consistent with those for coastal
waters under Directive 2000/60/EC. Member States
shall establish those values through regional or
subregional cooperation.
D5C7
Secondary:
The species composition and relative abundance or depth
distribution of macrophyte communities achieve values that
indicate there is no adverse effect due to nutrient enrichment
including via a decrease in water transparency, as follows:
(a) in coastal waters, the values set in accordance with
Directive 2000/60/EC;
Methodological standards
Macrophyte communities (perennial
seaweeds and seagrasses such as
fucoids, eelgrass and Neptune grass) of
benthic habitats
(b)
should this criterion be relevant for waters beyond
coastal waters, values consistent with those for coastal
waters under Directive 2000/60/EC. Member States
shall establish those values through regional or
subregional cooperation.
D5C8
Secondary (except when used as a substitute for
D5C5):
Macrofaunal communities of benthic
habitats
The species composition and relative abundance of
macrofaunal communities, achieve values that indicate that
there is no adverse effect due to nutrient and organic
enrichment, as follows:
(a) in coastal waters, the values for benthic biological
quality elements set in accordance with Directive
EN
12
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0189.png
Criteria elements
2000/60/EC;
Criteria
Methodological standards
(b)
beyond coastal waters, values consistent with those for
coastal waters under Directive 2000/60/EC. Member
States shall establish those values through regional or
subregional cooperation.
Specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and assessment
1.
2.
1.3.
2.4.
5.
3.6.
In coastal waters, the criteria elements shall be selected in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC.
For D5C2 and D5C3, Member States may in addition use phytoplankton species composition and abundance.
Information on the pathways (atmospheric, land- or sea-based) for nutrients entering the marine environment shall be collected, where
feasible.
Monitoring beyond coastal waters may not be necessary due to low risk, such as in cases where the threshold values are achieved in coastal
waters, taking into account nutrient input from atmospheric, sea-based including coastal waters, and transboundary sources.
Assessments under Directive 2000/60/EC shall be used for the assessments of each criterion in coastal waters.
Values set in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC shall refer either to those set by intercalibration under Commission Decision
2013/480/EU
5
or to those set in national legislation in accordance with Article 8 and Annex V of Directive 2000/60/EC. These shall be
understood as the "Good-Moderate boundary" for Ecological Quality Ratios.
In coastal waters, the criteria elements shall be selected in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC.
Assessments under Directive 2000/60/EC shall be used for the assessments of each criterion in coastal waters.
Species composition shall be understood to refer to the lowest taxonomic level appropriate for the assessment.
For D5C2 and D5C3, Member States may in addition use phytoplankton species composition and abundance.
4.1.
5.1.
6.7.
7.1.
Units of measurement for the criteria:
5
Commission Decision 2013/480/EU of 20 September 2013 establishing, pursuant to Directive 2000/60/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council, the values of the
Member State monitoring system classifications as a result of the intercalibration exercise and repealing Decision 2008/915/EC (OJ L 266, 8.10.2013, p. 1).
EN
13
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0190.png
D5C1: nutrient concentrations in micromoles per litre (µmol/l),
D5C2: chlorophyll a concentrations (biomass) in micrograms per litre (µg/l),
D5C3: bloom events as number of events, duration in days and spatial extent in square kilometres (km
2
) per year,
D5C4:
pPhotic
limit as depth in metres (m),
D5C5: oxygen concentration in the bottom of the water column in milligrams per litre (mg/l),
D5C6: Ecological Quality Ratio for macroalgal abundance or spatial cover. Extent of adverse effects in square kilometres (km
2
)
or as a
proportion (percentage) of the assessment area,
D5C7: Ecological Quality Ratio for species composition and relative abundance assessments or for maximum depth of macrophyte
growth. Extent of adverse effects in square kilometres (km
2
)
or as a proportion (percentage) of the assessment area,
D5C8: Ecological Quality Ratio for species composition and relative abundance assessments. Extent of adverse effects in square
kilometres (km
2
)
or as a proportion (percentage) of the assessment area.
Where available, Member States shall use the units or ecological quality ratios provided for under Directive 2000/60/EC.
EN
14
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0191.png
Descriptor 6
Sea-floor integrity is at a level that ensures that the structure and functions of the ecosystems are safeguarded and benthic
ecosystems, in particular, are not adversely affected.
Criteria D6C1, D6C2 and D6C3 relate only to the pressures 'physical loss' and 'physical disturbance' and their impacts, whilst criteria D6C4 and D6C5
address the overall assessment of Descriptor 6, together with that for benthic habitats under Descriptor 1.
Relevant pressures: Physical loss (due to permanent change of seabed substrate or morphology and to extraction of seabed substrate); physical
disturbance to seabed
(temporary or reversible)
Criteria, including criteria elements, and methodological standards
Criteria elements
Physical loss of the seabed (including
intertidal areas).
Physical disturbance to the seabed
(including intertidal areas).
Criteria
D6C1
Primary:
Spatial extent and distribution of physical loss (permanent
change) of the natural seabed.
D6C2
Primary:
Spatial extent and distribution of physical disturbance
pressures on the seabed.
Methodological standards
Scale of assessment:
As used for assessment of the benthic broad habitat types
under Descriptors 1 and 6.
Use of criteria:
The outcomes of assessment of criterion D6C1 (the
distribution and an estimate of the extent of physical loss)
shall be used to assess criteria D6C4 and D7C1.
The outcomes of assessment of criterion D6C2 (the
distribution and an estimate of the extent of physical
disturbance pressures) shall be used to assess criterion
D6C3.
The outcomes of assessment of criterion D6C3 (an
estimate of the extent of adverse effect by physical
disturbance per habitat type in each assessment area) shall
contribute to the assessment of criterion D6C5.
D6C3
Primary:
Spatial extent of each habitat type which is adversely
affected, through change in its biotic and abiotic structure and
its functions (e.g. through changes in species composition and
Benthic broad habitat types or other
their relative abundance, absence of particularly sensitive or
habitat types, as used under Descriptors
fragile species or species providing a key function, size
1 and 6.
structure of species), by physical disturbance.
Member States shall establish threshold values for the adverse
effects of physical disturbance, through regional or
subregional cooperation.
Criteria D6C1, D6C2 and D6C3 relate only to the pressures 'physical loss' and 'physical disturbance' and their impacts, whilst criteria D6C4 and D6C5 address the
overall assessment of Descriptor 6, together with that for benthic habitats under Descriptor 1.
Criteria D6C4 and D6C5 are presented under Part II of this Annex.
EN
15
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0192.png
Specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and assessment
1.
Regarding methods for monitoring:
(a)
for D6C1, permanent changes to the seabed from different human activities shall be assessed (including permanent changes to natural
seabed substrate or morphology via physical restructuring, infrastructure developments and loss of substrate via extraction of the seabed
materials);
for D6C2, physical disturbances from different human activities shall be assessed (such as bottom-trawling fishing);
for coastal waters, the hydromorphology data and relevant assessments under Directive 2000/60/EC shall be used. Beyond coastal
waters, data may be collated from mapping of infrastructure and licenced extraction sites.
D6C1 is assessed as area lost in relation to total natural extent of all benthic habitats in the assessment area (e.g. by extent of
anthropogenic modification);
D6C3 is assessed in relation to total natural extent of each benthic habitat type assessed.
(b)
(c)
2.
Regarding methods for assessment, the data shall be aggregated so that:
(a)
(b)
3.
4.
5.
Physical loss shall be understood as a permanent change to the seabed which has lasted or is expected to last for a period of two reporting
cycles (12 years) or more.
Physical disturbance shall be understood as a change to the seabed
from
which
it
can
be restoredrecover
if the activity causing the disturbance
pressure ceases.
For D6C3 species composition shall be understood to refer to the lowest taxonomic level appropriate for the assessment.
D6C1: extent of the assessment area physically lost in square kilometres (
km
2
),
D6C2: extent of the assessment area physically disturbed in square kilometres (
km
2
),
D6C3: extent of each habitat type adversely affected in square kilometres (
km
2
)
or as a proportion (percentage) of the total natural extent
of the habitat in the assessment area.
Units of measurement for the criteria:
EN
16
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0193.png
Descriptor 7
Permanent alteration of hydrographical conditions does not adversely affect marine ecosystems
Relevant pressures: Physical loss (due to permanent change of seabed substrate or morphology or to extraction of seabed substrate); Changes to
hydrological conditions
Criteria, including criteria elements, and methodological standards
Criteria elements
Criteria
D7C1
Secondary:
Spatial extent and distribution of permanent alteration of
hydrographical conditions (e.g. changes in wave action,
currents, salinity, temperature) to the seabed and water
column, associated in particular with physical loss
6
of the
natural seabed.
D7C2
Secondary:
Spatial extent of each benthic habitat type adversely affected
(physical and hydrographical characteristics and associated
biological communities) due to permanent alteration of
hydrographical conditions.
Member States shall establish threshold values for the adverse
effects of permanent alterations of hydrographical conditions,
through regional or subregional cooperation.
Methodological standards
Scale of assessment:
As used for assessment of the benthic broad habitat types
under Descriptors 1 and 6.
Use of criteria:
The outcomes of assessment of criterion D7C1 (the
distribution and an estimate of the extent of
hydrographical changes) shall be used to assess criterion
D7C2.
The outcomes of assessment of criterion D7C2 (an
estimate of the extent of adverse effect per habitat type in
each assessment area) shall contribute to the assessment of
criterion D6C5.
Hydrographical changes to the seabed
and water column (including intertidal
areas).
Benthic broad habitats types or other
habitat types, as used for Descriptors 1
and 6.
Specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and assessment
1.
Regarding methods for monitoring and assessment:
(a)
Monitoring shall focus on changes associated with infrastructure developments, either on the coast or offshore.
6
Physical loss shall be understood as under point 3 of the specifications under Descriptor 6.
EN
17
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0194.png
(b)
(c)
2.
(a)
(b)
Environmental impact assessment hydrodynamic models, where required, which are validated with ground-truth measurements, or other
suitable sources of information, shall be used to assess the extent of effects from each infrastructure development.
For coastal waters, the hydromorphology data and relevant assessments under Directive 2000/60/EC shall be used.
D7C1 is assessed in relation to total natural extent of all habitats in the assessment area;
D7C2 is assessed in relation to total natural extent of each benthic habitat type assessed.
D7C1: extent of the assessment area hydrographically altered in square kilometres (km
2
),
D7C2: extent of each habitat type adversely affected in square kilometres (km
2
) or as a proportion (percentage) of the total natural extent
of the habitat in the assessment area.
Regarding methods for assessment, the data shall be aggregated so that:
Units of measurement for the criteria:
EN
18
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0195.png
Descriptor 8
Concentrations of contaminants are at levels not giving rise to pollution effects
Relevant pressures: Input of
hazardous other
substances
(e.g. synthetic substances, non-synthetic substances, radionuclides)
Criteria, including criteria elements, and methodological standards
Criteria elements
(1)
(a)
Within coastal and territorial
waters:
Contaminants selected in
accordance with Directive
2000/60/EC:
(i) contaminants for which an
environmental quality standard
is laid down in Part A of Annex
I to Directive 2008/105/EC;
(ii) River Basin Specific
Pollutants under Annex VIII to
Directive 2000/60/EC, in
coastal waters;
(b)
additional contaminants, if
relevant, such as from offshore
sources, which are not already
identified under point (a) and
which may give rise to pollution
effects in the region or
subregion. Member States shall
establish that list of
these
contaminants through regional
or subregional cooperation.
Beyond territorial waters:
the contaminants considered
Criteria
D8C1
Primary:
Within coastal and territorial waters, the concentrations of
contaminants do not exceed the following threshold values:
(a) for contaminants set out under point (1)(a) of criteria
elements, the values set in accordance with Directive
2000/60/EC;
(b) when contaminants under point (a) are measured in a
matrix for which no value is set under Directive
2000/60/EC, the concentration of those contaminants in
that matrix established by Member States through
regional or subregional cooperation;
(b)(c)
for additional contaminants selected under point (1)(b)
of criteria elements, the concentrations for a specified
matrix (water, sediment or biota) which may give rise to
pollution effects. Member States shall establish these
concentrations through regional or subregional
cooperation, considering their application within and
beyond coastal and territorial waters.
(c) when contaminants under point (a) are measured in a
matrix for which no value is set under Directive
2000/60/EC, the concentration of those contaminants in
that matrix established by Member States through
regional or subregional cooperation.
Beyond territorial waters, the concentrations of contaminants
do not exceed the following threshold values:
(a) for contaminants selected under point (2)(a) of criteria
Methodological standards
Scale of assessment:
within coastal and territorial waters, as used under
Directive 2000/60/EC,
beyond territorial waters, subdivisions of the
region or subregion, divided where needed by
national boundaries.
Use of criteria:
The extent to which good environmental status has been
achieved shall be expressed for each area assessed as
follows:
(a) for each contaminant under criterion D8C1, its
concentration, the matrix used (water, sediment,
biota), whether the threshold values set have been
achieved, and the proportion of contaminants
assessed which have achieved the threshold
values, including indicating separately substances
behaving like ubiquitous persistent,
bioaccumulative and toxic substances (uPBTs), as
referred to in Article 8a(1)(a) of Directive
2008/105/EC;
(b) for each species assessed under criterion D8C2, an
estimate of the abundance of its population in the
assessment area that is adversely affected;
(c) for each habitat assessed under criterion D8C2, an
estimate of the extent in the assessment area that is
(2)
(a)
EN
19
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0196.png
(b)
Criteria elements
under point (1), where these still
may give rise to pollution
effects;
additional contaminants, if
relevant, which are not already
identified under point (2)(a) and
which may give rise to pollution
effects in the region or
subregion. Member States shall
establish that list of
contaminants through regional
or subregional cooperation.
Criteria
elements, the values as applicable within coastal and
territorial waters;
(b)
for contaminants selected under point (2)(b) of criteria
elements, the concentrations for a specified matrix
(water, sediment or biota) which may give rise to
pollution effects. Member States shall establish these
concentrations through regional or subregional
cooperation.
Methodological standards
adversely affected.
The use of criterion D8C2 in the
overall
assessment of
good environmental status for Descriptor 8 shall be
agreed at regional or subregional level.
The outcomes of the assessment of criterion D8C2 shall
contribute to assessments under Descriptors 1 and 6,
where appropriate.
Species and habitats which are at risk
from contaminants.
Member States shall establish that list
of species, and relevant tissues to be
assessed, and habitats, through
regional or subregional cooperation.
Significant acute pollution events
involving polluting substances, as
defined in Article 2(2) of Directive
2005/35/EC of the European
Parliament and of the Council
7
,
including crude oil and similar
compounds.
D8C2
Secondary:
The health of species and the condition of habitats (such as
their species composition and relative abundance at locations
of chronic pollution) are not adversely affected due to
contaminants including cumulative and synergetic effects.
Member States shall establish those adverse effects and their
threshold values through regional or subregional cooperation.
Scale of assessment:
Regional or subregional level, divided where needed by
national boundaries.
Use of criteria:
This criterion shall be used to trigger assessment of
criterion D8C4.
The extent to which good environmental status has been
D8C3
Primary:
The spatial extent and duration of significant acute pollution
events are minimised.
7
Directive 2005/35/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 7 September 2005 on ship-source pollution and on the introduction of penalties, including criminal
penalties, for pollution offences (OJ L 255, 30.9.2005, p. 11).
EN
20
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0197.png
Criteria elements
Criteria
Methodological standards
achieved shall be expressed for each area assessed as
follows:
an estimate of the total spatial extent of significant
acute pollution events and their distribution and
total duration for each year.
This criterion shall be used to trigger assessment of
criterion D8C4.
Scale of assessment:
As used for assessment of the species groups or benthic
broad habitat types under Descriptors 1 and 6.
Use of criteria:
The use of criterion D8C4 in the assessment of good
environmental status for Descriptor 8 shall be agreed at
regional or subregional level.
The outcomes of assessment of criterion D8C4 shall
contribute, where the cumulative spatial and temporal
effects are significant, to the assessments under
Descriptors 1 and 6 by providing:
(a) an estimate of the abundance of each species that
is adversely affected;
Species of the species groups, as listed
under Table 1 of Part II, and benthic
broad habitat types, as listed under
Table 2 of Part II.
D8C4
Secondary (to be used when a significant acute
pollution event has occurred):
The adverse effects of significant acute pollution events on the
health of species and on the condition of habitats (such as their
species composition and relative abundance) are minimised
and, where possible, eliminated.
(b)
an estimate of the extent of each broad habitat
type that is adversely affected.
The use of criterion D8C4 in the overall assessment of
good environmental status for Descriptor 8 shall be
agreed at regional or subregional level.
Specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and assessment
1.
For criteria elements under D8C1, the selection under points (1)(b) and (2)(b) of additional contaminants that may give rise to pollution effects
shall be based on a risk assessment. For these contaminants, the matrix and threshold values used for the assessment shall be representative of
the most sensitive species and exposure pathway, including hazards to human health via exposure through the food chain.
EN
21
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0198.png
3.2.
For the purposes of this Decision:
(a)
Criterion D8C1: for the assessment of contaminants in coastal and territorial waters, Member States shall monitor the contaminants in
accordance with the requirements of Directive 2000/60/EC and the assessments under that Directive shall be used where available.
Information on the pathways (atmospheric, land- or sea-based) for contaminants entering the marine environment shall be collected,
where feasible.
Criteria D8C2 and D8C4: biomarkers or population demographic characteristics (e.g. fecundity rates, survival rates, mortality rates, and
reproductive capacity) may be relevant to assess the health effects.
Criteria D8C3 and D8C4: for the purposes of this Decision, monitoring is established as needed once the acute pollution event has
occurred, rather than being part of a regular monitoring programme under Article 11 of Directive 2008/56/EC.
Criterion D8C3: Member States shall identify the source of significant acute pollution events, where possible. They may use the
European Maritime Safety Agency satellite-based surveillance for this purpose.
(b)
(c)
(d)
4.1.
For criteria elements under D8C1, the selection under points (1)(b) and (2)(b) of additional contaminants that may give rise to pollution effects
shall be based on a risk assessment. For these contaminants, the matrix and threshold values used for the assessment shall be representative of
the most sensitive species and exposure pathway, including hazards to human health via exposure through the food chain.
Contaminants shall be understood to refer to single substances or to groups of substances. For consistency in reporting, the grouping of
substances shall be agreed at Union level.
Species composition shall be understood to refer to the lowest taxonomic level appropriate for the assessment.
D8C1: concentrations of contaminants in micrograms per litre (µg/l) for water, in micrograms per kilogram (µg/kg) of dry weight for
sediment and in micrograms per kilogram (µg/kg) of wet weight for biota,.
D8C2: abundance (number of individuals or other suitable units as agreed at regional or subregional level) per species affected; extent in
square kilometres (km
2
) per broad habitat type affected,.
D8C3: duration in days and spatial extent in square kilometres (km
2
) of significant acute pollution events per year,.
D8C4: abundance (number of individuals or other suitable units as agreed at regional or subregional level) per species affected; extent in
square kilometres (km
2
) per broad habitat type affected.
5.3.
6.4.
Units of measurement for the criteria:
EN
22
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0199.png
Descriptor 9
Contaminants in fish and other seafood for human consumption do not exceed levels established by Union legislation or other
relevant standards
Relevant pressure: Input of hazardous substances
Criteria, including criteria elements, and methodological standards
Criteria elements
Contaminants listed in Regulation
(EC) No 1881/2006.
For the purposes of this Decision,
Member States may decide not to
consider contaminants from
Regulation (EC) No 1881/2006 where
justified on the basis of a risk
assessment.
Member States may assess additional
contaminants that are not included in
Regulation (EC) No 1881/2006.
Member States shall establish a list of
those additional contaminants through
regional or subregional cooperation.
Member States shall establish the list
of species and relevant tissues to be
assessed, according to the conditions
laid down under 'specifications'. They
may cooperate at regional or
subregional level to establish that list
of species and relevant tissues.
Criteria
Methodological standards
D9C1
Primary:
The level of contaminants in edible tissues (muscle, liver,
roe, flesh or other soft parts, as appropriate) of seafood
(including fish, crustaceans, molluscs, echinoderms, seaweed
and other marine plants) caught or harvested in the wild
(excluding fin-fish from mariculture) does not exceed:
(a) for contaminants listed in Regulation (EC) No
1881/2006, the maximum levels laid down in that
Regulation, which are the threshold values for the
purposes of this Decision;
(b) for additional contaminants, not listed in Regulation
(EC) No 1881/2006, threshold values, which Member
States shall establish through regional or subregional
cooperation.
Scale of assessment:
The catch or production area in accordance with Article
38 of Regulation (EU) No 1379/2013
of the European
Parliament and of the Council
8
.
Use of criteria:
The extent to which good environmental status has been
achieved shall be expressed for each area assessed as
follows:
for each contaminant, its concentration in seafood,
the matrix used (species and tissue), whether the
threshold values set have been
exceededachieved,
and the proportion of contaminants assessed which
have achieved their threshold values.
8
Regulation (EU) No 1379/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 11 December 2013 on the common organisation of the markets in fishery and aquaculture
products, amending Council Regulations (EC) No 1184/2006 and (EC) No 1224/2009 and repealing Council Regulation (EC) No 104/2000 (OJ L 354, 28.12.2013, p. 1).
EN
23
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0200.png
Specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and assessment
1.
When Member States establish the list of species to be used under D9C1, the species shall:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
2.
3.
be relevant to the marine region or subregion concerned;
fall under the scope of Regulation (EC) No 1881/2006;
be suitable for the contaminant being assessed;
be among the most consumed in the Member State or the most caught or harvested for consumption.
Exceedance of the standard set for a contaminant shall lead to subsequent monitoring to determine the persistence of the contamination in the
area and species sampled. Monitoring shall continue until there is sufficient evidence that there is no risk of failure.
For the purposes of this Decision, the sampling for the assessment of the maximum levels of contaminants shall be performed in accordance
with Article 11 of Regulation (EC) No 882/2004 of the European Parliament and of the Council
9
and with Commission Regulation (EU) No
589/2014
10
and Commission Regulation (EC) No 333/2007
11
.
Within each region or subregion, Member States shall ensure that the temporal and geographical scope of sampling is adequate to provide a
representative sample of the specified contaminants in seafood in the marine region or subregion.
D9C1: concentrations of contaminants in the units set out in the Annex to Regulation (EC) No 1881/2006.
4.
Units of measurement for the criteria:
9
10
11
Regulation (EC) No 882/2004 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 29 April 2004 on official controls performed to ensure the verification of compliance with
feed and food law, animal health and animal welfare rules (OJ L 165, 30.4.2004, p. 1).
Commission Regulation (EU) No 589/2014 of 2 June 2014 laying down methods of sampling and analysis for the control of levels of dioxins, dioxin-like PCBs and non-
dioxin-like PCBs in certain foodstuffs and repealing Regulation (EU) No 252/2012 (OJ L 164, 3.6.2014, p. 18).
Commission Regulation (EC) No 333/2007 of 28 March 2007 laying down the methods of sampling and analysis for the official control of the levels of lead, cadmium,
mercury, inorganic tin, 3-MCPD and benzo(a)pyrene in foodstuffs (OJ L 88, 29.3.2007, p. 29).
EN
24
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0201.png
Descriptor 10
Properties and quantities of marine litter do not cause harm to the coastal and marine environment
Relevant pressure: Input of litter
Criteria, including criteria elements, and methodological standards
Criteria elements
Litter (excluding micro-litter),
classified in the following categories
12
:
artificial polymer materials, rubber,
cloth/textile, paper/cardboard,
processed/worked wood, metal,
glass/ceramics, chemicals, undefined,
and food waste.
Member States may define further sub-
categories.
Criteria
D10C1
Primary:
The composition, amount and spatial distribution of litter on
the coastline, in the surface layer of the water column, and on
the seabed, are at levels that do not cause harm to the coastal
and marine environment.
Member States shall establish threshold values for these
levels through cooperation at Union level, taking into account
regional or subregional specificities.
D10C2
Primary:
The composition, amount and spatial distribution of micro-
litter on the coastline, in the surface layer of the water
column, and in seabed sediment, are at levels that do not
cause harm to the coastal and marine environment.
Member States shall establish threshold values for these
levels through cooperation at Union level, taking into account
regional or subregional specificities.
Methodological standards
Scale of assessment:
Subdivisions of the region or subregion, divided where
needed by national boundaries.
Use of criteria:
The use of criteria D10C1, D10C2 and D10C3 in the
assessment of good environmental status for Descriptor 10
shall be agreed at Union level.
The extent to which good environmental status has been
achieved shall be expressed for each criterion separately
for each area assessed as follows:
(a) the outcomes for each criterion (amount of litter or
micro-litter per category) and its distribution per
matrix used under D10C1 and D10C2 and whether
the threshold values set have been achieved.
(b) the outcomes for D10C3 (amount of litter
or and
micro-litter per category per species) and whether
Micro-litter (particles < 5mm),
classified in the categories 'artificial
polymer materials' and 'other'.
12
These are the "Level 1
Material" categories from the Master List of categories of litter items from the Joint Research Centre "Guidance on Monitoring of marine litter in
European seas" (2013, ISBN 978-92-79-32709-4). The Master List specifies what is covered under each category, for instance "Chemicals" refers to paraffin, wax, oil and
tar.
EN
25
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0202.png
Criteria elements
Litter and micro-litter classified in the
categories 'artificial polymer materials'
and 'other', assessed in any species
from the following groups: birds,
mammals, reptiles, fish or
invertebrates.
Member States shall establish that list
of species to be assessed through
regional or subregional cooperation.
Criteria
D10C3
Secondary:
The amount of litter and micro-litter ingested by marine
animals is at a level that does not adversely affect the health
of the species concerned.
Member States shall establish threshold values for these
levels through regional or subregional cooperation.
Methodological standards
the threshold values set have been achieved.
The use of criteria D10C1, D10C2 and D10C3 in the
overall assessment of good environmental status for
Descriptor 10 shall be agreed at Union level.
The outcomes of criterion D10C3 shall also contribute to
assessments under Descriptor 1, where appropriate.
Species of birds, mammals, reptiles,
fish or invertebrates which are at risk
from litter.
Member States shall establish that list
of species to be assessed through
regional or subregional cooperation.
D10C4
Secondary:
The number of individuals of each species which are
adversely affected
due to litter,
such as by entanglement,
other types of injury or mortality, or health effects,
due to
litter.
Member States shall establish threshold values for the
adverse effects of litter, through regional or subregional
cooperation.
Scale of assessment:
As used for assessment of the species group under
Descriptor 1.
Use of criteria:
The use of criterion D10C4 in the assessment of good
environmental status for Descriptor 10 shall be agreed at
Union level.
The extent to which good environmental status has been
achieved shall be expressed for each area assessed as
follows:
for each species assessed under criterion D10C4, an
estimate of the number of individuals in the
assessment area that have been adversely affected.
The use of criterion D10C4 in the overall assessment of
good environmental status for Descriptor 10 shall be
agreed at Union level.
The outcomes of this criterion shall also contribute to
assessments under Descriptor 1, where appropriate.
EN
26
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0203.png
Specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and assessment
1.
2.
For D10C1: litter shall be monitored on the coastline and may additionally be monitored in the surface layer of the water column and on the
seabed. Information on the source and pathway of the litter shall be collected, where feasible;
For D10C2: micro-litter shall be monitored in the surface layer of the water column and in the seabed sediment and may additionally be
monitored on the coastline. Micro-litter shall be monitored in a manner that can be related to point-sources for inputs (such as harbours,
marinas, waste-water treatment plants, storm-water effluents), where feasible.
For D10C3 and D10C4: the monitoring may be based on incidental occurrences (e.g. strandings of dead animals, entangled animals in
breeding colonies, affected individuals per survey).
D10C1: amount of litter per category in number of items:
per 100 metres (m) on the coastline,
per square kilometre (km
2
) for surface layer of the water column and for seabed,
per square metre (m
2
) for surface layer of the water column,
per kilogram (dry weight) (kg) of sediment for the coastline and for seabed,
3.
Units of measurement for the criteria:
D10C2: amount of micro-litter per category in number of items and weight in grams (g):
D10C3: amount of litter/micro-litter in grams (g) and number of items per individual for each species in relation to size (weight or
length, as appropriate) of the individual sampled,
D10C4: number of individuals affected (lethal; sub-lethal) per species.
EN
27
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0204.png
Descriptor 11
Introduction of energy, including underwater noise, is at levels that do not adversely affect the marine environment
Relevant pressures: Input of anthropogenic sound; Input of other forms of energy
Criteria, including criteria elements, and methodological standards
Criteria elements
Criteria
Methodological standards
Scale of assessment:
Region, subregion or subdivisions.
Use of criteria:
The use of criteria D11C1 and D11C2 in the assessment
of good environmental status for Descriptor 11 shall be
agreed at Union level.
The extent to which good environmental status has been
achieved shall be expressed for each area assessed as
follows:
(a) for D11C1, the duration per calendar year of
impulsive sound sources, their distribution within
the year and spatially within the assessment area,
and whether the threshold values set have been
exceededachieved;
(b) for D11C2, the annual average of the sound level,
or other suitable
temporal
metric agreed at regional
or subregional level, per unit area and its spatial
and
temporal
distribution within the assessment area,
and
the extent (%, km
2
) of the assessment area over
which whether
the threshold values set have been
exceededachieved.
The use of criteria D11C1 and D11C2 in the assessment
of good environmental status for Descriptor 11 shall be
agreed at Union level.
The outcomes of these criteria shall also contribute to
assessments under Descriptor 1.
Anthropogenic impulsive sound in
water.
D11C1
Primary:
The spatial distribution, temporal extent, and levels of
anthropogenic impulsive sound sources do not exceed
values
levels
that adversely affect
populations of
marine animals.
Member States shall establish
these
threshold values
for these
levels
through cooperation at Union level, taking into account
regional or subregional specificities.
Anthropogenic continuous low-
frequency sound in water.
D11C2
Primary:
The spatial distribution, temporal extent and levels of
anthropogenic continuous low-frequency sound do not
exceed
values levels
that adversely affect
populations of
marine animals.
Member States shall establish
these
threshold values
for these
levels
through cooperation at Union level, taking into account
regional or subregional specificities.
EN
28
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0205.png
Specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and assessment
1.
For D11C1 monitoring:
(a)
(b)
Spatial resolution: geographical locations whose shape and areas are to be determined at regional or subregional level, on the basis of,
for instance, activities listed in Annex III to Directive 2008/56/EC.
Impulsive sound described as monopole energy source
level in units of dB re 1!Pa
2
s or zero to peak monopole source level in units of
dB re 1!Pa m,
both over the frequency band 10 Hz to 10 kHz. Member States may consider other specific sources with higher frequency
bands if longer-range effects are considered relevant.
2.
For D11C2 monitoring:
Annual average, or other suitable metric agreed at regional or subregional level,
of the squared sound pressure in each of two ‘1/3-octave
bands', one centred at 63 Hz and the other at 125 Hz, expressed as a level in decibels
in units of dB re 1!Pa,
at a suitable spatial resolution in
relation to the pressure. This may be measured directly, or inferred from a model used to interpolate between, or extrapolated from,
measurements. Member States may also decide at regional or subregional level to monitor for additional frequency bands.
Criteria relating to other forms of energy input (including thermal energy, electromagnetic fields and light) and criteria relating to the environmental
impacts of noise are still subject to further development.
Units of measurement for the criteria:
D11C1: Number of days per quarter (or per month if appropriate) with impulsive sound sources; proportion (percentage) of unit areas or
extent (in square kilometres) of assessment area with impulsive sound sources per year,
D11C2: Annual average (or other temporal metric) of continuous sound level per unit area; proportion (percentage) or extent (in square
kilometres) of assessment area with sound levels exceeding threshold values.
EN
29
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0206.png
PART II
C
RITERIA AND METHODOLOGICAL STANDARDS
,
SPECIFICATIONS AND STANDARDISED METHODS FOR MONITORING AND ASSESSMENT OF
ESSENTIAL FEATURES AND CHARACTERISTICS AND CURRENT ENVIRONMENTAL STATUS OF MARINE WATERS UNDER POINT
(
A
)
OF
A
RTICLE
8(1)
OF
D
IRECTIVE
2008/56/EC
Part II considers the descriptors linked to the relevant ecosystem elements: species groups of birds, mammals, reptiles, fish and cephalopods
(Descriptor 1), pelagic habitats (Descriptor 1), benthic habitats (Descriptors 1 and 6) and ecosystems, including food webs (Descriptors 1 and 4), as
listed in Annex III to Directive 2008/56/EC
13
.
Theme: Species groups of birds, mammals, reptiles, fish and cephalopods (relating to Descriptor 1)
Criteria, including criteria elements, and methodological standards
Criteria elements
Species of birds, mammals, reptiles
and non-commercially-exploited
species of fish and cephalopods, which
are at risk from incidental by-catch in
the region or subregion.
Member States shall establish that list
of species through regional or
subregional cooperation, pursuant to
the obligations laid down in Article
25(5) of Regulation (EU) No
1380/2013 for data collection activities
and taking into account the list of
species in Table 1D of the Annex to
Commission Implementing Decision
(EU) 2016/1251
14
.
13
14
Criteria
Methodological standards
D1C1
Primary:
The mortality rate per species from incidental by-catch is
below levels which threaten the species,
such that its long-
term viability is ensured.
Member States shall establish the threshold values for the
mortality rate from incidental by-catch per species, through
regional or subregional cooperation.
Scale of assessment:
As used for assessment of the corresponding species or
species groups under criteria D1C2-D1C5.
Use of criteria:
The extent to which good environmental status has been
achieved shall be expressed for each area assessed as
follows:
the mortality rate per species and whether this has
achieved the threshold value set.
This criterion shall contribute to assessment of the
corresponding species under criterion D1C2.
Regulation (EC) No 199/2008 may be used for the collection of relevant fisheries-related data under Descriptors 1, 4 and 6.
Commission Implementing Decision (EU) 2016/1251 of 12 July 2016 adopting a multiannual Union programme for the collection, management and use of data in the
fisheries and aquaculture sectors for the period 2017-2019 (OJ L 207, 1.8.2016, p. 113).
EN
30
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0207.png
Criteria elements
Criteria
D1C2
Primary:
The population abundance of the species is not adversely
affected due to anthropogenic pressures, such that its long-
term viability is ensured.
Member States shall establish threshold values for each
species through regional or subregional cooperation, taking
account of natural variation in population size and the
mortality rates derived from D1C1, D8C4 and D10C4 and
other relevant pressures. For species covered by Directive
92/43/EEC, these values shall be consistent with the
Favourable Reference Population values established by the
relevant Member States under Directive 92/43/EEC.
D1C3
Primary for commercially-exploited fish and
cephalopods and secondary for other species:
The population demographic characteristics (e.g. body size or
age class structure, sex ratio, fecundity, and survival rates) of
the species are indicative of a
natural healthy
population
which is not adversely affected due to anthropogenic
pressures.
Member States shall establish threshold values for specified
characteristics of each species through regional or
subregional cooperation, taking account of adverse effects on
their health derived from D8C2, D8C4 and other relevant
pressures.
D1C4
Primary for species covered by Annexes II, IV and V
to Directive 92/43/EEC and secondary for other species:
The species distributional range and, where relevant, pattern
is in line with prevailing physiographic, geographic and
climatic conditions.
Member States shall establish threshold values for each
Methodological standards
Scale of assessment:
Ecologically-relevant scales for each species group shall
be used, as follows:
for deep-diving toothed cetaceans, baleen whales,
deep-sea fish: region;
for birds, small toothed cetaceans, pelagic and
demersal shelf fish: region or subdivisions for
Baltic Sea and Black Sea; subregion for North-East
Atlantic Ocean and Mediterranean Sea;
for seals, turtles, cephalopods: region or
subdivisions for Baltic Sea; subregion for North-
East Atlantic Ocean and Mediterranean Sea;
for coastal fish: subdivision of region or subregion.
for commercially-exploited fish and cephalopods:
as used under Descriptor 3.
Use of criteria:
The status of each species shall be assessed individually,
on the basis of the criteria selected for use, and these shall
be used to express the extent to which good environmental
status has been achieved for each species group for each
area assessed, as follows:
(a) the assessments shall express the value(s) for each
criterion used per species and whether these achieve
the threshold values set;
(b) the overall status of species covered by Directive
92/43/EEC shall be derived using the method
provided under that Directive. The overall status for
commercially-exploited species shall be as assessed
under Descriptor 3. For other species, the overall
status shall be derived using a method agreed at
Species groups, as listed under Table 1
and if present in the region or
subregion.
Member States shall establish a set of
species representative of each species
group, selected according to the
criteria laid down under ‘specifications
for the selection of species and
habitats’, through regional or
subregional cooperation. These shall
include the mammals and reptiles
listed in Annex II to Directive
92/43/EEC and may include any other
species, such as those listed under
Union legislation (other Annexes to
Directive 92/43/EEC, Directive
2009/147/EC or through Regulation
(EU) No 1380/2013) and international
agreements such as Regional Sea
Conventions.
EN
31
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0208.png
Criteria elements
Criteria
species through regional or subregional cooperation. For
species covered by Directive 92/43/EEC, these shall be
consistent with the Favourable Reference Range values
established by the relevant Member States under Directive
92/43/EEC.
(c)
(d)
Methodological standards
Union level, taking into account regional or
subregional specificities;
the overall status of the species group, using a
method agreed at Union level, taking into account
regional or subregional specificities.
Wherever possible, the assessments under Directive
92/43/EEC, Directive 2009/147/EC and Regulation
(EU) No 1380/2013 shall be used for the purposes
of this Decision:
for birds, criteria D1C2 and D1C4 equate to the
‘population size’
and
‘breeding distribution map
range size’ criteria of Directive 2009/147/EC;
for mammals, reptiles and non-commercial fish, the
criteria are equivalent to those used under Directive
92/43/EEC as follows: D1C2 and D1C3 equate to
‘population’, D1C4 equates to ‘range’
and D1C5
equates to ‘habitat for the species’;
for commercially-exploited fish and cephalopods,
assessments under Descriptor 3 shall be used for
Descriptor 1 purposes, using criterion D3C2 for
D1C2 and criterion D3C3 for D1C3.
(e)
(f)
D1C5
Primary for species covered by Annexes II, IV and V
to Directive 92/43/EEC and secondary for other species:
The habitat for the species has the necessary extent and
condition to support the different stages in the life history of
the species.
(g)
(h)(c)
Assessments of the adverse effects from pressures
under criteria D1C1, D2C3, D3C1, D8C2, D8C4
and D10C4, as well as the assessments of pressures
under criteria D9C1, D10C3, D11C1 and D11C2,
should be taken into account in the assessments of
species under Descriptor 1.
EN
32
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0209.png
Criteria elements
Table 1
Species groups
15
Ecosystem component
Species groups
Grazing birds
Wading birds
Birds
Surface-feeding birds
Pelagic-feeding birds
Benthic-feeding birds
Small toothed cetaceans
Mammals
Deep-diving toothed cetaceans
Baleen whales
Seals
Reptiles
Turtles
Coastal fish
Fish
Pelagic shelf fish
Demersal shelf fish
Deep-sea fish
Cephalopods
Coastal/shelf cephalopods
Deep-sea cephalopods
15
Relevant fisheries-related data should be used in application of Regulation (EC) No 199/2008.
EN
33
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0210.png
Specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and assessment relating to theme "Species groups of marine birds, mammals, reptiles, fish and
cephalopods"
1.
For D1C1, data shall be provided per species per fishing metier for each ICES
Division area
or GFCM Geographical Sub-Area or FAO fishing
areas for the Macaronesian biogeographic region, to enable its aggregation to the relevant scale for the species concerned, and to identify the
particular fisheries and fishing gear most contributing to incidental catches for each species.
'Coastal' shall be understood on the basis of physical, hydrological and ecological parameters and is not limited to coastal water as defined in
Article 2(7) of Directive 2000/60/EC.
Species may be assessed at population level, where appropriate.
Wherever possible, the assessments under Directive 92/43/EEC, Directive 2009/147/EC and Regulation (EU) No 1380/2013 shall be used for
the purposes of this Decision:
(a)
(b)
(c)
5.
3.1.
for birds, criteria D1C2 and D1C4 equate to the ‘population size’ and ‘breeding distribution map range size’ criteria
of Directive
2009/147/EC;
for mammals, reptiles and non-commercial fish, the criteria are equivalent to those used under Directive 92/43/EEC as follows: D1C2
and D1C3 equate to ‘population’, D1C4 equates to ‘range’ and D1C5 equates to ‘habitat for the species’;
for commercially-exploited fish and cephalopods, assessments under Descriptor 3 shall be used for Descriptor 1 purposes, using
criterion D3C2 for D1C2 and criterion D3C3 for D1C3.
2.
2.3.
4.
Assessments of the adverse effects from pressures under criteria D1C1, D2C3, D3C1, D8C2, D8C4 and D10C4, as well as the assessments of
pressures under criteria D9C1, D10C3, D11C1 and D11C2, shall be taken into account in the assessments of species under Descriptor 1.
'Coastal' shall be understood on the basis of physical, hydrological and ecological parameters and is not limited to coastal water as defined in
Article 2(7) of Directive 2000/60/EC.
D1C2: abundance (number of individuals or biomass in tonnes (t)) per species.
Units of measurement for the criteria:
EN
34
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0211.png
Theme: Pelagic habitats (relating to Descriptor 1)
Criteria, including criteria elements, and methodological standards
Criteria elements
Criteria
Methodological standards
Scale of assessment:
Subdivision of region or subregion as used for assessments
of benthic broad habitat types, reflecting biogeographic
differences in species composition of the habitat type.
Use of criteria:
The extent to which good environmental status has been
achieved shall be expressed for each area assessed as:
(a)
an estimate of the proportion and extent of each
habitat type assessed that has achieved the threshold
value set;
a list of broad habitat types in the assessment area
that were not assessed.
Pelagic broad habitat types (variable
salinity
16
, coastal, shelf and
oceanic/beyond shelf), if present in the
region or subregion, and other habitat
types as defined in the second
paragraph.
Member States may select, through
regional or subregional cooperation,
additional habitat types according to
the criteria laid down under
'specifications for the selection of
species and habitats'.
D1C6
Primary:
The condition of the habitat type, including its biotic and
abiotic structure and its functions (e.g. its typical species
composition and their relative abundance, absence of
particularly sensitive or fragile species or species providing a
key function, size structure of species), is not adversely
affected
due to anthropogenic pressures.
Member States shall establish threshold values for the
condition of each habitat type, ensuring compatibility with
related
values set under Descriptors 2, 5 and 8, through
regional or subregional cooperation.
(b)
(c)(b)
Assessments of the adverse effects from pressures,
including under D2C3, D5C2, D5C3, D5C4, D7C1,
D8C2 and D8C4, shall be taken into account in the
assessments of pelagic habitats under Descriptor 1.
Specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and assessment relating to theme "Pelagic habitats"
1.
4.2.
'Coastal' shall be understood on the basis of physical, hydrological and ecological parameters and is not limited to coastal water as defined in
Article 2(7) of Directive 2000/60/EC.
Assessments of the adverse effects from pressures, including under D2C3, D5C2, D5C3, D5C4, D7C1, D8C2 and D8C4, shall be taken into
account in the assessments of pelagic habitats under Descriptor 1.
16
Retained for situations where estuarine plumes extend beyond waters designated as Transitional Waters under Directive 2000/60/EC.
EN
35
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0212.png
Units of measurement for the criteria:
D1C6: extent of habitat adversely affected in square kilometres (km
2
)
per habitat type
and as a proportion (percentage) of the total extent
of the habitat type.
Theme: Benthic habitats (relating to Descriptors 1 and 6)
Criteria, including criteria elements, and methodological standards
Criteria elements
Refer to Part I of this Annex for criteria D6C1, D6C2 and D6C3.
Benthic broad habitat types as listed in
Table 2 and if present in the region or
subregion, and other habitat types as
defined in the second
subparagraph.
Member States may select, through
regional or subregional cooperation,
additional habitat types, according to
the criteria laid down under
‘specifications
for the selection of
species and habitats’, and which may
include habitat types listed under
Directive 92/43/EEC or international
agreements such as Regional Sea
Conventions, for the purposes of:
(a) assessing each broad habitat type
under criterion D6C5;
(b)
assessing these habitat types
.
A single set of habitat types shall serve
the purpose of assessments of both
D6C4
Primary:
The extent of loss of the habitat type, resulting from
anthropogenic pressures, does not exceed a specified
proportion of the natural extent of the habitat type in the
assessment area.
Member States shall establish the maximum allowable extent
of habitat loss as a proportion of the total natural extent of the
habitat type, through cooperation at Union level, taking into
account regional or subregional specificities.
D6C5
Primary:
The extent of adverse effects from anthropogenic pressures on
the condition of the habitat type, including alteration to its
biotic and abiotic structure and its functions (e.g. its typical
species composition and their relative abundance, absence of
particularly sensitive or fragile species or species providing a
key function, size structure of species), does not exceed a
specified proportion of the natural extent of the habitat type in
the assessment area.
Member States shall establish threshold values for adverse
effects on the condition of each habitat type, ensuring
compatibility with related values set under Descriptors 2, 5, 6,
Scale of assessment:
Subdivision of region or subregion, reflecting
biogeographic differences in species composition of the
broad habitat type.
Use of criteria:
A single assessment per habitat type, using criteria D6C4
and D6C5, shall serve the purpose of assessments of both
benthic habitats under Descriptor 1 and sea-floor integrity
under Descriptor 6.
The extent to which good environmental status has been
achieved shall be expressed for each area assessed as:
(a) for D6C4, an estimate of the proportion and extent
of loss per habitat type and whether this has
achieved the extent value set;
(b) for D6C5, an estimate of the proportion and extent
of adverse effects, including the proportion lost from
point (a), per habitat type and whether this has
achieved the extent value set;
(c) overall status of the habitat type, using a method
agreed at Union level based on points (a) and (b),
and a list of broad habitat types in the assessment
Criteria
Methodological standards
EN
36
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0213.png
Criteria elements
benthic habitats under Descriptor 1 and
sea-floor integrity under Descriptor 6.
Criteria
7 and 8, through cooperation at Union level, taking into
account regional or subregional specificities.
Member States shall establish the maximum allowable extent
of those adverse effects as a proportion of the total natural
extent of the habitat type, through cooperation at Union level,
taking into account regional or subregional specificities.
(d)
Methodological standards
area that were not assessed.
The status of each habitat type shall be assessed
using wherever possible assessments (such as of sub-
types of the broad habitat types) under Directive
92/43/EEC and Directive 2000/60/EC.
Criteria D6C4 and D6C5 equate
to the ‘range/area
covered by habitat type within range’ and ‘specific
structures
and
functions’
criteria
of
Directive 92/43/EEC.
Assessment of criterion D6C4 shall use the
assessment made under criterion D6C1.
(e)
(f)
Assessments of the adverse effects from pressures,
including under criteria D2C3, D3C1, D3C2, D3C3,
D5C4, D5C5, D5C6, D5C7, D5C8, D6C3, D7C2, D8C2
and D8C4, shall be taken into account in the assessments
of benthic habitats under Descriptors 1 and 6.
Criteria elements
Table 2
Benthic broad habitat types including their associated biological communities (relevant for criteria under Descriptors 1 and 6),
which equate to one or more habitat types of the European nature information system (EUNIS) habitat classification
17
. Updates to the EUNIS
typology shall be reflected in the broad habitat types used for the purposes of Directive 2008/56/EC and of this Decision.
Ecosystem component
Benthic habitats
Broad habitat types
Littoral rock and biogenic reef
Relevant EUNIS habitat codes (version 2016)
MA1, MA2
17
Evans, D. (2016). Revising the marine section of the EUNIS Habitat classification - Report of a workshop held at the European Topic Centre on Biological Diversity, 12 &
13 May 2016. ETC/BD Working Paper N° A/2016.
EN
37
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0214.png
Ecosystem component
Broad habitat types
Littoral sediment
Infralittoral rock and biogenic reef
Infralittoral coarse sediment
Infralittoral mixed sediment
Infralittoral sand
Infralittoral mud
Circalittoral rock and biogenic reef
Circalittoral coarse sediment
Circalittoral mixed sediment
Circalittoral sand
Circalittoral mud
Offshore circalittoral rock and biogenic reef
Offshore circalittoral coarse sediment
Offshore circalittoral mixed sediment
Offshore circalittoral sand
Offshore circalittoral mud
Upper bathyal
18
rock and biogenic reef
Upper bathyal sediment
Lower bathyal rock and biogenic reef
Lower bathyal sediment
Relevant EUNIS habitat codes (version 2016)
MA3, MA4, MA5, MA6
MB1, MB2
MB3
MB4
MB5
MB6
MC1, MC2
MC3
MC4
MC5
MC6
MD1, MD2
MD3
MD4
MD5
MD6
ME1, ME2
ME3, ME4, ME5, ME6
MF1, MF2
MF3, MF4, MF5, MF6
18
Where not specifically defined in the EUNIS classification, the boundary between the upper bathyal and lower bathyal may be set as a specified depth limit.
EN
38
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0215.png
Ecosystem component
Broad habitat types
Abyssal
Relevant EUNIS habitat codes (version 2016)
MG1, MG2, MG3, MG4, MG5, MG6
Specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and assessment relating to theme "Benthic habitats"
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
The status of each habitat type shall be assessed using assessments (such as of sub-types of the broad habitat types) under Directive
92/43/EEC and Directive 2000/60/EC, wherever possible.
Assessment of criterion D6C4 shall use the assessment made under criterion D6C1.
Criteria D6C4 and D6C5 equate
to the ‘range/area covered by habitat type within range’ and ‘specific structures and functions’ criteria
of
Directive 92/43/EEC.
For D6C5, assessments of the adverse effects from pressures, including under criteria D2C3, D3C1, D3C2, D3C3, D5C4, D5C5, D5C6,
D5C7, D5C8, D6C3, D7C2, D8C2 and D8C4, shall be taken into account.
For D6C5, species composition shall be understood to refer to the lowest taxonomic level appropriate for the assessment.
D6C4: extent of habitat loss in square kilometres (km
2
) and as a proportion (percentage) of the total extent of the habitat type,
D6C5: extent of habitat adversely affected in square kilometres (km
2
) and as a proportion (percentage) of the total extent of the habitat
type.
Units of measurement for the criteria:
Specifications for the selection of species and habitats under Themes "Species groups of marine birds, mammals, reptiles, fish and cephalopods",
"Pelagic habitats" and "Benthic habitats"
The selection of species and habitats to be assigned to the species groups and pelagic and benthic broad habitat types shall be based on the following:
1.
Scientific criteria (ecological relevance):
(a)
representative of the ecosystem component (species group or broad habitat type), and of ecosystem functioning (e.g. connectivity
between habitats and populations, completeness and integrity of essential habitats), being relevant for assessment of state/impacts, such
as having a key functional role within the component (e.g. high or specific biodiversity, productivity, trophic link, specific resource or
service) or particular life history traits (age and size at breeding, longevity, migratory traits);
EN
39
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0216.png
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
2.
relevant for assessment of a key anthropogenic pressure to which the ecosystem component is exposed, being sensitive to the pressure
and exposed to it (vulnerable) in the assessment area;
present in sufficient numbers or extent in the assessment area to be able to construct a suitable indicator for assessment;
the set of species or habitats selected shall cover, as far as possible, the full range of ecological functions of the ecosystem component
and the predominant pressures to which the component is subject;
if species of species groups are closely associated to a particular broad habitat type they may be included within that habitat type for
monitoring and assessment purposes; in such cases, the species shall not be included in the assessment of the species group.
monitoring/technical feasibility;
monitoring costs;
adequate time series of the data.
Additional practical criteria (which shall not override the scientific criteria):
(a)
(b)
(c)
The representative set of species and habitats to be assessed are likely to be specific to the region or subregion, although certain species may occur in
several regions or subregions.
Theme: Ecosystems, including food webs (relating to Descriptors 1 and 4)
Criteria, including criteria elements, and methodological standards
Criteria elements
Trophic guilds of an ecosystem.
Member States shall establish the list
of trophic guilds through regional or
subregional cooperation.
Criteria
D4C1
Primary:
The diversity (species composition and their relative
abundance) of the trophic guild is not adversely affected due
to anthropogenic pressures.
Member States shall establish threshold values through
regional or subregional cooperation.
Methodological standards
Scale of assessment:
Regional level for Baltic Sea and Black Sea; subregional
level for North-East Atlantic and Mediterranean Sea.
Subdivisions may be used where appropriate.
EN
40
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0217.png
Criteria elements
Criteria
D4C2
Primary:
The balance of total
guild
abundance
across between
the
trophic guilds is not adversely affected due to anthropogenic
pressures.
Member States shall establish threshold values through
regional or subregional cooperation.
D4C3
Secondary:
The size distribution of individuals across the trophic guild is
not adversely affected due to anthropogenic pressures.
Member States shall establish threshold values through
regional or subregional cooperation.
D4C4
Secondary (to be used in support of criterion D4C2,
where necessary):
Productivity of the trophic guild is not adversely affected due
to anthropogenic pressures.
Member States shall establish threshold values through
regional or subregional cooperation.
Methodological standards
Use of criteria:
Where values do not fall within the threshold values, this
may trigger
the need for
further research and investigation
to understand the causes for the failure.
Specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and assessment
1.
2.
Species composition shall be understood to refer to the lowest taxonomic level appropriate for the assessment.
The trophic guilds selected under criteria elements shall take into account the ICES list of trophic guilds
19
and shall meet the following
conditions:
(a)
(b)
include at least three trophic guilds;
two shall be non-fish trophic guilds;
19
ICES Advice (2015) Book 1, ICES special request advice, published 20 March 2015.
EN
41
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
(c)
(d)
at least one shall be a primary producer trophic guild;
preferably represent at least the top, middle and bottom of the food chain.
D4C2: total abundance (number of individuals or biomass in tonnes (t)) across all species within the trophic guild.
Units of measurement:
EN
42
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0219.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0220.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0221.png
Ref. Ares(2016)5301702 - 14/09/2016
EUROPEAN
COMMISSION
Brussels,
XXX
[…](2016)
XXX
draft
COMMISSION DECISION (EU) …/…
of
XXX
laying down criteria and methodological standards on good environmental status of
marine waters and specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and
assessment, and repealing Decision 2010/477/EU
(Text with EEA relevance)
EN
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0222.png
COMMISSION DECISION (EU) …/…
of
XXX
laying down criteria and methodological standards on good environmental status of
marine waters and specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and
assessment, and repealing Decision 2010/477/EU
(Text with EEA relevance)
THE EUROPEAN COMMISSION,
Having regard to the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union,
Having regard to Directive 2008/56/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 17
June 2008 establishing a framework for community action in the field of marine
environmental policy (Marine Strategy Framework Directive)
1
, and in particular Articles 9(3)
and 11(4) thereof,
Whereas:
(1)
Commission Decision 2010/477/EU
2
established criteria to be used by the Member
States to determine the good environmental status of their marine waters and to guide
their assessments of that status in the first implementation cycle of Directive
2008/56/EC.
Decision 2010/477/EU acknowledged that additional scientific and technical progress
was required to support the development or revision of those criteria for some
qualitative descriptors, as well as further development of methodological standards in
close coordination with the establishment of monitoring programmes. In addition, that
Decision stated that it would be appropriate to carry out its revision as soon as possible
after the completion of the assessment required under Article 12 of Directive
2008/56/EC, in time to support a successful update of marine strategies that are due by
2018, pursuant to Article 17 of Directive 2008/56/EC.
In 2012, on the basis of the initial assessment of their marine waters made pursuant to
Article 8(1) of Directive 2008/56/EC, Member States reported on the environmental
status of their marine waters and notified to the Commission their determination of
good environmental status and their environmental targets in accordance with Articles
9(2) and 10(2) of Directive 2008/56/EC, respectively. The Commission's assessment
3
of those Member State reports, undertaken in accordance with Article 12 of Directive
2008/56/EC, highlighted that more efforts were urgently needed if Member States are
to reach good environmental status by 2020. The results showed the necessity to
significantly improve the quality and coherence of the determination of good
OJ L 164, 25.6.2008, p. 19.
Commission Decision 2010/477/EU of 1 September 2010 on criteria and methodological standards on
good environmental status of marine waters (OJ L 232, 2.9.2010, p. 14).
Report from the Commission to the Council and the European Parliament - The first phase of
implementation of the Marine Strategy Framework Directive (2008/56/EC) - The European
Commission's assessment and guidance (COM(2014)097 final, 20.2.2014).
(2)
(3)
1
2
3
EN
2
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0223.png
environmental status by the Member States. In addition, the assessment recognised
that regional cooperation must be at the very heart of the implementation of Directive
2008/56/EC. It also emphasised the need for Member States to more systematically
build upon existing Union legislation or, where relevant, standards set by Regional Sea
Conventions or other international agreements.
(4)
To ensure that the second cycle of implementation of the marine strategies of the
Member States further contributes to the achievement of the objectives of Directive
2008/56/EC and yields more consistent determinations of good environmental status,
the Commission recommended in its report on the first phase of implementation that,
at Union level, the Commission services and Member States collaborate to revise,
strengthen and improve Decision 2010/477/EU, aiming at a clearer, simpler, more
concise, more coherent and comparable set of good environmental status criteria and
methodological standards and, at the same time, review Annex III of Directive
2008/56/EC, and if necessary revise it, and develop specific guidance to ensure a more
coherent and consistent approach for assessments in the next implementation cycle.
On the basis of those conclusions, the review process started in 2013 when a roadmap,
consisting of several phases (technical and scientific, consultation, and decision-
making), was endorsed by the Regulatory Committee established under Article 25(1)
of Directive 2008/56/EC. During this process, the Commission consulted all interested
parties, including Regional Sea Conventions.
In order to facilitate future updates of the initial assessment of Member States' marine
waters and their determination of good environmental status, and to ensure greater
coherence in implementation of Directive 2008/56/EC across the Union, it is necessary
to clarify, revise or introduce criteria, methodological standards, specifications and
standardised methods to be used by Member States, compared to the elements
currently set out in Decision 2010/477/EU. As a result, the number of criteria that
Member States need to monitor and assess should be reduced, applying a risk-based
approach to those which are retained in order to allow Member States to focus their
efforts on the main anthropogenic pressures affecting their waters. Finally, the criteria
and their use should be further specified, including providing for threshold values or
the setting thereof, thereby allowing for the extent to which good environmental status
is achieved to be measured across the Union's marine waters.
In accordance with the commitment taken by the Commission when adopting its
Communication to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and
Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions: Better regulation for better
results
An EU agenda
4
, this Decision should ensure coherence with other Union
legislation. To ensure greater consistency and comparability at Union level of Member
States' determinations of good environmental status and avoid unnecessary overlaps, it
is appropriate to take into account relevant existing standards and methods for
monitoring and assessment laid down in Union legislation, including
C
ouncil
Directive 92/43/EEC
5
, Directive 2000/60/EC of the European Parliament and of the
Council
6
, Commission Regulation (EC) No 1881/2006
7
, Council Regulation (EC) No
(5)
(6)
(7)
4
5
6
COM(2015) 215 final.
Council Directive 92/43/EEC of 21 May 1992 on the conservation of natural habitats and of wild fauna
and flora (OJ L 206, 22.7.1992, p. 7).
Directive 2000/60/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 23 October 2000 establishing a
framework for Community action in the field of water policy (OJ L 327, 22.12.2000, p. 1).
EN
3
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0224.png
1967/2006
8
, Directive 2008/105/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council
9
,
Directive 2009/147/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council
10
and
Regulation (EU) No 1380/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council
11
.
(8)
For each of the qualitative descriptors listed in Annex I to Directive 2008/56/EC, and
on the basis of the indicative lists in Annex III to that Directive, it is necessary to
define the criteria, including the criteria elements and, where appropriate, the threshold
values, to be used. Threshold values are intended to contribute to Member States'
determination of a set of characteristics for good environmental status and inform their
assessment of the extent to which good environmental status is being achieved. It is
also necessary to set out methodological standards, including the geographic scales for
assessment and how the criteria should be used. Those criteria and methodological
standards are to ensure consistency and allow for comparison, between marine regions
or subregions, of assessments of the extent to which good environmental status is
being achieved.
To ensure comparability between the details of any updates by the Member States
following the reviews of certain elements of their marine strategies, sent under Article
17(3) of Directive 2008/56/EC, specifications and standardised methods for
monitoring and assessment should be defined, taking into account existing
specifications and standards at Union or international level, including regional or
subregional level.
Member States should apply the criteria, methodological standards, specifications and
standardised methods for monitoring and assessment laid down in this Decision in
combination with the ecosystem elements, anthropogenic pressures and human
activities listed in the indicative lists of Annex III to Directive 2008/56/EC and by
reference to the initial assessment made pursuant to Article 8(1) of that Directive,
when determining a set of characteristics for good environmental status in accordance
with Article 9(1) of that Directive, and when establishing coordinated monitoring
programmes under Article 11 of that Directive.
In order to establish a clear link between the determination of a set of characteristics
for good environmental status and the assessment of progress towards its achievement,
it is appropriate to organise the criteria and methodological standards on the basis of
the qualitative descriptors laid down in Annex I to Directive 2008/56/EC, taking into
account the indicative lists of ecosystem elements, anthropogenic pressures and human
activities laid down in Annex III to that Directive. Some of those criteria and
Commission Regulation (EC) No 1881/2006 of 19 December 2006 setting maximum levels for certain
contaminants in foodstuffs (OJ L 364, 20.12.2006, p. 5).
Council Regulation (EC) No 1967/2006 of 21 December 2006 concerning management measures for
the sustainable exploitation of fishery resources in the Mediterranean Sea, amending Regulation (EEC)
No 2847/93 and repealing Regulation (EC) No 1626/94 (OJ L 409, 30.12.2006, p. 11).
Directive 2008/105/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 16 December 2008 on
environmental quality standards in the field of water policy, amending and subsequently replacing
Council Directives 87/176/EEC, 3/513/EEC, 84/156/EEC, 84/491/EEC, 86/280/EEC and amending
Directive 2000/60/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council (OJ L 348, 24.12.2008, p. 84.).
Directive 2009/147/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 30 November 2009 on the
conservation of wild birds (OJ L 20, 26.1.2010, p. 7).
Regulation (EU) No 1380/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 11 December 2013 on
the Common Fisheries Policy, amending Council Regulations (EC) No 1954/2003 and (EC) No
1224/2009 and repealing Council Regulations (EC) No 2371/2002 and (EC) No 639/2004 and Council
Decision 2004/585/EC (OJ L 354, 28.12.2013, p. 22).
(9)
(10)
(11)
7
8
9
10
11
EN
4
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
methodological standards relate in particular to the assessment of environmental status
or of predominant pressures and impacts under points (a) or (b) of Article 8(1) of
Directive 2008/56/EC, respectively.
(12)
In cases where no threshold values are laid down, Member States should establish
threshold values through Union, regional or subregional cooperation, for instance by
referring to existing values or developing new ones in the framework of the Regional
Sea Conventions. In cases where threshold values should be established through
cooperation at Union level (for the descriptors on marine litter, underwater noise and
seabed integrity), this will be done in the framework of the Common Implementation
Strategy set up by the Member States and the Commission for the purposes of
Directive 2008/56/EC. Once established through Union, regional or subregional
cooperation, these threshold values will only become part of Member States' sets of
characteristics for good environmental status when they are sent to the Commission as
part of Member States' reporting under Article 17(3) of Directive 2008/56/EC. Until
such threshold values are established through Union, regional or subregional
cooperation, Member States should be able to use national threshold values,
directional trends or, for state elements, pressure-based threshold values as proxies.
Threshold values should reflect, where appropriate, the quality level that constitutes an
adverse effect for a criterion and should be set in relation to a reference condition.
Threshold values should be set at appropriate geographic scales to reflect the different
biotic and abiotic characteristics of the regions, subregions and subdivisions. This
means that even if the process to establish threshold values takes place at Union level,
this may result in the setting of different threshold values, which are specific to a
region, subregion or subdivision. Threshold values should also be set on the basis of
the precautionary principle, reflecting the potential risks to the marine environment.
The setting of threshold values should accommodate the dynamic nature of marine
ecosystems and their elements, which can change in space and time through
hydrological and climatic variation, predator-prey relationships and other
environmental factors. Threshold values should also reflect the fact that marine
ecosystems may recover, if deteriorated, to a state that reflects prevailing
physiographic, geographic, climatic and biological conditions, rather than return to a
specific state of the past.
In accordance with Article 1(3) of Directive 2008/56/EC, the collective pressure of
human activities needs to be kept within levels compatible with the achievement of
good environmental status, ensuring that the capacity of marine ecosystems to respond
to human-induced changes is not compromised. This may entail, where appropriate,
that threshold values for certain pressures and their environmental impacts are not
necessarily achieved in all areas of Member States' marine waters, provided that this
does not compromise the achievement of the objectives of Directive 2008/56/EC,
while enabling the sustainable use of marine goods and services.
It is necessary to lay down threshold values which will be part of the set of
characteristics used by Member States in their determination of good environmental
status in accordance with Article 9(1) of Directive 2008/56/EC, and the extent to
which the threshold values are to be achieved. Threshold values therefore do not, by
themselves, constitute Member States' determinations of good environmental status.
Member States should express the extent to which good environmental status is being
achieved as the proportion of their marine waters over which the threshold values have
been achieved or as the proportion of criteria elements (species, contaminants, etc.)
(13)
(14)
(15)
(16)
EN
5
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
that have achieved the threshold values. When assessing the status of their marine
waters in accordance with Article 17(2)(a) of Directive 2008/56/EC, Member States
should express any change in status as improving, stable or deteriorating compared to
the previous reporting period, in view of the often slow response of the marine
environment to change.
(17)
Where threshold values, set in accordance with this Decision, are not met for a
particular criterion, Member States should consider taking appropriate measures or
carrying out further research or investigation.
Where Member States are required to cooperate at regional or subregional level, they
should use, where practical and appropriate, existing regional institutional cooperation
structures, including those under Regional Sea Conventions, as provided under Article
6 of Directive 2008/56/EC. Similarly, in the absence of specific criteria,
methodological standards, including for integration of the criteria, specifications and
standardised methods for monitoring and assessment, Member States should use,
where practical and appropriate, those developed at international, regional or
subregional level, for instance within the framework of the Regional Sea Conventions,
or other international mechanisms. Otherwise, Member States may choose to
coordinate amongst themselves within the region or subregion, where relevant. In
addition, a Member State may also decide, on the basis of the specificities of its
marine waters, to consider additional elements not laid down in this Decision and not
dealt with at international, regional or subregional level, or to consider applying
elements of this Decision to its transitional waters, as defined in Article 2(6) of
Directive 2000/60/EC, in support of the implementation of Directive 2008/56/EC.
Member States should have sufficient flexibility, under specified conditions, to focus
on the predominant pressures and their environmental impacts on the different
ecosystem elements in each region or subregion in order to monitor and assess their
marine waters in an efficient and effective manner and to facilitate prioritisation of
actions to be taken to achieve good environmental status. For that purpose, firstly,
Member States should be able to consider that some of the criteria are not appropriate
to apply, provided this is justified. Secondly, Member States should have the
possibility to decide not to use certain criteria elements or to select additional elements
or to focus on certain matrices or areas of their marine waters, provided that this is
based on a risk assessment in relation to the pressures and their impacts. Finally, a
distinction should be introduced between primary and secondary criteria. While
primary criteria should be used to ensure consistency across the Union, flexibility
should be granted with regard to secondary criteria. The use of a secondary criterion
should be decided by Member States, where necessary, to complement a primary
criterion or when, for a particular criterion, the marine environment is at risk of not
achieving or not maintaining good environmental status.
Criteria, including threshold values, methodological standards, specifications and
standardised methods for monitoring and assessment should be based on the best
available science. However, additional scientific and technical progress is still required
to support the further development of some of them, and should be used as the
knowledge and understanding become available.
Decision 2010/477/EU should therefore be repealed.
The measures provided for in this Decision are in accordance with the opinion of the
Regulatory Committee,
(18)
(19)
(20)
(21)
(22)
EN
6
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0227.png
HAS ADOPTED THIS DECISION:
Article 1
Subject-matter
This Decision lays down:
(a)
criteria and methodological standards to be used by Member States
when
determining a set of characteristics for good environmental status in accordance with
Article 9(1) of Directive 2008/56/EC, on the basis of Annexes I and III and by
reference to the initial assessment made pursuant to Article 8(1) of that Directive, to
assess the extent to which good environmental status is being achieved, in
accordance with Article 9(3) of that Directive;
specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and assessment, to be used
by Member States when establishing coordinated monitoring programmes under
Article 11
of Directive 2008/56/EC,
in accordance with Article 11(4) of that
Directive;
a timeline for the establishment of threshold values, lists of criteria elements and
methodological standards for integration of criteria through Union, regional or
subregional cooperation;
a notification requirement for criteria elements, threshold values and methodological
standards for integration of criteria.
Article 2
Definitions
For the purposes of this Decision, the definitions laid down in Article 3 of Directive
2008/56/EC shall apply.
The following definitions shall also apply:
(1)
(2)
(3)
'subregions' means the subregions listed in Article 4(2) of Directive 2008/56/EC
'subdivisions' means subdivisions as referred to in Article 4(2) of Directive
2008/56/EC;
'invasive non-indigenous species' means 'invasive alien species' within the meaning
of Article 3(2) of Regulation (EU) No 1143/2014 of the European Parliament and of
the Council
12
;
'criteria elements' means constituent elements of an ecosystem, particularly its
biological elements (species, habitats and their communities), or aspects of pressures
on the marine environment (biological, physical, substances, litter and energy),
which are assessed under each criterion;
'threshold value' means a value or range of values that allows for an assessment of
the quality level achieved for a particular criterion, thereby contributing to the
assessment of the extent to which good environmental status is being achieved.
(b)
(c)
(d)
(4)
(5)
12
Regulation (EU) No 1143/2014 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 22 October 2014 on
the prevention and management of the introduction and spread of invasive alien species (OJ L 317,
4.11.2014, p. 35).
EN
7
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
Article 3
Use of criteria, methodological standards, specifications and standardised methods
1.
Member States shall use primary criteria and associated methodological standards,
specifications and standardised methods laid down in the Annex to implement this
Decision. However, on the basis of the initial assessment or its subsequent updates
carried out in accordance with Articles 8 and 17(2)(a) of Directive 2008/56/EC,
Member States may consider, in justified circumstances, that it is not appropriate to
use one or more of the primary criteria. In such cases, Member States shall provide
the Commission with a justification in the framework of the notification made
pursuant to Article 9(2) or 17(3) of Directive 2008/56/EC.
Pursuant to the obligation of regional cooperation laid down in Articles 5 and 6 of
Directive 2008/56/EC, a Member State shall inform other Member States sharing the
same marine region or subregion before it decides not to use a primary criterion in
accordance with the first subparagraph.
2.
Secondary criteria and associated methodological standards, specifications and
standardised methods laid down in the Annex shall be used to complement a primary
criterion or when the marine environment is at risk of not achieving or not
maintaining good environmental status for that particular criterion. The use of a
secondary criterion shall be decided by each Member State, except where otherwise
specified in the Annex.
Where this Decision does not set criteria, methodological standards, including for
integration of the criteria, specifications or standardised methods for monitoring and
assessment, including for spatial and temporal aggregation of data, Member States
shall use, where practical and appropriate, those developed at international, regional
or subregional level, such as in the relevant Regional Sea Conventions.
Until Union, international, regional or subregional lists of criteria elements,
methodological standards for integration of criteria, and specifications and
standardised methods for monitoring and assessment are established, Member States
may use those established at national level, provided that regional cooperation is
pursued as laid down in Articles 5 and 6 of Directive 2008/56/EC.
Article 4
Setting of threshold values through Union, regional or subregional cooperation
1.
Where Member States are required under this Decision to establish threshold values
through Union, regional or subregional cooperation, those values shall:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
be part of the set of characteristics used by Member States in their
determination of good environmental status;
where appropriate, distinguish the quality level that constitutes an adverse
effect for a criterion and be set in relation to a reference condition;
be set at appropriate geographic scales of assessment to reflect the different
biotic and abiotic characteristics of the regions, subregions and subdivisions;
be set on the basis of the precautionary principle, reflecting the potential risks
to the marine environment;
be consistent across different criteria when they relate to the same ecosystem
element;
3.
4.
EN
8
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
(f)
(g)
(h)
make use of best available science;
be based on long time-series data, where available, to help determine the most
appropriate value;
reflect natural ecosystem dynamics, including predator-prey relationships and
hydrological and climatic variation, also acknowledging that the ecosystem or
parts thereof may recover, if deteriorated, to a state that reflects prevailing
physiographic, geographic, climatic and biological conditions, rather than
return to a specific state of the past;
be consistent with relevant values under regional institutional cooperation
structures, including the Regional Sea Conventions.
(i)
2.
Until Member States have established threshold values through Union, regional or
subregional cooperation as required under this Decision, they may use any of the
following to express the extent to which good environmental status is being
achieved:
(a)
(b)
(c)
national threshold values, provided the obligation of regional cooperation laid
down in Articles 5 and 6 of Directive 2008/56/EC is complied with;
directional trends of the values;
for state elements, pressure-based threshold values as proxies.
3.
Where threshold values, including those established by Member States in accordance
with this Decision, are not met for a particular criterion to the extent which that
Member State has determined as constituting good environmental status in
accordance with Article 9(1) of Directive 2008/56/EC, Member States shall consider,
as appropriate, whether measures should be taken under Article 13 of that Directive
or whether further research or investigation should be carried out.
Threshold values established by Member States in accordance with this Decision
may be periodically reviewed in the light of scientific and technical progress and
amended, where necessary, in time for the reviews provided for in Article 17(2)(a) of
Directive 2008/56/EC.
Article 5
Timeline
4.
1.
Where this Decision provides for Member States to establish threshold values, lists
of criteria elements or methodological standards for integration of criteria through
Union, regional or subregional cooperation, Member States shall endeavour to do so
within the time-limit set for the first review of their initial assessment and
determination of good environmental status in accordance with Article 17(2)(a) of
Directive 2008/56/EC (15 July 2018).
Where Member States are not able to establish threshold values, lists of criteria
elements or methodological standards for integration of criteria through Union,
regional or subregional cooperation within the time-limit laid down in paragraph 1,
they shall establish these as soon as possible thereafter, on condition that they
provide, by 15 October 2018, justification to the Commission in the notification
made pursuant to Article 9(2) or 17(3) of Directive 2008/56/EC.
2.
EN
9
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
Article 6
Notification
Member States shall send to the Commission, as part of the notification made pursuant to
Article 17(3) of Directive 2008/56/EC, details of the criteria elements, threshold values and
methodological standards for integration of criteria established through Union, regional or
subregional cooperation and used by Member States in accordance with this Decision.
Article 7
Repeal
Decision 2010/477/EU is hereby repealed.
References to Decision 2010/477/EU shall be construed as references to this Decision.
Article 8
Entry into force
This Decision shall enter into force on the twentieth day following that of its publication in
the
Official Journal of the European Union.
Done at Brussels,
For the Commission
The President
EN
10
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0231.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0232.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0233.png
Ref. Ares(2016)5301702 - 14/09/2016
EUROPEAN
COMMISSION
Brussels,
XXX
[…](2016)
XXX
draft
ANNEX 1
ANNEX
to the
Commission Decision
laying down criteria and methodological standards on good environmental status of
marine waters and specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and
assessment, and repealing Decision 2010/477/EU
EN
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0234.png
ANNEX
to the
Commission Decision
laying down criteria and methodological standards on good environmental status of
marine waters and specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and
assessment, and repealing Decision 2010/477/EU
ANNEX
Criteria and methodological standards for good environmental status of marine waters,
relevant to the qualitative descriptors in Annex I to Directive 2008/56/EC, and
to the indicative lists set out in Annex III to that Directive, and specifications
and standardised methods for monitoring and assessment
This Annex is structured in two parts:
under Part I are laid down the criteria and methodological standards for
determination of good environmental status under Article 9(3) of Directive
2008/56/EC, and specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and
assessment under Article 11(4) of that Directive, to be used by Member States in
relation to the assessment of predominant pressures and impacts under Article
8(1)(b) of Directive 2008/56/EC,
under Part II are laid down criteria and methodological standards for determination
of good environmental status under Article 9(3) of Directive 2008/56/EC, and
specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and assessment, to be used
by Member States in relation to the assessment of environmental status under Article
8(1)(a) of Directive 2008/56/EC.
P
ART
I
C
RITERIA
,
METHODOLOGICAL STANDARDS
,
SPECIFICATIONS AND STANDARDISED
METHODS FOR THE MONITORING AND ASSESSMENT OF PREDOMINANT PRESSURES AND
IMPACTS UNDER POINT
(
B
)
OF
A
RTICLE
8(1)
OF
D
IRECTIVE
2008/56/EC
Part I considers the descriptors
1
linked to the relevant anthropogenic pressures: biological
pressures (Descriptors 2 and 3), physical pressures (Descriptors 6 and 7) and substances, litter
and energy (Descriptors 5, 8, 9, 10 and 11), as listed in Annex III to Directive 2008/56/EC.
1
When this Decision refers to a 'descriptor', this refers to the relevant qualitative descriptors for
determining good environmental status, as indicated under the numbered points in Annex I to Directive
2008/56/EC.
EN
2
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0235.png
Descriptor 2
Non-indigenous species introduced by human activities are at levels that do not adversely alter the ecosystems
Relevant pressure: Input or spread of non-indigenous species
Criteria, including criteria elements, and methodological standards
Criteria elements
Criteria
D2C1
Primary:
The number of non-indigenous species which are newly
introduced via human activity into the wild, per assessment
period (6 years), measured from the reference year as
reported for the initial assessment under Article 8(1) of
Directive 2008/56/EC, is minimised and where possible
reduced to zero.
Member States shall establish the threshold value for the
number of new introductions of non-indigenous species,
through regional or subregional cooperation.
Methodological standards
Scale of assessment:
Subdivisions of the region or subregion, divided where
needed by national boundaries.
Use of criteria:
The extent to which good environmental status has been
achieved shall be expressed for each area assessed as
follows:
-
the number of non-indigenous species newly
introduced via human activity, in the 6-year
assessment period and a list of those species.
Scale of assessment:
As used for assessment of the corresponding species
groups or broad habitat types under Descriptors 1 and 6.
Use of criteria:
Criterion D2C2 (quantification of non-indigenous species)
shall be expressed per species assessed and shall
contribute to the assessment of criterion D2C3 (adverse
effects of non-indigenous species).
Criterion D2C3 shall provide the proportion per species
group and extent per broad habitat type assessed which is
Newly introduced non-indigenous
species.
Established non-indigenous species,
particularly invasive non-indigenous
species, which include relevant species
on the list of invasive alien species of
Union concern adopted in accordance
with Article 4(1) of Regulation (EU)
No 1143/2014 and species which are
relevant for use under criterion D2C3.
Member States shall establish that list
through regional or subregional
cooperation.
D2C2
Secondary:
Abundance and spatial distribution of established non-
indigenous species, particularly of invasive species,
contributing significantly to adverse effects on particular
species groups or broad habitat types.
EN
3
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0236.png
Criteria elements
Species groups and broad habitat types
that are at risk from non-indigenous
species, selected from those used for
Descriptors 1 and 6.
Member States shall establish that list
through regional or subregional
cooperation.
Criteria
D2C3
Secondary:
Proportion of the species group or spatial extent of the broad
habitat type which is adversely altered due to non-indigenous
species, particularly invasive non-indigenous species.
Member States shall establish the threshold values for the
adverse alteration to species groups and broad habitat types
due to non-indigenous species, through regional or
subregional cooperation.
Methodological standards
adversely altered, and thus contribute to their assessments
under Descriptors 1 and 6.
Specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and assessment
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
'Newly introduced' non-indigenous species shall be understood as those which were not known to be present in the area in the previous
assessment period.
'Established' non-indigenous species shall be understood as those which were known to be present in the area in the previous assessment
period.
For D2C1: where it is not clear whether the new arrival of non-indigenous species is due to human activity or natural dispersal from
neighbouring areas, the introduction shall be counted under D2C1.
For D2C2: when species occurrence and abundance is seasonally variable (e.g. plankton), monitoring shall be undertaken at appropriate times
of year.
Monitoring programmes shall be linked to those for Descriptors 1, 4, 5 and 6, where possible, as they typically use the same sampling
methods and it is more practical to monitor non-indigenous species as part of broader biodiversity monitoring, except where sampling needs to
focus on main vectors and risk areas for new introductions.
D2C1: the number of species per assessment area which have been newly introduced in the assessment period (6 years)
D2C2: abundance (number of individuals, biomass in tonnes (t) or extent in square kilometres (km
2
)) per non-indigenous species
Units of measurement for the criteria:
EN
4
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
D2C3: the proportion of the species group (ratio of indigenous species to non-indigenous species, as number of species and/or their
abundance within the group) or the spatial extent of the broad habitat type (in square kilometres (km
2
)) which is adversely altered
EN
5
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0238.png
Descriptor 3
Populations of all commercially-exploited fish and shellfish are within safe biological limits, exhibiting a population age and size
distribution that is indicative of a healthy stock
Relevant pressure: Extraction of, or mortality/injury to, wild species, including target and non-target species
Criteria, including criteria elements, and methodological standards
Criteria elements
Criteria
D3C1
Primary:
The
Fishing mortality
rate of populations of commercially-
exploited species is at or below levels which can produce the
maximum sustainable yield (MSY), established in accordance
with scientific advice obtained pursuant to Article 26 of
Regulation (EU) No 1380/2013.
Methodological standards
Commercially-exploited fish and
shellfish.
Member States shall establish through
regional or subregional cooperation a
list of commercially-exploited fish and
shellfish, according to the criteria laid
down under 'specifications'.
Scale of assessment:
Populations of each species are assessed at ecologically-
relevant scales within each region or subregion, as
established by appropriate scientific bodies as referred to in
Article 26 of Regulation (EU) No 1380/2013, based on
specified aggregations of International Council for the
Exploration of the Sea (ICES) areas, General Fisheries
D3C2
2
Primary:
Commission for the Mediterranean (GFCM) geographical
The
Spawning Stock Biomass
of populations of commercially- sub-areas and Food and Agriculture Organisation (FAO)
exploited species is above biomass levels capable of producing fishing areas for the Macaronesian biogeographic region.
maximum sustainable yield, established in accordance with
Use of criteria:
scientific advice obtained pursuant to Article 26 of Regulation
The extent to which good environmental status has been
(EU) No 1380/2013.
achieved shall be expressed for each area assessed as
2,3
D3C3
Primary:
follows:
The age and size distribution of individuals in the populations (a) the populations assessed, the values attained for each
of commercially-exploited species is indicative of a healthy
criterion and whether the levels for D3C1 and D3C2
population. This shall include a high proportion of old/large
and the threshold values for D3C3 have been
individuals and reduced adverse effects of exploitation on
achieved, and the overall status of the population on
genetic diversity.
the basis of criteria integration rules agreed at Union
level;
Member States shall establish threshold values through
regional or subregional cooperation for each population of
(b) the populations of commercially-exploited species in
2
3
D3C2 and D3C3 are state-based criteria for commercially-exploited fish and shellfish but are shown under Part I for clarity reasons.
D3C3 may not be available for use for the 2018 review of the initial assessment and determination of good environmental status under Article 17(2)(b) of Directive
2008/56/EC.
EN
6
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0239.png
Criteria elements
Criteria
Methodological standards
species in accordance with scientific advice obtained pursuant
the assessment area which were not assessed.
to Article 26 of Regulation (EU) No 1380/2013.
The outcomes of these population assessments shall also
contribute to the assessments under Descriptors 1 and 6, if
the species are relevant for assessment of particular species
groups and benthic habitat types.
Extraction of, or mortality/injury to, non-target species (incidental catches) as a result of fishing activities, is addressed under criterion D1C1.
Physical disturbance to the seabed, including effects on benthic communities, as a result of fishing activities, are addressed by the criteria under
Descriptor 6 (particularly criteria D6C2 and D6C3) and are to be fed into the assessments of benthic habitat types under Descriptors 1 and 6.
Specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and assessment
1.
A list of commercially-exploited species for application of the criteria in each assessment area shall be established by Member States through
regional or subregional cooperation and updated for each 6-year assessment period, taking into account Council Regulation (EC) No
199/2008
4
and the following:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
all stocks that are managed under Regulation (EU) No 1380/2013;
the species for which fishing opportunities (total allowable catches and quotas) are set by Council under Article 43(3) of the Treaty on
the Functioning of the European Union;
the species for which minimum conservation reference sizes are set under Regulation (EC) No 1967/2006;
the species under multiannual plans according to Article 9 of Regulation (EU) No 1380/2013;
the species under national management plans according to Article 19 of Regulation (EC) No 1967/2006;
any important species on a regional or national scale for small-scale/local coastal fisheries.
For the purposes of this Decision, commercially-exploited species which are non-indigenous in each assessment area shall be excluded from
the list and thus not contribute to achievement of good environmental status for Descriptor 3.
4
Council Regulation (EC) No 199/2008 of 25 February 2008 concerning the establishment of a Community framework for the collection, management and use of data in the
fisheries sector and support for scientific advice regarding the Common Fisheries Policy (OJ L 60, 5.3.2008, p. 1).
EN
7
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
2.
Regulation (EC) No 199/2008 establishes rules on the collection and management, in the framework of multi-annual programmes, of
biological, technical, environmental and socio-economic data concerning the fisheries sector which shall be used for monitoring under
Descriptor 3, including the collection of data for criterion D1C1.
For D3C1, D3C2 and D3C3, populations shall be understood as stocks under Regulation (EU) No 1380/2013.
For D3C1 and D3C2, the following shall apply:
(a)
for stocks managed under a multiannual plan according to Article 9 of Regulation (EU) No 1380/2013, in situations of mixed fisheries,
the target fishing mortality and the biomass levels capable of producing maximum sustainable yield shall be in accordance with the
relevant multiannual plan;
for the Mediterranean Sea and Black Sea regions, appropriate proxies may be used.
For D3C1: if quantitative assessments yielding values for
Fishing mortality
are not available due to inadequacies in the available data,
other variables such as the ratio between catch and biomass index ('catch/biomass ratio') may be used as an alternative method. In such
cases, an appropriate method for trend analysis shall be adopted (e.g. the current value can be compared against the long-term historical
average);
For D3C2: the threshold value used shall be in accordance with Article 2(2) of Regulation (EU) No 1380/2013. If quantitative
assessments yielding values for
Spawning Stock Biomass
are not available due to inadequacies in the available data, biomass-related
indices such as catch per unit effort or survey abundance indices may be used as an alternative method. In such cases, an appropriate
method for trend analysis shall be adopted (e.g. the current value can be compared against the long-term historical average);
D3C3 shall reflect that healthy populations of species are characterised by a high proportion of old, large individuals. The relevant
properties are the following:
(i) size distribution of individuals in the population, expressed as:
the proportion of fish larger than mean size of first sexual maturation, or
the 95
th
percentile of the fish-length distribution of each population, in both cases as observed in research vessel or other
surveys;
3.
4.
(b)
5.
(a)
The following methods for assessment shall be used:
(b)
(c)
(ii) genetic effects of exploitation of the species, such as size at first sexual maturation, where appropriate and feasible.
Other expressions of the relevant properties may be used following further scientific and technical development of this criterion.
EN
8
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
Units of measurement for the criteria:
D3C1: annualised fishing mortality rate
D3C2: biomass in tonnes (t) or number of individuals per species, except where other indices are used under point 5(b)
D3C3: under point 5(c): for (i), first indent: proportion (percentage) or numbers, for (i), second indent: length in centimetres (cm), and
for (ii): length in centimetres (cm).
EN
9
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0242.png
Descriptor 5
Human-induced eutrophication is minimised, especially adverse effects thereof, such as losses in biodiversity, ecosystem
degradation, harmful algae blooms and oxygen deficiency in bottom waters
Relevant pressures: Input of nutrients; Input of organic matter
Criteria, including criteria elements, and methodological standards
Criteria elements
Nutrients in the water column:
Dissolved Inorganic Nitrogen (DIN),
Total Nitrogen (TN), Dissolved
Inorganic Phosphorus (DIP), Total
Phosphorus (TP).
Within coastal waters, as used under
Directive 2000/60/EC.
Beyond coastal waters, Member States
may decide at regional or subregional
level to not use one or several of these
nutrient elements.
Criteria
Methodological standards
Scale of assessment:
within coastal waters, as used under Directive
2000/60/EC,
beyond coastal waters, subdivisions of the region or
subregion, divided where needed by national
boundaries.
Use of criteria:
The extent to which good environmental status has been
achieved shall be expressed for each area assessed as
follows:
(a) the values achieved for each criterion used, and an
estimate of the extent of the assessment area over
which the threshold values set have been achieved;
(b) in coastal waters, the criteria shall be used in
accordance with the requirements of Directive
2000/60/EC to conclude on whether the water body
is subject to eutrophication;
(c) beyond coastal waters, an estimate of the extent of
the area (as a proportion (percentage)) that is not
subject to eutrophication (as indicated by the results
of all criteria used, integrated in a manner agreed at
Union level, taking into account regional or
subregional specificities).
D5C1
Primary:
Nutrient concentrations are not at levels that indicate adverse
eutrophication effects. The threshold values are as follows:
(a) in coastal waters, the values set in accordance with
Directive 2000/60/EC;
(b) beyond coastal waters, values consistent with those for
coastal waters under Directive 2000/60/EC. Member
States shall establish those values through regional or
subregional cooperation
D5C2
Primary:
Chlorophyll a concentrations are not at levels that indicate
adverse effects of nutrient enrichment. The threshold values
are as follows:
(a) in coastal waters, the values set in accordance with
Directive 2000/60/EC;
(b) beyond coastal waters, values consistent with those for
coastal waters under Directive 2000/60/EC. Member
States shall establish those values through regional or
subregional cooperation.
D5C3
Secondary:
The number, spatial extent and duration of harmful algal
bloom events are not at levels that indicate adverse effects of
Chlorophyll a in the water column
Harmful algal blooms (e.g.
cyanobacteria) in the water column
EN
10
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0243.png
Criteria elements
Criteria
nutrient enrichment.
Member States shall establish threshold values for these
levels through regional or subregional cooperation.
D5C4
Secondary:
The photic limit (transparency) of the water column is not
reduced to a level that indicates adverse effects of nutrient
enrichment related to increases in suspended algae. The
threshold values are as follows:
(a) in coastal waters, the values set in accordance with
Directive 2000/60/EC;
(b) beyond coastal waters, values consistent with those for
coastal waters under Directive 2000/60/EC. Member
States shall establish those values through regional or
subregional cooperation.
D5C5
Primary (may be substituted by D5C8):
The concentration of dissolved oxygen is not reduced, due to
nutrient enrichment, to levels that indicate adverse effects on
benthic habitats (including on associated biota and mobile
species) or other eutrophication effects. The threshold values
are as follows:
(a) in coastal waters, the values set in accordance with
Directive 2000/60/EC;
Methodological standards
Beyond coastal waters, the use of the secondary criteria
shall be agreed at regional or subregional level.
The outcomes of the assessments shall also contribute to
assessments for pelagic habitats under Descriptor 1 as
follows:
-
the distribution and an estimate of the extent of the
area (as a proportion (percentage)) that is subject to
eutrophication in the water column (as indicated by
whether the threshold values for criteria D5C2,
D5C3 and D5C4, when used, have been achieved);
The outcomes of the assessments shall also contribute to
assessments for benthic habitats under Descriptors 1 and 6
as follows:
the distribution and an estimate of the extent of the
-
area (as a proportion (percentage)) that is subject to
eutrophication on the seabed (as indicated by
whether the threshold values for criteria D5C4,
D5C5, D5C6, D5C7 and D5C8, when used, have
been achieved).
Photic limit (transparency) of the water
column
Dissolved oxygen in the bottom of the
water column
(b)
beyond coastal waters, values consistent with those for
coastal waters under Directive 2000/60/EC. Member
States shall establish those values through regional or
subregional cooperation.
Opportunistic macroalgae of benthic
habitats
D5C6
Secondary:
The abundance of opportunistic macroalgae is not at levels
that indicate adverse effects of nutrient enrichment. The
EN
11
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0244.png
Criteria elements
Criteria
threshold values are as follows:
(a) in coastal waters, the values set in accordance with
Directive 2000/60/EC;
(b) should this criterion be relevant for waters beyond
coastal waters, values consistent with those for coastal
waters under Directive 2000/60/EC. Member States
shall establish those values through regional or
subregional cooperation.
D5C7
Secondary:
The species composition and relative abundance or depth
distribution of macrophyte communities achieve values that
indicate there is no adverse effect due to nutrient enrichment
including via a decrease in water transparency, as follows:
(a) in coastal waters, the values set in accordance with
Directive 2000/60/EC;
Methodological standards
Macrophyte communities (perennial
seaweeds and seagrasses such as
fucoids, eelgrass and Neptune grass) of
benthic habitats
(b)
should this criterion be relevant for waters beyond
coastal waters, values consistent with those for coastal
waters under Directive 2000/60/EC. Member States
shall establish those values through regional or
subregional cooperation.
D5C8
Secondary (except when used as a substitute for
D5C5):
Macrofaunal communities of benthic
habitats
The species composition and relative abundance of
macrofaunal communities, achieve values that indicate that
there is no adverse effect due to nutrient and organic
enrichment, as follows:
(a) in coastal waters, the values for benthic biological
quality elements set in accordance with Directive
2000/60/EC;
EN
12
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0245.png
Criteria elements
Criteria
Methodological standards
(b)
beyond coastal waters, values consistent with those for
coastal waters under Directive 2000/60/EC. Member
States shall establish those values through regional or
subregional cooperation.
Specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and assessment
1.
2.
3.
Information on the pathways (atmospheric, land- or sea-based) for nutrients entering the marine environment shall be collected, where
feasible.
Monitoring beyond coastal waters may not be necessary due to low risk, such as in cases where the threshold values are achieved in coastal
waters, taking into account nutrient input from atmospheric, sea-based including coastal waters, and transboundary sources.
Values set in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC shall refer either to those set by intercalibration under Commission Decision
2013/480/EU
5
or to those set in national legislation in accordance with Article 8 and Annex V of Directive 2000/60/EC. These shall be
understood as the "Good-Moderate boundary" for Ecological Quality Ratios.
In coastal waters, the criteria elements shall be selected in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC.
Assessments under Directive 2000/60/EC shall be used for the assessments of each criterion in coastal waters.
Species composition shall be understood to refer to the lowest taxonomic level appropriate for the assessment.
For D5C2 and D5C3, Member States may in addition use phytoplankton species composition and abundance.
5
4.
5.
6.
7.
Units of measurement for the criteria:
D5C1: nutrient concentrations in micromoles per litre (µmol/l)
D5C2: chlorophyll a concentrations (biomass) in micrograms per litre (µg/l)
D5C3: bloom events as number of events, duration in days and spatial extent in square kilometres (km
2
) per year
D5C4: Photic limit as depth in metres (m)
Commission Decision 2013/480/EU of 20 September 2013 establishing, pursuant to Directive 2000/60/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council, the values of the
Member State monitoring system classifications as a result of the intercalibration exercise and repealing Decision 2008/915/EC (OJ L 266, 8.10.2013, p. 1).
EN
13
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
D5C5: oxygen concentration in the bottom of the water column in milligrams per litre (mg/l)
D5C6: Ecological Quality Ratio for macroalgal abundance or spatial cover. Extent of adverse effects in square kilometres (km
2
)
D5C7: Ecological Quality Ratio for species composition and relative abundance assessments or for maximum depth of macrophyte
growth. Extent of adverse effects in square kilometres (km
2
)
D5C8: Ecological Quality Ratio for species composition and relative abundance assessments. Extent of adverse effects in square
kilometres (km
2
)
Where available, Member States shall use the units or ecological quality ratios provided for under Directive 2000/60/EC.
EN
14
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0247.png
Descriptor 6
Sea-floor integrity is at a level that ensures that the structure and functions of the ecosystems are safeguarded and benthic
ecosystems, in particular, are not adversely affected.
Criteria D6C1, D6C2 and D6C3 relate only to the pressures 'physical loss' and 'physical disturbance' and their impacts, whilst criteria D6C4 and D6C5
address the overall assessment of Descriptor 6, together with that for benthic habitats under Descriptor 1.
Relevant pressures: Physical loss (due to permanent change of seabed substrate or morphology and to extraction of seabed substrate); physical
disturbance to seabed
Criteria, including criteria elements, and methodological standards
Criteria elements
Physical loss of the seabed (including
intertidal areas).
Physical disturbance to the seabed
(including intertidal areas).
Criteria
D6C1
Primary:
Spatial extent and distribution of physical loss (permanent
change) of the natural seabed.
D6C2
Primary:
Spatial extent and distribution of physical disturbance
pressures on the seabed.
D6C3
Primary:
Spatial extent of each habitat type which is adversely
affected, through change in its biotic and abiotic structure and
its functions (e.g. through changes in species composition and
their relative abundance, absence of particularly sensitive or
fragile species or species providing a key function, size
structure of species), by physical disturbance.
Member States shall establish threshold values for the
adverse effects of physical disturbance through regional or
subregional cooperation.
Methodological standards
Scale of assessment:
As used for assessment of the benthic broad habitat types
under Descriptors 1 and 6.
Use of criteria:
The outcomes of assessment of criterion D6C1 (the
distribution and an estimate of the extent of physical loss)
shall be used to assess criteria D6C4 and D7C1.
The outcomes of assessment of criterion D6C2 (the
distribution and an estimate of the extent of physical
disturbance pressures) shall be used to assess criterion
D6C3.
The outcomes of assessment of criterion D6C3 (an
estimate of the extent of adverse effect by physical
disturbance per habitat type in each assessment area) shall
contribute to the assessment of criterion D6C5.
Benthic broad habitat types or other
habitat types, as used under
Descriptors 1 and 6.
Criteria D6C4 and D6C5 are presented under Part II of this Annex.
EN
15
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
Specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and assessment
1.
Regarding methods for monitoring:
(a)
for D6C1, permanent changes to the seabed from different human activities shall be assessed (including permanent changes to natural
seabed substrate or morphology via physical restructuring, infrastructure developments and loss of substrate via extraction of the seabed
materials);
for D6C2, physical disturbances from different human activities shall be assessed (such as bottom-trawling fishing);
for coastal waters, the hydromorphology data and relevant assessments under Directive 2000/60/EC shall be used. Beyond coastal
waters, data may be collated from mapping of infrastructure and licenced extraction sites.
D6C1 is assessed as area lost in relation to total natural extent of all benthic habitats in the assessment area (e.g. by extent of
anthropogenic modification);
D6C3 is assessed in relation to total natural extent of each benthic habitat type assessed.
(b)
(c)
2.
Regarding methods for assessment, the data shall be aggregated so that:
(a)
(b)
3.
4.
5.
Physical loss shall be understood as a permanent change to the seabed which has lasted or is expected to last for a period of two reporting
cycles (12 years) or more.
Physical disturbance shall be understood as a change to the seabed which can be restored if the activity causing the disturbance pressure
ceases.
For D6C3 species composition shall be understood to refer to the lowest taxonomic level appropriate for the assessment.
D6C1: extent of the assessment area physically lost in square kilometres (
km
2
)
D6C2: extent of the assessment area physically disturbed in square kilometres (
km
2
)
D6C3: extent of each habitat type adversely affected in square kilometres (
km
2
)
or as a proportion (percentage) of the total natural extent
of the habitat in the assessment area
Units of measurement for the criteria:
EN
16
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0249.png
Descriptor 7
Permanent alteration of hydrographical conditions does not adversely affect marine ecosystems
Relevant pressures: Physical loss (due to permanent change of seabed substrate or morphology or to extraction of seabed substrate); Changes to
hydrological conditions
Criteria, including criteria elements, and methodological standards
Criteria elements
Criteria
D7C1
Secondary:
Spatial extent and distribution of permanent alteration of
hydrographical conditions (e.g. changes in wave action,
currents, salinity, temperature) to the seabed and water
column, associated in particular with physical loss
6
of the
natural seabed.
D7C2
Secondary:
Spatial extent of each benthic habitat type adversely affected
(physical and hydrographical characteristics and associated
biological communities) due to permanent alteration of
hydrographical conditions.
Member States shall establish threshold values for the adverse
effects of permanent alterations of hydrographical conditions
through regional or subregional cooperation.
Methodological standards
Scale of assessment:
As used for assessment of the benthic broad habitat types
under Descriptors 1 and 6.
Use of criteria:
The outcomes of assessment of criterion D7C1 (the
distribution and an estimate of the extent of
hydrographical changes) shall be used to assess criterion
D7C2.
The outcomes of assessment of criterion D7C2 (an
estimate of the extent of adverse effect per habitat type in
each assessment area) shall contribute to the assessment of
criterion D6C5.
Hydrographical changes to the seabed
and water column (including intertidal
areas).
Benthic broad habitats types or other
habitat types, as used for Descriptors 1
and 6.
Specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and assessment
1.
Regarding methods for monitoring and assessment:
(a)
Monitoring shall focus on changes associated with infrastructure developments, either on the coast or offshore.
6
Physical loss shall be understood as under point 3 of the specifications under Descriptor 6.
EN
17
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
(b)
(c)
2.
(a)
(b)
Environmental impact assessment hydrodynamic models, where required, which are validated with ground-truth measurements, or other
suitable sources of information, shall be used to assess the extent of effects from each infrastructure development.
For coastal waters, the hydromorphology data and relevant assessments under Directive 2000/60/EC shall be used.
D7C1 is assessed in relation to total natural extent of all habitats in the assessment area;
D7C2 is assessed in relation to total natural extent of each benthic habitat type assessed.
D7C1: extent of the assessment area hydrographically altered in square kilometres (km
2
)
D7C2: extent of each habitat type adversely affected in square kilometres (km
2
) or as a proportion (percentage) of the total natural extent
of the habitat in the assessment area
Regarding methods for assessment, the data shall be aggregated so that:
Units of measurement for the criteria:
EN
18
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0251.png
Descriptor 8
Concentrations of contaminants are at levels not giving rise to pollution effects
Relevant pressures: Input of hazardous substances
Criteria, including criteria elements, and methodological standards
Criteria elements
(1)
(a)
Within coastal and territorial
waters:
Contaminants selected in
accordance with Directive
2000/60/EC:
(i) contaminants for which an
environmental quality standard
is laid down in Part A of Annex
I to Directive 2008/105/EC;
(ii) River Basin Specific
Pollutants under Annex VIII to
Directive 2000/60/EC, in coastal
waters;
(b)
additional contaminants, if
relevant, such as from offshore
sources, which are not already
identified under point (a) and
which may give rise to pollution
effects in the region or
subregion. Member States shall
establish that list of these
contaminants through regional
or subregional cooperation.
Beyond territorial waters:
the contaminants considered
Criteria
D8C1
Primary:
Within coastal and territorial waters, the concentrations of
contaminants do not exceed the following threshold values:
(a) for contaminants set out under point (1)(a) of criteria
elements, the values set in accordance with Directive
2000/60/EC;
(b) for additional contaminants selected under point (1)(b)
of criteria elements, the concentrations for a specified
matrix (water, sediment or biota) which may give rise
to pollution effects. Member States shall establish
these concentrations through regional or subregional
cooperation, considering their application within and
beyond coastal and territorial waters;
(c) when contaminants under point (a) are measured in a
matrix for which no value is set under Directive
2000/60/EC, the concentration of those contaminants
in that matrix established by Member States through
regional or subregional cooperation.
Beyond territorial waters, the concentrations of contaminants
do not exceed the following threshold values:
(a) for contaminants selected under point (2)(a) of criteria
elements, the values as applicable within coastal and
territorial waters;
Methodological standards
Scale of assessment:
within coastal and territorial waters, as used under
Directive 2000/60/EC,
beyond territorial waters, subdivisions of the region
or subregion, divided where needed by national
boundaries.
Use of criteria:
The extent to which good environmental status has been
achieved shall be expressed for each area assessed as
follows:
(a) for each contaminant under criterion D8C1, its
concentration, the matrix used (water, sediment,
biota), whether the threshold values set have been
achieved, and the proportion of contaminants
assessed which have achieved the threshold values,
including indicating separately substances behaving
like ubiquitous persistent, bioaccumulative and
toxic substances (uPBTs), as referred to in Article
8a(1)(a) of Directive 2008/105/EC;
(b) for each species assessed under criterion D8C2, an
estimate of the abundance of its population in the
assessment area that is adversely affected;
(c) for each habitat assessed under criterion D8C2, an
estimate of the extent in the assessment area that is
adversely affected.
(2)
(a)
(b)
for contaminants selected under point (2)(b) of criteria
elements, the concentrations for a specified matrix
(water, sediment or biota) which may give rise to
EN
19
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0252.png
(b)
Criteria elements
under point (1), where these still
may give rise to pollution
effects;
additional contaminants, if
relevant, which are not already
identified under point (2)(a) and
which may give rise to pollution
effects in the region or
subregion. Member States shall
establish that list of
contaminants through regional
or subregional cooperation.
Criteria
pollution effects. Member States shall establish these
concentrations through regional or subregional
cooperation.
Methodological standards
The use of criterion D8C2 in the assessment of good
environmental status for Descriptor 8 shall be agreed at
regional or subregional level.
The outcomes of the assessment of criterion D8C2 shall
contribute to assessments under Descriptors 1 and 6,
where appropriate.
Species and habitats which are at risk
from contaminants.
Member States shall establish that list
of species, and relevant tissues to be
assessed, and habitats, through
regional or subregional cooperation.
Significant acute pollution events
involving polluting substances, as
defined in Article 2(2) of Directive
2005/35/EC of the European
Parliament and of the Council
7
,
including crude oil and similar
compounds.
D8C2
Secondary:
The health of species and the condition of habitats (such as
their species composition and relative abundance at locations
of chronic pollution) are not adversely affected due to
contaminants including cumulative and synergetic effects.
Member States shall establish those adverse effects and their
threshold values through regional or subregional cooperation.
Scale of assessment:
Regional or subregional level, divided where needed by
national boundaries.
Use of criteria:
This criterion shall be used to trigger assessment of
criterion D8C4.
The extent to which good environmental status has been
D8C3
Primary:
The spatial extent and duration of significant acute pollution
events are minimised.
7
Directive 2005/35/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 7 September 2005 on ship-source pollution and on the introduction of penalties, including criminal
penalties, for pollution offences (OJ L 255, 30.9.2005, p. 11).
EN
20
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0253.png
Criteria elements
Criteria
Methodological standards
achieved shall be expressed for each area assessed as
follows:
an estimate of the total spatial extent of significant
acute pollution events and their distribution and
total duration for each year.
Species of the species groups, as listed
under Table 1 of Part II, and benthic
broad habitat types, as listed under
Table 2 of Part II.
D8C4
Secondary (to be used when a significant acute
pollution event has occurred):
The adverse effects of significant acute pollution events on
the health of species and on the condition of habitats (such as
their species composition and relative abundance) are
minimised and, where possible, eliminated.
Scale of assessment:
As used for assessment of the species groups or benthic
broad habitat types under Descriptors 1 and 6.
Use of criteria:
The use of criterion D8C4 in the assessment of good
environmental status for Descriptor 8 shall be agreed at
regional or subregional level.
The outcomes of assessment of criterion D8C4 shall
contribute, where the cumulative spatial and temporal
effects are significant, to the assessments under
Descriptors 1 and 6 by providing:
(a) an estimate of the abundance of each species that is
adversely affected;
(b)
Specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and assessment
1.
For the purposes of this Decision:
(a)
an estimate of the extent of each broad habitat type
that is adversely affected.
Criterion D8C1: for the assessment of contaminants in coastal and territorial waters, Member States shall monitor the contaminants in
accordance with the requirements of Directive 2000/60/EC and the assessments under that Directive shall be used where available.
Information on the pathways (atmospheric, land- or sea-based) for contaminants entering the marine environment shall be collected,
where feasible.
Criteria D8C2 and D8C4: biomarkers or population demographic characteristics (e.g. fecundity rates, survival rates, mortality rates, and
reproductive capacity) may be relevant to assess the health effects.
(b)
EN
21
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
(c)
(d)
2.
Criteria D8C3 and D8C4: for the purposes of this Decision, monitoring is established as needed once the acute pollution event has
occurred, rather than being part of a regular monitoring programme under Article 11 of Directive 2008/56/EC.
Criterion D8C3: Member States shall identify the source of significant acute pollution events, where possible. They may use the
European Maritime Safety Agency satellite-based surveillance for this purpose.
For criteria elements under D8C1, the selection under points (1)(b) and (2)(b) of additional contaminants that may give rise to pollution effects
shall be based on a risk assessment. For these contaminants, the matrix and threshold values used for the assessment shall be representative of
the most sensitive species and exposure pathway, including hazards to human health via exposure through the food chain.
Contaminants shall be understood to refer to single substances or to groups of substances. For consistency in reporting, the grouping of
substances shall be agreed at Union level.
Species composition shall be understood to refer to the lowest taxonomic level appropriate for the assessment.
D8C1: concentrations of contaminants in micrograms per litre (µg/l) for water, in micrograms per kilogram (µg/kg) of dry weight for
sediment and in micrograms per kilogram (µg/kg) of wet weight for biota.
D8C2: abundance (number of individuals or other suitable units as agreed at regional or subregional level) per species affected; extent in
square kilometres (km
2
) per broad habitat type affected.
D8C3: duration in days and spatial extent in square kilometres (km
2
) of significant acute pollution events per year.
D8C4: abundance (number of individuals or other suitable units as agreed at regional or subregional level) per species affected; extent in
square kilometres (km
2
) per broad habitat type affected.
3.
4.
Units of measurement for the criteria:
EN
22
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0255.png
Descriptor 9
Contaminants in fish and other seafood for human consumption do not exceed levels established by Union legislation or other
relevant standards
Relevant pressure: Input of hazardous substances
Criteria, including criteria elements, and methodological standards
Criteria elements
Contaminants listed in Regulation
(EC) No 1881/2006.
For the purposes of this Decision,
Member States may decide not to
consider contaminants from
Regulation (EC) No 1881/2006 where
justified on the basis of a risk
assessment.
Member States may assess additional
contaminants that are not included in
Regulation (EC) No 1881/2006.
Member States shall establish a list of
those additional contaminants through
regional or subregional cooperation.
Member States shall establish the list
of species and relevant tissues to be
assessed, according to the conditions
laid down under 'specifications'. They
may cooperate at regional or
subregional level to establish that list
of species and relevant tissues.
Criteria
Methodological standards
D9C1
Primary:
The level of contaminants in edible tissues (muscle, liver,
roe, flesh or other soft parts, as appropriate) of seafood
(including fish, crustaceans, molluscs, echinoderms, seaweed
and other marine plants) caught or harvested in the wild
(excluding fin-fish from mariculture) does not exceed:
(a) for contaminants listed in Regulation (EC) No
1881/2006, the maximum levels laid down in that
Regulation, which are the threshold values for the
purposes of this Decision;
(b) for additional contaminants, not listed in Regulation
(EC) No 1881/2006, threshold values, which Member
States shall establish through regional or subregional
cooperation.
Scale of assessment:
The catch or production area in accordance with Article
38 of Regulation (EU) No 1379/2013
of the European
Parliament and of the Council
8
.
Use of criteria:
The extent to which good environmental status has been
achieved shall be expressed for each area assessed as
follows:
for each contaminant, its concentration in seafood,
the matrix used (species and tissue), whether the
threshold values set have been exceeded, and the
proportion of contaminants assessed which have
achieved their threshold values.
8
Regulation (EU) No 1379/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 11 December 2013 on the common organisation of the markets in fishery and aquaculture
products, amending Council Regulations (EC) No 1184/2006 and (EC) No 1224/2009 and repealing Council Regulation (EC) No 104/2000 (OJ L 354, 28.12.2013, p. 1).
EN
23
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0256.png
Specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and assessment
1.
When Member States establish the list of species to be used under D9C1, the species shall:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
2.
3.
be relevant to the marine region or subregion concerned;
fall under the scope of Regulation (EC) No 1881/2006;
be suitable for the contaminant being assessed;
be among the most consumed in the Member State or the most caught or harvested for consumption.
Exceedance of the standard set for a contaminant shall lead to subsequent monitoring to determine the persistence of the contamination in the
area and species sampled. Monitoring shall continue until there is sufficient evidence that there is no risk of failure.
For the purposes of this Decision, the sampling for the assessment of the maximum levels of contaminants shall be performed in accordance
with Article 11 of Regulation (EC) No 882/2004 of the European Parliament and of the Council
9
and with Commission Regulation (EU) No
589/2014
10
and Commission Regulation (EC) No 333/2007
11
.
Within each region or subregion, Member States shall ensure that the temporal and geographical scope of sampling is adequate to provide a
representative sample of the specified contaminants in seafood in the marine region or subregion.
D9C1: concentrations of contaminants in the units set out in the Annex to Regulation (EC) No 1881/2006.
4.
Units of measurement for the criteria:
9
10
11
Regulation (EC) No 882/2004 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 29 April 2004 on official controls performed to ensure the verification of compliance with
feed and food law, animal health and animal welfare rules (OJ L 165, 30.4.2004, p. 1).
Commission Regulation (EU) No 589/2014 of 2 June 2014 laying down methods of sampling and analysis for the control of levels of dioxins, dioxin-like PCBs and non-
dioxin-like PCBs in certain foodstuffs and repealing Regulation (EU) No 252/2012 (OJ L 164, 3.6.2014, p. 18).
Commission Regulation (EC) No 333/2007 of 28 March 2007 laying down the methods of sampling and analysis for the official control of the levels of lead, cadmium,
mercury, inorganic tin, 3-MCPD and benzo(a)pyrene in foodstuffs (OJ L 88, 29.3.2007, p. 29).
EN
24
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0257.png
Descriptor 10
Properties and quantities of marine litter do not cause harm to the coastal and marine environment
Relevant pressure: Input of litter
Criteria, including criteria elements, and methodological standards
Criteria elements
Litter (excluding micro-litter),
classified in the following categories
12
:
artificial polymer materials, rubber,
cloth/textile, paper/cardboard,
processed/worked wood, metal,
glass/ceramics, chemicals, undefined,
and food waste.
Member States may define further sub-
categories.
Criteria
D10C1
Primary:
The composition, amount and spatial distribution of litter on
the coastline, in the surface layer of the water column, and on
the seabed, are at levels that do not cause harm to the coastal
and marine environment.
Member States shall establish threshold values for these
levels through cooperation at Union level, taking into account
regional or subregional specificities.
D10C2
Primary:
The composition, amount and spatial distribution of micro-
litter on the coastline, in the surface layer of the water
column, and in seabed sediment, are at levels that do not
cause harm to the coastal and marine environment.
Member States shall establish threshold values for these
levels through cooperation at Union level, taking into account
regional or subregional specificities.
Methodological standards
Scale of assessment:
Subdivisions of the region or subregion, divided where
needed by national boundaries.
Use of criteria:
The use of criteria D10C1, D10C2 and D10C3 in the
assessment of good environmental status for Descriptor 10
shall be agreed at Union level.
The extent to which good environmental status has been
achieved shall be expressed for each criterion separately
for each area assessed as follows:
(a) the outcomes for each criterion (amount of litter or
micro-litter per category) and its distribution per
matrix used under D10C1 and D10C2 and whether
the threshold values set have been achieved.
(b) the outcomes for D10C3 (amount of litter or micro-
litter per category per species) and whether the
Micro-litter (particles < 5mm),
classified in the categories 'artificial
polymer materials' and 'other'.
12
These are the "Level 1
Material" categories from the Master List of categories of litter items from the Joint Research Centre "Guidance on Monitoring of marine litter in
European seas" (2013, ISBN 978-92-79-32709-4). The Master List specifies what is covered under each category, for instance "Chemicals" refers to paraffin, wax, oil and
tar.
EN
25
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0258.png
Criteria elements
Litter and micro-litter classified in the
categories 'artificial polymer materials'
and 'other', assessed in any species
from the following groups: birds,
mammals, reptiles, fish or
invertebrates.
Member States shall establish that list
of species to be assessed through
regional or subregional cooperation.
Criteria
D10C3
Secondary:
The amount of litter and micro-litter ingested by marine
animals is at a level that does not adversely affect the health
of the species concerned.
Member States shall establish threshold values for these
levels through regional or subregional cooperation.
Methodological standards
threshold values set have been achieved.
The outcomes of criterion D10C3 shall also contribute to
assessments under Descriptor 1, where appropriate.
Species of birds, mammals, reptiles,
fish or invertebrates which are at risk
from litter.
Member States shall establish that list
of species to be assessed through
regional or subregional cooperation.
D10C4
Secondary:
The number of individuals of each species which are
adversely affected, such as by entanglement, other types of
injury or mortality, or health effects, due to litter.
Member States shall establish threshold values for the
adverse effects of litter, through regional or subregional
cooperation.
Scale of assessment:
As used for assessment of the species group under
Descriptor 1.
Use of criteria:
The use of criterion D10C4 in the assessment of good
environmental status for Descriptor 10 shall be agreed at
Union level.
The extent to which good environmental status has been
achieved shall be expressed for each area assessed as
follows:
for each species assessed under criterion D10C4, an
estimate of the number of individuals in the
assessment area that have been adversely affected.
The outcomes of this criterion shall also contribute to
assessments under Descriptor 1, where appropriate.
Specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and assessment
1.
For D10C1: litter shall be monitored on the coastline and may additionally be monitored in the surface layer of the water column and on the
seabed. Information on the source and pathway of the litter shall be collected, where feasible;
EN
26
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
2.
For D10C2: micro-litter shall be monitored in the surface layer of the water column and in the seabed sediment and may additionally be
monitored on the coastline. Micro-litter shall be monitored in a manner that can be related to point-sources for inputs (such as harbours,
marinas, waste-water treatment plants, storm-water effluents), where feasible.
For D10C3 and D10C4: the monitoring may be based on incidental occurrences (e.g. strandings of dead animals, entangled animals in
breeding colonies, affected individuals per survey).
D10C1: amount of litter per category in number of items:
per 100 metres (m) on the coastline,
per square kilometre (km
2
) for surface layer of the water column and for seabed
per square metre (m
2
) for surface layer of the water column
per kilogram (dry weight) (kg) of sediment for the coastline and for seabed
3.
Units of measurement for the criteria:
D10C2: amount of micro-litter per category in number of items and weight in grams (g):
D10C3: amount of litter/micro-litter in grams (g) and number of items per individual for each species in relation to size (weight or
length, as appropriate) of the individual sampled
D10C4: number of individuals affected (lethal; sub-lethal) per species.
EN
27
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0260.png
Descriptor 11
Introduction of energy, including underwater noise, is at levels that do not adversely affect the marine environment
Relevant pressures: Input of anthropogenic sound; Input of other forms of energy
Criteria, including criteria elements, and methodological standards
Criteria elements
Criteria
Methodological standards
Scale of assessment:
Region, subregion or subdivisions.
Use of criteria:
The use of criteria D11C1 and D11C2 in the assessment
of good environmental status for Descriptor 11 shall be
agreed at Union level.
The extent to which good environmental status has been
achieved shall be expressed for each area assessed as
follows:
(a) for D11C1, the duration per calendar year of
impulsive sound sources, their distribution within
the year and spatially within the assessment area,
and whether the threshold values set have been
exceeded;
(b) for D11C2, the annual average of the sound level,
or other suitable metric agreed at regional or
subregional level, per unit area and its spatial and
temporal distribution within the assessment area,
and whether the threshold values set have been
exceeded.
The outcomes of these criteria shall also contribute to
assessments under Descriptor 1.
Anthropogenic impulsive sound in
water.
D11C1
Primary:
The spatial distribution, temporal extent, and levels of
anthropogenic impulsive sound sources do not exceed values
that adversely affect marine animals.
Member States shall establish these threshold values through
cooperation at Union level, taking into account regional or
subregional specificities.
Anthropogenic continuous low-
frequency sound in water.
D11C2
Primary:
The spatial distribution, temporal extent and levels of
anthropogenic continuous low-frequency sound do not
exceed values that adversely affect marine animals.
Member States shall establish these threshold values through
cooperation at Union level, taking into account regional or
subregional specificities.
EN
28
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
Specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and assessment
1.
For D11C1 monitoring:
(a)
(b)
Spatial resolution: geographical locations whose shape and areas are to be determined at regional or subregional level, on the basis of,
for instance, activities listed in Annex III to Directive 2008/56/EC.
Impulsive sound described as monopole
energy source level in units of dB re 1!Pa
2
s or zero to peak monopole source level in units of
dB re 1!Pa m,
both over the frequency band 10 Hz to 10 kHz. Member States may consider other specific sources with higher frequency
bands if longer-range effects are considered relevant.
2.
For D11C2 monitoring:
Annual average, or other suitable metric agreed at regional or subregional level,
of the squared sound pressure in each of two ‘1/3-octave
bands', one centred at 63 Hz and the other at 125 Hz, expressed
as a level in decibels in units of dB re 1!Pa,
at a suitable spatial resolution in
relation to the pressure. This may be measured directly, or inferred from a model used to interpolate between, or extrapolated from,
measurements. Member States may also decide at regional or subregional level to monitor for additional frequency bands.
Criteria relating to other forms of energy input (including thermal energy, electromagnetic fields and light) and criteria relating to the environmental
impacts of noise are still subject to further development.
EN
29
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0262.png
PART II
C
RITERIA AND METHODOLOGICAL STANDARDS
,
SPECIFICATIONS AND STANDARDISED METHODS FOR MONITORING AND ASSESSMENT OF
ESSENTIAL FEATURES AND CHARACTERISTICS AND CURRENT ENVIRONMENTAL STATUS OF MARINE WATERS UNDER POINT
(
A
)
OF
A
RTICLE
8(1)
OF
D
IRECTIVE
2008/56/EC
Part II considers the descriptors linked to the relevant ecosystem elements: species groups of birds, mammals, reptiles, fish and cephalopods
(Descriptor 1), pelagic habitats (Descriptor 1), benthic habitats (Descriptors 1 and 6) and ecosystems, including food webs (Descriptors 1 and 4), as
listed in Annex III to Directive 2008/56/EC.
Theme: Species groups of birds, mammals, reptiles, fish and cephalopods (relating to Descriptor 1)
Criteria, including criteria elements, and methodological standards
Criteria elements
Species of birds, mammals, reptiles
and non-commercially-exploited
species of fish and cephalopods, which
are at risk from incidental by-catch in
the region or subregion.
Member States shall establish that list
of species through regional or
subregional cooperation, pursuant to
the obligations laid down in Article
25(5) of Regulation (EU) No
1380/2013 for data collection activities
and taking into account the list of
species in Table 1D of the Annex to
Commission Implementing Decision
(EU) 2016/1251
13
.
Criteria
Methodological standards
D1C1
Primary:
The mortality rate per species from incidental by-catch is
below levels which threaten the species.
Member States shall establish the threshold values for the
mortality rate from incidental by-catch per species through
regional or subregional cooperation.
Scale of assessment:
As used for assessment of the corresponding species or
species groups under criteria D1C2-D1C5.
Use of criteria:
The extent to which good environmental status has been
achieved shall be expressed for each area assessed as
follows:
the mortality rate per species and whether this has
achieved the threshold value set.
This criterion shall contribute to assessment of the
corresponding species under criterion D1C2.
13
Commission Implementing Decision (EU) 2016/1251 of 12 July 2016 adopting a multiannual Union programme for the collection, management and use of data in the
fisheries and aquaculture sectors for the period 2017-2019 (OJ L 207, 1.8.2016, p. 113).
EN
30
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0263.png
Criteria elements
Criteria
Methodological standards
Scale of assessment:
Ecologically-relevant scales for each species group shall
be used, as follows:
for deep-diving toothed cetaceans, baleen whales,
deep-sea fish: region;
for birds, small toothed cetaceans, pelagic and
demersal shelf fish: region or subdivisions for
Baltic Sea and Black Sea; subregion for North-East
Atlantic Ocean and Mediterranean Sea;
for seals, turtles, cephalopods: region or
subdivisions for Baltic Sea; subregion for North-
East Atlantic Ocean and Mediterranean Sea;
for coastal fish: subdivision of region or subregion.
for commercially-exploited fish and cephalopods:
as used under Descriptor 3.
Use of criteria:
The status of each species shall be assessed individually,
on the basis of the criteria selected for use, and these shall
be used to express the extent to which good environmental
status has been achieved for each species group for each
area assessed, as follows:
(a) the assessments shall express the value(s) for each
criterion used per species and whether these achieve
the threshold values set;
(b) the overall status of species covered by Directive
92/43/EEC shall be derived using the method
provided under that Directive. The overall status for
commercially-exploited species shall be as assessed
under Descriptor 3. For other species, the overall
status shall be derived using a method agreed at
Species groups, as listed under Table 1
and if present in the region or
subregion.
Member States shall establish a set of
species representative of each species
group, selected according to the
criteria laid down under ‘specifications
for the selection of species and
habitats’, through regional or
subregional cooperation. These shall
include the mammals and reptiles
listed in Annex II to Directive
92/43/EEC and may include any other
species, such as those listed under
Union legislation (other Annexes to
Directive 92/43/EEC, Directive
2009/147/EC or through Regulation
(EU) No 1380/2013) and international
agreements such as Regional Sea
Conventions.
D1C2
Primary:
The population abundance of the species is not adversely
affected due to anthropogenic pressures, such that its long-
term viability is ensured.
Member States shall establish threshold values for each
species through regional or subregional cooperation, taking
account of natural variation in population size and the
mortality rates derived from D1C1, D8C4 and D10C4 and
other relevant pressures. For species covered by Directive
92/43/EEC, these values shall be consistent with the
Favourable Reference Population values established by the
relevant Member States under Directive 92/43/EEC.
D1C3
Primary for commercially-exploited fish and
cephalopods and secondary for other species:
The population demographic characteristics (e.g. body size or
age class structure, sex ratio, fecundity, and survival rates) of
the species are indicative of a natural population which is not
adversely affected due to anthropogenic pressures.
Member States shall establish threshold values for specified
characteristics of each species through regional or
subregional cooperation, taking account of adverse effects on
their health derived from D8C2, D8C4 and other relevant
pressures.
D1C4
Primary for species covered by Annexes II, IV and V
to Directive 92/43/EEC and secondary for other species:
EN
31
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0264.png
Criteria elements
Criteria
The species distributional range and, where relevant, pattern
is in line with prevailing physiographic, geographic and
climatic conditions.
Member States shall establish threshold values for each
species through regional or subregional cooperation. For
species covered by Directive 92/43/EEC, these shall be
consistent with the Favourable Reference Range values
established by the relevant Member States under Directive
92/43/EEC.
D1C5
Primary for species covered by Annexes II, IV and V
to Directive 92/43/EEC and secondary for other species:
The habitat for the species has the necessary extent and
condition to support the different stages in the life history of
the species.
Methodological standards
Union level, taking into account regional or
subregional specificities;
(c) the overall status of the species group, using a
method agreed at Union level, taking into account
regional or subregional specificities.
Wherever possible, the assessments under Directive
92/43/EEC, Directive 2009/147/EC and Regulation (EU)
No 1380/2013 shall be used for the purposes of this
Decision:
(a) for birds, criteria D1C2 and D1C4 equate to the
‘population size’
and
‘breeding distribution
map
range size’ criteria of Directive 2009/147/EC;
(b) for mammals, reptiles and non-commercial fish, the
criteria are equivalent to those used under Directive
92/43/EEC as follows: D1C2 and D1C3 equate to
‘population’, D1C4 equates to ‘range’
and D1C5
equates to ‘habitat for the species’;
(c) for commercially-exploited fish and cephalopods,
assessments under Descriptor 3 shall be used for
Descriptor 1 purposes, using criterion D3C2 for
D1C2 and criterion D3C3 for D1C3.
Assessments of the adverse effects from pressures under
criteria D1C1, D2C3, D3C1, D8C2, D8C4 and D10C4, as
well as the assessments of pressures under criteria D9C1,
D10C3, D11C1 and D11C2, should be taken into account
in the assessments of species under Descriptor 1.
EN
32
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0265.png
Criteria elements
Table 1
Species groups
Ecosystem component
Species groups
Grazing birds
Wading birds
Birds
Surface-feeding birds
Pelagic-feeding birds
Benthic-feeding birds
Small toothed cetaceans
Mammals
Deep-diving toothed cetaceans
Baleen whales
Seals
Reptiles
Turtles
Coastal fish
Fish
Pelagic shelf fish
Demersal shelf fish
Deep-sea fish
Cephalopods
Coastal/shelf cephalopods
Deep-sea cephalopods
EN
33
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0266.png
Specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and assessment relating to theme "Species groups of marine birds, mammals, reptiles, fish and
cephalopods"
1.
For D1C1, data shall be provided per species per fishing metier for each ICES Division or GFCM Geographical Sub-Area or FAO fishing
areas for the Macaronesian biogeographic region, to enable its aggregation to the relevant scale for the species concerned, and to identify the
particular fisheries and fishing gear most contributing to incidental catches for each species.
Species may be assessed at population level, where appropriate.
'Coastal' shall be understood on the basis of physical, hydrological and ecological parameters and is not limited to coastal water as defined in
Article 2(7) of Directive 2000/60/EC.
D1C2: abundance (number of individuals or biomass in tonnes (t)) per species.
2.
3.
Units of measurement for the criteria:
Theme: Pelagic habitats (relating to Descriptor 1)
Criteria, including criteria elements, and methodological standards
Criteria elements
Pelagic broad habitat types (variable
salinity
14
, coastal, shelf and
oceanic/beyond shelf), if present in the
region or subregion, and other habitat
types as defined in the second
paragraph.
Member States may select, through
regional or subregional cooperation,
additional habitat types according to
the criteria laid down under
'specifications for the selection of
14
Criteria
D1C6
Primary:
The condition of the habitat type, including its biotic and
abiotic structure and its functions (e.g. its typical species
composition and their relative abundance, absence of
particularly sensitive or fragile species or species providing a
key function, size structure of species), is not adversely
affected.
Member States shall establish threshold values for the
condition of each habitat type, ensuring compatibility with
Methodological standards
Scale of assessment:
Subdivision of region or subregion as used for assessments
of benthic broad habitat types, reflecting biogeographic
differences in species composition of the habitat type.
Use of criteria:
The extent to which good environmental status has been
achieved shall be expressed for each area assessed as:
(a)
an estimate of the proportion and extent of each
habitat type assessed that has achieved the threshold
value set;
Retained for situations where estuarine plumes extend beyond waters designated as Transitional Waters under Directive 2000/60/EC.
EN
34
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0267.png
Criteria elements
species and habitats'.
Criteria
values set under Descriptors 2, 5 and 8, through regional or
subregional cooperation.
(b)
Methodological standards
a list of broad habitat types in the assessment area
that were not assessed.
Assessments of the adverse effects from pressures,
including under D2C3, D5C2, D5C3, D5C4, D7C1, D8C2
and D8C4, shall be taken into account in the assessments
of pelagic habitats under Descriptor 1.
Specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and assessment relating to theme "Pelagic habitats"
'Coastal' shall be understood on the basis of physical, hydrological and ecological parameters and is not limited to coastal water as defined in Article
2(7) of Directive 2000/60/EC.
Units of measurement for the criteria:
D1C6: extent of habitat adversely affected in square kilometres (km
2
) per habitat type and as a proportion (percentage) of the total extent
of the habitat type
Theme: Benthic habitats (relating to Descriptors 1 and 6)
Criteria, including criteria elements, and methodological standards
Criteria elements
Refer to Part I of this Annex for criteria D6C1, D6C2 and D6C3.
Criteria
Methodological standards
EN
35
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0268.png
Criteria elements
Criteria
Methodological standards
Scale of assessment:
Subdivision of region or subregion, reflecting
biogeographic differences in species composition of the
broad habitat type.
Use of criteria:
A single assessment per habitat type, using criteria D6C4
and D6C5, shall serve the purpose of assessments of both
benthic habitats under Descriptor 1 and sea-floor integrity
under Descriptor 6.
The extent to which good environmental status has been
achieved shall be expressed for each area assessed as:
(a) for D6C4, an estimate of the proportion and extent
of loss per habitat type and whether this has
achieved the extent value set;
(b) for D6C5, an estimate of the proportion and extent
of adverse effects, including the proportion lost from
point (a), per habitat type and whether this has
achieved the extent value set;
(c) overall status of the habitat type, using a method
agreed at Union level based on points (a) and (b),
and a list of broad habitat types in the assessment
area that were not assessed.
The status of each habitat type shall be assessed using
wherever possible assessments (such as of sub-types of the
broad habitat types) under Directive 92/43/EEC and
Directive 2000/60/EC.
Criteria D6C4 and D6C5 equate
to the ‘range/area covered
by habitat type within range’ and ‘specific structures and
functions’ criteria of Directive
92/43/EEC.
Assessment of criterion D6C4 shall use the assessment
Benthic broad habitat types as listed in
Table 2 and if present in the region or
subregion, and other habitat types as
defined in the second subparagraph.
Member States may select, through
regional or subregional cooperation,
additional habitat types, according to
the criteria laid down under
‘specifications
for the selection of
species and habitats’, and which may
include habitat types listed under
Directive 92/43/EEC or international
agreements such as Regional Sea
Conventions, for the purposes of:
(a) assessing each broad habitat type
under criterion D6C5;
D6C4
Primary:
The extent of loss of the habitat type, resulting from
anthropogenic pressures, does not exceed a specified
proportion of the natural extent of the habitat type in the
assessment area.
Member States shall establish the maximum allowable extent
of habitat loss as a proportion of the total natural extent of the
habitat type, through cooperation at Union level, taking into
account regional or subregional specificities.
(b)
assessing these habitat types
.
A single set of habitat types shall serve
the purpose of assessments of both
benthic habitats under Descriptor 1 and
sea-floor integrity under Descriptor 6.
D6C5
Primary:
The extent of adverse effects from anthropogenic pressures on
the condition of the habitat type, including alteration to its
biotic and abiotic structure and its functions (e.g. its typical
species composition and their relative abundance, absence of
particularly sensitive or fragile species or species providing a
key function, size structure of species), does not exceed a
specified proportion of the natural extent of the habitat type in
the assessment area.
Member States shall establish threshold values for adverse
effects on the condition of each habitat type, ensuring
compatibility with related values set under Descriptors 2, 5, 6,
7 and 8, through cooperation at Union level, taking into
account regional or subregional specificities.
Member States shall establish the maximum allowable extent
of those adverse effects as a proportion of the total natural
extent of the habitat type, through cooperation at Union level,
taking into account regional or subregional specificities.
EN
36
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0269.png
Criteria elements
Criteria
Methodological standards
made under criterion D6C1.
Assessments of the adverse effects from pressures,
including under criteria D2C3, D3C1, D3C2, D3C3,
D5C4, D5C5, D5C6, D5C7, D5C8, D6C3, D7C2, D8C2
and D8C4, shall be taken into account in the assessments
of benthic habitats under Descriptors 1 and 6.
Criteria elements
Table 2
Benthic broad habitat types including their associated biological communities (relevant for criteria under Descriptors 1 and 6),
which equate to one or more habitat types of the European nature information system (EUNIS) habitat classification
15
. Updates to the EUNIS
typology shall be reflected in the broad habitat types used for the purposes of Directive 2008/56/EC and of this Decision.
Ecosystem component
Broad habitat types
Littoral rock and biogenic reef
Littoral sediment
Infralittoral rock and biogenic reef
Infralittoral coarse sediment
Benthic habitats
Infralittoral mixed sediment
Infralittoral sand
Infralittoral mud
Circalittoral rock and biogenic reef
Circalittoral coarse sediment
Relevant EUNIS habitat codes (version 2016)
MA1, MA2
MA3, MA4, MA5, MA6
MB1, MB2
MB3
MB4
MB5
MB6
MC1, MC2
MC3
15
Evans, D. (2016). Revising the marine section of the EUNIS Habitat classification - Report of a workshop held at the European Topic Centre on Biological Diversity, 12 &
13 May 2016. ETC/BD Working Paper N° A/2016.
EN
37
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0270.png
Ecosystem component
Broad habitat types
Circalittoral mixed sediment
Circalittoral sand
Circalittoral mud
Offshore circalittoral rock and biogenic reef
Offshore circalittoral coarse sediment
Offshore circalittoral mixed sediment
Offshore circalittoral sand
Offshore circalittoral mud
Upper bathyal
16
rock and biogenic reef
Upper bathyal sediment
Lower bathyal rock and biogenic reef
Lower bathyal sediment
Abyssal
Relevant EUNIS habitat codes (version 2016)
MC4
MC5
MC6
MD1, MD2
MD3
MD4
MD5
MD6
ME1, ME2
ME3, ME4, ME5, ME6
MF1, MF2
MF3, MF4, MF5, MF6
MG1, MG2, MG3, MG4, MG5, MG6
Specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and assessment relating to theme "Benthic habitats"
For D6C5, species composition shall be understood to refer to the lowest taxonomic level appropriate for the assessment.
Units of measurement for the criteria:
D6C4: extent of habitat loss in square kilometres (km
2
) and as a proportion (percentage) of the total extent of the habitat type
D6C5: extent of habitat adversely affected in square kilometres (km
2
) and as a proportion (percentage) of the total extent of the habitat
type
16
Where not specifically defined in the EUNIS classification, the boundary between the upper bathyal and lower bathyal may be set as a specified depth limit.
EN
38
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
Specifications for the selection of species and habitats under Themes "Species groups of marine birds, mammals, reptiles, fish and cephalopods",
"Pelagic habitats" and "Benthic habitats"
The selection of species and habitats to be assigned to the species groups and pelagic and benthic broad habitat types shall be based on the following:
1.
Scientific criteria (ecological relevance):
(a)
representative of the ecosystem component (species group or broad habitat type), and of ecosystem functioning (e.g. connectivity
between habitats and populations, completeness and integrity of essential habitats), being relevant for assessment of state/impacts, such
as having a key functional role within the component (e.g. high or specific biodiversity, productivity, trophic link, specific resource or
service) or particular life history traits (age and size at breeding, longevity, migratory traits);
relevant for assessment of a key anthropogenic pressure to which the ecosystem component is exposed, being sensitive to the pressure
and exposed to it (vulnerable) in the assessment area;
present in sufficient numbers or extent in the assessment area to be able to construct a suitable indicator for assessment;
the set of species or habitats selected shall cover, as far as possible, the full range of ecological functions of the ecosystem component
and the predominant pressures to which the component is subject;
if species of species groups are closely associated to a particular broad habitat type they may be included within that habitat type for
monitoring and assessment purposes; in such cases, the species shall not be included in the assessment of the species group.
monitoring/technical feasibility;
monitoring costs;
adequate time series of the data.
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
2.
Additional practical criteria (which shall not override the scientific criteria):
(a)
(b)
(c)
The representative set of species and habitats to be assessed are likely to be specific to the region or subregion, although certain species may occur in
several regions or subregions.
EN
39
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0272.png
Theme: Ecosystems, including food webs (relating to Descriptors 1 and 4)
Criteria, including criteria elements, and methodological standards
Criteria elements
Criteria
D4C1
Primary:
The diversity (species composition and their relative
abundance) of the trophic guild is not adversely affected due
to anthropogenic pressures.
Member States shall establish threshold values through
regional or subregional cooperation.
D4C2
Primary:
The balance of total guild abundance across the trophic guilds
is not adversely affected due to anthropogenic pressures.
Member States shall establish threshold values through
regional or subregional cooperation.
D4C3
Secondary:
The size distribution of individuals across the trophic guild is
not adversely affected due to anthropogenic pressures.
Member States shall establish threshold values through
regional or subregional cooperation.
D4C4
Secondary (to be used in support of criterion D4C2,
where necessary):
Productivity of the trophic guild is not adversely affected due
to anthropogenic pressures.
Member States shall establish threshold values through
regional or subregional cooperation.
Scale of assessment:
Regional level for Baltic Sea and Black Sea; subregional
level for North-East Atlantic and Mediterranean Sea.
Subdivisions may be used where appropriate.
Use of criteria:
Where values do not fall within the threshold values, this
may trigger the need for further research and investigation
to understand the causes for the failure.
Methodological standards
Trophic guilds of an ecosystem.
Member States shall establish the list
of trophic guilds through regional or
subregional cooperation.
Specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and assessment
1.
Species composition shall be understood to refer to the lowest taxonomic level appropriate for the assessment.
EN
40
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0273.png
2.
The trophic guilds selected under criteria elements shall take into account the ICES list of trophic guilds
17
and shall meet the following
conditions:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
include at least three trophic guilds;
two shall be non-fish trophic guilds;
at least one shall be a primary producer trophic guild;
preferably represent at least the top, middle and bottom of the food chain.
D4C2: total abundance (number of individuals or biomass in tonnes (t)) across all species within the trophic guild.
Units of measurement:
17
ICES Advice (2015) Book 1, ICES special request advice, published 20 March 2015.
EN
41
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0274.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0275.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0276.png
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
DIRECTORATE-GENERAL
ENVIRONMENT
Directorate C
Quality of Life, Water and Air
ENV.C.2 - Marine Environment & Water Industry
THE FOURTEENTH MEETING OF THE COMMITTEE UNDER ARTICLE 25 OF
DIRECTIVE 2008/56/EC
(MARINE STRATEGY COMMITTEE)
WEDNESDAY 29 JUNE 2016 (09:00
17:30)
Conference Centre Albert Borschette / Room 1D
36, Rue Froissart, B-1040 Brussels
1. Welcome and introduction
The Chair (European Commission, DG Environment) opened the meeting and welcomed the
participants. The Chair reminded the Committee members of the request to ensure the Commission
has up-to-date official nominations to the Committee as only an officially-appointed Committee
member can take part in a vote.
2. Adoption of the agenda
The draft agenda (document CTTEE_14-2016-01) was adopted without amendments.
3. Adoption of the minutes of the 13
th
Committee Meeting
The minutes of the 13
th
Committee meeting (document CTTEE_14-2016-02) were amended in
order to reflect the comments made by Romania,
the United Kingdom
and Denmark, and were
adopted as amended.
4. Review of Commission Decision 2010/477/EU on criteria and methodological standards for
GES
The Chairman thanked the Member States for their efforts over the past months and for sending
their comments on the draft text (version 3) of the Commission Decision on criteria and
methodological standards for Good Environmental Status (document CTTEE_13-2016-03). All
comments were considered and a large number were accommodated. The Chairman encouraged a
discussion that would lead to eventual consensus. The Commission presented the main changes
made to the text in version 4 (document CTTEE_14-2016-03), and also explained how the feedback
mechanism would factor into the decision-making process.
A discussion followed, during which Member States made general comments:
·
Several Member States expressed concerns on: threshold values at Union versus
(sub)regional level, the binding nature of threshold values and their scientific basis, as well
as some of the principles for setting threshold values, and the difficulties to achieve
threshold values for all descriptors by 2018.
1
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0277.png
·
One Member State asked whether threshold values should be considered as methodological
standards or criteria. The Commission clarified that they sit under the 'criteria' section in the
Annex to the Decision.
Two Member States expressed a reservation on the general use of threshold values.
Two Member States raised an issue on transitional waters. The Commission indicated that it
would explore options to solve that point.
One Member State raised general concerns with regards to the wording of 'use of criteria' in
the Annex and proposed to modify those headings to avoid linking threshold values to the
achievement of GES.
·
·
·
Specific issues
The Commission presented certain key issues of the draft GES decision and Member States were
invited to comment on each of them. For some of these key issues, the Commission proposed new
draft wording, with a view to reaching compromises (see
amended text as discussed in Committee
in Annex):
Threshold values
·
Setting threshold values at Union or (sub)regional level: the Commission presented an
addition to Recital 12, which reads "This
means that even if the process to establish
threshold values takes place at Union level, this may result in the setting of different
threshold values, specific to a region, subregion or subdivision".
Member States welcomed
this clarification.
In addition, it was agreed during the meeting to also clarify the Annex with regard to the
establishment of threshold values at Union level, that this should be done "taking
into
account regional or subregional specificities".
Upon the request of one Member State and
agreed by a majority of Member States, the wording "MS
shall cooperate to establish"
was
changed to "MS
shall establish … through regional cooperation..."
in Article 5(1). These
amendments will be introduced throughout the Annex.
One Member State retained an overall reservation on setting threshold values at Union level.
Legal nature of threshold values: three Member States questioned whether the Decision can
set threshold values and proposed to use trends or qualitative criteria instead.
To clarify the legal nature of threshold values (i.e. clarify that they do not automatically
become part of Member States' GES determination), the Commission presented the
following addition to recital 11 "Once
established at Union, regional or subregional level,
these threshold values will only become part of Member States' sets of characteristics for
good environmental status when they are reported to the Commission as part of Member
States' reporting under Article 9(2) or 17(3) of Directive 2008/56/EC."
This should be read
in conjunction with Article 6. Most Member States welcomed this clarification. Two
Member States requested that Article 6 is amended to include the new wording from
Recital 11.
Article 2(2): the Commission presented new wording for the definition of secondary criteria,
which makes it even clearer that the use of secondary criteria is to be decided by Member
States, when the conditions are fulfilled: "'secondary
criterion' means a criterion to be used
where necessary, to complement a primary criterion or when the marine environment is at
2
·
·
·
·
Secondary criteria
·
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0278.png
risk of not achieving or not maintaining good environmental status for that particular
criterion. The use of a secondary criterion is to be decided by each Member State, except
where specified otherwise in the Annex
". The words "to
complement a primary criterion or"
were reintroduced during Committee following a request from some Member States. One
Member State had a reservation on this. The Commission nevertheless explained that there
was no need to refer to "substitute" as this only concerned criterion D5C8 and was covered
directly in the Annex.
·
·
·
Member States appreciated the new proposed wording of definition 2(2).
Recital 20 was amended along the same line as Article 2(2).
The Commission presented new wording on Article 4, which concerns principles for setting
threshold values. The following changes to version 4 of the text were proposed by the
Commission: point (c) was split into 2 points:
"c) make use of best available science"
and
(
"(d)
be set taking into account the precautionary principle, reflecting the potential risks to
the marine environment"
(upon suggestion from one Member State in its written comments).
The Commission also proposed the following amendments: "(h)
be consistent across
different criteria when they relate to the same ecosystem element; in case several criteria
are used across the descriptors to assess different pressures and their impacts on an
ecosystem element, (i) reflect, where appropriate, what constitutes an adverse effect for the
relevant criterion.
Following discussions in the Committee, the following changes were made:
Point d was modified into "(d)
be set on the basis of the precautionary principle, reflecting
the potential risks to the marine environment";
New point (h) was deleted with the intention of integrating it under point (f). However, there
was no agreement on the final wording of point (f) "be
expressed in terms relating to the
impacts and pressures they describe and as a deviation from a state which is free of
anthropogenic pressures, allowing, where appropriate, for sustainable use of marine goods
and services"
as several Member States expressed disagreement on 'allowing sustainable
use' and on 'free from anthropogenic pressures'. The following options were discussed for a
new point (f) (integrating point (h)): "express
what constitutes an acceptable state or an
acceptable level of pressure [or impact], [thereby indicating there is not an adverse effect]
in relation to the particular criterion or criterion element"
but this was not considered
acceptable by all Member States. The Commission indicated that it will develop a text that
covers all concerns raised in its next version.
Principles for setting threshold values
·
·
·
Timeline
·
·
·
One Member State insisted that Article 5(2) is not acceptable as there may be political
conditions that could prevent the setting of threshold values at regional level, even by 2024.
Another Member State raised the question of the consequences of not agreeing threshold
values by 2018.
Following discussions in Committee, it was decided to modify the wording of Article 5(2)
as follows: "Should
threshold values not be established in accordance with paragraph 1,
Member States may shall establish these threshold values at regional or subregional level as
soon as possible after 15 July 2018 by the second review of their initial assessment and
3
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0279.png
determination of good environmental status in accordance with point (a) of Article 17(2) of
Directive 2008/56/EC, provided the reasons for the delay are this is justified to the
Commission in the notification by 15 October 2018 made pursuant to Article 9(2) or 17(3)
of Directive 2008/56/EC."
Additional burden / impact assessment of costs
·
The Commission clarified that, on the basis of preliminary findings of a short study, it found
that if Member States are currently implementing Decision 2010/477/EU correctly, the costs
involved under the new Decision would be either similar or lower.
Some Member States requested that this study is made available.
One Member State proposed the following new text aiming to address the issue of
integration rules (anticipating the work currently carried out as "Article 8 guidance"):
"Whether
good environmental status is achieved is determined through the application of
integration rules that are to be agreed (for each descriptor) at Union level, taking into
account Union legislation and regional and subregional methods".
That Member State also
argued that a timeline for setting such integration rules should be included under Art. 5(2) of
the Decision.
However, even though Member States agreed this was an important issue, some of them
considered that it was too early to introduce such provision in the Decision, given that the
work on integration rules is still at a preliminary stage. These Member States were of the
view that such integration rules should only be guidance.
·
·
Integration rules
·
The Commission then presented the draft Annex and its descriptors and Member States were invited
to comment on some of the criteria on which most written comments had been received. The
Commission explained that the more specific and detailed written comments made by Member
States would all be considered, also ensuring consistency throughout the text, but that the purpose
of the discussion was to discuss and resolve the most difficult issues.
Descriptor 1
·
One Member State proposed that species covered by the Habitats Directive (HD) should not
be subject to the obligation to set threshold values (HD species would be excluded from
second paragraph in D1C1 and D1C2) and that HD assessments should automatically be re-
used under MSFD.
It was agreed that the same wording on "taking
into account regional or subregional
specificities"
agreed during the discussion on specific issues would also be used under D1.
One Member State insisted that requirements under other Directives (HD) cannot be
indirectly made stricter via this Decision, with the Commission clarifying again that while
this is not the case, obligations under MSFD have nevertheless still to be met.
One Member State expressed concerns with the use of "reduced to zero" and would prefer
the wording "minimised".
D3C3: Most Member States raised a concern with regards to D3C3 and requested that it
becomes secondary, due to the latest ICES advice. The Commission clarified that the
4
·
·
Descriptor 2
·
Descriptor 3
·
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0280.png
secondary nature of a criterion should not be triggered by the immaturity of a criterion, that
D3C3 is necessary to answer to the Descriptor (cf Descriptor 3 wording), and that the ICES
workshop concluded that it should not be used only because there were no reference points
(i.e. threshold values) yet. The Commission agreed to explore the possibility of a footnote
indicating that D3C3 may not be used for the 2018 assessment.
·
·
Following Member States' comments, it was agreed to move D3C4 under D1.
One Member State requested that the wording of D3C1 and D3C2 is amended to reflect that
F
MSY
is not a threshold value, and that the latest text on "B
trigger
" is used under specifications.
One Member State expressed concerns with regards to use of D5 criteria beyond coastal
waters.
One Member State asked for the re-introduction of the phytoplankton criterion which had
been deleted.
On this descriptor, one Member State indicated that the difference between certain criteria
was not sufficiently clear.
One Member State requested consistency between the two criteria: loss and disturbance.
Two Member States proposed to re-name D6C4 and D6C5 as D1 criteria.
One Member State requested to use the wording "significantly adversely affected" to reflect
the Habitats Directive wording.
Descriptor 5
·
·
Descriptor 6
·
·
·
·
The Commission presented the expected next steps (inter-service consultation over the summer,
feedback mechanism in September, and vote in November). A new version of the legal text is
therefore expected to be available in early September (for the feedback mechanism) and the next
meeting of the Committee will most probably be held in November along the MSCG meeting.
Member States requested to send additional written comments by 4
th
July.
One Member State requested that the text as discussed in Committee is sent to Member States (this
was done and the text is available on circabc).
5. Review of MSFD Annex III
The latest version of the proposal replacing Annex III of the MSFD (document CTTEE_14-2016-
03) was not discussed during the Committee, as the comments received on it from Member States
were of a more minor technical nature. The Commission will consider Member States' written
comments.
6. Any other business
Commission presented a new system (AGN) for the reimbursement of travel expenses.
7. Close of the meeting
The Chair thanked participants for their engagement during the meeting and closed it.
5
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0281.png
Annex I:
Agenda
point
2
3
4
5
List of meeting documents
Reference
Title
Submitted by
CTTEE_14-2016-01
CTTEE_14-2016-02
CTTEE_14-2016-03
CTTEE_14-2016-04
Draft agenda
Minutes of the Thirteenth Committee meeting
Review of Commission Decision on GES
Review of MSFD Directive Annex III
European Commission
(DG ENV)
European Commission
(DG ENV)
European Commission
(DG ENV)
European Commission
(DG ENV)
6
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0282.png
Annex II:
List of participants
State
Belgium
Bulgaria
Cyprus
Denmark
Estonia
Finland
France
Germany
Hungary
Ireland
Italy
Latvia
Lithuania
Lithuania
Malta
The Netherlands
The Netherlands
Poland
Poland
Portugal
Romania
Spain
Sweden
United Kingdom
European
Commission
European
Commission
Organisation
Belgian Federal Public Service - Health, Food Chain Safety and Environment
Bulgarian Ministry of Environment and Water
Ministry of Agriculture, Rural Development and Environment
The Danish Nature Agency
Ministry of Environment of Estonia
Ministry of Environment of Finland
Ministère de l'écologie, du développement durable et de l'énergie
Federal Ministry for the Environment (Bundesministerium für Umwelt, Naturschutz und
Reaktorsicherheit)
Ministry of Interior
Department of Environment, Community and Local Government (DECLG)
Ministry of the Environment, Land and Sea Protection - Nature and Sea Protection
Directorate (MATTM-PNM)
Ministry of the Environmental Protection and Regional Development
Ministry of Environment of the Republic of Lithuania
Permanent Representation of Lithuania
Malta Environment and Planning Authority
Ministry of Infrastructure and the Environment - DG for Spatial Issues and Water
Ministry of Infrastructure and the Environment - RWS Centre for Water Management
Ministry of the Environment - Water Resources Department
Chief Inspectorate for Environmental Protection - Monitoring Department
Direcção-Geral de Recursos Naturais, Segurança e Serviços Marítimos (DGRM)
Ministry of Environment, Water and Forest
Ministry of Agriculture, Food and Environment
Swedish Agency for Marine and Water Management (SwAM)
Department for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs
DG Environment
DG Mare
7
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0283.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0284.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0285.png
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
DIRECTORATE-GENERAL
ENVIRONMENT
Directorate C
Quality of Life, Water and Air
ENV.C.2 - Marine Environment & Water Industry
THIRTEENTH MEETING OF THE
COMMITTEE UNDER ARTICLE 25 OF DIRECTIVE 2008/56/EC
(MARINE STRATEGY COMMITTEE)
Thursday 19 May 2016 (09:30
18:00)
and Friday 20 May 2016 (09:00-17:00)
Conference Centre Albert Borschette / Room 4D
36, Rue Froissart, B-1040 Brussels
Draft Minutes
1. Welcome and introduction
The Chair (European Commission, DG Environment) opened the meeting and welcomed the
participants.
2. Adoption of the agenda
The draft agenda (document CTTEE_13-2016-01) was adopted unanimously without amendments.
3. Adoption of the minutes of the 12
th
Committee Meeting Minutes
The minutes of the 12
th
Committee meeting (document CTTEE_13-2016-02) were amended in
order to reflect comments by
Romania and France and were adopted as amended.
4. Review of Commission Decision 2010/477/EU on criteria and methodological standards for
GES
The Chairman thanked the Member States for sending comments on the draft text of the
Commission Decision on criteria and methodological standards for Good Environmental Status
(document CTTEE_13-2016-03). The Chairman informed the Member States that most probably
two more meetings will be needed, one at the end of June and one for a vote after the summer.
The Commission gave an overview presentation on the results of the consultation with Member
States and stakeholders on the previous version (document CTTEE_12-2016-03) and on the general
issues identified in the comments received including the proposed solutions and informed Member
States on the next steps.
The Chairman expressed the need to move the process forward and asked for concrete proposals.
He highlighted that the proposal is not introducing new obligations, beyond those already in the
Directive, but rather aims to provide certainty and consistency. He clarified that not meeting the
threshold values for a criterion would not in itself be a trigger for legal action, but if Member States
1
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0286.png
are not acting to rectify a problem, this might trigger legal action, as then Member States may not
be fulfilling their obligations under the Directive.
A discussion followed in which Member States made general comments:
·
Several Member States provided a coordinated views expressing concerns on: i) ability to
achieve the proposed timelines, the new approach on methodological standards, lack of
clarity with current wording, the issue of legality of the scope of the draft on threshold
values, the use of threshold values and scientific basis; ii) concerns with regards to the legal
framework since it will have an impact on economy (fisheries) which means an additional
burden;
One Member State requested clarifications on the status of criteria since it creates confusion
between the primary and secondary criteria and suggested to further shorten the list of
primary criteria;
Several Member States expressed concerns on the application of the one-out-all-out
principle.
·
·
The Commission then presented the recitals, articles and Annex of the proposal and invited Member
States to comment on each of them.
Recitals and Articles
·
Recitals: due to the limitation of time, discussion focused on recitals 4 and 8. Member States
made specific comments on recitals with regards to the establishment of threshold values at
the regional and subregional level and the need to ensure coherence. Most comments related
to recitals concerning the new Article 4.
Article 1 Subject matter: no comments.
Article 2 Definitions: Member States requested clarification on the application of secondary
criteria, a new definition for the term 'criteria elements' and clarification on the definition of
threshold values.
Article 3 Use of criteria: Member States expressed reservations on the text, disagreed on the
legal obligation to apply all criteria and expressed concerns on the possibility not to use one
or more criteria 'only in exceptional circumstances' and with 'due justification'.
Article 4 Threshold values: Member States proposed various amendments to this Article to
clarify certain paragraphs.
Article 5 Timelines: Member State suggested specific text changes and commented on the
timelines for setting threshold values by 2018. Several Member States asked to postpone
this obligation until 2024.
Article 6 Notification: One Member State suggested an addition to the text.
Articles 7 and 8 Repeal and Entry into force: These were not discussed.
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
Annex with details per Descriptor
Descriptor 5
-
Eutrophication
On Descriptor 5, a few Member States raised concerns on the inter-relationship of assessments
under MSFD and WFD. Specific comments were made on the proposed criteria, the scale of
assessment, methodological standards and the units of measurement and clarifications were
requested on the term "be consistent with". One Member State, although appreciating the
streamlining with WFD, expressed its reservation on including coastal waters in this Decision.
2
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0287.png
Descriptor 8
-
Contaminants
The Commission highlighted the necessity to ensure coherence between the assessments made
under WFD and MSFD.
Several Member States made specific comments on the criteria, on units of measurements and
methodological standards, the application of criterion D8C2 since it lacks specificities at regional
level, and requested clarity between the use of the secondary and primary criteria with a few
Members States proposing to make criterion D8C3 secondary.
Descriptor 9 – Contaminants in seafood
Discussion focused on methodological standards, where one Member State requested to include
under specifications a condition that the species in the list will be amongst the most consumed in
the country; another Member State raised concerns on the ability to report concentrations.
Clarifications were requested regarding the inclusion of farmed species. One Member State
requested that Member States report on the extent levels are achieved.
Descriptor 10
-
Litter
A few member States raised concerns on criterion D10C4 in relation to the difficulties faced in
identifying mortalities caused by marine litter. Different views were expressed as to whether the
threshold values should be set at Union level for criteria D10C1 and D10C2. Five Member States
proposed to make criterion D10C2 secondary and eight to make criterion D10C4 secondary. At the
same time, three Member States proposed to make criterion D10C3 primary, whereas one insisted
on keeping it secondary. Specific comments were made on the units of measurement.
Descriptor 11 – Energy, including underwater noise
Comments were made on methodological standards and on specifications regarding the scale of
assessment and the use of annual average of the squared sound pressure for D11C2. Changes of
wording were proposed regarding the use of terms 'monitored' instead of 'measured' allowing for the
use of models and the term 'observations stations' as this might be too restrictive. Finally, one
Member State expressed reservations on setting threshold values at Union level for the two criteria.
Descriptor 2 – Non-indigenous species
One Member State proposed to add that threshold values should be established for criterion D2C1,
another requested clarity on the term 'eliminated' and another requested clarity on the use of
'national part of subdivisions' under scales of assessment.
Descriptor 3 – Commercial fish and shellfish
Regarding Descriptor 3, specific comments were made on the wording of the criteria, the criteria
elements (i.e. list of species and reference to CFP Data Collection Framework), the use of proxies
and the threshold values set (i.e. a proposal to refer to ranges) and on the specifications for
monitoring and assessment. A few Member States were concerned that ICES advice (which was
released later than the version of the Commission proposal being considered at this meeting) was
not fully taken into account. Following that advice, five Member States proposed that criterion
D3C3 should be a secondary criterion. One Member State proposed that criterion D3C4 be moved
to under descriptor 1, whereas another one proposed to focus it on species from the Birds and
Habitats Directives and those covered under the Data Collection Framework.
Descriptor 6 – Seafloor integrity (physical loss and disturbance)
On this descriptor, several Member States made specific comments on each of the criteria,
indicating that the difference between certain criteria was not sufficiently clear, and proposed
removing redundancies by further merging of criteria. A few comments referred to the units of
measurements and methods for assessment. Two Member States requested not to align threshold
values for criterion D6C2 with those under WFD.
3
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0288.png
Descriptor 7 – Hydrographical changes
A few Member States expressed concerns on the proposed need to establish threshold values for
criterion D7C1 and provided comments on the specifications. One Member State insisted on the
inclusion of pelagic habitats under the criteria elements for the two criteria.
Descriptor 1
-
Species
One Member State requested clarification regarding the criteria elements to be addressed, another
one on how the exploited part of fish species will be considered under this descriptor. Two Member
States proposed that criterion D1C4 be deleted, whereas another expressed difficulties in using it. It
was also proposed that ‘mortality rates’ are removed from criterion D1C3. Finally, one Member
State requested that an aggregation methodology between species in a species group is provided for
under the application rules.
Descriptor 1/6 – Habitats/Sea-floor integrity
A number of Member States proposed to replace criterion D1C6 with criterion D6C2, particularly
because the latter did not include percentage values to be achieved. Three Member States proposed
to focus criterion D1C6 on pelagic habitats. A few Member States requested deletion of threshold
values for criterion D1C5 due to the lack of a scientific basis and to focus on pressure data. One
Member State proposed to delete criterion D1C5 and another one to combine it with criterion
D1C6. Some specific comments were made regarding the table on habitat types.
Descriptor 4 – Food webs
Regarding food webs, one Member States pointed out that the theme for the descriptor refers to
ecosystem whereas the criteria are focused on food webs. One Member State proposed all the
criteria under D4 to be secondary, and another Member State proposed the deletion of criterion
D3C4. One Member State requested clarification on the selection of trophic guilds and another one
suggested to restrict criterion D4C2 to those guilds which have problems.
5. Review of MSFD Annex III
Member States generally welcomed the latest version of the proposal replacing Annex III of the
MSFD (CTTEE_13-2016-04) and made some specific comments regarding the indicative nature of
the lists in the tables, on some parameters in the tables and on the notes related to the tables.
Following the comments of Member States on each of the sections above under items 4 and 5, the
Commission provided initial responses to the comments made, particularly to provide further
clarifications on the rationale for the text proposed. Following the discussions on the draft GES
Decision and on the draft Directive replacing Annex III, Member States requested more time to
provide written comments. It was agreed that Member States could send written comments on the
draft proposals to the later deadline of 27 May 2016, in the template provided to that effect. The
Commission indicated that it would consider the comments received in its preparation of new drafts
for both proposals to be discussed at the next Committee meeting, scheduled for 29 June 2016.
6. Any other business
There was no other business.
The Chair thanked participants for their engagement during the two days and closed the meeting.
4
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0289.png
Annex I:
List of meeting documents
Agenda
point
2
3
4
5
Reference
Title
Submitted by
CTTEE_13-2016-01
CTTEE_13-2016-02
CTTEE_13-2016-03
CTTEE_13-2016-04
Draft agenda
Draft minutes of the 12th Committee
meeting
Proposal for a Commission Decision on
GES Criteria_draft v3
Proposal for a Commission Directive
replacing Annex III MSFD_draft v4
European Commission (DG ENV)
European Commission (DG ENV)
European Commission (DG ENV)
European Commission (DG ENV)
5
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0290.png
Annex II:
State
Belgium
Croatia
Denmark
Estonia
Finland
France
Germany
Greece
Ireland
Italy
Latvia
Lithuania
Malta
The Netherlands
List of participants
Organisation
Belgian Federal Public Service - Health, Food Chain Safety and Environment
Ministry of Environment and Nature Protection
The Danish Nature Agency
Ministry of Environment of Estonia
Ministry of Environment of Finland
Ministère de l'écologie, du développement durable et de l'énergie
Federal Ministry for the Environment (Bundesministerium für Umwelt, Naturschutz und
Reaktorsicherheit)
Special Secretary for Water of the Hellenic Ministry of Reconstruction of Production,
Environment & Energy
Department of Environment, Community and Local Government (DECLG)
Ministry of the Environment, Land and Sea Protection, Nature and Sea Protection
Directorate (MATTM-PNM)
Ministry of the Environmental Protection and Regional Development
Ministry of Environment of the Republic of Lithuania
Malta Environment and Planning Authority
Ministry of Infrastructure and the Environment, DG for Spatial Issues and Water
Ministry of Infrastructure and the Environment, RWS Centre for Water Management
Ministry of the Environment-Water Resources Department
Monitoring Department in the Chief Inspectorate for Environmental Protection
Direcção-Geral de Recursos Naturais, Segurança e Serviços Marítimos (DGRM)
Ministry of Environment, Water and Forest
Ministry of the Environment and Spatial Planning
Ministry of Agriculture, Food and Environment
Swedish Agency for Marine and Water Management (SwAM)
Department for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs
Directorate General for Environment (DG (ENV)
Directorate General for Martime Affairs and Fisheries (DG MARE)
Poland
Portugal
Romania
Slovenia
Spain
Sweden
United Kingdom
European
Commission
6
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0291.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0292.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0293.png
Marine Strategy Framework Directive
Criteria and methodological standards on good environmental status of marine waters
Explanatory document
accompanying draft version 3 of a proposal to replace Decision 2010/477/EU
Contents
Background ............................................................................................................................................. 1
On the relationship between the Decision and the Directive ................................................................ 1
Relationship to Article 8 and Annexes I and III ............................................................................... 2
Relationship to Article 9(1) ............................................................................................................. 3
Expressing the extent to which GES is being achieved ........................................................................... 5
Examples of ways to express the extent to which GES is achieved .................................................... 7
Methods which lead to an assessment per element (contaminants, species) ............................... 7
Methods which lead to an estimate of proportion per assessment area ...................................... 8
Methods which lead to an average outcome per assessment area ............................................... 8
On setting threshold values .................................................................................................................... 9
Risk-based approach ............................................................................................................................. 10
Annex: Overview of Decision criteria.................................................................................................... 13
Background
The Marine Strategy Framework Directive 2008/56/EC (MSFD) provides in its Article 9(3) for criteria
and methodological standards to be laid down in such a way as to ensure consistency and to allow
for comparison between marine regions or subregions of the extent to which good environmental
status (GES) is being achieved. This provision was used to prepare Decision 2010/477/EU which
guided Member States in the first cycle of their implementation of the Directive, particularly leading
to the reporting of their determinations of GES and their initial assessment in 2012.
In 2013 the
Directive’s
Marine Strategy Regulatory Committee provided a mandate to review
Decision 2010/477/EU leading to the Commission’s preparation of a draft proposal for a revised
Decision. Draft version 3 of the proposal, together with draft version 4 of a proposal to replace the
current MSFD Annex III, will be considered by the Committee at its meeting on 19-20 May 2016. This
document provides explanatory information to accompany version 3, including reasoning for
changes to the proposal following comments by Member States and stakeholders on draft version 2.
On the relationship between the Decision and the Directive
The Directive does not make explicit how the criteria and methodological standards laid down under
the provisions of MSFD Art. 9(3) are to be used, particularly in the context of the obligations for
1
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
Member States to determine a set of characteristics of GES under Art. 9(1). This determination
makes reference to the initial assessment of Art. 8(1), but the subsequent use under Art. 8(1) of the
determination of GES and of the criteria and methodological standards is not specified. Lastly, Art.
8(1), 9(1) and 9(3) refer to Annex III (indicative lists of characteristics, pressures and impacts), and
Art. 9(1) and 9(3) refer to MSFD Annex I (the qualitative descriptors for determining GES); however
the relationship between these two Annexes is also not made fully clear in the Directive.
Relationship to Article 8 and Annexes I and III
In order to provide clarity on these relationships, the Decision has been structured and drafted to
make explicit its relationship to MSFD Annexes I and III, and to the assessments required under Art.
8(1)(a) and (b). The structure and content of the proposed new MSFD Annex III further supports this
linkage. This has been achieved by:
a. Structuring the Decision in two parts, each referring explicitly to the relevant Descriptors of
Annex I, to the indicative elements of Annex III and to the relevant paragraphs of Art. 8;
b. Part A of the Decision supports the assessments required under Art. 8(1)(b) concerning an
analysis of the predominant pressures on the marine environment and their impacts; it
includes the criteria and methodological standards for the pressure-related descriptors
which are directly linked to the indicative list of pressures in Table 2a of the proposed new
Annex III;
c. Part B of the Decision supports the assessments required under Art. 8(1)(a) concerning an
analysis of the essential features and characteristics and current environmental status; it
includes the criteria and methodological standards for the state-related descriptors which
are directly linked to the indicative list of ecosystem elements in Table 1 of the proposed
new Annex III;
d. The pressure-related descriptors are presented first (Part A), as logically these should be
considered first under the Art. 8 assessments in order to provide information on the level of
impacts from each of the pressures assessed. These assessments of impacts should then
inform the assessments of the different ecosystem components (Part B), whose overall
status effectively reflects the sum of the impacts from all the pressures to which they are
subject.
e. To ensure the predominant pressures of MSFD Annex III Table 2a are adequately addressed
under Part A, the criteria relating to fishing pressure (extraction of species) and to physical
loss and disturbance have been placed in this part, even though labelled in relation to the
state-based descriptors D3 and D6. Criteria D3C1 and D3C4 address the impacts of fishing on
the level of mortality to commercial and non-commercial species, whilst criteria D3C2 and
D3C3 address the state of commercial fish and shellfish to be considered also under Part B.
Criteria D6C1, D6C2 and D6C3 have their origins in the D6 criteria of the 2010 Decision, and
are focused only on the assessment of the pressures
‘physical
loss’ and
‘physical
disturbance’; they provide an important component on the broader assessment needed for
Descriptor 6, which is addressed fully in Part B (in combination with assessments of seabed
habitats of Descriptor 1).
f. Table 2a of the proposed new Annex III includes a number of pressures which are not
directly addressed by the pressure-based descriptors and have no criteria proposed in the
Decision; these pressures however may be of relevance in some areas or to particular
ecosystem components.
2
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0295.png
The interrelationships between the Annex I Descriptors, proposed Decision criteria, the pressures
and ecosystem components of Annex III and relevant sections of MSFD Art. 8 are shown in Figure 1.
Figure 1:
Outline framework for the draft MSFD Decision on criteria for good environmental status,
showing the primary and secondary criteria (D*C* codes) in relation to the predominant pressures for
use under Art. 8(1)(b) and the ecosystem components for use under Art. 8(1)(a), each associated to
particular Descriptors (D*). Criteria in the pink cells concern pressures, criteria in orange cells concern
impacts and criteria in green cells concern state assessments. In several cases, the impact criteria are
repeated (e.g. D8 and D2 criteria) because they are applicable to several ecosystem components
(species groups, pelagic and benthic habitats). Cells marked
‘?’
indicate an impact from the pressure
is possible in some situations but the Decision does not provide a criterion.
Relationship to Article 9(1)
Whilst the relationship between the criteria and methodological standards of Art. 9(3) to the
determination of GES under Art. 9(1) was outlined in the cross-cutting issues document (MSCG_17-
2015-06), further clarity is provided here.
Article 9(3) provides for criteria and methodological standards to be laid down in such a way as to
ensure consistency and to allow for comparison between marine regions or subregions of the extent
to which good environmental status (GES) is being achieved, whilst Article 9(1) provides for Member
States to determine a set of characteristics of GES, without specific reference to the criteria set
under Art. 9(3).
3
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
Version 3 of the proposed revised Decision aims to distinguish these two roles more clearly as
follows:
a.
For each Descriptor a section on ‘Use of the criteria’
has been introduced which details how
the criteria should be used to express ‘the extent to which GES is being achieved’ or to
indicate an output of their application for use in another descriptor (e.g. use of an impact
criterion for a state-based assessment).
b. For each Descriptor
the section on ‘Application
rules’ in version 2 of the proposal, including
phrases such as ‘all criteria used shall achieve the threshold values set’,
has been deleted.
This is to ensure the use of the Decision is not confused with Member States’
obligations
under Art. 9(1) to determine GES for their marine waters.
c. Member States’
determinations of GES
under Art 9(1) are thus expected to include as part
of the "set of characteristics" they have to determine:
i.
Identification of the specific characteristics for each region or subregion, such as the
specific criteria elements relevant or not relevant to the (sub)region;
ii.
Determination of threshold values where these are not yet provided in the Decision;
iii.
Specification, where needed, of how the criteria will be aggregated to conclude on
the overall status of particular descriptors (e.g. D5) or particular criteria elements
(e.g. D3 species and D1 species and species groups);
iv.
Determination of the extent to which the threshold values are to be achieved to
constitute GES.
The draft Decision therefore explicitly acknowledges that threshold values (except where they are
set under other Union legislation) may not be achieved in all areas of Member States' marine waters
for instance to allow for the sustainable use of the sea
–,
provided this does not compromise the
achievement of GES, as determined by Member States under Article 9(1).
The interrelationships between these different articles, annexes and the Decision are illustrated in
Figure 2.
4
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0297.png
Figure 2:
Relationship between the Decision and MSFD Articles 9(1), 8(1) and Annexes I and III.
Expressing the extent to which GES is being achieved
A key requirement of the criteria and methodological standards is to provide a means to express the
extent to which GES is being achieved. This is important in the overall implementation of the
Directive for the following reasons:
a. It expresses how far each Member State has progressed towards its goal of achieving GES;
b. It provides an indication of whether there is need for (additional) environmental targets
under Art. 10 and (additional) measures under Art. 13 in order to reach GES (bearing in mind
that in some cases all necessary targets and measures may have been put in place but the
ecosystem may not yet have reached GES due to slow response times).
c. It provides an important means to express to stakeholders and the public the progress being
made in implementation of the Directive and achievement of its overall goals.
The draft revised Decision sets out a number of ways in which this
‘extent to which GES is being
achieved’ can be expressed, bearing in mind the range of topics to be considered, the large areas of
marine waters to be assessed and the often slow response time of the marine environment to
measures put in place to reduce pressures:
a. For each Descriptor, the draft Decision makes clear the elements to be assessed and the
scale of assessment, such that the use of the criteria will lead to assessments per element
per assessment area; in some cases the elements or criteria are aggregated to draw
5
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0298.png
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
conclusions at a more aggregated level but
the need for ‘super aggregation’ of assessments
to Descriptor level and across descriptors is generally avoided;
The outcomes of assessments against the criteria can typically be expressed in one of two
ways:
i.
The spatial extent over which the element has achieved the threshold values in the
assessment area (being suitable for most pressures and habitat-based assessments
of state and impact); or
ii.
The proportion of elements in the assessment area which have achieved the
threshold values (being suitable for pressures such as contaminants and species-
based assessments of state and impact);
iii.
Note that in both cases, the Decision is providing the type of assessment output
which will express the ‘extent to which GES is being achieved’ but it is for Member
States to determine what ‘extent’ they consider
to constitute GES under Article 9(1).
Where possible, it is preferable to avoid expressing outcomes in which a single failure to
meet a threshold value for a criterion or element leads to the entire area being expressed as
‘not in GES’ as this is often seen as an unduly negative approach
when dealing with the very
large areas of the MSFD; instead use of a proportion of the total (for the descriptor in the
assessment area) is preferred as this shows how much has been achieved, even if the overall
ambition has not yet been achieved. Note however that some assessment methodologies
provide an average outcome per assessment area, effectively giving an ‘in GES’ or ‘not
in
GES’ outcome (e.g. eutrophication assessments);
The most suitable approach to use to express ‘extent’ varies
by descriptor, depending on the
nature of the assessment, the assessment methodology and the scale of assessment;
possible approaches are shown below, drawing from existing approaches for some
descriptors;
The degree of precision needed or which is possible will vary; it is likely that some
assessments will provide only a coarse evaluation (e.g. an estimate to nearest 10 or 20%);
however this may be adequate, especially if the area is clearly achieving GES or conversely
clearly not achieving GES. Greater precision is likely to be needed if the area/element is
close to the border between
‘being in GES’ and ‘not being in GES’.
Due to the often slow change in the state of the marine environment and the pressures
upon it, such as following the introduction of measures, the assessments of status may often
not change from one reporting period to the next, despite their being underlying
improvements in their status. This is particularly exaggerated under MSFD with its two
status classes (in GES, not in GES) compared with the Water Framework Directive which has
five status classes. In order to provide additional evidence to progress towards GES it is
therefore helpful to indicate the trend in status (i.e. whether the status has improved, is
stable or has deteriorated) compared with the previous reporting period.
Whilst the draft Decision sets out the overall way ‘the extent to which GES has been achieved’
should be expressed, it may be necessary to provide further detail on this to ensure Member States
can express their assessments in a practical and consistent manner. This should be further discussed
within WG GES and DIKE such that the assessments can be readily expressed per (sub)region and
lead to a Europe-wide view on the state of the marine environment for the different descriptors.
6
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0299.png
Examples of ways to express the extent to which GES is achieved
Methods which lead to an assessment per element (contaminants, species)
In cases where multiple elements are assessed per area, the proportion which are assessing as
achieving the threshold values can be shown (e.g. 15 out of 20 contaminants assessed have achieved
their threshold values; 6 out of 9 species in the species group have achieved good status) (Figure 3).
Figure 3:
Assessments of status of commercial fish stocks (EEA, 2015). In each (sub)region the
number of stocks assessed is shown and of these which has achieved the threshold values (for one or
both criteria used).
For Descriptor 8, it may be helpful to show so-called
‘legacy’ substances separately, as these persist
in the marine environment despite all necessary measures having been taken (Table 1).
7
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0300.png
Table 1:
Indicative example output for an assessment area (e.g. southern North Sea) for criterion
D8C1 Contaminants in marine environment.
Contaminant (* legacy Value
substance)
Contaminant A
21
Contaminant B*
45
Contaminant C
7
Contaminant D
26
Contaminant E
38
Threshold value (EQS)
25
30
10
30
30
Achieved threshold value
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
3 of 5 substances (60%) achieved
threshold values
2 substances did not achieve
threshold values (including one
legacy substance)
Methods which lead to an estimate of proportion per assessment area
Assessment methods for seafloor disturbance in OSPAR are making use of models which integrate
physical disturbance data layers with habitat maps and sensitivity scores, validated with ground-
truth data (common indicators BH3 and BH1). Whilst the assessments are still in preparation, it is
expected that they will give outputs as a proportion of the habitat type per area which is affected
(Table 2).
Table 2:
Indicative example output for an assessment area (e.g. southern North Sea) for criterion
D6C2 Impacts from physical disturbance. The outcomes of this assessment would be used to
contribute to assessments of habitat condition (criterion D1C6).
Habitat type
Broad habitat type A
Broad habitat type B
Broad habitat type C
Broad habitat type D
Other habitat type E
Other habitat type F
Proportion of area impacted by physical disturbance
25%
15%
35%
5%
25%
50%
Methods which lead to an average outcome per assessment area
Assessment methods for eutrophication (D5) in HELCOM and OSPAR use averaging of data across
the entire area to lead to a conclusion per assessment area (in GES or not in GES) (Figure 4).
8
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0301.png
Figure 4:
Assessment of eutrophication in the Baltic Sea for the period 2007-2011 (HELCOM 2014); an
averaged outcome on overall status is provided for each area assessed.
With this ‘whole area’ method, the outcome is
effectively indicated as 100% in GES or 100% not in
GES; however, it may help to convert this to the proportion of the whole region which is in GES.
On setting threshold values at an appropriate scale
On a number of occasions the Annex to the draft decision asks that Member States set these
thresholds at Union, regional, subregional level. This text specifically refers to the process by which
these thresholds need to be set. Art.4(2)(a) clearly indicates that the thresholds need to be set at
appropriate geographical scales, thereby taking into account the different biotic and abiotic
characteristics of regions, subregions and subdivisons. This for example means when setting
thresholds for D11 at Union level, these thresholds may differ from one region/subregion to
another, or from one subdivision to another, to take into account the specific characteristics of the
area in question, but they are nevertheless set at Union level through the work of TG Noise.
Similarly, those thresholds being set through a regional/subregional process
for example through
work carried out by the Regional Sea Conventions
may vary from one subregion/subdivision to
another to take into account the specificities of the area.
9
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0302.png
(Note that Art.4 also points out other characteristics to be looked into when determining the most
appropriate threshold values such as the use of best available science or the use of long-time series
data when these are available.)
Risk-based approach
The cross-cutting issues document (MSCG_17-2015-06) provided an initial perspective on use of a
risk-based approach in implementation of the directive (section 3.6),
stating “the
implementation of
the directive can be most efficient when it is clearly focused on the anthropogenic pressures which
are considered to be adversely affecting environmental status, assessed at specified spatial scales,
and on assessing the nature
and scale of associated environmental impacts”.
From this overarching perspective on risk, the draft revised Decision also makes explicit reference to
the risk-based approach and has been drafted to focus on setting out criteria for good
environmental status in relation to the predominant pressures and their impacts and on state
elements which can best reflect these pressures and impacts.
This section provides some outline guidance, with examples, on how a risk-based approach is
envisaged to be used in the context of the Decision and related implementation of Art. 9, 8 and 11.
Decision
criteria on GES:
a. Selection of criteria: for several descriptors, use of particular criteria should take risk (and
hence relevance to the region or subregion) into consideration. For example, use of criteria
D5C3, D5C4 and D5C5 where the effects of nutrient enrichment are not adequately assessed
via use of criterion D5C2 and use of criteria D7C2, D1C1 and D1C4 only in cases where there
may be particular risk from certain pressures.
b. Selection of criteria elements: these are selected or, in cases where these still need to be
defined, should be selected with a clear focus on risk, firstly through focusing on
predominant pressures in each region or subregion and, secondly, through focusing on those
ecosystem elements (species, habitats) which are most indicative of impacts from the
pressures. For example, selection of additional contaminants for criteria D8C1 and D9C1
should be on the basis of risk; similarly, selection of species, species groups and habitat
types for criteria D10C4, D2C2 and D2C3, D7C2 and species for Descriptor 1 species groups.
c.
‘De-selection’ of criteria elements:
Criterion D8C1, via established processes under the WFD,
and criterion D9C1 anticipate the de-selection of contaminants in cases where there is low
risk.
d. Parameters for assessment of the criteria: the parameters to be used for each criteria are
those identified from the scientific and technical review process for the Decision to best
reflect the needs for assessment of environmental status, considering the most relevant
aspects of the pressures and their impacts, and those aspects of ecosystem state for species
and habitats considered most relevant. In this sense, the criteria generally reflect a risk-
based approach. In cases where the criteria are less-well specified, for example for assessing
the effects of contaminants on biota (D8C2) and assessing the health of species (D1C3), it is
expected that Member States will focus their efforts on particular species and parameters of
most relevance to the criterion.
In addition, the draft Decision also provides for the possibility not to use certain criteria in
duly justified circumstances (Art 3 of the draft decision): whilst the primary criteria are
intended to be used by all Member States, there is provision to not use one or more of these
10
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0303.png
criteria. This could, for example, be relevant in cases where the activities (and hence
pressures) are not present in the waters of a Member State.
Article 9(1)
determination of GES:
a. Where Member States update their determinations of GES, including on the basis of a
revised Decision, these should focus on expressing the desired state of the environment in
relation to aspects which are (potentially) impacted by anthropogenic pressures. This can be
done by identifying the elements (e.g. species and habitats) and parameters (e.g. population
size, species composition, biomass) which will most effectively indicate environmental status
in relation to specific pressures (e.g. chlorophyll-a and oxygenation levels in relation to
nutrient enrichment; mortality rates in relation to fishing).
b. In cases where the Decision anticipates the identification at regional or subregional level of
criteria elements and threshold values, these should focus on those aspects which are most
relevant to each area in question. In some cases, for example criteria D10C4, D7C2, D2C2
and D2C3, the number of species/species groups/habitat types selected could be rather
limited and focused on key elements of relevance rather than aiming to be more exhaustive.
Article 8 - assessments
a. Given that GES will most effectively be achieved through the management of human
activities and reductions in anthropogenic pressures where needed, the assessments under
Article 8 should aim, as a priority, to assess the distribution and intensity of the predominant
pressures in each region and subregion, together with their associated impacts.
b. From this, it follows that assessments can focus on areas which are subject to anthropogenic
pressure and, on the basis of low risk, provide less focus on areas which are not subject to
the pressure (excepting where these act as reference sites). Where the source of a pressure
is land-based (e.g. nutrients) and the coastal zone is assessed to be in good status (e.g. from
WFD assessments) it may indicate the offshore zone can also be expected to be in good
status (unless there is reason to consider atmospheric or sea-based sources of nutrients as a
potential risk). This type of screening process is used in the OSPAR Common Procedure for
eutrophication and offers a measured way to focus assessment efforts towards areas of
higher risk and reducing the need for assessments in areas of low risk (provided there is
some continued surveillance of the issue which would identify possible change in risk in the
future).
Article 11 - monitoring
a. It follows from the above approaches to risk that monitoring should focus on priority areas
affected by the predominant pressures, with monitoring in areas considered to be at low risk
from a pressure used as reference sites generally undertaken at lower intensity (cf for
instance D10 where there is a possibility to choose the monitoring matrix on the basis of
risk).
b. Further, particular attention is needed on the boundary between good status and poor
status (particular areas and ecosystem elements selected to assess this status boundary); if
an area is clearly in a poor status, there is limited benefit in continued monitoring unless to
follow its recover following introduction of measures.
From the above considerations, application of a risk-based approach can be expected to focus
implementation efforts towards those aspects (areas, pressures, impacts, ecosystem elements)
which are of most importance in understanding the current state of marine waters and hence to
efforts to improve its state, where needed. Use of a risk-based approach can be expected to reduce
11
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
efforts particularly for monitoring and assessment, but this should stem from its application to the
Decision and to the determination of Article 9(1).
12
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0305.png
Annex: Overview of Decision criteria
The following set of diagrams aim to provide an overview of the criteria per descriptor, including the
way in which ‘the extent to which GES has been achieved’ has been indicated in the proposed
Decision. As indicated above, this could generally be represented as either the proportion of the
area that is affected or the number or proportion of criteria elements that meet the thresholds set,
depending on the nature of the descriptor and the criteria elements being looked at.
13
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0306.png
14
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0307.png
15
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0308.png
16
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0309.png
17
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0310.png
18
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0311.png
19
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0312.png
20
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0313.png
21
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0314.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0315.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0316.png
13
th
meeting of MSFD Committee
19-20 May2016, Brussels
Revision of Decision 2010/477/EU
Overview of main changes
European Commission
DG Environment
Marine Environment and Water Industry Unit
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0317.png
Consultation results
Section
843 comments from 15
M
S
MS
Recitals & Articles
Annex - general
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
D10
D11
Part C
Annex III
Total
Number of
comments
164
130
22
40
23
101
46
26
68
16
91
39
15
62
843
282 comments from
stakeholders (not on Annex III)
New version
è
addresses
comments received
Not all required action
Some issues remained pending
at the time of the release of the
document
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0318.png
Other processes
Workshop on Guidance for assessments under Art. 8,
20-21 April 2016, Brussels
Release of ICES advice, 13 May 2016
Internal meetings for further consultation
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0319.png
Roles of Decision and MSFD Art 9(1)
MS have responsibility to determine GES (Art 9(1)
COM Decision provides tools to be used to ensure
consistency and allow for comparison between
regions and subregions
Annex to Decision does not express GES (e.g.
threshold values for criteria, application rules)
MS should use Decision to determine GES (regional
specificities, expressing extent over which threshold
values are to be achieved)
Sustainable use of the sea may mean that threshold
values not achieved in certain parts of the sea
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0320.png
Main changes
Use of criteria
Threshold values
Timeline & notification
Extent to which GES has been achieved
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0321.png
Use of criteria (Art 3)
Possibility to not use criteria in "duly justified
circumstances"
New text on regional cooperation obligation
Possibility to use other (e.g. RSC) standards or methods
for assessment and monitoring when not specified in
Decision
Interim: national lists of criteria elements
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0322.png
Threshold values (Rec 11-12, Art 4)
In Annex or for MS to establish at Union/Regional level
Union/Regional process ! Union/Regional values
Values set at appropriate scale
Principles for setting threshold values, e.g.:
!Based
on science and precautionary principle
Interim: national threshold values or trends
Indicative of a need for measures or investigation
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0323.png
Timeline and Notification (Art 5-6)
Threshold values and criteria elements to be established for
2018
Latest: 2024 but need to inform Commission
Threshold values periodically reviewed and amended if
necessary
COM informed of threshold values and criteria elements
set through Union/Regional process
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0324.png
Expressing the extent to which GES
is being achieved
Informs on progress towards MSFD objective
GES by 2020
Informs on need for environmental targets (Art 10) and
measures (Art 13)
For each Descriptor, deletion of "All threshold values set shall
be achieved" and Part C
For each Descriptor, 'Use of criteria' expresses outcomes
of assessments: spatial extent or proportion
Need for consistency of outcomes across MS/regions
(more so than precision); plus trends in status
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0325.png
Method A:
Assessment per
element
(contaminants,
species)
Example:
commercial fish
D3C1-D3C2
(D3C3
not available)
(EEA
2015)
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0326.png
Method A:
Assessment
per element
(contaminants,
species)
Contaminant
(* legacy
substance)
Contaminant
Contaminant
Contaminant
Contaminant
Contaminant
Threshold
value (EQS)
25
30
10
30
30
Achieved
threshold value
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
Value
A
B*
C
D
E
21
45
7
26
38
3 of 5 substances (60%) achieved threshold values
2 substances did not achieve threshold values (including
one legacy substance)
Example:
contaminants
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0327.png
Method B:
Estimate of
proportion per
assessment
area
Habitat type
Example:
seabed habitats
(D6C2)
Broad habitat type A
Broad habitat type B
Broad habitat type C
Broad habitat type D
Other habitat type E
Other habitat type F
Proportion of area
impacted by
physical
disturbance
25%
15%
35%
5%
25%
50%
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0328.png
Method C:
average
outcome per
assessment
area
Example:
Eutrophication
(D5 overall)
From HELCOM for
period 2007-
2011 (2014)
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0329.png
Next steps
Comments on this draft by
27 May 2016
29 June 2016
Next Committee meeting
Interservice consultation
Summer 2016
Translations
Summer 2016
Committee vote
September - October 2016
Scrutiny period
Adoption
January 2017
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0330.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0331.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0332.png
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
DIRECTORATE-GENERAL
ENVIRONMENT
Directorate C
Quality of Life, Water and Air
ENV.C.2 - Marine Environment & Water Industry
TWELFTH MEETING OF THE COMMITTEE UNDER ARTICLE 25 OF DIRECTIVE
2008/56/EC
(MARINE STRATEGY COMMITTEE)
TUESDAY 1 MARCH 2016 (10:00
18:00)
AND WEDNESDAY 2 MARCH 2016 (09:30-17:30)
Conference Centre Albert Borschette / Rooms 1B and 0B
36, rue Froissart, B-1040 Brussels
1. Welcome and introduction
The Chair (European Commission, DG Environment) opened the meeting and welcomed the
participants.
2. Adoption of the agenda
The draft agenda (document CTTEE_12-2016-01) was adopted unanimously without amendments.
3. Adoption of the minutes of the 11
th
Committee Meeting Minutes
The minutes of the 11
th
Committee meeting (document CTTEE_12-2016-02) were amended in
order to reflect comments by
Denmark, Romania and France and were
adopted as amended.
4. Review of Commission Decision on GES
The Chairman thanked Member States for sending comments on the draft text of the Commission
Decision on criteria and methodological standards for good environmental status (document
CTTEE_12-2016-03) and informed that around 300 of the 700 comments received led to revisions
in the new version. All comments were however considered. He also informed the Member States
on the cancelation of the Committee meeting foreseen on the 21-22 April 2016.
The Commission gave an overview presentation on the general issues identified in the comments
received by Member States including the proposed solutions and informed Member States on the
next steps.
A discussion followed in which Member States made general comments:
·
Several Member States provided a coordinated view, expressing concerns on: i) the issue of
legality of the scope of the draft proposal on threshold values, the one-out-all-out principle,
ability to achieve the proposed timelines, reliance on Regional Sea Conventions, ii) the lack
of maturity of science in support of some of the proposals regarding use of a risk-based
1
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0333.png
approach and threshold values by 2018 and iii) the additional cost burden for monitoring and
reporting and the socio-economic implications.
·
·
·
One Member State asked for a dedicated financial instrument to support implementation of
MSFD and a more structured and clear link to blue growth;
One Member State was concerned about the need for clear criteria for the GES decision, and
the need first for a risk-based approach as a methodology to identify the main problems.
Finally, several Member States expressed concerns on the application of the one-out-all-out
principle.
Recitals and Articles
The Commission then presented the recitals and articles one-by-one and Member States were
invited to comment on each of them:
·
Recitals: due to limitations of time, discussion covered only recitals 1 to 8. Member States
made specific comments on recitals 4, 7 and 8 regarding the role of regional cooperation for
MSFD implementation, the time limits in other environmental legislation and the need to
ensure coherence, the establishment of threshold values at regional or subregional level and
the inclusion of word "applicable" before threshold values.
Article 1 Subject matter: Member States commented in particular on the lack of reference to
MSFD Annex III, the need to use the same wording as in the 2010 Commission Decision
and to define sub-objectives.
Article 2 Definitions: Member States requested clarifications on the application of
secondary criteria, differences between "specification" and "standardised method", and on
the definition of threshold values.
Article 3 General principles: Member States expressed reservations on the text, proposed to
use the same wording as in the 2010 Commission Decision and expressed concerns on the
possibility not to use one or more criteria only "in exceptional circumstances" and with "due
justification". Paragraph 4 was not discussed.
Article 4 Repeal: one Member State proposed either partial repeal as the 2010 Commission
Decision includes a general part not entirely covered in the proposed draft text or taking up
that general part in the Article 8 guidance.
·
·
·
·
The Commission then presented the draft Annex and its descriptors one-by-one and Member States
were invited to comment on each descriptor.
Descriptor 5
After the Commission presented the main changes following comments received on the previous
version of the draft proposal (CTTEE_11-2016-04) on that descriptor, several Member States raised
concerns on the inter-relationship of assessments under the WFD and MSFD and the application
rules proposed. Specific comments were made on the proposed criteria, including the suitability of
the use of opportunistic macroalgae, the use of the term clarity, the units of measurements proposed,
and the monitoring beyond coastal waters.
The Commission emphasised the necessity to ensure coherence between the assessments made
under the Water Framework Directive and the MSFD.
2
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0334.png
Descriptor 8
The Commission presented the details of the changes in the proposal for Descriptor 8 and
particularly emphasised the necessity to ensure coherence between the assessments made under the
Water Framework Directive and the MSFD.
Member States made specific comments on the proposed criteria including the use of the one-out-
all-out principle, the application of criterion D8C4 and the definition of significant pollution events,
and the role of Regional Sea Conventions.
Descriptor 9
The Commission presented the changes in the proposal for Descriptor 9. Member States did not
provide any comments during the meeting.
Descriptor 10
The Commission presented the changes in the proposal for D10. Member States expressed concerns
in relation to the deletion of the criterion on litter ingestion and the use of the criterion on
entanglement, the ability to set threshold values, the potential difficulties linked to monitoring
certain matrices (e.g. seafloor or floating litter) and on the strandings of animals and indicated that
trends may be a more realistic indicator (rather than setting threshold values). Specific comments
were made on the proposed criteria, including the lower size limit for micro-litter and the
measurement units.
Descriptor 11
After a short presentation by the Commission of the proposed changes related to Descriptor 11, a
few Member States commented on specific aspects of the draft (ability to establish threshold values
because of the immaturity of science, the focus on 'marine mammals', insufficient ranges for the
frequencies to be used).
Descriptor 3
The Commission presented the changes in the proposal for D3. Regarding Descriptor 3, Member
States were concerned about the availability of data for certain criteria, the increased burden of
monitoring for criterion D3C3, the lack of a definition for "commercially-exploited fish". Member
States indicated that criterion D3C4 did not address commercially-exploited species and would sit
better under Descriptor 1. Differing views were expressed as to whether criterion D3C3 should be
maintained.
Descriptor 6
The Commission presented the changes in the proposal for D6 criteria concerning physical loss and
disturbance. On this descriptor, some Member States made specific comments on each of the
criteria, indicating that the difference between certain criteria was not sufficiently clear, welcoming
the proposed deletions of previously included criteria and proposing further merging of several
criteria. Member States also asked for clarifications on the definitions and relevant activities,
expressed concerns about monitoring and proposed the application of a risk-based approach.
Descriptor 2
On Descriptor 2, specific comments were made on the proposed criteria, including on the
specifications for monitoring, the wording of the criteria (D2C1 and D2C3), the lack of clarity
regarding the use of D2C2 and D2C3 as secondary criteria and their link to the possibility of risk,
and the use of "trends" of new introductions for D2C1.
Descriptor 7
Member States questioned whether the secondary criteria were truly secondary, as they considered
the conditions to use them would always be fulfilled and commented on the exclusion of the water
3
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0335.png
column from the scope of the criteria and on the lack of primary criteria.
Descriptor 1, 4, 6 Species groups, habitats and ecosystems including food webs
The Commission presented the changes in the proposal for Descriptors 1, 4 and 6. Member States
mainly commented on the need for appropriate links to the Habitats and Birds Directive's
approaches and the difficulties in setting threshold values at regional level. They expressed
concerns on the application rules proposed. Regarding habitats, several Member States were
concerned about the economic impact of the threshold values proposed. One Member State wished
to specifically include special or listed habitats.
Regarding food webs, Member States commented on the proposed wording ("adversely" instead of
"significantly"), that proposed criteria do not assess the ecosystem and that threshold values cannot
be defined according to ICES advice and suggested that more criteria should be secondary.
Part C
Following the comments received during the meeting, the Commission gave a presentation with the
view to clarifying the use of the one-out-all-out (OOAO) principle under application rules for
contaminants and species, and showing different approaches on how Member States could present
the assessment results to reflect the extent to which GES has been achieved.
Some Member States put a study reservation on part C. The Commission explained that different
possibilities regarding the presentation of assessment results could for instance be considered under
the Article 8 Assessment guidance.
5. Review of MSFD Annex III
Member States generally welcomed the latest version of the proposal replacing Annex III of the
MSFD (CTTEE_12-2016-04) and made some specific comments regarding the indicative nature of
the lists in the tables, notes related to the tables and the transposition period.
Following the comments of Member States on each of the sections above, the Commission provided
initial responses to the comments made, particularly to provide further clarifications on the rationale
for the text proposed. Following the discussions on the draft GES Decision and on the draft
Directive replacing Annex III, Member States requested more time to provide written comments. It
was maintained that Member States would send written comments
on the draft proposals by 9
March 2016,
in the template provided to that effect. The Commission indicated that it would
consider the comments received in its preparation of the new drafts to be discussed at the next
Committee meeting.
6. Any other business
No other business.
The Chair thanked participants for their engagement during the two days and closed the meeting.
4
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0336.png
Annex I:
Agenda
point
2
3
4
5
List of meeting documents
Reference
Title
Submitted by
CTTEE/12/2016/01
CTTEE/12/2016/02
CTTEE/12/2016/03
CTTEE/12/2016/04
Draft agenda
Minutes of the Eleventh Committee meeting
Review of Commission Decision on GES
Review of MSFD Directive Annex III
European Commission
(DG ENV)
European Commission
(DG ENV)
European Commission
(DG ENV)
European Commission
(DG ENV)
5
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0337.png
Annex II:
List of participants
State
Belgium
Bulgaria
Denmark
Estonia
Finland
France
Germany
Greece
Ireland
Italy
Latvia
Lithuania
Malta
The Netherlands
The Netherlands
Poland
Poland
Portugal
Romania
Slovenia
Spain
Sweden
United Kingdom
European
Commission
Organisation
Belgian Federal Public Service - Health, Food Chain Safety and Environment
Ministry of Environment and Water
The Danish Nature Agency
Ministry of Environment of Estonia
Ministry of Environment of Finland
Ministère de l'écologie, du développement durable et de l'énergie
Bundesministerium für Umwelt, Naturschutz und Reaktorsicherheit
Special Secretary for Water of the Hellenic Ministry of Reconstruction of Production,
Environment & Energy
Department of Environment, Community and Local Government (DECLG)
Ministry of the Environment, Land and Sea Protection, Nature and Sea Protection
Directorate (MATTM-PNM)
Ministry of the Environmental Protection and Regional Development
Ministry of Environment of the Republic of Lithuania
Malta Environment and Planning Authority
Ministry of Infrastructure and the Environment, DG for Spatial Issues and Water
Ministry of Infrastructure and the Environment, RWS Centre for Water Management
Ministry of the Environment-Water Resources Department
Monitoring Department in the Chief Inspectorate for Environmental Protection
Direcção-Geral de Recursos Naturais, Segurança e Serviços Marítimos (DGRM)
Ministry of Environment, Water and Forest
Ministry of the Environment and Spatial Planning
Ministry of Agriculture, Food and Environment
Swedish Agency for Marine and Water Management (SwAM)
Department for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs
DG Environment
6
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0338.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0339.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0340.png
CTTEE_12-2016-03
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
DIRECTORATE-GENERAL
ENVIRONMENT
Directorate C - Quality of Life, Water & Air
ENV.C.2 - Marine Environment & Water Industry
12
TH
M
EETING OF THE
C
OMMITTEE UNDER
A
RTICLE
25
OF
D
IRECTIVE
2008/56/EC
(M
ARINE
S
TRATEGY
C
OMMITTEE
)
T
UESDAY
1 M
ARCH
2016 (10:00
18:00)
AND
W
EDNESDAY
2 M
ARCH
2016 (09:30-17:30)
Conference Centre Albert Borschette (CCAB) - Room 1B and 0B
36, Rue Froissart - B-1040 Brussels
Agenda Item:
Document:
Title:
Prepared by:
Date prepared:
4
CTTEE_12-2016-03
Proposal for a Commission Decision on GES Criteria_draft v2
European Commission
15/02/2016
This paper provides a second draft version of a proposal for a Commission Decision
laying down criteria and methodological standards on good environmental status and
specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and assessment, and repealing
Decision 2010/477/EU. It is based on the comments made by Member States during the
Committee meeting of 27 January 2016 and received by email subsequently.
Please note that this draft:
a.
b.
c.
has not yet undergone the Commission's internal consultation and could
therefore be subject to further changes.
is not for circulation outside the Regulatory Committee.
even though it will be one legal text, has to be presented in two different
sections (which have been copy-pasted one after the other below):
- the proposal for a Commission Decision containing the Recitals and Articles
- the proposal for an Annex to the Commission Decision, containing the actual
criteria, methodological standards, specifications and standardised methods.
Background
The MSFD Committee is invited to:
a. Discuss the attached draft;
b.
Provide comments on this draft by
9 March 2016
EN
1
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0341.png
EUROPEAN
COMMISSION
Brussels,
XXX
[…](2015)
XXX
draft
COMMISSION DECISION (EU) …/…
of
XXX
laying down criteria and methodological standards on good environmental status and
specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and assessment, and repealing
Decision 2010/477/EU
EN
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0342.png
COMMISSION DECISION (EU) …/…
of
XXX
laying down criteria and methodological standards on good environmental status and
specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and assessment, and repealing
Decision 2010/477/EU
THE EUROPEAN COMMISSION,
Having regard to the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union,
Having regard to Directive 2008/56/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 17
June 2008 establishing a framework for community action in the field of marine
environmental policy (Marine Strategy Framework Directive)
1
, and in particular Article 9(3)
and 11(4) thereof,
Whereas:
(1)
[Recital on legal basis / comitology procedure] Directive 2008/56/EC provides in its
Article 9(3) for criteria and methodological standards to be adopted in accordance with
the regulatory procedure with scrutiny referred to in Article 25(3) of that Directive. It
also provides in its Article 11(4) for the adoption of specifications and standardised
methods for monitoring and assessment, in accordance with the same procedure.
[Recital on Commission Decision 2010/477/EU] Decision 2010/477/EU
2
provided
criteria for "good environmental status", thus setting the basis for Member States to
establish their determinations of good environmental status and to guide their
assessments of current environmental status in 2012.
[Recital on necessity to revise the 2010 Decision] Decision 2010/477/EU
acknowledged that additional scientific and technical progress was required to support
the development or revision of these criteria for some qualitative descriptors, as well
as further development of methodological standards in close coordination with the
establishment of monitoring programmes. In addition, that Decision provided in its
Recital 4 that its revision should be carried out in time to support a successful update
of marine strategies that are due by 2018, pursuant to Article 17 of Directive
2008/56/EC.
[Recital n°1 on problems with existing good environmental status decision revealed by
1
st
cycle] In 2012, Member States reported under Articles 9(2) and 10(2) of Directive
2008/56/EC on the initial assessment of their marine waters, the determination of good
environmental status and their environmental targets. The Commission's assessment
3
of these Member State's reports highlighted that more efforts were urgently needed if
Member States and the Union are to reach good environmental status by 2020. The
OJ L 164, 25.2.2008, p. 19.
Commission Decision 2010/477/EU of 1 September 2010 on criteria and methodological standards on
good environmental status of marine water (OJ L 232, 2.9.2010, p. 14).
Report from the Commission to the Council and the European Parliament - The first phase of
implementation of the Marine Strategy Framework Directive (2008/56/EC) - The European
Commission's assessment and guidance (COM(2014)097 final, 20.2.2014)
(2)
(3)
(4)
1
2
3
EN
2
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0343.png
results showed the necessity to ensure the determinations of good environmental status
in a
quantifiable comparable
and consistent way between Member States and across
the Union. In addition, the assessment
recognised that regional cooperation must be at
the very heart of the implementation of Directive 2008/56/EC and influence national
implementation processes, rather than the other way around. It also
emphasized the
need for Member States to more systematically build upon existing Union legislation
or, where relevant, standards set by Regional Sea Conventions or other international
agreements.
(5)
[Recital concluding on 2014 Commission's assessment
common recital to good
environmental status decision and revised Annex III]
To ensure that the second
cycle of implementation contributes to the achievement of Directive 2008/56/EC's
objectives and yields more consistent determinations of good environmental status, the
Commission therefore recommended in its report on the first phase of implementation
that, at Union level, the Commission services and Member States collaborate to
"revise, strengthen and improve Decision 2010/477/EU by 2015, aiming at a clearer,
simpler, more concise, more coherent and comparable set of good environmental
status criteria and methodological standards" and "review Annex III of the Marine
Strategy Framework Directive, and if necessary revise, and develop specific guidance
to ensure a more coherent and consistent approach for assessments in the next
implementation cycle".
[Recital on the review process] On the basis of these conclusions, the review process
started in 2013 when a roadmap for a review, consisting of several phases (technical
and scientific, consultation, and decision-making), was endorsed by the Committee
established under Article 25(1) of Directive 2008/56/EC (hereafter "Regulatory
Committee"). During this process, the Commission consulted all interested parties,
including Regional Sea Conventions [, and an open public consultation was carried out
on this Decision]. The Regulatory Committee was also duly consulted throughout the
process, [informed of the results of the public consultation] and re-confirmed the need
for a revision of Decision 2010/477/EU at its meeting of 5 May 2015.
[Recital on objectives of the new Decision] This Decision is therefore expected to
facilitate future updates of the initial assessment of Member States' marine waters and
their determination of good environmental status, by clarifying, revising or introducing
criteria, methodological standards, specifications and standardised methods to be used
by Member States, thereby ensuring greater coherence in implementation of Directive
2008/56/EC between Member States and across the Union. In accordance with the
commitment taken by the European Commission when adopting its Better regulation
package
4
, this Decision ensures coherence with other Union legislation.
[Recital on criteria and methodological standards] This Decision should therefore set
out criteria and methodological standards, for each of the qualitative descriptors listed
in Annex I to Directive 2008/56/EC, on the basis of Annex III of that Directive. For
each descriptor, this Decision should define the
elements for assessment and the
criteria
including the elements to be used,
and, where available
[and applicable], the
reference levelsthreshold values,
that allow a quantitative assessment of whether good
environmental status is achieved.
In several cases, this Decision should enable
Member States to establish these threshold values at regional or subregional level, for
instance by referring to existing values or developing new ones.
This Decision should
COM(2015) 215 final
(6)
(7)
(8)
4
EN
3
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0344.png
also set out
the methodological standards, including
the
geographical
scales for
assessment and application rules for the criteria, to ensure that Member States' updates
of their determinations of good environmental status and initial assessments of marine
waters, carried out in accordance with Article 17 of Directive 2008/56/EC, are
consistent, allowing for comparison between marine regions or subregions of the
extent to which good environmental status is being achieved.
(9)
[Recital on specifications and standardised methods] Specifications and standardised
methods for monitoring and assessment should take into account existing
specifications and standards at Union level and ensure comparability between
monitoring and assessment results. When such specifications and standardised
methods are not included in this Decision, Member States should endeavour to use
available Union or international guidance. This is for instance the case for
guidance
developed the qualitative descriptor (11) of Annex I to Directive 2008/56/EC, for
which a sub-group of experts on underwater noise has developed,
in the framework of
the Common Implementation Strategy established between Member States and the
European Commission,
"Monitoring guidance for underwater noise in European Seas".
[Relationship between MSFD and other EU legislation]
To facilitate Member States
implementation of Directive 2008/56/EC and ensure greater consistency and
comparability at Union level of theirTo make the
determinations of good
environmental status
more effective,
this Decision should
take into accountrefer to
existing quality standards and methods of assessment and monitoring from Union
legislation, such as Directive 2000/60/EC of the European Parliament and of the
Council
5
(the 'Water Framework Directive') and Commission Decision 2013/480/EU
6
,
Directive 2008/105/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council
7
, Commission
Regulation (EC) No 1881/2006
8
,
C
ouncil Directive 92/43/EEC
9
, Directive
2009/147/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council
10
,
Regulation
(EU) No 1380/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council
11
and Council
Regulation (EC) No 1967/2006
12
.
Such cross-references should not only facilitate
(10)
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Directive 2000/60/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 23 October 2000 establishing a
framework for Community action in the field of water policy (OJ L 327, 22.12.2000, p. 1).
Commission Decision 2013/480/EU of 20 September 2013 establishing, pursuant to Directive
2000/60/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council, the values of the Member State monitoring
system classifications as a result of the intercalibration exercise and repealing Decision 2008/915/EC
(OJ L 266, 8.10.2013, p. 1).
Directive 2008/105/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 16 December 2008 on
environmental quality standards in the field of water policy, amending and subsequently replacing
Council Directive 87/176/EEC, 3/513/EEC, 84/156/EEC, 84/491/EEC, 86/280/EEC and amending
Directive 2000/60/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council (OJ L 348, 24.12.2008, p. 84.)
Commission Regulation (EC) No 1881/2006 of 19 December 2006 setting maximum levels for certain
contaminants in foodstuffs (OJ L 364, 20.12.2006, p. 5).
Council Directive 92/43/EEC of 21 May 1992 on the conservation of natural habitats and of wild fauna
and flora (OJ L 206, 22.7.1992, p. 7).
Directive 2009/147/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 30 November 2009 on the
conservation of wild birds (OJ L 20, 26.1.2010, p. 7).
Regulation (EU) No 1380/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 11 December 2013 on
the Common Fisheries Policy, amending Council Regulations (EC) No 1954/2003 and (EC) No
1224/2009 and repealing Council Regulations (EC) No 2371/2002 and (EC) No 639/2004 and Council
Decision 2004/585/EC (OJ L 354, 28.12.2013, p. 22).
Council Regulation (EC) No 1967/2006 of 21 December 2006 concerning management measures for
the sustainable exploitation of fishery resources in the Mediterranean Sea, amending Regulation (EEC)
No 2847/93 and repealing Regulation (EC) No 1626/94 (OJ L 409, 30.12.2006, p. 11).
EN
4
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0345.png
Member States' assessments under Directive 2008/56/EC by ensuring compatibility
with other obligations but should also ensure greater consistency and comparability at
Union level.
(11)
[Link with RSC and other international mechanisms: Article 3(3)] Where this
Decision does not specify details at Union level for criteria, methodological standards,
specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and assessment, Member
States should
endeavour to
use those developed at international, regional or
subregional level
which are directly applicable to marine waters,
for instance within
the framework of the Regional Sea Conventions, as provided under Article 6 of
Directive 2008/56/EC, or other international and regional mechanisms, and inform the
Commission thereof as provided for in Article 17(3) of Directive 2008/56/EC.
[Future work] Additional scientific and technical progress is still required to support
the further development of certain criteria, methodological standards, specifications
and standardised methods for monitoring and assessment.
[Linking Article 9 to Art. 8, and Art. 8.1b to 8.1a] The determination of good
environmental status and the assessment of progress towards its achievement should
be intricately linked. This Decision should be structured to support this linkage,
particularly to clearlyand
organise the
descriptors and
criteria
and methodological
standards on the basis of the descriptors laid down in Annex I of Directive 2008/56/EC
and on the basis of the ecosystem elements and pressures laid down in Annex III of
that Directive. Some of the criteria and methodological standards relate in particular to
the needed for
assessments of
environmental status the ecosystem and its components
under point (a) of Article 8(1) of Directive 2008/56/EC,
and while other relate those
needed forto the
assessment of
predominant
pressures and
their
impacts under point
(b) of that Article.
Further, because the assessment of environmental status under point
(a) of Article 8(1) should reflect the cumulative pressures and their impacts, the
assessments under point (b) of that Article should, as far as possible and necessary, be
undertaken first and used to inform the assessments under point (a) of Article 8(1) of
Directive 2008/56/EC. This should include ensuring consistency in the ecosystem
elements assessed and in the scales of assessment.
[Trends] When assessing the status of their marine waters in accordance with Article 8
of Directive 2008/56/EC it is helpful for Member States to assess the change in status
as improving, stable or deteriorating, in view of the often slow response of the marine
environment to change.
[Flexibility:
Article 3(2),
risk-based approach and primary criteria] This Decision
should allow sufficient flexibility
to Member States when determining their good
environmental status. This flexibility is underpinned by different concepts in this
Decision. First, Member States should be able to consider that some of the criteria are
not appropriate, provided this is duly justified. Secondly, a risk-based approach should
be introduced in some criteria, by which Member States may decide not to consider
certain elements or may focus monitoring on certain matrices, provided this is based
on a risk-assessment. so that updates of the initial assessment under Article 8 of
Directive 2008/56/EC focus on the predominant pressures in each region or subregion
and their environmental impacts on the different ecosystem elements, as addressing
such pressures should provide an efficient and effective means to achieve good
environmental status. Such flexibility is underpinned in this Decision by the risk-based
approach, meaning that certain criteria would not need to be used in the assessment of
the marine waters of certain Member States, provided a risk-assessment demonstrates
(12)
(13)
(14)
(15)
EN
5
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0346.png
a low risk. Finally, Ccriteria
are
further
labelled as primary or secondary
in this
Decision.
While primary criteria should be used to ensure consistency across the
Union, flexibility is introduced with regard to secondary criteria, which can either
be
alternativesubstitute or complement primary criteria, or be used where there is a
possibility of risk not covered by the primary criteria (if there is a lack of data for
primary criteria) or complementary (only performed whenever they are considered
relevant).
(16)
[Moved from intro Annex Part C] Articles 1(2) and 1(3) of Directive 2008/56/EC
acknowledge that Member States' marine strategies must protect and preserve the
marine environment, prevent its deterioration or, where practicable, restore marine
ecosystems in areas where they have been adversely affected. Therefore, it is
recognised that some areas may not achieve the
threshold values
set
for certain
criteria,
particularly to allow for certain sustainable uses of the marine waters,
provided the collective pressure of human activities is kept within levels compatible
with the achievement of good environmental status and the capacity of marine
ecosystems to respond to human-induced changes is not compromised. It is therefore
appropriate that Member States assess the spatial extent over which the threshold
values have been achieved in their marine waters, within each region or subregion.
[Dynamic ecosystems, climate change and recovery to new states] The determination
of good environmental status under Article 9(1) of Directive 2008/56/EC, on the basis
of this Decision, should accommodate the dynamic nature of marine ecosystems and
their elements, which can change in space and time through climatic variation,
predator-prey interactions and other
environmental
factors. These determinations
should also reflect the state of marine ecosystems as can be expected under prevailing
physiographic, geographic and climatic conditions, as they recover from deteriorated
states, rather than states in the past to which they may never return.
[Review
Moved from former Article 4] It is appropriate that the Commission revises
this Decision by 15 July 2023, as part of the review set out in Article 23 of Directive
2008/56/EC. The review should in particular take into account the need to adapt this
Decision to the latest scientific and technical knowledge and the experiences of the
implementation of this Decision in light of the objective of Directive 2008/56/EC of
achieving good environmental status by 2020.
[Standard
recital -
Repeal of Decision 2010/477/EU] Decision 2010/477/EU should
therefore be repealed.
[Standard
recital]
The measures provided for in this Decision are in accordance with
the opinion of the Regulatory Committee,
(17)
(18)
(19)
(20)
HAS ADOPTED THIS DECISION:
Article 1
Subject-matter
This Decision sets out, in its Annex, criteria and methodological standards, on good
environmental status for each qualitative descriptor listed in Annex I to Directive 2008/56/EC,
in accordance with Article 9(3) of that Directive, and specifications and standardised methods
for monitoring and assessment, in accordance with Article 11(4) of that Directive.
EN
6
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0347.png
Article 2
Definitions
For the purposes of this Decision, the following definitions shall apply:
(1)
'criteria' means distinctive technical features that are closely linked to qualitative
descriptors, as defined in Article 3(6) of Directive 2008/56/EC.
(a)
'primary criteria' shall be used by Member States
in all casesin accordance with
Article 3(2),
except where it is specified in the Annex to this Decision that such
criteria may be replaced by a secondary criterion;
'secondary criteria' shall be used on the basis of the conditions specified in the
Annex to this Decision, either instead of a primary criterion or in addition to
the primary criteria.
(b)
(2)
(3)
'marine regions'
shall have the same meaning as in Article 3(2) of Directive
2008/56/EC.
'subregions' and 'subdivisions' are used in the sense of Article 4 of Directive
2008/56/EC to provide for a nested set of
assessment scalesgeographical areas within
a region to be used for Article 8(1) of Directive 2008/56/EC. Further division of
these areas may be appropriate for some descriptors and assessments.
'methodological standards' means scientific or technical methods, developed at Union
or international level, for assessing and classifying environmental status.
'specification' means
Union-wide minimum
requirements for the design of
monitoring and assessment performed under Directive 2008/56/EC.
'standardised method' means
Union-wide minimum
requirements for the monitoring
and assessment performed under Directive 2008/56/EC:
(a)
'standardised method for monitoring' refers to methods for field sampling, and
other types of data collection, and for laboratory analysis. This includes quality
assurance and quality control mechanisms, such as agreed international
standards (e.g. CEN and ISO standards).
'standardised method for assessment' includes agreed rules for the spatial and
temporal aggregation of data and their use.
(4)
(5)
(6)
(b)
(7)
'marine waters', including
'coastal waters', shall
have the same meaning as in Article
3(1) of Directive 2008/56/EChave the same meaning as in Article 2(7) of Directive
2000/60/EC.
'non-indigenous species'
and 'invasive non-indigenous species'
shall be understood to
have the same meaning as 'alien species'
and 'invasive alien species'
defined in
Articles 3(1)
and 3(2) respectively
of Regulation (EU) No 1143/2014 of the
European Parliament and of the Council
13
.
‘reference
levelthreshold values’
means
the value, values or ranges of values
[established at Union, international, regional or subregional level] which define the
quality level to be achieved for the criterion.
(8)
(9)
13
Regulation (EU) No 1143/2014 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 22 October 2014 on
the prevention and management of the introduction and spread of invasive alien species (OJ L 317,
4.11.2014, p. 35).
EN
7
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0348.png
Article 3
General principles
1.
Member States shall use these criteria, methodological standards, specifications and
standardised methods for monitoring and assessment
laid down in this Decision,
in
combination with the
ecosystem elements, anthropogenic pressures and human
activities listed in Annex III to Directive 2008/56/EC
and by reference to the initial
assessment made pursuant to Article 8(1) of that Directive,
when
determining a set of
characteristics for good environmental status in accordance with Article 9(1)
of that
Directive, when assessing whether it has been achieved under Article 8(1),
and when
establishing coordinated monitoring programmes under Article 11
of
Directive
2008/56/ECthat Directive.
On the basis of the initial assessment or its subsequent updates carried out in
accordance with Article 8 and point (a) of Article 17(2) of Directive 2008/56/EC, a
Member State may consider, in exceptional circumstances, that it is not appropriate
to use one or more of the criteria laid down in this Decision.
In such case, the Member State shall provide the Commission with due justification
in the framework of the notification made pursuant to Article 9(2) or 17(3) of
Directive 2008/56/EC. The justification shall include evidence of the fulfilment of
the obligation of regional cooperation laid down in Articles 5 and 6 of Directive
2008/56/EC, and in particular the requirement to ensure that the different elements of
the marine strategies are coherent and coordinated across the marine region or sub-
region concerned.
3.
Where this Decision does not set criteria, methodological standards, specifications or
standardised methods for monitoring and assessment, Member States shall endeavour
to use,
where practical and appropriate,
those developed at international, regional or
subregional level, such as in the relevant Regional Sea Conventions, when
determining good environmental status in accordance with Article 9(1) and when
assessing whether it has been achieved under Article 8(1).
Where the Annex to this Decision provides for Member States to establish threshold
values or list of elements at regional or subregional level, this shall be done in time
for the first review of their initial assessment and determination of good
environmental status in accordance with point (a) of Article 17(2) of Directive
2008/56/EC, i.e. by 15 July 2018.
[In exceptional circumstances, Member States may only establish these threshold
values at regional or subregional level for the second review of their initial
assessment and determination of good environmental status in accordance with point
(a) of Article 17(2) of Directive 2008/56/EC, i.e. by 15 July 2024, provided the
reasons for the delay are duly justified to the Commission in the notification made
pursuant to Article 9(2) or 17(3) of Directive 2008/56/EC.]
Article 4
Review
1.
2.
The Commission shall review this Decision by 15 July 2023, as part of the review set
out in Article 23 of Directive 2008/56/EC.
The review should in particular take into account:
(a)
the need to adapt this Decision to the latest scientific and technical knowledge.
2.
4.
EN
8
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0349.png
(a)
the experiences of the implementation of this Decision in light of the objective
of Directive 2008/56/EC of achieving good environmental status by 2020.
Article 4
Repeal
Decision 2010/477/EU is hereby repealed.
Article 5
Entry into force
This Decision shall enter into force on the twentieth day following that of its publication in
the
Official Journal of the European Union.
Done at Brussels,
For the Commission
The President
[…]
EN
9
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0350.png
EUROPEAN
COMMISSION
Brussels,
XXX
[…](2015)
XXX
draft
ANNEX 1
ANNEX
to the
Commission Decision
laying down criteria and methodological standards on good environmental status and
specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and assessment
EN
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0351.png
ANNEX
to the
Commission Decision
laying down criteria and methodological standards on good environmental status and
specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and assessment
Criteria and methodological standards for good environmental status,
and specifications
and standardised methods for monitoring and assessment,
relevant to the descriptors in
Annex I to Directive 2008/56/EC, and to Annex III of that Directive
and specifications
and standardised methods for monitoring and assessment
This Annex is structured in three parts:
under Part A are laid down the criteria, methodological standards and specifications
to be used forthat relate to
the assessment of
predominant
pressures and impacts
under point (b) of Article 8(1) of Directive 2008/56/EC,
under part B are those
to be used forthat relate to
the assessment of environmental
status under point (a) of Article 8(1) of Directive 2008/56/EC,
Part C lays down the spatial aspects
of these assessmentsnecessary to assess the
extent to which good environmental status is being achieved.
P
ART
A
C
RITERIA AND METHODOLOGICAL STANDARDS RELATING TO THE
ASSESSMENT OF
PREDOMINANT PRESSURES AND IMPACTS UNDER POINT
(
B
)
OF
A
RTICLE
8(1)
OF
D
IRECTIVE
2008/56/EC
The following criteria and methodological standards for determination of good environmental
status under Article 9(3) of Directive 2008/56/EC, and specifications and standardised
methods for monitoring and assessment under Article 11(4) of Directive 2008/56/EC, shall be
used
by Member States to assess the extent to which good environmental status is being
achieved,
in relation to the assessment of
predominant
pressures and impacts under point (b)
of Article 8(1) of that Directive.:
The relevant descriptors
1
are presented in the following order of
anthropogenic
pressures:
substances, litter and energy (Descriptors 5, 8, 9, 10, 11), biological pressures (Descriptors 2
and 3) and physical pressures (Descriptors 6 and 7), as listed in Annex III of Directive
2008/56/EC.
1
When this Decision refers to a 'descriptor', this is understood to refer to the relevant qualitative
descriptors under the numbered points in Annex I to Directive 2008/56/EC.
EN
2
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0352.png
Descriptor 5
Human-induced eutrophication is minimised, especially adverse effects thereof, such as losses in biodiversity, ecosystem
degradation, harmful algae blooms and oxygen deficiency in bottom waters
Related pressures: Input of nutrients; Input of organic matter
Elements for assessment, cCriteria, including criteria elements,
and methodological standards
Criteria Eelements for assessment
Criteria, including
reference levelsthreshold values
where they exist
Methodological standards
Dissolved Inorganic Nitrogen (DIN),
Total Nitrogen (TN), Dissolved Inorganic
Phosphorus (DIP), Total Phosphorus (TP)
in the water column
Chlorophyll a in the water column
Transparency Clarity
of the water column
Nuisance/toxic algal blooms (e.g.
cyanobacteria) in the water column
D5C1: Nutrient concentrations
are at do not exceed
levels
that do not
Scales of assessment:
cause adverse eutrophication effects.
in coastal waters, the water
bodies
under
Directive
Member States shall establish, at regional or subregional level, these
2000/60/EC;
threshold values, which shall be set at regional or subregional level by
Member States. Those levels:
beyond
coastal
waters,
subdivisions of the region or
(a) are
consistent with levels required to achieve good ecological status
subregion,
divided
where
under Directive 2000/60/EC;
and
needed by national boundaries
do not lead to eutrophication effects.
and/or at the 12 nautical mile
D5C2: Chlorophyll a concentration does not exceed:
limit of territorial waters.
(a) in the water column of coastal waters, the values set in Decision
2013/480/EU;
Primary and secondary criteria:
(b) beyond coastal waters, the concentration values set at regional or
Criteria D5C1, D5C2 and D5C8
subregional level by Member States, which are consistent with
are primary criteria.
those of Directive 2000/60/EC and indicate adverse effects of
nutrient enrichment.
Criteria D5C6,
and
D5C7
and
D5C9
are primary criteria in
D5C3: Water
transparency clarity equals or
exceeds the minimum level
coastal waters.
set at regional or subregional level by Member States. Those levels are
consistent with levels required to achieve good ecological status under
The remaining criteria are
Directive 2000/60/EC and are related to increases in suspended algae as a
secondary criteria,
they can:
consequence of nutrient enrichment.
D5C9 may
substitute
D5C4: Bloom events of nuisance or toxic algal blooms (e.g.
D5C8 the associated
cyanobacteria) due to nutrient enrichment do not exceed:
primary criterion in cases
of lack of data: D5C3,
(a) in coastal waters, the levels set in Decision 2013/480/EU if any, or
EN
3
Last saved:
15/02/2016 18:0615/02/2016 15:5115/02/2016 09:41
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0353.png
Criteria Eelements for assessment
Criteria, including
reference levelsthreshold values
where they exist
developed at regional or subregional level;
(b) beyond coastal waters, the levels set at regional or subregional level
by Member States, which are consistent with those of Directive
2000/60/EC.
D5C5: Changes in
phytoplankton
species composition and relative
abundance due to nutrient enrichment do not exceed:
(a) in coastal waters, the levels set in Decision 2013/480/EU;
(b) beyond coastal waters, the levels set at regional or subregional level
by Member States, which are consistent with those of Directive
2000/60/EC.
Methodological standards
D5C4 or D5C5 may
substitute D5C2 and
D5C9 may substitute
D5C8, orand
D5C3, D5C4 or D5C5
may
be used to
reinforce
complement the primary
criteriaD5C2, securing the
relationship of the
primary criterion with the
pressure criterion D5C1.
Phytoplankton in the water column
Opportunistic macroalgae of seabed
habitats
Perennial seaweeds
and or
seagrasses of
seabed habitats
D5C6: Changes in the
abundance biomass
of opportunistic macroalgae in
The use of the secondary criteria
coastal waters, due to nutrient enrichment, do not exceed the levels set in
shall be agreed at regional or
Decision 2013/480/EU.
subregional level.
Should this criterion be relevant for waters beyond coastal waters, changes
in the abundance of opportunistic macroalgae due to nutrient enrichment
do not exceed levels set at regional or subregional level by Member
Application rules:
All criteria used shall achieve the
States, which are consistent with those of Directive 2000/60/EC.
reference levelsthreshold values
set.
D5C7: Changes in the abundance
or depth distribution
of perennial
seaweeds and seagrasses (e.g. fucoids, eelgrass and Neptune grass) in
coastal waters, due to nutrient enrichment via decreases in water
transparency, do not exceed the levels set in Decision 2013/480/EU.
Should this criterion be relevant for waters beyond coastal waters, changes
in the abundance of perennial seaweeds and seagrasses (e.g. fucoids,
eelgrass and Neptune grass) due to nutrient enrichment via decreases in
water transparency do not exceed levels set at regional or subregional
level by Member States, which are consistent with those of Directive
2000/60/EC.
D5C8:
Changes in dDissolved
oxygen
concentration, due to increased
Dissolved oxygen in the
bottom of the
EN
4
Last saved:
15/02/2016 18:0615/02/2016 15:5115/02/2016 09:41
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0354.png
Criteria Eelements for assessment
water column
Criteria, including
reference levelsthreshold values
where they exist
organic matter decomposition, levels in the bottom of the water column
are do not lead to adverse effects on seabed habitats or other
eutrophication effects.
Member States shall establish, at regional or subregional level, these
threshold values, which shall be consistent with those of Directive
2000/60/EC. not reduced, due to increased organic matter decomposition,
beyond levels set at regional or subregional level by Member States.
Those levels:
are consistent with those of Directive 2000/60/EC; and
do not lead to adverse effects on seabed habitats.
D5C9: Changes in the typical
species
composition,
including sensitive
species,
and relative abundance
of benthic invertebrate communities,
due
to increased organic matter decomposition, do not exceed:
(a) in coastal waters, the values for benthic biological quality elements
set in Decision 2013/480/EU;
(b) beyond coastal waters, the levels set at regional or subregional level
by Member States, which are consistent with those of Directive
2000/60/EC.
Methodological standards
Macroinvertebrate communities of seabed
habitats
Specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and assessment
A failure of criterion D5C1 without failure of the other criteria may require a recalibration of reference levels.Monitoring beyond coastal waters under
the Descriptor 5 criteria may not be necessary in cases where the threshold values are achieved in coastal waters.
Units of measurement for the criteria:
-
-
-
-
D5C1 Nutrient concentrations in
micrograms per litre
D5C2 Chlorophyll a concentrations in
micrograms per litre
D5C3 Water
transparency clarity
in metres
D5C8 Oxygen concentrations in
milligrams per litre
EN
5
Last saved:
15/02/2016 18:0615/02/2016 15:5115/02/2016 09:41
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0355.png
EN
6
Last saved:
15/02/2016 18:0615/02/2016 15:5115/02/2016 09:41
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0356.png
Descriptor 8
Concentrations of contaminants are at levels not giving rise to pollution effects.
Related pressures: Input of hazardous substances
Criteria, including criteria elements,Elements for assessment, criteria
and methodological standards for hazardous substances in the marine
environment
Criteria elementsElements for
assessment
Within 12 nautical miles:
(a)
the list of
contaminants for
which an environmental quality
standard is laid down in Part A
of Annex I of Directive
2008/105/EC;
the list of
Specific Pollutants
under Annex V of Directive
2000/60/EC; and
D8C1: Within 12 nautical miles, good environmental status under
Directive 2008/56/EC is achieved when:
(a) good chemical status is achieved under Directive 2000/60/EC;
(b) good ecological status for the River Basin Specific Pollutants is
achieved,
within 1 nautical mile,
under Directive 2000/60/EC;
(c)
when contaminants under points (a) and (b) are measured in a
matrix for which no environmental quality standard is provided
under Directive 2008/105/EC, in accordance with Article 3(3) of
that Directive, the concentration of those contaminants in that
matrix do not exceed the threshold values agreed at the regional or
subregional level by Member States;
and
(d) the concentrations of the additional contaminants do not exceed the
levels values
agreed at regional or subregional level by Member
States,
considering their application within and beyond 12 nautical
miles
.
Criteria, including
reference levelsthreshold values
where they exist
Methodological standards
Scales of assessment:
within 12 nautical miles, the
water bodies used under
Directive 2000/60/EC;
beyond 12 nautical miles,
subdivisions of the region or
subregion, divided where needed
by national boundaries.
(b)
additional
contaminants,
if
relevant,
such as from offshore
sources, which are not already
identified under points (a) or (b)
and which pose a risk to or via
the marine environment in the
marine region or subregion.
Member States shall establish
the list of these additional
contaminants at regional or Beyond 12 nautical miles, good environmental status under Directive
subregional level.
2008/56/EC is achieved when the concentrations of the contaminants
to be
assessedselected under 'Criteria elements',
in the relevant matrix, do not
Beyond 12 nautical miles, the
list of
exceed the
levels values
as applicable within 12 nautical miles.
contaminants
established considered for
the purposes of the assessment
within 12
nautical miles, where these still pose a risk
(c)
Primary and secondary criteria:
D8C1
and D8C2 areis a
primary
criteriaon.
D8C2 is a secondary criterion
that may be used to complement D8C1.
Application rules:
For D8C1,
all contaminants
to
be
assessed
for each criterion
need toshall
achieve the
reference levelsthreshold values
set.
For D8C2, all threshold values
set shall be achieved.
EN
7
Last saved:
15/02/2016 18:0615/02/2016 15:5115/02/2016 09:41
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0357.png
Criteria elementsElements for
assessment
to or via the marine environment.
Criteria, including
reference levelsthreshold values
where they exist
Methodological standards
Contaminants used under D8C1, as
relevant, assessed in particular species and
tissues, or particular benthic habitats.
Member States shall establish at regional
or subregional level this list of particular
species, tissues and habitats.
D8C2: The health of
individuals populations
of marine species, or of
biological communities (such as species composition/abundance changes
at locations of chronic pollution) is not adversely affected (including sub-
lethal effects) by contaminants.
Member States shall establish at regional or subregional level
those
adverse effects and
their
reference levelsthreshold values for the adverse
effects.
Criteria, including criteria elements, Elements for assessment, criteria
and methodological standards for acute pollution events
Criteria elementsElements for
assessment
Criteria, including
reference levelsthreshold values
where they exist
Methodological standards
Scale of assessment:
Regional or subregional level.
Primary and secondary criteria:
D8C3 is
primary a secondary
criterion,
to
be used when a significant acute pollution
event has occurred.
Application rules:
No reference level is set for D8C3. This
criterion may be used by Member States
as an environmental target.This criterion
Polluting substances, as defined in Article
2(2) of Directive 2005/35/EC of the
European Parliament and of the Council
2
,
including crude oil and similar
compounds
D8C3:
Spatial and Ttemporal occurrence, source (where possible), spatial
distribution and
extent of significant acute pollution events
of crude oil
and similar compounds is. The level of such events is
minimised and,
where possible, eliminated.
2
Directive 2005/35/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 7 September 2005 on ship-source pollution and on the introduction of penalties for infringements
(OJ L 255, 30.9.2005, p. 11).
EN
8
Last saved:
15/02/2016 18:0615/02/2016 15:5115/02/2016 09:41
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0358.png
Criteria elementsElements for
assessment
Criteria, including
reference levelsthreshold values
where they exist
Methodological standards
should be used to set an appropriate
environmental target, rather than a
determination of good environmental
status.
Scale of assessment:
As used for the species groups and broad
habitat types which are affected.
Primary and secondary criteria:
D8C4 is
a secondary primary
criterion,
to
be used when a significant acute pollution
event has occurred.
Application rules:
The outcomes of assessment of this
criterion should contribute, where
appropriate, to the assessments under
Descriptors 1 and 6.
Species groups and broad habitat types
D8C4:
The health of populations of species and the condition of habitat
types are not adversely affected by significant The adverse effects from
acute pollution events
of crude oil and similar compounds on species
groups and habitat types do not threaten their good environmental status.
Specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and assessment
For the purposes of this Decision:
(1)
(2)
Criterion D8C1: Member States shall monitor the priority substances in the relevant matrix as set under Directive 2000/60/EC at least every 6
years and shall use methods of analysis that meet the minimum performance criteria laid down in Commission Directive 2009/90/EC
3
.
Criteria D8C2 and D8C4: population demographic characteristics (e.g. fecundity rates, survival rates, mortality rates, and reproductive
capacity) may be relevant to assess the health effects.
3
Commission Directive 2009/90/EC of 31 July 2009 laying down, pursuant to Directive 2000/60/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council, technical specifications
for chemical analysis and monitoring of water status (OJ L 201, 1.8.2009, p. 36)
EN
9
Last saved:
15/02/2016 18:0615/02/2016 15:5115/02/2016 09:41
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0359.png
(3)
(4)
Criteria D8C3 and D8C4: for the purposes of this Decision, monitoring is established as needed once the acute pollution event has occurred,
rather than being part of a regular monitoring programme under Article 11 of Directive 2008/56/EC.
Criterion D8C43: Member States shall
identify the source of significant acute pollution events, where possible. They shall
use the national
registers for reporting under
[EMSA
satellite surveillance.]
-
Units of measurement for the criteria:
D8C1 Concentrations of contaminants in
micrograms per litre for water and micrograms per kilogram of wet weight for biota.
EN
10
Last saved:
15/02/2016 18:0615/02/2016 15:5115/02/2016 09:41
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0360.png
Descriptor 9
Contaminants in fish and other seafood for human consumption do not exceed levels established by Community legislation or
other relevant standards.
Related pressure: Input of hazardous substances
Criteria, including criteria elements,Elements for assessment, criteria
and methodological standards
Criteria elementsElements for
assessment
Contaminants listed in Regulation (EC)
No 1881/2006.
For the purposes of this Decision,
Member States may decide not to consider
contaminants from
Regulation (EC) No1881/2006 where
justified on the basis of a risk assessment.
Member States may assess additional
contaminants that are not included in
Regulation (EC) No 1881/2006. Member
States shall agree at regional or
subregional level on those additional
contaminants.
Member States shall establish
at regional
or subregional level
the list of species and
relevant tissues to be assessed, according
to the conditions laid down under
'specifications'.
They may establish the
list at regional or subregional level.
Criteria, including
reference levelsthreshold values
where they exist
Methodological standards
Scales of assessment:
For commercially-exploited species which
D9C1: The level of contaminants in edible tissues (muscle, liver, roe, flesh are assessed under Descriptor 3, the same
or other soft parts, as appropriate) of seafood (including fish, crustaceans, assessment areas are used. For other
molluscs, echinoderms, seaweed and other marine plants) caught or
species, the assessment areas used under
harvested in the wild (excluding fin-fish from mariculture) does not
Descriptor 8 are used.
exceed:
(a) for contaminants listed in Regulation (EC) No 1881/2006, the
Primary and secondary criteria:
maximum levels laid down in that Regulation; and
D9C1 is a primary criterion.
(b) for additional contaminants, not listed in Regulation (EC) No
1881/2006, levels agreed at regional or subregional level by
Application rules:
Member States.
All contaminants shall achieve the
reference levelsthreshold values
set.
Specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and assessment
1.
When Member States establish the list of species to be used, the species shall meet the following conditions:
EN
11
Last saved:
15/02/2016 18:0615/02/2016 15:5115/02/2016 09:41
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0361.png
(a)
(b)
(c)
2.
3.
the species are relevant to the marine region or subregion concerned;
the species fall under the scope of Regulation (EC) No 1881/2006; and
the species are suitable for the contaminant being assessed.
.
Exceedance of the standard set for a contaminant shall lead to subsequent monitoring to determine the persistence of the contamination in the
area and species sampled. Monitoring needs to continue until there is sufficient evidence that there is no risk of failure.
For the purposes of this Decision, the sampling for the assessment of the maximum levels of contaminants shall be performed in accordance
with Article 11 of Regulation (EC) No 882/2004 of the European Parliament and in particular with Commission Regulation (EU) No
589/2014
4
and Commission Regulation (EC) No 333/2007
5
.
Within each region or subregion, Member States shall ensure that the temporal and geographical scope of sampling is adequate to provide a
representative sample of the specified contaminants in seafood in the marine region or subregion.
Member States shall monitor and report:
(a)
(b)
(c)
-
4.
5.
the
location area
in the marine region or subregion
where the product
from which the samples are taken,
are caught or farmed, in
accordance with Article 35 of Regulation (EU) No 1379/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council
6
,
the species and tissue tested,
the level of contaminants and whether this has exceeded the maximum level for contaminants set in Regulation (EC) No 1881/2006.
Units of measurement for the criteria:
D9C1 Concentrations of contaminants in
micrograms per kilogram of wet weight per species.
4
5
6
Commission Regulation (EU) No 589/2014 of 2 June 2014 laying down methods of sampling and analysis for the control of levels of dioxins, dioxin-like PCBs and non-
dioxin-like PCBs in certain foodstuffs (OJ L 164, 3.6.2014, p. 18)
Commission Regulation (EC) No 333/2007 of 28 March 2007 laying down the methods of sampling and analysis for the official control of the levels of lead, cadmium,
mercury, inorganic tin, 3-MCPD and benzo(a)pyrene in foodstuffs (OJ L 88, 29.3.2007, p. 29)
Regulation (EU) No 1379/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 11 December 2013 on the common organisation of the markets in fishery and aquaculture
products, amending Council Regulations (EC) No 1184/2006 and (EC) No 1224/2009 and repealing Council Regulation (EC) No 104/2000 (OJ L 354, 28.12.2013, p. 1).
EN
12
Last saved:
15/02/2016 18:0615/02/2016 15:5115/02/2016 09:41
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0362.png
Descriptor 10
Properties and quantities of marine litter do not cause harm to the coastal and marine environment.
Related pressure: Input of litter
Criteria, including criteria elements, Elements for assessment, criteria
and methodological standards
Criteria elementsElements for
assessment
Litter (excluding micro-litter), classified
in the following categories: artificial
polymer materials, rubber, cloth and
textiles, paper and cardboard, processed
and worked wood, metal, glass and
ceramics, and other. Member States may
define further sub-categories.
Criteria, including
reference levelsthreshold values
where they exist
Methodological standards
D10C1: The composition, amount and spatial distribution of litter
in the
intertidal zone including the strandlineon the coastline,
in the surface layer
of the water column, and on the sea-floor, is at a level that does not cause
harm to the coastal and marine environment or other pollution effects.
Member States and the Commission should jointly establish, at Union
level,
reference levelsthreshold values.
D10C2: The composition, amount and spatial distribution of micro-litter
in the intertidal zone including the strandlineon the coastline,
in the
surface layer of the water column,
and on the sea-floor and in sea-floor
sediment,
is at a level that does not cause harm to the coastal and marine
environment or other pollution effects.
Member States and the Commission should jointly establish, at Union
level,
reference levelsthreshold values.
D10C3: The amount of litter and micro-litter ingested by marine animals
is at levels that do not adversely affect the health of the species concerned.
Member States shall establish at regional or subregional level the
reference levels.
Scales of assessment:
National part of subdivisions of each
region or subregion.
Primary and secondary criteria:
All criteria are primary criteria.
Application rules:
Each criterion is to achieve the
reference
levelsthreshold values
set
(when they
become available).
Micro-litter (particles
between 20 µm and
<5mm as largest dimension),
classified in
the categories 'artificial polymer materials'
and 'other'.
Litter, classified in the same categories as
under D10C1, or for micro-litter in the
same categories as under D10C2, assessed
in species of birds, mammals, reptiles and
fish. Member States shall establish at
regional or subregional level the list of
species to be assessed.
Species of birds, mammals, reptiles and
fish. Member States shall establish at
regional or subregional level that species
D10C43: The number of entanglement incidents, or other types of
injury/mortality, of marine animals due to litter is at levels that do not
adversely affect populations of the species concerned.
Scale of assessment:
As used for assessment of the
corresponding species under Descriptor 1.
EN
13
Last saved:
15/02/2016 18:0615/02/2016 15:5115/02/2016 09:41
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0363.png
Criteria elementsElements for
assessment
list,
based on risk from marine litter.
Criteria, including
reference levelsthreshold values
where they exist
Member States shall establish at regional or subregional level the
reference levels.
Methodological standards
Primary and secondary criteria:
This is a primary criterion.
Application rules:
The outcomes of this criterion should
contribute to assessments under
Descriptor 1.
Specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and assessment
Under D10C1 and D10C2:
litter and micro-litter shall be monitored on the coastline,
litter and micro-litter shall be monitored in the surface layer of the water column and on the sea-floor (or sediment for micro-litter),
based on a risk assessment of the significance of the issue,
monitoring in biota may be used as a proxy for monitoring under D10C1 and D10C2. If used, litter and micro-litter should be assessed
in species of birds, mammals, reptiles, shellfish and fish, agreed by Member States at regional or subregional level.
The monitoring of
D10C3 and
D10C43 (the
amount of litter ingested and
the number of entanglement incidents or other types of injury/mortality due
to litter) should be based on incidental occurrences (e.g. strandings of dead animals).
Units of measurement for the criteria:
-
-
-
D10C1 Amount of litter in
number of items per 100 metres on the coastline, per cubic metre for surface layer, per square metre for sea-floor,
and[to
be added]
per individual for biota.
D10C2 Amount of micro-litter in
items per cubic metre for surface layer, per millilitre for sediment and per gram of intestine for biota [to
be
added]
D10C3 Amount of litter and micro-litter in [to
be added]
EN
14
Last saved:
15/02/2016 18:0615/02/2016 15:5115/02/2016 09:41
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0364.png
-
D10C43 Number of affected individuals per
each selected
species.
EN
15
Last saved:
15/02/2016 18:0615/02/2016 15:5115/02/2016 09:41
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0365.png
Descriptor 11
Introduction of energy, including underwater noise, is at levels that do not adversely affect the marine environment.
Related pressures: Input of anthropogenic sound; Input of other forms of energy
Criteria, including criteria elements, Elements for assessment, criteria
and methodological standards
Criteria elementsElements for
assessment
Criteria, including
reference levelsthreshold values
where they exist
D11C1: The proportion of days, their distribution within a calendar year
and
their
spatial distribution of impulsive anthropogenic sound do not
exceed values that are likely to adversely affect marine
mammals and
other
animals,
in particular marine mammals.
Member States and
the
Commission should jointly establish these
reference levelsthreshold values
at Union level.
In the absence of Union-
level values, Member States shall establish these reference levels at
regional or subregional level.
D11C2: Annual average levels, in two 'third octave' bands, of continuous
low-frequency
anthropogenic
sound do not exceed values that are likely to
adversely affect marine
mammals and other
animals,
in particular marine
mammals.
Member States and
the
Commission should jointly establish these
reference levelsthreshold values
at Union level.
In the absence of a Union-
level value, Member States shall establish these reference levels at
regional or subregional level.
Methodological standards
Scale of assessment:
As used for assessment of the
corresponding species under Descriptor 1.
Primary and secondary criteria:
Both criteria are primary criteria.
Application rules:
Each criterion is to achieve the
reference
levelsthreshold values
set
(when they
become available).
The outcomes of these criteria should
contribute to assessments under
Descriptor 1.
Impulsive anthropogenic sound in water
Continuous low-frequency anthropogenic
sound in water
Specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and assessment
D11C1:
Monitoring:
Spatial resolution: geographical locations whose shape and areas are to be determined (such as licence blocks for offshore industries) at
regional or subregional level.
EN
16
Last saved:
15/02/2016 18:0615/02/2016 15:5115/02/2016 09:41
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0366.png
D11C2:
Temporal frequency: daily.
Impulsive sound measured as monopole energy source level
in units of dB re 1!Pa2 s
or zero to peak monopole energy source level in
units of dB re 1!Pa m.
Both are measured over the frequency band 10 Hz to 10 kHz.
Assessment: Proportion of days per calendar year, distribution within year and spatially within the assessment area.
Monitoring: Squared sound pressure in each of two
‘third
octave’ bands, one centred at 63 Hz and the other at 125 Hz, expressed as a level in
decibels in units of dB re 1!Pa.
This is measured either directly at observation stations, or inferred from a model used to interpolate between
or extrapolate from measurements at observation stations.
Assessment: Average noise level over a year.
Criteria relating to
the impact of noise or
other forms of energy input (including thermal energy, electromagnetic fields and light) still need to be
defined.
EN
17
Last saved:
15/02/2016 18:0615/02/2016 15:5115/02/2016 09:41
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0367.png
Descriptor 2
Non-indigenous species introduced by human activities are at levels that do not adversely alter the ecosystems.
Related pressure: Input or spread of non-indigenous species
Criteria, including criteria elements,Elements for assessment, criteria
and methodological standards
Criteria elementsElements for
assessment
Criteria, including
reference levelsthreshold values
where they exist
Methodological standards
Scale of assessment:
National part of subdivisions of each
region or subregion.
Primary and secondary criteria:
Criterion D2C1 is a primary criterion.
Application rules:
No reference level is set for D2C1. This
criterion may be used by Member States
as an environmental target. This criterion
shall be used as an environmental target
and is thus not combined with other
criteria under Descriptor 2.
Scale of assessment:
As used for assessment of the
corresponding species group or broad
habitat type under Descriptors 1 and 6.
Primary and secondary criteria:
D2C2 and D2C3 are secondary criteria
which shouldto
be used where
there is a
possibility the species group or the broad
Non-indigenous species.
D2C1: The number of non-indigenous species which are newly introduced
via human activity into the wild, measured from the
baseline reference
year as reported for the 2012 initial assessment under Article 8(1) of
Directive 2008/56/EC, is minimised and where possible eliminated.
A list of non-indigenous species,
particularly invasive non-indigenous
species, which are specified at regional or
subregional level by Member States, and
which include any relevant
(?)
species on
the list of invasive alien species of Union
concern adopted in accordance with
Article 4(1) of Regulation (EU) No
1143/2014.
D2C2: Composition, abundance
or /biomass,
spatial distribution and
areal
spatial
extent of non-indigenous species, particularly of invasive species
contributing significantly to impacts on particular species groups or broad
habitat types.
EN
18
Last saved:
15/02/2016 18:0615/02/2016 15:5115/02/2016 09:41
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0368.png
Criteria elementsElements for
assessment
Criteria, including
reference levelsthreshold values
where they exist
Methodological standards
habitat type is at riskparticularly relevant
to the assessment of species groups and
habitat types under descriptors 1 and 6.
Application rules:
Criterion D2C2 (quantification
of non-indigenous species)
should contribute to the
assessment of D2C3 (impacts of
non-indigenous species).
Criterion D2C3 should provide
a
footprint ofthe extent of
impact
per species group and broad
habitat type assessed and thus
contribute to their assessments
under
Ddescriptors
1 and 6.
No
reference levelsthreshold
values
are set for D2C2 and
D2C3, as these are addressed
under the relevant species
groups and broad habitat types.
A list of particular species groups and
broad habitat types, as assessed under
Descriptor 1, defined by Member States at
the regional or subregional level.
D2C3:
The spatial extent The proportion
of the species group or
the spatial
extent of the
broad habitat type which is adversely altered by non-
indigenous species, particularly invasive non-indigenous species.
'Adversely altered' means the species group or broad habitat type is not in
good environmental status (for a given location) due to the number of non-
indigenous species and/or their abundance within the natural community.
Specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and assessment
Regarding D2C2, since species occurrence and abundance can be seasonally variable
(e.g. plankton),
monitoring needs to be undertaken at appropriate
times of year in relation to pathways and to characteristics of the community
(e.g. plankton).
Monitoring programmes should be linked to
those for
Descriptors 1 and 6, where possible, as they should use the same sampling methods and it is more practical to monitor non-indigenous species as part
of broader biodiversity monitoring, except where sampling
should needs to
focus on main risk areas for new introductions.
Units of measurement for the criteria:
EN
19
Last saved:
15/02/2016 18:0615/02/2016 15:5115/02/2016 09:41
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0369.png
Criterion
D2C1:
shall be reported as
the number of species per assessment area which have been newly-introduced in the assessment period (6
years).
Criterion
D2C3:
shall be reported as
the proportion (%) of the species group or broad habitat type adversely affected per assessment area.
EN
20
Last saved:
15/02/2016 18:0615/02/2016 15:5115/02/2016 09:41
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0370.png
Descriptor 3
Populations of all commercially exploited fish and shellfish are within safe biological limits, exhibiting a population age and size
distribution that is indicative of a healthy stock.
Related pressure: Extraction of, or mortality/injury to, wild species, including target and non-target species
Criteria, including criteria elements,Elements for assessment, criteria
and methodological standards
Criteria elementsElements for
assessment
Criteria, including
reference levelsthreshold values
where they exist
D3C1: The fishing mortality rate (F) of populations of commercially-
exploited species is
[at
or] below levels which can produce the maximum
sustainable yield, as established by appropriate scientific bodies in
accordance with Article 26 of Regulation (EU) No 1380/2013.
Methodological standards
Scales of assessment:
Populations (stocks) of each species are
assessed at ecologically-relevant scales
within each region or subregion, as
established by appropriate scientific bodies
D3C2: The spawning stock biomass (SSB) of populations of commercially in accordance with Article 26 of Regulation
Commercially-exploited fish and shellfish, exploited species is above biomass levels capable of producing maximum
(EU) No 1380/2013, based on specified
including all stocks that are managed under sustainable yield, as established by appropriate scientific bodies in
aggregations of ICES Areas and GFCM
Regulation (EU) No 1380/2013, Regulation accordance with Article 26 of Regulation (EU) No 1380/2013.
geographical sub-areas.
(EC) No 1967/2006 and nationally-
Primary and secondary criteria:
important stocks.
D3C3: Age and size distribution of commercially-exploited species matches Criteria D3C1, D3C2 and D3C3 are primary
at least the best available historical data that is indicative of a healthy stock. criteria.
This would include a high proportion of old/large individuals and reduced
Application rules:
adverse effects of exploitation on genetic diversity. Appropriate values are
All populations (stocks) assessed shall
set for each species or population within each region or subregion by
achieve the
reference levelsthreshold values
appropriate scientific bodies in accordance with Article 26 of Regulation
set for each criterion.
(EU) No 1380/2013.
Species of birds, mammals, reptiles and
non-commercially-exploited species of fish
and cephalopods.
Lists of relevant species as established for
the region or subregion
by appropriate
scientific bodies
in accordance with Article
25(5)6 of Regulation (EU) No 1380/2013.
Scale of assessment:
D3C4: The levels of mortality per species from incidental by-catch do not As used for assessment of the corresponding
exceed levels which threaten the species, whilst accounting for other
species under Descriptor 1.
pressures on these species.
Primary and secondary criteria:
Member States shall set, at regional or subregional level, appropriate values
D3C4 is a primary criterion.
for each species.
Application rules:
EN
21
Last saved:
15/02/2016 18:0615/02/2016 15:5115/02/2016 09:41
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0371.png
Criteria elementsElements for
assessment
Criteria, including
reference levelsthreshold values
where they exist
Methodological standards
This criterion
does not form part of the
assessment for Descriptor 3, but
should
contribute to the assessments of the
corresponding species under Descriptor 1.
Physical disturbance or damage to the seafloor, including effects on benthic communities, as a result of fishing activities, are addressed by the criteria
under Descriptor 6 (particularly D6C1,
D6C2
and D6C23) and are to be fed into the assessments of each broad habitat type under Descriptors 1 and 6.
Specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and assessment
1.
2.
2.1.
Methods for monitoring under Descriptor 3 shall be the ones established under Council Regulation (EC) No 199/2008.
The following methods for assessment shall be used:
For D3C1, if quantitative assessments yielding values for Fishing mortality (F) are not available due to inadequacies in the available data, the
ratio between catch and biomass index ('catch/biomass ratio') can be used as an alternative method.
For assessment purposes an appropriate method for trend analysis can be adopted (e.g. the current value can be compared against the long-
term historical average).
2.2.
For D3C2, if quantitative assessments yielding values for Spawning Stock Biomass (SSB) are not available due to inadequacies in the
available data, biomass indices can be used as an alternative method.
For assessment purposes an appropriate method for trend analysis needs to be adopted (e.g. the current value can be compared against the
long-term historical average).
2.3.
D3C3 should reflect that healthy stocks of
many
species are characterized by a high proportion of old, large individuals. The relevant
properties are the following:
(a)
Size distribution of individuals in the population, expressed as i) Proportion of fish larger than mean size of first sexual maturation or ii)
95
th
percentile of the fish-length distribution observed in research vessel surveys.
EN
22
Last saved:
15/02/2016 18:0615/02/2016 15:5115/02/2016 09:41
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0372.png
(b)
Selectivity pattern of the fishery exploiting the species, expressed as i) Length (or age depending on data availability) at first capture
(length/age at which 50% of individuals in the population are vulnerable to/retained by the gear) or ii) Proportion of individuals across
all species in the catch larger than the size at which 50% are mature or iii) Mean length of individuals across all species in the catch.
Genetic effects of exploitation of the species, expressed as i) Size at first sexual maturation or ii) Length at which half of the (female)
population are mature (50% of total length - TL50).
(c)
2.4.
For D3C4, data should be provided per species per fishing metier for each ICES or GFCM reporting area, to enable its aggregation to the
relevant scale for the species concerned, and to identify the particular fisheries and fishing gear most contributing to incidental catches for
each species.
Units of measurement for the criteria:
D3C2 in tonnes per species
EN
23
Last saved:
15/02/2016 18:0615/02/2016 15:5115/02/2016 09:41
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0373.png
Descriptor 6
Sea-floor integrity is at a level that ensures that the structure and functions of the ecosystems are safeguarded and benthic
ecosystems, in particular, are not adversely affected.
Related pressures:
Physical loss (due to Cchange
of seabed substrate or morphology
(physical loss);and Eextraction
of seabed substrate)
(physical
loss);
Disturbance or damage to seabed
Criteria, including criteria elements,Elements for assessment, criteria
and methodological standards for assessment of physical disturbance or damage
Criteria elementsElements for
assessment
Criteria, including
reference levelsthreshold values
where they exist
Methodological standards
Scale of assessment:
As used for assessment of the broad
habitat types under Descriptors 1 and 6.
Primary and secondary criteria:
D6C1 is a primary criterion.
Application rules:
No reference level for the criterion is set;
as, the extent of physical disturbance or
damage shall be used to assess the extent
of impact under
D6C2,
D6C23
and D6C4.
Scale of assessment:
As used for assessment of the
corresponding species under Descriptor 1.
Primary and secondary criteria:
D6C2 is a secondary criterion, to be used
where the status of the species is
threatened.
Application rules:
No reference level is set, as this criterion
shall contribute to the assessment of
criterion D1C4, where a reference level is
set for the habitat of the corresponding
Seabed (including intertidal areas)
D6C1 Spatial extent of physical disturbance or damage to the sea-floor.
Species of birds, mammals, reptiles, fish
and cephalopods.
Member States shall establish at regional
or subregional level a list of relevant
species, based on risk to their habitat from
physical disturbance or damage
D6C2 Spatial extent of sea-floor habitat of the species which is adversely
affected, in particular the functions provided (e.g. spawning, breeding and
feeding areas and migration routes), by physical disturbance or damage
pressures.
EN
24
Last saved:
15/02/2016 18:0615/02/2016 15:5115/02/2016 09:41
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0374.png
Criteria elementsElements for
assessment
Criteria, including
reference levelsthreshold values
where they exist
Methodological standards
species under Descriptor 1.
Benthic broad habitats types, as used for
Descriptor 1 (see list in Table 2, Part B of
this Decision).
D6C32 Spatial extent of the habitat which is adversely affected through
change in its structure and function (species composition and their relative
abundance, absence of particularly sensitive or fragile species or species
providing a key function), by physical disturbance or damage pressures.
Member States shall establish, at regional or subregional level,
reference
levelsthreshold values
for representative subtypes of each broad habitat
at
the appropriate biogeographical scale,
which are
consistent aligned
with
benthic
biological Bquality elementQE
values under Directive
2000/60/EC, for assessment of adverse effects.
D6C4 The size and age structure of specified species of the benthic broad
habitat reflect that of a (near) natural habitat in the absence of physical
disturbance or damage.
Member States shall establish, at regional or subregional level, reference
levels for selected species of the relevant broad habitat types where
age/size structure is at particular risk due to physical disturbance pressures
or associated fishing activity.
Scale of assessment:
As used for assessment of the broad
habitat types under Descriptors 1 and 6.
Primary and secondary criteria:
D6C32 is a primary criterion;
D6C4 is a
secondary criterion, to be used where the
physical disturbance pressure or
associated human activities (e.g. fishing)
is likely to affect the size/age structure of
key species in the habitat.
Application rules:
The outcomes of assessment of criterion
D6C32
(and where relevant D6C4) (extent
of impact) shall should
contribute to the
assessments of habitat types under
Descriptors 1
and 6.
Criteria, including criteria elements,Elements for assessment, criteria
and methodological standards for assessment of physical loss
(due
to change of
seabed substrate or morphology and extraction of seabed substrate)
Criteria elementsElements for
assessment
Criteria, including
reference levelsthreshold values
where they exist
Methodological standards
EN
25
Last saved:
15/02/2016 18:0615/02/2016 15:5115/02/2016 09:41
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0375.png
Criteria elementsElements for
assessment
Criteria, including
reference levelsthreshold values
where they exist
Methodological standards
Scale of assessment:
As used for assessment of the broad
habitat types under Descriptors 1 and 6.
Primary and secondary criteria:
D6C35
and D6C6 areis a
primary
criteriona.
Application rules:
No reference level is set
forof
criterion
D6C53
but the extent of loss (pressure)
Seabed (including intertidal areas)
D6C53
Cumulative sSpatial
extent of physical loss of
or change to
natural
seabed habitat.
Benthic broad habitats types, as used for
Descriptor 1 (see list under Table 2, Part B
of this Decision)
D6C6 Extent of each broad habitat type physically lost or changed due to
human activities.
from criterion D6C5 shall be used to
assess the extent of impact under
D6C6.
No reference level is set for criterion
D6C6 as the outcome shall contribute to
the assessment of habitat types under
Descriptors 1 and 6, where a reference
level is set for loss of habitat.
Specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and assessment
Regarding methods for monitoring,:
for D6C1, all relevant disturbances from different human activities shall be assessed (such as bottom-trawling fishing),
for D6C53
and D6C6,
all relevant modifications from different
human
activities shall be assessed (including changes to natural seabed
substrate or morphology via physical restructuring, infrastructure developments and loss of substrate via extraction of the seabed materials).
The area disturbed/damaged or lost shall be expressed in km
2
or km
2
per habitat type, as appropriate.
For coastal waters, data on hydromorphological modifications (mapping of alterations) in each water body should be derived from Directive
2000/60/EC. Beyond coastal waters, data can be collated from mapping of infrastructure and licenced extraction sites.
EN
26
Last saved:
15/02/2016 18:0615/02/2016 15:5115/02/2016 09:41
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0376.png
Regarding methods for assessment, the data shall be aggregated so that:
1.
1.
2.
3.
D6C2 is assessed in relation to total natural extent of the habitat of the species in the assessment area.
D6C32 is assessed in relation to total natural extent of each broad habitat type
assessed under Descriptor 1,
in the assessment area.
D6C53 is assessed as area lost in relation to total
natural
extent of all
natural
habitats in the assessment area (e.g. by extent of anthropogenic
modification).
D6C6 is assessed as proportion of total natural extent of each broad habitat type in the assessment area.
Units of measurement for the criteria:
D6C1: The area disturbed or damaged shall be expressed in square kilometres.
D6C2: The area disturbed or damaged shall be expressed in square kilometres per habitat type.
D6C3: The area lost shall be expressed in square kilometres.
EN
27
Last saved:
15/02/2016 18:0615/02/2016 15:5115/02/2016 09:41
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0377.png
Descriptor 7
Permanent alteration of hydrographical conditions does not adversely affect marine ecosystems.
Related pressures:
Physical loss (due to Cchange
of seabed substrate or morphology
(physical loss); Eor extraction
of seabed substrate
(physical loss);
Changes to hydrological conditions
Criteria, including criteria elements,Elements for assessment, criteria
and methodological standards
Criteria elementsElements for
assessment
Criteria, including
reference levelsthreshold values
where they exist
Methodological standards
Scale of assessment:
As used for assessment of the
corresponding speciesbroad habitat types
under Descriptors 1
and 6.
Primary and secondary criteria:
D7C1 is a secondary criterion, to be used
where the permanent alterations in
hydrographical conditions are likely to put
the
species broad habitat types
at risk.
Application rules:
This criterion should contribute to the
assessment of
D7C2 habitat for the species
under Descriptor 1, where reference levels
are set.
Scale of assessment:
As used for assessment of the broad
habitat types under Descriptors 1 and 6.
Primary and secondary criteria:
D67C2 is a secondary criterion, to be used
where the extent of permanent alterations
in hydrographical conditions is likely to
put the habitat at risk.
Application rules:
Species of bird, mammals, reptiles, fish
and cephalopods.
Member States shall establish at regional
or subregional level, a list of relevant
species, based on risk to their habitat from
alterations in hydrographical conditions
Seabed (including intertidal areas)
D7C1:
Spatial extent of area Cumulative extent of habitat of the specified
species which is
adversely affected,
in particular the functions provided
(e.g. spawning, breeding and feeding areas and migration routes),
due to
permanent alteration of hydrographical conditions (e.g. changes in wave
action, currents, salinity, temperature, oxygen) associated with relevant
physical losses
to of
the seabed.
Benthic broad habitats types, as used for
Descriptor 1 (see list under Table 2, Part B
of this Decision)
D7C2:
Cumulative Spatial
extent of each benthic broad habitat type
which
has been
adversely affected (physical and hydrological characteristics and
associated biological communities) due to permanent alteration of
hydrographical conditions (e.g. changes in wave action, currents, salinity,
temperature, oxygen) associated with relevant physical losses
to of
the
seabed.
EN
28
Last saved:
15/02/2016 18:0615/02/2016 15:5115/02/2016 09:41
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0378.png
Criteria elementsElements for
assessment
Criteria, including
reference levelsthreshold values
where they exist
Methodological standards
This criterion should contribute to the
assessment of benthic habitats under
Descriptors 1 and 6, where
reference
levelsthreshold values
are set.
Specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and assessment
Regarding methods for monitoring:
1.
2.
3.
1.
2.
Monitoring should focus on changes associated with infrastructure developments, either on the coast or offshore.
Standard EIA hydrodynamic models should be used to assess the extent of effects from each infrastructure development, validated with
ground-truth measurements.
For coastal waters, the hydromorphology data and relevant assessments under Directive 2000/60/EC should be used.
D7C1 is assessed in relation to total natural extent of all habitats in the assessment area.
D7C2 is assessed in relation to total natural extent of each broad habitat type assessed under Descriptor 1, in the assessment area.
Criteria
D7C1:
in square kilometres
and
D7C2:
should be reported
in
km
2
square kilometres per habitat typeof habitat which is adversely affected.
Regarding methods for assessment, the data shall be aggregated so that:
Units of measurement for the criteria:
EN
29
Last saved:
15/02/2016 18:0615/02/2016 15:5115/02/2016 09:41
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0379.png
PART B
C
RITERIA
AND METHODOLOGICAL STANDARDS RELATING TO THE
ASSESSMENT OF ESSENTIAL FEATURES AND CHARACTERISTICS AND
CURRENT ENVIRONMENTAL STATUS OF MARINE WATERS UNDER POINT
(
A
)
OF
A
RTICLE
8(1)
OF
D
IRECTIVE
2008/56/EC
The following criteria and methodological standards for determination of good environmental status under Article 9(3) of Directive 2008/56/EC, and
specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and assessment under Article 11(4) of Directive 2008/56/EC, shall be used
by Member States
to assess the extent to which good environmental status is being achieved,
in relation to the assessment of ecosystem state characteristics under point
(a) of Article 8(1) of that Directive and will contribute to the assessment of the following descriptors,
under Annex I of that Directive:
Descriptor 1
Biological diversity is maintained. The quality and occurrence of habitats and the distribution and abundance of species are in
line with prevailing physiographic, geographic and climatic conditions.
Descriptor 4
All elements of the marine food webs, to the extent that they are known, occur at normal abundance and diversity and levels
capable of ensuring the long-term abundance of the species and the retention of their full reproductive capacity.
Descriptor 6
Sea-floor integrity is at a level that ensures that the structure and functions of the ecosystems are safeguarded and benthic
ecosystems, in particular, are not adversely affected.
Criteria D2C3,
D3C1,
D3C2, D3C3,
D3C4,
D5C2, D5C3, D5C4, D5C5, D5C6, D5C7, D5C8, D5C9,
D6C2,
D6C32,
D6C4, D6C6, D7C1,
D7C2,
D8C2, and D8C4 should contribute to the assessment
of habitats
under Descriptors 1 and 6,
by providing information on the impact of pressures.
Criteria D2C3, D3C1, D3C2, D3C3, D3C4, D8C2, D8C4 and D10C4 should contribute to the assessment of species under Descriptor 1, by providing
information on the impact of pressures.
The relevant criteria are presented in the following order of ecosystem components: birds, mammals, reptiles, fish and cephalopods (Descriptor 1),
pelagic and benthic habitats (Descriptors 1 and 6) and ecosystems, including food-webs (Descriptors 1 and 4), as listed
in
Annex III of Directive
2008/56/EC.
Birds, mammals, reptiles, fish and cephalopods
Theme:
Highly mobile speciesSpecies groups of marine birds, mammals, reptiles, fish and cephalopods
Criteria, including criteria elements,Elements for assessment, criteria
and methodological standards
Criteria elementsElements for
assessment
Criteria, including
reference levelsthreshold values
where they exist
Methodological standards
EN
30
Last saved:
15/02/2016 18:0615/02/2016 15:5115/02/2016 09:41
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0380.png
Criteria elementsElements for
assessment
Criteria, including
reference levelsthreshold values
where they exist
D1C1: Species distributional range and, where relevant, pattern is in line
with natural physiographic, geographic and climatic conditions.
Member States shall establish, at regional or subregional level,
reference
levelsthreshold values
for each species, consistent with the Favourable
Reference Range values established by the relevant Member States under
Directive 92/43/EEC.
Methodological standards
Scales of assessment:
Ecologically-relevant scales for each
species group shall be used, as follows:
For deep-diving toothed
cetaceans, baleen whales, deep-
sea fish: Region
For birds, small toothed
cetaceans, seals, turtles, pelagic
and demersal shelf fish,
cephalopods: Region for Baltic
and Black Seas; subregion for
North-East Atlantic and
Mediterranean Sea
For coastal fish: Subdivision of
region or subregion
All criteria are primary for
species covered by
Annex III of
Directive 92/43/EEC
For birds criteria D1C1 and
D1C2 are primary;
For commercially-exploited fish
and cephalopods, criteria D1C2
and D1C3 are primary;
For other species D1C2 is a
primary criterion;
The remaining criteria are
Species groups, as listed under Table 1
and if present in the region or subregion.
Member States shall establish, at regional
or subregional level, a set of species
representative for each species group
selected according to the criteria laid
down under
‘specifications’.
These species may be drawn from those
assessed under Union legislation
(Directive 92/43/EEC, Directive
2009/147/EC or Regulation (EU) No
1380/2013) or international agreements,
such as Regional Sea Conventions, or
other sources.
D1C2: Population size (abundance and/or biomass) of the species is not
significantly altered due to anthropogenic pressures, such that its long-
term viability is ensured.
Member States shall establish, at regional or subregional level, reference
levels for each species, consistent with the Favourable Reference
Population values established by the relevant Member States under
Directive 92/43/EEC, taking account of natural variation in population
size
and the level of mortality derived from D3C4, D8C4 and D10C3 and
other relevant pressures.
Primary and secondary criteria:
D1C3: Population demographic characteristics
(e.g. body size or age class
structure, sex ratio, fecundity rates, survival / mortality rates)
of the
species are indicative of a natural population which is not significantly
altered due to anthropogenic pressures.
Member States shall establish, at regional or subregional level, reference
levels for each species.
D1C4: The habitat for the species has the necessary extent and condition
EN
31
Last saved:
15/02/2016 18:0615/02/2016 15:5115/02/2016 09:41
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0381.png
Criteria elementsElements for
assessment
Criteria, including
reference levelsthreshold values
where they exist
to support the different stages in the life history of the species.
Member States shall establish, at regional or subregional level,
reference
levelsthreshold values
for each species.
Methodological standards
secondary and should be used
where there is a possibility the
species
are at riskmay fail the
criterion in relation to these
criteria
due to anthropogenic
pressures.
Application rules:
The status of each species shall be
assessed individually, drawing wherever
possible from assessments under
Directive
92/43/EEC, Directive 2009/147/EC or
Regulation (EU) No 1380/2013other
Union legislation or international
agreements:
For birds, criteria D1C1 and D1C2
are
equivalentcorrespond
to the
‘breeding
distribution map and range’
and
‘population
size’ criteria of Directive
2009/147/EC.
For mammals, reptiles and non-
commercial fish, criteria D1C1, D1C2,
D1IC3 and D1C4
are
equivalentcorrespond
to the
‘range’,
‘population’
and
‘habitat
for the species’
criteria of Directive 92/43/EEC.
For commercially-exploited fish and
cephalopods, criteria D1C2 and D1C3
are
equivalentcorrespond
to criteria D3C2 and
D3C3; assessments under D3 should be
used for D1 purposes.
EN
32
Last saved:
15/02/2016 18:0615/02/2016 15:5115/02/2016 09:41
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0382.png
Criteria elementsElements for
assessment
Criteria, including
reference levelsthreshold values
where they exist
Methodological standards
For aAll
species
in a species
groups,
the
species is in good status when the criteria
used shall
achieve the
reference
levelsthreshold values
set.
Good environmental status shall be
assessed for each species group, according
to the status assessments of all the
component species selected as
representative of the group. Where agreed
Union level rules are not available, all
species within the group shall achieve
good status for the group as a whole to be
considered at GES.
Elements for assessmentCriteria elements
Table 1
Species groups
Ecosystem component
Species groups
Grazing birds
Wading birds
Birds
Surface-feeding birds
Pelagic-feeding birds
Benthic-feeding birds
EN
33
Last saved:
15/02/2016 18:0615/02/2016 15:5115/02/2016 09:41
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0383.png
Ecosystem component
Species groups
Small toothed cetaceans
Mammals
Deep-diving toothed cetaceans
Baleen whales
Seals
Reptiles
Turtles
Coastal fish
7
Fish
Pelagic shelf fish
Demersal shelf fish
Deep-sea fish
Cephalopods
Coastal/shelf cephalopods
Deep-sea cephalopods
Specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and assessment
[To
be added]
Pelagic and benthic hHabitats
Theme:
Pelagic and benthic hHabitats
7
Coastal fish and habitats are not confined to coastal waters, but are ecologically defined.
EN
34
Last saved:
15/02/2016 18:0615/02/2016 15:5115/02/2016 09:41
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0384.png
Criteria, including criteria elements,Elements for assessment, criteria
and methodological standards
Criteria elementsElements for
assessment
Criteria, including
reference levelsthreshold values
where they exist
Methodological standards
Scales of assessment:
Ecologically-relevant scales for each
broad habitat type shall be used, as
follows: sSubdivision
of region or
subregion, reflecting biogeographic
changes
in species composition of the
habitatat community level.
Primary and secondary criteria:
D1C5 and D1C6 are primary criteria,
excepting D1C5 is not used for pelagic
habitats.
Application rules:
The status of each habitat shall be assessed
using wWherever
possible, assessments
(such as of sub-types of the broad habitat
types) under
Directive 92/43/EECother
Union legislation or international
agreements should be used to support
these assessments.
Criteria D1C5 and D1C6
are
equivalentcorrespond
to the
‘range/area
covered by habitat type within range’
and
‘specific structures and functions’
criteria
of Directive 92/43/EEC.
Criterion D1C5 should use the assessment
Broad habitat types as listed in Table 2
and if present in the region or subregion.
Member States shall further define, at
regional or subregional level, habitat
types, selected according to the criteria
laid down under
‘specifications’,
of each
broad habitat type.
These may include habitat types assessed
under Directive 92/43/EEC or
international agreements. Their assessment
should be supported by the assessment,
particularly of habitat condition, of a set of
more finely-defined habitat types (e.g.
EUNIS level 4 or 5 types, or types from
Habitats Directive or international
agreements) selected according to the
criteria laid down under
‘specifications’.
D1C5:
The extent, and where relevant distribution, of the habitat is not
significantly altered due to anthropogenic pressures.
The loss of extent of the habitat type, resulting from anthropogenic
pressures, does not exceed 5% of the natural extent of the habitat in the
assessment area. In cases where the loss exceeded this value in the
baseline
reference
year used for the Initial Assessment in 2012, there shall be no
further loss of the habitat type.
D1C6: The
spatial extent of impacts from anthropogenic pressures on the
condition of the habitat, including its biotic (typical species composition
and their relative abundance) and abiotic structure, and its functions,
is not
significantly altered due to anthropogenic pressures over at least does not
exceed
30%
8
of its natural extent in the assessment area.
This proportion
shall include any loss of natural extent, as assessed under criterion D1C5.
8
From IUCN guidelines on ecosystem assessments
EN
35
Last saved:
15/02/2016 18:0615/02/2016 15:5115/02/2016 09:41
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0385.png
Criteria elementsElements for
assessment
Criteria, including
reference levelsthreshold values
where they exist
Methodological standards
made under D6C3.
For pelagic habitats, assessments should,
in particular, take into account the
assessments under D2C3, D5C2, D5C3,
D5C4, D5C5, D8C2 and D8C4. For
pelagic habitats, the assessments fulfil the
needs for assessment under Descriptor 1.
For benthic habitats, assessments should,
in particular, take into account the
assessments under D2C3, D3C2, D3C3,
D5C6, D5C7, D5C8, D5C9, D6C2, D7C2,
D8C2 and D8C4. For benthic habitats, the
assessments fulfil the needs for assessment
under Descriptors 1 and 6.
Both criteria D1C5 and D1C6 shall
achieve the threshold values set. For
pelagic habitats, assessments should, in
particular, take into account the
assessments for Descriptor 5 and
Descriptor 2.
For benthic habitats, the assessments fulfil
the needs for assessment under Descriptors
1 and 6. Both criteria shall achieve the
reference levels set. The assessments
should, in particular, take into account the
assessments for Descriptor 5, Descriptor 2,
Descriptor 3 (benthic species) and
Descriptors 6 and 7 (physical disturbance,
physical loss and associated
hydrographical changes).
EN
36
Last saved:
15/02/2016 18:0615/02/2016 15:5115/02/2016 09:41
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0386.png
Criteria Eelements for assessment
Table 2
Broad habitat types (relevant for criteria under Descriptors 1, 6 and 7), which equate to one or more habitat types of the EUNIS
classification (2016 version used), as indicated
. Updates to the EUNIS typology should be reflected in the broad habitat types used for the purposes of
Directive 2008/56/EC and of this Decision.
Ecosystem component
Broad habitat types
Littoral rock and biogenic reef
Littoral sediment
Infralittoral rock and biogenic reef
Infralittoral coarse sediment
Infralittoral sand
Infralittoral mud
Infralittoral mixed sediment
Benthic habitats
Circalittoral rock and biogenic reef
Circalittoral coarse sediment
Circalittoral sand
Circalittoral mud
Circalittoral mixed sediment
Upper bathyal
9
rock and biogenic reef
Upper bathyal sediment
Lower bathyal rock and biogenic reef
Lower bathyal sediment
9
Relevant EUNIS habitat codes (version 2016)
[to be completed]
The boundary for the upper bathyal could be set as a specified depth limit.
EN
37
Last saved:
15/02/2016 18:0615/02/2016 15:5115/02/2016 09:41
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0387.png
Ecosystem component
Broad habitat types
Abyssal rock and biogenic reef
Abyssal sediment
Variable salinity
10
Relevant EUNIS habitat codes (version 2016)
Pelagic habitats
Coastal
Shelf
Oceanic
Specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and assessment
New requirements for monitoring and assessment may be needed for MSFD implementation issues (notably for fish, cephalopods and habitats).
Criteria for the selection of species and habitats to be assigned to the species groups and broad habitat types:
(a)
MainPrimary
scientific criteria (ecological relevance):
Representative of the ecosystem component (species group or broad habitat type), being relevant for assessment of state/impacts, such
as having a key functional role within the component (e.g. high or specific biodiversity, productivity, trophic link, specific resource or
service);
Relevant for assessment of a key anthropogenic pressure to which the ecosystem component is exposed, being sensitive to the pressure
and exposed to it (vulnerable) in the assessment area;
Sufficiently present across the (sub)region: high proportion (extent or occurrence) of the species/ habitat occurs within the assessment
area;
Present in sufficient numbers or extent in the assessment area to be able to construct a suitable indicator for assessment.
The set of species or habitats selected should cover, as far as possible, the full range of ecological functions of the ecosystem
component.
10
Retained for situations where estuarine plumes extend beyond waters designated as Transitional Waters under Directive 2000/60/EC.
EN
38
Last saved:
15/02/2016 18:0615/02/2016 15:5115/02/2016 09:41
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0388.png
(b)
Secondary Additional
practical criteria (which shall not override the
primary mainset of scientific
criteria):
Monitoring/technical feasibility
Monitoring costs
Reliable time series
The representative set of species and habitats to be assessed are likely to be (sub)regionally specific, although certain species may occur in several
subregions.
The more species/habitats that will be included in each group, the greater the confidence in the assessment.
For monitoring of D1C6, for benthic habitats, the proportion of spatial extent of impacts from anthropogenic pressures shall include any loss of natural
extent, as assessed under criterion D1C5 for benthic habitats.
Ecosystems, including food webs
Theme: Ecosystems
Criteria, including criteria elements,Elements for assessment, criteria
and methodological standards
Criteria elementsElements for
assessment
Trophic guilds of an ecosystem.
Member States shall agree at regional or
subregional level on at least three trophic
guilds to assess, two of which shall be
non-fish trophic guilds. These should take
into account the ICES list of trophic
guilds
11
.
Criteria, including
reference levelsthreshold values
where they exist
D4C1: Abundance
or/
biomass of trophic guilds is not
significantly
alteredadversely affected
due to anthropogenic pressures.
Member States shall establish, at regional or subregional level,
reference
levelsthreshold values.
D4C2: Size distribution
[per
species] within trophic guilds is not
adversely
affected significantly altered
due to anthropogenic pressures.
Member States shall establish, at regional or subregional level,
reference
levelsthreshold values.
Methodological standards
Scale of assessment:
Regional level for Baltic Sea and Black
Sea; subregional level for North-East
Atlantic and Mediterranean Sea,
distinguishing coastal, shelf and
oceanic/deep-sea ecosystems, as
appropriate.
11
ICES Advice (2015) Book 1, ICES special request advice, published 20 March 2015.
EN
39
Last saved:
15/02/2016 18:0615/02/2016 15:5115/02/2016 09:41
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0389.png
Criteria elementsElements for
assessment
Criteria, including
reference levelsthreshold values
where they exist
D4C3: Species composition and their relative abundance (diversity) within
the trophic guild are not
adversely affected significantly altered
due to
anthropogenic pressures.
Member States shall establish, at regional or subregional level,
reference
levelsthreshold values.
Methodological standards
Primary and secondary criteria:
Criteria D4C1 and D4C3 are primary
criteria. Criterion
DC4C2
is a secondary
criterion, to be used for trophic guilds in
which size distribution may be
significantly affected by anthropogenic
pressures. Criterion
DC4C4
is a secondary
criterion
which shouldto
be used in
support of criterion
DC4C1, where
necessary.
Application rules:
For all criteria used, the reference levels
set shall be achieved.
D4C4: Productivity of trophic guilds is not
adversely affected significantly
altered
due to anthropogenic pressures.
Member States shall establish, at regional or subregional level,
reference
levelsthreshold values.
Specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and assessment
[To
be added]
Member States shall monitor whether, for each criterion, the values fall within the threshold values set.
PART C - S
PATIAL ASPECTS OF
ASSESSMENT ASSESSING THE EXTENT TO WHICHOF
GOOD ENVIRONMENTAL STATUS
IS ACHIEVED
The achievement of good environmental status under Article 1(1) of Directive 2008/56/EC needs to address both the quality to be achieved at any
given location in the marine waters of Member States and the spatial extent over which such quality levels are to be achieved within each region or
subregion. This spatial aspect is reflected in Article 1(2) and 1(3) of that Directive, and indicates that some locations may not achieve the quality levels
set, particularly to allow for certain sustainable uses of the marine waters, provided the collective pressure of human activities is kept within levels
compatible with the achievement of good environmental status and the capacity of marine ecosystems to respond to human-induced changes is not
compromised.
EN
40
Last saved:
15/02/2016 18:0615/02/2016 15:5115/02/2016 09:41
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0390.png
For the
predominant
pressures and impacts to be assessed under point (b) of Article 8(1) of Directive 2008/56/EC, the criteria provided in Part A of this
Annex set
reference levelsthreshold values
(or provide for these to be set by Member States within each region or subregion) in relation to the
intensity
of a pressure that is considered to be compatible with (or not preventing) the achievement of good environmental statusquality to be achieved
at any
given
location area
in the marine waters of Member States.
In order to assess the extent to which
GES good environmental status
is being achieved in each region and subregion, as required under Article 9(3) of
Directive 2008/56/EC, the following are needed:
(a) the spatial distribution and extent of the
predominant
pressures and impacts addressed in the criteria under Descriptors 2 (excepting criterion
D2C1), 5, 6, 7, 8, 10 (excepting
D10C3 and
D10C34) and 11
need toshall
be assessed;
(b) the spatial extent of impacts assessed in criteria under Descriptors 2, 3 (for benthic species), 5, 6 and 7 (and if appropriate Descriptors 8, 9, 10
and 11) should be used when assessing the extent of habitat in good condition under Descriptors 1 and 6;
(c) when
reporting on the updates ofreviewing
their initial assessments
and their determination of good environmental status
according to
point (a)
of
Article 17(2) of Directive 2008/56/EC, Member States shall
assess report
the extent to which the
reference levelsthreshold values
have been
achieved for each criterion used, per assessment element where relevant, as a proportion (%) of the total extent of the element in the assessment
area.
EN
41
Last saved:
15/02/2016 18:0615/02/2016 15:5115/02/2016 09:41
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0391.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0392.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0393.png
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
DIRECTORATE-GENERAL
ENVIRONMENT
Directorate C
Quality of Life, Water and Air
ENV.C.2 - Marine Environment & Water Industry
ELEVENTH MEETING OF THE COMMITTEE UNDER ARTICLE 25 OF DIRECTIVE
2008/56/EC
(MARINE STRATEGY COMMITTEE)
27 January 2016
from 09:30 to 17:30
Conference Centre Albert Borschette / Room 1C
36, rue Froissart
B-1040 Brussels
1. Welcome and introduction
The Chair (European Commission, DG Environment) opened the meeting, welcomed the
participants and introduced the new deputy Head of Unit of DG ENV's marine unit, Michel Sponar.
The Chair invited Committee members to ensure the Commission has up-to-date official
nominations to the Committee (nominations should be sent by official letters from the Permanent
Representations), as only an officially-appointed Committee member can take part in a vote.
2. Adoption of the agenda
The draft agenda (document CTTEE_11-2016-01) was adopted without amendments.
3. Adoption of the minutes of the 10
th
Committee Meeting Minutes
The minutes of the 10
th
Committee meeting (document CTTEE_11-2016-02) were adopted.
5. Review of Commission Decision on GES
The Commission gave an overview of the draft text for a new Commission Decision on criteria and
methodological standards for good environmental status (document CTTEE_11-2016-03), and
presented the rationale underpinning it. It advised the Committee that it was not yet a formal
proposal from the Commission.
Some Member States made general comments on the text:
·
Several Member States stated that national technical consultations were still ongoing and
therefore did not yet have detailed comments to provide. One Member State requested more
time for providing comments on the draft.
1
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0394.png
·
A number of Member States thanked the Commission for the work done which they
considered had led to a well-structured conceptually-sound first draft text that was, overall,
much clearer than the 2010 Decision it was intended to replace. Further, the improved
coherence with other existing EU policies, and the specific reference to risk-based
approaches, were generally welcomed. Additionally, the explanatory document (CTTEE_11-
2016-05) was considered to have provided a very useful rationale to the proposal.
Several Member States made general remarks on the need to clarify some of the terminology
(e.g. reference levels), on the need to clarify the use of primary and secondary criteria,
on
the need to clarify whether quantitative levels for GES are mandatory
and other aspects of
the text to ensure its intention was clear.
Several Member States expressed concern that the draft text
may
exceed the legal basis in
MSFD Article 9(3).
A number of
Member States
were
concerned about the apparent introduction of "mandatory
criteria" in the Decision (the primary criteria),
and
about the possibility to first carry out the
Article 9 determination of GES before the assessment under Article 8 MSFD.
Several
Member States expressed their concerns
about the use of Water Framework Directive
concepts in the MSFD
(Member States stated that the MSFD does not cover the same
aspects as the WFD in coastal waters),
about assessment scales,
and about the connection to
the Habitats and Birds Directives since these directives have no deadline for reaching
favourable
conservation
status.
Deleted:
One
Deleted:
was
Deleted:
,
·
·
·
Deleted:
and
Deleted:
.
Deleted:
,
The Commission then presented the descriptors one-by-one and Member States were invited to
comment on each descriptor.
Descriptor 8
The Commission presented the details of the proposal for Descriptor 8 and particularly emphasised
the necessity to ensure coherence between the assessments made under the Water Framework
Directive and the MSFD.
Some Member States stated that the risk-based approach should be clarified and simplified in the
text, for instance it should be clearer that the risk-based approach also applies to the selection of
elements for assessment. Several Member States also questioned the use of the one-out-all-out
principle at the level of criteria and of the term "reference levels".
Some
Member States
were
concerned with the amount of details in the text, meaning there would not be enough time before
the 2018 assessment to develop reference levels at regional level.
A number of more technical questions were also raised regarding matrices, the possible burden of
having a 'deselection' process rather than starting a list from scratch beyond 12 nautical miles, the
possible need to assess the level of inputs of contaminants as well as their concentrations in the
marine environment, the definition of 'significant' events, the meaning of 'divided by national
boundaries' and the adequacy of EMSA surveillance monitoring.
Descriptor 9
Regarding Descriptor 9, several Member States commented that the establishment of a regional list
of species might be difficult because of the limited regional collaboration between food safety
authorities.
Descriptor 10
The Commission presented the details of the proposal for D10. Member States made a number of
technical comments on litter categories (e.g. artificial polymer materials), the use of the wording
"intertidal zone", and the fact that criterion D10C3 should be a surface litter indicator rather than a
2
Deleted:
One
Deleted:
was
Deleted:
possibly
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0395.png
health criterion.
Member States also raised potential difficulties linked to monitoring certain matrices (seafloor or
floating litter) and on the strandings of animals (as these are based on sparse data reported by
fishermen). While one Member State considered that there were missed opportunities to set EU-
wide standards, a few others stated that reference levels should be set at regional level, given the
importance of currents and oceanographic conditions for marine litter.
Finally, a few Member States also indicated that trends may be a more realistic indicator (rather
than setting reference levels).
Descriptor 11
After a short presentation of Descriptor 11 by the Commission, a few Member States commented on
specific aspects of the draft (use of wording 'animals', insufficient ranges for the frequencies to be
used, rationale for scales of assessment).
Descriptor 5
After the Commission presented the work done on that descriptor, several Member States raised
concerns on the omission of "transitional waters" in the proposal and on the different timelines of
assessments under the WFD and MSFD and their inter-relationship. Specific comments were made
on the proposed criteria, including the suitability of the plankton criteria and availability of
reference levels in some regions, and on the scales of assessment beyond coastal waters.
One
Member State considered that the Decision should clearly state that no assessment would be
needed, under the MSFD, regarding D5 in coastal waters.
Descriptor 2
On Descriptor 2, one Member State considered there was scope for further reducing the number of
criteria under this descriptor.
Descriptor 3
Regarding Descriptor 3, one Member State noted that coherence with the Common Fisheries Policy
could be further improved. Several Member States indicated that criterion D3C4 did not address
commercially-exploited species and would sit better under Descriptor 1. Two other Member States
were concerned about the availability of data for certain criteria. The term 'nationally important
stocks' needed a definition.
Descriptor 6
On this descriptor, some Member States welcomed the new approach to physical loss and damage,
while some Member States questioned whether the secondary criteria were truly secondary as they
considered the conditions to use them would always be fulfilled. Some Member States also made
more specific comments on each of the criteria, considering for some that the difference between
certain criteria was not sufficiently clear. There also appeared to be a very close relationship
between criterion D6C5 and D1C5 and some rationalisation could be considered.
One Member
State stated that a reference level equal to natural conditions was not acceptable.
Descriptor 7
While some Member States stated they would have preferred a broader perspective for Descriptor 7
(to reflect the importance of hydrographic conditions for wider ecosystem issues), another Member
State welcomed the reduction of criteria and called for even further restriction, for instance by
merging them with another descriptor's criteria.
Descriptor 1, 4, 6 Species Groups, Habitats and Food webs
Member States mainly commented on the difficulties linked to marrying the Habitats and Birds
Directives approach for species with the approach in certain regional sea conventions. The reference
3
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0396.png
levels under D1C5 and D1C6 were considered difficult to reach
and unacceptable
by one Member
State. The reference to 'ecologically-relevant scales' needed clarification. One Member State wished
to specifically include special or listed habitats and species. The inclusion of specific application
rules was welcomed by one Member State, but another thought these needed further consideration.
Regarding food webs, several Member States commented on their importance whilst questioning
the practicalities of their assessment.
Recitals and Articles
The Commission briefly presented the main features of the Recitals and Articles of the Decision.
Member States commented in particular on the definitions (of 'reference levels', 'primary and
secondary criteria' and 'coastal waters'), the recital on flexibility and risk-based approach, the
difficulties linked to the timing of the next assessment and the inter-linkages with the work done at
regional or subregional level.
Following the comments of Member States on each of the sections above, the Commission provided
initial responses to the comments made, particularly to provide further clarifications on the rationale
and text proposed. Member States agreed to provide the comments made, and others, in writing.
4. Review of MSFD Annex III
The Commission presented the latest version of the proposal replacing Annex III of the MSFD
(CTTEE_11-2016-03) and explained in particular how specific comments made on the previous
version (CTTEE_10-2015-03) had been dealt with (reference to listed species and habitats, Table 2b
on human activities and Relationship between Tables 2a and 2b). Member States generally
welcomed this latest version of the proposal and made some specific comments. Further written
comments would be sent on specific aspects of the text.
6. Any other business
One Member State asked for confirmation that a stakeholder consultation would be held. The Chair
confirmed this would be the case, in line with the Commission's Better Regulation principles.
Following the discussions on the draft GES Decision and on the draft Directive replacing Annex III,
Member States requested more time to provide comments. It was agreed that Member States would
send written comments
on the draft proposals by 5 February 2016,
in the template provided to
that effect. The Commission will consider the comments received in its preparation of the new
drafts to be discussed at the next Committee meeting.
The Chair thanked participants for their engagement during the day and closed the meeting.
Deleted:
possible
4
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0397.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0398.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0400.png
EUROPEAN
COMMISSION
Brussels,
XXX
[…](2016)
XXX
draft
COMMISSION DECISION (EU) …/…
of
XXX
laying down criteria and methodological standards on good environmental status of
marine waters and specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and
assessment, and repealing Decision 2010/477/EU
(Text with EEA relevance)
EN
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0401.png
COMMISSION DECISION (EU) …/…
of
XXX
laying down criteria and methodological standards on good environmental status of
marine waters and specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and
assessment, and repealing Decision 2010/477/EU
(Text with EEA relevance)
THE EUROPEAN COMMISSION,
Having regard to the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union,
Having regard to Directive 2008/56/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 17
June 2008 establishing a framework for community action in the field of marine
environmental policy (Marine Strategy Framework Directive)
1
, and in particular Articles 9(3)
and 11(4) thereof,
Whereas:
(1)
Commission Decision 2010/477/EU
2
established criteria to be used by the Member
States to determine the good environmental status of their marine waters and to guide
their assessments of that status in the first implementation cycle of Directive
2008/56/EC.
Decision 2010/477/EU acknowledged that additional scientific and technical progress
was required to support the development or revision of those criteria for some
qualitative descriptors, as well as further development of methodological standards in
close coordination with the establishment of monitoring programmes. In addition, that
Decision stated that it would be appropriate to carry out its revision as soon as possible
after the completion of the assessment required under Article 12 of Directive
2008/56/EC, in time to support a successful update of marine strategies that are due by
2018, pursuant to Article 17 of Directive 2008/56/EC.
In 2012, on the basis of the initial assessment of their marine waters made pursuant to
Article 8(1) of Directive 2008/56/EC, Member States reported on the environmental
status of their marine waters and notified to the Commission their determination of
good environmental status and their environmental targets in accordance with Articles
9(2) and 10(2) of Directive 2008/56/EC, respectively. The Commission's assessment
3
of those Member State reports, undertaken in accordance with Article 12 of Directive
2008/56/EC, highlighted that more efforts were urgently needed if Member States are
to reach good environmental status by 2020. The results showed the necessity to
significantly improve the quality and coherence of the determination of good
OJ L 164, 25.6.2008, p. 19.
Commission Decision 2010/477/EU of 1 September 2010 on criteria and methodological standards on
good environmental status of marine waters (OJ L 232, 2.9.2010, p. 14).
Report from the Commission to the Council and the European Parliament - The first phase of
implementation of the Marine Strategy Framework Directive (2008/56/EC) - The European
Commission's assessment and guidance (COM(2014)097 final, 20.2.2014).
(2)
(3)
1
2
3
EN
2
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0402.png
environmental status by the Member States. In addition, the assessment recognised
that regional cooperation must be at the very heart of the implementation of Directive
2008/56/EC. It also emphasised the need for Member States to more systematically
build upon
standards stemming from existing
Union legislation or, where
they do not
existrelevant, upon
standards set by Regional Sea Conventions or other international
agreements.
(4)
To ensure that the second cycle of implementation of the marine strategies of the
Member States further contributes to the achievement of the objectives of Directive
2008/56/EC and yields more consistent determinations of good environmental status,
the Commission recommended in its report on the first phase of implementation that,
at Union level, the Commission services and Member States collaborate to revise,
strengthen and improve Decision 2010/477/EU, aiming at a clearer, simpler, more
concise, more coherent and comparable set of good environmental status criteria and
methodological standards and, at the same time, review Annex III of Directive
2008/56/EC, and if necessary revise it, and develop specific guidance to ensure a more
coherent and consistent approach for assessments in the next implementation cycle.
On the basis of those conclusions, the review process started in 2013 when a roadmap,
consisting of several phases (technical and scientific, consultation, and decision-
making), was endorsed by the Regulatory Committee established under Article 25(1)
of Directive 2008/56/EC. During this process, the Commission consulted all interested
parties, including Regional Sea Conventions.
In order to facilitate future updates of the initial assessment of Member States' marine
waters and their determination of good environmental status, and to ensure greater
coherence in implementation of Directive 2008/56/EC across the Union, it is necessary
to clarify, revise or introduce criteria, methodological standards, specifications and
standardised methods to be used by Member States, compared to the elements
currently set out in Decision 2010/477/EU. As a result, the number of criteria that
Member States need to monitor and assess should be reduced, applying a risk-based
approach to those which are retained in order to allow Member States to focus their
efforts on the main anthropogenic pressures affecting their waters. Finally, the criteria
and their use should be further specified, including providing for threshold values or
the setting thereof, thereby allowing for the extent to which good environmental status
is achieved to be measured across the Union's marine waters.
In accordance with the commitment taken by the Commission when adopting its
Communication to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and
Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions: Better regulation for better
results
An EU agenda
4
, this Decision should ensure coherence with other Union
legislation. To ensure greater consistency and comparability at Union level of Member
States' determinations of good environmental status and avoid unnecessary overlaps, it
is appropriate to take into account relevant existing standards and methods for
monitoring and assessment laid down in Union legislation, including
C
ouncil
Directive 92/43/EEC
5
, Directive 2000/60/EC of the European Parliament and of the
Council
6
, Commission Regulation (EC) No 1881/2006
7
, Council Regulation (EC) No
COM(2015) 215 final.
Council Directive 92/43/EEC of 21 May 1992 on the conservation of natural habitats and of wild fauna
and flora (OJ L 206, 22.7.1992, p. 7).
Directive 2000/60/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 23 October 2000 establishing a
framework for Community action in the field of water policy (OJ L 327, 22.12.2000, p. 1).
(5)
(6)
(7)
4
5
6
EN
3
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0403.png
1967/2006
8
, Directive 2008/105/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council
9
,
Directive 2009/147/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council
10
and
Regulation (EU) No 1380/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council
11
.
(8)
For each of the qualitative descriptors listed in Annex I to Directive 2008/56/EC, and
on the basis of the indicative lists in Annex III to that Directive, it is necessary to
define the criteria, including the criteria elements and, where appropriate, the threshold
values, to be used. Threshold values are intended to contribute to Member States'
determination of a set of characteristics for good environmental status and inform their
assessment of the extent to which good environmental status is being achieved. It is
also necessary to set out methodological standards, including the geographic scales for
assessment and how the criteria should be used. Those criteria and methodological
standards are to ensure consistency and allow for comparison, between marine regions
or subregions, of assessments of the extent to which good environmental status is
being achieved.
To ensure comparability between the details of any updates by the Member States
following the reviews of certain elements of their marine strategies, sent under Article
17(3) of Directive 2008/56/EC, specifications and standardised methods for
monitoring and assessment should be defined, taking into account existing
specifications and standards at Union or international level, including regional or
subregional level.
Member States should apply the criteria, methodological standards, specifications and
standardised methods for monitoring and assessment laid down in this Decision in
combination with the ecosystem elements, anthropogenic pressures and human
activities listed in the indicative lists of Annex III to Directive 2008/56/EC and by
reference to the initial assessment made pursuant to Article 8(1) of that Directive,
when determining a set of characteristics for good environmental status in accordance
with Article 9(1) of that Directive, and when establishing coordinated monitoring
programmes under Article 11 of that Directive.
In order to establish a clear link between the determination of a set of characteristics
for good environmental status and the assessment of progress towards its achievement,
it is appropriate to organise the criteria and methodological standards on the basis of
the qualitative descriptors laid down in Annex I to Directive 2008/56/EC, taking into
account the indicative lists of ecosystem elements, anthropogenic pressures and human
activities laid down in Annex III to that Directive. Some of those criteria and
Commission Regulation (EC) No 1881/2006 of 19 December 2006 setting maximum levels for certain
contaminants in foodstuffs (OJ L 364, 20.12.2006, p. 5).
Council Regulation (EC) No 1967/2006 of 21 December 2006 concerning management measures for
the sustainable exploitation of fishery resources in the Mediterranean Sea, amending Regulation (EEC)
No 2847/93 and repealing Regulation (EC) No 1626/94 (OJ L 409, 30.12.2006, p. 11).
Directive 2008/105/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 16 December 2008 on
environmental quality standards in the field of water policy, amending and subsequently replacing
Council Directives 872/176/EEC,
83/513/EEC,
84/156/EEC, 84/491/EEC, 86/280/EEC and amending
Directive 2000/60/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council (OJ L 348, 24.12.2008, p. 84.).
Directive 2009/147/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 30 November 2009 on the
conservation of wild birds (OJ L 20, 26.1.2010, p. 7).
Regulation (EU) No 1380/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 11 December 2013 on
the Common Fisheries Policy, amending Council Regulations (EC) No 1954/2003 and (EC) No
1224/2009 and repealing Council Regulations (EC) No 2371/2002 and (EC) No 639/2004 and Council
Decision 2004/585/EC (OJ L 354, 28.12.2013, p. 22).
(9)
(10)
(11)
7
8
9
10
11
EN
4
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0404.png
methodological standards relate in particular to the assessment of environmental status
or of predominant pressures and impacts under points (a) or (b) of Article 8(1) of
Directive 2008/56/EC, respectively.
(12)
In cases where no threshold values are laid down, Member States should establish
threshold values through Union, regional or subregional cooperation, for instance by
referring to existing values or developing new ones in the framework of the Regional
Sea Conventions. In cases where threshold values should be established through
cooperation at Union level (for the descriptors on marine litter, underwater noise and
seabed integrity), this will be done in the framework of the Common Implementation
Strategy set up by the Member States and the Commission for the purposes of
Directive 2008/56/EC. Once established through Union, regional or subregional
cooperation, these threshold values will only become part of Member States' sets of
characteristics for good environmental status when they are sent to the Commission as
part of Member States' reporting under Article 17(3) of Directive 2008/56/EC. Until
such threshold values are established through Union, regional or subregional
cooperation, Member States should be able to use national threshold values,
directional trends or,
for state elements,
pressure-based threshold values as proxies.
Threshold values should reflect, where appropriate, the quality level that
constitutes
reflects the significance of
an adverse effect for a criterion and should be set in relation
to a reference condition. Threshold values should be
consistent with Union legislation
and
set at appropriate geographic scales to reflect the different biotic and abiotic
characteristics of the regions, subregions and subdivisions. This means that even if the
process to establish threshold values takes place at Union level, this may result in the
setting of different threshold values, which are specific to a region, subregion or
subdivision. Threshold values should also be set on the basis of the precautionary
principle, reflecting the potential risks to the marine environment. The setting of
threshold values should accommodate the dynamic nature of marine ecosystems and
their elements, which can change in space and time through hydrological and climatic
variation, predator-prey relationships and other environmental factors. Threshold
values should also reflect the fact that marine ecosystems may recover, if deteriorated,
to a state that reflects prevailing physiographic, geographic, climatic and biological
conditions, rather than return to a specific state of the past.
In accordance with Article 1(3) of Directive 2008/56/EC, the collective pressure of
human activities needs to be kept within levels compatible with the achievement of
good environmental status, ensuring that the capacity of marine ecosystems to respond
to human-induced changes is not compromised. This may entail, where appropriate,
that threshold values for certain pressures and their environmental impacts are not
necessarily achieved in all areas of Member States' marine waters, provided that this
does not compromise the achievement of the objectives of Directive 2008/56/EC,
while enabling the sustainable use of marine goods and services.
It is necessary to lay down threshold values which will be part of the set of
characteristics used by Member States in their determination of good environmental
status in accordance with Article 9(1) of Directive 2008/56/EC, and the extent to
which the threshold values are to be achieved. Threshold values therefore do not, by
themselves, constitute Member States' determinations of good environmental status.
Member States should express the extent to which good environmental status is being
achieved as the proportion of their marine waters over which the threshold values have
been achieved or as the proportion of criteria elements (species, contaminants, etc.)
(13)
(14)
(15)
(16)
EN
5
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0405.png
that have achieved the threshold values. When assessing the status of their marine
waters in accordance with Article 17(2)(a) of Directive 2008/56/EC, Member States
should express any change in status as improving, stable or deteriorating compared to
the previous reporting period, in view of the often slow response of the marine
environment to change.
(17)
Where threshold values, set in accordance with this Decision, are not met for a
particular criterion, Member States should consider taking appropriate measures or
carrying out further research or investigation.
Where Member States are required to cooperate at regional or subregional level, they
should use, where practical and appropriate, existing regional institutional cooperation
structures, including those under Regional Sea Conventions, as provided under
Article 6 of Directive 2008/56/EC. Similarly, in the absence of specific criteria,
methodological standards, including for integration of the criteria, specifications and
standardised methods for monitoring and assessment, Member States should
usebuild
upon,
where practical and appropriate, those developed at international, regional or
subregional level, for instance
those agreed within
the framework of the Regional Sea
Conventions, or other international mechanisms. Otherwise, Member States may
choose to coordinate amongst themselves within the region or subregion, where
relevant. In addition, a Member State may also decide, on the basis of the specificities
of its marine waters, to consider additional elements not laid down in this Decision
and not dealt with at international, regional or subregional level, or to consider
applying elements of this Decision to its transitional waters, as defined in Article 2(6)
of Directive 2000/60/EC, in support of the implementation of Directive 2008/56/EC.
Member States should have sufficient flexibility, under specified conditions, to focus
on the predominant pressures and their environmental impacts on the different
ecosystem elements in each region or subregion in order to monitor and assess their
marine waters in an efficient and effective manner and to facilitate prioritisation of
actions to be taken to achieve good environmental status. For that purpose, firstly,
Member States should be able to consider that some of the criteria are not appropriate
to apply, provided this is justified. Secondly, Member States should have the
possibility to decide not to use certain criteria elements or to select additional elements
or to focus on certain matrices or areas of their marine waters, provided that this is
based on a risk assessment in relation to the pressures and their impacts. Finally, a
distinction should be introduced between primary and secondary criteria. While
primary criteria should be used to ensure consistency across the Union, flexibility
should be granted with regard to secondary criteria. The use of a secondary criterion
should be decided by Member States, where necessary, to complement a primary
criterion or when, for a particular criterion, the marine environment is at risk of not
achieving or not maintaining good environmental status.
Criteria, including threshold values, methodological standards, specifications and
standardised methods for monitoring and assessment should be based on the best
available science. However, additional scientific and technical progress is still required
to support the further development of some of them, and should be used as the
knowledge and understanding become available.
Decision 2010/477/EU should therefore be repealed.
The measures provided for in this Decision are in accordance with the opinion of the
Regulatory Committee,
(18)
(19)
(20)
(21)
(22)
EN
6
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0406.png
HAS ADOPTED THIS DECISION:
Article 1
Subject-matter
This Decision lays down:
(a)
criteria and methodological standards to be used by Member States
when
determining a set of characteristics for good environmental status in accordance with
Article 9(1) of Directive 2008/56/EC, on the basis of Annexes I and III and by
reference to the initial assessment made pursuant to Article 8(1) of that Directive, to
assess the extent to which good environmental status is being achieved, in
accordance with Article 9(3) of that Directive;
specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and assessment, to be used
by Member States when establishing coordinated monitoring programmes under
Article 11
of Directive 2008/56/EC,
in accordance with Article 11(4) of that
Directive;
a timeline for the establishment of threshold values, lists of criteria elements and
methodological standards
for integration of criteria
through Union, regional or
subregional cooperation;
a notification requirement for criteria elements, threshold values and methodological
standards
for integration of criteria.
Article 2
Definitions
For the purposes of this Decision, the definitions laid down in Article 3 of Directive
2008/56/EC shall apply.
The following definitions shall also apply:
(1)
(2)
(3)
'subregions' means the subregions listed in Article 4(2) of Directive 2008/56/EC
'subdivisions' means subdivisions as referred to in Article 4(2) of Directive
2008/56/EC;
'invasive non-indigenous species' means 'invasive alien species' within the meaning
of Article 3(2) of Regulation (EU) No 1143/2014 of the European Parliament and of
the Council
12
;
'criteria elements' means constituent elements of an ecosystem, particularly its
biological elements (species, habitats and their communities), or aspects of pressures
on the marine environment (biological, physical, substances, litter and energy),
which are assessed under each criterion;
'threshold value' means a value or range of values that allows for an assessment of
the quality level achieved for a particular criterion, thereby contributing to the
assessment of the extent to which good environmental status is being achieved.
(b)
(c)
(d)
(4)
(5)
12
Regulation (EU) No 1143/2014 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 22 October 2014 on
the prevention and management of the introduction and spread of invasive alien species (OJ L 317,
4.11.2014, p. 35).
EN
7
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0407.png
Article 3
Use of criteria, methodological standards, specifications and standardised methods
1.
Member States shall use primary criteria and associated methodological standards,
specifications and standardised methods laid down in the Annex to implement this
Decision. However, on the basis of the initial assessment or its subsequent updates
carried out in accordance with Articles 8 and 17(2)(a) of Directive 2008/56/EC,
Member States may consider, in justified circumstances, that it is not appropriate to
use one or more of the primary criteria. In such cases, Member States shall provide
the Commission with a justification in the framework of the notification made
pursuant to Article 9(2) or 17(3) of Directive 2008/56/EC.
Pursuant to the obligation of regional cooperation laid down in Articles 5 and 6 of
Directive 2008/56/EC, a Member State shall inform other Member States sharing the
same marine region or subregion before it decides not to use a primary criterion in
accordance with the first subparagraph.
2.
Secondary criteria and associated methodological standards, specifications and
standardised methods laid down in the Annex shall be used to complement a primary
criterion or when the marine environment is at risk of not achieving or not
maintaining good environmental status for that particular criterion. The use of a
secondary criterion shall be decided by each Member State, except where otherwise
specified in the Annex.
Where this Decision does not set criteria, methodological standards,
including for
integration of the criteria,
specifications or standardised methods for monitoring and
assessment, including for spatial and temporal aggregation of data, Member States
shall
usebuild upon,
where practical and appropriate, those developed at
international, regional or subregional level, such as
those agreed
in the relevant
Regional Sea Conventions.
Until Union, international, regional or subregional lists of criteria elements,
methodological standards
for integration of criteria,
and specifications and
standardised methods for monitoring and assessment are established, Member States
may use those established at national level, provided that regional cooperation is
pursued as laid down in Articles 5 and 6 of Directive 2008/56/EC.
Article 4
Setting of threshold values through Union, regional or subregional cooperation
1.
Where Member States are required under this Decision to establish threshold values
through Union, regional or subregional cooperation, those values shall:
(a)
(b)
(c)
be part of the set of characteristics used by Member States in their
determination of good environmental status;
be consistent with Union legislation;
where appropriate, distinguish the quality level that
constitutesreflects the
significance of
an adverse effect for a criterion and be set in relation to a
reference condition;
be set at appropriate geographic scales of assessment to reflect the different
biotic and abiotic characteristics of the regions, subregions and subdivisions;
3.
4.
(d)
EN
8
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0408.png
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
be set on the basis of the precautionary principle, reflecting the potential risks
to the marine environment;
be consistent across different criteria when they relate to the same ecosystem
element;
make use of best available science;
be based on long time-series data, where available, to help determine the most
appropriate value;
reflect natural ecosystem dynamics, including predator-prey relationships and
hydrological and climatic variation, also acknowledging that the ecosystem or
parts thereof may recover, if deteriorated, to a state that reflects prevailing
physiographic, geographic, climatic and biological conditions, rather than
return to a specific state of the past;
be consistent,
where practical and appropriate,
with relevant values
set
under
regional institutional cooperation structures, including
those agreed in
the
Regional Sea Conventions.
(j)
2.
Until Member States have established threshold values through Union, regional or
subregional cooperation as required under this Decision, they may use any of the
following to express the extent to which good environmental status is being
achieved:
(a)
(b)
(c)
national threshold values, provided the obligation of regional cooperation laid
down in Articles 5 and 6 of Directive 2008/56/EC is complied with;
directional trends of the values;
for state elements,
pressure-based threshold values as proxies.
These shall follow, where possible, the principles set out in points (a) to (i) of
paragraph 1.
3.
Where threshold values, including those established by Member States in accordance
with this Decision, are not met for a particular criterion to the extent which that
Member State has determined as constituting good environmental status in
accordance with Article 9(1) of Directive 2008/56/EC, Member States shall consider,
as appropriate, whether measures should be taken under Article 13 of that Directive
or whether further research or investigation should be carried out.
Threshold values established by Member States in accordance with this Decision
may be periodically reviewed in the light of scientific and technical progress and
amended, where necessary, in time for the reviews provided for in Article 17(2)(a) of
Directive 2008/56/EC.
Article 5
Timeline
1.
Where this Decision provides for Member States to establish threshold values, lists
of criteria elements or methodological standards
for integration of criteria
through
Union, regional or subregional cooperation, Member States shall endeavour to do so
within the time-limit set for the first review of their initial assessment and
determination of good environmental status in accordance with Article 17(2)(a) of
Directive 2008/56/EC (15 July 2018).
4.
EN
9
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0409.png
2.
Where Member States are not able to establish threshold values, lists of criteria
elements or methodological standards
for integration of criteria
through Union,
regional or subregional cooperation within the time-limit laid down in paragraph 1,
they shall establish these as soon as possible thereafter, on condition that they
provide, by 15 October 2018, justification to the Commission in the notification
made pursuant to Article 9(2) or 17(3) of Directive 2008/56/EC.
Article 6
Notification
Each
Member States shall send to the Commission, as part of the notification made pursuant
to Article 17(3) of Directive 2008/56/EC,
details of thethose
criteria elements, threshold
values and methodological standards
for integration of criteria
established through Union,
regional or subregional cooperation
in accordance with this Decision, and used by that
Member States in accordance with this Decision it decides to use as part of its set of
characteristics for determining good environmental status under Article 9(1) of Directive
2008/56/EC.
Article 7
Repeal
Decision 2010/477/EU is hereby repealed.
References to Decision 2010/477/EU shall be construed as references to this Decision.
Article 8
Entry into force
This Decision shall enter into force on the twentieth day following that of its publication in
the
Official Journal of the European Union.
Done at Brussels,
For the Commission
The President
EN
10
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0410.png
EUROPEAN
COMMISSION
Brussels,
XXX
[…](2016)
XXX
draft
ANNEX 1
ANNEX
to the
Commission Decision
laying down criteria and methodological standards on good environmental status of
marine waters and specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and
assessment, and repealing Decision 2010/477/EU
EN
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0411.png
ANNEX
to the
Commission Decision
laying down criteria and methodological standards on good environmental status of
marine waters and specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and
assessment, and repealing Decision 2010/477/EU
ANNEX
Criteria and methodological standards for good environmental status of marine waters,
relevant to the qualitative descriptors in Annex I to Directive 2008/56/EC, and
to the indicative lists set out in Annex III to that Directive, and specifications
and standardised methods for monitoring and assessment
This Annex is structured in two parts:
under Part I are laid down the criteria and methodological standards for
determination of good environmental status under Article 9(3) of Directive
2008/56/EC, and specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and
assessment under Article 11(4) of that Directive, to be used by Member States in
relation to the assessment of predominant pressures and impacts under Article
8(1)(b) of Directive 2008/56/EC,
under Part II are laid down criteria and methodological standards for determination
of good environmental status under Article 9(3) of Directive 2008/56/EC, and
specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and assessment, to be used
by Member States in relation to the assessment of environmental status under Article
8(1)(a) of Directive 2008/56/EC.
P
ART
I
C
RITERIA
,
METHODOLOGICAL STANDARDS
,
SPECIFICATIONS AND STANDARDISED
METHODS FOR THE MONITORING AND ASSESSMENT OF PREDOMINANT PRESSURES AND
IMPACTS UNDER POINT
(
B
)
OF
A
RTICLE
8(1)
OF
D
IRECTIVE
2008/56/EC
Part I considers the descriptors
1
linked to the relevant anthropogenic pressures: biological
pressures (Descriptors 2 and 3), physical pressures (Descriptors 6 and 7) and substances, litter
and energy (Descriptors 5, 8, 9, 10 and 11), as listed in Annex III to Directive 2008/56/EC.
1
When this Decision refers to a 'descriptor', this refers to the relevant qualitative descriptors for
determining good environmental status, as indicated under the numbered points in Annex I to Directive
2008/56/EC.
EN
2
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0412.png
Descriptor 2
Non-indigenous species introduced by human activities are at levels that do not adversely alter the ecosystems
Relevant pressure: Input or spread of non-indigenous species
Criteria, including criteria elements, and methodological standards
Criteria elements
Criteria
D2C1
Primary:
The number of non-indigenous species which are newly
introduced via human activity into the wild, per assessment
period (6 years), measured from the reference year as
reported for the initial assessment under Article 8(1) of
Directive 2008/56/EC, is minimised and where possible
reduced to zero.
Member States shall establish the threshold value for the
number of new introductions of non-indigenous species,
through regional or subregional cooperation.
Methodological standards
Scale of assessment:
Subdivisions of the region or subregion, divided where
needed by national boundaries.
Use of criteria:
The extent to which good environmental status has been
achieved shall be expressed for each area assessed as
follows:
-
the number of non-indigenous species newly
introduced via human activity, in the 6-year
assessment period and a list of those species.
Scale of assessment:
As used for assessment of the corresponding species
groups or broad habitat types under Descriptors 1 and 6.
Use of criteria:
Criterion D2C2 (quantification of non-indigenous species)
shall be expressed per species assessed and shall
contribute to the assessment of criterion D2C3 (adverse
effects of non-indigenous species).
Criterion D2C3 shall provide the proportion per species
group and extent per broad habitat type assessed which is
Newly
-introduced
non-indigenous
species.
Established non-indigenous species,
particularly invasive non-indigenous
species, which include relevant species
on the list of invasive alien species of
Union concern adopted in accordance
with Article 4(1) of Regulation (EU)
No 1143/2014 and species which are
relevant for use under criterion D2C3.
Member States shall establish that list
through regional or subregional
cooperation.
D2C2
Secondary:
Abundance and spatial distribution of established non-
indigenous species, particularly of invasive species,
contributing significantly to adverse effects on particular
species groups or broad habitat types.
EN
3
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0413.png
Criteria elements
Species groups and broad habitat types
that are at risk from non-indigenous
species, selected from those used for
Descriptors 1 and 6.
Member States shall establish that list
through regional or subregional
cooperation.
Criteria
D2C3
Secondary:
Proportion of the species group or spatial extent of the broad
habitat type which is adversely altered due to non-indigenous
species, particularly invasive non-indigenous species.
Member States shall establish the threshold values for the
adverse alteration to species groups and broad habitat types
due to non-indigenous species, through regional or
subregional cooperation.
Methodological standards
adversely altered, and thus contribute to their assessments
under Descriptors 1 and 6.
Specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and assessment
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
'Newly-introduced' non-indigenous species shall be understood as those which were not known to be present in the area in the previous
assessment period.
'Established' non-indigenous species shall be understood as those which were known to be present in the area in the previous assessment
period.
For D2C1: where it is not clear whether the new arrival of non-indigenous species is due to human activity or natural dispersal from
neighbouring areas, the introduction shall be counted under D2C1.
For D2C2: when species occurrence and abundance is seasonally variable (e.g. plankton), monitoring shall be undertaken at appropriate times
of year.
Monitoring programmes shall be linked to those for Descriptors 1, 4, 5 and 6, where possible, as they typically use the same sampling
methods and it is more practical to monitor non-indigenous species as part of broader biodiversity monitoring, except where sampling needs to
focus on main vectors and risk areas for new introductions.
D2C1: the number of species per assessment area which have been newly introduced in the assessment period (6 years),
D2C2: abundance (number of individuals, biomass in tonnes (t) or extent in square kilometres (km
2
)) per non-indigenous species,
Units of measurement for the criteria:
EN
4
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0414.png
D2C3: the proportion of the species group (ratio of indigenous species to non-indigenous species, as number of species and/or their
abundance within the group) or the spatial extent of the broad habitat type (in square kilometres (km
2
)) which is adversely altered.
EN
5
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0415.png
Descriptor 3
Populations of all commercially-exploited fish and shellfish are within safe biological limits, exhibiting a population age and size
distribution that is indicative of a healthy stock
Relevant pressure: Extraction of, or mortality/injury to, wild species, including target and non-target species
Criteria, including criteria elements, and methodological standards
Criteria elements
Criteria
D3C1
Primary:
The
Fishing mortality
rate of populations of commercially-
exploited species is at or below levels which can produce the
maximum sustainable yield (MSY),.
RelevantAppropriate
scientific bodies shall be consulted in accordance with
established in accordance with scientific advice obtained
pursuant to
Article 26 of Regulation (EU) No 1380/2013.
Methodological standards
Commercially-exploited fish and
shellfish.
Member States shall establish through
regional or subregional cooperation a
list of commercially-exploited fish and
shellfish, according to the criteria laid
down under 'specifications'.
Scale of assessment:
Populations of each species are assessed at ecologically-
relevant scales within each region or subregion, as
established by appropriate scientific bodies as referred to in
Article 26 of Regulation (EU) No 1380/2013, based on
specified aggregations of International Council for the
Exploration of the Sea (ICES) areas, General Fisheries
Commission for the Mediterranean (GFCM) geographical
D3C2
2
Primary:
sub-areas and Food and Agriculture Organisation (FAO)
The
Spawning Stock Biomass
of populations of commercially- fishing areas for the Macaronesian biogeographic region.
exploited species
is are
above biomass levels capable of
Use of criteria:
producing maximum sustainable yield.
RelevantAppropriate
The extent to which good environmental status has been
scientific bodies shall be consulted in accordance with,
achieved shall be expressed for each area assessed as
established in accordance with scientific advice obtained
follows:
pursuant to
Article 26 of Regulation (EU) No 1380/2013.
(a) the populations assessed, the values
attained achieved
D3C3
2,3
Primary:
for each criterion and whether the levels for D3C1
The age and size distribution of individuals in the populations
and D3C2 and the threshold values for D3C3 have
of commercially-exploited species is indicative of a healthy
been achieved, and the overall status of the population
population. This shall include a high proportion of old/large
on the basis of criteria integration rules agreed at
individuals and
reduced limited
adverse effects of exploitation
Union level;
on genetic diversity.
(b) the populations of commercially-exploited species in
2
3
D3C2 and D3C3 are state-based criteria for commercially-exploited fish and shellfish but are shown under Part I for clarity reasons.
D3C3 may not be available for use for the 2018 review of the initial assessment and determination of good environmental status under Article 17(2)(ab) of Directive
2008/56/EC.
EN
6
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0416.png
Criteria elements
Criteria
Methodological standards
Member States shall establish threshold values through
the assessment area which were not assessed.
regional or subregional cooperation for each population of
The outcomes of these population assessments shall also
species in accordance with scientific advice obtained pursuant contribute to the assessments under Descriptors 1 and 6, if
to Article 26 of Regulation (EU) No 1380/2013.
the species are relevant for assessment of particular species
groups and benthic habitat types.
Extraction of, or mortality/injury to, non-target
commercially-exploited
species (incidental
by-catches)
as a result of fishing activities, is addressed
under criterion D1C1.
Physical disturbance to the seabed, including effects on benthic communities, as a result of fishing activities, are addressed by the criteria under
Descriptor 6 (particularly criteria D6C2 and D6C3) and are to be fed into the assessments of benthic habitat types under Descriptors 1 and 6.
Specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and assessment
1.
A list of commercially-exploited species for application of the criteria in each assessment area shall be established by Member States through
regional or subregional cooperation and updated for each 6-year assessment period, taking into account Council Regulation (EC) No
199/2008
4
and the following:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
all stocks that are managed under Regulation (EU) No 1380/2013;
the species for which fishing opportunities (total allowable catches and quotas) are set by Council under Article 43(3) of the Treaty on
the Functioning of the European Union;
the species for which minimum conservation reference sizes are set under Regulation (EC) No 1967/2006;
the species under multiannual plans according to Article 9 of Regulation (EU) No 1380/2013;
the species under national management plans according to Article 19 of Regulation (EC) No 1967/2006;
any important species on a regional or national scale for small-scale/local coastal fisheries.
For the purposes of this Decision, commercially-exploited species which are non-indigenous in each assessment area shall be excluded from
the list and thus not contribute to achievement of good environmental status for Descriptor 3.
4
Council Regulation (EC) No 199/2008 of 25 February 2008 concerning the establishment of a Community framework for the collection, management and use of data in the
fisheries sector and support for scientific advice regarding the Common Fisheries Policy (OJ L 60, 5.3.2008, p. 1).
EN
7
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0417.png
2.
Regulation (EC) No 199/2008 establishes rules on the collection and management, in the framework of multi-annual programmes, of
biological, technical, environmental and socio-economic data concerning the fisheries sector which shall be used for monitoring under
Descriptor 3,
including the collection of data for criterion D1C1.
For D3C1, D3C2 and D3C3, pThe term 'populations'
shall be understood as
the term 'stocks' within the meaning of under
Regulation (EU) No
1380/2013.
For D3C1 and D3C2, the following shall apply:
(a)
for stocks managed under a multiannual plan according to Article 9 of Regulation (EU) No 1380/2013, in situations of mixed fisheries,
the target fishing mortality and the biomass levels capable of producing maximum sustainable yield shall be in accordance with the
relevant multiannual plan;
for the Mediterranean Sea and Black Sea regions, appropriate proxies may be used.
For D3C1: if quantitative assessments yielding values for
Fishing mortality
are not available due to inadequacies in the available data,
other variables such as the ratio between catch and biomass index ('catch/biomass ratio') may be used as an alternative method. In such
cases, an appropriate method for trend analysis shall be adopted (e.g. the current value can be compared against the long-term historical
average);
For D3C2: the threshold value used shall be in accordance with Article 2(2) of Regulation (EU) No 1380/2013. If quantitative
assessments yielding values for
Spawning Stock Biomass
are not available due to inadequacies in the available data, biomass-related
indices such as catch per unit effort or survey abundance indices may be used as an alternative method. In such cases, an appropriate
method for trend analysis shall be adopted (e.g. the current value can be compared against the long-term historical average);
D3C3 shall reflect that healthy populations of species are characterised by a high proportion of old, large individuals. The relevant
properties are the following:
(i) size distribution of individuals in the population, expressed as:
the proportion of fish larger than mean size of first sexual maturation, or
the 95
th
percentile of the fish-length distribution of each population,
in both cases
as observed in research vessel or other
surveys;
3.
4.
(b)
5.
(a)
The following methods for assessment shall be used:
(b)
(c)
(ii) genetic effects of exploitation of the species, such as size at first sexual maturation, where appropriate and feasible.
EN
8
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0418.png
Other expressions of the relevant properties may be used following further scientific and technical development of this criterion.
Units of measurement for the criteria:
D3C1: annualised fishing mortality rate,
D3C2: biomass in tonnes (t) or number of individuals per species, except where other indices are used under point 5(b),
D3C3: under point 5(c): for (i), first indent: proportion (percentage) or numbers, for (i), second indent: length in centimetres (cm), and
for (ii): length in centimetres (cm).
EN
9
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0419.png
Descriptor 5
Human-induced eutrophication is minimised, especially adverse effects thereof, such as losses in biodiversity, ecosystem
degradation, harmful algae blooms and oxygen deficiency in bottom waters
Relevant pressures: Input of nutrients; Input of organic matter
Criteria, including criteria elements, and methodological standards
Criteria elements
Nutrients in the water column:
Dissolved Inorganic Nitrogen (DIN),
Total Nitrogen (TN), Dissolved
Inorganic Phosphorus (DIP), Total
Phosphorus (TP).
Within coastal waters, as used under
Directive 2000/60/EC.
Beyond coastal waters, Member States
may decide at regional or subregional
level to not use one or several of these
nutrient elements.
Criteria
Methodological standards
Scale of assessment:
within coastal waters, as used under Directive
2000/60/EC,
beyond coastal waters, subdivisions of the region or
subregion, divided where needed by national
boundaries.
Use of criteria:
The extent to which good environmental status has been
achieved shall be expressed for each area assessed as
follows:
(a) the values achieved for each criterion used, and an
estimate of the extent of the assessment area over
which the threshold values set have been achieved;
(b) in coastal waters, the criteria shall be used in
accordance with the requirements of Directive
2000/60/EC to conclude on whether the water body
is subject to eutrophication
5
;
(c) beyond coastal waters, an estimate of the extent of
the area (as a proportion (percentage)) that is not
subject to eutrophication (as indicated by the results
D5C1
Primary:
Nutrient concentrations are not at levels that indicate adverse
eutrophication effects.
The threshold values are as follows:
(a) in coastal waters, the values set in accordance with
Directive 2000/60/EC;
(b) beyond coastal waters, values consistent with those for
coastal waters under Directive 2000/60/EC. Member
States shall establish those values through regional or
subregional cooperation
D5C2
Primary:
Chlorophyll a concentrations are not at levels that indicate
adverse effects of nutrient enrichment.
The threshold values are as follows:
(a) in coastal waters, the values set in accordance with
Directive 2000/60/EC;
(b) beyond coastal waters, values consistent with those for
coastal waters under Directive 2000/60/EC. Member
States shall establish those values through regional or
subregional cooperation.
Chlorophyll a in the water column
5
Guidance documents published in the context of the Common Implementation Strategy for Directive 2000/60/EC may be relevant in this assessment (e.g. "N° 13 - Overall
Approach to the Classification of Ecological Status and Ecological Potential" and "N° 23 - Eutrophication Assessment in the Context of European Water Policies")
EN
10
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0420.png
Criteria elements
Criteria
D5C3
Secondary:
The number, spatial extent and duration of harmful algal
bloom events are not at levels that indicate adverse effects of
nutrient enrichment.
Member States shall establish threshold values for these
levels through regional or subregional cooperation.
D5C4
Secondary:
The photic limit (transparency) of the water column is not
reduced,
due to increases in suspended algae,
to a level that
indicates adverse effects of nutrient enrichment
related to
increases in suspended algae.
The threshold values are as follows:
(a) in coastal waters, the values set in accordance with
Directive 2000/60/EC;
(b) beyond coastal waters, values consistent with those for
coastal waters under Directive 2000/60/EC. Member
States shall establish those values through regional or
subregional cooperation.
D5C5
Primary (may be substituted by D5C8):
The concentration of dissolved oxygen is not reduced, due to
nutrient enrichment, to levels that indicate adverse effects on
benthic habitats (including on associated biota and mobile
species) or other eutrophication effects.
The threshold values are as follows:
(a) in coastal waters, the values set in accordance with
Directive 2000/60/EC;
(b)
beyond coastal waters, values consistent with those for
coastal waters under Directive 2000/60/EC. Member
States shall establish those values through regional or
Harmful algal blooms (e.g.
cyanobacteria) in the water column
Methodological standards
of all criteria used, integrated in a manner agreed
where possible
at
Union level, but at least at
regional or subregional
level,
taking into account
regional or subregional specificitiesand, where
possible, at Union level).
Beyond coastal waters, the use of the secondary criteria
shall be agreed at regional or subregional level.
The outcomes of the assessments shall also contribute to
assessments for pelagic habitats under Descriptor 1 as
follows:
-
the distribution and an estimate of the extent of the
area (as a proportion (percentage)) that is subject to
eutrophication in the water column (as indicated by
whether the threshold values for criteria D5C2,
D5C3 and D5C4, when used, have been achieved);
The outcomes of the assessments shall also contribute to
assessments for benthic habitats under Descriptors 1 and 6
as follows:
-
the distribution and an estimate of the extent of the
area (as a proportion (percentage)) that is subject to
eutrophication on the seabed (as indicated by
whether the threshold values for criteria D5C4,
D5C5, D5C6, D5C7 and D5C8, when used, have
been achieved).
Photic limit (transparency) of the water
column
Dissolved oxygen in the bottom of the
water column
EN
11
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0421.png
Criteria elements
Criteria
subregional cooperation.
D5C6
Secondary:
The abundance of opportunistic macroalgae is not at levels
that indicate adverse effects of nutrient enrichment.
The threshold values are as follows:
(a) in coastal waters, the values set in accordance with
Directive 2000/60/EC;
(b) should this criterion be relevant for waters beyond
coastal waters, values consistent with those for coastal
waters under Directive 2000/60/EC. Member States
shall establish those values through regional or
subregional cooperation.
D5C7
Secondary:
The species composition and relative abundance or depth
distribution of macrophyte communities achieve values that
indicate there is no adverse effect due to nutrient enrichment
including via a decrease in water transparency, as follows:
(a) in coastal waters, the values set in accordance with
Directive 2000/60/EC;
(b)
should this criterion be relevant for waters beyond
coastal waters, values consistent with those for coastal
waters under Directive 2000/60/EC. Member States
shall establish those values through regional or
subregional cooperation.
D5C8
Secondary (except when used as a substitute for
D5C5):
The species composition and relative abundance of
macrofaunal communities, achieve values that indicate that
there is no adverse effect due to nutrient and organic
Methodological standards
Opportunistic macroalgae of benthic
habitats
Macrophyte communities (perennial
seaweeds and seagrasses such as
fucoids, eelgrass and Neptune grass) of
benthic habitats
Macrofaunal communities of benthic
habitats
EN
12
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0422.png
Criteria elements
Criteria
enrichment, as follows:
(a) in coastal waters, the values for benthic biological
quality elements set in accordance with Directive
2000/60/EC;
Methodological standards
(b)
beyond coastal waters, values consistent with those for
coastal waters under Directive 2000/60/EC. Member
States shall establish those values through regional or
subregional cooperation.
Specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and assessment
1.
2.
1.3.
2.4.
5.
3.6.
In coastal waters, the criteria elements shall be selected in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC.
For D5C2 and D5C3, Member States may in addition use phytoplankton species composition and abundance.
Information on the pathways (atmospheric, land- or sea-based) for nutrients entering the marine environment shall be collected, where
feasible.
Monitoring beyond coastal waters may not be necessary due to low risk, such as in cases where the threshold values are achiev ed in coastal
waters, taking into account nutrient input from atmospheric, sea-based including coastal waters, and transboundary sources.
Assessments under Directive 2000/60/EC shall be used for the assessments of each criterion in coastal waters.
Values set in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC shall refer either to those set by intercalibration under Commission Decision
2013/480/EU
6
or to those set in national legislation in accordance with Article 8 and Annex V of Directive 2000/60/EC. These shall be
understood as the "Good-Moderate boundary" for Ecological Quality Ratios.
In coastal waters, the criteria elements shall be selected in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC.
Assessments under Directive 2000/60/EC shall be used for the assessments of each criterion in coastal waters.
Species composition shall be understood to refer to the lowest taxonomic level appropriate for the assessment.
Commission Decision 2013/480/EU of 20 September 2013 establishing, pursuant to Directive 2000/60/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council, the values of the
Member State monitoring system classifications as a result of the intercalibration exercise and repealing Decision 2008/915/EC (OJ L 266, 8.10.2013, p. 1).
4.1.
5.1.
6.7.
6
EN
13
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0423.png
7.1.
For D5C2 and D5C3, Member States may in addition use phytoplankton species composition and abundance.
D5C1: nutrient concentrations in micromoles per litre (µmol/l),
D5C2: chlorophyll a concentrations (biomass) in micrograms per litre (µg/l),
D5C3: bloom events as number of events, duration in days and spatial extent in square kilometres (km
2
) per year,
D5C4:
pPhotic
limit as depth in metres (m),
D5C5: oxygen concentration in the bottom of the water column in milligrams per litre (mg/l),
D5C6: Ecological Quality Ratio for macroalgal abundance or spatial cover. Extent of adverse effects in square kilometres (km
2
)
or as a
proportion (percentage) of the assessment area,
D5C7: Ecological Quality Ratio for species composition and relative abundance assessments or for maximum depth of macrophyte
growth. Extent of adverse effects in square kilometres (km
2
)
or as a proportion (percentage) of the assessment area,
D5C8: Ecological Quality Ratio for species composition and relative abundance assessments. Extent of adverse effects in square
kilometres (km
2
)
or as a proportion (percentage) of the assessment area.
Units of measurement for the criteria:
Where available, Member States shall use the units or ecological quality ratios provided for under Directive 2000/60/EC.
EN
14
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0424.png
Descriptor 6
Sea-floor integrity is at a level that ensures that the structure and functions of the ecosystems are safeguarded and benthic
ecosystems, in particular, are not adversely affected.
Criteria D6C1, D6C2 and D6C3 relate only to the pressures 'physical loss' and 'physical disturbance' and their impacts, whilst criteria D6C4 and D6C5
address the overall assessment of Descriptor 6, together with that for benthic habitats under Descriptor 1.
Relevant pressures: Physical loss (due to permanent change of seabed substrate or morphology and to extraction of seabed substrate); physical
disturbance to seabed
(temporary or reversible)
Criteria, including criteria elements, and methodological standards
Criteria elements
Physical loss of the seabed (including
intertidal areas).
Physical disturbance to the seabed
(including intertidal areas).
Criteria
D6C1
Primary:
Spatial extent and distribution of physical loss (permanent
change) of the natural seabed.
D6C2
Primary:
Spatial extent and distribution of physical disturbance
pressures on the seabed.
Methodological standards
Scale of assessment:
As used for assessment of the benthic broad habitat types
under Descriptors 1 and 6.
Use of criteria:
The outcomes of assessment of criterion D6C1 (the
distribution and an estimate of the extent of physical loss)
shall be used to assess criteria D6C4 and D7C1.
The outcomes of assessment of criterion D6C2 (the
distribution and an estimate of the extent of physical
disturbance pressures) shall be used to assess criterion
D6C3.
The outcomes of assessment of criterion D6C3 (an
estimate of the extent of adverse effect by physical
disturbance per habitat type in each assessment area) shall
contribute to the assessment of criterion D6C5.
D6C3
Primary:
Spatial extent of each habitat type which is adversely
affected, through change in its biotic and abiotic structure and
its functions (e.g. through changes in species composition and
Benthic broad habitat types or other
their relative abundance, absence of particularly sensitive or
habitat types, as used under Descriptors
fragile species or species providing a key function, size
1 and 6.
structure of species), by physical disturbance.
Member States shall establish threshold values for the adverse
effects of physical disturbance, through regional or
subregional cooperation.
Criteria D6C1, D6C2 and D6C3 relate only to the pressures 'physical loss' and 'physical disturbance' and their impacts, whilst criteria D6C4 and D6C5 address the
overall assessment of Descriptor 6, together with that for benthic habitats under Descriptor 1.
Criteria D6C4 and D6C5 are presented under Part II of this Annex.
EN
15
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0425.png
Specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and assessment
1.
Regarding methods for monitoring:
(a)
for D6C1, permanent changes to the seabed from different human activities shall be assessed (including permanent changes to natural
seabed substrate or morphology via physical restructuring, infrastructure developments and loss of substrate via extraction of the seabed
materials);
for D6C2, physical disturbances from different human activities shall be assessed (such as bottom-trawling fishing);
for coastal waters, the hydromorphology data and relevant assessments under Directive 2000/60/EC shall be used. Beyond coastal
waters, data may be collated from mapping of infrastructure and licencsed extraction sites.
D6C1 is assessed as area lost in relation to total natural extent of all benthic habitats in the assessment area (e.g. by ext ent of
anthropogenic modification);
D6C3 is assessed in relation to total natural extent of each benthic habitat type assessed.
(b)
(c)
2.
Regarding methods for assessment, the data shall be aggregated so that:
(a)
(b)
3.
4.
5.
Physical loss shall be understood as a permanent change to the seabed which has lasted or is expected to last for a period of two reporting
cycles (12 years) or more.
Physical disturbance shall be understood as a change to the seabed
from
which
it
can
be restoredrecover
if the activity causing the disturbance
pressure ceases.
For D6C3 species composition shall be understood to refer to the lowest taxonomic level appropriate for the assessment.
D6C1: extent of the assessment area physically lost in square kilometres (
km
2
),
D6C2: extent of the assessment area physically disturbed in square kilometres (
km
2
),
D6C3: extent of each habitat type adversely affected in square kilometres (
km
2
)
or as a proportion (percentage) of the total natural extent
of the habitat in the assessment area.
Units of measurement for the criteria:
EN
16
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0426.png
Descriptor 7
Permanent alteration of hydrographical conditions does not adversely affect marine ecosystems
Relevant pressures: Physical loss (due to permanent change of seabed substrate or morphology or to extraction of seabed substrate); Changes to
hydrological conditions
Criteria, including criteria elements, and methodological standards
Criteria elements
Criteria
D7C1
Secondary:
Spatial extent and distribution of permanent alteration of
hydrographical conditions (e.g. changes in wave action,
currents, salinity, temperature) to the seabed and water
column, associated in particular with physical loss
7
of the
natural seabed.
D7C2
Secondary:
Spatial extent of each benthic habitat type adversely affected
(physical and hydrographical characteristics and associated
biological communities) due to permanent alteration of
hydrographical conditions.
Member States shall establish threshold values for the adverse
effects of permanent alterations of hydrographical conditions,
through regional or subregional cooperation.
Methodological standards
Scale of assessment:
As used for assessment of the benthic broad habitat types
under Descriptors 1 and 6.
Use of criteria:
The outcomes of assessment of criterion D7C1 (the
distribution and an estimate of the extent of
hydrographical changes) shall be used to assess criterion
D7C2.
The outcomes of assessment of criterion D7C2 (an
estimate of the extent of adverse effect per habitat type in
each assessment area) shall contribute to the assessment of
criterion D6C5.
Hydrographical changes to the seabed
and water column (including intertidal
areas).
Benthic broad habitats types or other
habitat types, as used for Descriptors 1
and 6.
Specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and assessment
1.
Regarding methods for monitoring and assessment:
(a)
Monitoring shall focus on changes associated with infrastructure developments, either on the coast or offshore.
7
Physical loss shall be understood as under point 3 of the specifications under Descriptor 6.
EN
17
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0427.png
(b)
(c)
2.
(a)
(b)
Environmental impact assessment hydrodynamic models, where required, which are validated with ground-truth measurements, or other
suitable sources of information, shall be used to assess the extent of effects from each infrastructure development.
For coastal waters, the hydromorphology data and relevant assessments under Directive 2000/60/EC shall be used.
D7C1 is assessed in relation to total natural extent of all habitats in the assessment area;
D7C2 is assessed in relation to total natural extent of each benthic habitat type assessed.
D7C1: extent of the assessment area hydrographically altered in square kilometres (km
2
),
D7C2: extent of each habitat type adversely affected in square kilometres (km
2
) or as a proportion (percentage) of the total natural extent
of the habitat in the assessment area.
Regarding methods for assessment, the data shall be aggregated so that:
Units of measurement for the criteria:
EN
18
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0428.png
Descriptor 8
Concentrations of contaminants are at levels not giving rise to pollution effects
Relevant pressures: Input of
hazardous other
substances
(e.g. synthetic substances, non-synthetic substances, radionuclides)
Criteria, including criteria elements, and methodological standards
Criteria elements
(1)
(a)
Within coastal and territorial
waters:
Contaminants selected in
accordance with Directive
2000/60/EC:
(i) contaminants for which an
environmental quality standard
is laid down in Part A of Annex
I to Directive 2008/105/EC;
(ii) River Basin Specific
Pollutants under Annex VIII to
Directive 2000/60/EC, in
coastal waters;
(b)
additional contaminants, if
relevant, such as from offshore
sources, which are not already
identified under point (a) and
which may give rise to pollution
effects in the region or
subregion. Member States shall
establish that list of
these
contaminants through regional
or subregional cooperation.
Beyond territorial waters:
the contaminants considered
Criteria
D8C1
Primary:
Within coastal and territorial waters, the concentrations of
contaminants do not exceed the following threshold values:
(a) for contaminants set out under point (1)(a) of criteria
elements, the values set in accordance with Directive
2000/60/EC;
(b) when contaminants under point (a) are measured in a
matrix for which no value is set under Directive
2000/60/EC, the concentration of those contaminants in
that matrix established by Member States through
regional or subregional cooperation;
(b)(c)
for additional contaminants selected under point (1)(b)
of criteria elements, the concentrations for a specified
matrix (water, sediment or biota) which may give rise to
pollution effects. Member States shall establish these
concentrations through regional or subregional
cooperation, considering their application within and
beyond coastal and territorial waters.
(c) when contaminants under point (a) are measured in a
matrix for which no value is set under Directive
2000/60/EC, the concentration of those contaminants in
that matrix established by Member States through
regional or subregional cooperation.
Beyond territorial waters, the concentrations of contaminants
do not exceed the following threshold values:
(a) for contaminants selected under point (2)(a) of criteria
Methodological standards
Scale of assessment:
within coastal and territorial waters, as used under
Directive 2000/60/EC,
beyond territorial waters, subdivisions of the
region or subregion, divided where needed by
national boundaries.
Use of criteria:
The extent to which good environmental status has been
achieved shall be expressed for each area assessed as
follows:
(a) for each contaminant under criterion D8C1, its
concentration, the matrix used (water, sediment,
biota), whether the threshold values set have been
achieved, and the proportion of contaminants
assessed which have achieved the threshold
values, including indicating separately substances
behaving like ubiquitous persistent,
bioaccumulative and toxic substances (uPBTs), as
referred to in Article 8a(1)(a) of Directive
2008/105/EC;
(b) for each species assessed under criterion D8C2, an
estimate of the abundance of its population in the
assessment area that is adversely affected;
(c) for each habitat assessed under criterion D8C2, an
estimate of the extent in the assessment area that is
(2)
(a)
EN
19
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0429.png
(b)
Criteria elements
under point (1), where these still
may give rise to pollution
effects;
additional contaminants, if
relevant, which are not already
identified under point (2)(a) and
which may give rise to pollution
effects in the region or
subregion. Member States shall
establish that list of
contaminants through regional
or subregional cooperation.
Criteria
elements, the values as applicable within coastal and
territorial waters;
(b)
for contaminants selected under point (2)(b) of criteria
elements, the concentrations for a specified matrix
(water, sediment or biota) which may give rise to
pollution effects. Member States shall establish these
concentrations through regional or subregional
cooperation.
Methodological standards
adversely affected.
The use of criterion D8C2 in the
overall
assessment of
good environmental status for Descriptor 8 shall be
agreed at regional or subregional level.
The outcomes of the assessment of criterion D8C2 shall
contribute to assessments under Descriptors 1 and 6,
where appropriate.
Species and habitats which are at risk
from contaminants.
Member States shall establish that list
of species, and relevant tissues to be
assessed, and habitats, through
regional or subregional cooperation.
Significant acute pollution events
involving polluting substances, as
defined in Article 2(2) of Directive
2005/35/EC of the European
Parliament and of the Council
8
,
including crude oil and similar
compounds.
D8C2
Secondary:
The health of species and the condition of habitats (such as
their species composition and relative abundance at locations
of chronic pollution) are not adversely affected due to
contaminants including cumulative and synergetic effects.
Member States shall establish those adverse effects and their
threshold values through regional or subregional cooperation.
Scale of assessment:
Regional or subregional level, divided where needed by
national boundaries.
Use of criteria:
This criterion shall be used to trigger assessment of
criterion D8C4.
The extent to which good environmental status has been
D8C3
Primary:
The spatial extent and duration of significant acute pollution
events are minimised.
8
Directive 2005/35/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 7 September 2005 on ship-source pollution and on the introduction of penalties, including criminal
penalties, for pollution offences (OJ L 255, 30.9.2005, p. 11).
EN
20
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0430.png
Criteria elements
Criteria
Methodological standards
achieved shall be expressed for each area assessed as
follows:
an estimate of the total spatial extent of significant
acute pollution events and their distribution and
total duration for each year.
This criterion shall be used to trigger assessment of
criterion D8C4.
Scale of assessment:
As used for assessment of the species groups or benthic
broad habitat types under Descriptors 1 and 6.
Use of criteria:
The use of criterion D8C4 in the assessment of good
environmental status for Descriptor 8 shall be agreed at
regional or subregional level.
The outcomes of assessment of criterion D8C4 shall
contribute, where the cumulative spatial and temporal
effects are significant, to the assessments under
Descriptors 1 and 6 by providing:
(a) an estimate of the abundance of each species that
is adversely affected;
(b)
an estimate of the extent of each broad habitat
type that is adversely affected.
The use of criterion D8C4 in the overall assessment of
good environmental status for Descriptor 8 shall be
agreed at regional or subregional level.
Species of the species groups, as listed
under Table 1 of Part II, and benthic
broad habitat types, as listed under
Table 2 of Part II.
D8C4
Secondary (to be used when a significant acute
pollution event has occurred):
The adverse effects of significant acute pollution events on the
health of species and on the condition of habitats (such as their
species composition and relative abundance) are minimised
and, where possible, eliminated.
Specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and assessment
1.
For criteria elements under D8C1, the selection under points (1)(b) and (2)(b) of additional contaminants that may give rise to pollution effects
shall be based on a risk assessment. For these contaminants, the matrix and threshold values used for the assessment shall be representative of
the most sensitive species and exposure pathway, including hazards to human health via exposure through the food chain.
EN
21
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0431.png
3.2.
For the purposes of this Decision:
(a)
Criterion D8C1: for the assessment of contaminants in coastal and territorial waters, Member States shall monitor the contaminants in
accordance with the requirements of Directive 2000/60/EC and the assessments under that Directive shall be used where available.
Information on the pathways (atmospheric, land- or sea-based) for contaminants entering the marine environment shall be collected,
where feasible.
Criteria D8C2 and D8C4: biomarkers or population demographic characteristics (e.g. fecundity rates, survival rates, mortality rates, and
reproductive capacity) may be relevant to assess the health effects.
Criteria D8C3 and D8C4: for the purposes of this Decision, monitoring is established as needed once the acute pollution event has
occurred, rather than being part of a regular monitoring programme under Article 11 of Directive 2008/56/EC.
Criterion D8C3: Member States shall identify the source of significant acute pollution events, where possible. They may use the
European Maritime Safety Agency satellite-based surveillance for this purpose.
(b)
(c)
(d)
4.1.
For criteria elements under D8C1, the selection under points (1)(b) and (2)(b) of additional contaminants that may give rise to pollution effects
shall be based on a risk assessment. For these contaminants, the matrix and threshold values used for the assessment shall be representative of
the most sensitive species and exposure pathway, including hazards to human health via exposure through the food chain.
Contaminants shall be understood to refer to single substances or to groups of substances. For consistency in reporting, the grouping of
substances shall be agreed at Union level.
Species composition shall be understood to refer to the lowest taxonomic level appropriate for the assessment.
D8C1: concentrations of contaminants in micrograms per litre (µg/l) for water, in micrograms per kilogram (µg/kg) of dry weight for
sediment and in micrograms per kilogram (µg/kg) of wet weight for biota,.
D8C2: abundance (number of individuals or other suitable units as agreed at regional or subregional level) per species affected; extent in
square kilometres (km
2
) per broad habitat type affected,.
D8C3: duration in days and spatial extent in square kilometres (km
2
) of significant acute pollution events per year,.
D8C4: abundance (number of individuals or other suitable units as agreed at regional or subregional level) per species affected; extent in
square kilometres (km
2
) per broad habitat type affected.
5.3.
6.4.
Units of measurement for the criteria:
EN
22
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0432.png
Descriptor 9
Contaminants in fish and other seafood for human consumption do not exceed levels established by Union legislation or other
relevant standards
Relevant pressure: Input of hazardous substances
Criteria, including criteria elements, and methodological standards
Criteria elements
Contaminants listed in Regulation
(EC) No 1881/2006.
For the purposes of this Decision,
Member States may decide not to
consider contaminants from
Regulation (EC) No 1881/2006 where
justified on the basis of a risk
assessment.
Member States may assess additional
contaminants that are not included in
Regulation (EC) No 1881/2006.
Member States shall establish a list of
those additional contaminants through
regional or subregional cooperation.
Member States shall establish the list
of species and relevant tissues to be
assessed, according to the conditions
laid down under 'specifications'. They
may cooperate at regional or
subregional level to establish that list
of species and relevant tissues.
Criteria
Methodological standards
D9C1
Primary:
The level of contaminants in edible tissues (muscle, liver,
roe, flesh or other soft parts, as appropriate) of seafood
(including fish, crustaceans, molluscs, echinoderms, seaweed
and other marine plants) caught or harvested in the wild
(excluding fin-fish from mariculture) does not exceed:
(a) for contaminants listed in Regulation (EC) No
1881/2006, the maximum levels laid down in that
Regulation, which are the threshold values for the
purposes of this Decision;
(b) for additional contaminants, not listed in Regulation
(EC) No 1881/2006, threshold values, which Member
States shall establish through regional or subregional
cooperation.
Scale of assessment:
The catch or production area in accordance with Article
38 of Regulation (EU) No 1379/2013
of the European
Parliament and of the Council
9
.
Use of criteria:
The extent to which good environmental status has been
achieved shall be expressed for each area assessed as
follows:
for each contaminant, its concentration in seafood,
the matrix used (species and tissue), whether the
threshold values set have been
exceededachieved,
and the proportion of contaminants assessed which
have achieved their threshold values.
9
Regulation (EU) No 1379/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 11 December 2013 on the common organisation of the markets in fishery and aquaculture
products, amending Council Regulations (EC) No 1184/2006 and (EC) No 1224/2009 and repealing Council Regulation (EC) No 104/2000 (OJ L 354, 28.12.2013, p. 1).
EN
23
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0433.png
Specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and assessment
1.
When Member States establish the list of species to be used under D9C1, the species shall:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
2.
3.
be relevant to the marine region or subregion concerned;
fall under the scope of Regulation (EC) No 1881/2006;
be suitable for the contaminant being assessed;
be among the most consumed in the Member State or the most caught or harvested for consumption.
Exceedance of the standard set for a contaminant shall lead to subsequent monitoring to determine the persistence of the contamination in the
area and species sampled. Monitoring shall continue until there is sufficient evidence that there is no risk of failure.
For the purposes of this Decision, the sampling for the assessment of the maximum levels of contaminants shall be performed i n accordance
with Article 11 of Regulation (EC) No 882/2004 of the European Parliament and of the Council
10
and with Commission Regulation (EU) No
589/2014
11
and Commission Regulation (EC) No 333/2007
12
.
Within each region or subregion, Member States shall ensure that the temporal and geographical scope of sampling is adequate to provide a
representative sample of the specified contaminants in seafood in the marine region or subregion.
D9C1: concentrations of contaminants in the units set out in the Annex to Regulation (EC) No 1881/2006.
4.
Units of measurement for the criteria:
10
11
12
Regulation (EC) No 882/2004 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 29 April 2004 on official controls performed to ensure the verification of compliance with
feed and food law, animal health and animal welfare rules (OJ L 165, 30.4.2004, p. 1).
Commission Regulation (EU) No 589/2014 of 2 June 2014 laying down methods of sampling and analysis for the control of levels of dioxins, dioxin-like PCBs and non-
dioxin-like PCBs in certain foodstuffs and repealing Regulation (EU) No 252/2012 (OJ L 164, 3.6.2014, p. 18).
Commission Regulation (EC) No 333/2007 of 28 March 2007 laying down the methods of sampling and analysis for the official control of the levels of lead, cadmium,
mercury, inorganic tin, 3-MCPD and benzo(a)pyrene in foodstuffs (OJ L 88, 29.3.2007, p. 29).
EN
24
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0434.png
Descriptor 10
Properties and quantities of marine litter do not cause harm to the coastal and marine environment
Relevant pressure: Input of litter
Criteria, including criteria elements, and methodological standards
Criteria elements
Litter (excluding micro-litter),
classified in the following categories
13
:
artificial polymer materials, rubber,
cloth/textile, paper/cardboard,
processed/worked wood, metal,
glass/ceramics, chemicals, undefined,
and food waste.
Member States may define further sub-
categories.
Criteria
D10C1
Primary:
The composition, amount and spatial distribution of litter on
the coastline, in the surface layer of the water column, and on
the seabed, are at levels that do not cause harm to the coastal
and marine environment.
Member States shall establish threshold values for these
levels through cooperation at Union level, taking into account
regional or subregional specificities.
D10C2
Primary:
The composition, amount and spatial distribution of micro-
litter on the coastline, in the surface layer of the water
column, and in seabed sediment, are at levels that do not
cause harm to the coastal and marine environment.
Member States shall establish threshold values for these
levels through cooperation at Union level, taking into account
regional or subregional specificities.
Methodological standards
Scale of assessment:
Subdivisions of the region or subregion, divided where
needed by national boundaries.
Use of criteria:
The use of criteria D10C1, D10C2 and D10C3 in the
assessment of good environmental status for Descriptor 10
shall be agreed at Union level.
The extent to which good environmental status has been
achieved shall be expressed for each criterion separately
for each area assessed as follows:
(a) the outcomes for each criterion (amount of litter or
micro-litter per category) and its distribution per
matrix used under D10C1 and D10C2 and whether
the threshold values set have been achieved.
(b) the outcomes for D10C3 (amount of litter
or and
micro-litter per category per species) and whether
Micro-litter (particles < 5mm),
classified in the categories 'artificial
polymer materials' and 'other'.
13
These are the "Level 1
Material" categories from the Master List of categories of litter items from the Joint Research Centre "Guidance on Monitoring of marine litter in
European seas" (2013, ISBN 978-92-79-32709-4). The Master List specifies what is covered under each category, for instance "Chemicals" refers to paraffin, wax, oil and
tar.
EN
25
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0435.png
Criteria elements
Litter and micro-litter classified in the
categories 'artificial polymer materials'
and 'other', assessed in any species
from the following groups: birds,
mammals, reptiles, fish or
invertebrates.
Member States shall establish that list
of species to be assessed through
regional or subregional cooperation.
Criteria
D10C3
Secondary:
The amount of litter and micro-litter ingested by marine
animals is at a level that does not adversely affect the health
of the species concerned.
Member States shall establish threshold values for these
levels through regional or subregional cooperation.
Methodological standards
the threshold values set have been achieved.
The use of criteria D10C1, D10C2 and D10C3 in the
overall assessment of good environmental status for
Descriptor 10 shall be agreed at Union level.
The outcomes of criterion D10C3 shall also contribute to
assessments under Descriptor 1, where appropriate.
Species of birds, mammals, reptiles,
fish or invertebrates which are at risk
from litter.
Member States shall establish that list
of species to be assessed through
regional or subregional cooperation.
D10C4
Secondary:
The number of individuals of each species which are
adversely affected
due to litter,
such as by entanglement,
other types of injury or mortality, or health effects,
due to
litter.
Member States shall establish threshold values for the
adverse effects of litter, through regional or subregional
cooperation.
Scale of assessment:
As used for assessment of the species group under
Descriptor 1.
Use of criteria:
The use of criterion D10C4 in the assessment of good
environmental status for Descriptor 10 shall be agreed at
Union level.
The extent to which good environmental status has been
achieved shall be expressed for each area assessed as
follows:
for each species assessed under criterion D10C4, an
estimate of the number of individuals in the
assessment area that have been adversely affected.
The use of criterion D10C4 in the overall assessment of
good environmental status for Descriptor 10 shall be
agreed at Union level.
The outcomes of this criterion shall also contribute to
assessments under Descriptor 1, where appropriate.
EN
26
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0436.png
Specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and assessment
1.
2.
For D10C1: litter shall be monitored on the coastline and may additionally be monitored in the surface layer of the water column and on the
seabed. Information on the source and pathway of the litter shall be collected, where feasible;
For D10C2: micro-litter shall be monitored in the surface layer of the water column and in the seabed sediment and may additionally be
monitored on the coastline. Micro-litter shall be monitored in a manner that can be related to point-sources for inputs (such as harbours,
marinas, waste-water treatment plants, storm-water effluents), where feasible.
For D10C3 and D10C4: the monitoring may be based on incidental occurrences (e.g. strandings of dead animals, entangled animals in
breeding colonies, affected individuals per survey).
D10C1: amount of litter per category in number of items:
per 100 metres (m) on the coastline,
per square kilometre (km
2
) for surface layer of the water column and for seabed,
per square metre (m
2
) for surface layer of the water column,
per kilogram (dry weight) (kg) of sediment for the coastline and for seabed,
3.
Units of measurement for the criteria:
D10C2: amount of micro-litter per category in number of items and weight in grams (g):
D10C3: amount of litter/micro-litter in grams (g) and number of items per individual for each species in relation to size (weight or
length, as appropriate) of the individual sampled,
D10C4: number of individuals affected (lethal; sub-lethal) per species.
EN
27
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0437.png
Descriptor 11
Introduction of energy, including underwater noise, is at levels that do not adversely affect the marine environment
Relevant pressures: Input of anthropogenic sound; Input of other forms of energy
Criteria, including criteria elements, and methodological standards
Criteria elements
Criteria
Methodological standards
Scale of assessment:
Region, subregion or subdivisions.
Use of criteria:
The use of criteria D11C1 and D11C2 in the assessment
of good environmental status for Descriptor 11 shall be
agreed at Union level.
The extent to which good environmental status has been
achieved shall be expressed for each area assessed as
follows:
(a) for D11C1, the duration per calendar year of
impulsive sound sources, their distribution within
the year and spatially within the assessment area,
and whether the threshold values set have been
exceededachieved;
(b) for D11C2, the annual average of the sound level,
or other suitable
temporal
metric agreed at regional
or subregional level, per unit area and its spatial
and
temporal
distribution within the assessment area,
and
the extent (%, km
2
) of the assessment area over
which whether
the threshold values set have been
exceededachieved.
The use of criteria D11C1 and D11C2 in the assessment
of good environmental status for Descriptor 11 shall be
agreed at Union level.
The outcomes of these criteria shall also contribute to
assessments under Descriptor 1.
Anthropogenic impulsive sound in
water.
D11C1
Primary:
The spatial distribution, temporal extent, and levels of
anthropogenic impulsive sound sources do not exceed
values
levels
that adversely affect
populations of
marine animals.
Member States shall establish
these
threshold values
for these
levels
through cooperation at Union level, taking into account
regional or subregional specificities.
Anthropogenic continuous low-
frequency sound in water.
D11C2
Primary:
The spatial distribution, temporal extent and levels of
anthropogenic continuous low-frequency sound do not
exceed
values levels
that adversely affect
populations of
marine animals.
Member States shall establish
these
threshold values
for these
levels
through cooperation at Union level, taking into account
regional or subregional specificities.
EN
28
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0438.png
Specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and assessment
1.
For D11C1 monitoring:
(a)
(b)
Spatial resolution: geographical locations whose shape and areas are to be determined at regional or subregional level, on th e basis of,
for instance, activities listed in Annex III to Directive 2008/56/EC.
Impulsive sound described
as monopole energy source level in units of dB re 1!Pa
2
s or zero to peak monopole source level in units of
dB re 1!Pa m,
both over the frequency band 10 Hz to 10 kHz. Member States may consider other specific sources with higher frequency
bands if longer-range effects are considered relevant.
2.
For D11C2 monitoring:
Annual average, or other suitable metric agreed at regional or subregional level,
of the squared sound pressure in each of two ‘1/3-octave
bands', one centred
at 63 Hz and the other at 125 Hz, expressed as a level in decibels in units of dB re 1!Pa,
at a suitable spatial resolution in
relation to the pressure. This may be measured directly, or inferred from a model used to interpolate between, or extrapolated from,
measurements. Member States may also decide at regional or subregional level to monitor for additional frequency bands.
Criteria relating to other forms of energy input (including thermal energy, electromagnetic fields and light) and criteria relating to the environmental
impacts of noise are still subject to further development.
Units of measurement for the criteria:
D11C1: Number of days per quarter (or per month if appropriate) with impulsive sound sources; proportion (percentage) of unit areas or
extent (in square kilometres (km
2
) of assessment area with impulsive sound sources per year,
D11C2: Annual average (or other temporal metric) of continuous sound level per unit area; proportion (percentage) or extent (in square
kilometres (km
2
) of assessment area with sound levels exceeding threshold values.
Formateret:
Hævet skrift
EN
29
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0439.png
PART II
C
RITERIA AND METHODOLOGICAL STANDARDS
,
SPECIFICATIONS AND STANDARDISED METHODS FOR MONITORING AND ASSESSMENT OF
ESSENTIAL FEATURES AND CHARACTERISTICS AND CURRENT ENVIRONMENTAL STATUS OF MARINE WATERS UNDER POINT
(
A
)
OF
A
RTICLE
8(1)
OF
D
IRECTIVE
2008/56/EC
Part II considers the descriptors linked to the relevant ecosystem elements: species groups of birds, mammals, reptiles, fish and cephalopods
(Descriptor 1), pelagic habitats (Descriptor 1), benthic habitats (Descriptors 1 and 6) and ecosystems, including food webs (Descriptors 1 and 4), as
listed in Annex III to Directive 2008/56/EC
14
.
Theme: Species groups of birds, mammals, reptiles, fish and cephalopods (relating to Descriptor 1)
Criteria, including criteria elements, and methodological standards
Criteria elements
Species of birds, mammals, reptiles
and non-commercially-exploited
species of fish and cephalopods, which
are at risk from incidental by-catch in
the region or subregion.
Member States shall establish that list
of species through regional or
subregional cooperation, pursuant to
the obligations laid down in Article
25(5) of Regulation (EU) No
1380/2013 for data collection activities
and taking into account the list of
species in Table 1D of the Annex to
Commission Implementing Decision
(EU) 2016/1251
15
.
14
15
Criteria
Methodological standards
D1C1
Primary:
The mortality rate per species from incidental by-catch is
below levels which threaten the species,
such that its long-
term viability is ensured.
Member States shall establish the threshold values for the
mortality rate from incidental by-catch per species, through
regional or subregional cooperation.
Scale of assessment:
As used for assessment of the corresponding species or
species groups under criteria D1C2-D1C5.
Use of criteria:
The extent to which good environmental status has been
achieved shall be expressed for each area assessed as
follows:
the mortality rate per species and whether this has
achieved the threshold value set.
This criterion shall contribute to assessment of the
corresponding species under criterion D1C2.
Regulation (EC) No 199/2008 may be used for the collection of relevant fisheries-related data under Descriptors 1, 4 and 6.
Commission Implementing Decision (EU) 2016/1251 of 12 July 2016 adopting a multiannual Union programme for the collection, management and use of data in the
fisheries and aquaculture sectors for the period 2017-2019 (OJ L 207, 1.8.2016, p. 113).
EN
30
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0440.png
Criteria elements
Criteria
D1C2
Primary:
The population abundance of the species is not adversely
affected due to anthropogenic pressures, such that its long-
term viability is ensured.
Member States shall establish threshold values for each
species through regional or subregional cooperation, taking
account of natural variation in population size and the
mortality rates derived from D1C1, D8C4 and D10C4 and
other relevant pressures. For species covered by Directive
92/43/EEC, these values shall be consistent with the
Favourable Reference Population values established by the
relevant Member States under Directive 92/43/EEC.
D1C3
Primary for commercially-exploited fish and
cephalopods and secondary for other species:
The population demographic characteristics (e.g. body size or
age class structure, sex ratio, fecundity, and survival rates) of
the species are indicative of a
natural healthy
population
which is not adversely affected due to anthropogenic
pressures.
Member States shall establish threshold values for specified
characteristics of each species through regional or
subregional cooperation, taking account of adverse effects on
their health derived from D8C2, D8C4 and other relevant
pressures.
D1C4
Primary for species covered by Annexes II, IV
and or
V to Directive 92/43/EEC and secondary for other species:
The species distributional range and, where relevant, pattern
is in line with prevailing physiographic, geographic and
climatic conditions.
Member States shall establish threshold values for each
Methodological standards
Scale of assessment:
Ecologically-relevant scales for each species group shall
be used, as follows:
for deep-diving toothed cetaceans, baleen whales,
deep-sea fish: region;
for birds, small toothed cetaceans, pelagic and
demersal shelf fish: region or subdivisions for
Baltic Sea and Black Sea; subregion for North-East
Atlantic Ocean and Mediterranean Sea;
for seals, turtles, cephalopods: region or
subdivisions for Baltic Sea; subregion for North-
East Atlantic Ocean and Mediterranean Sea;
for coastal fish: subdivision of region or subregion.
for commercially-exploited fish and cephalopods:
as used under Descriptor 3.
Use of criteria:
The status of each species shall be assessed individually,
on the basis of the criteria selected for use, and these shall
be used to express the extent to which good environmental
status has been achieved for each species group for each
area assessed, as follows:
(a) the assessments shall express the value(s) for each
criterion used per species and whether these achieve
the threshold values set;
(b) the overall status of species covered by Directive
92/43/EEC shall be derived using the method
provided under that Directive. The overall status for
commercially-exploited species shall be as assessed
under Descriptor 3. For other species, the overall
status shall be derived using a method agreed at
Species groups, as listed under Table 1
and if present in the region or
subregion.
Member States shall establish a set of
species representative of each species
group, selected according to the
criteria laid down under ‘specifications
for the selection of species and
habitats’, through regional or
subregional cooperation. These shall
include the mammals and reptiles
listed in Annex II to Directive
92/43/EEC and may include any other
species, such as those listed under
Union legislation (other Annexes to
Directive 92/43/EEC, Directive
2009/147/EC or through Regulation
(EU) No 1380/2013) and international
agreements such as Regional Sea
Conventions.
EN
31
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0441.png
Criteria elements
Criteria
species through regional or subregional cooperation. For
species covered by Directive 92/43/EEC, these shall be
consistent with the Favourable Reference Range values
established by the relevant Member States under Directive
92/43/EEC.
(c)
(d)
Methodological standards
Union level, taking into account regional or
subregional specificities;
the overall status of the species group, using a
method agreed at Union level, taking into account
regional or subregional specificities.
Wherever possible, the assessments under Directive
92/43/EEC, Directive 2009/147/EC and Regulation
(EU) No 1380/2013 shall be used for the purposes
of this Decision:
for birds, criteria D1C2 and D1C4 equate to the
‘population size’
and
‘breeding distribution
map
range size’ criteria of Directive 2009/147/EC;
for mammals, reptiles and non-commercial fish, the
criteria are equivalent to those used under Directive
92/43/EEC as follows: D1C2 and D1C3 equate to
‘population’, D1C4 equates to ‘range’
and D1C5
equates
to ‘habitat for the species’;
for commercially-exploited fish and cephalopods,
assessments under Descriptor 3 shall be used for
Descriptor 1 purposes, using criterion D3C2 for
D1C2 and criterion D3C3 for D1C3.
(e)
(f)
D1C5
Primary for species covered by Annexes II, IV and V
to Directive 92/43/EEC and secondary for other species:
The habitat for the species has the necessary extent and
condition to support the different stages in the life history of
the species.
(g)
(h)(c)
Assessments of the adverse effects from pressures
under criteria D1C1, D2C3, D3C1, D8C2, D8C4
and D10C4, as well as the assessments of pressures
under criteria D9C1, D10C3, D11C1 and D11C2,
should be taken into account in the assessments of
species under Descriptor 1.
EN
32
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0442.png
Criteria elements
Table 1
Species groups
16
Ecosystem component
Species groups
Grazing birds
Wading birds
Birds
Surface-feeding birds
Pelagic-feeding birds
Benthic-feeding birds
Small toothed cetaceans
Mammals
Deep-diving toothed cetaceans
Baleen whales
Seals
Reptiles
Turtles
Coastal fish
Fish
Pelagic shelf fish
Demersal shelf fish
Deep-sea fish
Cephalopods
Coastal/shelf cephalopods
Deep-sea cephalopods
16
Relevant fisheries-related data should be used in application of Regulation (EC) No 199/2008.
EN
33
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0443.png
Specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and assessment relating to theme "Species groups of marine birds, mammals, reptiles, fish and
cephalopods"
1.
For D1C1, data shall be provided per species per fishing metier for each ICES
Division area
or GFCM Geographical Sub-Area or FAO fishing
areas for the Macaronesian biogeographic region, to enable its aggregation to the relevant scale for the species concerned, and to identify the
particular fisheries and fishing gear most contributing to incidental catches for each species.
'Coastal' shall be understood on the basis of physical, hydrological and ecological parameters and is not limited to coastal water as defined in
Article 2(7) of Directive 2000/60/EC.
Species may be assessed at population level, where appropriate.
Wherever possible, the assessments under Directive 92/43/EEC, Directive 2009/147/EC and Regulation (EU) No 1380/2013 shall be used for
the purposes of this Decision:
(a)
(b)
(c)
5.
3.1.
for birds, criteria D1C2 and D1C4 equate to the ‘population size’ and ‘breeding distribution map
and
range size’ criteria of Directive
2009/147/EC;
for mammals, reptiles and non-commercial fish, the criteria are equivalent to those used under Directive 92/43/EEC as follows: D1C2
and D1C3 equate to ‘population’, D1C4 equates to ‘range’ and D1C5 equates to ‘habitat for the species’;
for commercially-exploited fish and cephalopods, assessments under Descriptor 3 shall be used for Descriptor 1 purposes, using
criterion D3C2 for D1C2 and criterion D3C3 for D1C3.
2.
2.3.
4.
Assessments of the adverse effects from pressures under criteria D1C1, D2C3, D3C1, D8C2, D8C4 and D10C4, as well as the assessments of
pressures under criteria D9C1, D10C3, D11C1 and D11C2, shall be taken into account in the assessments of species under Descriptor 1.
'Coastal' shall be understood on the basis of physical, hydrological and ecological parameters and is not limited to coastal water as defined in
Article 2(7) of Directive 2000/60/EC.
D1C2: abundance (number of individuals or biomass in tonnes (t)) per species.
Units of measurement for the criteria:
EN
34
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0444.png
Theme: Pelagic habitats (relating to Descriptor 1)
Criteria, including criteria elements, and methodological standards
Criteria elements
Criteria
Methodological standards
Scale of assessment:
Subdivision of region or subregion as used for assessments
of benthic broad habitat types, reflecting biogeographic
differences in species composition of the habitat type.
Use of criteria:
The extent to which good environmental status has been
achieved shall be expressed for each area assessed as:
(a)
an estimate of the proportion and extent of each
habitat type assessed that has achieved the threshold
value set;
a list of broad habitat types in the assessment area
that were not assessed.
Pelagic broad habitat types (variable
salinity
17
, coastal, shelf and
oceanic/beyond shelf), if present in the
region or subregion, and other habitat
types as defined in the second
paragraph.
Member States may select, through
regional or subregional cooperation,
additional habitat types according to
the criteria laid down under
'specifications for the selection of
species and habitats'.
D1C6
Primary:
The condition of the habitat type, including its biotic and
abiotic structure and its functions (e.g. its typical species
composition and their relative abundance, absence of
particularly sensitive or fragile species or species providing a
key function, size structure of species), is not adversely
affected
due to anthropogenic pressures.
Member States shall establish threshold values for the
condition of each habitat type, ensuring compatibility with
related
values set under Descriptors 2, 5 and 8, through
regional or subregional cooperation.
(b)
(c)(b)
Assessments of the adverse effects from pressures,
including under D2C3, D5C2, D5C3, D5C4, D7C1,
D8C2 and D8C4, shall be taken into account in the
assessments of pelagic habitats under Descriptor 1.
Specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and assessment relating to theme "Pelagic habitats"
1.
4.2.
'Coastal' shall be understood on the basis of physical, hydrological and ecological parameters and is not limited to coastal water as defined in
Article 2(7) of Directive 2000/60/EC.
Assessments of the adverse effects from pressures, including under D2C3, D5C2, D5C3, D5C4, D7C1, D8C2 and D8C4, shall be taken into
account in the assessments of pelagic habitats under Descriptor 1.
17
Retained for situations where estuarine plumes extend beyond waters designated as Transitional Waters under Directive 2000/60/EC.
EN
35
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0445.png
Units of measurement for the criteria:
D1C6: extent of habitat adversely affected in square kilometres (km
2
)
per habitat type
and as a proportion (percentage) of the total extent
of the habitat type.
Theme: Benthic habitats (relating to Descriptors 1 and 6)
Criteria, including criteria elements, and methodological standards
Criteria elements
Refer to Part I of this Annex for criteria D6C1, D6C2 and D6C3.
Benthic broad habitat types as listed in
Table 2 and if present in the region or
subregion, and other habitat types as
defined in the second
subparagraph.
Member States may select, through
regional or subregional cooperation,
additional habitat types, according to
the criteria laid down under
‘specifications
for the selection of
species and habitats’, and which may
include habitat types listed under
Directive 92/43/EEC or international
agreements such as Regional Sea
Conventions, for the purposes of:
(a) assessing each broad habitat type
under criterion D6C5;
(b)
assessing these habitat types
.
A single set of habitat types shall serve
the purpose of assessments of both
D6C4
Primary:
The extent of loss of the habitat type, resulting from
anthropogenic pressures, does not exceed a specified
proportion of the natural extent of the habitat type in the
assessment area.
Member States shall establish the maximum allowable extent
of habitat loss as a proportion of the total natural extent of the
habitat type, through cooperation at Union level, taking into
account regional or subregional specificities.
D6C5
Primary:
The extent of adverse effects from anthropogenic pressures on
the condition of the habitat type, including alteration to its
biotic and abiotic structure and its functions (e.g. its typical
species composition and their relative abundance, absence of
particularly sensitive or fragile species or species providing a
key function, size structure of species), does not exceed a
specified proportion of the natural extent of the habitat type in
the assessment area.
Member States shall establish threshold values for adverse
effects on the condition of each habitat type, ensuring
compatibility with related values set under Descriptors 2, 5, 6,
Scale of assessment:
Subdivision of region or subregion, reflecting
biogeographic differences in species composition of the
broad habitat type.
Use of criteria:
A single assessment per habitat type, using criteria D6C4
and D6C5, shall serve the purpose of assessments of both
benthic habitats under Descriptor 1 and sea-floor integrity
under Descriptor 6.
The extent to which good environmental status has been
achieved shall be expressed for each area assessed as:
(a) for D6C4, an estimate of the proportion and extent
of loss per habitat type and whether this has
achieved the extent value set;
(b) for D6C5, an estimate of the proportion and extent
of adverse effects, including the proportion lost from
point (a), per habitat type and whether this has
achieved the extent value set;
(c) overall status of the habitat type, using a method
agreed at Union level based on points (a) and (b),
and a list of broad habitat types in the assessment
Criteria
Methodological standards
EN
36
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0446.png
Criteria elements
benthic habitats under Descriptor 1 and
sea-floor integrity under Descriptor 6.
Criteria
7 and 8, through cooperation at Union level, taking into
account regional or subregional specificities.
Member States shall establish the maximum allowable extent
of those adverse effects as a proportion of the total natural
extent of the habitat type, through cooperation at Union level,
taking into account regional or subregional specificities.
(d)
Methodological standards
area that were not assessed.
The status of each habitat type shall be assessed
using wherever possible assessments (such as of sub-
types of the broad habitat types) under Directive
92/43/EEC and Directive 2000/60/EC.
Criteria D6C4 and D6C5 equate
to the ‘range/area
covered by habitat type within range’ and ‘specific
structures
and
functions’
criteria
of
Directive 92/43/EEC.
Assessment of criterion D6C4 shall use the
assessment made under criterion D6C1.
(e)
(f)
Assessments of the adverse effects from pressures,
including under criteria D2C3, D3C1, D3C2, D3C3,
D5C4, D5C5, D5C6, D5C7, D5C8, D6C3, D7C2, D8C2
and D8C4, shall be taken into account in the assessments
of benthic habitats under Descriptors 1 and 6.
Criteria elements
Table 2
Benthic broad habitat types including their associated biological communities (relevant for criteria under Descriptors 1 and 6),
which equate to one or more habitat types of the European nature information system (EUNIS) habitat classification
18
. Updates to the EUNIS
typology shall be reflected in the broad habitat types used for the purposes of Directive 2008/56/EC and of this Decision.
Ecosystem component
Benthic habitats
Broad habitat types
Littoral rock and biogenic reef
Relevant EUNIS habitat codes (version 2016)
MA1, MA2
18
Evans, D. (2016). Revising the marine section of the EUNIS Habitat classification - Report of a workshop held at the European Topic Centre on Biological Diversity, 12 &
13 May 2016. ETC/BD Working Paper N° A/2016.
EN
37
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0447.png
Ecosystem component
Broad habitat types
Littoral sediment
Infralittoral rock and biogenic reef
Infralittoral coarse sediment
Infralittoral mixed sediment
Infralittoral sand
Infralittoral mud
Circalittoral rock and biogenic reef
Circalittoral coarse sediment
Circalittoral mixed sediment
Circalittoral sand
Circalittoral mud
Offshore circalittoral rock and biogenic reef
Offshore circalittoral coarse sediment
Offshore circalittoral mixed sediment
Offshore circalittoral sand
Offshore circalittoral mud
Upper bathyal
19
rock and biogenic reef
Upper bathyal sediment
Lower bathyal rock and biogenic reef
Lower bathyal sediment
Relevant EUNIS habitat codes (version 2016)
MA3, MA4, MA5, MA6
MB1, MB2
MB3
MB4
MB5
MB6
MC1, MC2
MC3
MC4
MC5
MC6
MD1, MD2
MD3
MD4
MD5
MD6
ME1, ME2
ME3, ME4, ME5, ME6
MF1, MF2
MF3, MF4, MF5, MF6
19
Where not specifically defined in the EUNIS classification, the boundary between the upper bathyal and lower bathyal may be set as a specified depth limit.
EN
38
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0448.png
Ecosystem component
Broad habitat types
Abyssal
Relevant EUNIS habitat codes (version 2016)
MG1, MG2, MG3, MG4, MG5, MG6
Specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and assessment relating to theme "Benthic habitats"
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
The status of each habitat type shall be assessed using assessments (such as of sub-types of the broad habitat types) under Directive
92/43/EEC and Directive 2000/60/EC, wherever possible.
Assessment of criterion D6C4 shall use the assessment made under criterion D6C1.
Criteria D6C4 and D6C5 equate
to the ‘range/area covered by habitat type within range’ and ‘specific structures and functions’ criteria
of
Directive 92/43/EEC.
For D6C5, assessments of the adverse effects from pressures, including under criteria D2C3, D3C1, D3C2, D3C3, D5C4, D5C5, D5C6,
D5C7, D5C8, D6C3, D7C2, D8C2 and D8C4, shall be taken into account.
For D6C5, species composition shall be understood to refer to the lowest taxonomic level appropriate for the assessment.
D6C4: extent of habitat loss in square kilometres (km
2
) and as a proportion (percentage) of the total extent of the habitat type,
D6C5: extent of habitat adversely affected in square kilometres (km
2
) and as a proportion (percentage) of the total extent of the habitat
type.
Units of measurement for the criteria:
Specifications for the selection of species and habitats under Themes "Species groups of marine birds, mammals, reptiles, fish and cephalopods",
"Pelagic habitats" and "Benthic habitats"
The selection of species and habitats to be assigned to the species groups and pelagic and benthic broad habitat types shall be based on the following:
1.
Scientific criteria (ecological relevance):
(a)
representative of the ecosystem component (species group or broad habitat type), and of ecosystem functioning (e.g. connectivity
between habitats and populations, completeness and integrity of essential habitats), being relevant for assessment of state/impacts, such
as having a key functional role within the component (e.g. high or specific biodiversity, productivity, trophic link, specific resource or
service) or particular life history traits (age and size at breeding, longevity, migratory traits);
EN
39
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0449.png
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
2.
relevant for assessment of a key anthropogenic pressure to which the ecosystem component is exposed, being sensitive to the pressure
and exposed to it (vulnerable) in the assessment area;
present in sufficient numbers or extent in the assessment area to be able to construct a suitable indicator for assessment;
the set of species or habitats selected shall cover, as far as possible, the full range of ecological functions of the ecosystem component
and the predominant pressures to which the component is subject;
if species of species groups are closely associated to a particular broad habitat type they may be included within that habitat type for
monitoring and assessment purposes; in such cases, the species shall not be included in the assessment of the species group.
monitoring/technical feasibility;
monitoring costs;
adequate time series of the data.
Additional practical criteria (which shall not override the scientific criteria):
(a)
(b)
(c)
The representative set of species and habitats to be assessed are likely to be specific to the region or subregion, although certain species may occur in
several regions or subregions.
Theme: Ecosystems, including food webs (relating to Descriptors 1 and 4)
Criteria, including criteria elements, and methodological standards
Criteria elements
Trophic guilds of an ecosystem.
Member States shall establish the list
of trophic guilds through regional or
subregional cooperation.
Criteria
D4C1
Primary:
The diversity (species composition and their relative
abundance) of the trophic guild is not adversely affected due
to anthropogenic pressures.
Member States shall establish threshold values through
regional or subregional cooperation.
Methodological standards
Scale of assessment:
Regional level for Baltic Sea and Black Sea; subregional
level for North-East Atlantic and Mediterranean Sea.
Subdivisions may be used where appropriate.
EN
40
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0450.png
Criteria elements
Criteria
D4C2
Primary:
The balance of total
guild
abundance
across between
the
trophic guilds is not adversely affected due to anthropogenic
pressures.
Member States shall establish threshold values through
regional or subregional cooperation.
D4C3
Secondary:
The size distribution of individuals across the trophic guild is
not adversely affected due to anthropogenic pressures.
Member States shall establish threshold values through
regional or subregional cooperation.
D4C4
Secondary (to be used in support of criterion D4C2,
where necessary):
Productivity of the trophic guild is not adversely affected due
to anthropogenic pressures.
Member States shall establish threshold values through
regional or subregional cooperation.
Methodological standards
Use of criteria:
Where values do not fall within the threshold values, this
may trigger
the need for
further research and investigation
to understand the causes for the failure.
Specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and assessment
1.
2.
Species composition shall be understood to refer to the lowest taxonomic level appropriate for the assessment.
The trophic guilds selected under criteria elements shall take into account the ICES list of trophic guilds
20
and shall meet the following
conditions:
(a)
(b)
include at least three trophic guilds;
two shall be non-fish trophic guilds;
20
ICES Advice (2015) Book 1, ICES special request advice, published 20 March 2015.
EN
41
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0451.png
(c)
(d)
at least one shall be a primary producer trophic guild;
preferably represent at least the top, middle and bottom of the food chain.
D4C2: total abundance (number of individuals or biomass in tonnes (t)) across all species within the trophic guild.
Units of measurement:
EN
42
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0452.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0453.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0455.png
NOTAT
November 10, 2016
Statement from Denmark after the voting on the Commission
Decision on GES, in the Marine Strategy Framework Directive
Regulatory Committee.
The Regulatory Committee under the Marine Strategy Framework Directive adopted on 10
November 2016 with a qualified majority the Commission Decision laying down criteria and
methodological standards on good environmental status of marine waters and specifications
and standardised methods for monitoring and assessment, and repealing Decision
20107477/EU.
Denmark recognises the result of the voting, but is seriously concerned about the content and
the possible future impact of the Commission Decision as well as the future process
implementing its requirements.
Denmark regrets that it has not been possible to find common ground and a solution that all
Member States could agree on.
Denmark would like to draw the attention to the Interinstitutional Agreement on Better Law-
Making by the three EU institutions as we firmly believe this decision will have significant
economic, environmental and/or social impacts. Denmark finds it very critical that no impact
assessment for the Decision has been presented by the Commission prior to its adoption.
Furthermore Denmark would have valued an explanation from the Commission’s Legal
Service regarding the legal elements of the proposal.
In the future, development of any threshold values within the Regional Sea Conventions and
the EU Common Implementation Strategy, it will be of utmost importance for Denmark that
no proposal for a threshold value can be approved without a prior assessment of its
consequences.
Denmark emphasises our continued willingness to participate constructively in the future
process.
Agency for Water and Nature Management • Haraldsgade 53 • 2100
Copehagen Ø Denmark
Phone +45 72 54 20 00
• CVR 37606030 • EAN 5798000860810 • [email protected]
www.svana.dk
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0456.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0457.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0458.png
EUROPEAN
COMMISSION
Brussels,
XXX
[…](2016)
XXX
draft
ANNEX 1
ANNEX
to the
Commission Decision
laying down criteria and methodological standards on good environmental status of
marine waters and specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and
assessment, and repealing Decision 2010/477/EU
EN
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0459.png
ANNEX
to the
Commission Decision
laying down criteria and methodological standards on good environmental status of
marine waters and specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and
assessment, and repealing Decision 2010/477/EU
ANNEX
Criteria and methodological standards for good environmental status of marine waters,
relevant to the qualitative descriptors in Annex I to Directive 2008/56/EC, and
to the indicative lists set out in Annex III to that Directive, and specifications
and standardised methods for monitoring and assessment
This Annex is structured in two parts:
under Part I are laid down the criteria and methodological standards for
determination of good environmental status under Article 9(3) of Directive
2008/56/EC, and specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and
assessment under Article 11(4) of that Directive, to be used by Member States in
relation to the assessment of predominant pressures and impacts under Article
8(1)(b) of Directive 2008/56/EC,
under Part II are laid down criteria and methodological standards for determination
of good environmental status under Article 9(3) of Directive 2008/56/EC, and
specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and assessment, to be used
by Member States in relation to the assessment of environmental status under Article
8(1)(a) of Directive 2008/56/EC.
P
ART
I
C
RITERIA
,
METHODOLOGICAL STANDARDS
,
SPECIFICATIONS AND STANDARDISED
METHODS FOR THE MONITORING AND ASSESSMENT OF PREDOMINANT PRESSURES AND
IMPACTS UNDER POINT
(
B
)
OF
A
RTICLE
8(1)
OF
D
IRECTIVE
2008/56/EC
Part I considers the descriptors
1
linked to the relevant anthropogenic pressures: biological
pressures (Descriptors 2 and 3), physical pressures (Descriptors 6 and 7) and substances, litter
and energy (Descriptors 5, 8, 9, 10 and 11), as listed in Annex III to Directive 2008/56/EC.
1
When this Decision refers to a 'descriptor', this refers to the relevant qualitative descriptors for
determining good environmental status, as indicated under the numbered points in Annex I to Directive
2008/56/EC.
EN
2
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0460.png
Descriptor 2
Non-indigenous species introduced by human activities are at levels that do not adversely alter the ecosystems
Relevant pressure: Input or spread of non-indigenous species
Criteria, including criteria elements, and methodological standards
Criteria elements
Criteria
D2C1
Primary:
The number of non-indigenous species which are newly
introduced via human activity into the wild, per assessment
period (6 years), measured from the reference year as
reported for the initial assessment under Article 8(1) of
Directive 2008/56/EC, is minimised and where possible
reduced to zero.
Member States shall establish the threshold value for the
number of new introductions of non-indigenous species,
through regional or subregional cooperation.
Methodological standards
Scale of assessment:
Subdivisions of the region or subregion, divided where
needed by national boundaries.
Use of criteria:
The extent to which good environmental status has been
achieved shall be expressed for each area assessed as
follows:
-
the number of non-indigenous species newly
introduced via human activity, in the 6-year
assessment period and a list of those species.
Scale of assessment:
As used for assessment of the corresponding species
groups or broad habitat types under Descriptors 1 and 6.
Use of criteria:
Criterion D2C2 (quantification of non-indigenous species)
shall be expressed per species assessed and shall
contribute to the assessment of criterion D2C3 (adverse
effects of non-indigenous species).
Criterion D2C3 shall provide the proportion per species
group and extent per broad habitat type assessed which is
Newly
-introduced
non-indigenous
species.
Established non-indigenous species,
particularly invasive non-indigenous
species, which include relevant species
on the list of invasive alien species of
Union concern adopted in accordance
with Article 4(1) of Regulation (EU)
No 1143/2014 and species which are
relevant for use under criterion D2C3.
Member States shall establish that list
through regional or subregional
cooperation.
D2C2
Secondary:
Abundance and spatial distribution of established non-
indigenous species, particularly of invasive species,
contributing significantly to adverse effects on particular
species groups or broad habitat types.
EN
3
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0461.png
Criteria elements
Species groups and broad habitat types
that are at risk from non-indigenous
species, selected from those used for
Descriptors 1 and 6.
Member States shall establish that list
through regional or subregional
cooperation.
Criteria
D2C3
Secondary:
Proportion of the species group or spatial extent of the broad
habitat type which is adversely altered due to non-indigenous
species, particularly invasive non-indigenous species.
Member States shall establish the threshold values for the
adverse alteration to species groups and broad habitat types
due to non-indigenous species, through regional or
subregional cooperation.
Methodological standards
adversely altered, and thus contribute to their assessments
under Descriptors 1 and 6.
Specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and assessment
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
'Newly-introduced' non-indigenous species shall be understood as those which were not known to be present in the area in the previous
assessment period.
'Established' non-indigenous species shall be understood as those which were known to be present in the area in the previous assessment
period.
For D2C1: where it is not clear whether the new arrival of non-indigenous species is due to human activity or natural dispersal from
neighbouring areas, the introduction shall be counted under D2C1.
For D2C2: when species occurrence and abundance is seasonally variable (e.g. plankton), monitoring shall be undertaken at appropriate times
of year.
Monitoring programmes shall be linked to those for Descriptors 1, 4, 5 and 6, where possible, as they typically use the same sampling
methods and it is more practical to monitor non-indigenous species as part of broader biodiversity monitoring, except where sampling needs to
focus on main vectors and risk areas for new introductions.
D2C1: the number of species per assessment area which have been newly introduced in the assessment period (6 years),
D2C2: abundance (number of individuals, biomass in tonnes (t) or extent in square kilometres (km
2
)) per non-indigenous species,
Units of measurement for the criteria:
EN
4
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0462.png
D2C3: the proportion of the species group (ratio of indigenous species to non-indigenous species, as number of species and/or their
abundance within the group) or the spatial extent of the broad habitat type (in square kilometres (km
2
)) which is adversely altered.
EN
5
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0463.png
Descriptor 3
Populations of all commercially-exploited fish and shellfish are within safe biological limits, exhibiting a population age and size
distribution that is indicative of a healthy stock
Relevant pressure: Extraction of, or mortality/injury to, wild species, including target and non-target species
Criteria, including criteria elements, and methodological standards
Criteria elements
Criteria
D3C1
Primary:
The
Fishing mortality
rate of populations of commercially-
exploited species is at or below levels which can produce the
maximum sustainable yield (MSY),.
RelevantAppropriate
scientific bodies shall be consulted in accordance with
established in accordance with scientific advice obtained
pursuant to
Article 26 of Regulation (EU) No 1380/2013.
Methodological standards
Commercially-exploited fish and
shellfish.
Member States shall establish through
regional or subregional cooperation a
list of commercially-exploited fish and
shellfish, according to the criteria laid
down under 'specifications'.
Scale of assessment:
Populations of each species are assessed at ecologically-
relevant scales within each region or subregion, as
established by appropriate scientific bodies as referred to in
Article 26 of Regulation (EU) No 1380/2013, based on
specified aggregations of International Council for the
Exploration of the Sea (ICES) areas, General Fisheries
Commission for the Mediterranean (GFCM) geographical
D3C2
2
Primary:
sub-areas and Food and Agriculture Organisation (FAO)
The
Spawning Stock Biomass
of populations of commercially- fishing areas for the Macaronesian biogeographic region.
exploited species
is are
above biomass levels capable of
Use of criteria:
producing maximum sustainable yield.
RelevantAppropriate
The extent to which good environmental status has been
scientific bodies shall be consulted in accordance with,
achieved shall be expressed for each area assessed as
established in accordance with scientific advice obtained
follows:
pursuant to
Article 26 of Regulation (EU) No 1380/2013.
(a) the populations assessed, the values
attained achieved
D3C3
2,3
Primary:
for each criterion and whether the levels for D3C1
The age and size distribution of individuals in the populations
and D3C2 and the threshold values for D3C3 have
of commercially-exploited species is indicative of a healthy
been achieved, and the overall status of the population
population. This shall include a high proportion of old/large
on the basis of criteria integration rules agreed at
individuals and
reduced limited
adverse effects of exploitation
Union level;
on genetic diversity.
(b) the populations of commercially-exploited species in
2
3
D3C2 and D3C3 are state-based criteria for commercially-exploited fish and shellfish but are shown under Part I for clarity reasons.
D3C3 may not be available for use for the 2018 review of the initial assessment and determination of good environmental status under Article 17(2)(ab) of Directive
2008/56/EC.
EN
6
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0464.png
Criteria elements
Criteria
Methodological standards
Member States shall establish threshold values through
the assessment area which were not assessed.
regional or subregional cooperation for each population of
The outcomes of these population assessments shall also
species in accordance with scientific advice obtained pursuant contribute to the assessments under Descriptors 1 and 6, if
to Article 26 of Regulation (EU) No 1380/2013.
the species are relevant for assessment of particular species
groups and benthic habitat types.
Extraction of, or mortality/injury to, non-target
commercially-exploited
species (incidental
by-catches)
as a result of fishing activities, is addressed
under criterion D1C1.
Physical disturbance to the seabed, including effects on benthic communities, as a result of fishing activities, are addressed by the criteria under
Descriptor 6 (particularly criteria D6C2 and D6C3) and are to be fed into the assessments of benthic habitat types under Descriptors 1 and 6.
Specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and assessment
1.
A list of commercially-exploited species for application of the criteria in each assessment area shall be established by Member States through
regional or subregional cooperation and updated for each 6-year assessment period, taking into account Council Regulation (EC) No
199/2008
4
and the following:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
all stocks that are managed under Regulation (EU) No 1380/2013;
the species for which fishing opportunities (total allowable catches and quotas) are set by Council under Article 43(3) of the Treaty on
the Functioning of the European Union;
the species for which minimum conservation reference sizes are set under Regulation (EC) No 1967/2006;
the species under multiannual plans according to Article 9 of Regulation (EU) No 1380/2013;
the species under national management plans according to Article 19 of Regulation (EC) No 1967/2006;
any important species on a regional or national scale for small-scale/local coastal fisheries.
For the purposes of this Decision, commercially-exploited species which are non-indigenous in each assessment area shall be excluded from
the list and thus not contribute to achievement of good environmental status for Descriptor 3.
4
Council Regulation (EC) No 199/2008 of 25 February 2008 concerning the establishment of a Community framework for the collection, management and use of data in the
fisheries sector and support for scientific advice regarding the Common Fisheries Policy (OJ L 60, 5.3.2008, p. 1).
EN
7
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0465.png
2.
Regulation (EC) No 199/2008 establishes rules on the collection and management, in the framework of multi-annual programmes, of
biological, technical, environmental and socio-economic data concerning the fisheries sector which shall be used for monitoring under
Descriptor 3,
including the collection of data for criterion D1C1.
For D3C1, D3C2 and D3C3, pThe term 'populations'
shall be understood as
the term 'stocks' within the meaning of under
Regulation (EU) No
1380/2013.
For D3C1 and D3C2, the following shall apply:
(a)
for stocks managed under a multiannual plan according to Article 9 of Regulation (EU) No 1380/2013, in situations of mixed fisheries,
the target fishing mortality and the biomass levels capable of producing maximum sustainable yield shall be in accordance with the
relevant multiannual plan;
for the Mediterranean Sea and Black Sea regions, appropriate proxies may be used.
For D3C1: if quantitative assessments yielding values for
Fishing mortality
are not available due to inadequacies in the available data,
other variables such as the ratio between catch and biomass index ('catch/biomass ratio') may be used as an alternative method. In such
cases, an appropriate method for trend analysis shall be adopted (e.g. the current value can be compared against the long-term historical
average);
For D3C2: the threshold value used shall be in accordance with Article 2(2) of Regulation (EU) No 1380/2013. If quantitative
assessments yielding values for
Spawning Stock Biomass
are not available due to inadequacies in the available data, biomass-related
indices such as catch per unit effort or survey abundance indices may be used as an alternative method. In such cases, an appropriate
method for trend analysis shall be adopted (e.g. the current value can be compared against the long-term historical average);
D3C3 shall reflect that healthy populations of species are characterised by a high proportion of old, large individuals. The relevant
properties are the following:
(i) size distribution of individuals in the population, expressed as:
the proportion of fish larger than mean size of first sexual maturation, or
the 95
th
percentile of the fish-length distribution of each population,
in both cases
as observed in research vessel or other
surveys;
3.
4.
(b)
5.
(a)
The following methods for assessment shall be used:
(b)
(c)
(ii) genetic effects of exploitation of the species, such as size at first sexual maturation, where appropriate and feasible.
EN
8
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0466.png
Other expressions of the relevant properties may be used following further scientific and technical development of this criterion.
Units of measurement for the criteria:
D3C1: annualised fishing mortality rate,
D3C2: biomass in tonnes (t) or number of individuals per species, except where other indices are used under point 5(b),
D3C3: under point 5(c): for (i), first indent: proportion (percentage) or numbers, for (i), second indent: length in centimetres (cm), and
for (ii): length in centimetres (cm).
EN
9
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0467.png
Descriptor 5
Human-induced eutrophication is minimised, especially adverse effects thereof, such as losses in biodiversity, ecosystem
degradation, harmful algae blooms and oxygen deficiency in bottom waters
Relevant pressures: Input of nutrients; Input of organic matter
Criteria, including criteria elements, and methodological standards
Criteria elements
Nutrients in the water column:
Dissolved Inorganic Nitrogen (DIN),
Total Nitrogen (TN), Dissolved
Inorganic Phosphorus (DIP), Total
Phosphorus (TP).
Within coastal waters, as used under
Directive 2000/60/EC.
Beyond coastal waters, Member States
may decide at regional or subregional
level to not use one or several of these
nutrient elements.
Criteria
Methodological standards
Scale of assessment:
within coastal waters, as used under Directive
2000/60/EC,
beyond coastal waters, subdivisions of the region or
subregion, divided where needed by national
boundaries.
Use of criteria:
The extent to which good environmental status has been
achieved shall be expressed for each area assessed as
follows:
(a) the values achieved for each criterion used, and an
estimate of the extent of the assessment area over
which the threshold values set have been achieved;
(b) in coastal waters, the criteria shall be used in
accordance with the requirements of Directive
2000/60/EC to conclude on whether the water body
is subject to eutrophication
5
;
(c) beyond coastal waters, an estimate of the extent of
the area (as a proportion (percentage)) that is not
subject to eutrophication (as indicated by the results
D5C1
Primary:
Nutrient concentrations are not at levels that indicate adverse
eutrophication effects.
The threshold values are as follows:
(a) in coastal waters, the values set in accordance with
Directive 2000/60/EC;
(b) beyond coastal waters, values consistent with those for
coastal waters under Directive 2000/60/EC. Member
States shall establish those values through regional or
subregional cooperation
D5C2
Primary:
Chlorophyll a concentrations are not at levels that indicate
adverse effects of nutrient enrichment.
The threshold values are as follows:
(a) in coastal waters, the values set in accordance with
Directive 2000/60/EC;
(b) beyond coastal waters, values consistent with those for
coastal waters under Directive 2000/60/EC. Member
States shall establish those values through regional or
subregional cooperation.
Chlorophyll a in the water column
5
Guidance documents published in the context of the Common Implementation Strategy for Directive 2000/60/EC may be relevant in this assessment (e.g. "N° 13 - Overall
Approach to the Classification of Ecological Status and Ecological Potential" and "N° 23 - Eutrophication Assessment in the Context of European Water Policies")
EN
10
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0468.png
Criteria elements
Criteria
D5C3
Secondary:
The number, spatial extent and duration of harmful algal
bloom events are not at levels that indicate adverse effects of
nutrient enrichment.
Member States shall establish threshold values for these
levels through regional or subregional cooperation.
D5C4
Secondary:
The photic limit (transparency) of the water column is not
reduced,
due to increases in suspended algae,
to a level that
indicates adverse effects of nutrient enrichment
related to
increases in suspended algae.
The threshold values are as follows:
(a) in coastal waters, the values set in accordance with
Directive 2000/60/EC;
(b) beyond coastal waters, values consistent with those for
coastal waters under Directive 2000/60/EC. Member
States shall establish those values through regional or
subregional cooperation.
D5C5
Primary (may be substituted by D5C8):
The concentration of dissolved oxygen is not reduced, due to
nutrient enrichment, to levels that indicate adverse effects on
benthic habitats (including on associated biota and mobile
species) or other eutrophication effects.
The threshold values are as follows:
(a) in coastal waters, the values set in accordance with
Directive 2000/60/EC;
(b)
beyond coastal waters, values consistent with those for
coastal waters under Directive 2000/60/EC. Member
States shall establish those values through regional or
Harmful algal blooms (e.g.
cyanobacteria) in the water column
Methodological standards
of all criteria used, integrated in a manner agreed at
Union regional or subregional
level,
taking into
account regional or subregional specificitiesand,
where possible, at Union level).
Beyond coastal waters, the use of the secondary criteria
shall be agreed at regional or subregional level.
The outcomes of the assessments shall also contribute to
assessments for pelagic habitats under Descriptor 1 as
follows:
the distribution and an estimate of the extent of the
-
area (as a proportion (percentage)) that is subject to
eutrophication in the water column (as indicated by
whether the threshold values for criteria D5C2,
D5C3 and D5C4, when used, have been achieved);
The outcomes of the assessments shall also contribute to
assessments for benthic habitats under Descriptors 1 and 6
as follows:
-
the distribution and an estimate of the extent of the
area (as a proportion (percentage)) that is subject to
eutrophication on the seabed (as indicated by
whether the threshold values for criteria D5C4,
D5C5, D5C6, D5C7 and D5C8, when used, have
been achieved).
Photic limit (transparency) of the water
column
Dissolved oxygen in the bottom of the
water column
EN
11
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0469.png
Criteria elements
Criteria
subregional cooperation.
D5C6
Secondary:
The abundance of opportunistic macroalgae is not at levels
that indicate adverse effects of nutrient enrichment.
The threshold values are as follows:
(a) in coastal waters, the values set in accordance with
Directive 2000/60/EC;
(b) should this criterion be relevant for waters beyond
coastal waters, values consistent with those for coastal
waters under Directive 2000/60/EC. Member States
shall establish those values through regional or
subregional cooperation.
D5C7
Secondary:
The species composition and relative abundance or depth
distribution of macrophyte communities achieve values that
indicate there is no adverse effect due to nutrient enrichment
including via a decrease in water transparency, as follows:
(a) in coastal waters, the values set in accordance with
Directive 2000/60/EC;
(b)
should this criterion be relevant for waters beyond
coastal waters, values consistent with those for coastal
waters under Directive 2000/60/EC. Member States
shall establish those values through regional or
subregional cooperation.
D5C8
Secondary (except when used as a substitute for
D5C5):
The species composition and relative abundance of
macrofaunal communities, achieve values that indicate that
there is no adverse effect due to nutrient and organic
Methodological standards
Opportunistic macroalgae of benthic
habitats
Macrophyte communities (perennial
seaweeds and seagrasses such as
fucoids, eelgrass and Neptune grass) of
benthic habitats
Macrofaunal communities of benthic
habitats
EN
12
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0470.png
Criteria elements
Criteria
enrichment, as follows:
(a) in coastal waters, the values for benthic biological
quality elements set in accordance with Directive
2000/60/EC;
Methodological standards
(b)
beyond coastal waters, values consistent with those for
coastal waters under Directive 2000/60/EC. Member
States shall establish those values through regional or
subregional cooperation.
Specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and assessment
1.
2.
1.3.
2.4.
5.
3.6.
In coastal waters, the criteria elements shall be selected in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC.
For D5C2 and D5C3, Member States may in addition use phytoplankton species composition and abundance.
Information on the pathways (atmospheric, land- or sea-based) for nutrients entering the marine environment shall be collected, where
feasible.
Monitoring beyond coastal waters may not be necessary due to low risk, such as in cases where the threshold values are achiev ed in coastal
waters, taking into account nutrient input from atmospheric, sea-based including coastal waters, and transboundary sources.
Assessments under Directive 2000/60/EC shall be used for the assessments of each criterion in coastal waters.
Values set in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC shall refer either to those set by intercalibration under Commission Decision
2013/480/EU
6
or to those set in national legislation in accordance with Article 8 and Annex V of Directive 2000/60/EC. These shall be
understood as the "Good-Moderate boundary" for Ecological Quality Ratios.
In coastal waters, the criteria elements shall be selected in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC.
Assessments under Directive 2000/60/EC shall be used for the assessments of each criterion in coastal waters.
Species composition shall be understood to refer to the lowest taxonomic level appropriate for the assessment.
Commission Decision 2013/480/EU of 20 September 2013 establishing, pursuant to Directive 2000/60/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council, the values of the
Member State monitoring system classifications as a result of the intercalibration exercise and repealing Decision 2008/915/EC (OJ L 266, 8.10.2013, p. 1).
4.1.
5.1.
6.7.
6
EN
13
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0471.png
7.1.
For D5C2 and D5C3, Member States may in addition use phytoplankton species composition and abundance.
D5C1: nutrient concentrations in micromoles per litre (µmol/l),
D5C2: chlorophyll a concentrations (biomass) in micrograms per litre (µg/l),
D5C3: bloom events as number of events, duration in days and spatial extent in square kilometres (km
2
) per year,
D5C4:
pPhotic
limit as depth in metres (m),
D5C5: oxygen concentration in the bottom of the water column in milligrams per litre (mg/l),
D5C6: Ecological Quality Ratio for macroalgal abundance or spatial cover. Extent of adverse effects in square kilometres (km
2
)
or as a
proportion (percentage) of the assessment area,
D5C7: Ecological Quality Ratio for species composition and relative abundance assessments or for maximum depth of macrophyte
growth. Extent of adverse effects in square kilometres (km
2
)
or as a proportion (percentage) of the assessment area,
D5C8: Ecological Quality Ratio for species composition and relative abundance assessments. Extent of adverse effects in square
kilometres (km
2
)
or as a proportion (percentage) of the assessment area.
Units of measurement for the criteria:
Where available, Member States shall use the units or ecological quality ratios provided for under Directive 2000/60/EC.
EN
14
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0472.png
Descriptor 6
Sea-floor integrity is at a level that ensures that the structure and functions of the ecosystems are safeguarded and benthic
ecosystems, in particular, are not adversely affected.
Criteria D6C1, D6C2 and D6C3 relate only to the pressures 'physical loss' and 'physical disturbance' and their impacts, whilst criteria D6C4 and D6C5
address the overall assessment of Descriptor 6, together with that for benthic habitats under Descriptor 1.
Relevant pressures: Physical loss (due to permanent change of seabed substrate or morphology and to extraction of seabed substrate); physical
disturbance to seabed
(temporary or reversible)
Criteria, including criteria elements, and methodological standards
Criteria elements
Physical loss of the seabed (including
intertidal areas).
Physical disturbance to the seabed
(including intertidal areas).
Criteria
D6C1
Primary:
Spatial extent and distribution of physical loss (permanent
change) of the natural seabed.
D6C2
Primary:
Spatial extent and distribution of physical disturbance
pressures on the seabed.
Methodological standards
Scale of assessment:
As used for assessment of the benthic broad habitat types
under Descriptors 1 and 6.
Use of criteria:
The outcomes of assessment of criterion D6C1 (the
distribution and an estimate of the extent of physical loss)
shall be used to assess criteria D6C4 and D7C1.
The outcomes of assessment of criterion D6C2 (the
distribution and an estimate of the extent of physical
disturbance pressures) shall be used to assess criterion
D6C3.
The outcomes of assessment of criterion D6C3 (an
estimate of the extent of adverse effect by physical
disturbance per habitat type in each assessment area) shall
contribute to the assessment of criterion D6C5.
D6C3
Primary:
Spatial extent of each habitat type which is adversely
affected, through change in its biotic and abiotic structure and
its functions (e.g. through changes in species composition and
Benthic broad habitat types or other
their relative abundance, absence of particularly sensitive or
habitat types, as used under Descriptors
fragile species or species providing a key function, size
1 and 6.
structure of species), by physical disturbance.
Member States shall establish threshold values for the adverse
effects of physical disturbance, through regional or
subregional cooperation.
Criteria D6C1, D6C2 and D6C3 relate only to the pressures 'physical loss' and 'physical disturbance' and their impacts, whilst criteria D6C4 and D6C5 address the
overall assessment of Descriptor 6, together with that for benthic habitats under Descriptor 1.
Criteria D6C4 and D6C5 are presented under Part II of this Annex.
EN
15
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0473.png
Specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and assessment
1.
Regarding methods for monitoring:
(a)
for D6C1, permanent changes to the seabed from different human activities shall be assessed (including permanent changes to natural
seabed substrate or morphology via physical restructuring, infrastructure developments and loss of substrate via extraction of the seabed
materials);
for D6C2, physical disturbances from different human activities shall be assessed (such as bottom-trawling fishing);
for coastal waters, the hydromorphology data and relevant assessments under Directive 2000/60/EC shall be used. Beyond coastal
waters, data may be collated from mapping of infrastructure and licencsed extraction sites.
D6C1 is assessed as area lost in relation to total natural extent of all benthic habitats in the assessment area (e.g. by ext ent of
anthropogenic modification);
D6C3 is assessed in relation to total natural extent of each benthic habitat type assessed.
(b)
(c)
2.
Regarding methods for assessment, the data shall be aggregated so that:
(a)
(b)
3.
4.
5.
Physical loss shall be understood as a permanent change to the seabed which has lasted or is expected to last for a period of two reporting
cycles (12 years) or more.
Physical disturbance shall be understood as a change to the seabed
from
which
it
can
be restoredrecover
if the activity causing the disturbance
pressure ceases.
For D6C3 species composition shall be understood to refer to the lowest taxonomic level appropriate for the assessment.
D6C1: extent of the assessment area physically lost in square kilometres (
km
2
),
D6C2: extent of the assessment area physically disturbed in square kilometres (
km
2
),
D6C3: extent of each habitat type adversely affected in square kilometres (
km
2
)
or as a proportion (percentage) of the total natural extent
of the habitat in the assessment area.
Units of measurement for the criteria:
EN
16
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0474.png
Descriptor 7
Permanent alteration of hydrographical conditions does not adversely affect marine ecosystems
Relevant pressures: Physical loss (due to permanent change of seabed substrate or morphology or to extraction of seabed substrate); Changes to
hydrological conditions
Criteria, including criteria elements, and methodological standards
Criteria elements
Criteria
D7C1
Secondary:
Spatial extent and distribution of permanent alteration of
hydrographical conditions (e.g. changes in wave action,
currents, salinity, temperature) to the seabed and water
column, associated in particular with physical loss
7
of the
natural seabed.
D7C2
Secondary:
Spatial extent of each benthic habitat type adversely affected
(physical and hydrographical characteristics and associated
biological communities) due to permanent alteration of
hydrographical conditions.
Member States shall establish threshold values for the adverse
effects of permanent alterations of hydrographical conditions,
through regional or subregional cooperation.
Methodological standards
Scale of assessment:
As used for assessment of the benthic broad habitat types
under Descriptors 1 and 6.
Use of criteria:
The outcomes of assessment of criterion D7C1 (the
distribution and an estimate of the extent of
hydrographical changes) shall be used to assess criterion
D7C2.
The outcomes of assessment of criterion D7C2 (an
estimate of the extent of adverse effect per habitat type in
each assessment area) shall contribute to the assessment of
criterion D6C5.
Hydrographical changes to the seabed
and water column (including intertidal
areas).
Benthic broad habitats types or other
habitat types, as used for Descriptors 1
and 6.
Specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and assessment
1.
Regarding methods for monitoring and assessment:
(a)
Monitoring shall focus on changes associated with infrastructure developments, either on the coast or offshore.
7
Physical loss shall be understood as under point 3 of the specifications under Descriptor 6.
EN
17
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0475.png
(b)
(c)
2.
(a)
(b)
Environmental impact assessment hydrodynamic models, where required, which are validated with ground-truth measurements, or other
suitable sources of information, shall be used to assess the extent of effects from each infrastructure development.
For coastal waters, the hydromorphology data and relevant assessments under Directive 2000/60/EC shall be used.
D7C1 is assessed in relation to total natural extent of all habitats in the assessment area;
D7C2 is assessed in relation to total natural extent of each benthic habitat type assessed.
D7C1: extent of the assessment area hydrographically altered in square kilometres (km
2
),
D7C2: extent of each habitat type adversely affected in square kilometres (km
2
) or as a proportion (percentage) of the total natural extent
of the habitat in the assessment area.
Regarding methods for assessment, the data shall be aggregated so that:
Units of measurement for the criteria:
EN
18
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0476.png
Descriptor 8
Concentrations of contaminants are at levels not giving rise to pollution effects
Relevant pressures: Input of
hazardous other
substances
(e.g. synthetic substances, non-synthetic substances, radionuclides)
Criteria, including criteria elements, and methodological standards
Criteria elements
(1)
(a)
Within coastal and territorial
waters:
Contaminants selected in
accordance with Directive
2000/60/EC:
(i) contaminants for which an
environmental quality standard
is laid down in Part A of Annex
I to Directive 2008/105/EC;
(ii) River Basin Specific
Pollutants under Annex VIII to
Directive 2000/60/EC, in
coastal waters;
(b)
additional contaminants, if
relevant, such as from offshore
sources, which are not already
identified under point (a) and
which may give rise to pollution
effects in the region or
subregion. Member States shall
establish that list of
these
contaminants through regional
or subregional cooperation.
Beyond territorial waters:
the contaminants considered
Criteria
D8C1
Primary:
Within coastal and territorial waters, the concentrations of
contaminants do not exceed the following threshold values:
(a) for contaminants set out under point (1)(a) of criteria
elements, the values set in accordance with Directive
2000/60/EC;
(b) when contaminants under point (a) are measured in a
matrix for which no value is set under Directive
2000/60/EC, the concentration of those contaminants in
that matrix established by Member States through
regional or subregional cooperation;
(b)(c)
for additional contaminants selected under point (1)(b)
of criteria elements, the concentrations for a specified
matrix (water, sediment or biota) which may give rise to
pollution effects. Member States shall establish these
concentrations through regional or subregional
cooperation, considering their application within and
beyond coastal and territorial waters.
(c) when contaminants under point (a) are measured in a
matrix for which no value is set under Directive
2000/60/EC, the concentration of those contaminants in
that matrix established by Member States through
regional or subregional cooperation.
Beyond territorial waters, the concentrations of contaminants
do not exceed the following threshold values:
(a) for contaminants selected under point (2)(a) of criteria
Methodological standards
Scale of assessment:
within coastal and territorial waters, as used under
Directive 2000/60/EC,
beyond territorial waters, subdivisions of the
region or subregion, divided where needed by
national boundaries.
Use of criteria:
The extent to which good environmental status has been
achieved shall be expressed for each area assessed as
follows:
(a) for each contaminant under criterion D8C1, its
concentration, the matrix used (water, sediment,
biota), whether the threshold values set have been
achieved, and the proportion of contaminants
assessed which have achieved the threshold
values, including indicating separately substances
behaving like ubiquitous persistent,
bioaccumulative and toxic substances (uPBTs), as
referred to in Article 8a(1)(a) of Directive
2008/105/EC;
(b) for each species assessed under criterion D8C2, an
estimate of the abundance of its population in the
assessment area that is adversely affected;
(c) for each habitat assessed under criterion D8C2, an
estimate of the extent in the assessment area that is
(2)
(a)
EN
19
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0477.png
(b)
Criteria elements
under point (1), where these still
may give rise to pollution
effects;
additional contaminants, if
relevant, which are not already
identified under point (2)(a) and
which may give rise to pollution
effects in the region or
subregion. Member States shall
establish that list of
contaminants through regional
or subregional cooperation.
Criteria
elements, the values as applicable within coastal and
territorial waters;
(b)
for contaminants selected under point (2)(b) of criteria
elements, the concentrations for a specified matrix
(water, sediment or biota) which may give rise to
pollution effects. Member States shall establish these
concentrations through regional or subregional
cooperation.
Methodological standards
adversely affected.
The use of criterion D8C2 in the
overall
assessment of
good environmental status for Descriptor 8 shall be
agreed at regional or subregional level.
The outcomes of the assessment of criterion D8C2 shall
contribute to assessments under Descriptors 1 and 6,
where appropriate.
Species and habitats which are at risk
from contaminants.
Member States shall establish that list
of species, and relevant tissues to be
assessed, and habitats, through
regional or subregional cooperation.
Significant acute pollution events
involving polluting substances, as
defined in Article 2(2) of Directive
2005/35/EC of the European
Parliament and of the Council
8
,
including crude oil and similar
compounds.
D8C2
Secondary:
The health of species and the condition of habitats (such as
their species composition and relative abundance at locations
of chronic pollution) are not adversely affected due to
contaminants including cumulative and synergetic effects.
Member States shall establish those adverse effects and their
threshold values through regional or subregional cooperation.
Scale of assessment:
Regional or subregional level, divided where needed by
national boundaries.
Use of criteria:
This criterion shall be used to trigger assessment of
criterion D8C4.
The extent to which good environmental status has been
D8C3
Primary:
The spatial extent and duration of significant acute pollution
events are minimised.
8
Directive 2005/35/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 7 September 2005 on ship-source pollution and on the introduction of penalties, including criminal
penalties, for pollution offences (OJ L 255, 30.9.2005, p. 11).
EN
20
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0478.png
Criteria elements
Criteria
Methodological standards
achieved shall be expressed for each area assessed as
follows:
an estimate of the total spatial extent of significant
acute pollution events and their distribution and
total duration for each year.
This criterion shall be used to trigger assessment of
criterion D8C4.
Scale of assessment:
As used for assessment of the species groups or benthic
broad habitat types under Descriptors 1 and 6.
Use of criteria:
The use of criterion D8C4 in the assessment of good
environmental status for Descriptor 8 shall be agreed at
regional or subregional level.
The outcomes of assessment of criterion D8C4 shall
contribute, where the cumulative spatial and temporal
effects are significant, to the assessments under
Descriptors 1 and 6 by providing:
(a) an estimate of the abundance of each species that
is adversely affected;
(b)
an estimate of the extent of each broad habitat
type that is adversely affected.
The use of criterion D8C4 in the overall assessment of
good environmental status for Descriptor 8 shall be
agreed at regional or subregional level.
Species of the species groups, as listed
under Table 1 of Part II, and benthic
broad habitat types, as listed under
Table 2 of Part II.
D8C4
Secondary (to be used when a significant acute
pollution event has occurred):
The adverse effects of significant acute pollution events on the
health of species and on the condition of habitats (such as their
species composition and relative abundance) are minimised
and, where possible, eliminated.
Specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and assessment
1.
For criteria elements under D8C1, the selection under points (1)(b) and (2)(b) of additional contaminants that may give rise to pollution effects
shall be based on a risk assessment. For these contaminants, the matrix and threshold values used for the assessment shall be representative of
the most sensitive species and exposure pathway, including hazards to human health via exposure through the food chain.
EN
21
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0479.png
3.2.
For the purposes of this Decision:
(a)
Criterion D8C1: for the assessment of contaminants in coastal and territorial waters, Member States shall monitor the contaminants in
accordance with the requirements of Directive 2000/60/EC and the assessments under that Directive shall be used where available.
Information on the pathways (atmospheric, land- or sea-based) for contaminants entering the marine environment shall be collected,
where feasible.
Criteria D8C2 and D8C4: biomarkers or population demographic characteristics (e.g. fecundity rates, survival rates, mortality rates, and
reproductive capacity) may be relevant to assess the health effects.
Criteria D8C3 and D8C4: for the purposes of this Decision, monitoring is established as needed once the acute pollution event has
occurred, rather than being part of a regular monitoring programme under Article 11 of Directive 2008/56/EC.
Criterion D8C3: Member States shall identify the source of significant acute pollution events, where possible. They may use the
European Maritime Safety Agency satellite-based surveillance for this purpose.
(b)
(c)
(d)
4.1.
For criteria elements under D8C1, the selection under points (1)(b) and (2)(b) of additional contaminants that may give rise to pollution effects
shall be based on a risk assessment. For these contaminants, the matrix and threshold values used for the assessment shall be representative of
the most sensitive species and exposure pathway, including hazards to human health via exposure through the food chain.
Contaminants shall be understood to refer to single substances or to groups of substances. For consistency in reporting, the grouping of
substances shall be agreed at Union level.
Species composition shall be understood to refer to the lowest taxonomic level appropriate for the assessment.
D8C1: concentrations of contaminants in micrograms per litre (µg/l) for water, in micrograms per kilogram (µg/kg) of dry weight for
sediment and in micrograms per kilogram (µg/kg) of wet weight for biota,.
D8C2: abundance (number of individuals or other suitable units as agreed at regional or subregional level) per species affected; extent in
square kilometres (km
2
) per broad habitat type affected,.
D8C3: duration in days and spatial extent in square kilometres (km
2
) of significant acute pollution events per year,.
D8C4: abundance (number of individuals or other suitable units as agreed at regional or subregional level) per species affected; extent in
square kilometres (km
2
) per broad habitat type affected.
5.3.
6.4.
Units of measurement for the criteria:
EN
22
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0480.png
Descriptor 9
Contaminants in fish and other seafood for human consumption do not exceed levels established by Union legislation or other
relevant standards
Relevant pressure: Input of hazardous substances
Criteria, including criteria elements, and methodological standards
Criteria elements
Contaminants listed in Regulation
(EC) No 1881/2006.
For the purposes of this Decision,
Member States may decide not to
consider contaminants from
Regulation (EC) No 1881/2006 where
justified on the basis of a risk
assessment.
Member States may assess additional
contaminants that are not included in
Regulation (EC) No 1881/2006.
Member States shall establish a list of
those additional contaminants through
regional or subregional cooperation.
Member States shall establish the list
of species and relevant tissues to be
assessed, according to the conditions
laid down under 'specifications'. They
may cooperate at regional or
subregional level to establish that list
of species and relevant tissues.
Criteria
Methodological standards
D9C1
Primary:
The level of contaminants in edible tissues (muscle, liver,
roe, flesh or other soft parts, as appropriate) of seafood
(including fish, crustaceans, molluscs, echinoderms, seaweed
and other marine plants) caught or harvested in the wild
(excluding fin-fish from mariculture) does not exceed:
(a) for contaminants listed in Regulation (EC) No
1881/2006, the maximum levels laid down in that
Regulation, which are the threshold values for the
purposes of this Decision;
(b) for additional contaminants, not listed in Regulation
(EC) No 1881/2006, threshold values, which Member
States shall establish through regional or subregional
cooperation.
Scale of assessment:
The catch or production area in accordance with Article
38 of Regulation (EU) No 1379/2013
of the European
Parliament and of the Council
9
.
Use of criteria:
The extent to which good environmental status has been
achieved shall be expressed for each area assessed as
follows:
for each contaminant, its concentration in seafood,
the matrix used (species and tissue), whether the
threshold values set have been
exceededachieved,
and the proportion of contaminants assessed which
have achieved their threshold values.
9
Regulation (EU) No 1379/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 11 December 2013 on the common organisation of the markets in fishery and aquaculture
products, amending Council Regulations (EC) No 1184/2006 and (EC) No 1224/2009 and repealing Council Regulation (EC) No 104/2000 (OJ L 354, 28.12.2013, p. 1).
EN
23
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0481.png
Specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and assessment
1.
When Member States establish the list of species to be used under D9C1, the species shall:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
2.
3.
be relevant to the marine region or subregion concerned;
fall under the scope of Regulation (EC) No 1881/2006;
be suitable for the contaminant being assessed;
be among the most consumed in the Member State or the most caught or harvested for consumption.
Exceedance of the standard set for a contaminant shall lead to subsequent monitoring to determine the persistence of the contamination in the
area and species sampled. Monitoring shall continue until there is sufficient evidence that there is no risk of failure.
For the purposes of this Decision, the sampling for the assessment of the maximum levels of contaminants shall be performed i n accordance
with Article 11 of Regulation (EC) No 882/2004 of the European Parliament and of the Council
10
and with Commission Regulation (EU) No
589/2014
11
and Commission Regulation (EC) No 333/2007
12
.
Within each region or subregion, Member States shall ensure that the temporal and geographical scope of sampling is adequate to provide a
representative sample of the specified contaminants in seafood in the marine region or subregion.
D9C1: concentrations of contaminants in the units set out in the Annex to Regulation (EC) No 1881/2006.
4.
Units of measurement for the criteria:
10
11
12
Regulation (EC) No 882/2004 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 29 April 2004 on official controls performed to ensure the verification of compliance with
feed and food law, animal health and animal welfare rules (OJ L 165, 30.4.2004, p. 1).
Commission Regulation (EU) No 589/2014 of 2 June 2014 laying down methods of sampling and analysis for the control of levels of dioxins, dioxin-like PCBs and non-
dioxin-like PCBs in certain foodstuffs and repealing Regulation (EU) No 252/2012 (OJ L 164, 3.6.2014, p. 18).
Commission Regulation (EC) No 333/2007 of 28 March 2007 laying down the methods of sampling and analysis for the official control of the levels of lead, cadmium,
mercury, inorganic tin, 3-MCPD and benzo(a)pyrene in foodstuffs (OJ L 88, 29.3.2007, p. 29).
EN
24
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0482.png
Descriptor 10
Properties and quantities of marine litter do not cause harm to the coastal and marine environment
Relevant pressure: Input of litter
Criteria, including criteria elements, and methodological standards
Criteria elements
Litter (excluding micro-litter),
classified in the following categories
13
:
artificial polymer materials, rubber,
cloth/textile, paper/cardboard,
processed/worked wood, metal,
glass/ceramics, chemicals, undefined,
and food waste.
Member States may define further sub-
categories.
Criteria
D10C1
Primary:
The composition, amount and spatial distribution of litter on
the coastline, in the surface layer of the water column, and on
the seabed, are at levels that do not cause harm to the coastal
and marine environment.
Member States shall establish threshold values for these
levels through cooperation at Union level, taking into account
regional or subregional specificities.
D10C2
Primary:
The composition, amount and spatial distribution of micro-
litter on the coastline, in the surface layer of the water
column, and in seabed sediment, are at levels that do not
cause harm to the coastal and marine environment.
Member States shall establish threshold values for these
levels through cooperation at Union level, taking into account
regional or subregional specificities.
Methodological standards
Scale of assessment:
Subdivisions of the region or subregion, divided where
needed by national boundaries.
Use of criteria:
The use of criteria D10C1, D10C2 and D10C3 in the
assessment of good environmental status for Descriptor 10
shall be agreed at Union level.
The extent to which good environmental status has been
achieved shall be expressed for each criterion separately
for each area assessed as follows:
(a) the outcomes for each criterion (amount of litter or
micro-litter per category) and its distribution per
matrix used under D10C1 and D10C2 and whether
the threshold values set have been achieved.
(b) the outcomes for D10C3 (amount of litter
or and
micro-litter per category per species) and whether
Micro-litter (particles < 5mm),
classified in the categories 'artificial
polymer materials' and 'other'.
13
These are the "Level 1
Material" categories from the Master List of categories of litter items from the Joint Research Centre "Guidance on Monitoring of marine litter in
European seas" (2013, ISBN 978-92-79-32709-4). The Master List specifies what is covered under each category, for instance "Chemicals" refers to paraffin, wax, oil and
tar.
EN
25
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0483.png
Criteria elements
Litter and micro-litter classified in the
categories 'artificial polymer materials'
and 'other', assessed in any species
from the following groups: birds,
mammals, reptiles, fish or
invertebrates.
Member States shall establish that list
of species to be assessed through
regional or subregional cooperation.
Criteria
D10C3
Secondary:
The amount of litter and micro-litter ingested by marine
animals is at a level that does not adversely affect the health
of the species concerned.
Member States shall establish threshold values for these
levels through regional or subregional cooperation.
Methodological standards
the threshold values set have been achieved.
The use of criteria D10C1, D10C2 and D10C3 in the
overall assessment of good environmental status for
Descriptor 10 shall be agreed at Union level.
The outcomes of criterion D10C3 shall also contribute to
assessments under Descriptor 1, where appropriate.
Species of birds, mammals, reptiles,
fish or invertebrates which are at risk
from litter.
Member States shall establish that list
of species to be assessed through
regional or subregional cooperation.
D10C4
Secondary:
The number of individuals of each species which are
adversely affected
due to litter,
such as by entanglement,
other types of injury or mortality, or health effects,
due to
litter.
Member States shall establish threshold values for the
adverse effects of litter, through regional or subregional
cooperation.
Scale of assessment:
As used for assessment of the species group under
Descriptor 1.
Use of criteria:
The use of criterion D10C4 in the assessment of good
environmental status for Descriptor 10 shall be agreed at
Union level.
The extent to which good environmental status has been
achieved shall be expressed for each area assessed as
follows:
for each species assessed under criterion D10C4, an
estimate of the number of individuals in the
assessment area that have been adversely affected.
The use of criterion D10C4 in the overall assessment of
good environmental status for Descriptor 10 shall be
agreed at Union level.
The outcomes of this criterion shall also contribute to
assessments under Descriptor 1, where appropriate.
EN
26
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0484.png
Specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and assessment
1.
2.
For D10C1: litter shall be monitored on the coastline and may additionally be monitored in the surface layer of the water column and on the
seabed. Information on the source and pathway of the litter shall be collected, where feasible;
For D10C2: micro-litter shall be monitored in the surface layer of the water column and in the seabed sediment and may additionally be
monitored on the coastline. Micro-litter shall be monitored in a manner that can be related to point-sources for inputs (such as harbours,
marinas, waste-water treatment plants, storm-water effluents), where feasible.
For D10C3 and D10C4: the monitoring may be based on incidental occurrences (e.g. strandings of dead animals, entangled animals in
breeding colonies, affected individuals per survey).
D10C1: amount of litter per category in number of items:
per 100 metres (m) on the coastline,
per square kilometre (km
2
) for surface layer of the water column and for seabed,
per square metre (m
2
) for surface layer of the water column,
per kilogram (dry weight) (kg) of sediment for the coastline and for seabed,
3.
Units of measurement for the criteria:
D10C2: amount of micro-litter per category in number of items and weight in grams (g):
D10C3: amount of litter/micro-litter in grams (g) and number of items per individual for each species in relation to size (weight or
length, as appropriate) of the individual sampled,
D10C4: number of individuals affected (lethal; sub-lethal) per species.
EN
27
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0485.png
Descriptor 11
Introduction of energy, including underwater noise, is at levels that do not adversely affect the marine environment
Relevant pressures: Input of anthropogenic sound; Input of other forms of energy
Criteria, including criteria elements, and methodological standards
Criteria elements
Criteria
Methodological standards
Scale of assessment:
Region, subregion or subdivisions.
Use of criteria:
The use of criteria D11C1 and D11C2 in the assessment
of good environmental status for Descriptor 11 shall be
agreed at Union level.
The extent to which good environmental status has been
achieved shall be expressed for each area assessed as
follows:
(a) for D11C1, the duration per calendar year of
impulsive sound sources, their distribution within
the year and spatially within the assessment area,
and whether the threshold values set have been
exceededachieved;
(b) for D11C2, the annual average of the sound level,
or other suitable
temporal
metric agreed at regional
or subregional level, per unit area and its spatial
and
temporal
distribution within the assessment area,
and
the extent (%, km
2
) of the assessment area over
which whether
the threshold values set have been
exceededachieved.
The use of criteria D11C1 and D11C2 in the assessment
of good environmental status for Descriptor 11 shall be
agreed at Union level.
The outcomes of these criteria shall also contribute to
assessments under Descriptor 1.
Anthropogenic impulsive sound in
water.
D11C1
Primary:
The spatial distribution, temporal extent, and levels of
anthropogenic impulsive sound sources do not exceed
values
levels
that adversely affect
populations of
marine animals.
Member States shall establish
these
threshold values
for these
levels
through cooperation at Union level, taking into account
regional or subregional specificities.
Anthropogenic continuous low-
frequency sound in water.
D11C2
Primary:
The spatial distribution, temporal extent and levels of
anthropogenic continuous low-frequency sound do not
exceed
values levels
that adversely affect
populations of
marine animals.
Member States shall establish
these
threshold values
for these
levels
through cooperation at Union level, taking into account
regional or subregional specificities.
EN
28
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0486.png
Specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and assessment
1.
For D11C1 monitoring:
(a)
(b)
Spatial resolution: geographical locations whose shape and areas are to be determined at regional or subregional level, on th e basis of,
for instance, activities listed in Annex III to Directive 2008/56/EC.
Impulsive sound described
as monopole energy source level in units of dB re 1!Pa
2
s or zero to peak monopole source level in units of
dB re 1!Pa m,
both over the frequency band 10 Hz to 10 kHz. Member States may consider other specific sources with higher frequency
bands if longer-range effects are considered relevant.
2.
For D11C2 monitoring:
Annual average, or other suitable metric agreed at regional or subregional level,
of the squared sound pressure in each of two ‘1/3-octave
bands', one centred
at 63 Hz and the other at 125 Hz, expressed as a level in decibels in units of dB re 1!Pa,
at a suitable spatial resolution in
relation to the pressure. This may be measured directly, or inferred from a model used to interpolate between, or extrapolated from,
measurements. Member States may also decide at regional or subregional level to monitor for additional frequency bands.
Criteria relating to other forms of energy input (including thermal energy, electromagnetic fields and light) and criteria relating to the environmental
impacts of noise are still subject to further development.
Units of measurement for the criteria:
D11C1: Number of days per quarter (or per month if appropriate) with impulsive sound sources; proportion (percentage) of unit areas or
extent (in square kilometres (km
2
) of assessment area with impulsive sound sources per year,
D11C2: Annual average (or other temporal metric) of continuous sound level per unit area; proportion (percentage) or extent (in square
kilometres (km
2
) of assessment area with sound levels exceeding threshold values.
Formateret:
Hævet skrift
EN
29
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0487.png
PART II
C
RITERIA AND METHODOLOGICAL STANDARDS
,
SPECIFICATIONS AND STANDARDISED METHODS FOR MONITORING AND ASSESSMENT OF
ESSENTIAL FEATURES AND CHARACTERISTICS AND CURRENT ENVIRONMENTAL STATUS OF MARINE WATERS UNDER POINT
(
A
)
OF
A
RTICLE
8(1)
OF
D
IRECTIVE
2008/56/EC
Part II considers the descriptors linked to the relevant ecosystem elements: species groups of birds, mammals, reptiles, fish and cephalopods
(Descriptor 1), pelagic habitats (Descriptor 1), benthic habitats (Descriptors 1 and 6) and ecosystems, including food webs (Descriptors 1 and 4), as
listed in Annex III to Directive 2008/56/EC
14
.
Theme: Species groups of birds, mammals, reptiles, fish and cephalopods (relating to Descriptor 1)
Criteria, including criteria elements, and methodological standards
Criteria elements
Species of birds, mammals, reptiles
and non-commercially-exploited
species of fish and cephalopods, which
are at risk from incidental by-catch in
the region or subregion.
Member States shall establish that list
of species through regional or
subregional cooperation, pursuant to
the obligations laid down in Article
25(5) of Regulation (EU) No
1380/2013 for data collection activities
and taking into account the list of
species in Table 1D of the Annex to
Commission Implementing Decision
(EU) 2016/1251
15
.
14
15
Criteria
Methodological standards
D1C1
Primary:
The mortality rate per species from incidental by-catch is
below levels which threaten the species,
such that its long-
term viability is ensured.
Member States shall establish the threshold values for the
mortality rate from incidental by-catch per species, through
regional or subregional cooperation.
Scale of assessment:
As used for assessment of the corresponding species or
species groups under criteria D1C2-D1C5.
Use of criteria:
The extent to which good environmental status has been
achieved shall be expressed for each area assessed as
follows:
the mortality rate per species and whether this has
achieved the threshold value set.
This criterion shall contribute to assessment of the
corresponding species under criterion D1C2.
Regulation (EC) No 199/2008 may be used for the collection of relevant fisheries-related data under Descriptors 1, 4 and 6.
Commission Implementing Decision (EU) 2016/1251 of 12 July 2016 adopting a multiannual Union programme for the collection, management and use of data in the
fisheries and aquaculture sectors for the period 2017-2019 (OJ L 207, 1.8.2016, p. 113).
EN
30
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0488.png
Criteria elements
Criteria
D1C2
Primary:
The population abundance of the species is not adversely
affected due to anthropogenic pressures, such that its long-
term viability is ensured.
Member States shall establish threshold values for each
species through regional or subregional cooperation, taking
account of natural variation in population size and the
mortality rates derived from D1C1, D8C4 and D10C4 and
other relevant pressures. For species covered by Directive
92/43/EEC, these values shall be consistent with the
Favourable Reference Population values established by the
relevant Member States under Directive 92/43/EEC.
D1C3
Primary for commercially-exploited fish and
cephalopods and secondary for other species:
The population demographic characteristics (e.g. body size or
age class structure, sex ratio, fecundity, and survival rates) of
the species are indicative of a
natural healthy
population
which is not adversely affected due to anthropogenic
pressures.
Member States shall establish threshold values for specified
characteristics of each species through regional or
subregional cooperation, taking account of adverse effects on
their health derived from D8C2, D8C4 and other relevant
pressures.
D1C4
Primary for species covered by Annexes II, IV
and or
V to Directive 92/43/EEC and secondary for other species:
The species distributional range and, where relevant, pattern
is in line with prevailing physiographic, geographic and
climatic conditions.
Member States shall establish threshold values for each
Methodological standards
Scale of assessment:
Ecologically-relevant scales for each species group shall
be used, as follows:
for deep-diving toothed cetaceans, baleen whales,
deep-sea fish: region;
for birds, small toothed cetaceans, pelagic and
demersal shelf fish: region or subdivisions for
Baltic Sea and Black Sea; subregion for North-East
Atlantic Ocean and Mediterranean Sea;
for seals, turtles, cephalopods: region or
subdivisions for Baltic Sea; subregion for North-
East Atlantic Ocean and Mediterranean Sea;
for coastal fish: subdivision of region or subregion.
for commercially-exploited fish and cephalopods:
as used under Descriptor 3.
Use of criteria:
The status of each species shall be assessed individually,
on the basis of the criteria selected for use, and these shall
be used to express the extent to which good environmental
status has been achieved for each species group for each
area assessed, as follows:
(a) the assessments shall express the value(s) for each
criterion used per species and whether these achieve
the threshold values set;
(b) the overall status of species covered by Directive
92/43/EEC shall be derived using the method
provided under that Directive. The overall status for
commercially-exploited species shall be as assessed
under Descriptor 3. For other species, the overall
status shall be derived using a method agreed at
Species groups, as listed under Table 1
and if present in the region or
subregion.
Member States shall establish a set of
species representative of each species
group, selected according to the
criteria laid down under ‘specifications
for the selection of species and
habitats’, through regional or
subregional cooperation. These shall
include the mammals and reptiles
listed in Annex II to Directive
92/43/EEC and may include any other
species, such as those listed under
Union legislation (other Annexes to
Directive 92/43/EEC, Directive
2009/147/EC or through Regulation
(EU) No 1380/2013) and international
agreements such as Regional Sea
Conventions.
EN
31
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0489.png
Criteria elements
Criteria
species through regional or subregional cooperation. For
species covered by Directive 92/43/EEC, these shall be
consistent with the Favourable Reference Range values
established by the relevant Member States under Directive
92/43/EEC.
(c)
(d)
Methodological standards
Union level, taking into account regional or
subregional specificities;
the overall status of the species group, using a
method agreed at Union level, taking into account
regional or subregional specificities.
Wherever possible, the assessments under Directive
92/43/EEC, Directive 2009/147/EC and Regulation
(EU) No 1380/2013 shall be used for the purposes
of this Decision:
for birds, criteria D1C2 and D1C4 equate to the
‘population size’
and
‘breeding distribution
map
range size’ criteria of Directive 2009/147/EC;
for mammals, reptiles and non-commercial fish, the
criteria are equivalent to those used under Directive
92/43/EEC as follows: D1C2 and D1C3 equate to
‘population’, D1C4 equates to ‘range’
and D1C5
equates
to ‘habitat for the species’;
for commercially-exploited fish and cephalopods,
assessments under Descriptor 3 shall be used for
Descriptor 1 purposes, using criterion D3C2 for
D1C2 and criterion D3C3 for D1C3.
(e)
(f)
D1C5
Primary for species covered by Annexes II, IV and V
to Directive 92/43/EEC and secondary for other species:
The habitat for the species has the necessary extent and
condition to support the different stages in the life history of
the species.
(g)
(h)(c)
Assessments of the adverse effects from pressures
under criteria D1C1, D2C3, D3C1, D8C2, D8C4
and D10C4, as well as the assessments of pressures
under criteria D9C1, D10C3, D11C1 and D11C2,
should be taken into account in the assessments of
species under Descriptor 1.
EN
32
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0490.png
Criteria elements
Table 1
Species groups
16
Ecosystem component
Species groups
Grazing birds
Wading birds
Birds
Surface-feeding birds
Pelagic-feeding birds
Benthic-feeding birds
Small toothed cetaceans
Mammals
Deep-diving toothed cetaceans
Baleen whales
Seals
Reptiles
Turtles
Coastal fish
Fish
Pelagic shelf fish
Demersal shelf fish
Deep-sea fish
Cephalopods
Coastal/shelf cephalopods
Deep-sea cephalopods
16
Relevant fisheries-related data should be used in application of Regulation (EC) No 199/2008.
EN
33
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0491.png
Specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and assessment relating to theme "Species groups of marine birds, mammals, reptiles, fish and
cephalopods"
1.
For D1C1, data shall be provided per species per fishing metier for each ICES
Division area
or GFCM Geographical Sub-Area or FAO fishing
areas for the Macaronesian biogeographic region, to enable its aggregation to the relevant scale for the species concerned, and to identify the
particular fisheries and fishing gear most contributing to incidental catches for each species.
'Coastal' shall be understood on the basis of physical, hydrological and ecological parameters and is not limited to coastal water as defined in
Article 2(7) of Directive 2000/60/EC.
Species may be assessed at population level, where appropriate.
Wherever possible, the assessments under Directive 92/43/EEC, Directive 2009/147/EC and Regulation (EU) No 1380/2013 shall be used for
the purposes of this Decision:
(a)
(b)
(c)
5.
3.1.
for birds, criteria D1C2 and D1C4 equate to the ‘population size’ and ‘breeding distribution map
and
range size’ criteria of Directive
2009/147/EC;
for mammals, reptiles and non-commercial fish, the criteria are equivalent to those used under Directive 92/43/EEC as follows: D1C2
and D1C3 equate to ‘population’, D1C4 equates to ‘range’ and D1C5 equates to ‘habitat for the species’;
for commercially-exploited fish and cephalopods, assessments under Descriptor 3 shall be used for Descriptor 1 purposes, using
criterion D3C2 for D1C2 and criterion D3C3 for D1C3.
2.
2.3.
4.
Assessments of the adverse effects from pressures under criteria D1C1, D2C3, D3C1, D8C2, D8C4 and D10C4, as well as the assessments of
pressures under criteria D9C1, D10C3, D11C1 and D11C2, shall be taken into account in the assessments of species under Descriptor 1.
'Coastal' shall be understood on the basis of physical, hydrological and ecological parameters and is not limited to coastal water as defined in
Article 2(7) of Directive 2000/60/EC.
D1C2: abundance (number of individuals or biomass in tonnes (t)) per species.
Units of measurement for the criteria:
EN
34
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0492.png
Theme: Pelagic habitats (relating to Descriptor 1)
Criteria, including criteria elements, and methodological standards
Criteria elements
Criteria
Methodological standards
Scale of assessment:
Subdivision of region or subregion as used for assessments
of benthic broad habitat types, reflecting biogeographic
differences in species composition of the habitat type.
Use of criteria:
The extent to which good environmental status has been
achieved shall be expressed for each area assessed as:
(a)
an estimate of the proportion and extent of each
habitat type assessed that has achieved the threshold
value set;
a list of broad habitat types in the assessment area
that were not assessed.
Pelagic broad habitat types (variable
salinity
17
, coastal, shelf and
oceanic/beyond shelf), if present in the
region or subregion, and other habitat
types as defined in the second
paragraph.
Member States may select, through
regional or subregional cooperation,
additional habitat types according to
the criteria laid down under
'specifications for the selection of
species and habitats'.
D1C6
Primary:
The condition of the habitat type, including its biotic and
abiotic structure and its functions (e.g. its typical species
composition and their relative abundance, absence of
particularly sensitive or fragile species or species providing a
key function, size structure of species), is not adversely
affected
due to anthropogenic pressures.
Member States shall establish threshold values for the
condition of each habitat type, ensuring compatibility with
related
values set under Descriptors 2, 5 and 8, through
regional or subregional cooperation.
(b)
(c)(b)
Assessments of the adverse effects from pressures,
including under D2C3, D5C2, D5C3, D5C4, D7C1,
D8C2 and D8C4, shall be taken into account in the
assessments of pelagic habitats under Descriptor 1.
Specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and assessment relating to theme "Pelagic habitats"
1.
4.2.
'Coastal' shall be understood on the basis of physical, hydrological and ecological parameters and is not limited to coastal water as defined in
Article 2(7) of Directive 2000/60/EC.
Assessments of the adverse effects from pressures, including under D2C3, D5C2, D5C3, D5C4, D7C1, D8C2 and D8C4, shall be taken into
account in the assessments of pelagic habitats under Descriptor 1.
17
Retained for situations where estuarine plumes extend beyond waters designated as Transitional Waters under Directive 2000/60/EC.
EN
35
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0493.png
Units of measurement for the criteria:
D1C6: extent of habitat adversely affected in square kilometres (km
2
)
per habitat type
and as a proportion (percentage) of the total extent
of the habitat type.
Theme: Benthic habitats (relating to Descriptors 1 and 6)
Criteria, including criteria elements, and methodological standards
Criteria elements
Refer to Part I of this Annex for criteria D6C1, D6C2 and D6C3.
Benthic broad habitat types as listed in
Table 2 and if present in the region or
subregion, and other habitat types as
defined in the second
subparagraph.
Member States may select, through
regional or subregional cooperation,
additional habitat types, according to
the criteria laid down under
‘specifications
for the selection of
species and habitats’, and which may
include habitat types listed under
Directive 92/43/EEC or international
agreements such as Regional Sea
Conventions, for the purposes of:
(a) assessing each broad habitat type
under criterion D6C5;
(b)
assessing these habitat types
.
A single set of habitat types shall serve
the purpose of assessments of both
D6C4
Primary:
The extent of loss of the habitat type, resulting from
anthropogenic pressures, does not exceed a specified
proportion of the natural extent of the habitat type in the
assessment area.
Member States shall establish the maximum allowable extent
of habitat loss as a proportion of the total natural extent of the
habitat type, through cooperation at Union level, taking into
account regional or subregional specificities.
D6C5
Primary:
The extent of adverse effects from anthropogenic pressures on
the condition of the habitat type, including alteration to its
biotic and abiotic structure and its functions (e.g. its typical
species composition and their relative abundance, absence of
particularly sensitive or fragile species or species providing a
key function, size structure of species), does not exceed a
specified proportion of the natural extent of the habitat type in
the assessment area.
Member States shall establish threshold values for adverse
effects on the condition of each habitat type, ensuring
compatibility with related values set under Descriptors 2, 5, 6,
Scale of assessment:
Subdivision of region or subregion, reflecting
biogeographic differences in species composition of the
broad habitat type.
Use of criteria:
A single assessment per habitat type, using criteria D6C4
and D6C5, shall serve the purpose of assessments of both
benthic habitats under Descriptor 1 and sea-floor integrity
under Descriptor 6.
The extent to which good environmental status has been
achieved shall be expressed for each area assessed as:
(a) for D6C4, an estimate of the proportion and extent
of loss per habitat type and whether this has
achieved the extent value set;
(b) for D6C5, an estimate of the proportion and extent
of adverse effects, including the proportion lost from
point (a), per habitat type and whether this has
achieved the extent value set;
(c) overall status of the habitat type, using a method
agreed at Union level based on points (a) and (b),
and a list of broad habitat types in the assessment
Criteria
Methodological standards
EN
36
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0494.png
Criteria elements
benthic habitats under Descriptor 1 and
sea-floor integrity under Descriptor 6.
Criteria
7 and 8, through cooperation at Union level, taking into
account regional or subregional specificities.
Member States shall establish the maximum allowable extent
of those adverse effects as a proportion of the total natural
extent of the habitat type, through cooperation at Union level,
taking into account regional or subregional specificities.
(d)
Methodological standards
area that were not assessed.
The status of each habitat type shall be assessed
using wherever possible assessments (such as of sub-
types of the broad habitat types) under Directive
92/43/EEC and Directive 2000/60/EC.
Criteria D6C4 and D6C5 equate
to the ‘range/area
covered by habitat type within range’ and ‘specific
structures
and
functions’
criteria
of
Directive 92/43/EEC.
Assessment of criterion D6C4 shall use the
assessment made under criterion D6C1.
(e)
(f)
Assessments of the adverse effects from pressures,
including under criteria D2C3, D3C1, D3C2, D3C3,
D5C4, D5C5, D5C6, D5C7, D5C8, D6C3, D7C2, D8C2
and D8C4, shall be taken into account in the assessments
of benthic habitats under Descriptors 1 and 6.
Criteria elements
Table 2
Benthic broad habitat types including their associated biological communities (relevant for criteria under Descriptors 1 and 6),
which equate to one or more habitat types of the European nature information system (EUNIS) habitat classification
18
. Updates to the EUNIS
typology shall be reflected in the broad habitat types used for the purposes of Directive 2008/56/EC and of this Decision.
Ecosystem component
Benthic habitats
Broad habitat types
Littoral rock and biogenic reef
Relevant EUNIS habitat codes (version 2016)
MA1, MA2
18
Evans, D. (2016). Revising the marine section of the EUNIS Habitat classification - Report of a workshop held at the European Topic Centre on Biological Diversity, 12 &
13 May 2016. ETC/BD Working Paper N° A/2016.
EN
37
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0495.png
Ecosystem component
Broad habitat types
Littoral sediment
Infralittoral rock and biogenic reef
Infralittoral coarse sediment
Infralittoral mixed sediment
Infralittoral sand
Infralittoral mud
Circalittoral rock and biogenic reef
Circalittoral coarse sediment
Circalittoral mixed sediment
Circalittoral sand
Circalittoral mud
Offshore circalittoral rock and biogenic reef
Offshore circalittoral coarse sediment
Offshore circalittoral mixed sediment
Offshore circalittoral sand
Offshore circalittoral mud
Upper bathyal
19
rock and biogenic reef
Upper bathyal sediment
Lower bathyal rock and biogenic reef
Lower bathyal sediment
Relevant EUNIS habitat codes (version 2016)
MA3, MA4, MA5, MA6
MB1, MB2
MB3
MB4
MB5
MB6
MC1, MC2
MC3
MC4
MC5
MC6
MD1, MD2
MD3
MD4
MD5
MD6
ME1, ME2
ME3, ME4, ME5, ME6
MF1, MF2
MF3, MF4, MF5, MF6
19
Where not specifically defined in the EUNIS classification, the boundary between the upper bathyal and lower bathyal may be set as a specified depth limit.
EN
38
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0496.png
Ecosystem component
Broad habitat types
Abyssal
Relevant EUNIS habitat codes (version 2016)
MG1, MG2, MG3, MG4, MG5, MG6
Specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and assessment relating to theme "Benthic habitats"
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
The status of each habitat type shall be assessed using assessments (such as of sub-types of the broad habitat types) under Directive
92/43/EEC and Directive 2000/60/EC, wherever possible.
Assessment of criterion D6C4 shall use the assessment made under criterion D6C1.
Criteria D6C4 and D6C5 equate
to the ‘range/area covered by habitat type within range’ and ‘specific structures and functions’ criteria
of
Directive 92/43/EEC.
For D6C5, assessments of the adverse effects from pressures, including under criteria D2C3, D3C1, D3C2, D3C3, D5C4, D5C5, D5C6,
D5C7, D5C8, D6C3, D7C2, D8C2 and D8C4, shall be taken into account.
For D6C5, species composition shall be understood to refer to the lowest taxonomic level appropriate for the assessment.
D6C4: extent of habitat loss in square kilometres (km
2
) and as a proportion (percentage) of the total extent of the habitat type,
D6C5: extent of habitat adversely affected in square kilometres (km
2
) and as a proportion (percentage) of the total extent of the habitat
type.
Units of measurement for the criteria:
Specifications for the selection of species and habitats under Themes "Species groups of marine birds, mammals, reptiles, fish and cephalopods",
"Pelagic habitats" and "Benthic habitats"
The selection of species and habitats to be assigned to the species groups and pelagic and benthic broad habitat types shall be based on the following:
1.
Scientific criteria (ecological relevance):
(a)
representative of the ecosystem component (species group or broad habitat type), and of ecosystem functioning (e.g. connectivity
between habitats and populations, completeness and integrity of essential habitats), being relevant for assessment of state/impacts, such
as having a key functional role within the component (e.g. high or specific biodiversity, productivity, trophic link, specific resource or
service) or particular life history traits (age and size at breeding, longevity, migratory traits);
EN
39
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0497.png
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
2.
relevant for assessment of a key anthropogenic pressure to which the ecosystem component is exposed, being sensitive to the pressure
and exposed to it (vulnerable) in the assessment area;
present in sufficient numbers or extent in the assessment area to be able to construct a suitable indicator for assessment;
the set of species or habitats selected shall cover, as far as possible, the full range of ecological functions of the ecosystem component
and the predominant pressures to which the component is subject;
if species of species groups are closely associated to a particular broad habitat type they may be included within that habitat type for
monitoring and assessment purposes; in such cases, the species shall not be included in the assessment of the species group.
monitoring/technical feasibility;
monitoring costs;
adequate time series of the data.
Additional practical criteria (which shall not override the scientific criteria):
(a)
(b)
(c)
The representative set of species and habitats to be assessed are likely to be specific to the region or subregion, although certain species may occur in
several regions or subregions.
Theme: Ecosystems, including food webs (relating to Descriptors 1 and 4)
Criteria, including criteria elements, and methodological standards
Criteria elements
Trophic guilds of an ecosystem.
Member States shall establish the list
of trophic guilds through regional or
subregional cooperation.
Criteria
D4C1
Primary:
The diversity (species composition and their relative
abundance) of the trophic guild is not adversely affected due
to anthropogenic pressures.
Member States shall establish threshold values through
regional or subregional cooperation.
Methodological standards
Scale of assessment:
Regional level for Baltic Sea and Black Sea; subregional
level for North-East Atlantic and Mediterranean Sea.
Subdivisions may be used where appropriate.
EN
40
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0498.png
Criteria elements
Criteria
D4C2
Primary:
The balance of total
guild
abundance
across between
the
trophic guilds is not adversely affected due to anthropogenic
pressures.
Member States shall establish threshold values through
regional or subregional cooperation.
D4C3
Secondary:
The size distribution of individuals across the trophic guild is
not adversely affected due to anthropogenic pressures.
Member States shall establish threshold values through
regional or subregional cooperation.
D4C4
Secondary (to be used in support of criterion D4C2,
where necessary):
Productivity of the trophic guild is not adversely affected due
to anthropogenic pressures.
Member States shall establish threshold values through
regional or subregional cooperation.
Methodological standards
Use of criteria:
Where values do not fall within the threshold values, this
may trigger
the need for
further research and investigation
to understand the causes for the failure.
Specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and assessment
1.
2.
Species composition shall be understood to refer to the lowest taxonomic level appropriate for the assessment.
The trophic guilds selected under criteria elements shall take into account the ICES list of trophic guilds
20
and shall meet the following
conditions:
(a)
(b)
include at least three trophic guilds;
two shall be non-fish trophic guilds;
20
ICES Advice (2015) Book 1, ICES special request advice, published 20 March 2015.
EN
41
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0499.png
(c)
(d)
at least one shall be a primary producer trophic guild;
preferably represent at least the top, middle and bottom of the food chain.
D4C2: total abundance (number of individuals or biomass in tonnes (t)) across all species within the trophic guild.
Units of measurement:
EN
42
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0500.png
EUROPEAN
COMMISSION
Brussels,
XXX
[…](2016)
XXX
draft
COMMISSION DECISION (EU) …/…
of
XXX
laying down criteria and methodological standards on good environmental status of
marine waters and specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and
assessment, and repealing Decision 2010/477/EU
(Text with EEA relevance)
EN
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0501.png
COMMISSION DECISION (EU) …/…
of
XXX
laying down criteria and methodological standards on good environmental status of
marine waters and specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and
assessment, and repealing Decision 2010/477/EU
(Text with EEA relevance)
THE EUROPEAN COMMISSION,
Having regard to the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union,
Having regard to Directive 2008/56/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 17
June 2008 establishing a framework for community action in the field of marine
environmental policy (Marine Strategy Framework Directive)
1
, and in particular Articles 9(3)
and 11(4) thereof,
Whereas:
(1)
Commission Decision 2010/477/EU
2
established criteria to be used by the Member
States to determine the good environmental status of their marine waters and to guide
their assessments of that status in the first implementation cycle of Directive
2008/56/EC.
Decision 2010/477/EU acknowledged that additional scientific and technical progress
was required to support the development or revision of those criteria for some
qualitative descriptors, as well as further development of methodological standards in
close coordination with the establishment of monitoring programmes. In addition, that
Decision stated that it would be appropriate to carry out its revision as soon as possible
after the completion of the assessment required under Article 12 of Directive
2008/56/EC, in time to support a successful update of marine strategies that are due by
2018, pursuant to Article 17 of Directive 2008/56/EC.
In 2012, on the basis of the initial assessment of their marine waters made pursuant to
Article 8(1) of Directive 2008/56/EC, Member States reported on the environmental
status of their marine waters and notified to the Commission their determination of
good environmental status and their environmental targets in accordance with Articles
9(2) and 10(2) of Directive 2008/56/EC, respectively. The Commission's assessment
3
of those Member State reports, undertaken in accordance with Article 12 of Directive
2008/56/EC, highlighted that more efforts were urgently needed if Member States are
to reach good environmental status by 2020. The results showed the necessity to
significantly improve the quality and coherence of the determination of good
OJ L 164, 25.6.2008, p. 19.
Commission Decision 2010/477/EU of 1 September 2010 on criteria and methodological standards on
good environmental status of marine waters (OJ L 232, 2.9.2010, p. 14).
Report from the Commission to the Council and the European Parliament - The first phase of
implementation of the Marine Strategy Framework Directive (2008/56/EC) - The European
Commission's assessment and guidance (COM(2014)097 final, 20.2.2014).
(2)
(3)
1
2
3
EN
2
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0502.png
environmental status by the Member States. In addition, the assessment recognised
that regional cooperation must be at the very heart of the implementation of Directive
2008/56/EC. It also emphasised the need for Member States to more systematically
build upon
standards stemming from existing
Union legislation or, where
they do not
existrelevant, upon
standards set by Regional Sea Conventions or other international
agreements.
(4)
To ensure that the second cycle of implementation of the marine strategies of the
Member States further contributes to the achievement of the objectives of Directive
2008/56/EC and yields more consistent determinations of good environmental status,
the Commission recommended in its report on the first phase of implementation that,
at Union level, the Commission services and Member States collaborate to revise,
strengthen and improve Decision 2010/477/EU, aiming at a clearer, simpler, more
concise, more coherent and comparable set of good environmental status criteria and
methodological standards and, at the same time, review Annex III of Directive
2008/56/EC, and if necessary revise it, and develop specific guidance to ensure a more
coherent and consistent approach for assessments in the next implementation cycle.
On the basis of those conclusions, the review process started in 2013 when a roadmap,
consisting of several phases (technical and scientific, consultation, and decision-
making), was endorsed by the Regulatory Committee established under Article 25(1)
of Directive 2008/56/EC. During this process, the Commission consulted all interested
parties, including Regional Sea Conventions.
In order to facilitate future updates of the initial assessment of Member States' marine
waters and their determination of good environmental status, and to ensure greater
coherence in implementation of Directive 2008/56/EC across the Union, it is necessary
to clarify, revise or introduce criteria, methodological standards, specifications and
standardised methods to be used by Member States, compared to the elements
currently set out in Decision 2010/477/EU. As a result, the number of criteria that
Member States need to monitor and assess should be reduced, applying a risk-based
approach to those which are retained in order to allow Member States to focus their
efforts on the main anthropogenic pressures affecting their waters. Finally, the criteria
and their use should be further specified, including providing for threshold values or
the setting thereof, thereby allowing for the extent to which good environmental status
is achieved to be measured across the Union's marine waters.
In accordance with the commitment taken by the Commission when adopting its
Communication to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and
Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions: Better regulation for better
results
An EU agenda
4
, this Decision should ensure coherence with other Union
legislation. To ensure greater consistency and comparability at Union level of Member
States' determinations of good environmental status and avoid unnecessary overlaps, it
is appropriate to take into account relevant existing standards and methods for
monitoring and assessment laid down in Union legislation, including
C
ouncil
Directive 92/43/EEC
5
, Directive 2000/60/EC of the European Parliament and of the
Council
6
, Commission Regulation (EC) No 1881/2006
7
, Council Regulation (EC) No
COM(2015) 215 final.
Council Directive 92/43/EEC of 21 May 1992 on the conservation of natural habitats and of wild fauna
and flora (OJ L 206, 22.7.1992, p. 7).
Directive 2000/60/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 23 October 2000 establishing a
framework for Community action in the field of water policy (OJ L 327, 22.12.2000, p. 1).
(5)
(6)
(7)
4
5
6
EN
3
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0503.png
1967/2006
8
, Directive 2008/105/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council
9
,
Directive 2009/147/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council
10
and
Regulation (EU) No 1380/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council
11
.
(8)
For each of the qualitative descriptors listed in Annex I to Directive 2008/56/EC, and
on the basis of the indicative lists in Annex III to that Directive, it is necessary to
define the criteria, including the criteria elements and, where appropriate, the threshold
values, to be used. Threshold values are intended to contribute to Member States'
determination of a set of characteristics for good environmental status and inform their
assessment of the extent to which good environmental status is being achieved. It is
also necessary to set out methodological standards, including the geographic scales for
assessment and how the criteria should be used. Those criteria and methodological
standards are to ensure consistency and allow for comparison, between marine regions
or subregions, of assessments of the extent to which good environmental status is
being achieved.
To ensure comparability between the details of any updates by the Member States
following the reviews of certain elements of their marine strategies, sent under Article
17(3) of Directive 2008/56/EC, specifications and standardised methods for
monitoring and assessment should be defined, taking into account existing
specifications and standards at Union or international level, including regional or
subregional level.
Member States should apply the criteria, methodological standards, specifications and
standardised methods for monitoring and assessment laid down in this Decision in
combination with the ecosystem elements, anthropogenic pressures and human
activities listed in the indicative lists of Annex III to Directive 2008/56/EC and by
reference to the initial assessment made pursuant to Article 8(1) of that Directive,
when determining a set of characteristics for good environmental status in accordance
with Article 9(1) of that Directive, and when establishing coordinated monitoring
programmes under Article 11 of that Directive.
In order to establish a clear link between the determination of a set of characteristics
for good environmental status and the assessment of progress towards its achievement,
it is appropriate to organise the criteria and methodological standards on the basis of
the qualitative descriptors laid down in Annex I to Directive 2008/56/EC, taking into
account the indicative lists of ecosystem elements, anthropogenic pressures and human
activities laid down in Annex III to that Directive. Some of those criteria and
Commission Regulation (EC) No 1881/2006 of 19 December 2006 setting maximum levels for certain
contaminants in foodstuffs (OJ L 364, 20.12.2006, p. 5).
Council Regulation (EC) No 1967/2006 of 21 December 2006 concerning management measures for
the sustainable exploitation of fishery resources in the Mediterranean Sea, amending Regulation (EEC)
No 2847/93 and repealing Regulation (EC) No 1626/94 (OJ L 409, 30.12.2006, p. 11).
Directive 2008/105/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 16 December 2008 on
environmental quality standards in the field of water policy, amending and subsequently replacing
Council Directives 872/176/EEC,
83/513/EEC,
84/156/EEC, 84/491/EEC, 86/280/EEC and amending
Directive 2000/60/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council (OJ L 348, 24.12.2008, p. 84.).
Directive 2009/147/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 30 November 2009 on the
conservation of wild birds (OJ L 20, 26.1.2010, p. 7).
Regulation (EU) No 1380/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 11 December 2013 on
the Common Fisheries Policy, amending Council Regulations (EC) No 1954/2003 and (EC) No
1224/2009 and repealing Council Regulations (EC) No 2371/2002 and (EC) No 639/2004 and Council
Decision 2004/585/EC (OJ L 354, 28.12.2013, p. 22).
(9)
(10)
(11)
7
8
9
10
11
EN
4
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0504.png
methodological standards relate in particular to the assessment of environmental status
or of predominant pressures and impacts under points (a) or (b) of Article 8(1) of
Directive 2008/56/EC, respectively.
(12)
In cases where no threshold values are laid down, Member States should establish
threshold values through Union, regional or subregional cooperation, for instance by
referring to existing values or developing new ones in the framework of the Regional
Sea Conventions. In cases where threshold values should be established through
cooperation at Union level (for the descriptors on marine litter, underwater noise and
seabed integrity), this will be done in the framework of the Common Implementation
Strategy set up by the Member States and the Commission for the purposes of
Directive 2008/56/EC. Once established through Union, regional or subregional
cooperation, these threshold values will only become part of Member States' sets of
characteristics for good environmental status when they are sent to the Commission as
part of Member States' reporting under Article 17(3) of Directive 2008/56/EC. Until
such threshold values are established through Union, regional or subregional
cooperation, Member States should be able to use national threshold values,
directional trends or,
for state elements,
pressure-based threshold values as proxies.
Threshold values should reflect, where appropriate, the quality level that
constitutes
reflects the significance of
an adverse effect for a criterion and should be set in relation
to a reference condition. Threshold values should be
consistent with Union legislation
and
set at appropriate geographic scales to reflect the different biotic and abiotic
characteristics of the regions, subregions and subdivisions. This means that even if the
process to establish threshold values takes place at Union level, this may result in the
setting of different threshold values, which are specific to a region, subregion or
subdivision. Threshold values should also be set on the basis of the precautionary
principle, reflecting the potential risks to the marine environment. The setting of
threshold values should accommodate the dynamic nature of marine ecosystems and
their elements, which can change in space and time through hydrological and climatic
variation, predator-prey relationships and other environmental factors. Threshold
values should also reflect the fact that marine ecosystems may recover, if deteriorated,
to a state that reflects prevailing physiographic, geographic, climatic and biological
conditions, rather than return to a specific state of the past.
In accordance with Article 1(3) of Directive 2008/56/EC, the collective pressure of
human activities needs to be kept within levels compatible with the achievement of
good environmental status, ensuring that the capacity of marine ecosystems to respond
to human-induced changes is not compromised. This may entail, where appropriate,
that threshold values for certain pressures and their environmental impacts are not
necessarily achieved in all areas of Member States' marine waters, provided that this
does not compromise the achievement of the objectives of Directive 2008/56/EC,
while enabling the sustainable use of marine goods and services.
It is necessary to lay down threshold values which will be part of the set of
characteristics used by Member States in their determination of good environmental
status in accordance with Article 9(1) of Directive 2008/56/EC, and the extent to
which the threshold values are to be achieved. Threshold values therefore do not, by
themselves, constitute Member States' determinations of good environmental status.
Member States should express the extent to which good environmental status is being
achieved as the proportion of their marine waters over which the threshold values have
been achieved or as the proportion of criteria elements (species, contaminants, etc.)
(13)
(14)
(15)
(16)
EN
5
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0505.png
that have achieved the threshold values. When assessing the status of their marine
waters in accordance with Article 17(2)(a) of Directive 2008/56/EC, Member States
should express any change in status as improving, stable or deteriorating compared to
the previous reporting period, in view of the often slow response of the marine
environment to change.
(17)
Where threshold values, set in accordance with this Decision, are not met for a
particular criterion, Member States should consider taking appropriate measures or
carrying out further research or investigation.
Where Member States are required to cooperate at regional or subregional level, they
should use, where practical and appropriate, existing regional institutional cooperation
structures, including those under Regional Sea Conventions, as provided under
Article 6 of Directive 2008/56/EC. Similarly, in the absence of specific criteria,
methodological standards, including for integration of the criteria, specifications and
standardised methods for monitoring and assessment, Member States should
usebuild
upon,
where practical and appropriate, those developed at international, regional or
subregional level, for instance
those agreed within
the framework of the Regional Sea
Conventions, or other international mechanisms. Otherwise, Member States may
choose to coordinate amongst themselves within the region or subregion, where
relevant. In addition, a Member State may also decide, on the basis of the specificities
of its marine waters, to consider additional elements not laid down in this Decision
and not dealt with at international, regional or subregional level, or to consider
applying elements of this Decision to its transitional waters, as defined in Article 2(6)
of Directive 2000/60/EC, in support of the implementation of Directive 2008/56/EC.
Member States should have sufficient flexibility, under specified conditions, to focus
on the predominant pressures and their environmental impacts on the different
ecosystem elements in each region or subregion in order to monitor and assess their
marine waters in an efficient and effective manner and to facilitate prioritisation of
actions to be taken to achieve good environmental status. For that purpose, firstly,
Member States should be able to consider that some of the criteria are not appropriate
to apply, provided this is justified. Secondly, Member States should have the
possibility to decide not to use certain criteria elements or to select additional elements
or to focus on certain matrices or areas of their marine waters, provided that this is
based on a risk assessment in relation to the pressures and their impacts. Finally, a
distinction should be introduced between primary and secondary criteria. While
primary criteria should be used to ensure consistency across the Union, flexibility
should be granted with regard to secondary criteria. The use of a secondary criterion
should be decided by Member States, where necessary, to complement a primary
criterion or when, for a particular criterion, the marine environment is at risk of not
achieving or not maintaining good environmental status.
Criteria, including threshold values, methodological standards, specifications and
standardised methods for monitoring and assessment should be based on the best
available science. However, additional scientific and technical progress is still required
to support the further development of some of them, and should be used as the
knowledge and understanding become available.
Decision 2010/477/EU should therefore be repealed.
The measures provided for in this Decision are in accordance with the opinion of the
Regulatory Committee,
(18)
(19)
(20)
(21)
(22)
EN
6
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0506.png
HAS ADOPTED THIS DECISION:
Article 1
Subject-matter
This Decision lays down:
(a)
criteria and methodological standards to be used by Member States
when
determining a set of characteristics for good environmental status in accordance with
Article 9(1) of Directive 2008/56/EC, on the basis of Annexes I and III and by
reference to the initial assessment made pursuant to Article 8(1) of that Directive, to
assess the extent to which good environmental status is being achieved, in
accordance with Article 9(3) of that Directive;
specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and assessment, to be used
by Member States when establishing coordinated monitoring programmes under
Article 11
of Directive 2008/56/EC,
in accordance with Article 11(4) of that
Directive;
a timeline for the establishment of threshold values, lists of criteria elements and
methodological standards
for integration of criteria
through Union, regional or
subregional cooperation;
a notification requirement for criteria elements, threshold values and methodological
standards
for integration of criteria.
Article 2
Definitions
For the purposes of this Decision, the definitions laid down in Article 3 of Directive
2008/56/EC shall apply.
The following definitions shall also apply:
(1)
(2)
(3)
'subregions' means the subregions listed in Article 4(2) of Directive 2008/56/EC
'subdivisions' means subdivisions as referred to in Article 4(2) of Directive
2008/56/EC;
'invasive non-indigenous species' means 'invasive alien species' within the meaning
of Article 3(2) of Regulation (EU) No 1143/2014 of the European Parliament and of
the Council
12
;
'criteria elements' means constituent elements of an ecosystem, particularly its
biological elements (species, habitats and their communities), or aspects of pressures
on the marine environment (biological, physical, substances, litter and energy),
which are assessed under each criterion;
'threshold value' means a value or range of values that allows for an assessment of
the quality level achieved for a particular criterion, thereby contributing to the
assessment of the extent to which good environmental status is being achieved.
(b)
(c)
(d)
(4)
(5)
12
Regulation (EU) No 1143/2014 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 22 October 2014 on
the prevention and management of the introduction and spread of invasive alien species (OJ L 317,
4.11.2014, p. 35).
EN
7
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0507.png
Article 3
Use of criteria, methodological standards, specifications and standardised methods
1.
Member States shall use primary criteria and associated methodological standards,
specifications and standardised methods laid down in the Annex to implement this
Decision. However, on the basis of the initial assessment or its subsequent updates
carried out in accordance with Articles 8 and 17(2)(a) of Directive 2008/56/EC,
Member States may consider, in justified circumstances, that it is not appropriate to
use one or more of the primary criteria. In such cases, Member States shall provide
the Commission with a justification in the framework of the notification made
pursuant to Article 9(2) or 17(3) of Directive 2008/56/EC.
Pursuant to the obligation of regional cooperation laid down in Articles 5 and 6 of
Directive 2008/56/EC, a Member State shall inform other Member States sharing the
same marine region or subregion before it decides not to use a primary criterion in
accordance with the first subparagraph.
2.
Secondary criteria and associated methodological standards, specifications and
standardised methods laid down in the Annex shall be used to complement a primary
criterion or when the marine environment is at risk of not achieving or not
maintaining good environmental status for that particular criterion. The use of a
secondary criterion shall be decided by each Member State, except where otherwise
specified in the Annex.
Where this Decision does not set criteria, methodological standards,
including for
integration of the criteria,
specifications or standardised methods for monitoring and
assessment, including for spatial and temporal aggregation of data, Member States
shall
usebuild upon,
where practical and appropriate, those developed at
international, regional or subregional level, such as
those agreed
in the relevant
Regional Sea Conventions.
Until Union, international, regional or subregional lists of criteria elements,
methodological standards
for integration of criteria,
and specifications and
standardised methods for monitoring and assessment are established, Member States
may use those established at national level, provided that regional cooperation is
pursued as laid down in Articles 5 and 6 of Directive 2008/56/EC.
Article 4
Setting of threshold values through Union, regional or subregional cooperation
1.
Where Member States are required under this Decision to establish threshold values
through Union, regional or subregional cooperation, those values shall:
(a)
(b)
(c)
be part of the set of characteristics used by Member States in their
determination of good environmental status;
be consistent with Union legislation;
where appropriate, distinguish the quality level that
constitutesreflects the
significance of
an adverse effect for a criterion and be set in relation to a
reference condition;
be set at appropriate geographic scales of assessment to reflect the different
biotic and abiotic characteristics of the regions, subregions and subdivisions;
3.
4.
(d)
EN
8
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0508.png
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
be set on the basis of the precautionary principle, reflecting the potential risks
to the marine environment;
be consistent across different criteria when they relate to the same ecosystem
element;
make use of best available science;
be based on long time-series data, where available, to help determine the most
appropriate value;
reflect natural ecosystem dynamics, including predator-prey relationships and
hydrological and climatic variation, also acknowledging that the ecosystem or
parts thereof may recover, if deteriorated, to a state that reflects prevailing
physiographic, geographic, climatic and biological conditions, rather than
return to a specific state of the past;
be consistent,
where practical and appropriate,
with relevant values
set
under
regional institutional cooperation structures, including
those agreed in
the
Regional Sea Conventions.
(j)
2.
Until Member States have established threshold values through Union, regional or
subregional cooperation as required under this Decision, they may use any of the
following to express the extent to which good environmental status is being
achieved:
(a)
(b)
(c)
national threshold values, provided the obligation of regional cooperation laid
down in Articles 5 and 6 of Directive 2008/56/EC is complied with;
directional trends of the values;
for state elements,
pressure-based threshold values as proxies.
These shall follow, where possible, the principles set out in points (a) to (i) of
paragraph 1.
3.
Where threshold values, including those established by Member States in accordance
with this Decision, are not met for a particular criterion to the extent which that
Member State has determined as constituting good environmental status in
accordance with Article 9(1) of Directive 2008/56/EC, Member States shall consider,
as appropriate, whether measures should be taken under Article 13 of that Directive
or whether further research or investigation should be carried out.
Threshold values established by Member States in accordance with this Decision
may be periodically reviewed in the light of scientific and technical progress and
amended, where necessary, in time for the reviews provided for in Article 17(2)(a) of
Directive 2008/56/EC.
Article 5
Timeline
1.
Where this Decision provides for Member States to establish threshold values, lists
of criteria elements or methodological standards
for integration of criteria
through
Union, regional or subregional cooperation, Member States shall endeavour to do so
within the time-limit set for the first review of their initial assessment and
determination of good environmental status in accordance with Article 17(2)(a) of
Directive 2008/56/EC (15 July 2018).
4.
EN
9
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0509.png
2.
Where Member States are not able to establish threshold values, lists of criteria
elements or methodological standards
for integration of criteria
through Union,
regional or subregional cooperation within the time-limit laid down in paragraph 1,
they shall establish these as soon as possible thereafter, on condition that they
provide, by 15 October 2018, justification to the Commission in the notification
made pursuant to Article 9(2) or 17(3) of Directive 2008/56/EC.
Article 6
Notification
Member States shall send to the Commission, as part of the notification made pursuant to
Article 17(3) of Directive 2008/56/EC,
details of thethose
criteria elements, threshold values
and methodological standards
for integration of criteria
established through Union, regional or
subregional cooperation
in accordance with this Decision, and used by that
Member States
in
accordance with this Decision decide to use as part of their set of characteristics for
determining good environmental status under Article 9(1) of Directive 2008/56/EC.
Article 7
Repeal
Decision 2010/477/EU is hereby repealed.
References to Decision 2010/477/EU shall be construed as references to this Decision.
Article 8
Entry into force
This Decision shall enter into force on the twentieth day following that of its publication in
the
Official Journal of the European Union.
Done at Brussels,
For the Commission
The President
EN
10
EN
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0510.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0511.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0513.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0514.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0516.png
Non-paper on the draft Commission Decision on GES criteria and methodological standards
The objective of GES Decision revision is to ensure a better implementation of the MSFD by (1)
simplifying the Decision by reducing the number of criteria to be used, (2) introducing more flexibility
for Member States (MS) to focus efforts on the main problems, e.g. de-select irrelevant criteria or
apply risk-based approach and (3) further specifying the criteria and their use, including the
introduction of threshold values, to ensure comparability and consistency in measuring the extent to
which GES is achieved in the EU's marine waters. The framework provided will make it easier for MS
to meet their obligations under the MSFD while bringing greater clarity on GES and its assessment. It
does not establish new threshold values but sets the framework for future work, to be done by MS
(in RSCs or other regional setting of their choice, at subregional level or as part of the CIS process).
1. Threshold values, trends and qualitative descriptions of GES
Regarding concerns expressed on the legal nature of threshold values and the lack of flexibility
because trends or qualitative descriptions of GES are not provided for. However:
a. It has been made clear in previous Committee meetings that threshold values
do not by
themselves equate to GES.
They are part of the 'set of characteristics' that MS shall determine under
Art 9(1) MSFD. This is clearly stated in Art 4(1)(a) of the revised Decision. The draft Decision also
explicitly acknowledges that threshold values may not be achieved in all MS' marine waters, e.g. to
allow for the sustainable use of the sea, provided this does not compromise the achievement of GES.
b.
Trends
can be used until threshold values are established at Union or (sub)regional level. This
should be done by 2018 or as soon as possible thereafter, provided this is justified (e.g. immaturity of
science). This means that de facto
trends can be used for criteria where science does not allow MS
yet to establish quantitative threshold values.
However, trends are not considered as a fully-fledged
alternative to threshold values because a) pressures cannot continue to reduce forever but,
ultimately, will reach an acceptable level and b) state elements will ultimately improve in quality (via
reduced adverse effects) to a 'normal' level (not adversely affected by pressures), for which it should
be possible to define a threshold value.
c.
Qualitative descriptions
of GES may be an interim option at national level until threshold values
can be established (as provided for Article 4(2)(a) of the Decision), but cannot be a long-term
alternative. The use of qualitative descriptions in 2012 led to the non-comparability and incoherence
identified by the Commission in its assessment in 2014, prompting the need to revise the Decision.
d. Finally, the
risk-based approach
(possibility to not use primary criteria, choice to use secondary
criteria, (de)selection of criteria elements, monitoring in specific matrices or specific areas etc.) also
ensures that MS focus on the criteria in relation to predominant pressures and their impacts, thereby
limiting the use of threshold values to where they are needed.
2. Methodological standards for integration of criteria
Regarding concerns expressed on references to "methodological standards for integration of the
criteria" in Articles 1(c), 1(d), 3(3), 3(4), 5(1), 5(2) and 6: most favour tackling integration of criteria as
part of the guidance on Article 8.
The decision recognises the importance of the need to integrate the criteria in order to produce
consistent assessments of the extent to which GES is achieved. However, the wording proposed in
the above Articles does not prejudge the result of the work on Article 8 guidance. Articles 3(3), 3(4)
and 5 only provides for situations where such methodological standards do not yet exist at Union
1
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0517.png
level (in which case, regional or national ones may be used), and for a future timeline for establishing
them. These standards are about agreeing an appropriate methodology. The draft GES Decision does
not
set rules on how to determine GES at descriptor level (OOAO or other methods); it provides the
framework for future work and refers this to the appropriate level, namely Union/regional/sub-
regional processes.
3. Regional Sea Conventions & the GES Decision
Regarding concerns expressed on using Regional Sea Conventions as a forum for establishing
threshold values, it should be noted that:
a. Firstly, the wording of Article 4(1)(j) of the Decision has been amended in accordance with Art 6 of
the MSFD, into: "(j)
be consistent, where practical and appropriate, with relevant values set under
regional institutional cooperation structures, including the Regional Sea Conventions."
b. Secondly, MS can cooperate outside RSCs if they consider they are not the most appropriate
mechanism. This is clearly stated in recital 18: "Member States may choose to coordinate amongst
themselves within the region or subregion, where relevant". The Commission has provided financial
support to help MS undertake this work where necessary.
c. Finally, even when the RSC has established (= decided on according to RSC internal rules) a
threshold value, there is no automatic adoption of these threshold values as part of MS' set of GES
characteristics. This is clearly explained in Recital 12. Threshold values
only
become part of MS' set of
GES characteristics
if and when they are notified by the Member State competent authority
to the
Commission (not when they are established by RSCs).
4. Non-retroactivity of threshold values on approved projects
Regarding the concern expressed on the possible impact of threshold values on
ongoing projects
(or
projects not yet fully approved). However, as mentioned above, the Decision does not set any
threshold values but provides the framework for their future establishment. In addition, the overall
existing MSFD framework
with associated obligation of reaching GES by 2020
already
systematically comes into play for any project approval. Finally, MS' programme of measures should
(if conditions are fulfilled) be submitted to a strategic environmental assessment. It is therefore
expected that the setting of threshold values would not have a retroactive influence on projects.
5. Relationship with other legislation
Regarding concerns expressed on the influence of threshold values on other Directives'
requirements, the following principle has been added to Article 4(1): "(b)
be consistent with Union
legislation;".
6. NGO concerns about ambition level of the Decision
Finally, environmental NGOs have expressed serious concerns about the lack of ambition with regard
to the timing for setting threshold values, the lack of safeguards to ensure values are ambitious
enough, and the lack of control mechanism in case Member States do not use secondary criteria.
They also object to setting threshold values for e.g. habitat loss, as contrary to the spirit of the MSFD
and to the objective to halt biodiversity loss. To address these concerns to the extent possible, the
Commission introduced a new sentence in Article 4(2)
to specify that national threshold values
should also reflect the principles of Article 4(1)
and clarified D1C1 wording on by-catch.
2
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0518.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0519.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0520.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0521.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0522.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0523.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0524.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0525.png
NOTAT
Comments from Denmark to the consultation on a
Commission proposal for the GES Decision
The government of Denmark would like to thank the Commission for the opportunity to
comment on the Commission proposal for the GES Decision.
First of all, Denmark would like to commend the Commission for the positive changes that
have been made in the proposal as a result of the discussions in the MSFD Regulatory
Committee. In this respect, we would like to highlight the clear demarcation, which has been
established between the Water Framework Directive (WFD) and the Marine Strategy
Framework Directive (MSFD) as regards D5 on eutrophication. We also acknowledge positive
changes in the articles, for example regarding the timeframe for establishing threshold
values.
This being said, Denmark is still very apprehensive about the fact that the general content of
the proposed Commission decision has unforeseen and far-reaching consequences when
requiring quantitative threshold values for the determination of good environmental status.
This Decision will in all likelihood have significant economic implications for other policy
strands such as fisheries, aquaculture, energy, transportation, offshore oil and gas,
construction activities etc., as well as severe administrative burdens for the public sector in
the Member States.
Denmark therefore request that an Impact Assessment should be carried out and would draw
the attention to the Interinstitutional Agreement on Better Law-Making by the three EU
institutions
1
. In this agreement, the Commission is required to carry out impact assessments
of its legislative and non-legislative initiatives, delegated acts and implementing measures
which are expected to have significant economic, environmental or social impacts. This
proposal definitely falls within these criteria.
Furthermore, we believe that there is a lack of maturity in the science needed to set threshold
values for many of the criteria, especially underwater noise, marine litter and seabed
habitats. Therefore, we find it crucial that the proposal gives room for further flexibility in the
determination of GES, so that the MS would be able to choose, whether to apply quantitative
threshold values, trends or qualitative descriptions of GES.
Interinstitutional Agreement between the European Parliament, the Council of the European Union and the
European Commission of April 13, 2016 on Better Law-Making.
Styrelsen for Vand-
og Naturforvaltning • Haraldsgade 53 • 2100 København Ø
Tlf. 72 54 20 00
• CVR 37606030 • EAN 5798000860810 • [email protected] • www.svana.dk
1
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0526.png
Since the meeting of the Regulatory Committee in June 2016 standards for integration of
criteria have been inserted in the proposal for the GES Decision. This is a new element of the
proposal which needs to be thoroughly considered and discussed in and among Member
States. Denmark therefore regards the insertion of this element to be premature, and we
therefore find that all references to this concept should be deleted from the proposal.
GES determination under MSFD should not imply that the requirements under other
Directives indirectly are tightened and that the use of exceptions under these Directives is
made more difficult. Especially the relationship to WFD in coastal and territorial waters is
problematic. Furthermore, since the MSFD includes a deadline for reaching GES by 2020 the
proposal would indirectly tighten the requirements under the Habitats Directive, since the
2020 deadline does not apply here.
We would like to emphasize that data collection on D3 should fall under the scope of the CFP.
In that respect, we do not find it appropriate that each MS shall make a detailed list of
elements to be assessed. The Commission evaluates the development of stocks as part of the
yearly Communication on Fishing Opportunities already. The addition of an obligation for
MS to establish a list of commercially exploited species that goes beyond scientific advice on
relevant commercial species from ICES will substantially increase the costs for scientific data
collection needs and seems unwarranted.
Finally, we find it necessary to reduce the number of criteria to a minimum in order for the
MS to be able to overcome the assessment of the condition in the marine environment.
Therefore, we propose to delete some of the criteria.
Specific comments:
Recitals and articles:
Recital (7): We acknowledge that the new thresholds will not apply retroactively. And we find
it positive that the new thresholds will not lead to requirements for reassessment of already
completed environmental assessments. But we are worried about the introduction of new
thresholds and methods that would lead to demands for revision of already performed
environmental assessments. We would therefore like to add at the end of the recital (7):
“”However, as regards infrastructure projects, it
must be specifically noted that the criteria
and methodological standards established by Member States when determining a set of
characteristics for good environmental status under this Decision, do not enter into force
retroactively. Therefore, applications and environmental assessments regarding
infrastructure projects submitted to the relevant authorities before criteria and methological
standards established under this Decision enter into effect, are not affected by the criteria
and methological standards established under this Decision. Furthermore, to secure
consequence in adopting a coherent approach with other EU legislation, this applies to all
aspects of applications and environmental assessments regarding infrastructure projects,
including e.g. aspects of applications and assessments related to Council Directive
92/43/EEC, Directive 2014/52/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council and
Directive 2000/60/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council.”
Recital (18): We find that it inclusion
of “standards for integration of criteria” need to be
further considered and that “, including for integration of criteria” shall be deleted.
2
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0527.png
Article 1(d): Please delete
“for integration of criteria”.
Article 3(3): We do not find this paragraph appropriate, since it is a very broad obligation for
MS to use every work from the RSC, even though it is not covered by the Commission
Decision. Please, delete or at
least replace “shall” with “may”.
Article 3(4): Please delete “including for integration of the criteria”.
Article 4(1)(i): We acknowledge the work already done in the RSC, but must emphasise that
consistency with the WFD for D5 and D8 is more important. Since many of the threshold
values are to be set at regional level, the phrase also seems superfluous or could be
misunderstood. We therefore prefer to delete point (i). Alternatively, please replace with:
“be
consistent with the WFD and may be consistent with relevant values under regional
institutional cooperation structures…”.
Descriptor 1:
D1C1: It is important that this aspect can be scientific evaluated by ICES, in order to give
scientific advice on future fishing possibilities with respect to the risk on incidental
bycatches. It is specified that data shall be provided per species per fishing metier for each
sea area. This seems excessive and would mean a significant increase in the monitoring (and
related costs). Monitoring demands should only be applicable in relevant fisheries.
D1C2, D1C4 and D1C6: The criteria and methodological standards are not very clear. The
connection to criteria under D4 also seems unclear. It is imperative that we have a clear link
to the EU data collection framework in order to avoid parallel and unnecessary monitoring
systems at MS level.
D1C3 (please, see remarks related to D3).
Descriptor 3:
The sustainable management of commercial fish stocks primarily falls within the scope of the
Common Fisheries Policy (CFP). Hence, the criteria, methodological standards and
monitoring should be closely aligned with the functioning of the CFP. It is therefore
imperative that the work on data collection and scientific advice in ICES and management
recommendations in the regional fisheries management organizations (in the North Sea
region BALTFISH and Scheveningen Group) form the basis for the monitoring and
assessment of this descriptor. Please note that
ICES advises that “commercial fish and
shellfish” relevant for assessing GES are those
stocks considered important to any EU MS
and those recorded in national lists under the EU Data Collection Framework.
Furthermore, we (again) would like to draw attention to ICES advice that D3C3 should not be
used in the assessment of GES until usable reference points have been developed. Moreover,
the same criterion also appears under D1C3. It is unclear what should be measured, since
there is no operational criterion linked to both the health of fish stocks and their
management. The criterion D3C3 should not be included in the decision.
Descriptor 5:
D5C3: Please, separate
“coastal
waters”
and ”beyond coastal waters”
to establish a clear
demarcation to WFD.
3
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0528.png
D5C6, D5C7 and D5C8:
Please specify the “extent
of adverse effects in square kilometres
(km2)”as applicable beyond coastal waters solely.
This parameter of “extent” is not defined
directly in the Directive 2000/60/EC acknowledging that the location and boundary of
surface water body represent an area and thus the extent of the status classification of the
water body as a whole.
D5C7: Please replace “maximum depth” with “depth limit” which can be defined for the main
distribution. (e.g. deepest occurrence of 10% cover).
Descriptor 6:
D6C4 and D6C5: We cannot support the establishment of maximum allowable extent of
habitat loss and adverse effects.
Descriptor 8:
D8C1: Please establish a clear demarcation to WFD, the MSFD should not apply in coastal
and territorial waters. Thus the additional contaminants (such as from offshore sources) and
additional matrixes should relate to beyond coastal waters solely.
Descriptor 10:
Before setting the thresholds, it should be identified which measures that are available for the
member states for reaching compliance with the thresholds for different sources of pollution
with marine litter.
4
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0529.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0530.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0531.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0532.png
NOTAT
Naturbeskyttelse
Ref. DIMAN
Den 12. oktober 2016
Comments from the Ministry of Environment and Food of
Denmark to the consultation on a Commission proposal for
the GES Decision
The Ministry of Environment and Food of Denmark would like to thank the Commission for
the opportunity to comment on the Commission proposal for the GES Decision.
First of all, the Ministry would like to commend the Commission for the positive changes that
has been made in the proposal as a result of the discussions in the MSFD Regulatory
Committee. In this respect, we would like to highlight the clear demarcation, which has been
established between the Water Framework Directive (WFD) and the Marine Strategy
Framework Directive (MSFD) as regards D5 on eutrophication. We also acknowledge positive
changes in the articles, for example regarding the timeframe for establishing threshold
values.
This being said, the Ministry would like to address our concerns about the legal basis to
require quantitative threshold values for the determination of good environmental status.
Furthermore, we believe that there is a lack of maturity in the science in order to set
threshold values for many of the criteria, especially underwater noise, marine litter and
seabed habitats. Therefore, we find it crucial that the proposal gives room for further
flexibility in the determination of GES, so that the MS would be able to choose, whether to
apply quantitative threshold values, trends or qualitative descriptions of GES.
GES determination under MSFD should not imply that the requirements under other
Directives indirectly are tightened and that the use of exceptions under these Directives is
made more difficult. Especially the relationship to WFD in coastal and territorial waters is
problematic. Furthermore, since the MSFD includes a deadline for reaching GES by 2020 the
proposal would indirectly tighten the requirements under the Habitats Directive, since the
2020 deadline does not apply here.
We would like to emphasize that data collection on D3 should fall under the scope of the CFP.
In that respect, we do not find it appropriate that each MS shall make a detailed list of
elements to be assessed. The Commission evaluates the development of stocks as part of the
yearly Communication on Fishing Opportunities already. The addition of an obligation for
MS to establish a list of commercially exploited species that goes beyond scientific advice on
relevant commercial species from ICES will substantially increase the costs for scientific data
collection needs and seems unwarranted.
Styrelsen for Vand-
og Naturforvaltning •
Haraldsgade 53
• 2100 København Ø
Tlf. 72 54 20 00
• CVR 37606030 • EAN 5798000860810 • [email protected] • www.svana.dk
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0533.png
Finally, we find it necessary to reduce the number of criteria to a minimum in order for the
MS to be able to overcome the assessment of the condition in the marine environment.
Therefore, we propose to delete some of the criteria.
Specific comments (not
uploaded on the Commission’s website):
Recitals and articles:
Article 3(3): We do not find this paragraph appropriate, since it is a very broad obligation for
MS to use every work from the RSC, even though it is not covered by the Commission
Decision. Please, delete or at
least replace “shall” with “may”.
Article 4(1)(i): We acknowledge the work already done in the RSC, but must emphasise that
consistency with the WFD for D5 and D8 is more important. Since many of the threshold
values are to be set at regional level, the phrase also seems superfluous or could be
misunderstood. We therefore prefer to delete point (i). Alternatively, please replace with:
“be
consistent with the WFD and may be consistent with relevant values under regional
institutional cooperation structures…”.
Descriptor 1:
D1C1: It is important that this aspect can be scientific evaluated by ICES, in order to give
scientific advice on future fishing possibilities with respect to the risk on incidental
bycatches. It is specified that data shall be provided per species per fishing metier for each
sea area. This seems excessive and would mean a significant increase in the monitoring (and
related costs). Monitoring demands should only be applicable in relevant fisheries.
D1C2, D1C4 and D1C6: The criteria and methodological standards are not very clear. The
connection to criteria under D4 also seems unclear. It is imperative that we have a clear link
to the EU data collection framework in order to avoid parallel and unnecessary monitoring
systems at MS level.
D1C3 (please, see remarks related to D3).
Descriptor 3:
The sustainable management of commercial fish stocks primarily falls within the scope of the
Common Fisheries Policy (CFP). Hence, the criteria, methodological standards and
monitoring should be closely aligned with the functioning of the CFP. It is therefore
imperative that the work on data collection and scientific advice in ICES and management
recommendations in the regional fisheries management organizations (in the North Sea
region BALTFISH and Scheveningen Group) form the basis for the monitoring and
assessment of this descriptor. Please note that
ICES advises that “commercial fish and
shellfish” relevant for assessing GES are those
stocks considered important to any EU MS
and those recorded in national lists under the EU Data Collection Framework.
Furthermore, we (again) would like to draw attention to ICES advice that D3C3 should not be
used in the assessment of GES until usable reference points have been developed. Moreover,
the same criterion also appears under D1C3. It is unclear what should be measured, since
there is no operational criterion linked to both the health of fish stocks and their
management. The criterion D3C3 should not be included in the decision.
2
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0534.png
Descriptor 5:
D5C3: Please, separate
“coastal
waters”
and ”beyond coastal waters”
to establish a clear
demarcation to WFD.
D5C6, D5C7 and D5C8:
Please specify the “extent
of adverse effects in square kilometres
(km2)”as applicable beyond coastal waters solely.
This parameter of “extent” is not defined
directly in the Directive 2000/60/EC acknowledging that the location and boundary of
surface water body represent an area and thus the extent of the status classification of the
water body as a whole.
D5C7: Please replace “maximum depth” with “depth limit” which can be defined for the main
distribution. (e.g. deepest occurrence of 10% cover).
Descriptor 6:
D6C4 and D6C5: We cannot support the establishment of maximum allowable extent of
habitat loss and adverse effects.
Descriptor 8:
D8C1: Please establish a clear demarcation to WFD, the MSFD should not apply in coastal
and territorial waters. Thus the additional contaminants (such as from offshore sources) and
additional matrixes should relate to beyond coastal waters solely.
Descriptor 10:
Before setting the thresholds, it should be identified which measures that are available for the
member states for reaching compliance with the thresholds for different sources of pollution
with marine litter.
3
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0535.png
NOTAT
Naturbeskyttelse
Ref. DIMAN
Den 12. oktober 2016
Comments from the Ministry of Environment and Food of
Denmark to the consultation on the proposed Commission
Directive amending Annex III in Directive 2008/56/EC
The Ministry of Environment and Food of Denmark would like to thank the Commission for
the opportunity to comment on the proposal for the Commission Directive amending Annex
III in Directive 2008/56/EC.
We would like to emphasise that annex III is only indicative and should still be seen as such.
The Ministry therefore has very limited comments to the proposal.
Recitals and articles:
·
Recital (5): Please,
insert “indicative” in the first sentence, before “elements for
assessment”, “elements for monitoring” and “elements for consideration when setting
targets”: “Annex III to Directive 2008/56/EC should provide
indicative elements for
assessment…etc”
Annex:
·
Table 1, column 3, row 4 (ecosystems, including food webs), page 3: We would suggest
mentioning habitats first,
in order to better understand the sentence: “links between
habitats and species of marine birds, mammals, reptiles, fish and cephalopods”.
·
Table 2a, page 4: We would suggest to put note 1-3 under table 2a, since they refer to
this table.
Table 2b, 1
st
row, theme “physical restructuring of rivers, coastline or seabed”: Please,
consider replacing “rivers“ with “watercourses” to get consistency between column 1 and
2 regarding this theme.
·
Styrelsen for Vand-
og Naturforvaltning • Haraldsgade 53 • 2100 København Ø
Tlf. 72 54 20 00
• CVR 37606030 • EAN 5798000860810 • [email protected] • www.svana.dk
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0536.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0537.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0538.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0539.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0540.png
Ref. Ares(2016)5685550 - 30/09/2016
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0541.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0542.png
MSFD Committee members_updated 28/09/2016
Ref. Ares(2016)5685550 - 30/09/2016
National code
Last name
First name
Organisation / Ministry
AT
BE
BE
BG
BG
HR
HR
Lebensministerium
Belgian Federal Public Service - Health, Food Chain Safety and Environment, Chef de service Milieu marin, Place
Victor Horta, 40/10, B-1060 Brussels, phone + 32 2 524 96 27 mobile + 32 473 33 74 67
Belgian Federal Public Service - Health, Food Chain Safety and Environment
Bulgarian Ministry of Environment and Water
Bulgarian Ministry of Environment and Water
Ministry of Environment and Nature Protection
Ministry of Environment and Nature Protection
Ueberreiter
Kyramarios
Van Gaever
Balusheva
Roiatchka
Skevin Ivosevic
Radic
Ernst
Michael
Saskia
Galina
Violeta
Barbara
Ivan
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
Permanent / Alternate
P
A
P
A
P
P
A
P
A
A
P
P
A
A
P
P
A
A
P
A
A
A
P
A
P
P
P
A
CY
CY
CY
CZ
DK
DK
EE
EE
FI
FI
FR
FR
FR
FR
FR
DE
DE
EL
HU
IE
IE
Ministry of Agriculture, Natural Resources and Environment, Department of Fisheries & Marine Research (DFMR),
Senior Fisheries and Marine Research Officer, Department of Fisheries and marine Research (DFMR), 101 Vithleem Argyrou
street, CY-1416 Nicosia, Cyprus, Tel : + 357 22807852, Fax : + 357 22775955
Ministry of Agriculture, Natural Resources and Environment, Department of Fisheries & Marine Research (DFMR)
Ministry of Agriculture, Natural Resources and Environment, Department of Fisheries & Marine Research (DFMR)
Ministry of Environment
Agency for Water and Nature Management
Agency for Water and Nature Management
Ministry of Environment of Estonia
Ministry of Environment of Estonia
Ministry of Environment of Finland
Ministry of Environment of Finland
Ministère de l'écologie, du développement durable et de l'énergie
Ministère de l'écologie, du développement durable et de l'énergie
Ministère de l'écologie, du développement durable et de l'énergie
Ministère de l'écologie, du développement durable et de l'énergie
Ministère de l'écologie, du développement durable et de l'énergie
Bundesministerium für Umwelt, Naturschutz und Reaktorsicherheit
Ministerium für Energiewende, Landwirtschaft, Umwelt, und ländliche Räume des Landes Schleswig-Holstein
Special Secretary for Water of the Hellenic Ministry of Reconstuction of Production, Environment & Energy, tel.:
+30 210 6931250-1
Ministry of Environment and Water of Hungary
Department of Environment, Community and Local Government (DECLG)
Department of Environment, Community and Local Government (DECLG)
Michaelides
Marcou
Matuszna
Olgaard
Mandøe Andreasen
Reisner
Villmann
Laamanen
Poutanen
Terrier
Schultz
Quéménér
Duron
de Cambiaire
Narberhaus
Wenzel
Ganoulis
Kovacs
Cronin
Harrington
Marina
Savvas
Melina
Veronika
Lisbet
Ditte
Rene
Agnes
Maria
Eeva-Liisa
Isabelle
Ludovic
Jean-Marie
Sophie-Dorothée
Arthur
Ingo
Christine
Jacques
Peter
Richard
Roger
Email
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0543.png
MSFD Committee members_updated 28/09/2016
IT
LV
LV
LT
LT
LU
LU
MT
MT
NL
NL
NL
PL
PL
PT
PT
RO
RO
SI
ES
ES
SE
SE
UK
UK
Ministry of the Environment, Land and Sea Protection, Head of Unit VI “Marine and Coastal Environment
Protection”, Nature and Sea Protection Directorate, Via Cristoforo Colombo, 44, IT-00147 Rome, Phone: +39 06 57
22 84 87, Mobile: +39 329 38 10 308, Fax: +39 06 57 22 84 24
Ministry of Environmental Protection and Regional Development, Department of Environmental Protection, Peldu
Str. 25, Riga LV-1494, Phone +37 102 65 01
Latvian Institute of Aquatic Ecology
Ministry of Environment of the Republic of Lithuania
Ministry of Environment of the Republic of Lithuania
Administration de la Gestion de l'Eau du Grand Duché de Luxembourg, Directeur, 1, avenue du Rock'n'Roll, L-4361
Esch-sur-Alzette, Tel. 00352 24 55 6-926 (to be checked), fax 00352 24 55 6-7926
Ministere du Developpement durable et des Infrastructures
Malta Environment and Planning Authority
Malta Environment and Planning Authority
Ministry of Infrastructure and the Environment, Directorate General for Spatial Issues and Water, PO Box 20904,
2500 EX The Hague, The Netherlands, Phone +31 70 456 7076, Mob. +31 6 531 9988
Ministry of Infrastructure and the Environment, DG for Spatial Issues and Water
Ministry of Infrastructure and the Environment, RWS Centre for Water Management
Deputy Director of Water Resources Department-Ministry of the Environment
Chief Inspectorate for Environmental Protection
Direcção-Geral de Recursos Naturais, Segurança e Serviços Marítimos
Direcção-Geral de Recursos Naturais, Segurança e Serviços Marítimos (DGRM)
Montanaro
Zasa
Aigars
Lukoseviciene
Val!nas
Lickes
Zwank
Rizzo
Camilleri
Busstra
van Urk
Van der Graaf
Kopczy"ska
Marciniewicz-Mykieta
Marques
Simão
Oliviero
Baiba
Juris
Agnè
Irmantas
Jean-Paul
Luc
Miraine
Sarah
Jan
Wim
Sandra
Joanna
Malgorzata
José Manuel
Ana Paula
Gheorghe
Otilia
Barbara
Sagrario
Ainhoa
Tobias
Karin
Richard
Dominic
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]; [email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]; [email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
P
P
A
A
P
P
A
P
A
P
A
A
P
A
P
A
A
P
P
P
A
A
P
A
P
Ministry of Environment and Climate Changes, Department of Water, Forest and Fishery, Bulevardul Gral. Magheru
Constantin
31, sect. 1, Bucharest, Romania, Phone 0040 21.316.61.56
Ministry of Environment, Water and Forest
Mihail
Ministry of the Environment and Spatial Planning
Ministry of Agriculture, Food and Environment
Ministry of Agriculture, Food and Environment
Swedish Agency for Marine and Water Management (SwAM)
Swedish Agency for Marine and Water Management (SwAM)
Department for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs
Department for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs
Breznik
Arrieta Algarra
Perez Puyol
Porsbring
Pettersson
Moxon
Pattinson
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0544.png
Re
f.
Ref. Ares(2015)5898895 - 16/12/2015
Ref. Ares(2016)5685550 - 30/09/2016
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0545.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0546.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0547.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0548.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0549.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0550.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0551.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0552.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0553.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0554.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0555.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0557.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0558.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0559.png
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
DIRECTORATE-GENERAL
ENVIRONMENT
Directorate C
Quality of Life, Water and Air
ENV.C.2 - Marine Environment & Water Industry
THE FOURTEENTH MEETING OF THE COMMITTEE UNDER ARTICLE 25 OF
DIRECTIVE 2008/56/EC
(MARINE STRATEGY COMMITTEE)
WEDNESDAY 29 JUNE 2016 (09:00
17:30)
Conference Centre Albert Borschette / Room 1D
36, Rue Froissart, B-1040 Brussels
1. Welcome and introduction
The Chair (European Commission, DG Environment) opened the meeting and welcomed the
participants. The Chair reminded the Committee members of the request to ensure the Commission
has up-to-date official nominations to the Committee as only an officially-appointed Committee
member can take part in a vote.
2. Adoption of the agenda
The draft agenda (document CTTEE_14-2016-01) was adopted without amendments.
3. Adoption of the minutes of the 13
th
Committee Meeting
The minutes of the 13
th
Committee meeting (document CTTEE_14-2016-02) were amended in
order to reflect the comments made by
Romania, the United Kingdom
and Denmark, and were
adopted as amended.
4. Review of Commission Decision 2010/477/EU on criteria and methodological standards for
GES
The Chairman thanked the Member States for their efforts over the past months and for sending
their comments on the draft text (version 3) of the Commission Decision on criteria and
methodological standards for Good Environmental Status (document CTTEE_13-2016-03). All
comments were considered and a large number were accommodated. The Chairman encouraged a
discussion that would lead to eventual consensus. The Commission presented the main changes
made to the text in version 4 (document CTTEE_14-2016-03), and also explained how the feedback
mechanism would factor into the decision-making process.
A discussion followed, during which Member States made general comments:
·
Several Member States expressed concerns on: threshold values at Union versus
(sub)regional level, the binding nature of threshold values and their scientific basis, as well
as some of the principles for setting threshold values, and the difficulties to
achieve establish
threshold values for all descriptors by 2018.
1
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0560.png
·
One Member State asked whether threshold values should be considered as methodological
standards or criteria. The Commission clarified that they sit under the 'criteria' section in the
Annex to the Decision.
Two Member States expressed a reservation on the general use of threshold values.
Two Member States raised an issue on transitional waters. The Commission indicated that it
would explore options to solve that point.
One Member State raised general concerns with regards to the wording of 'use of criteria' in
the Annex and proposed to modify those headings to avoid linking threshold values to the
achievement of GES.
Kommentar [diman1]:
“Three MS”
(PT, IT and DK)
·
·
·
Specific issues
The Commission presented certain key issues of the draft GES decision and Member States were
invited to comment on each of them. For some of these key issues, the Commission proposed new
draft wording, with a view to reaching compromises (see
amended text as discussed in Committee
in Annex):
Threshold values
·
Setting threshold values at Union or (sub)regional level: the Commission presented an
addition to Recital 12, which reads "This
means that even if the process to establish
threshold values takes place at Union level, this may result in the setting of different
threshold values, specific to a region, subregion or subdivision".
Member States welcomed
this clarification.
In addition, it was agreed during the meeting to also clarify the Annex with regard to the
establishment of threshold values at Union level, that this should be done "taking
into
account regional or subregional specificities".
Upon the request of one Member State and
agreed by a majority of Member States, the wording "MS
shall cooperate to establish"
was
changed to "MS
shall establish … through regional cooperation..."
in Article 5(1). These
amendments will be introduced throughout the Annex.
One Member State retained an overall reservation on setting threshold values at Union level.
Legal nature of threshold values: three Member States questioned whether the Decision can
demand Member States to
set threshold values and proposed to
include the opportunity to
use trends or qualitative criteria
instead.
To clarify the legal nature of threshold values (i.e. clarify that they do not automatically
become part of Member States' GES determination), the Commission presented the
following addition to recital 11 "Once
established at Union, regional or subregional level,
these threshold values will only become part of Member States' sets of characteristics for
good environmental status when they are reported to the Commission as part of Member
States' reporting under Article 9(2) or 17(3) of Directive 2008/56/EC."
This should be read
in conjunction with Article 6. Most Member States welcomed this clarification. Two
Member States requested that Article 6 is amended to include the new wording from
Recital 11.
Article 2(2): the Commission presented new wording for the definition of secondary criteria,
which makes it even clearer that the use of secondary criteria is to be decided by Member
States, when the conditions are fulfilled: "'secondary
criterion' means a criterion to be used
2
Kommentar [diman2]:
DK welcomed
the clarification but expressed its
reservation for threshold values in general.
·
·
·
Kommentar [diman3]:
DK prefer
“MS shall cooperate to establish”:
Member
States shall cooperate to establish threshold
values.
I remember the discussion, but do not recall
any conclusion.
·
Secondary criteria
·
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0561.png
where necessary, to complement a primary criterion or when the marine environment is at
risk of not achieving or not maintaining good environmental status for that particular
criterion. The use of a secondary criterion is to be decided by each Member State, except
where specified otherwise in the Annex
". The words "to
complement a primary criterion or"
were reintroduced during Committee following a request from some Member States. One
Member State had a reservation on this. The Commission nevertheless explained that there
was no need to refer to "substitute" as this only concerned criterion D5C8 and was covered
directly in the Annex.
·
·
·
Most
Member States appreciated the new proposed wording of definition 2(2).
Recital 20 was amended along the same line as Article 2(2).
The Commission presented new wording on Article 4, which concerns principles for setting
threshold values. The following changes to version 4 of the text were proposed by the
Commission: point (c) was split into 2 points:
(c) make use of best available science"
and
"
"(d)
be set taking into account the precautionary principle, reflecting the potential risks to
the marine environment"
(upon suggestion from one Member State in its written comments).
The Commission also proposed the following amendments: "(h)
be consistent across
different criteria when they relate to the same ecosystem element; in case several criteria
are used across the descriptors to assess different pressures and their impacts on an
ecosystem element, (i) reflect, where appropriate, what constitutes an adverse effect for the
relevant criterion.
Following discussions in the Committee, the following changes were made:
Point d was modified into "(d)
be set on the basis of the precautionary principle, reflecting
the potential risks to the marine environment";
New point (h) was deleted with the intention of integrating it under point (f). However, there
was no agreement on the final wording of point (f) "be
expressed in terms relating to the
impacts and pressures they describe and as a deviation from a state which is free of
anthropogenic pressures, allowing, where appropriate, for sustainable use of marine goods
and services"
as several Member States expressed disagreement on 'allowing sustainable
use' and on 'free from anthropogenic pressures'. The following options were discussed for a
new point (f) (integrating point (h)): "express
what constitutes an acceptable state or an
acceptable level of pressure [or impact], [thereby indicating there is not an adverse effect]
in relation to the particular criterion or criterion element"
but this was not considered
acceptable by all Member States. The Commission indicated that it will develop a text that
covers all concerns raised in its next version.
Principles for setting threshold values
·
·
·
Timeline
·
·
·
One Member State insisted that Article 5(2) is not acceptable as there may be political
conditions that could prevent the setting of threshold values at regional level, even by 2024.
Another Member State raised the question of the consequences of not agreeing threshold
values by 2018.
Following discussions in Committee, it was decided to modify the wording of Article 5(2)
as follows: "Should
threshold values not be established in accordance with paragraph 1,
Member States may shall establish these threshold values at regional or subregional level as
3
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0562.png
soon as possible after 15 July 2018 by the second review of their initial assessment and
determination of good environmental status in accordance with point (a) of Article 17(2) of
Directive 2008/56/EC, provided the reasons for the delay are this is justified to the
Commission in the notification by 15 October 2018 made pursuant to Article 9(2) or 17(3)
of Directive 2008/56/EC."
Additional burden / impact assessment of costs
·
The Commission clarified that, on the basis of preliminary findings of a short study, it found
that if Member States are currently implementing Decision 2010/477/EU correctly, the costs
involved under the new Decision would be either similar or lower.
Some Member States
questioned the conclusion and
requested that this study is made
available.
One Member State proposed the following new text aiming to address the issue of
integration rules (anticipating the work currently carried out as "Article 8 guidance"):
"Whether
good environmental status is achieved is determined through the application of
integration rules that are to be agreed (for each descriptor) at Union level, taking into
account Union legislation and regional and subregional methods".
That Member State also
argued that a timeline for setting such integration rules should be included under Art. 5(2) of
the Decision.
However, even though Member States agreed this was an important issue, some of them
considered that it was too early to introduce such provision in the Decision, given that the
work on integration rules is still at a preliminary stage. These Member States were of the
view that such integration rules should only be guidance.
·
Integration rules
·
·
The Commission then presented the draft Annex and its descriptors and Member States were invited
to comment on some of the criteria on which most written comments had been received. The
Commission explained that the more specific and detailed written comments made by Member
States would all be considered, also ensuring consistency throughout the text, but that the purpose
of the discussion was to discuss and resolve the most difficult issues.
Descriptor 1
·
One Member State proposed that species covered by the Habitats Directive (HD) should not
be subject to the obligation to set threshold values (HD species would be excluded from
second paragraph in D1C1 and D1C2) and that HD assessments should automatically be re-
used under MSFD.
It was agreed that the same wording on "taking
into account regional or subregional
specificities"
agreed during the discussion on specific issues would also be used under D1.
One Member State insisted that requirements under other Directives (HD) cannot be
indirectly made stricter via this Decision, with the Commission clarifying again that while
this is not the case, obligations under MSFD have nevertheless still to be met.
One Member State expressed concerns with the use of "reduced to zero" and would prefer
the wording "minimised".
·
·
Descriptor 2
·
Descriptor 3
4
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0563.png
·
D3C3: Most Member States raised a concern with regards to D3C3 and requested that it
becomes secondary, due to the latest ICES advice. The Commission clarified that the
secondary nature of a criterion should not be triggered by the immaturity of a criterion, that
D3C3 is necessary to answer to the Descriptor (cf Descriptor 3 wording), and that the ICES
workshop concluded that it should not be used only because there were no reference points
(i.e. threshold values) yet. The Commission agreed to explore the possibility of a footnote
indicating that D3C3 may not be used for the 2018 assessment.
Following Member States' comments, it was agreed to move D3C4 under D1.
One Member State requested that the wording of D3C1 and D3C2 is amended to reflect that
F
MSY
is not a threshold value, and that the latest text on "B
trigger
" is used under specifications.
One Member State expressed concerns with regards to use of D5 criteria
in beyond
coastal
waters.
One Member State asked for the re-introduction of the phytoplankton criterion which had
been deleted.
Asked by one Member State, the Commission replied that there is no obligation to set
threshold values for D5 in coastal waters, if the obligation does not exist in the Water
Framework Directive. The Member States thanked for the clarification and asked that this
was described in a footnote.
On this descriptor, one Member State indicated that the difference between certain criteria
was not sufficiently clear.
One Member State requested consistency between the two criteria: loss and disturbance.
Two Member States proposed to re-name D6C4 and D6C5 as D1 criteria.
One Member State requested to use the wording "significantly adversely affected" to reflect
the Habitats Directive wording.
·
·
Descriptor 5
·
·
·
Descriptor 6
·
·
·
·
The Commission presented the expected next steps (inter-service consultation over the summer,
feedback mechanism in September, and vote in November). A new version of the legal text is
therefore expected to be available in early September (for the feedback mechanism) and the next
meeting of the Committee will most probably be held in November along the MSCG meeting.
Member States requested to send additional written comments by 4
th
July.
One Member State requested that the text as discussed in Committee is sent to Member States (this
was done and the text is available on circabc).
5. Review of MSFD Annex III
The latest version of the proposal replacing Annex III of the MSFD (document CTTEE_14-2016-
03) was not discussed during the Committee, as the comments received on it from Member States
were of a more minor technical nature. The Commission will consider Member States' written
comments.
5
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0564.png
6. Any other business
Commission presented a new system (AGN) for the reimbursement of travel expenses.
7. Close of the meeting
The Chair thanked participants for their engagement during the meeting and closed it.
6
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0565.png
Annex I:
Agenda
point
2
3
4
5
List of meeting documents
Reference
Title
Submitted by
CTTEE_14-2016-01
CTTEE_14-2016-02
CTTEE_14-2016-03
CTTEE_14-2016-04
Draft agenda
Minutes of the Thirteenth Committee meeting
Review of Commission Decision on GES
Review of MSFD Directive Annex III
European Commission
(DG ENV)
European Commission
(DG ENV)
European Commission
(DG ENV)
European Commission
(DG ENV)
7
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0566.png
Annex II:
List of participants
State
Belgium
Bulgaria
Cyprus
Denmark
Estonia
Finland
France
Germany
Hungary
Ireland
Italy
Latvia
Lithuania
Lithuania
Malta
The Netherlands
The Netherlands
Poland
Poland
Portugal
Romania
Spain
Sweden
United Kingdom
European
Commission
European
Commission
Organisation
Belgian Federal Public Service - Health, Food Chain Safety and Environment
Bulgarian Ministry of Environment and Water
Ministry of Agriculture, Rural Development and Environment
The Danish Nature Agency
Ministry of Environment of Estonia
Ministry of Environment of Finland
Ministère de l'écologie, du développement durable et de l'énergie
Federal Ministry for the Environment (Bundesministerium für Umwelt, Naturschutz und
Reaktorsicherheit)
Ministry of Interior
Department of Environment, Community and Local Government (DECLG)
Ministry of the Environment, Land and Sea Protection - Nature and Sea Protection
Directorate (MATTM-PNM)
Ministry of the Environmental Protection and Regional Development
Ministry of Environment of the Republic of Lithuania
Permanent Representation of Lithuania
Malta Environment and Planning Authority
Ministry of Infrastructure and the Environment - DG for Spatial Issues and Water
Ministry of Infrastructure and the Environment - RWS Centre for Water Management
Ministry of the Environment - Water Resources Department
Chief Inspectorate for Environmental Protection - Monitoring Department
Direcção-Geral de Recursos Naturais, Segurança e Serviços Marítimos (DGRM)
Ministry of Environment, Water and Forest
Ministry of Agriculture, Food and Environment
Swedish Agency for Marine and Water Management (SwAM)
Department for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs
DG Environment
DG Mare
8
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0567.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0568.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0569.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0570.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0571.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0572.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0573.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0574.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0575.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0576.png
NOTAT
Til
NaturErhvervstyrelsen
Vedr.
HSD-analyse
Fra
DTU Aqua
21/4 2016
Jr nr. 16/06873
JSV/JEPOL
Analyse af konsekvenser af reguleringsforslag om GES mhp. beskyttelse af
bundhabitater i EU-farvande
Bestilling
DTU Aqua er blevet anmodet om at gennemføre en analyse med henblik på at undersøge dansk fi-
skeris udbredelse på de mest udbredte habitattyper i EU-farvande. Analysen skulle suppleres med en
beregning af fangstværdierne i de 30 % henholdsvis mindst fiskede og mest fiskede områder inden for
disse habitattyper. Der er anmodet om en overordnet analyse, der kan give et beregnet interval med
udgangspunkt i de tilgængelige data. NAER er bekendt med, at en mere detaljeret analyse kræver op-
lysninger om, hvilke konkrete områder, der skal beskyttes.
Der er desuden anmodet om, at analysen inkluderer et estimat af fangstværdierne i forhold til at be-
skytte 70 % af de udbredte habitattyper.
Metode
For at analysere fiskeriets udbredelse i forhold til habitattyper anvendes en kombination af VMS-, log-
bogs- og afregningsdata for 2015 samt eksisterende habitatkortlægning. Denne første analyse er
overordnet pga. en kort tidsfrist, og kunne suppleres med mere detaljerede analyser.
Da det er de bundslæbende redskaber, der kan have en påvirkning af havbundshabitaterne anvendes
kun fiskeridata fra muslingeskrabere (DRB, BMS, DRO, DRC), bundtrawl (OTB, OTT, PTB, TBN, TB),
bomtrawl (TBB, TBS) og snurrevod (SDN, SSC). For at give et estimat af værdien af landinger knyttet
til hvert enkelt VMS punkt sammenkobles logbogsregistret med afregningsregistret for at estimere af-
regnet vægt og værdi af landingerne pr. fartøj, fangstdag, redskab og art. Denne information sam-
menkobles med VMS data som indeholder fartøjernes positioner (1 gang i timen), tidspunkter (dato og
tid) samt hastigheder. VMS data filtreres ud fra redskab og hastigheder, hvorefter landinger og værdi-
en af landingerne fordeles ud på de positioner (VMS punkter), hvor der antages fiskeri.
For at kunne estimere og rangordne værdien af fiskeriet inden for et habitat og farvand, aggregeres
landinger fra VMS punkter i c-squares (ref. http://www.cmar.csiro.au/csquares/about-csquares.htm).
2
Et c-square er et kvadrat på 0.05*0.05 decimalgrader, hvilket svarer til ca. 19.4 km i den sydlige
2
Nordsø og 14.5 km i den nordlige Nordsø. Midtpunkterne af disse c-squares anvendes til de videre
analyser. For at få information om habitattyper anvendes et habitatkort, der er udviklet i forbindelse
Danmarks Tekniske Universitet
Institut for
Akvatiske Ressourcer
Charlottenlund Slot
Jægersborg Allé 1
2920 Charlottenlund
Tlf.
Dir.
Fax
35 88 33 00
35 88 33 50
35 88 33 33
[email protected]
www.aqua.dtu.dk
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
med BENTHIS projektet (EU-FP7 grant agreement number 312088). Dette kort er baseret på eksiste-
rende habitatkortlægning og klassificeret på EUNIS level 3, men er ikke lige så detaljeret som forsla-
get fra EU, hvilket vil have en betydning for den samlede værdisætning. Det vurderes at værdierne for
både 30 % og 70 % vil være forøgede hvis EU's forslag til habitatkriterier implementeres. Via habitat-
kortlægningen kobles en habitattype på hvert c-squares midtpunkt.
Værdien af landingerne fra de bundslæbende redskaber pr. c-square rangordnes pr. farvand og habi-
tat og hhv. de 30 % af arealet med laveste landingsværdi, 30 % af arealet med højeste landingsværdi,
70 % af arealet med laveste landingsværdi og 70 % af arealet med højeste landingsværdi er opgjort.
Resultatet vist i tabel 2 som total pr. farvand og i tabel 3 pr. farvand og habitat. I tabel 4 er værdierne
fra tabel 3 opsplittet i værdien af konsumfiskeriet og industrifiskeriet.
Det er i samarbejde med NAER besluttet, at nærværende analyse skal dække alt dansk fiskeri, både
inden for og uden for dansk EEZ. Analysen inkluderer udelukkende EU-farvande, dermed er Norsk
økonomisk zone ekskluderet, da evt. EU regler ikke gælder for tredje-landes EEZs. Det er desuden af-
talt at angive total landingsværdier og landingsværdier er opdelt på industri- og konsumfiskeri. Far-
vande opdeles i Nordsøen, Skagerrak, Kattegat samt Bælthavet og Østersøen (Sub-Division 22-26).
Det er også aftalt med NAER, at når værdien af fiskeriet rangordnes inden for hvert habitat og farvand
medtages kun c-squares, hvor der er registreret fiskeri. Således er c-squares, hvor der ikke er blevet
fisket, udeladt af analysen (0-punkter). I tabel 1 er opgjort i) arealet af habitater pr. farvand, ii) arealet
der er fisket med bundslæbende redskaber og iii) procentdelen af arealet der er fisket med bundslæ-
bende redskaber. Den procentdel hvor der ikke fiskes med bundslæbende redskaber kan potentielt
udpeges som beskyttede områder, men der kan være andre forhold der gør sig gældende for disse
områder. Det at de ikke er påvirket af fiskeri med bundslæbende redskaber betyder ikke nødvendigvis,
at de ikke er påvirkede af andre antropogene aktiviteter som fx vindmøller og boreplatforme.
Da midtpunktet af c-squares anvendes for at angive hvilket habitat et c-square dækker, er det en ge-
neraliseret analyse, da et c-square godt kan dække over flere habitater. I opgørelsen af arealet af ha-
bitater sammenlignet med arealet der er fisket pr. habitat og farvand i tabel 1 anvendes ligeledes
midtpunkter af c-squares, og arealet af c-squares til beregning af habitaternes areal og arealet der fi-
skes med bundslæbende redskaber.
På baggrund af metoderne anvendt i denne analyse estimeres det at fiskerierhvervet vil miste en ind-
tjening på mellem 15 og 904 millioner kr af den direkte omsætning af fisken ved beskyttelse af 30 % af
hver bundhabitattype pr. farvand. Ved beskyttelse af 70 % af hver bundhabitattype pr. farvand estime-
res den mistede indtjening at være på mellem 185 og 1074 millioner kr.
2
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0578.png
Tabel 1: Areal af habitater pr. farvand, arealet fisket med bundslæbende redskaber af danske fartøjer samt procentdelen af arealet der er fisket
med bundslæbende redskaber af danske fartøjer. Bemærk at arealerne er opgjort total pr. farvand og er ikke indenfor dansk EEZ.
2
Farvand
Habitat
Areal (km ) Areal fisket
Procentdel af are-
med bundslæ- alet fisket med
bende redska- bundslæbende
ber af danske redskaber af dan-
2
fartøjer (km ) ske fartøjer
Kattegat
Atlantic and Mediterranean moderate energy infralittoral rock
Sublittoral coarse sediment
Sublittoral mixed sediments
Sublittoral mud
Sublittoral sand
NA
Atlantic and Mediterranean high energy circalittoral rock
Atlantic and Mediterranean high energy infralittoral rock
Atlantic and Mediterranean low energy circalittoral rock
Atlantic and Mediterranean low energy infralittoral rock
Atlantic and Mediterranean moderate energy circalittoral rock
Atlantic and Mediterranean moderate energy infralittoral rock
Data not available
Deep-sea mixed substrata
Deep-sea mud
Deep-sea muddy sand
Sublittoral coarse sediment
Sublittoral mixed sediments
Sublittoral mud
Sublittoral sand
Deep-sea rock and artificial hard substrata
NA
Atlantic and Mediterranean high energy circalittoral rock
Atlantic and Mediterranean high energy infralittoral rock
Atlantic and Mediterranean low energy circalittoral rock
Atlantic and Mediterranean low energy infralittoral rock
Atlantic and Mediterranean moderate energy circalittoral rock
Atlantic and Mediterranean moderate energy infralittoral rock
Baltic moderately exposed infralittoral rock
Charlottenlund Slot
Jægersborg Allé 1
2920 Charlottenlund
Tlf.
Dir.
Fax
35 88 33 00
35 88 33 50
35 88 33 33
Nordsøen
Skagerrak
52
153
3079
8389
8515
424
683
1450
6845
354
10090
1825
6763
9648
10553
6576
60683
6771
48113
295903
31
7045
178
722
96
16
161
113
16
17
17
1300
6077
3023
68
34
17
53
0
0
0
541
0
32
0
6758
907
20006
71782
0
103
16
332
48
16
81
0
0
33.4
11.1
42.2
72.4
35.5
16.1
4.9
1.2
0.8
0.0
0.0
0.0
8.0
0.0
0.3
0.0
11.1
13.4
41.6
24.3
0.0
1.5
9.1
46.0
50.0
100.0
50.0
0.0
0.0
Danmarks Tekniske Universitet
Institut for
Akvatiske Ressourcer
[email protected]
www.aqua.dtu.dk
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0579.png
Østersøen og Bæltha-
vet (SD 22-26)
Data not available
Deep-sea mud
Deep-sea muddy sand
Sublittoral coarse sediment
Sublittoral mixed sediments
Sublittoral mud
Sublittoral sand
NA
Baltic moderately exposed circalittoral rock
Baltic moderately exposed infralittoral rock
Data not available
Sublittoral coarse sediment
Sublittoral mixed sediments
Sublittoral mud
Sublittoral sand
NA
16
2455
49
33
1363
6599
6474
1301
17
278
70
3626
24370
22379
23065
10327
0
2277
49
0
510
5409
6275
33
0
0
0
336
4116
17205
5280
514
0.0
92.7
100.0
0.0
37.4
82.0
96.9
2.5
0.0
0.0
0.0
9.3
16.9
76.9
22.9
5.0
Tabel 2: Værdi af landinger fra bundslæbende redskaber fra hhv. 30 % og 70 % af arealet med højeste og laveste landingsværdi pr. farvand og ha-
bitattype, summeret fra tabel 3. Opgjort i mio. kr.
Værdi fra 30 %
Værdi fra 30 %
Værdi fra 70 %
Værdi fra 70 %
Total værdi af
areal med lave-
areal med høje-
areal med laveste areal med høje-
landinger fra
ste landingsværdi ste landingsværdi landingsværdi
ste landingsværdi bundslæbende
redskaber
Kattegat
1.4
65.8
17.9
82.4
83.6
Nordsøen
7.4
492.9
82.8
568.3
575.8
Skagerrak
4.6
251.0
63.2
309.6
314.2
Østersøen og Bælthavet (SD22-26)
1.8
94.9
20.5
113.5
115.3
Total
15.2
904.6
184.5
1073.8
1088.8
4
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0580.png
Tabel 3: Værdi af landinger fra bundslæbende redskaber fra hhv. 30 % og 70 % af arealet med højeste og laveste landingsværdi pr.
farvand og habitattype. Opgjort i mio. kr.
Farvand
Habitat
Værdi fra 30 %
areal med la-
veste landings-
værdi
0.00
0.19
0.04
1.02
0.10
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.02
0.29
0.03
1.67
5.38
0.06
0.02
0.02
0.00
0.00
0.00
1.97
0.01
0.05
0.82
1.73
0.00
0.01
0.13
1.44
0.18
0.02
Værdi fra 30 %
areal med hø-
jeste landings-
værdi
0.00
0.19
6.71
50.43
8.46
0.04
0.01
0.00
0.00
0.08
23.77
3.52
74.87
388.64
2.03
0.02
0.93
0.00
0.00
0.01
29.48
1.24
5.08
94.59
119.25
0.38
0.38
10.25
61.99
18.62
3.64
Værdi fra 70 %
areal med la-
veste lan-
dingsværdi
0.00
0.19
0.96
15.42
1.35
0.01
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.02
3.39
0.59
18.01
59.90
0.92
0.02
0.24
0.01
0.00
0.01
14.04
0.46
1.34
16.85
30.23
0.03
0.05
1.57
16.62
2.11
0.14
Værdi fra 70 %
areal med hø-
jeste landings-
værdi
0.00
0.19
7.63
64.83
9.70
0.05
0.01
0.00
0.01
0.08
26.88
4.08
91.21
443.16
2.89
0.02
1.15
0.01
0.00
0.02
41.56
1.69
6.36
110.62
147.75
0.41
0.42
11.69
77.10
20.55
3.77
Total værdi af
landinger fra
bundslæbende
redskaber
0.00
0.19
7.67
65.85
9.80
0.05
0.01
0.00
0.01
0.11
27.16
4.10
92.88
448.54
2.95
0.02
1.18
0.01
0.00
0.02
43.53
1.70
6.41
111.44
149.48
0.41
0.43
11.82
78.53
20.72
3.79
Kattegat
Nordsøen
Skagerrak
Østersøen
og Bæltha-
vet (SD22-
26)
Atlantic and Mediterranean moderate energy infralittoral rock
Sublittoral coarse sediment
Sublittoral mixed sediments
Sublittoral mud
Sublittoral sand
NA
Atlantic and Mediterranean high energy circalittoral rock
Atlantic and Mediterranean high energy infralittoral rock
Atlantic and Mediterranean low energy circalittoral rock
Deep-sea mud
Sublittoral coarse sediment
Sublittoral mixed sediments
Sublittoral mud
Sublittoral sand
NA
Atlantic and Mediterranean high energy circalittoral rock
Atlantic and Mediterranean high energy infralittoral rock
Atlantic and Mediterranean low energy circalittoral rock
Atlantic and Mediterranean low energy infralittoral rock
Atlantic and Mediterranean moderate energy circalittoral rock
Deep-sea mud
Deep-sea muddy sand
Sublittoral mixed sediments
Sublittoral mud
Sublittoral sand
NA
Sublittoral coarse sediment
Sublittoral mixed sediments
Sublittoral mud
Sublittoral sand
NA
5
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0581.png
Tabel 4: Værdi af landinger fra bundslæbende redskaber fra hhv. 30 % og 70 % af arealet med højeste og laveste landingsværdi pr.
farvand og habitattype. Opdelt i værdien af konsum- og industrilandinger Opgjort i mio. kr.
Industri/Konsum Farvand
Habitat
Værdi fra 30 %
areal med la-
veste lan-
dingsværdi
0.00
0.09
0.01
0.27
0.01
1.84
5.58
0.01
0.00
0.01
0.04
0.05
0.02
0.01
0.00
0.01
0.00
0.19
0.04
1.16
0.09
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.02
0.09
0.02
0.61
1.31
0.06
0.02
Værdi fra 30 %
areal med hø-
jeste landings-
værdi
0.01
1.15
0.21
15.73
1.44
31.67
272.99
0.11
0.01
0.11
1.00
3.19
0.16
0.17
0.00
0.88
0.00
0.19
6.63
45.48
8.17
0.04
0.01
0.00
0.00
0.08
7.86
1.75
41.60
113.64
2.03
0.02
Værdi fra 70 %
areal med la-
veste lan-
dingsværdi
0.00
0.58
0.13
2.37
0.46
14.13
45.17
0.04
0.00
0.11
0.27
0.44
0.15
0.02
0.00
0.20
0.00
0.19
1.04
18.64
1.30
0.01
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.02
1.20
0.27
5.48
16.75
0.92
0.02
Værdi fra 70 %
areal med hø-
jeste lan-
dingsværdi
0.01
1.63
0.32
17.83
2.06
43.95
312.57
0.14
0.01
0.21
1.22
3.57
0.29
0.18
0.00
1.07
0.00
0.19
7.63
62.96
9.38
0.05
0.01
0.00
0.01
0.08
8.97
2.01
46.48
129.08
2.89
0.02
Total værdi af
landinger fra
bundslæbende
redskaber
0.01
1.73
0.34
18.10
2.07
45.79
318.15
0.15
0.01
0.22
1.27
3.62
0.31
0.19
0.01
1.08
0.00
0.19
7.66
64.12
9.47
0.05
0.01
0.00
0.01
0.11
9.07
2.03
47.09
130.39
2.95
0.02
Industri
Kattegat
Nordsø
Skagerak
Østersøen
og Bæltha-
vet (SD 22-
26)
Konsum
Kattegat
Nordsø
Skagerak
Sublittoral mixed sediments
Sublittoral mud
Sublittoral sand
Sublittoral coarse sediment
Sublittoral mixed sediments
Sublittoral mud
Sublittoral sand
Atlantic and Mediterranean high energy infralittoral rock
Deep-sea mud
Sublittoral mixed sediments
Sublittoral mud
Sublittoral sand
Sublittoral coarse sediment
Sublittoral mixed sediments
Sublittoral mud
Sublittoral sand
Atlantic and Mediterranean moderate energy infralittoral rock
Sublittoral coarse sediment
Sublittoral mixed sediments
Sublittoral mud
Sublittoral sand
NA
Atlantic and Mediterranean high energy circalittoral rock
Atlantic and Mediterranean high energy infralittoral rock
Atlantic and Mediterranean low energy circalittoral rock
Deep-sea mud
Sublittoral coarse sediment
Sublittoral mixed sediments
Sublittoral mud
Sublittoral sand
NA
Atlantic and Mediterranean high energy circalittoral rock
6
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0582.png
Østersøen
og Bæltha-
vet (SD 22-
26)
Atlantic and Mediterranean high energy infralittoral rock
Atlantic and Mediterranean low energy circalittoral rock
Atlantic and Mediterranean low energy infralittoral rock
Atlantic and Mediterranean moderate energy circalittoral rock
Deep-sea mud
Deep-sea muddy sand
Sublittoral mixed sediments
Sublittoral mud
Sublittoral sand
NA
Sublittoral coarse sediment
Sublittoral mixed sediments
Sublittoral mud
Sublittoral sand
NA
0.02
0.00
0.00
0.00
2.22
0.01
0.05
1.96
3.99
0.00
0.01
0.13
1.44
0.17
0.02
0.71
0.00
0.00
0.01
29.09
1.24
4.84
84.09
106.69
0.38
0.09
10.12
61.92
17.65
3.64
0.31
0.01
0.00
0.01
14.43
0.46
1.36
26.08
39.17
0.03
0.02
1.51
16.61
1.99
0.14
1.01
0.01
0.00
0.02
41.30
1.69
6.15
108.21
141.86
0.41
0.11
11.50
77.08
19.48
3.77
1.02
0.01
0.00
0.02
43.52
1.70
6.20
110.17
145.86
0.41
0.12
11.63
78.52
19.64
3.79
7
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0583.png
HSD-analyse
Analyse af konsekvenser af reguleringsforslag om GES mhp.
beskyttelse af bundhabitater i EU-farvande
Josefine Egekvist
Jeppe Olsen
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0584.png
Opgaven
• DTU Aqua er blevet anmodet om at undersøge dansk fiskeris udbredelse
på de mest udbredte habitattyper i EU-farvande, for at analysere
konsekvenser af reguleringsforslag om GES mhp. beskyttelse af
bundhabitater i EU-farvande.
• Beregning af fangstværdierne i de 30 % mindst fiskede og 30 % mest
fiskede område indenfor habitattyperne
• Analysen inkluderer også fangstværdierne i de 70% mindst fiskede og 70
% mest fiskede områder indenfor habitattyperne
• Der er enighed om at det er en overordnet analyse i første omgang, som
kan suppleres med mere detaljerede analyser
2
DTU Aqua, Danmarks Tekniske Universitet
20.04.2016
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0585.png
Datagrundlag
• En kombination af logbogs-, afregnings- og VMS data udgør
datagrundlaget for fiskeriets udbredelse og estimering af værdien af
landingerne. Data fra 2015 anvendes.
• Habitatkort fra BENTHIS projektet (EU-FP7), som er en sammenkobling
af eksisterende habitatkortlægning, klassificeret til EUNIS level 3.
3
DTU Aqua, Danmarks Tekniske Universitet
20.04.2016
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0586.png
Metode - Fiskeridata
• Afregningsdata (pr. tur) sammenkobles med logbogsdata (pr. dag),
afregningsværdier fordeles i forhold til rapporterede fangster i
logbøgerne
• Bundslæbende redskaber udvælges fra logbogsregistret
– Muslingeskrabere (DRB, BMS, DRO, DRC)
– Bundtrawl (OTB, OTT, PTB, TBN, TB)
– Bomtrawl (TBB, TBS)
– Snurrevod (SDN, SSC)
• VMS data (1 ping pr. time) kobles sammen med logbogs/afregningsdata
og punkter hvor der antages fiskeriaktivitet identificeres ud fra fartøjets
hastighed.
• Landingerne og værdien af landingerne pr. dag fordeles ud på de VMS
punkter hvor der antages fiskeri.
• Aggregeres i c-squares (0.05*0.05 decimalgrader) – svarer til 19.4 km
2
i
den sydlige Nordsø og 14.5 km
2
i den nordlige Nordsø.
4
DTU Aqua, Danmarks Tekniske Universitet
20.04.2016
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0587.png
Metode - Fiskeridata
• Værdien af landingerne rangordnes pr. farvand og habitat summeres for
hhv:
– 30 % af arealet med den laveste landingsværdi
– 30 % af arealet med den højeste landingsværdi
– 70 % af arealet med den laveste landingsværdi
– 70 % af arealet med den højeste landingsværdi
• Dækker alt fiskeri med danske fartøjer, både inden for og uden for dansk
EEZ
• Norsk EEZ er ikke inkluderet
• Medtager kun c-squares hvor der er registreret fiskeri (udelader 0-
punkter)
• Opgøres på farvandene Nordsøen, Skagerrak, Kattegat samt Bælthavet
og Østersøen (SD 22-26).
• Midpunktet af c-squares anvendes ved sammenkobling med habitattyper
5
DTU Aqua, Danmarks Tekniske Universitet
20.04.2016
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0588.png
Værdi af landinger fra bundslæbende
redskaber 2015
6
DTU Aqua, Danmarks Tekniske Universitet
20.04.2016
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0589.png
Værdi af konsumlandinger fra bundslæbende
redskaber 2015
7
DTU Aqua, Danmarks Tekniske Universitet
20.04.2016
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0590.png
Værdi af industrilandinger fra bundslæbende
redskaber 2015
8
DTU Aqua, Danmarks Tekniske Universitet
20.04.2016
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0591.png
Habitatkort
9
DTU Aqua, Danmarks Tekniske Universitet
20.04.2016
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0592.png
Overblik over værdien af fangster
• Værdien af fiskeriet i 2015
– I alt: ca. 3,5 mia.
– Bundslæb: ca. 1,64 mia.
– 4 Farvande: 1,49 mia.
– Minus Norsk EEZ: ca. 1,09
mia.
Kilde: dst/dk
10
DTU Aqua, Danmarks Tekniske Universitet
20.04.2016
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0593.png
Habitater
• Kornstørrelsen
• Sedimenter: Mud, sand, coarse sediment, mixed sediment, Rock
• Dybder
– Sublittoral zone ca. 0 – 200 m
• Infra- and circa-littoral zone
– Upper and lower Bathyal zone ca. 200 – 2000 m
• Deep sea
• Forskel på Eu’s og EUNIS’ definitioner
– Sublittoral: circalittoral & Infralittoral
– Sediment / Sand, mud etc.
• Salinitet, Sigtbarhed og Energipåvirkning
Habitat
Atlantic and Mediterranean high energy circalittoral rock
Atlantic and Mediterranean high energy infralittoral rock
Atlantic and Mediterranean low energy circalittoral rock
Atlantic and Mediterranean low energy infralittoral rock
Atlantic and Mediterranean moderate energy circalittoral rock
Atlantic and Mediterranean moderate energy infralittoral rock
Deep-sea mud
Deep-sea muddy sand
Sublittoral coarse sediment
Sublittoral mixed sediments
Sublittoral mud
30% med laveste
landingsværdi
0.02
0.02
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
1.99
0.01
0.48
0.25
4.94
7.38
0.08
30% med højeste
landingsværdi
0.03
0.93
0.01
0
0.01
0
29.57
1.24
24.34
25.56
281.88
534.97
6.09
70% med
70% med
laveste
højeste
landingsværdi landingsværdi
0.02
0.25
0.01
0.00
0.01
0.00
14.07
0.46
3.63
4.45
66.89
93.58
1.11
0.03
1.16
0.01
0
0.02
0
41.64
1.69
27.49
29.76
343.77
621.17
7.12
Total
0.03
1.18
0.02
0.00
0.02
0.00
43.63
1.70
27.78
30.01
348.70
628.55
7.20
DTU
Sublittoral sand
Aqua, Danmarks Tekniske Universitet
NA
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0594.png
Skagerrak
Habitat
Areal
(km
2
)
Areal
fisket
med
bundsl
æbende
redskab
er af
danske
fartøjer
(km
2
)
Atlantic and Mediterranean high energy
circalittoral rock
Atlantic and Mediterranean high energy
infralittoral rock
Atlantic and Mediterranean low energy
circalittoral rock
Atlantic and Mediterranean low energy
infralittoral rock
Atlantic and Mediterranean moderate
energy circalittoral rock
energy infralittoral rock
rock
Atlantic and Mediterranean moderate
16
161
113
16
81
100.0
50.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
92.7
100.0
0.0
37.4
82.0
96.9
2.5
96
48
50.0
722
332
46.0
178
16
9.1
Procentde
l af
arealet
fisket med
bundslæb
ende
redskaber
af danske
fartøjer
Baltic moderately exposed infralittoral
Data not available
Deep-sea mud
Deep-sea muddy sand
Sublittoral coarse sediment
Sublittoral mud
NA
Sublittoral mixed sediments
Sublittoral sand
NA – punkter på
land
Der hvor der er
punkter på
0
16
16
0
0
2455
49
33
2277
49
0
1363
6599
510
5409
33
6474
1301
6275
DTU Aqua, Danmarks Tekniske Universitet
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0595.png
Fiskeri på land og
stenrev
• C-squares
– Et kvadratisk område
– Analysen tager udganspunkt i c-
squares midtpunkter
• Kystnært fiskeri fremstår
som NA (”På land”)
• Fiskeri tæt på stenrev
fremstår som fiskeri PÅ
stenrev
DTU Aqua, Danmarks Tekniske Universitet
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0596.png
Skagerrak
Habitat
Værdi fra
30 %
areal
med
laveste
ærdi
Atlantic and
Mediterranean high
energy circalittoral
rock
Atlantic and
Mediterranean high
energy infralittoral
rock
Atlantic and
Mediterranean low
energy circalittoral
rock
Atlantic and
Mediterranean low
rock
0.00
0.00
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.02
0.93
0.24
1.15
1.18
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.02
Værdi fra
30 %
areal
med
højeste
ærdi
Værdi
fra 70
% areal
med
laveste
sværdi
Værdi
fra 70
% areal
med
højeste
landing
sværdi
Total
værdi af
landinger
fra
bundslæbe
nde
redskaber
landingsv landingsv landing
energy infralittoral
Atlantic and
Mediterranean
moderate energy
circalittoral rock
Deep-sea mud
sand
Deep-sea muddy
NA – punkter på
land
Der hvor der er
punkter på
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.01
0.01
0.02
1.97
29.48
14.04
41.56
0.01
1.24
0.46
1.69
0.05
0.82
1.73
5.08
94.59
0.38
119.25
1.34
16.85
0.03
30.23
6.36
110.62
0.41
147.75
0.00
0.02
43.53
1.70
6.41
111.44
149.48
0.41
Sublittoral mixed
sediments
Sublittoral mud
NA
Sublittoral sand
DTU Aqua, Danmarks Tekniske Universitet
0.00
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0597.png
Variation indenfor habitaterne
Den kumulative værdi
stiger med forskelligt
tempo
Desto mere ens
værdien af fangsten er
i et habitat, jo større
procent af den
samlede værdi vil
være indenfor de
laveste 30%
Jo mere præcise og jo
flere habitater, jo
dyrere
DTU Aqua, Danmarks Tekniske Universitet
Standard
deviation
Sublittoral sand
Deep-sea mud
0.39
0.26
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0598.png
Kattegat
Habitat
Værdi fra
30 %
areal med
laveste
Habitat Habitat
landingsv
ærdi
Værdi fra
30 %
areal med
højeste
landingsv
ærdi
Værdi fra
70 %
areal med
laveste
landingsv
ærdi
Værdi fra
70 %
areal med
højeste
landingsv
ærdi
Total
værdi af
landinger
fra
bundslæb
ende
redskaber
Atlantic and
Mediterranean
moderate
energy
infralittoral rock
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
Sublittoral
coarse sediment
Sublittoral
mixed
sediments
Sublittoral mud
Sublittoral sand
NA
0.04
1.02
0.10
0.00
6.71
50.43
8.46
0.04
0.96
15.42
1.35
0.01
7.63
64.83
9.70
0.05
7.67
65.85
9.80
0.05
0.19
0.19
0.19
0.19
0.19
DTU Aqua, Danmarks Tekniske Universitet
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0599.png
Østersøen
og
Bælthavet
Habitat
Værdi fra 30
% areal med
laveste
landingsværdi
Værdi fra 30
% areal med
højeste
landingsværdi
0.38
10.25
61.99
18.62
3.64
Værdi fra 70
% areal med
laveste
landingsværdi
0.05
1.57
16.62
2.11
0.14
Værdi fra 70
% areal med
højeste
landingsværdi
0.42
11.69
77.10
20.55
3.77
Total værdi af
landinger fra
bundslæbende
redskaber
0.43
11.82
78.53
20.72
3.79
Sublittoral coarse sediment
Sublittoral mixed sediments
Sublittoral mud
Sublittoral sand
NA
0.01
0.13
1.44
0.18
0.02
DTU Aqua, Danmarks Tekniske Universitet
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0600.png
Nordsøen
Habitat
Værdi
areal
med
laveste
værdi
Værdi
areal
med
højeste
værdi
Værdi
Værdi
fra 70
med
Total
værdi
landing
fra 30 % fra 30 % fra 70
med
% areal % areal af
laveste højeste er fra
sværdi
sværdi
æbende
redskab
er
landings landings landing landing bundsl
Atlantic and Mediterranean
high energy circalittoral rock
Atlantic and Mediterranean
high energy infralittoral rock
Atlantic and Mediterranean
low energy circalittoral rock
Deep-sea mud
Sublittoral coarse sediment
Sublittoral mixed sediments
Sublittoral mud
Sublittoral sand
NA
0.00
0.02
0.29
0.03
1.67
5.38
0.06
0.00
0.08
23.77
3.52
74.87
388.64
2.03
0.00
0.02
3.39
0.59
18.01
59.90
0.92
0.01
0.08
26.88
4.08
91.21
443.16
2.89
0.01
0.11
27.16
4.10
92.88
448.54
2.95
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.01
0.00
0.01
0.01
DTU Aqua, Danmarks Tekniske Universitet
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0601.png
Danmark
30% med
laveste
landingsv
ærdi
Kattegat
Nordsø
Skagerak
Østersø og
Bælthavet
Total
15.19
904.63
184.47
1073.85
1088.81
1.35
7.45
4.63
1.77
30% med
højeste
landingsv
ærdi
65.83
492.93
250.98
94.88
70% med
laveste
landingsv
ærdi
17.92
82.83
63.24
20.49
70% med
højeste
landingsv
ærdi
82.41
568.31
309.59
113.53
83.57
575.76
314.19
115.29
Total
• Den aktuelle værdi vil være et sted i
mellem yderpunkterne
– Det er meget svært at
administrere fragmenterede
områdelukninger
– Marxan
• Den samlede værdi af landingerne i
2015
DTU Aqua, Danmarks Tekniske Universitet
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0602.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0603.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0604.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0606.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0607.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0609.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0610.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0611.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0612.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0613.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0614.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0615.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0617.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0618.png
Ref. Ares(2016)2735194 - 13/06/2016
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0619.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0620.png
CTTEE_14-2016-01
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
DIRECTORATE-GENERAL
ENVIRONMENT
Directorate C - Quality of Life, Water & Air
ENV.C.2 - Marine Environment & Water Industry
14
TH
M
EETING OF THE
C
OMMITTEE UNDER
A
RTICLE
25
OF
D
IRECTIVE
2008/56/EC
(M
ARINE
S
TRATEGY
C
OMMITTEE
)
W
EDNESDAY
29 J
UNE
2016 (09:00
17:30)
Conference Centre Albert Borschette (CCAB) - Room 2B
36, Rue Froissart - B-1040 Brussels
D
RAFT
A
GENDA
Time
09:00
09:10
09:15
Item Agenda item
1
2
3
Welcome and introduction
Adoption of the agenda
Adoption of the minutes of
the thirteen meeting of the
Committee
Review of Commission
Decision 2010/477/EU on
criteria and methodological
standards for GES
Review of MSFD Annex III
Action
Report
by
COM
COM
Document
Adoption
Adoption
CTTEE_14-2016-01
CTTEE_14-2016-02
09:30
4
Item for
discussion
COM
CTTEE_14-2016-03
16:30
5
Item for
discussion
Items for
information
COM
CTTEE_14-2016-04
17:00
17:30
6
7
Any other business
Close of the meeting
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0621.png
Committee' Members (updated 10.06.2016)
Ref. Ares(2016)2735194 - 13/06/2016
Country
Type
Organisation / Ministry
MS
AT
Austria
Lebensministerium
Ueberreiter
Ernst
[email protected]
Registry Committee
P
A
P
A
P
P
A
P
A
P
P
A
A
P
P
Last name
National code
First name
MS
BE
Belgium
Belgian Federal Public Service - Health, Food Chain Safety and
Environment
Belgian Federal Public Service - Health, Food Chain Safety and
Environment
Bulgarian Ministry of Environment and Water
Bulgarian Ministry of Environment and Water
Ministry of Environment and Nature Protection
Kyramarios
Michael
[email protected]
MS
MS
MS
MS
BE
BG
BG
HR
Belgium
Bulgaria
Bulgaria
Croatia
Van Gaever
Balusheva
Roiatchka
Skevin Ivosevic
Saskia
Galina
Violeta
Barbara
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
MS
HR
Croatia
Ministry of Environment and Nature Protection
Radic
Ivan
MS
CY
Cyprus
Ministry of Agriculture, Natural Resources and Environment,
Department of Fisheries & Marine Research (DFMR)
Ministry of Agriculture, Natural Resources and Environment,
Department of Fisheries & Marine Research (DFMR)
Argyrou
Marina
[email protected]
MS
CY
Cyprus
Michaelides
Savvas
[email protected]
MS
MS
MS
MS
CZ
DK
DK
EE
Czech Republic Ministry of Environment
Denmark
Denmark
Estonia
The Danish Nature Agency
The Danish Nature Agency
Ministry of Environment of Estonia
Klapsiova
Olgaard
Mandøe Andreasen
Veronika
Lisbet
Ditte
Rene
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
Reisner
MS
EE
Estonia
Ministry of Environment of Estonia
Ministry of Environment of Finland, Head of the Marine
Protection Group, Kasarmikatu 25, (P.O. Box 35), FI-00023
Government, Phone +358 295 250 237
Villmann
Agnes
MS
FI
Finland
Bäck
Saara
[email protected]
1
Email
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0622.png
Committee' Members (updated 10.06.2016)
MS
MS
MS
MS
FI
FR
FR
FR
Finland
France
France
France
Ministry of Environment of Finland
Ministère de l'écologie, du développement durable et de
l'énergie
Ministère de l'écologie, du développement durable et de
l'énergie
Ministère de l'écologie, du développement durable et de
l'énergie
Ministère de l'écologie, du développement durable et de
l'énergie
Ministère de l'écologie, du développement durable et de
l'énergie
Bundesministerium für Umwelt, Naturschutz und
Reaktorsicherheit
Ministerium für Energiewende, Landwirtschaft, Umwelt, und
ländliche Räume des Landes Schleswig-Holstein
Special Secretary for Water of the Hellenic Ministry of
Reconstuction of Production
Laamanen
Terrier
Schultz
Pleyber
Maria
Isabelle
Ludovic
Emilie
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
A
A
P
A
MS
FR
France
Quéménér
Jean-Marie
Sophie-
Dorothée
Ingo
A
MS
MS
FR
DE
France
Germany
Duron
Narberhaus
A
P
MS
DE
Germany
Wenzel
Christine
A
MS
EL
Greece
Ganoulis
Jacques
[email protected]
A
MS
EL
Greece
Aristotle University of Thessaloniki
Tsikliras
Athanasios
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
A
MS
MS
MS
MS
EL
HU
IE
IE
Greece
Hungary
Ireland
Ireland
Ministry for the Environment, Energy and Climate Change
Ministry of Environment and Water of Hungary
Gkini
Kovacs
Maria
Peter
Richard
Roger
P
P
P
A
Department of Environment, Community and Local Government
Cronin
(DECLG)
Department of Environment, Community and Local Government
Harrington
(DECLG)
Ministry of the Environment, Land and Sea Protection, Head of
Unit VI “Marine and Coastal Environment Protection”, Nature
and Sea Protection Directorate
Institute for Environmental Protection and Research (ISPRA)
Institute for Environmental Protection and Research (ISPRA)
Ministry of Environmental Protection and Regional
Development, Department of Environmental Protection
Latvian Institute of Aquatic Ecology
Montanaro
MS
IT
Italy
Oliviero
[email protected]
P
MS
MS
IT
IT
Italy
Italy
Casazza
Silvestri
Gianna
Cecilia
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
A
A
MS
MS
LV
LV
Latvia
Latvia
Zasa
Aigars
Baiba
Juris
P
A
2
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0623.png
Committee' Members (updated 10.06.2016)
MS
LT
Lithuania
Ministry of Environment of the Republic of Lithuania, Acting
Director of Water Department
Ministry of Environment of the Republic of Lithuania, Acting
Director of Water Department
Administration de la Gestion de l'Eau du Grand Duché de
Luxembourg
Administration de la Gestion de l'Eau du Grand Duché de
Luxembourg
Ministere du Developpement durable et des Infrastructures
Kniezaite-Gofmane
Agn!
[email protected]
P
MS
MS
MS
LT
LU
LU
Lithuania
Luxembourg
Luxembourg
Lukoseviciene
Lickes
Margue
Agnè
Jean-Paul
Hélène
[email protected]; [email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]; [email protected];
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
A
P
A
MS
LU
LU
Weidenhaupt
André
A
MS
MT
Malta
Malta Environment and Planning Authority
Rizzo
Maraine
P
MS
MS
MS
MT
NL
NL
Malta
Netherlands
Netherlands
Malta Environment and Planning Authority
Ministry of Infrastructure and the Environment, Directorate
General for Spatial Issues and Water
Ministry of Infrastructure and the Environment, DG for Spatial
Issues and Water
Ministry of Infrastructure and the Environment, RWS Centre for
Water Management
Butler
Busstra
van Urk
Liam
Jan
Wim
A
P
A
A
P
MS
NL
Netherlands
Van der Graaf
Sandra
MS
PL
Poland
Deputy Director of Water Resources Department-Ministry of the
Kopczy"ska
Environment
Chief Inspectorate for Environmental Protection
Direcção-Geral de Recursos Naturais, Segurança e Serviços
Marítimos
Direcção-Geral de Recursos Naturais, Segurança e Serviços
Marítimos (DGRM)
Ministry of Environment, Water and Forest
Ministry of the Environment and Spatial Planning
Ministry of Agriculture, Food and Environment
Joanna
MS
PL
Poland
Marciniewicz-Mykieta Malgorzata
A
MS
PT
Portugal
Marques
José Manuel
P
MS
MS
MS
MS
PT
RO
SI
ES
Portugal
Romania
Slovenia
Spain
Simão
Mihail
Breznik
Arrieta Algarra
Ana Paula
Otilia
Barbara
Sagrario
A
P
P
P
MS
ES
Spain
Ministry of Agriculture, Food and Environment
Perez Puyol
Ainhoa
A
MS
SE
Sweden
Swedish Agency for Marine and Water Management (SwAM)
Porsbring
Tobias
A
3
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0624.png
Committee' Members (updated 10.06.2016)
MS
MS
MS
SE
UK
UK
Sweden
United
Kingdom
United
Kingdom
Swedish Agency for Marine and Water Management (SwAM)
Department for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs
Department for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs
Pettersson
Moxon
Pattinson
Karin
Richard
Dominic
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
P
A
P
4
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0625.png
Ref. Ares(2015)5898895 - 16/12/2015
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0626.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0627.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0628.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0629.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0630.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0631.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0632.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0633.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0634.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0635.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0636.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0638.png
FROM THE DEPUTY PERMANENT REPRESENTATIVES OF IRELAND,
DENMARK, FRANCE, POLAND, FINLAND, PORTUGAL, BELGUIM,
LITHUANIA, CYPRUS, ESTONIA, GREECE AND SPAIN
,
6 June 2016
Dear Director General
We are writing to you to express our serious concerns with the current review of
the Good Environmental Status (GES) Decision with regard to the Marine
Strategy Framework Directive (MSFD). We appreciate that the primary
responsibility for this file lies with DG Environment. However, as there are
potentially significant implications for fisheries, we believe that it is important
that we bring our concerns directly to your attention.
As you are aware, the Commission is currently drafting a revision of the GES
Decision 2010/477/EU laying down criteria and methodological standards on GES
and specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and assessment.
We all support the development of criteria for the descriptors under the MSFD to
allow Member States to assess GES in a coordinated way. However, on the basis
of the latest drafts, the Commission appears to be proceeding without due
consideration for the serious concern expressed by Member States with regard
to the criteria and threshold values which will potentially have a major influence
on fishing activity.
A useful meeting with Ernesto Penas of your service was organised, the week
before last, at DPR level to ensure DG MARE were fully involved in the process.
This issue was also raised in the Fisheries Working Group where a large number
of Member States expressed their collective frustration and concerns with the
development of this file. It was considered especially important to have your
Directorate’s
direct involvement in the considerations of these critical indicators’
serious impact on Fisheries.
Several widely contested points have been retained in the latest text despite the
fact that a large number of Member States have clearly and unambiguously,
most recently at the Article 25 Committee meeting on 19 & 20 May, set out their
specific concerns to the Commission.
An element of particular concern is Descriptor
1 ‘biodiversity’ and Descriptor 6
‘seafloor integrity’. The criteria and associated thresholds for assessment, which
are not based on specific scientific advice or an impact study, suggest that at
least 70% of the assessed habitats should not be impacted by human activity (in
other words, closed to all human activity).
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0639.png
There are other serious issues of concern from a fisheries perspective, for
example Descriptor 3 and its relationship to the MSY objective in the CFP, as
your experts will no doubt confirm.
This is a matter of very serious concern to our Governments. Consequently, we
are seeking assurances that further discussions between DG Mare and DG
Environment will ensure that the fisheries dimension of this important Decision
will be fully taken into account. We also stress the importance of observing
Better Regulation principles in the preparation of the Decision, particularly the
need for thorough impact assessment where provisions under consideration are
likely to have a major impact on the fishing industry.
Yours sincerely
Ambassador Vibeke Pasternak JØRGENSEN
Deputy Permanent Representative of
Denmark to the EU
Ambassador Tom HANNEY
Deputy Permanent Representative of
Ireland to the EU
Ambassador Alexis DUTERTRE
Deputy
Permanent
Representative of
France to the EU
Ambassador Sebastian BARKOWSKI
Deputy Permanent Representative of
Poland
to the EU
Ambassador Marianne HUUSKO-LAMPONEN
Deputy Permanent Representative of
Finland to the
EU
Ambassador Rosa BATORÉU
Deputy Permanent Representative of
Portugal
to the EU
Ambassador Olivier BELLE
Deputy Permanent Representative of
Belgium
to the EU
Ambassador Albinas ZANANAVI!IUS
Deputy Permanent Representative of
Lithuania to the EU
Ambassador
Maria HADJITHEODOSIOU
Deputy Permanent Representative of
Cyprus to the EU
Ambassador
Clyde KULL
Deputy Permanent Representative of
Estonia to the EU
Ambassador
Argyris MAKRIS
Deputy
Permanent
Representative
of
Greece to the EU
Ambassador Juan ARISTEGUI LABORDE
Deputy Permanent
Representative of
Spain
to the EU
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0640.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0641.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0642.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0643.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0644.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0645.png
COVER
Til: afdelingschefen
Frist
Fællessag
Styrelses J. Nr.:
NST-403-00013
Styrelseschef
LIOEL 31-05-2016
Direktion i styrelsen
HACKA 31/5-2016
DEP sagsnr.: Ny sag
Ref. DIMAN
Brev til Europa-Kommissionens generaldirektør for Maritime Anliggender og
Fiskeri (DG MARE)
Indstilling
./.
Til afdelingschefens orientering vedlægges forslag til brev fra en række landes EU-ambassadører,
herunder den danske, til generaldirektøren for DG Mare, hvor der udtrykkes bekymring i forhold til et
forslag til kommissionsbeslutning om kriterier og metoder, der i regi af havdirektivet skal anvendes til
at vurdere god miljøtilstand i havet.
Til departementets orientering vedlægges desuden Head Line Comments.
./.
Sagen kort inkl. politisk landskab
Kommissionen (DG ENVI) har med hjemmel i havstrategidirektivet fremlagt sit tredje udkast til ny
afgørelse om, hvilke konkrete kriterier og metodiske standarder medlemslandene skal anvende, når de
vurderer, om der er god miljøtilstand i havmiljøet. Dokumentet indeholder blandt andet et kriterie om,
at maksimalt 30 % af havbunden (opgjort pr. naturtype) må være negativt påvirket. Det kan betyde, at
op mod 70 % af hver habitattype skal beskyttes mod menneskelige påvirkninger, herunder fiskeri med
bundtrawl. Dette kan få væsentlige konsekvenser for den danske fiskerisektor og afledte erhverv.
Flere lande
(herunder Irland, Storbritannien, Nederlandene, Frankrig, Polen, Italien
og Danmark) er
meget bekymrede over dette kriterie og arbejder i forskriftkomitéen på at få det ud af forslaget. På
trods af dette indgik
kriteriet
fortsat
i Kommissionens tredje udkast til afgørelse. De danske
og irske
EU-ambassadører afholdt derfor medio maj 2016 et møde med generaldirektøren for DG Mare, hvor
de fremførte bekymringerne ift. dette kriterie. Den danske fiskeriattaché har samtidig foranlediget, at
emnet er blevet drøftet på rådsarbejdsgruppemøde for fiskeri.
Strategi og proces
Det findes formålstjenstligt at EU-ambassadørerne følger op på mødet med generaldirektøren for DG
MARE ved at sende et brev (vedhæftet), der er underskrevet af flere lande med henblik på, at påvirke
dialogen mellem DG’erne i Kommissionen. Forslaget til beslutning er udarbejdet
af DG ENVI og har
.
endnu ikke været
i officiel høring i andre DG’er.
Irland er pennefører på brevet, og på baggrund af
bemærkninger fra de enkelte lande kan der i den endelige version fortsat blive foretaget mindre
ændringer.
Kommissionens (DG ENVI) forslag forhandles i havstrategidirektivets forskriftkomité, som afholder
sit næste møde den 29. juni 2016. Naturstyrelsen deltager i møderne. I den forbindelse har Irland
forfattet et dokument med en række hovedoverskrifter, som der pt. foregår drøftelse om blandt de 14
lande, der er kritiske overfor forslaget. Udfordringen er at finde en tilpas blød tone, så et flertal kan
støtte brevet, men samtidig at holde en så skarp tone, så de mest kritiske lande, herunder Danmark,
føler sig dækket.
Der forventes afstemning i forskriftkomitéen ultimo september/primo oktober 2016. Inden
afstemningen vil sagen blive forelagt Folketingets Europaudvalg og Miljø- og Fødevareudvalg. Europa-
Parlamentet og Rådet vil få forelagt det endelige forslag til afgørelse som et led i forskriftproceduren
med kontrol.
Økonomi og finansiering
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
Det vurderes, at forslaget på en række områder vil medføre væsentlige administrative og økonomiske
konsekvenser for erhvervslivet, særligt for fiskeriet og afledte erhverv, og staten.
Pressestrategi
Ikke relevant.
2
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0647.png
Dear João
We are writing to you to express our very serious concerns regarding the current review of
the GES Decision with regard to the Marine Strategy Framework Directive. We appreciate
that the primary responsibility for this file lies with DG Envi but as there are potentially
significant detrimental implications for fisheries we feel that it is essential that we bring these
concerns directly to your attention.
(Danish DPR) and I had a useful meeting with Ernesto Penas of your service last week and
this issue was raised in the Fisheries Working Group where a large number of Member States
expressed our collective frustration with the development of this file. We are all now writing
to you as a follow up to that meeting and in reaction to the very limited intervention by the
DG Mare representative at the Fisheries WG. That intervention fell far short of convincing us
that this issue was a priority for DG Mare.
As you are aware, DG Envi are currently drafting a revision of the GES Decision
2010/477/EU laying down criteria and methodological standards on good environmental
status (GES) and specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and assessment.
We all support the development of criteria of the descriptors under the MSFD to allow
Member States to assess GES in a coordinated way. However, we have major concerns about
the way that DG Envi are proceeding as the latest document includes criteria and threshold
values which will potentially have a major influence on fishing activity.
These features have been retained in the latest text despite the fact that a large number of
Member States have clearly and unambiguously, most recently at the Article 25 Committee
meeting on 19 & 20 May, set out their specific concerns to the Commission.
The element
of greatest concern is with regard to Descriptor 1 ‘biodiversity’ and Descriptor 6
‘seafloor integrity’. The criteria and associated thresholds for assessment, which are not
based on specific scientific advice, suggest that 70% of the assessed habitats must not be
impacted by human activity. In other words, 70% of a habitat could be closed to all human
activity.
There are other serious issues of concern from a fisheries perspective, for example Descriptor
3 and its relationship to the MSY objective in the CFP, as your experts will no doubt confirm.
As it stands, this language in the latest text could have very serious implications for the
fishing industry, not to mention all other legitimate and environmentally sustainable
economic activity.
This is matter of very serious concern to our Governments and we are consequently seeking
assurances that you share our concerns regarding the text as it stands and that you will bring
these concerns to the attention of Commissioner Vella so that the appropriate amendments to
the text can be made.
We look forward to hearing from you at your earliest convenience.
Yours sincerely
Ireland
Denmark
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0648.png
France, UK, Etc etc
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0649.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0650.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0651.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0652.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0653.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0655.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0656.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0657.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0658.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
Marine Strategy Framework Directive
Proposals for revision of Commission Decision 2010/477/EU and MSFD Annex III
Template for comments
Member State:
Date of response (dd/mm/yyyy):
Document number
Document title
Release date
Documents for comment:
CTTEE_13-2016-03
Proposal for a Commission Decision on GES
Criteria_draft v3
04-05-2016
CTTEE_13-2016-04
Proposal for a Commission Directive replacing
Annex III MSFD_draft v4
04-05-2016
Please provide comments per document in the relevant tab and structure provided - all comments received need to be compiled and
sorted according to page/section etc to bring comments together on the same topics to facilitate their consideration.
In your commenting, please be as clear as possible on whether you seek deletion, addition or alteration of text, proposing precise text
changes. Alternatively provide any comments for further consideration; you may wish to indicate support or otherwise for the proposed
text.
ONE consolidated set of comments only (i.e. one Excel document) per Member State
To be sent to: [email protected]
To be received by:
24 May 2016 latest
0c04a7f3-1e17-40f8-b343-f71d591cfa11 ReadMe
1 of 14
13-07-2016 00:27
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0659.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
Page
2
7
9
Section
(recital/article number)
Recital 1
Art. 1
Art. 5(1)
Comment
0c04a7f3-1e17-40f8-b343-f71d591cfa11 Decision_RecitalsArticles
2 of 14
13-07-2016 00:27
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0660.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
Section:
-Elements
- Criteria
- Methodological standards
-Specifications/methods
Comment
0c04a7f3-1e17-40f8-b343-f71d591cfa11 D1
3 of 14
13-07-2016 00:27
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0661.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
Section:
-Elements
- Criteria
- Methodological standards
-Specifications/methods
General
Criteria D2C1 Elements
Criteria D2C2 Elements
Criteria D2C3 Elements
Criteria D2C1
Criteria D2C2
Criteria D2C3
Methodological standards
Specifications & methods
Page
Comment
18-19
18
18
18
18
18
18
18-19
19
0c04a7f3-1e17-40f8-b343-f71d591cfa11 D2
4 of 14
13-07-2016 00:27
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0662.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
Section:
-Elements
- Criteria
- Methodological standards
-Specifications/methods
General
Criteria D3C1-D3C3 Elements
Criteria D3C4 Elements
Criteria D3C1
Criteria D3C2
Criteria D3C3
Criteria D3C4
Methodological standards
Specifications & methods
Page
Comment
20-22
20
21
20
20
20
21
20-21
21-22
0c04a7f3-1e17-40f8-b343-f71d591cfa11 D3
5 of 14
13-07-2016 00:27
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0663.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
Section:
-Elements
- Criteria
- Methodological standards
-Specifications/methods
General
Criteria D4C1-D4C4 Elements
Criteria D4C1
Criteria D4C2
Criteria D4C3
Criteria D4C4
Methodological standards
Page
Comment
36-37
36
36
36
36
37
36-37
0c04a7f3-1e17-40f8-b343-f71d591cfa11 D4
6 of 14
13-07-2016 00:27
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0664.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
Section:
-Elements
- Criteria
- Methodological standards
-Specifications/methods
General
Criteria D5C1 Elements
Criteria D5C2 Elements
Criteria D5C3 Elements
Criteria D5C4 Elements
Criteria D5C5 Elements
Criteria D5C6 Elements
Criteria D5C7 Elements
Criteria D5C8 Elements
Criteria D5C9 Elements
Criteria D5C1
Criteria D5C2
Criteria D5C3
Criteria D5C4
Criteria D5C5
Criteria D5C6
Criteria D5C7
Criteria D5C8
Criteria D5C9
Methodological standards
Specifications & methods
Page
Comment
3-6
3
3
3
4
4
4
4
5
5
3
3
3
4
4
4
4
5
5
3-5
5-6
0c04a7f3-1e17-40f8-b343-f71d591cfa11 D5
7 of 14
13-07-2016 00:27
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0665.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
Section:
-Elements
- Criteria
- Methodological standards
-Specifications/methods
General
Criteria D6C1 Elements
Criteria D6C2 Elements
Criteria D6C3 Elements
Criteria D2C1
Criteria D2C2
Criteria D2C3
Methodological standards
Specifications & methods
Page
Comment
23-25
23
23
24
23
23
24
23-24
24-25
0c04a7f3-1e17-40f8-b343-f71d591cfa11 D6
8 of 14
13-07-2016 00:27
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0666.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
Section:
-Elements
- Criteria
- Methodological standards
-Specifications/methods
General
Criteria D7C1 Elements
Criteria D7C2 Elements
Criteria D7C1
Criteria D7C2
Methodological standards
Specifications & methods
Page
Comment
26-27
26
26
26
26
26
27
0c04a7f3-1e17-40f8-b343-f71d591cfa11 D7
9 of 14
13-07-2016 00:27
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0667.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
Section:
-Elements
- Criteria
- Methodological standards
-Specifications/methods
General
Criteria D8C1 Elements
Criteria D8C2 Elements
Criteria D8C3 Elements
Criteria D8C4 Elements
Criteria D8C1
Criteria D8C2
Criteria D8C3
Criteria D8C4
Methodological standards
Methodological standards
Specifications & methods
Page
Comment
7-10
7
8
8
9
7
8
8
9
7-8
8-9
9-10
0c04a7f3-1e17-40f8-b343-f71d591cfa11 D8
10 of 14
13-07-2016 00:27
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0668.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
Section:
-Elements
- Criteria
- Methodological standards
-Specifications/methods
General
Criteria D9C1 Elements
Criteria D9C1
Methodological standards
Specifications & methods
Page
Comment
11-12
11
11
11
11-12
0c04a7f3-1e17-40f8-b343-f71d591cfa11 D9
11 of 14
13-07-2016 00:27
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0669.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
Section:
-Elements
- Criteria
- Methodological standards
-Specifications/methods
General
Criteria D10C1 Elements
Criteria D10C2 Elements
Criteria D10C3 Elements
Criteria D10C4 Elements
Criteria D10C1
Criteria D10C2
Criteria D10C3
Criteria D10C4
Methodological standards
Specifications & methods
Page
Comment
13-15
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13-14
14-15
0c04a7f3-1e17-40f8-b343-f71d591cfa11 D10
12 of 14
13-07-2016 00:27
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0670.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
Section:
-Elements
- Criteria
- Methodological standards
-Specifications/methods
General
Criteria D11C1 Elements
Criteria D11C2 Elements
Criteria D11C1
Criteria D11C2
Methodological standards
Specifications & methods
Page
Comment
16-17
16
16
16
16
16
16-17
0c04a7f3-1e17-40f8-b343-f71d591cfa11 D11
13 of 14
13-07-2016 00:27
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0671.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
Section
(recital/article/Table
1, Table 2a, Table 2b)
General
Recital 1
Art. 1
Table 1
Table 1 notes
Table 2a
Table 2b
Table 2 notes
Page
1-8
1
3
4-5
5-6
6-7
7-8
8
Comment
0c04a7f3-1e17-40f8-b343-f71d591cfa11 AnnexIII
14 of 14
13-07-2016 00:27
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0672.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
Documents for comment
Document number CTTEE_12-2016-03
Document title
Proposal for a Commission Decision
on GES Criteria_draft v2
Release date 15-02-2016
Please provide comments on both documents in the relevant tab.
Do not repeat comments in different tabs, but enter the comment in the most appropriate tab.
All comments received need to be compiled and sorted according to page/section etc, so please follow the
format indicated (entries are examples only - add new lines as needed)
In your commenting, please be as clear as possible on whether you seek deletion, addition or alteration of
text, proposing precise text changes. Alternatively provide any comments for further consideration; you
may wish to indicate support or otherwise for the proposed text.
ONE consolidated set of comments only (i.e. one Excel document) per
Member State
Comments from:
Member State
Date of response (dd/mm/yyyy)
fa8b346f-1366-49e0-a455-1bd349029d38 ReadMe1 of 84
13-07-2016 00:27
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0673.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
Section:
- recital
- article
Annex title
Art. 1
Art. 1
Member State Page
DK
DK
EL
A2
6
6
Comment
Response
Please add "qualitative" before "descriptors in Annex I" and "the indicative lists in" before "Annex III of that Directive". Amended
Article 1 should also refer to the indicative lists in Annex III.
OK. I addittion, in the coastal environment, there is not only the extraction of salt (salt production) but also the
extraction of water for desalinification purposes (provision of freshwater to remote islands). Thus, we propose that
there should be a '*' also at the water extraction process (water extraction does not take place
solely over land).
We support the proposal by the UK to use the language of article 1 of the 2010 decision "Criteria to be used by
Member States…".
Amended to reflect closely wording of MSFD Art.9.3
We undertsand this comemnt refers to Annex III
FI
6
Art. 1
Amended
FI
6
Art. 1
It should be added that the decision
is
to be laid
down also
on the basis
of the indicative Annex III.
Used "on the basis of annex I & III" as wording which reflects MSFD
Art.9.3
RO
6
Art. 1
para 16 - for some cases it should take into consideration the environmental
targets.
Decision refers to Art 9 and does not address Art 10
FR
SE
7
7
Art. 2
Art. 2
Need to include a definition of "elements" in Article 2, page 7.
(b) "shall" reads as if the secondary criteria
are
compulsory
so we propose to replace with "can"
These are described per descriptor in the annex
We have used "are" as per recommendation of Commission lawyer-
linguists to use this tense for definitions
DK
7
Art. 2(1)
Replace "shall" with "should" here. "Primary criteria SHOULD be used by MS in accordance with…." The Commission
does not have the legal basis for setting mandatory criteria. Remember the text in the last part of Annex 1.
We have used "are" as per recommendation of Commission lawyer-
linguists to use this tense for definitions
DK
NL
7
7
Art. 2(1)
Art. 2(1)
DK propose new wording: "Secondary criteria may be used either instead of a primary criterion or in addition to the
primary criterion". The annex should not set up rules for the use of primary criteria.
(a) In the
definition of primary criteria please
replace
shall by should.
(b) The definition of secondary criteria still gives rise to confusion. This is because the tekst state they should be used
either
instead
or in addition to a primary criteria , it should be added that the use is optional (or in other words, add a
third condition: they can also be not used). Propose to change text to: " '' secondary criteria' are optional and
can shall
be used [...]"
Mandatory criteria
- In this new draft it was not mantain the flexible character of the Decision 2010/477, remaining as
mandatory the use of primary or secundary criteria. We don't agree with the imposition of criteria for the descriptors
given that they cannot be considered "non-essential elements" as clearlly stated in article 9(3). This imposition creates
obligations that do not arise from the text of the directive.
The last paragraph of Annex I of MSFD refers that member states should consider and identify those descriptors which
are to be used for determining GES in that (sub)region and if one or more descriptors are not appropriate to use, to
provide a justification. The present draft do not comply with the directive text.
as not all secondary criteria are triggered in thesame way, we need to
explain in the definition that they come into play under certain
conditions. These are specified in the annex. Text amended
We have used "are" as per recommendation of Commission lawyer-
linguists to use this tense for definitions
They are not "optional" but their applicability may vary. Text
amended to show the only cases when they would apply.
NL
7
Art. 2(1)
PT
7
Art. 2(1)
This article sets definitions, not obligations. The possibility to not
consider criteria is foreseen under art.3.2. Finally the possibility under
last para of annex I MSFD is not affected by this decision.
fa8b346f-1366-49e0-a455-1bd349029d38 Recitals_Articles
2 of 84
13-07-2016 00:27
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0674.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
Text change:
'primary criteria'
means criteria
used by Member States in accordance with Article 3(2), except where it We have used "are" as per recommendation of Commission lawyer-
is
specified
in
the Annex to this Decision that such criteria may be replaced
by a secondary criterion
linguists to use this verb for definitions.
The concept of secondary criteria is not clear, since in many situations secondary criteria are also “mandatory”,
because
the
conditionality
provided for their application will always apply. We
support the concept
of secondary
The definition should not be clearer as the three conditions when
criteria
only for
those cases that a) substitute the primary criterion due to lack of data, or b) reinforce or complete the
they could be applied are spelt out.
primary criterion.
The revised Decision
should clarify and
specify that this reinforcement
done by secondary
criteria is
optional
for Member States, and that they will not be "punished" if they do not apply
them.
FI also wants to see some flexibility to be still added and hence supports either the change of "shall" to "should" or
another formulation such as "secondary criteria are used"
IT
7
Art. 2(1) (a)
ES
7
Art. 2(1) (b)
FI
7
Art. 2(1) (b)
Accepted. "are" has been introduced
FR
7
Art. 2(1) (b)
« secondary criteria
are optional and, where used, on the basis…'
(cf UK proposal)
basis
Secondary criteria to be used under certain conditions; they are not
expressed as "optional"
IT
7
Art. 2(1) (b)
Text change:
'secondary criteria'
means criteria that might
be used on the basis of the conditions specified in the
Annex to this Decision, either instead of a primary criterion or in addition to the primary criteria
"Are" has been introduced instead
UK
7
Art. 2(1) (b)
Drafting suggestion: "(b)
'secondary criteria' are optional. Where they are used it shall be used on the basis of
the
Secondary criteria to be used under certain conditions; they are not
conditions specified in the…"
Justification: Our understanding is that the use of secondary criteria are optional
and this
expressed as "optional"
should be clearly stated to avoid any confusion.
Please clear that subdivisions are areas within a subregion.
This is clearly stated in MSFD Art.4.2
DK
7
Art. 2(3)
DE
7
Art. 2(4)
Amend text: "'methodological
standards' means scientific or technical methods,
developed at Union
, regional
or
international level, for assessing and classifying environmental
status."
In the context of MSFD and RSCs the term "regional" is often used in addition to "international" (even though the latter
Accepted, but introduced in defintiion differently
comprises "regional", it is better to differentiate here to clarify that there are EU-wide standards but also regional (in
the sense of the regional conventions like Helcom, Ospar etc.) and there may also be international (e.g. Unesco, OECD
etc.) standards.
DK
7
Art. 2(4)
The defintion seems very broad, what is the popose of including international level here? Please delete "or
international".
it was meant to cover regional. Clarified through addressing DE's
comment
IT
7
Art. 2(5)
Word insertion:
'specification' means
elements
requirement for the design of monitoring and assessment performed
under Directive 2008/56/EC
Accepted
fa8b346f-1366-49e0-a455-1bd349029d38 Recitals_Articles
3 of 84
13-07-2016 00:27
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0675.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
specification
has
the
same
general definition
as
standardised method,
please further clarify difference! A specification
usually is additional information underpinning what is meant or describing in more
detail what needs to be done or is
Amended to clarify the difference
comprised by a term. Pls rephrase definition of "specification".
DE
7
Art. 2(5) and (6)
DK
7
Art. 2(5) and (6)
Difficult to separate "specifications" from "standardised methods".
Could this
be defined under one bullet?
Definition of 'standardised methods' Amended to clarify the
difference
DK
7
Art. 2(6)
IT
7
Art. 2(6)
Assessment scales are defined in the Annex under methodological
DK cannot support this definition. The application rules should be aggreed on (sub)regionally. Furtheremore, according standards for comparability reason. This definition came from the
to article 4(2) in the MSFD, the MS have the flexibility to divide its marine area into subdivisions. Hence, it could be
cross-cutting paper and does not exclude the regional / subregional
argued that the assessment scale is decided by MS and not the Commission.
flexiblity, provided for under each descriptor.
'Rules' has been changed to 'methods'
Definition amended to use the word 'methods' following comment
Word insertion:
'standardised method' means
elements
requirement for the monitoring and assessment performed
from DE to clarify the difference between specifications and
under Directive 2008/56/EC
standardised methods.
the text: "standardised method for assessment' includes agreed rules for the spatial and temporal aggregation of data
and their use."
change
in: "Text
change:
'standardised method for assessment includes agreed
refers to common elements
for the
spatial and temporal aggregation of data and their use."
Positive that the definition of coastal waters refers to MSFD. Please accept the consequences of this in the rest of the
proposal - the appendix does not seem to recognise this defintion - (coastal waters are not covered if covered by
WFD). Therefore, DK proposes that assessments under WFD can be used, if the MS finds it appropriate. All criteria for
coastal waters (covered by WFD) should only be secondary and should only be used, if MS does not use the WFD
assessments.
Need to
include
a definition of "elements"
IT
7
Art. 2(6) b
Partially accepted.
DK
7
Art. 2(7)
Lawyer-linguist suggested making a general reference at the
beginning of Article 2 to definitions in MSFD. Comment on WFD
assessment addressed under relevant descriptors.
FR
7
Art. 2(7)
These are described per descriptor in the annex
DK
7
Art. 2(8)
DK supports the defintion.
Noted - Lawyer-linguist suggested making a general reference at the
beginning of Article 2 to definitions in MSFD.
DE
7
Art. 2(9)
We propose to clarify the definition by amending it: "...
which define the
desired
quality level to be achieved to the
criterion
"
DK cannot support the term “Threshold values”, as it reflects that quantitative values shall be set in all cases, which is
not mandatory in the Directive. We suggest to use the term assessment level. Article 9(3) does not say that threshold
values should be set out. It says that criteria and methodological standards should be set.
support the deletion of 'to be achieved' that UK made
Word elimination:
'threshold values’ means the value, values or ranges of values established at Union, international,
regional or subregional level which define the
reference
quality level
to be achieved
for the criterion.
Definition amended to reflect notion of 'extent'
DK
FR
IT
7
7
7
Art. 2(9)
Art. 2(9)
Art. 2(9)
Definition amended to reflect notion of 'extent'
Accepted - Definition amended to reflect notion of 'extent'
Accepted - Definition amended to reflect notion of 'extent'
fa8b346f-1366-49e0-a455-1bd349029d38 Recitals_Articles
4 of 84
13-07-2016 00:27
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0676.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
Do threshold values equal GES? From one of the answer during the discussion it seems the commission thinks so. This
Definition amended to reflect notion of 'extent'
is not the right direction. We propose to add a sentence here or elsewhere in order to explain this: Threshold levels
help MS to determine GES in a coherent manner, however, they are not necessarily equal to
GES.
Remember flexibility for MS. Please, change “Shall” to “should” in the first line of the section.
Art 3(1) deleted (and Article 1 amended to reflect former Decision
2010/477 wording)
Art 3(1) deleted (and Article 1 amended to reflect former Decision
2010/477 wording). Article 1 states 'on the basis of Annexes I and III',
this is the same wording as in Art 9(3) of the MSFD.
Accepted
NL
7
Art. 2(9)
DK
8
Art. 3(1)
DK
FR
8
8
Art. 3(1)
Art. 3(1)
Please add "indicative lists" before mentioning Annex III (should be done every time Annex III is mentioned).
support UK proposal to use Art1 from Com Dec 2010/477
PT
8
Art. 3(1)
Exceptional circunstances
- "On the basis of the initial assessment or its subsequent updates carried out in accordance
with Article 8 and point (a) of Article 17(2) of Directive 2008/56/EC, a Member State may consider, in exceptional
circumstances, that it is not appropriate
to use one or more of the criteria laid down in this Decision. In such case, the Member State shall provide the
Amended. Wording aligned to para 8 of the Com Decision
Commission with due justification in the framework of the notification made pursuant to Article 9(2) or 17(3) of
Directive 2008/56/EC. The justification shall include evidence of the fulfilment of the obligation of regional cooperation 2010/477/EU. 'Exceptional circumstances' replaced by 'duly justified
circumstances'.
laid down in Articles 5 and 6 of Directive 2008/56/EC, and in particular the requirement to ensure that the different
elements of the marine strategies are coherent and coordinated across the marine region or subregion concerned."
The flexibility requested in the Annex I of the directive cannot be mistaken with this "exceptional circunstances".
Obligation of providing evidence of regional cooperation is not foreseen in MSFD (articles 5 and 6) therefore is not a
matter in the scope of the Decision.
Needs clarification and take into consideration the art. 1, 8,9 of old
Decision
Amended. Wording aligned to para 8 of the Com Decision
2010/477/EU. 'Exceptional circumstances' replaced by 'duly justified
circumstances'.
Amended. Wording aligned to para 8 of the Com Decision
2010/477/EU. 'Exceptional circumstances' replaced by 'duly justified
circumstances'.
Noted
Amended. Wording aligned to para 8 of the Com Decision
2010/477/EU. 'Exceptional circumstances' replaced by 'duly justified
circumstances'.
Amended. Wording aligned to para 8 of the Com Decision
2010/477/EU. 'Exceptional circumstances' replaced by 'duly justified
circumstances'.
Amended. Wording aligned to para 8 of the Com Decision
2010/477/EU. 'Exceptional circumstances' replaced by 'duly justified
circumstances'.
RO
8
Art. 3(1)
DK
EL
8
8
Art. 3(2)
Art. 3(2)
Dk cannot support the paragraph. Please use wording from old decision (2010).
OK
Regarding the risk based approach, we welcome the inclusion of the paragraph 2 of Article 3. However, in this
paragraph it is indicated
that only “in exceptional circumstances, that it is not
appropriate to use one or more of the
criteria…” We think
that the introduction of the term “exceptional circumstances”
could suppose a real restriction
for
the application of the risk based approach. It should be neccesary to include a much more clear reference to the risk
based approach,
We propose deleting ”in exceptional circumstances” and ”due”. In addition, the last sentence of second paragraph
should be less prescriptive
e.g. ”Member States sharing a marine region or sub-region
should coooperate and
coordinate their
use
of
the
option not to use a criterion and their provision of justification(s) for this”.
delelete 'in exceptional circunstances', 'due' and the whole last sentence. "Obligation" for coherence is not in the
MSFD.It is cooperation where practical and appropriate.
ES
8
Art. 3(2)
FI
8
Art. 3(2)
FR
8
Art. 3(2)
fa8b346f-1366-49e0-a455-1bd349029d38 Recitals_Articles
5 of 84
13-07-2016 00:27
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0677.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
IT
8
Art. 3(2)
Text change: "On the basis of the initial assessment or its subsequent updates carried out in accordance with Article 8
and point (a) of Article 17(2) of Directive 2008/56/EC, a Member State may consider,
in exceptional circumstances,
that it is not appropriate to use one or more of the criteria laid down in this Decision.
Amended. Wording aligned to para 8 of the Com Decision
In such case, the Member State shall provide the Commission with due justification in the framework of the
2010/477/EU. 'Exceptional circumstances' replaced by 'duly justified
notification made pursuant to Article 9(2) or 17(3) of Directive 2008/56/EC, including elements The justification shall
circumstances'.
include evidence of the fulfilment of
on
the obligation of regional cooperation laid down in Articles 5 and 6. of Directive
2008/56/EC, and in particular the requirement to ensure that the different elements of the marine strategies are
coherent and coordinated across the marine region or sub- region concerned."
The text "in exceptional circumstances" should be deleted. At the end of the first sentence ", based on an assessment
of risk." could
be added.
Applying
the risk-based approach should become common practice
and not an exceptional
circumstance.
It is said that a MS may consider, in exceptional circumstances, that it is not appropriate to use one or more of the
criteria
laid down in the
Decision. We feel that "exceptional circumstances" is overly strong wording, and its meaning
needs to
be clarified. On the "due justification", is it enough to explain why we
cannot apply a certain criterion, i.e.
because
it
is
not a
predominant pressure in the area or because of lack of monitoring? In recital 15 the wording is
softer and the recital and the article may need more consistency.
The term "exceptional circumstances" is not correct here. DRAFTING SUGGESTION: "may
consider, based on a
thorough assessment of risks to the marine environment"
..that it is not appropriate
Wording amended. However, this paragraph is supposed to be 'in
addition' to the risk-based approach, embedded in the specific
descriptors.
Amended. Wording aligned to para 8 of the Com Decision
2010/477/EU. 'Exceptional circumstances' replaced by 'duly justified
circumstances'.
Amended. Wording aligned to para 8 of the Com Decision
2010/477/EU. 'Exceptional circumstances' replaced by 'duly justified
circumstances'.
NL
8
Art. 3(2)
SE
8
Art. 3(2)
UK
DE
DE
8
8
8
Art. 3(2)
Art. 3(3)
Art. 3(4)
Either delete insertion "where
practical and appropriate
" or amend as follows: "Member
States shall use, where
the wording 'where practical and apporpriate' comes from Art 6(1)
practical, those developed…
"
We welcome the addition of Article 3, paragraph 4. We propose to Include 2nd subparagraph and to delete the square Brackets around paragraph on possible delay for setting theshold
brackets.
values removed
Implementation of this by 2018 can only be done if the proposal takes existing work into account and does not set
numerous new requirements on MS. Otherwise the timeline should be postponed to 3rd cycle. DK cannot support the Partially accepted
wording "in exeptional circumstances" and "duly justified". Please insert flexibility in the paragraph.
DK
8
Art. 3(4)
ES
8
Art. 3(4)
The establishment of threshold values shall be done in time for the first review of the initial assessment. We find
completely unrealistic to think that
all
the thresholds would be ready for 2018.
Brackets around paragraph on possible delay for setting theshold
values removed
IT
8
Art. 3(4)
It is proposed to modify the original text in the following sentence:
"To establish threshold values for the criteria, following elements/aspects should be applied:
- consistency with
levels
required to achieve good environmental status under other directives (i.e.
Directive
2000/60/EC, Directive 92/43/EEC, Directive 2009/147/EC or Regulation (EU) No 1380/2013,
etc) or under Regional
Sea
Conventions;
Partially accepted - elements from this text integrated in new Art on
threshold values.
fa8b346f-1366-49e0-a455-1bd349029d38 Recitals_Articles
6 of 84
13-07-2016 00:27
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0678.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
NL does not agree with the text. It will simply not be possible for all criteria to establish threshold values or list of
elements at a regional level in time for the update in 2018. For some criterua with established monitoring and
assessment
processes this may be possible. However for the newer indicators/criteria
the science is not in a state to
make sound science/policy decisions by 2018. The deadlines should therefore take into account what is realistic as a
basis for sound marine policy. OSPAR is working towards this, however to to this in time for the 2018 update is a step Partially accepted - brackets around paragraph on possible delay for
setting theshold values removed
too far. Propose to change to: Where the Annex to this Decision provides for Member States to establish threshold
values
or list of
elements
ar regional or subregional level, where possible,
this shall be done in time for the first review
of their initial assessment and determination of good environmental status.
In exceptional circumstances,
In all other
cases, Member States
should
may only establish these threshold values [...] by July 2014,
provided the reasons [...]
2008/56/EC.
As in article 3(2) the meaning of "exceptional circumstances" needs to be clarified. Is lack of knowledge an exceptional
circumstance?
If we cannot establish the threshold values at (sub)regional level
in time,
is it then every MS
Partially accepted "exceptional circumstances deleted".
responsibility to establish
a national value? Maybe a text in a recital is needed
about this.
Delete the current text. Setting a deadline for setting threshold values is an additional burden that is not in the current
If no deadline is set, it means the obligation applies right away, as
Commission Decision. Also it might not be possible to set such threshold values because the science is not sufficiently
soon as the Decision enters into force. Hence the Article allowing for
well developed
or
simply because the a threshold
value
is not
appropriate. This
requirement should be removed.
more time to set these threshold values.
Criterias and standards on good environmental status and specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and
assessment must take into consideration the concrete circumstances of each marine water comprised by the Marine
Strategy Framework Directive. Thus, the European Commission should not adopt detailed criterias, standards, etc. that
does not take the differences of marine waters into account. Furtheremore, DK cannot support threshold values /
assessment levels set at EU level (underwater noise, marine litter, physical disturbance).
Regional specificities integrated in each descriptor. In addition, new
Article to clarify that even though threshold values are set though a
Union / regional / subregional process the actual value(s) may be
subdivision-specific.
NL
8
Art. 3(4)
SE
8
Art. 3(4)
UK
8
Art. 3(4)
DK
2-9
General
DK
2-9
General
As criterias and standards on good environmental status and specifications and standardised methods for monitoring
and assessment laid down under the Marine Strategy Framework Directive most likely will affect demands for
assessments under the EIA Directive and the Habitats Directive (Natura 2000), the criterias, standards etc. must always
be in compliance with the BAT-principle. If detailed criterias, standards, etc. were to be adopted, they must be based
Noted
on sound scientific knowledge objectively applicable to the marine waters the standards are set for
(subregion/region/European Union). Thus, criterias, standards, etc. must be broad and elastic to make sure that all
concrete circumstances for each marine water could be taken into account and a concrete assessment can be applied
in regards to the relevance of criterias, standards, etc.
Proposal for a compromise to reach agreement of the proposed Decision: Very reduced number of criteria and only
the indicators/criteria which are already shared and operational.
Noted - we ackowledge that more scientific work may be needed for
This means focusing on 1 primary criterion per descriptor, based on common indicators we already use and data we
already have.
some (and this is catered for in the Decision) and we have tried to
All other criteria are either eliminated, either kept in the text as they may be used (provided we agree on them) but as reduce the number of criteria to the minimum possible.
secondary and facultative (and subject to evolution due to science, new monitoring, etc...)
OK. We welcome this revised document, whose content and layout is generally improved.
Noted
As general remark the combination between WFD and MSFD is not reflected in a good way, it is not consistent and
difficult to apply.
It have to
take into consideration
the different approches of
WFD and MSFD. On the
other hand we
To be tackled under the relevant descriptors
consider that principle "one out -all out" is not applicable for marine waters because
of:
complexity of trophic web,
there are not enough knowledge, gaps of data, transboundary issues (D11, D10)
Sweden generally support the proposal of a new decision which we think is clearer and simpler to understand than the
Noted
2010/477/EU
DK
2-9
General
EL
RO
2-9
2-9
General
General
SE
2-9
General
fa8b346f-1366-49e0-a455-1bd349029d38 Recitals_Articles
7 of 84
13-07-2016 00:27
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0679.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
SE
2-9
General
We support the introduction of primary and secondary criteria and think it is important to have minimum
requirements to be able to achieve consistency within and between (sub)regions.
We believe that the RSCs are important structures for establishing threshold values, or equivalent values or proxies
needed for determining GES. In Sweden we intend to introduce such threshold values, or equivalent, in our existing
national
regulation.
The "indicators" developed
within
the regional cooperation
will
be an important
part of the
regulation and contribute to achieve consistency within the (sub)regions. Doing this, we have to take into
consideration the formal national legal process and that the
values
do not contradict other national legislation.
In general it seems that some expert group conclusions were not followed, and the choice made by the Ecommission
among these recommendations may be better justified.
Noted
SE
2-9
General
Noted
FR
Annex
General
Noted
ES
General
ES
General
The Commission legal service has been informally consulted and will
also be formally consulted during ISC. However, the LS (informal or
We are anxious to have sight of the formal or informal opinions of the Commission’s Legal Services on the mandate for
formal) opinions cannot be shared as these are internal Commission
the proposed changes to essential elements (and thus policy direction) of the original legislation.
documents. We will continue to follow the advice of our LS as this
text evolves further.
In particular, the obligation to establish “application rules" included under "methodological standards", for the
Application rules changed to Use of criteria and texts amended to
proposed criteria where it could reasonably be argued that these are more appropiate for a guidance document than
focus on 'extent to which GES is being achieved'
for a Commission Decision.
The use of the one-out-all-out principle should not be the only option. We propose
to leave the application rules to a
guidance document, and not to include them, in this Commission Decission, without any previous discussion.
Application rules changed to Use of criteria and texts amended to
focus on 'extent to which GES is being achieved'
The text is providing a framework within which MS are already
working in the context of other legal obligations.
The aim is to reuse, to the maximum extent possible, assessments
made under other legislative frameworks, and thereby not increase
MS burden where assessments can directly contribute to MSFD.
ES
General
ES
General
The relationship with other Directives should not place any additional burden on the MSFD implementation or
increasing those of other directives.
ES
General
The Decision includes an Article giving more time for establishing
The proposed timeline for implementation of these proposed changes (by 2018) is not feasible. There are a number of
threshold values at Union, regional or subregional level (possibility to
monitoring
programs already in place, that were designed following the requirements of
the Dec 2010/477/CE. and is
do it before 2024). An interim provision, by which MS would be able
at variance
with the expressed opinion of
a number
of Member States prior to the commencement
of this review in
to use national threshold values or trends in the meantime, has also
Nov 2013.
been introduced.
fa8b346f-1366-49e0-a455-1bd349029d38 Recitals_Articles
8 of 84
13-07-2016 00:27
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0680.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
ES
General
The revised decision will create significant additional cost burdens compared
to the previous Decission. For us this is
particularly
relevant
for Descriptor 3.
The revised Decision looks at what MS should already be
implementing in the context of other frameworks and uses these for
the purposes of the MSFD. It is meant to avoid duplication and
streamline policy initiatives, which is in line with the original objective
of the revision.
There is also a reduction in the number of criteria, and the
introduction of secondary criteria further reduces the onus on MS.
Where not already established through EU legislation, the decision
does not go into the detail as how data is collected and monitored
and allows MS the flexibility to choose those methodologies that are
best suited for the purpose.
It also drops obligations under certain circumstances. For example
for D5, MS are not required to monitor beyond coastal waters when
threshold values are achieved in coastal waters.
As to reporting, the decision does not create new reporting
obligations other than those already in force under MSFD.
The increased clarity and specificity of the proposed Decision coupled
with application of risk, compared with the 2010 Decision, is intended
to reduce monitoring and assessment requirements.
ES
General
Setting threshold values at regional or subregional level
acknowledges the different features and characteristics of the
subregions. Where threshold values are requested to be established
The different features and characteristics of the (sub)regions require an element of flexibility in implementation. This is at Union level (e.g. for litter and noise), this refers to the process (at
missing from the
draft.
Union level) and not the actual values. New Article introduced to
clarify that even though threshold values are set through a Union /
regional / subregional process the actual value(s) may be subdivision-
specific.
The proposed mandatory criteria and
threshold levels will have implications
for other EU policy strands such as
energy, transportation,
fishery and food. This is why we consider very important not only
the output of the open
consultation to stakeholders,
but also to other DGs within the European Commmission.
DG ENV is consulting within the European Commission.
ES
General
FI
General
FI supports those MSs who question whether the decision draft in its current format is within the mandate provided in
the directive article 9(3) to amend
non-essential
elements…by supplementing it, and laid down on
the basis
of
Annexes
I and III. It is problematic
that the mandate given to the commission in article
9(3) is to lay down criteria and
methodological standards on the basis of Annex III which is indicative, and on this basis the commission has laid down
a set of mandatory primary criteria which in effect goes beyond the indicative nature of Annex III. In addition, the draft
decision requires setting quantitative threshold values for GES even though the directive
itself does not require setting
Noted
quantitative thresholds. We are concerned that the flexibility mechanisms provided in the draft decision, e.g. the risk-
based approach, do not provide much flexibility to regions such as the Baltic Sea
that are heavily burdened by human
activities and largely under a risk. All of this combined with certain proposals to assess the spatial extent of a number
of ecosystem elements is prone to put a heavy burden of monitoring on us. In current conditions, FI calls for more
flexibility
being
brought back
to the decision or alternatively further limiting the number of primary criteria and criteria
elements.
fa8b346f-1366-49e0-a455-1bd349029d38 Recitals_Articles
9 of 84
13-07-2016 00:27
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0681.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
The text is providing a framework within which MS are already
working in the context of other legal obligations.
FI objects that that one instrument, in this case the MSFD, is used to numerically specify and make binding concepts of
The aim is to reuse, to the maximum extent possible, assessments
other directives. Here we refer specifically to relations between MSFD/GES-decision and HD/BD.
made under other legislative frameworks, and thereby not increase
MS burden where assessments can directly contribute to MSFD.
Decision draft proposes the use of OOAO at the criterion level in most cases. This approach first of all completely
ignores the
work carried out to develop tools and assessment approaches that take
into account regional ecological
Application rules changed to Use of criteria and texts amended to
conditions. It discourages the use of any extra or secondary indicators or criteria on a voluntary basis because all they
focus on 'extent to which GES is being achieved'.
can do is to bring down the status
of the waters. Use of a smaller number of indicators
leads to lower confidence of
the
Use of regional approaches given for some descriptors
assessment results. We urgently call for the commission to reconsider the wide application
of OOAO at a criterion
level, the use at a higher level e.g. ecosystem component level in D1 would be
more
approppriate.
In general we feel that this new presentation, however practical, brings less visibility and clarity of the state of the
ecosytem, and how the way which criterion helps to assess what. In that view the grid slide 16/22 of the overwiew
slides, would be welcomed as an indicative guide of interpretation (without the column 'other', though). The
addition
of some sentences like ‘this criterion is under DX but should be assessed
under DY’ makes it very difficult to have a
global view of the assessment.
The additional text regarding flexibility is noted and Malta also welcomes the inclusion of point 8 of Commission
Decision 2010/477/EU in this recital
(and
in Article 3.2) allowing the possibility not to consider some criteria
subject to
valid justification. Nonetheless, Malta still has some concerns in
relation
to the thresholds set by the Commission
Decision. Malta
would
like
to
ensure that determination of GES against set thresholds can be subject to further
elaboration
of their
applicability by the Member State. Such concern may not apply
to thresholds which are already in
use through other
legislative tools, but thresholds which are being put forward through
the revision of the Commission
Decision. Further flexibility in the use
of criteria and thresholds should be ensured.
Further to comment on recital 15, Malta suggest that the revised Commission Decision allows the possibility to use
trends in GES determination
in cases where the data scenario
does not
allow determination of feasible thresholds.
Noting that (in general) establishment of thresholds needs to be based on concrete, long-term data sets, the 2018
timeframes for the establishment of thresholds at regional or subregional level is considered tight - especially for
thresholds which would need to be set on the basis of
monitoring data collected
in the period 2015-2018. Therefore
the application of the second paragraph should not solely apply to 'exceptional circumstances'
Could consider introduction of the table for better visiblity possibly in
the Art 8 guidance. Logic is that pressures and their impacts need to
be assessed first, thus providing the outcomes that can feed into the
state assessments under Art. 8(1a).
FI
General
FI
General
FR
General
MT
General
Regional specificities integrated in each descriptor. In addition, new
Article to clarify that even though threshold values are set though a
Union / regional / subregional process the actual value(s) may be
subdivision-specific.
MT
General
Possibility to use trends when threshold values have not been set yet
is introduced.
Amended. Wording aligned to para 8 of the Com Decision
2010/477/EU. 'Exceptional circumstances' replaced by 'duly justified
circumstances'.
MT
General
PT
general
PT supports the review process and is willing to cooperate, but we have to bare in mind that the objective of this
process
is to simplify and achieve more coordenation among
Member-states.
We
consider that the drafts provided are
Noted
not in
line with these objectives, so if the process is not reversed, we
will prefer to maintain the Decision currently in
force.
fa8b346f-1366-49e0-a455-1bd349029d38 Recitals_Articles
10 of 84
13-07-2016 00:27
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0682.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
PT
General
We believe the revised decision will create significant additional cost burdens for monitoring and reporting on a
number of Member States.
This is contrary to the original objective of the revision.
The revised Decision looks at what MS should already be
implementing in the context of other frameworks and uses these for
the purposes of the MSFD. It is meant to avoid duplication and
streamline policy initiatives, which is in line with the original objective
of the revision.
There is also a reduction in the number of criteria, and the
introduction of secondary criteria further reduces the onus on MS.
Where not already established through EU legislation, the decision
does not go into the detail as how data is collected and monitored
and allows MS the flexibility to choose those methodologies that are
best suited for the purpose.
It also drops obligations under certain circumstances. For example
for D5, MS are not required to monitor beyond coastal waters when
threshold values are achieved in coastal waters.
As to reporting, the decision does not create new reporting
obligations other than those already in force under MSFD.
The increased clarity and specificity of the proposed Decision coupled
with application of risk, compared with the 2010 Decision, is intended
to reduce monitoring and assessment requirements.
PT
General
Relation with other Directives
- The MSFD and the WFD are separate Directives and in accordance with the provisions
of paragraph b) of paragraph 1 of Article 3, the MSFD is applied only in coastal waters
in aspects that are not already
addressed in WFD.
Therefore the elements of the environmental status of coastal waters already addressed in the WFD should not be
considererd in the MSFD, and this is, clearly, not what is stated in the
draft decision
descriptors D5 e D8 --> criteria
D8C1 (pag.7) determines that for coastal waters, GES is not achieved if Good chemical status is not achieved under
WFD.
The determination of GES is not to be made in coastal waters separately from the rest of the marine waters (this is in
the scope of WFD), the determination is to be made in an integrated perspective not dividing the marine waters in
small pieces, this does not make sense from the ecossystemic approach perspective. How will we integrate the GES
from the small pieces?!
Since the HD/BD has no deadline for the achivment of favourable conservation status for species and habitats, it is not
acceptable to define thresoulds
values under MSFD consistent with those from HD/BD
to be acheived until 2020. In
other words, with the wording
that appears in the draft, the Decision oblige the achievement
of favourable
conservation status for species and habitats by 2020, not foreseen in HD/BD.
The text is providing a framework within which MS are already
working in the context of other legal obligations. The aim is to reuse,
to the maximum extent possible, assessments made under other
legislative frameworks, and thereby not increase MS burden where
assessments can directly contribute to MSFD.
If MS reuse assessments from other EU policies for MSFD purposes,
they are accepting the MSFD timetable for achieving GES for these
elements. The difference in timing is set by the policy and cannot be
changed by this Decision; it does not change their existing obligations
under other policies. A HD species used for MSFD purposes needs to
meet 2020 GES timeline. For coastal waters, assessments for D5 and
D8 aim to reuse WFD assessments in water bodies to minimise work
for MSFD; assessments do not need to be made at
regional/subregional scale, only the determination has to be agreed
at this scale.
PT
General
One-out-all-out principle
– The “application rules” for descriptors D5, D8, D9, D10 e D11 are the introduction of OOAO
principle to MSFD implementation. This approach is extremely restrictive and did not result from the conclusions of
any of the technical groups that work from each descriptors. We are talking about the determination of GES at
(sub)regional level, and it does not make sense from the scientific perspective that the (sub)region is not at GES if one
of the parameters does not comply with the thresholds. The decision should provide the possibility of a weighted
evaluation of several criteria with the aim of assessing GES for each (sub)region.
Application rules changed to Use of criteria and texts amended to
focus on 'extent to which GES is being achieved'. Assessments do not
need to be made at regional/subregional scale, only the
determination has to be agreed at this scale.
fa8b346f-1366-49e0-a455-1bd349029d38 Recitals_Articles
11 of 84
13-07-2016 00:27
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0683.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
Imposition of thresholds
– The existence of thresholds is only feasible for some descriptors and it should ony be
considered in articulation with other criteria, namely ecosystems characteristics, significance of the impacts, natural
attenuation, trends, natural causes. We can not expect to use one single criteria and one threshold to determine GES
of the all descriptor for the (sub)region. Furthermore, from the thecnical groups did not result that this imposition
would be feasible.
Also, regarding the imposition of stablishing, until 2018, thresholds for the (sub)region we believe the Commission
does not have mandate to impose these obligation in the decision.
PT
General
The decision is largely based on the information provided by the
technical review.
As regards the deadline, the text already considers an Article on the
possibility to establish threhsold values by 2024.
UK
General
We support the view put forward by OSPAR on the agreement of thresholds by 2018. For some newer indicators it is
not clear yet what the threshold values
will be, based on sound science.
Discussions are yet to be had on
these
indicators,
but
it
may
be
that the science will only support “direction of travel”
as an indicator
of progress rather than a
As regards the deadline, the text already considers an Article on the
threshold. How will such realities be built
into
the Decision? We believe this deadline is realistic for many of the
possibility to establish threhsold values by 2024.
indicators
with
established monitoring and assessment processes. However for the newer indicators/criteria
the
science
is not in a state to make sound science/policy decisions by
2018. The deadlines should therefore
take into
account what is realistic as a basis for sound marine policy.
HEADLINE COMMENTS ON THE COMMISSION’S DRAFT DECISION ON MSFD GOOD ENVIRONMENTAL STATUS This
short document is submitted as a high-level overview in support of the combined plenary comments raised by a
number of Member States during the MSFD Article 25 Committee meeting of 1st – 2nd March 2016. It is intended to
support the Commission’s request for submission of issues raised in the plenary meeting so we can work together on
resolving issues of concern.
1.
Legal basis:
We are concerned that the general content, wording and scope of the draft Commission Decision on
Good Environmental Status (GES) goes beyond a technical revision.
·
We are anxious to have sight of the formal or informal opinions of the Commission’s Legal Services on the
mandate for the proposed changes to essential elements (and thus policy direction) of the original legislation.
DK, FI, FR, IE,
IT, MT, NL, PT,
RO, UK
Joint MS cover
document 01
Replies below to identical headline comments made by several MS.
DK, FI, FR, IE,
IT, MT, NL, PT,
RO, UK
Joint MS cover
document 04
The Commission legal service has been informally consulted and will
also be formally consulted during ISC. However, the LS (informal or
formal) opinions cannot be shared as these are internal Commission
documents. We will continue to follow the advice of our LS as this
text evolves further.
DK, FI, FR, IE,
IT, MT, NL, PT,
RO, UK
Joint MS cover
document 06
Re-setting threshold values, the mandate offered by Article 9(3) is in
our view not limited to recalling pre-existing rthreshold values in
·
In particular, the obligation to establish mandatory threshold values at a Community, a regional or sub-regional
level and mandatory “application rules" included under "methodological standards", for the proposed criteria where it
existing Union legislation, but entitles the Commission to establish
appropriate new references or to ask MS to do so, also in view of
could reasonably be argued such an obligation doesn’t exist in current legislation agreed by Council.
their obligation under Art 9(1). Application rules have been deleted.
DK, FI, FR, IE,
IT, MT, NL, PT,
RO, UK
Joint MS cover
document 07
·
The use of the one-out-all-out principle, jointly applied with threshold values.
Application rules have been deleted.
DK, FI, FR, IE,
IT, MT, NL, PT,
RO, UK
Joint MS cover
document 08
The text is providing a framework within which MS are already
working in the context of other legal obligations.
·
The relationship with other Directives should not place any additional burden on the MSFD implementation or
The aim is to reuse, to the maximum extent possible, assessments
increasing those of other directives. For example, timeline in MSFD (2020) versus WFD (2015/2027) and the BD/HD (no
made under other legislative frameworks, and thereby not increase
fixed deadline). Also, the Decision should respect the definition of coastal waters within the meaning of article 3(1b).
MS burden where assessments can directly contribute to MSFD.
fa8b346f-1366-49e0-a455-1bd349029d38 Recitals_Articles
12 of 84
13-07-2016 00:27
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0684.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
The Decision includes an Article giving more time for establishing
threshold values at Union, regional or subregional level (possibility to
do it before 2024). An interim provision, by which MS would be able
to use national threshold values or trends in the meantime, has also
been introduced.
The directive already requires MS to cooperate within the context of
RSCs. The text provides enough flexibility to allow MS to work at a
subregional level if this is deemed more appropriate. The text also
allows for enough flexibility to cater for the different circumstances
inherent to each RSC, be it in terms of legal structure or maturity of
the work that would need to be carried out, including with some
interim provision in case the regional work would not be mature
enough and the possibility to set threshold values that are subdivision-
specific.
DK, FI, FR, IE,
IT, MT, NL, PT,
RO, UK
Joint MS cover
document 09
·
The proposed timeline for implementation of these proposed changes (by 2018) is not feasible and is at variance
with the expressed opinion of a number of Member States prior to the commencement of this review in Nov 2013.
DK, FI, FR, IE,
IT, MT, NL, PT,
RO, UK
Joint MS cover
document 10
·
The reliance on the political as opposed to legal structure of the Regional Seas Conventions (RSCs) has
implications for the future work and functioning of the RSCs. There needs to be more flexibility and to take fully into
consideration different features and characteristics of (sub)regions.
DK, FI, FR, IE,
IT, MT, NL, PT,
RO, UK
Joint MS cover
document 11
2.
Scientific Knowledge:
We believe that there is a lack of maturity in the science in order to support many of the
proposals in the draft Commission Decision on Good Environmental Status (GES).
·
The application of the risk based approach needs to be made clear in order to understand how and under what
circumstances it can be used. The risk based approach should be a help and not a burden and it should not be
relegated only to “exceptional circumstances”.
Risk has to be assessed by the MS in defining where is the pressure,
where are the impacts and on what aspects of the ecosystem (based
on the Initial Assessment). This leads to application of the RBA for Art
9 (Decision and GES determination), and consequently for Art 8
assessments and Art 11 monitoring.
For the Decision, RBA needs to be applied at a number of steps: use
of the criterion or not, which elements to use (e.g. contaminants,
species), whether to apply these to all areas (e.g. if pressure is
restricted to coastal areas), frequency of monitoring (e.g. in areas of
low risk).
Finally, Decision tries to balance between too much prescription and
too much flexibility in defining what risk is: we have taken the
approach of embedding the risk-based approach in specific
descriptors rather than having a general article. This means that risk
can be used for instance not to carry out a criterion (e.g. D7C1 or
D7C2) or not to monitor in certain matrices (e.g. D10C1 or D10C2).
Art 3(2) of the Decision (possibility not to use certain criteria) was not
meant to be based on risk
DK, FI, FR, IE,
IT, MT, NL, PT,
RO, UK
Joint MS cover
document 13
The Decision includes an Article giving more time for establishing
threshold values at Union, regional or subregional level (possibility to
·
In most cases threshold values cannot be set by 2018 and in some instances cannot be foreseen if and when they
do it before 2024). An interim provision, by which MS would be able
might be set within the legislative timeframe of the Directive.
to use national threshold values or trends in the meantime, has also
been introduced.
fa8b346f-1366-49e0-a455-1bd349029d38 Recitals_Articles
13 of 84
13-07-2016 00:27
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0685.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
The revised Decision looks at what MS should already be
implementing in the context of other frameworks and uses these for
the purposes of the MSFD. It is meant to avoid duplication and
streamline policy initiatives, which is in line with the original objective
of the revision.
There is also a reduction in the number of criteria, and the
introduction of secondary criteria further reduces the onus on MS.
Where not already established through EU legislation, the decision
3.
Additional cost burdens:
We foresee the proposals in the draft Commission Decision on Good Environmental Status does not go into the detail as how data is collected and monitored
(GES) forcing Member States to incur significant explicit and implicit additional burdens:
and allows MS the flexibility to choose those methodologies that are
·
The revised decision will create significant additional cost burdens for monitoring and reporting on a number of best suited for the purpose.
Member States. This is contrary to the original objective of the revision.
It also drops obligations under certain circumstances. For example
for D5, MS are not required to monitor beyond coastal waters when
threshold values are achieved in coastal waters.
As to reporting, the decision does not create new reporting
obligations other than those already in force under MSFD.
The increased clarity and specificity of the proposed Decision coupled
with application of risk, compared with the 2010 Decision, is intended
to reduce monitoring and assessment requirements.
DK, FI, FR, IE,
IT, MT, NL, PT,
RO, UK
Joint MS cover
document 14
DK, FI, FR, IE,
IT, MT, NL, PT,
RO, UK
Joint MS cover
document 16
·
The different features and characteristics of the (sub)regions require an element of flexibility in implementation.
This is missing from the draft.
Setting threshold values at regional or subregional level
acknowledges the different features and characteristics of the
subregions. Where threshold values are requested to be established
at Union level (e.g. for litter and noise), this refers to the process (at
Union level) and not the actual values. New Article introduced to
clarify that even though threshold values are set though a Union /
regional / subregional process the actual value(s) may be subdivision-
specific.
DK, FI, FR, IE,
IT, MT, NL, PT,
RO, UK
Joint MS cover
document 17
·
The proposed mandatory criteria and threshold levels will have implications for other EU policy strands such as
energy, transportation, fishery and food.
The achievement of GES already has implications for these sectors –
this is an inherent element of the Directive, not the Decision, as a
current situation where GES is not yet achieved could lead to a need
to take more measures (and thus affect certain economic sectors).
The current decision, if applied correctly should have the same
implications.
fa8b346f-1366-49e0-a455-1bd349029d38 Recitals_Articles
14 of 84
13-07-2016 00:27
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0686.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
DK, FI, FR, IE,
IT, MT, NL, PT,
RO, UK
Joint MS cover
document 18
·
The scope of the MSFD covers all marine waters, regardless of
whether they are peripheral. The decision provides enough flexibility
The revised draft will have socio-economic implications including in the peripheral regions of the European Union. through risk-based approach, exclusion of criteria, secondary/primary
critera, possibility not to consider certain elements or matrices, etc,
to accomodate differences in the level of human activities and
pressures.
RO
A2
Part A
Part A - the title has to be revised. Our proposal -Criteria and Methodological Standards
for GES taking into
consideration predominant
pressures and impacts …..This
rephrase is necessary to reflect the text below.
Not accepted - do not see the need for this change
RO
A2
Part A
Part A (D1 D3 D8
D9): lists of
elements for
assessment
para " relevant descriptors" we suggest to introduce noise because D 11 is noise and energy.
The relevant descriptors
are presented
in the following order of anthropogenic pressures: substance,
marine
litter,
noise
and energy"
FR
Annex
This refers to the broad themes of pressures, as listed in the 1st
column of Annex III Table 2a "substances, litter and energy".
Sound/Noise is included under "energy".
about the lists of elements for assessment (D1 D3 D8 D9) : when such lists are not part of EU regulation, France would For D9 the text has been amended to make it optional to establish
like that
the (sub)regional
agreement be only
when practical and appropriate, and on a
minimum number of common the list at regional or subregional level. For other descriptors regional
elements, or
rather on
common
guidelines
for establishing these lists, rather than working on a long regional
consistency is necessary and proposal would like to build on work
exhaustive
list, implying an heavy deselection process.
already done by RSCs.
Art 9(3) MSFD reads "criteria and methodological standards to be
used" so we understand the wording 'shall be used' to translate this.
Logic is that pressures and their impacts need to be assessed first,
thus providing the outcomes that can feed into the state assessments
under Art. 8(1a). The order of the descriptors within part A is
following the order of the pressures in revised Annex III
DK
A2
Part A Introduction 3rd line: Please replace "shall" with "should".
DK
A2
The order of the pressures is not completely logic. Could usefully be arranged in numerical order: 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10
Part A Introduction
and 11. Alternatively, an overview of the order (with page numbers) would help. (Table of content).
FR
Annex
Part A Part B
The indication of primary/secondary criterion might be made more visible in the table, directly near the number of the
criterion, or with a different police? At present it is somehow hidden with other informations
in the third
column. One Noted under consideration.
line per criteria would be easier to deal with (instead of merged cells).
Logic is that pressures and their impacts need to be assessed first,
thus providing the outcomes that can feed into the state assessments
under Art. 8(1a). The order of the descriptors within part A is
following the order of the pressures in revised Annex III
FR
Annex
Part A Part B
Starting with the state descriptors would be more logical (the decision relates to status…)
fa8b346f-1366-49e0-a455-1bd349029d38 Recitals_Articles
15 of 84
13-07-2016 00:27
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0687.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
For some of the criteria the Decision remains very vague and open, but for others, the draft text is proposing specific
thresholds that have not yet been discussed and / or agreed at the experts level
(e.g. D1C5 and D1C6). We
would like
to maintain the same approach in all the sections of the Decision, and to leave out of the text those aspects that are
not clearly agreed at the experts level.
OK
Pls add in row 6 of Recital 10 after "…this
Decision should refer to existing quality
standards
and methods of
assessment and monitoring
from Union legislation
or revisions thereof,
such as Directive 2000/60/EC......"
(addition
thereof
could alternatively be placed at the very end of the sentence). - We find it necessary
to point out the fact that
discussions are ongoing regarding the appropriateness of applying human health standards as aquatic environmental
standards at the same time. EU law is binding, but can and must be revised if the need arises - which may well be the
case (discussion may show the need to have different standards for human health and environmental health).
Text change:
"To facilitate Member
States implementation of Directive 2008/56/EC and ensure
greater consistency
and comparability at
subregional or, where appropriate, regional
Union
level of their determinations of good
environmental status, this Decision should…
Drafting Suggestion Opening sentence: ... "this
Decision should refer to
relevant
existing quality standards and
methods of assessment and monitoring from Union legislation, such as Directive 2000/60/EC"
...JUSTIFICATION:
important to clarify that this should only apply to relevant standards etc.… since
some Directives (e.g. WFD) develop
methods and standards for fresh waters, which are not really applicable to the marine
environment
Please, add "where appropriate" and delete "assessment and" here: …this decision should, WHERE APPROPRIATE,
refer to existing quality standards and methods of ASSESSMENT AND monitoring from Union legislation….". MSFD
should not include the One-out-all-out principle from WFD.
Please, add the following wording in the end of recital 10: "This shall not directly og indirectly impose new
requirements on or amend existing requirements of other Directives, such as Directive 2000/60/EC, 2009/147/EC and
92/43EEC." It is important to state here that the MSFD cannot either directly or indirectly change or add requirements
to other Directives.
Delete new insertion "endeavour
to
".
Future work: The description of secondary criteria could usefully be moved to this recital. DK sees the secondary
criteria as possible future work instead of linked together to the risk based approach.
DRAFTING SUGGESTION:
The determination of good environmental status and the assessment of progress towards its
achievement should be linked. This Decision is structured in a way to support this linkage, and organise the criteria
and methodological standards on the basis of the descriptors laid down in Annex I of Directive 2008/56/EC and on the
basis of the ecosystem elements and pressures laid down in Annex III of that Directive. Some of the criteria and
methodological standards relate in particular to the assessment of
environmental status under Article 8(1)(a) of
Directive 2008/56/EC, while others relate to the assessment of predominant pressures and their impacts under Article
8(1)(b).
Justification: This is shorter and clearer.
ES
Annex
Part A, part B
Only 2 thresholds have been introduced in the Decision, based on
available scientific approaches.
Noted
EL
2
Recital 1
DE
4
Recital 10
Reference to legislation by default includes all amendments.
IT
4
Recital 10
The regional part was delat with under recitals 8 and (new) 9. this
recital (now 12) refers to EU legislation that is applicable across the
Union
UK
4
Recital 10
Accepted
DK
4
Recital 10
the recital only draws a non-exhaustive list of legislation that is
referred to in the annex. Their application is specified in the annex
itself.
The scope of the decision is defined in Art.1. it is clear that it does not
amend other directives/legislation apart from 2010/477/EU
Reflects the wording of MSFD Art.5.2
Noted. We do not read secondary criteria in the same way.
DK
DE
DK
4
5
5
Recital 10
Recital 11
Recital 12
UK
5
Recital 12
Partially accepted. Some legal phrasing has to be retained.
DK
5
Recital 13
Please, add "qualitative" and "indicative lists" here: "This Decision should be structured to support this linkage, and
organise the criteria and methodological standards on the basis of the QUALITATIVE descriptors laid down in Annex I of Accepted
Directive 2008/56/EC and on the basis of the INDICATIVE LISTS OF the ecosystem elements…"
Word change:
"The determination of good
environmental status and the assessment of progress
towards its
achievement should be
strictly
linked."
Text has been amended following UK suggestion. (Adverbs removed.)
IT
5
Recital 13
fa8b346f-1366-49e0-a455-1bd349029d38 Recitals_Articles
16 of 84
13-07-2016 00:27
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0688.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
We have introduced an article by which trends can be used as an
interim solution where thresholds are not immediately availble.
Recital amended to reflect that
We have introduced an article by which trends can be used as an
interim solution where thresholds are not immediately availble.
Recital amended to reflect that
Accepted
DK
5
Recital 14
Trends can also be relevant when determining GES, cf. article 9. Please add article 9 in the text.
Text change: "When assessing the status of their marine waters in accordance with Article 8 of Directive 2008/56/EC, it
is
admissible
for Member States to assess the change in status as improving, stable or deteriorating, in view of the
often
slow response of the marine
environment to change,
this where a quantitative assessment based on threshold
values is not possible or appropriate."
Amend as follows: "…which
can either
- in defined conditions -
substitute or complement primary criteria, or be used
where there
is a possibility of risk not covered by the primary criteria"
Recital 15 does not make sense - too many concepts in one recital - and the concepts are not connected. DK cannot
support the way the Commission use the risk based approach. The proper understanding of the concept RBA would be
to allow Member State(s) to focus on the main problems/pressures without neccesarely having to prove that other
problems are less important. Secondary criteria shall be truly voluntary, which will give flexibility. Actually, no criteria
can be an obligation to MS. Remember the text in the end of annex 1. Please use the wording from old Decision (2010),
point 8.
We propose moving the main content of this recital to the articles in order to lift the status of the explanation of the
use
of risk-based approach
Text change:
"While primary criteria should be used to ensure consistency across the
same subregion or the same
region,
flexibility is introduced with regard to secondary criteria, which can either substitute or complement primary
criteria,
or be used where there is a possibility of risk not covered by the primary criteria"
Member States should be able to consider that some of the criteria are not appropriate. What is meant by "not
appropriate"?
Could it be that it is not appropriate in a certain area?
Drafting Suggestion first paragraph: "This
Decision should allow sufficient flexibility to Member States when
determining good
environmental status. This flexibility is underpinned
by different concepts in this Decision. First,
Member States should be able to consider that some of the criteria are not appropriate, provided this is justified.
Secondly, a risk-based approach should apply , by which Member States may decide not to consider certain elements
or may focus monitoring on certain matrices and geographical areas to provide a spatial aspect, provided this is based
on a risk-assessment..."
JUSTIFICATION: As a point of principle the risk based approach should apply in all cases. If
there is no risk, then there should be no need to use certain criteria. This is consistent with Point 8 of Part A in the
original Come Decision. Our view is that this is a significant issue for many MS. Any restriction of the use of the risk
based approach is seen as a potential for additional burdens and as such not in line with the aims of the review of the
Commission Decision. There also needs to be clarity on what elements means here. Is it criteria elements? i.e. first
column of annexes or something else. If not suggest this changed to criteria as in original Commission Decision.
IT
5
Recital 14
DE
5
Recital 15
DK
5
Recital 15
All these elements contribute to flexibility and ideally (in terms of
legal drafting) should be groupoed in one recital. As to the last point,
this wording has been introduced in art.3.2
Noted. We think that these distinctions are found in the annex,
where relevant.
The criteria, esp. primary criteria, should ensure consistency across
the union (albeit flexibility) it is the thresholds that can have regional/
subregional nuances.
It is mentioned here as a link and justification for Art3.2
FI
5
Recital 15
IT
5
Recital 15
SE
5
Recital 15
UK
5
Recital 15
The flexibility allowed for the exclusion of primary criteria is there
fore certrain specific cases, e.g. D8. the exclusion of (other) primary
criteria is possible but only for excpetional and justified
circumstances. Doing away with this would hamper comparaibility
and coherence.
UK
5
Recital 15
Drafting Suggestion second paragraph:
"Finally, criteria are
further
labelled as
primary or
secondary
in this Decision.
While primary criteria should,
subject to the risk based approach outlined above
, be used to ensure consistency across
the Union, flexibility
is
introduced
with regard to secondary criteria, which
are optional and
can either substitute or
See comment above re RBA. Secondary criteria to be used under
complement primary criteria, or be used where there is a possibility of risk not covered by the primary criteria."
certain conditions; not entirely "optional"
Justification: : Drafting suggestion ensures consistency with rest of the recital and it is important to be clear that the
use of secondary criteria are optional. .
At some stage the term "risk assessment" should be further
defined.
Noted
Dk has reservations about the Part C in the annex, since we have not fully understood the implications of the proposed
Part C has been deleted and its elements feature directly under the
methodology.Is this in accordance with the proposed assessment scales? Please clarify, that the assessment levels
(threshold values) are not equal to GES, since GES is assessed on Descriptor level by aggregating the resultat from the relevant descriptors. The relationship should now be clearer.
criteria level. Please correct this in the text.
DE
DK
5
5
Recital 15
Recital 16
fa8b346f-1366-49e0-a455-1bd349029d38 Recitals_Articles
17 of 84
13-07-2016 00:27
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0689.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
Cannot see the logic between 1st sentence
"….prevent its deterioration
or , where practicable, restore marine
ecosystems
in areas where
they
have
been adversely
affected
" and second sentence "Therefore,
it is recognised that
some areas may not achieve the threshold values set for certain criteria
....
". Recital needs to be rephrased.
Similarly to the content of recital 15, especially the recognition that some areas may not achieve the threshold values
set for certain criteria to allow for certain sustainable uses of the marine
waters should be moved to the articles.
Text change:
"….. provided the collective pressure
and the environmental impacts
of human activities is kept within
levels ….."
assessing the
spatial extent
is not compatible with the risk-based approach : we will not monitor all the region
(ex
eutrophication in open waters : we will only monitor some specific areas)
Dynamic nature of marine ecosystem and climate change-induced variation are two different things. Regarding
dynamic nature I propose the following wording which includes salinity and (seasonal) temperature variation:
"...should
accomodate the
dynamic nature of marine ecosystems and their elements, which can change in space and
time through
hydrographic and
climatic variations, .....
"
DE
6
Recital 16
Amended
FI
IT
FR
6
6
6
Recital 16
Recital 16
Recital 16 + part C
Article on principles for setting threshold values has been introduced.
We used the wording of MSFD art.1.3
Noted. This is not what was intended. Text on spatial extent clarified
DE
6
Recital 17
accepted but term 'hydrological' preferred
FR
6
Recital 17
"in the past" may be more specific. which time scale? 15 years? 100 years? Before any human pressures? Or use
«
pristine
»
It depends on the specific circumstance under consideration. It may
refer to pristine, but a structure that would exclude a structure that
has been in place for possibly hundreds of years. We would like to
cater for those as well.
DK
5
Recital 18
Please, pay attention to the wording in article 23. Revisions shall only be carried out, if appropriate. Change the
wording to: "The Commission shall review this Decision by 15 July 2023 as a part of the review set out in Article 23…."
Text amended
UK
EL
DE
DE
6
2
2
3
Recital 18
Recital 3
Recital 4
Recital 4
Drafting Suggestion: "It
is appropriate that the Commission reviews this Decision by 15 July 2023,…"
Justification:
Suggesting it should be revised prejudges whether it needs to be revised or not! If we have got it right this time maybe Amended
we won’t have to revise it.
OK
Noted
Amendment
"quantifiable"
to
"comparable"
is not accepted. Leave
"quantifiable".
"recognising
that regional cooperation must be at the very heart….and influence national implementation processes,
rather than the other way around
". Unclear what the last part of the sentence means.
Please delete
"rather
than the
other way round
".
DK suggest deletion of the following sentence: "In addition, the assessment recognised that regional cooperation must
be at the very heart of the implementerion of Directive 2008/56/EC and influence national implementation processes,
rather than the other way around." Another solution could be to just write: "In addition, the assessment recogised the
importance of regional cooperation".
delete the addition "recognised that reginal cooperation… way around" or put it into brackets if you don't want to
change it as it comes from the minutes of the regional meetings.
text amended to reflect exact wording of 2014 Commission report
Citation clearly introduced as this is refers Commission conclusions
in the 2014 report
Citation clearly introduced as this is refers Commission conclusions
in the 2014 report
Citation clearly introduced as this is refers Commission conclusions
in the 2014 report
DK
3
Recital 4
FR
3
Recital 4
fa8b346f-1366-49e0-a455-1bd349029d38 Recitals_Articles
18 of 84
13-07-2016 00:27
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0690.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
FR
3
Recital 4
prefer the wording 'assessment level' instead of ‘good env status’ line7
text amended to reflect exact wording of 2014 Commission report.
Comparable is included in recital 5
IT
3
Recital 4
Text change:
"The results showed the necessity to ensure the determinations of good environmental status in a
more
consistent way between Member States
of the same subregion or the same region
and across the Union.
text amended to reflect exact wording of 2014 Commission report.
In addition, the assessment recognised that regional cooperation must be at the very
heart of the implementation of
Comparable is included in recital 5
Directive 2008/56/EC and taking into account national implementation processes"
text amended to reflect exact wording of 2014 Commission report.
Comparable is included in recital 5
Noted
Keep "where available"; delete "where applicable", but introduced
para 8 - replace "where applicable" with "where practicable". We have to take into consideration the difference among
new article to allow for different thresholds to better reflect sub-
marine
regions.
regional differences.
Keep "where available"; delete "where applicable", but introduced
new article to allow for different thresholds to better reflect sub-
New insertion "and
applicable
" should be deleted (if values are not applicable, then they are not available.)
regional differences.
Please, add "the indicative tables in" before it says "Annex III of that Directive". It is important that the content of the
Accepted
tables are indicative and not mandatory.
DK cannot support the term “Threshold values”, as it reflects that quantitative values shall be set in all cases, which is
not mandatory in the Directive. We suggest to use the term assessment level. Article 9(3) does not say that threshold
values should be set out. It says that criteria and methodological standards should be set.
Please, use the term "assessment level" and delete "quantitative" in the following wording: For each descriptor, this
Decision should define the criteria, including the elements to be used and, where available [and applicable], the
threshold values that allow a quantitative assessment of whether GES is achieved."
Please delete "application rules for the criteria" -- the applications rules should not be a part of the Decision, this
should be decided (sub)regionally.
Please, add "guidance" here: "including GUIDANCE ON the geographical scales for assessment". It should be possible
to use another scale than suggested, if relevant.
delete the sentence 'in several cases…devleoping new ones" : useless
: MS dont need the Decision for that
There is also a need to include information for the
temporal scale
(sampling frequency, duration of envrionmental
events). See also recital 16 where only spatial extent is considered and not the duration of the phenomenon over
which the threshold values have been achieved.
Noted, but the majority of MS requested/accepted the change of
term from reference level.
Important to retain “comparable”. JUSTIFICATION: The Commission’s Art 12 assessment did not recommend
“quantifiable”.
OK
UK
EL
RO
2
3
3
Recital 4
Recital 5
Recital 5
DE
DK
3
3
Recital 8
Recital 8
DK
3
Recital 8
DK
3
Recital 8
Threshold values have been linked to delegation of power in Art.9.3.
"Quantitative" has been deleted.
Application rules deleted
For which descriptor in particular is the scale of assessment not
relevant. Kindly indicate and we could consider appropriate wording
in the annex.
Clarified text on context for developing new thresholds necessary for
implementation of the Directive
Spatial extent refers to the outcome (extent of which GES is
achieved). Temporal extent has onbly been included as a part fo the
methodology where it allows for better coherence and generally
where it has already been defined elsewhere.
DK
DK
FR
3
3
3
Recital 8
Recital 8
Recital 8
FR
3
Recital 8
fa8b346f-1366-49e0-a455-1bd349029d38 Recitals_Articles
19 of 84
13-07-2016 00:27
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0691.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
IT
3
Recital 8
Text change:
"For each descriptor, this Decision should define the criteria including the elements to be used and,
where available
or applicable,
the threshold values, that allow a quantitative assessment of whether good
environmental status is achieved. In several cases, This Decision should enable Member States to establish these
threshold values at regional or subregional level, for instance by referring to existing values
or developing new ones
according to decision into integrated monitoring ad assessment programme of the Regional Sea Convention.
This
Text has been amnded, hopefully providing more clarity.
Decision should also set out the methodological standards, including the geographical scales for assessment and
application rules for the criteria
indication for the assessment,
to ensure that Member States' updates of their
determinations of good environmental status and initial assessments of marine waters, carried out in accordance with
Article 17 of Directive 2008/56/EC, are consistent, allowing for comparison between marine
subregions or, where
appropriate, between marine regions
of the extent to which good environmental status is being achieved."
Text change:
"For each descriptor, this Decision should define the criteria including the elements to be used and,
where available,
at level of specific subregion,
or applicable,
the threshold values, ….."
the words "and applicable" in square brackets need to remain. JUSTIFICATION: just because a threshold level is
available it does not mean that it is applicable in all circumstances. For example, there are some threshold values that
are available under WFD for coastal waters but which would not be applicable in offshore areas.
Introduced article on different threshold values to reflect
regional/subregional/subdivision differences
Text amended in such a way that it is not required. Introduced article
on different threshold values to reflect
regional/subregional/subdivision differences
IT
3
Recital 8
UK
3
Recital 8
UK
3
Recital 8
Note on final line of the recital: Our understanding is that the use of “extent” in this context is not restricted to spatial
Yes. It is "extent" within the meaning of art.9.3 MSFD
extent. Please could the Commission confirm this.
Drafting suggestion :Insert
"at the level of the marine region or sub region"
after ..."that
allow a quantitative
assessment of whether good environmental status is achieved"
. JUSTIFICATION: it is important to reflect the spatial
Amended text reflects this.
element at which GES is achieved e.g. if there is one failure in one particular corner of a sub-region, this still means
you can say at the regional or sub-regional level, GES has been achieved.
This is reflects Article 3(5) second paragraph
of the Directive which states that GES will be determined at the level of the marine region or sub region.
Drafting suggestion: Second to last sentence should read
"Where appropriate, this Decision should encourage Member
States" ….
JUSTIFICATION: "encourages” is more accurate. The Decision doesn’t “enable” MS to establish thresholds, it
Partially accepted. Text changed to "provides for"
does however encourage (or recommend, if preferred) MS to set threshold values at
a regional or sub-regional level.
Please, add that technical feasibility, monitoring costs and reliable time series should be taken into account.
Techncial feasability & time series are catered for directly in the
annexes. Cost assessments are covered by the Directive.
UK
3
Recital 8
UK
3
Recital 8
DK
4
Recital 9
fa8b346f-1366-49e0-a455-1bd349029d38 Recitals_Articles
20 of 84
13-07-2016 00:27
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0692.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
Section:
- Elements
- Criteria
- Methodological standards
-Specifications & methods
Member State Page
Comment
Response
DK
31
Criteria D1C1
DK
EL
FI
FR
MT
31
31
31
31
31
Criteria D1C1
Criteria D1C1
Criteria D1C1
Criteria D1C1
Criteria D1C1
Using assessment levels / threshold values corresponding with the reference values developed for the habitats directive is good
since it creates a synergy between the two directives. However, for the habitats directive there are no requirements to achieving The Decision does not affect obligatins under the Habitats
Directive, but MS have the obligation to achieve GES by
the goals of favourable conservation status by 2020 as there is for GES in the MSFD. The requirements within the
habitatsdirective should not be altered due to this decision. The MSFD should respect the Habitats and Birds Directives. See also 2020 (including for D1).
comment to recital 10.
Accepted, noting that the intent of the criterion is
Replace "natural" with "previaling" in the sentence: D1C1: Species distributional range and, where relevant, pattern is in line with essentially the same, as species distribution should not be
PREVIALING physiographic, geographic and climatic conditions. "Natural" seems like a state without any human impact.
significantly altered by human activities (other than via
climate change)
ok
Noted
Amended to refer to Annexes II, IV and V
Annex III of Directive 92/43/EEC seems not to be the correct annex to refer to
D1C1 is primary for all species of Habitats and Birds
Status ‘primary or ‘secundary’ is unclear ?
Directives
Malta suggests that for species which are not listed in the Habitats Directive, the Commission Decision enables the use of trends
Accomodated by revised Article
rather than
reference values for assessment purposes; pending the identification
of
reference values on the
basis of long-term
data.
It is important to have in mind that distribution range of species may suffer changes as a result of natural causes and not as a
consequence of an
anthropogenic pressure. Thus,
the
threshold value
for this criteria
only make
sence
if there is an
anthropogenic pressure.
D1C1 – becomes secondary and D1C3 primary for birds as demographics (e.g. breeding success or bycatch mortality) are a much
better indicator of human impacts than distribution. We can measure changes in demographics from year to year and hence we
get a much
more instantaneous indicator of impacts from human activities
derived pressures. Changes in distribution can be
measured
but require
data
collected over a much longer
period.
In the UK
these calculations
are based
on data collected using
complete censuses
which are
conducted only every 10-20 years. Changes in demographics can usually be more clearly attributed
to
distinct
impacts,
whereas the
cause of distributional changes may be less clear. (this
is
the approach that OSPAR has taken in
adopting common indicators B1 and B3.) New reporting requirements under Article 12 of Birds Directive only
require a breeding
distribution map for each species.
This
map
would be inadequate for
assessing
impacts and GES under MSFD. At present, the
criterion D1C1 (distribution) cannot be assessed through Birds Directive reporting; more effort would be required, as described
above.
Current monitoring under HD and BD does not cover all regional waters to the level required in these criteria, for instance bird
monitoring in off shore areas of the North Sea does not match what is done under the BD. Should be taken into account.
Accomodated by expression "in line with prevailing
physiographic, geographic and climatic conditions" and
can be reflected when MS establish threshold values.
PT
31
Criteria D1C1
UK
31-33
Criteria D1C1
D1C1 changed to secondary for birds on the basis that
distribution data are reported under Birds Directive but it
does not form part of a MS assessment, and in view of the
considerations outlined here by the UK.
DK
31
Criteria D1C1 and D1C2
Noted
FI
31
Criteria D1C1 and D1C2
C1, C2 (e.g….“consistent with the Favourable Reference Range/Population values established by the relevant Member States under
Directive 92/43/EEC”).“ Making reference to Favourable Reference Range or Population is too specific, such concepts are not used for
birds under the BD,
and the requirement to
establish threshold values in cases where the main directives regulating the elements of
Text amended to link only to Habitats Directive
the
ecosystem
referred do not require using values goes too far. Therefore we think in these criteria “Favourable
Reference
Range/Population values established...”
should be redrafted to : “assessment
of conservation status
established …”
IT
31
Criteria D1C1 and D1C2
We propose to change the sentence
"Member States shall consider establish,
at
regional or subregional
level,
threshold
values
for each species, consistent with the Favourable Reference Range values established by the relevant Member States under
Directive 92/43/EEC"
in:
"Member States shall consider for each species the Favourable Reference Range values established under Directive
92/43/EEC"
Wording is aligned to D5 wording for WFD "values which
shall be consistent with … (Birds Directive / Habitats
Directive / Water Framework Directive)" to ensure
alignment of the Directives to the extent possible
fa8b346f-1366-49e0-a455-1bd349029d38 D1
21 of 84
13-07-2016 00:27
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0693.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
D1C1 and D1C2: Indicator development within the RSC did not use directive 92/43/EEC as guideline for definition of indicator
thresholds so far. Therefore it should be
possible that indicator
threshold might differ from reference values
defined
in directive
92/43/EEC
as long as there are time series long enough to substantiate
the validity of the threshold
level.
- D1C1 should be deleted;
- D1C3 should be replaced by the former criterion “Population condition” (2010 Decision).
- D1C4 should be deleted
ok
How shall Member States establish reference levels for each species, consistent with the Favourable Reference
Population values established by the relevant Member States under Directive 92/43/EEC, if a species is chosen which is not
covered by Directive 92/43/EEC? Please, add "as far as possible" here: "Member States shall AS FAR AS POSSIBLE establish...."
In general, it is difficult to establish assessment levels for this criterion.
Denmark is looking into the comparability of reference values used in the Habitats and Birds Directives compared with the
criteria suggested for D1. And also looking into how many species are not covered by current reference levels.
We would expect MS to use RSCs threshold values, these
may differ from those of HD but should take account of
what is being done under HD.
This would not be in line with the objective of alignment
with the HD. For species covered by BD and HD these
criteria should already be done.
Noted
Amended
Noted, we expect that work already done under HD and
BD should help.
Noted
reference levels' corrected into 'threshold values'.
FI
31
Criteria D1C2
under C2 it should be clarified what it means that threshold (not reference) levels should be established …
taking account of the level
The objective was to make the link between state and
of mortality derived from D3C4, D8C4 and D10C3 and other relevant pressures.
pressure assessments. We would expect that these are
SE
31
Criteria D1C1 and D1C2
DE
EL
DK
31
31-33
31
Criteria D1C1-D1C4
Criteria D1C1-D1C4
Criteria D1C2
DK
DK
31
31
Criteria D1C2
Criteria D1C2
taken into account when doing the assessment.
SE
31
Criteria D1C2
D1C2: A clear linkage to directive 92/43/EEC is welcomed. However, so far there are no requirements for regionally harmonized
Favourable
Reference population values. Therefore it´s possible that the regional
threshold values will differ from the national
favourable population values.
We propose to move in
"Methodological standards" the following se ntence "taking
account of natural variation in
population
size and the level of mortality derived from D3C4, D8C4
and
D10C3
and other relevant
pressures"
Replace 'reference levels' by 'threshold values'
PT requests clarification for the meaning of "(…) significantly altered (…)". How much is "significantly"?
We would expect MS to use RSCs threshold values, these
may differ from those of HD but should take account of
what is being done under HD.
We would prefer keeping it linked to the threshold values
as it might be confusing to have it under methodological
standards
Amended
Amended to 'adversely affected' in line with expression in
other descriptors
"characteristics (e.g. body size or age class structure, sex
ratio, fecundity rates, survival / mortality rates) " is the
exact wording used in Decision 2010/477/EU. We would
not expect ALL demographic charcteristics to be
monitored in all species, the list is given as an example.
IT
NL
PT
31-33
31
31
Criteria D1C2
Criteria D1C2 and D1C3
Criteria D1C2 and D1C3
DK
31
Criteria D1C3
D1C3: The current monitoring program does not include data gathering for all the demographic characteristics mentioned in
D1C3, This would be a significant expansion of monitoring demands.
FR
31
Criteria D1C3
add: D1C3: " Population demographic
and physiological
characteristics (e.g. body size or age class
structure, sex ratio, fecundity rates, survival / mortality rates,
stress level).
Especially for long-lived and highly mobile species, it'll
be important to have early warning indicators of population alterations. The use of physiological parameters (such as change in The list of characteristics is given as an example, you may
decide to look at additional characteristics.
gene expression, hormon levels,...) could be the only way to detect effects of anthropogenic pressures in time. Consequently,
D1C3 should be also a primary criteria for all the species (including non-commercial species). For instance, if a significant
decrease of whale abundance is detected, it'll be too late for acting and the recovery will take several decade at least.
Population Demographic Characteristics are not directly covered by the Habitats Directive. Malta suggests that at this stage, this
is considered
as a secondary criterion
for species listed in the HD
as well, and this is retained as primary for commercially-
exploited species,
noting overlap
with
D3 criteria.
Malta points
out
that for fisheries, 'population
demographic characteristics'
assessed through stock assessments
may not reflect
status. It is difficult to
determine the
state of the stock without any anthropogenic pressures since all data for stock assessment is
collected
from fishing boats.
Habitats Directive 'population' criterion for FCS
assessments includes 'reproduction, mortality and age
structure'. For commercial species D3C2 and D3C3 are
used to assess the state of each stock. D3C3 is equated to
D1C3 to allow for reuse of the D3 assessments in the D1
context.
MT
31
Criteria D1C3
fa8b346f-1366-49e0-a455-1bd349029d38 D1
22 of 84
13-07-2016 00:27
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0694.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
This is not part of the Birds and/or Habitats Drirectives and would, therefore, be an extra requirement on top of these Directives. Habitats Directive 'population' criterion for FCS
Monitoring of demographic characteristics is limited, so it would probably also incur an substantial extra cost. Propose to make
assessments includes 'reproduction, mortality and age
this
as a secondary
criterium for
all
species groups (also Annex II species).
structure'.
D1C3 should not this criterion take the impact criteria listed under D1C2 inte account as well?
D1C3: Is there a specific purpose to using "reference level" rather than "threshold value" here?
We propose to delete the whole sentence
"Member States
shall establish, at regional or
subregional
level, threshold values for
each species"
D1C4 In the former version that criteria was to be assessed at the scale of the habitat. In the actual revision it is now associated
with the species. What are the
justifications for
such changes? As it is presented here that criteria is redundant with D1C5, at
least
for benthis species.
The Habitat Directive asks for an expert judgement on the extent and quality of the habitat, however, no threshold values are
set. Doing this would be an extra requirement on top of the HD. Propose to make this a secondary criterium for all species
groups
(also
Annex
II species)
DK suggest the criterion deleted to achieve a more streamlined Decision. The topic is covered by D4.
Amended to reflect relevant criteria on health
It was a mistake - now amended
Noted.
This criterion was introduced to ensure alignment with
the HD criteria for species. It was already included in
version 1 of the draft Decision.
'where appropriate' could be considered regarding
threshold values
NL
SE
SE
IT
FR
31
31
31
31-32
31
Criteria D1C3
Criteria D1C3
Criteria D1C3
Criteria D1C3 and D1C4
Criteria D1C4
NL
DK
31
31-32
Criteria D1C4
Criteria D1C4
PT
31-32
Criteria D1C4
DK
35
Criteria D1C5
DK
35
Criteria D1C5
ES
35
Criteria D1C5
MT
35
Criteria D1C5
SE
35
Criteria D1C5
SE
35
Criteria D1C5
Noted. This criterion was introduced to ensure alignment
with the HD criteria for species.
Noted. The assessment has to be carried out for HD
It is important to have in mind that the habitat extention for some species it very high, and it even might exceed the limited area species, so it is already required under the HD.
of
MSFD scope. There are also some species for whom the
extension
of habitat
in
not
yet known.
There would be no requirement for MS to collect HD data
outside of the MSFD geographical scope.
Extent of loss can be derived from the extent of
DK cannot support the criterion. What should be the baseline for this assessment? Furthermore, local knowledge of the natural infrastructure developments and other man-made
extent of a habitat type may not be available.
modifications. Within the coastal waters, these data
should already be available from WFD.
What is the background for setting 5% as the level? DK finds that this is a political decision and an environmental target - not a
Noted
decision on GES. DK cannot support the criterion.
Criteria, including threshold values in D1C5: The baseline of 5% of loss of habitat type is not realistic. Where does this reference
value comes from? Was it proposed by experts groups? We have to understand that, right now, many of the habitats types
(specially
the
coastal habitats) may have more than 5% of habitat lost
compared to the natural extent, so in practice, following
the
next paragraph, we should avoid any shifting from the 2012 baseline,
which
in practice means that not any future alteration
Extent of loss can be derived from the extent of
will be authorized in the seabed.
infrastructure developments and other man-made
Even
thought we
can understand that a threshold value is needed, in this
particular case, we consider that the established
modifications. Within the coastal waters, these data
percentages
are very premature. The indicators
referred (Habitat loss, Physical damage, Typical Species
competition, and
should already be available from WFD.
Multimetric indices) are under development and establishment of methodologies and testing. In most cases of habitats and
countries there aren´t
time
series
or control
zones to establish levels of reference. There aren´t also studies
of direct impact in
the
habitats
MSFD is assessing different habitat types to HD.
Malta does not agree with the thresholds proposed for D1C5 and D1C6 noting that the setting of a common threshold for all
FCS guidance refers to 'Stable (loss and expansion in
habitat types may not address the most relevant
concerns which
may be different for
different habitat types. Malta suggests that
balance) or increasing AND not smaller than the
rather than
stipulating
thresholds,
the Commission Decision should
make reference (rather than adopt) to the boundaries for
'favourable reference area' AND without significant
conservation status as indicated in the Habitats Directive's guidance documents - and these would apply to
listed habitats. For
changes in distribution pattern within range (if data
other
habitat types
selected on the
basis of the scientific criteria on
ecological relevance
(and
secondary
criteria), specific
available)'; FRA values are set nationally and do not
thresholds
can
be set on
the
basis of long-term
monitoring data.
achieve regional consistency.
Extent of loss can be derived from the extent of
infrastructure developments and other man-made
D1C5: The application of a general threshold of 5% might be difficult. The threshold should account for both the habitat type
modifications. Within the coastal waters, these data
assessed and the monitoring used i.e. level of detectable change over time. Threshold values tailored after habitat types would
should already be available from WFD.
make it possible to take the relative extent of the habitat type into account, and sensitivity to pressures. Threshold levels should
Standard methodology for habitat assessment (eg
preferably be
defined
on
a regional level.
habitats directive, OSPAR, IUCN) typically adopt a
consistent threshold value for all habitats.
D1C5: Sweden did not define a baseline in the 2012 assessment. Therefore a different definition of baseline should be possible, If no initial assessment done in 2012, assume that the
e.g. based on available time series.
next 2018 initial assessment would be used.
fa8b346f-1366-49e0-a455-1bd349029d38 D1
23 of 84
13-07-2016 00:27
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0695.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
ES
35 & 26 Criteria D1C5
D1C5 and D6C3 are very similar. It is not clear what is the difference among them
We propose to delete the sentence
"does not exceed 5% of the natural extent of the habitat"
. The information required seems
to be
not achievable at
a reasonable
confidence level: at Mediterranean regional level
such degree
of data collection are not
completely developed for all the habitat. Moreover, setting mandatory percentages it is
not
appropriate in an decision. The
sentence could be changed in the following way:
"The loss of extent
of
the habitat
type,
resulting
from anthropogenic
pressures, shall be minimized taking into account the extent of the habitat in the assessment area."
We cannot support having the %-levels as part of the threshold levels in C5 and C6. It goes far beyond our capacities to provide data
and information on the listed habitats. Commission’s response that data collection and processing for these assessments are being
developed as HELCOM core indicators is against the fact that it is the Member States, i.e. countries, that are responsible for data
collection, not HELCOM. In addition, setting such % criteria should be based on scientific information and be subject to political
consideration.
D6C3 provides a total loss per area, whilst D1C5 uses this
to assess loss per habitat type in the area.
Extent of loss can be derived from the extent of
infrastructure developments and other man-made
modifications. Within the coastal waters, these data
should already be available from WFD.
Extent of loss can be derived from the extent of
infrastructure developments and other man-made
modifications. Within the coastal waters, these data
should already be available from WFD.
IT
35
Criteria D1C5
FI
35
Criteria D1C5 and D1C6
FR
35
Criteria D1C5 and D1C6
There are no longer any purely "state" criteria for habitats under Descriptor 1. We have lost:
— Distributional
range (1.4.1)
— Distributional
pattern (1.4.2)
— Habitat
volume, where relevant (1.5.2)
— Condition
of the
typical species and communities (1.6.1)
— Relative abundance and/or
biomass,
as appropriate
(1.6.2)
— Physical,
hydrological
and chemical conditions (1.6.3).
We understand that D1C6 attempts to integrate aspects of
state
(condition) but elements of range and pattern are missing (yet
have been kept for species).
Some of these "state" elements are contained in Annex III, Table 1 – Structure, functions and processes of marine ecosystems -
but there are no specific criteria/threshold
values
associated
with them.
Evaluating and reporting on the condition of
benthic
habitats only
through the spatial extent of impacts is not realistic
considering the
methods
universally
used (determination of
species
composition
and species abundance) for an accurate assessment of the state of benthic communities,unless if the spatial
extent
of the impacts is
determined
based at the least on a considerable number
of monitoring stations (which will be
costly).
DELETE the quantitative levels (5% and 30%)
: they are coming from a poor reference, and suggest that distribution and spatial
extent of
each habitat type (and then, for all habitat types) is known and
accurately
mapped,
which is far to be true.
Moreover, according to the assessment scale (national, regional,...), human activities and pressures
do not apply at the same
scale
(for
example: dredging vs eutrophication);
spatial effects express
themselves at different
scales
and do not necessarily
overlap.
--> Threshold values should not be used, trends are more appropriate.
GES status evaluation strategy in relation with Council Directive 92/43/EEC on the Conservation of natural habitats and of wild
fauna and flora is unclear.The GES Dec recommends the use when possible of the Habitats Directive criteria. But favourable
conservation status (habitat directive) is not the same as good environmental status.
D1C5 and D1C6: Rules for aggregation of regional or subregional habitat types (which may include special habitats) for assessing
each broad habitat type: If special habitats are included this should require more
careful aggregation
such
as
associating them
with higher weights.
DK cannot support common EU assessment levels (threshold values) on physical disturbance of the seafloor. (D1C5-D1C6).
As the assessments are of broad habitat types, use of
distributional range and pattern becomes of very limited
value and hence has been removed.
Species composition and abundance are specifically
mentioned for C6; the essence of the old criteria is not
lost. Use of activity/pressure mapping data coupled with
selected ground-truth sampling should provide a cost
effect means to do the assessments (as being developed
by OSPAR).
FR
35
Criteria D1C5 and D1C6
FR
35
Criteria D1C5 and D1C6
Extent of loss can be derived from the extent of
infrastructure developments and other man-made
modifications. Within the coastal waters, these data
should already be available from WFD.
Standard methodology for habitat assessment (eg
habitats directive, OSPAR, IUCN) typically adopt a
consistent threshold value for all habitats.
Use can be made of HD habitat assessments (similar
criteria) but MSFD assessments are of different (broader)
habitat types.
no aggregation rules are set out - left to MS.
Noted.
Standard methodology for habitat assessment (eg
habitats directive, OSPAR, IUCN) typically adopt a
consistent threshold value for all habitats.
SE
35
Criteria D1C5 and D1C6
DK
30-40
Criteria D1C5 and D1C6
IE
35-36
Criteria D1C5 and D1C6
·
The reference to “significant impact” is taken out, leaving only “spatial extent of impact”. As there is no qualifying attribute
on
to the term “impact”,
it could mean any impact. Any physical contact of human pressure creates a temporary impact and
pressure layers
such as swept
area
or abrasion maps
published by ICES for OSPAR/
HELCOM could then be interpreted as
impact
Text amended on need for threshold values for 'impact'
layers. Note that the abrasion
maps published by ICES, which are swept
area VMS maps of bottom
contacting
gear,
include
following definitions: “Surface abrasion is defined as the damage to seabed surface
features, subsurface abrasion as the
penetration and/or disturbance of the substrate below the
surface of the seabed”
(ICES, 2015).
fa8b346f-1366-49e0-a455-1bd349029d38 D1
24 of 84
13-07-2016 00:27
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0696.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
IE
35-36
Criteria D1C5 and D1C6
·
For the criteria D1C5 and D1C6, all habitats are treated the same and there is no consideration for the sensitivity/resilience
of habitats.
The commission states that the threshold values for D1C6 are taken from IUCN criteria for ecosystem assessment. A concrete
reference
is not given in the text but we assume it is IUCN (2015). The threshold
of 30% that is applied
to D1C6 is taken out of
context. The IUCN assessment is about defining the risk of ecosystem collapse and uses corresponding criteria[1]. This is not
comparable with describing “impact”
that is non
qualified.
If it is
intended to apply
the
ecosystem assessment
methodology of
the
IUCN to D1 and D6 of the MSFD, this should be done consistently incorporating
the corresponding criteria and indicators
rather than selecting the numerical thresholds only.
[1] Within the IUCN ecosystem assessment it provides the threshold towards the classification of vulnerable ecosystems based on
the criteria of reduction and restriction of geographic distribution (criteria A and B), environmental degradation ( Criterion C),
implying
deterioration
of physical attributes that have defining role in ecological function and disruption of biotic processes and
interactions
(Criterion
D).
1) D1C5 and D1C6 should be integrated into D6C1 including their proposed threshold values. Loss is an extreme form of damage
and
can
therefore
be merged into the damage criterion.
2) Under D1 the only habitat
criterion should be a habitat
condition criterion as in the 2010 decision. It could read: "Condition
of
broad habitat types of the seafloor, including their benthic communities
".
3) If our proposal under 1) is not considered, both C5 and C6 should explicitely refer to 'broad habitat types', as the given values
are not appropriate for more specific habitats as from directive 92/43/EEC.
What is the basis for setting 30% as the level? DK finds that this is a political decision and an environmental target - not a decision
on GES. DK cannot support the criterion.
The criterion/assessment level now reads: The spatial extent of impacts from anthropogenic pressures on the condition of the
habitat……. does not exceed 30 % of its natural extent in the assessment area. Does this mean that 70 % of each (sub)habitat type
should not be impacted from human activities?
As DK mentioned earlier in our written comments (also mentioned by other member states (NL)), this criterion used on broad
habitat types could have severe economic implications for the entire fishing industry in the Northeast Atlantic, where bottom
trawling is a predominant fishing method. There are certain habitat types that are not fished very intensely, while other broad
habitat types are fished in almost their entire distribution.
D6C1 only addresses physical disturbance and not other
potential pressures, hence we do not propose to combine
these criteria.
Text amended to refere to 'broad habitat types'
Basis indicated in footnote.
Threshold values set a boundary on the level of
impact/pressure/state that is sought for each criterion
Sensitivity/resilience should be built into the assessment
of what constitutes 'impact'
IE
35-36
Criteria D1C5 and D1C6
Impact is equivalent to the IUCN degradation criteria C
and D. It is unreallistic to separate biotic and abiotic
aspects for marine habitats.
DE
35-36
Criteria D1C5 and D1C6
Habitats
DK
DK
35
35
Criteria D1C6
Criteria D1C6
DK
35
Criteria D1C6
DK
35
Criteria D1C6
DK
35
Criteria D1C6
DK
35
Criteria D1C6
The Decision measures the extent to which GES is
achieved rather than the possible measures needed to
achieve it. Other aspects of the directive address
measures including cost benefits
The Decision measures the extent to which GES is
To clarify this issue DK would like to ask the Commission, if this criterion in fact means, that bottom trawling should be banned in
achieved rather than the possible measures needed to
70 % of all broad habitat types (such as the soft muddy bottoms)? We need this clarification in order to be able to conduct
achieve it. Art 13 of the directive addresses measures
economic analysis of the effects of the proposal.
including cost benefits
The determination of GES does not take into account
socio-economic considerations, it is the inital assessment
In fact, it would be appropriate to ask the Commission to undertake an economic impact assessment of the introduction of such
and PoMs - to be decided by MS - which would look into
comprehensive measures in European waters. (The 5% and 30% threshold)
economic implications considering both costs and
benefits.
IUCN guidelines are globally used and scientifically peer
reviewed; they are the basis for habitat assessments for
In addition we would also like the Commission to give an explanation to how the IUCN guidelines, that apparently are the basis
the EU Red List assessments and for HELCOM
for the proposed assessment level, are substantiated and which considerations are behind the application in European waters.
assessments. Approaches in HD and OSPAR were also
considered.
The determination of GES does not take into account
socio-economic considerations, it is the inital assessment
and PoMs - to be decided by MS - which would look into
economic implications considering both costs and
benefits.
Standard methodology for habitat assessment (eg
habitats directive, OSPAR, IUCN) typically adopt a
consistent threshold value for all habitats.
ES
35
Criteria D1C6
Criteria, including threshold values in D1C6: The baseline of 30 % is not realistic and the application of this percentaje could have
a big economic impact in some fishery activities. As it
also
occurs in
the
D1C5
case ,we
don’t understand why, for some other
descriptors, the approach has been not to establish a quantitative threshold justifying that further
work at the expert level is
needed, and
in
this
case
the
threshold
is closed. Furthermore, if in 2012 each MS used a different baseline
reference (or even no
baseline at
all), how will be possible to compare the assessments? We
demand a more flexible approach,
giving the opportunity
to
the experts groups at the regional level to work further for: 1st: the definition
of a common baseline reference,
and 2nd the
joint establishment of the threshold values. This applies both for criteria D1C5 and D1C6. Before doing that, we do not find
acceptable to have a pre-established reference value.
fa8b346f-1366-49e0-a455-1bd349029d38 D1
25 of 84
13-07-2016 00:27
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0697.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
The determination of GES does not take into account
socio-economic considerations, it is the inital assessment
and PoMs - to be decided by MS - which would look into
economic implications considering both costs and
benefits.
Standard methodology for habitat assessment (eg
habitats directive, OSPAR, IUCN) typically adopt a
consistent threshold value for all habitats.
NL
35
Criteria D1C6
Setting the threshold value on 30% would have a great socio-economic impact on the fisheries sector in the Netherlands. We
should
not simply copy percentages and goals from other frameworks, but
work together
to set our own
realistic
goals.
D1C6: The application of a general threshold might be difficult, see D1C5 for further explanation. Further analysis/assessment
and clarification is needed and it needs to be clarified if the assessment units are the same (broad habitat types vs. ecosystems
(IUCN)).
SE
35
Criteria D1C6
SE
35
Criteria D1C6
We find it difficult to evaluate how to applicate the criteria on pelagic habitats, and it is the only criteria where pelagic biological
diversity (except
from highly mobile species) is included.
Most
of the
criteria
to
support the assessment (D5C2,
D5C3,
D5C4
and
Reference made to use other relevant criteria including
D5C5) are
secondary and linked to nutrient enrichment. Maybe the criteria
should be divided
into
one for benthic habitats and
D5 criteria. Text amended to clarify that biological
one for pelagic habitats. In our comments on D5C5 we suggest that D5C5 may fit better under descriptor 1. In
a pelagic criteria
communities are part of the habitat
under
D1 zooplankton species composition could be included as
well.
D6C2 assesses physical damage per habitat type, whilst
D1C6 incorporates all types of impact (e.g. from D2, D5,
D7, D8). For some habitats/areas D6C2 may be the only
assessment needed.
ES
35 & 25 Criteria D1C6
D1C6 and D6C2 are very similar. It is not clear what is the difference among them
IT
35
Criteria D1C6
We propose to delete the sentence
"does not exceed 30% of its natural extent in the assessment area"
. The information
required seems to be not achievable at a reasonable confidence level: at Mediterranean regional level, such degree of data
Appropriate data are already available (eg VMS, seabed
collection are not completely developed for all the habitat. Moreover, setting mandatory percentages it is not appropriate in a
decision. The sentence could be changed in the following way:
"The spatial extent of impacts from anthropogenic pressures
on
habitat maps, etc) from Emodnet, Benthis, JRC, etc.
the condition of the habitat, including its biotic (typical species composition and their relative abundance) and abiotic
structure, and its functions, does not significantly alters existent extent of the assessment area.”
The assessment would apply to the 6-year reporting
period; MS should define how they use temporal
variation in data for such assessmenst.
UK
35
Criteria D1C6
Question: As physical pressures vary from year to year (notably fishing), it is assumed that the 30% applies at the time of
reporting, please clarify?
DRAFTING SUGGESTION D1C6 as follows (this is desirable regardless):“The spatial extent or level of impacts from anthropogenic
pressures on the
condition
of
the
habitat, including its
biotic
(typical species composition,
and their
relative abundance or
biological traits) and abiotic structure, and its functions, is not significantly altered due
to
anthropogenic
pressures, over at
least
does not exceed 30% of its natural extent in the assessment area, or other reference levels established by Member States"
UK
35
Criteria D1C6
Noted.
DE
31
Criteria elements
DK
31
Criteria elements
DE
35
Criteria elements
EL
35
Criteria elements
Do you mean that all of the HD/BD species would have to
Amend text as follows: "These
species may be drawn from those
shall include species
assessed under Union legislation
be included? Some of them? One of them? We expect
(Directive 92/43/EEC, Directive 2009/147/EC or Regulation (EU) No 1380/2013) or international agreements, such as Regional Sea
that the species assessed will be mostly drawn from the
Conventions, or other sources.
"
HD, BD and CFP, since these are the ones already
monitored by MS.
Replace "...a set of species, representative for…" with "at least one species, representative for…". It should be possible to choose
It's expected that more than 1 species should be selected
only one species under a species group, if relevant and representative.
to adequately represent the species group.
Do you mean that all of the HD/BD species would have to
be included? Some of them? One of them? We expect
Amend text as follows: "These
may
shall
include habitat types assessed under Directive 92/43/EEC or international agreements, that the species assessed will be mostly drawn from the
such as Regional
Sea
Conventions,
or other sources
."
HD, BD and CFP, since these are the ones already
monitored by MS.
Addition of reference to habitats listed under RSC
The reference list of biodiversity elements of the initial phase of the Integrated Monitoring Assessment Programme (IMAP) of
Addition of reference to habitats listed under RSC
UNEP/MAP
should be taken into account
fa8b346f-1366-49e0-a455-1bd349029d38 D1
26 of 84
13-07-2016 00:27
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0698.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
The text already provides for use of special habitat types
to support the assessment of broad habitat types. The
Decision concerns GES rather than measures. Use of
protected areas for special habitat types would contribute
to MSFD requirements and may anyway be necessary for
the policy under which they are listed.
NL
35
Criteria elements
We would like to have the possibility added to define also 'special habitat types' instead of only broad habitat types. Explanation:
in the NLs, for our Programme of Measures, we are in a process to appoint protected areas in the North sea based on their
exceptional status.. If we can
not use these in our assessment, we would lose
the ground to appoint these areas. We can see that
the
option still exist (in between brackets under the Main scientific criteria),
but would like to see this more explicitly mentioned
as a seperated bullit or even already under the Criteria element.
Representative of the ecosystem component (species group or broad habitat type)
and of ecosystem functioning (eg,
connectivity between habitats & populations, completeness & integrity of essential habitats),
being relevant for assessment of
state/impacts, such as having a key functional role within the component (e.g. high or specific biodiversity, productivity, trophic
link, specific resource or service)
and particular life history traits (age & size at breeding, longevity, migratory traits)
Typo: criterion D10C4 should be changed to D10C3 (as D10C4 is absent from the new draft proposal)
Since benthic organisms (invertebrate macrofauna AND macroalgae and seagrasses) are essential for habitat assessments under
D1, they should be mentioned explicitly in this section.
It should be noted that the Biodiversity data and indicators involve crucial links between different criteria – so at this stage it is
highly unlikely thresholds can be applied meaningfully to the quality of data we have currently for many of the indicators. A
more qualitative approach is the only reasonable scientific approach to take at this stage for some of the indicators.
ok
There is no clear distinction between impact, significant impact, disturbance and damage in the D6 and D1 benthic habitat
criteria. Even in the criteria of “spatial extent” there is a discrepancy in wording between area “disturbed” or “damaged” in D6
and
“area
impacted”
in
D1.
It seems that Malta's comments on D1 have not been included in CION's responses. These comments are being put forward in
this
second
round of comments.
FR
38
Criteria for the selection of
species
Amended - for consideration of other MS
SE
DE
30
30-40
General
General
Reintroduction of old D10C3 in the new proposal, so
correct numbering.
Amended in the title of Table 2
There is an increasing amount of experience in developing
such threshold values based on best available scientific
knowledge. In principle they should be introduced
wherever possible.
Noted
Under consideration - could be clarified in Art 8 guidance
Noted
DK
EL
IE
MT
30-40
30-40
30-40
30-40
General
General
General
General
PL
30-40
General
Relationship of Habitats Directive and the Birds Directive with MSFD is not consistant. The use of HD,BD products (assessments,
Threshold values are being developed at the regional level
indicators, reports) is limited to data only, and if lucky, due to the fact that both those directives do not require work in the
by HELCOM, the text proposes consistency of threshold
region. It is impossible to determine "treshhold values" at the regional level as proposed by MSFD when each Member State itself
values with national reference values for HD and BD.
establishes a methodology to assess the conservation status of species and habitats.
PT agrees that Directive HD/BD be considered for the determination of GES in a (sub)region under MSFD. Nevertheless since the
HD/BD has
no deadline
for the
achivment of favourable
conservation
status
for species and habitats, it is not acceptable to define
thresoulds values under MSFD consistent with those from
HD/BD
to be acheived until
2020. In other words, with the wording
that appears in the
draft, the Decision oblige the achievement of favourable
conservation status for species and habitats by 2020,
not foreseen
in HD/BD.
We don't agree with threshold values for marine waters and suggest to replace with environemental targets. We should have in
mind the complexity
of trophic web and lack of the data. Maybe this
approach could be adopted for 3th
cycle of
the
implementation. The principle one
out
all out are not suitable for marine waters.
We note that practical guidelines will be needed to deal with a number of issues related to the assessment under D1 both for
accomodating pressures
and
impacts as well as
harmonising
with other directives including details on re-using information and
assessments.
Assessment intervals need to be increasingly harmonised to avoid older/not updated data being used either for the MSFD- or HD
reporting.
The Decision does not affect obligations under the
Habitats Directive, but MS have the obligation to achieve
GES by 2020 (including for D1). Alignment of threshold
values however should ensure consistency.
Environmental targets cannot be set under this Decision
(no mandate for the Commission to do so).
Threshold values are already being developed in certain
regions.
A timeline for adoption of these threshold values is
foreseen in Article 4 of the Decision.
Should be part of the Art 8 guidance that is being
developed.
You may want to use your 2018 reporting under MSFD D1
also for HD and BD in 2019.
PT
30-40
General
RO
30-40
General
SE
SE
30-40
30-40
General
General
fa8b346f-1366-49e0-a455-1bd349029d38 D1
27 of 84
13-07-2016 00:27
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0699.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
We would expect MS to use RSCs threshold values, these
may differ from those of HD but should take account of
what is being done under HD. It is not for MSFD to impose
thresholds onn HD, but the latter could adapt based on
what is used under MSFD (i.e. developed regionally)
SE
30-40
General
Reference levels for FCS are not harmonised between countries so far. It is not likely that the RSC could facilitate such a
harmonisation.
UK
31-33
General
Our understanding is that distribution and population size are listed as Primary criteria to reflect the links to the Birds Directive,
notably a sentence
in the last column
of
the table: “For
birds, criteria D1C1 and D1C2 correspond
to the ‘breeding distribution
map and range’ and ‘population
size’ criteria of Directive
2009/147/EC.”
-
The aim
is
for member states to use their Bird Directive reports fo
MSFD. The UK strongly supports minimising the burden
for
of
reporting
and making use of existing assessments, where appropriate, and therefore welcomes this approach, however,
the
new reporting requirements under Article 12 of Birds Directive only require a breeding distribution map for each species. This
D1C1 made secondary for birds
map would be inadequate for
assessing impacts and GES
under MSFD. At
present, the criterion D1C1 (distribution) cannot be
assessed through
Birds
Directive reporting; more effort would be required, as described
above.
We think
it would be useful for
the
Commission
to bring to
together
people involved with MSFD
and
Birds Directive
-
implementation to determine
how much Birds Directive reporting will actually
contribute to MSFD requirements and
what extra
work needs to
be done.
Delete the two double-lined paragraphs (middle of page 30), listing the Criteria relevant for species and habitats assessments. It
is unclear how this requirement
is supposed to be
implemented.
Delete
"Criteria, including threshold values where they exist"
and replace with
"Criteria"
Delete
"Application Rules"
and replace
with
"Indications for assessment"
Delete "Theme" line ("Theme: Species groups of marine birds…"), as this is redundant to heading "Birds, mammals, reptiles…"
Amend the column heading "Criteria, including theshold values
where they exist".
The last three words should be deleted,
throughout
the
Annex of the draft decision.
Whereever values do not exist, these
should be developed.
We still do not understand what it means that assessments under pressure descriptors should contribute to assessments under D1.
Should be further clarified what means “contribute by providing information on the impact of pressures”.
DE
IT
IT
DE
DE
FI
FR
IT
NL
NL
30
30-36
30-36
30
30
30
31
31
31
31
General - Chapeau
General - Column 2 - Criteria
General - Column 3
Methodological standards
General - Species
General - Species
Introductory paragraphs
Methodological standards
Methodological standards
Methodological standards
Methodological standards
Moved under methodological standards
Amended
Amended
Amended
Amended
Text clarified and moved under methodological standards
commercially exploited' necessary to refer back to the
assessment under D3
Replaced by "II, IV and V"
Replaced by "II, IV and V"
‘population’ and ‘habitat for the species’ criteria are
required under Directive 92/43/EEC. They correspond to
D1C3 and D1C4.
"For fish & cephalopods" please delete " delete "commercially exploited" as these methodological standards should apply to all
of thelisted fish species
"Annex III " to correct with "Annex IV"
We assume Annex III should be Annex II
"all criteria are primary for species covered by Annex III of Directive 92/43/EEC" : behind this sentence lays the assumption that
for all
species
covered
by this Annex (I assume
it should be Annex II) under the HD all criteria are monitored (these are for
example seals). This is not
the case. In particular D1C3 and D1C4 would
be additions to the Habitat Directive. Propose to delete
this sentence.
NL
31
Methodological standards
NL
31
Methodological standards
FR
32
Methodological standards
Amended to specify that references to Favourable
Birds D1C1 &D1C2: For birds the BD does not ask for Favourable Reference Values, therefore for birds for D1C1 and D1C2 we can
Reference Values only refer to species covered by HD.
not make use of values
that are reported
under
the BHD.
We do have population-size, distributional range and trends in this
Article on possibility to use trends until threshold values
(short and long-term),
we only do not have
threshold
values.
Propose
to
include the option to report on trends.
are established.
Application rules - last rule: "All species in a species group shall achieve the threshold values set". In OSPAR a Common Indicator
is developed for
which 75% of the species used should be within a
favourable range. This is a more
realistic approach,
which
we
Amended
favour. Propose to delete
this
application
rule.
"criteria D1C2 and D1C3 correspond to criteria D3C2 and D3C3". Equivalence between D1C2 (population size) and D3C2
(spawning stock biomass) is questionnable, because of doubts about the methods to take account of the non exploited fractions For reasons of clarity, prefer to maintain wording
of
the stocks
by D3
(juveniles, specific habitats where fisheries do
not
apply, ...). We propose to replace
the text by "Criteria D1C2 ''correspond"
& D1C3 should be build commonly between
D1
& D3"
fa8b346f-1366-49e0-a455-1bd349029d38 D1
28 of 84
13-07-2016 00:27
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0700.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
Under the heading
"Application rules"
, we propose to integrate the sentence
"The status of each species shall be assessed
individually, drawing wherever possible from assessments under Directive 92/43/EEC, Directive 2009/147/EC or Regulation
(EU) No 1380/2013"
with the sentence moved from C2 as it follow:
"The status of each species shall be assessed individually,
drawing wherever possible from assessments under Directive
92/43/EEC, Directive 2009/147/EC or Regulation (EU) No
1380/2013
and taking account of natural variation in population size and the level of mortality derived from D3C4, D8C4 and
D10C3 and
other relevant
pressures."
Under the heading
"Application rules"
, we prorpose to complete the sentence at il follow:
"breeding
sites
distribution map
and range"
With reference to the following text: "For mammals, reptiles and non-commercial fish, criteria D1C1, D1C2, D1C3 and D1C4
correspond
to
'range',
'population' and 'habitat for species' criteria
of Directive 92/43/EEC, it is not clear where demographic
characteristics (D1C3) would fit within the criteria of the Habitats Directive.
correct: "species covered by Annex
IV
of Directive 92/43/EEC" Annex 3 is on habitat not species
We propose to delete the sentence: "All
species in a species groups shall achieve the threshold values set
"
With reference to the text in methodological standards: "All species in a species group shall achieve the threshold values set"
Malta suggests that this text should reflect the possibility to use trends for assessment purpose (in the absence of reference
levels).
Application rules: please add WFD assessments "The
status of each habitat type shall be assessed using wherehever possible
assessments
(such as of sub-types of the broad habitat types) under Directive
92/43/EEC
and Directive 2000/60/EC."
(Note:
Under WFD reference conditions and the boundary good/moderate were defined in the assessment methods for all WFD
biological quality components. These are water-body specific and should be used in coastal waters.)
Delete "both criteria D1C5 and D1C6 should achieve the thresholds value set": this is clearly not realistic for the reasons detailed
above.
D1C6 should be used for both pelagic and benthic habitats. Add: For pelagic habitats, assessments should, in particular, take into
account the assessments under (...) and
Descriptor 7.
Changes in the hydrological regime would affect the structure (diversity)
and functioning of pelagic habitats.
Under the heading
"Application rules"
we propose to delete the sentence
"Both criteria D1C5 and D1C6 shall achieve the
threshold values"
Ok, but it is for a Member State to determine how to assess GES and what criteria are more suitable for
each group
IT
32
Methodological standards
Reference to D3C4, D8C4 and D10C3 added under
methodological standards
IT
32
Methodological standards
The Birds Directive reporting guidance uses 'breeding
distribution map and range"
It covers the criterion 'population' in the HD guidance on
reporting and see also Article 1(i) criteria under Habitats
Directive reads "population dynamics data"
Replaced by "II, IV and V"
Amended
Amended and introduction of an Article on possibility to
use trends until threshold values are established.
MT
FR
IT
MT
32
33
33
33
Methodological standards
Methodological standards
Methodological standards
Methodological standards
DE
35
Methodological standards
Amended
FR
FR
IT
EL
36
36
36
31-33
Methodological standards
Methodological standards
Methodological standards
Methodological standards
Amended
Noted - See comments under D7
Amended
Noted
ES
31-33
Methodological standards
All species in a species group shall achieve the threshold values set ( “one out, all out” principle). Es consideres that this would be
the
ideal situation, but it isn´t real and we would have as a result
a totally failure to fulfill the threshold in all
the
MS, except if
Amended
some data of areas with problems are not considered. Under the point of view to communicate the level of progress to achieve
GES it is not positive, because not all the assessment is really bad (only a part of the results).
As mentioned previously on the sheet "Recitals_Articles", the One-out-all-out principle is not acceptable under
MSFD.
Scale of assessment. We ask to split the region for the Baltic Sea and the Black Sea into region because in the Black Sea
there are
not seals,
turtles, cephalopodes.
The proposed text: for the marine region Black Sea: birds, small toothed cetaceans, pelagic and
demersal fish
It is stated that for species not specified in the "methodological standards" column, the criteria (except D1C2) are only primary if
these
species are under risk becasue of anthropogenic pressure. Guidance
will
be needed
on
how to
to define and assess this
risk.
Noted. Note that the application rules have been
amended.
Amended but please note that elements for criteria read
"if present in the region or subregion"
Noted, intention was to leave some flexibility in that
regard to Member States but could consider guidance if
deemed necessary by MS.
PT
RO
31-33
31-33
Methodological standards
Methodological standards
SE
31-33
Methodological standards
SE
SE
SE
31-33
31-33
31-33
Methodological standards
Methodological standards
Methodological standards
It is stated under application rules, that whenever possible assessments under Directive 92/43/EEC should be used. It needs to be "Criteria" is not used in the Habitats Directive (nor in Birds
u
stated more
clearly that it is the
"assessments of the criteria under Directive 92/43/EEC" that should be used.
Directive and CFP)
It is unclear to us if, and if so how, the qualitative "Future perspectives" under directive 92/43/EEC should be considered under
MSFD
That all species have to be in GES goes much beyond directive 92/43/EEC which does not requires an integrated measure of
overall status.
"Future perspectives" not considered under MSFD
assessment
Application rules have been amended.
fa8b346f-1366-49e0-a455-1bd349029d38 D1
29 of 84
13-07-2016 00:27
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0701.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
If OOAO is applied on the species group level, the suggested species groups are not needed. Alternatively conditional rules could
be applied at
the species
group level, e.g. that a certain
proportion
of the species per species group
must
be in good status
for
Application rules have been amended.
the threshold level
of the
species group to be achieved. Moreover, the currently proposed OOAO application makes it likely that
GES will never
be achieved because of
natural
variability.
Habitats - Are these applicable equally to all habitats types?
Text Addition - ‘Criterion D1C6 should use the assessment made under D6 C1 and D6C2’.
We do not agree with the Application rules that all species in species groups shall achieve the threshold values… This is not
consistent with the approach
currently
being taken in the UK. The UK has targets for birds
and fish require a certain percentage
of
species (e.g. 75%) to be above
thresholds
for certain
indicators. The reason this is not 100% (as this text would require) is
practical and recognises the considerable uncertainty around the indictors and our understanding of what constitutes ‘good’:
f
1. Uncertainty on what values to use as indicator thresholds for ‘good’ status (we are still trying to establish exactly what
‘good’ looks like); 2.
Uncertainty around the pressure-state rel
relationship
for
some
indicators (i.e. we don’t know if
the
indicator is responding totally to anthropogenic factors, or the extent to which other drivers such as climate change are
impacting on the indicator). 3. Uncertainty around the role of other
factors
as the ecosystem recovers from decades of
o
human pressures. As pressure reduces and
the ecosystem recovers, not all
species will necessarily improve in status
because
other ‘natural’ factors will affect them negatively
e.g. increased
predation or competition for resources
from other recovering
species.
yes
We cross-refer to D6C2 and not D6C1 as we do not refer
to pressure criteria, only the impact criteria.
SE
31-33
Methodological standards
Methodological Standards -
Application rules
Methodological Standards -
Application rules
UK
UK
35
35-36
UK
31-33
Methodological Standards
Application Rules
Application rules have been amended.
DE
31-32
DE
31
1) DE has a study reservation on the proposed aggregation of species. For fish and birds the OOAO principle should not apply
Application rules have been amended.
between species but only between species groups.
2) Clarify the role of D3C1, D3C2 and D3C4 within D1. Double assessment of commercially exploited speices under D1 and D3 will We do not expect aggregation between D1 and D3.
lead
to doubled
weight in aggregated assessments across descriptors.
1) Annex number amended
1) Amend "Annex III of" into "Annex II of"
2) seems to contradict previous comment on deletion C1
Methodological Standards,
2) Amend second bullet point: "For birds criteria D1C1 and
D1C2 D1C3
are primary;"
and C4
Primary and secondary criteria
2) Amend third bullet point: "For
commercially-exploited
fish and cephalopods, criteria D1C2 and D1C3 are primary."
3) Noted - under consideration
Methodological Standards,
Application rules
Specifications & methods
Specifications & methods
DK support such additional practical criteria that gives focus to the technical feasibility, monitoring costs and reliable time series. Noted
ok
Application of OOAO does not encourage including additional species or habitats to the assessments and lower number of assessed
species and habitats decreases the level of confidence of the assessment
. Previously we commented: “Application rules: The text
DK
EL
39
38-39
Noted
FI
38-39
Specifications & methods
says that all species/habitats must meet all criteria for GES to be reached. This is too strict for the D1 GES. It partly follows the
Habitats Directive thinking, where all the assessment components need to be favourable in order for the FCS to be reached and this
is done on the species/habitat level. The GES assessment under MSFD is not however made at the species/habitats level but GES is
Application rules have been amended
defined for the entire Descriptor 1. This is an important difference because in the Habitats Directive no 'integrated FCS' is assessed.
Therefore the proposed aggregation rule i.e. the one-out-all-out rule is too strict and it is not realistic to reach GES in any assessment
area. There is also the risk that GES reference levels will be set with a too low ambition level e.g. on a politically motivated basis to
ensure that GES can be reached.
RO
SE
38-39
38-39
Specifications & methods
Specifications & methods
table 2 broad habitat- for pelagic habitat - oceanic - we suggest to add offshore or open sea because in the Black Sea, the Med
Sea there are not oceanic habitats.
The practicability of the suggested benthic habitats list needs to be evaluated. It is still unclear how finer classifications (e.g.
EUNIS level 4 and 5) could be aggregated to the higher levels.
Broad habitat types of the water column (pelagic) and seabed (benthic), including their associated biological communities and
abiotic conditions. The table
is useful list of biota potentially
at risk. However, there
is not in all cases sufficient information to
assess
their status.
Beyond shelf' added to cover this
The broad habitats are directly related to the proposed
EUNIS level 2 classes and therefore the relationship to
level 4 and 5 is clearly specified.
Noted - Member States should focus their efforts in
improving their information base considering the main
risks to the different habitats.
EL
33-34
Table 1
fa8b346f-1366-49e0-a455-1bd349029d38 D1
30 of 84
13-07-2016 00:27
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0702.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
Comment on seabirds
:
Malta points out that it might not
always
be
possible
to compartmentalise “species groups” strictly on the basis of their feeding
habits –
there might be some overlap across feeding habits, such as
“Wading feeders” which would feed on benthic
invertebrates. MT thus requests a clarification vis-à-vis
bird
species that may
potentially
fall
under
different
assessment groups,
possibly not by their feeding habit
but by virtue of their
food source to ensure that species
groups would
be truly representative.
Comment
on marine mammals
:
With
reference to the proposed species groups
for
marine mammals, the distinction
across “toothed whales” may not be
It is for MS to assign species to the most appropriate
adequate. Malta suggests the retention of ‘toothed whales’ as a whole group should it not
be feasible to sub-divide the group
on
group. List was discussed in JRC and ICES workshop.
the basis
of the same characteristic/habit.
Comment on fish
:
Malta deems
that
further qualification of ‘coastal fish’ is
required.
Comment
on cephalopods
:
Malta
suggests the use of demersal
or
benthopelagic cephalopods, since pelagic cephalopods are difficult to sample and most of
the
times are sampled through stomach content analysis rather than directly.
PT requests clarification for "Grazing birds". Please
give
an
example for clarification.
cf OSPAR bird assessment (species allocated to groups).
(e.g. Brent goose)
MT
33-34
Table 1
PT
33
Table 1
PT
37
Table 2
Noted. The habitats to be assessed have to be selected
according to the selection criteria, not all will have to be
monitored only those which are relevant for assessment
From an academic point of view the habitats listed in Table 2 may be appropriate. However, we stress that for Member States
with
high maritime
extension,
the evaluation of all these
habitats could result in extremely high costs, either financial or in terms of key anthropogenic pressure. Reference to
'predominant pressure' also added to cover risk aspects.
of
human resources.
Note also the 'additional practical criteria' which include
monitoring costs.
fa8b346f-1366-49e0-a455-1bd349029d38 D1
31 of 84
13-07-2016 00:27
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0703.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
Member State Page
Section:
- Elements
- Criteria
- Methodological standards
-Specifications & methods
Criteria D2C1
Comment
Response
FR
18
NL
18
Criteria D2C1
DE
EL
18
18
Criteria D2C1
Criteria D2C1 Elements
delete « and where possible eliminated »
As was discussed in OSPAR, assessments of newly introduced species per period will yield a rate of newly introduced species
which probably
will be more useful measure than
only the number of newly introduced species in
relation to a certain year.
Therefore we propose the following:
[1]:
add
‘per
assessment
period (i.e. 6 years)’ after ‘newly introduced’
[2]:
remove
‘2012’
D2C1 should be rephrased: "Trends in new arrivals of non-indigenous
species"
FR did not provide a justification.
Accepted
Current formulation provides a trend
The number of marine introduced species by 2012 is not set/agreed so as to use it as reference level. The missing item here is the 2012 is used as the referebce year because that was the
effect of non-indigenous/invasive species
on
goods and services provided by the ecosystem.
first reporting by MS. Effects are covered under D2C3 but
EL response: 'In the ELNAIS site the list is continually updated
relate to effects on ecosystems as per the descriptor title.
The proportion of the
NIS species group in relation the native ones
or the spatial extent of the broad habitat type which is
adversely altered by nonindigenous species, particularly invasive non-indigenous species.
EL response: 'The diversity of native biota is not accessed for many taxonomic groups. Only for the well known ones e.g
macroalgae, fish for which data is also gathered in the framework of other policies (NATURA, CFP)
definition of 'adversely affectd" based on GES/not GES/ it is a circular reference, which does not work. We should either delete it
or try to define it on a quantitative or objective basis.
As commented before: The assessment of non-indigenous species can be much simplified by reducing the number of criteria.
Criterion
D2C1 is sufficient for a D2 assessment. All others can be omitted.
Assessment
should be done regionally not nationally.
Delete
"Criteria, including threshold values where they exist"
and replace with
"Criteria"
Delete
"Application Rules"
and replace
with
"Indications for assessment"
There are huge discrepancies among countries is setting a reference list for D2C1. In the preliminary list of invasive species of EU
concern there are no
marine species.
We support the proposal to only have D2C1 as a primary criterion. However, in the current "methodological standards" both
criteria 2 and 3 would be automatically triggered for any NIS as the determination if there
is
a "possibility
the species
group or
broad habitat type is at risk" would in fact require the information listed in criteria 2 and 3. Therefore propose
to replace
this
phrase
with "D2C2 and D2C3 are secondary criteria that may be used to complement
D2C1" (same wording as used under D8C2).
The assessment of NIS is in relation to the D1 species
groups rather than NIS groups.
It is for the MS to determine which groups to consider
(D2C3 is secondary criterion)
Amended
C2 and C3 are secondary.
Unclear which criteria this refers to, as scales are different
for C1 and C2
Accepted
Amended to 'Use of crfiteria'
Noted. Assume this reference list refers to 2012 reporting.
MS should make judgement on whether NIS are
contributing significantly to impacts on a species
group/habitat type and thus need to be assessed
EL
19
Criteria D2C3
FR
DE
SE
IT
IT
EL
19
18-20
18-20
18-19
18-19
18-19
Criteria D2C3
General
General
General - Column 2 - Criteria
General - Column 3
Methodological standards
Methodological standards
SE
18-19
Methodological standards
IT
18-19
Methodological standards
It is proposed to delete the following sentence:
"No reference level is set for D2C1. This criterion may be used by Member States
as an environmental target."; and to insert the following sentence: "This criterion shall be used as an environmental target
"Application rules"
should be
and is thus not combined with other criteria under Descriptor 2.";
deleted and substituted by
“Indication for assessment
:
Elements for spatial and temporal aggregation
of data, within the same
Spatial and temporal aggregation of data addressed in Art.
3. Criteria rules altered to 'Use of criteria
criterion and between used criteria, are defined and coherent at subregional and, where applicable , at regional level and
consistent"
;
It is proposed to delete the following
sentence:
"No reference levels threshold values are set for D2C2 and D2C3, as these are
addressed under the relevant species
groups and broad habitat types."
Application rules: We propose to replace ‘species group and broad habitat type’ by ‘species group and/or broad habitat type’
Delete "No
reference level is set for D2C1. This criterion may be used by Member States as an environmental target.
". The
criterion is a GES criterion (i.e. Art. 9), any reference to environmental targets (Art. 10) must and should not be given here (no
longer a strong point, as already changed to
'may').
Accepted
If we exclude reference to targets in the Decision, we could
consider that elimination of new introductions is 'D2 in
GES'.
NL
DE
18-19
18-19
Methodological standards D2C2
Methodological Standards,
Application rules for D2C1
DE
18-19
Methodological Standards, Primary
Rephrase: "D2C2
and D2C3 are secondary criteria,
that may be used to complement D2C1.
" Reason: Current phrasing may lead to Use of primary and secondary criteria clarified, including
and secondary criteria (D2C2 and
compulsory use of these criteria.
link to risk for latter
D2C3)
fa8b346f-1366-49e0-a455-1bd349029d38 D2
32 of 84
13-07-2016 00:27
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0704.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
Ideally, the same scale of assessment should be used by all MS to allow comparison of their reports, and the typology should also
be robust. Therefore, we suggest
the EUNIS
typology
to be used as a uniform measure.
To underline the importance of the management of vectors in relation to D2, we suggest to replace ‘main risk areas’ by ‘main
vectors and risk areas’. (end of last sentence, before units of measurement)
For true invasive species seasonality should not be important. What is important is including alien invasive species among target
species
to be monitored within
NATURA. Also establishment of
national
networks with participation of citizen scientists (target
groups such
as
divers,
conchologists, bathers, fishermen).
Please add "Monitoring
programmes should be linked to those for Descriptors 1 and
6
as well as Descriptors 4 and 5,
where
possible, as they should use the same sampling methods….
"
It is proposed to add the following sentence:
"Adversely altered' means the species group or broad habitat type is not in good
environmental status (for a given location) due to the number of non- indigenous species and/or their abundance within the
natural community."
;
It is proposed to modify the following sentence: "the
proportion (%) of the species type adversely affected per assessment area"
in:
"the proportion (%) of the species
group or of the spatial extent of broad habitat type
adversely affected per assessment
area."
Add additional sentence: ‘It
is necessary to establish regionally coordinated monitoring programmes with constant effort in each
reporting period.
Agree on need for consistency. Broad habitat types is
directly related to EUNIS types.
Amended
Amended
Amended
NL
NL
EL
DE
18-19
19
19-20
19
Methodological standards: D2C2
Specifications & methods
Specifications & methods
Specifications & methods D2C2
IT
20
Specifications & methods D2C3
Amended
DE
19
Specifications & methods for
monitoring and assessment
Noted, but beyond scope of decision
fa8b346f-1366-49e0-a455-1bd349029d38 D2
33 of 84
13-07-2016 00:27
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0705.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
Section:
- Elements
- Criteria
- Methodological standards
-Specifications & methods
Criteria D3C1
Criteria D3C1
Member State
Page
Comment
Response
FR
SE
21
21
D3C1 must be reviewed to ensure consistency with Regulation (EU) No 1380/2013 (article 2(2) and 4 (18) in particular)
The criterion does not correspond to the wording in the Common Fishery Policy. We propose a change in the criterion so that the
wording are in
line with the objectives in the CFP
The term fishing mortality is retained from the previous
Commission Decision
The term fishing mortality is retained from the previous
Commission Decision
UK
21
Criteria D3C1
DRAFTING SUGGESTION: The text of D3C1 states that: ‘The fishing mortality rate (F) of populations of commercially-exploited
species is [at or]
below levels
which can produce the maximum sustainable yield …’. We are very concerned that the words ‘at or’
are currently
in square
brackets. It is
our strong view that the square brackets
themselves should be removed, such that the text
then reads:
‘The fishing mortality rate (F) of populations of commercially-exploited species is at or below levels which can produce
the maximum sustainable yield …’
. In other words, it should be entirely acceptable for F to be at F
MSY
, rather than only below F
MSY
.
Accepted
Our rationale for this argument is
threefold. First, Article 2(2) of the CFP Basic
Regulation states that the ‘the [MSY] exploitation
rate shall
be achieved by 2015 where possible and, on a progressive, incremental
basis at the latest by 2020 for all
stocks’.
Thus
Article
2(2) clearly envisages that achieving FMSY, rather than an F value
below
FMSY, is sufficient. Secondly, the ECD refers to
‘F
values
… equal to
or lower
than FMSY’. Thirdly, the ICES advice of 20 March
2015 (ICES Advice 2015,
Book
1, section 1.6.2.1), when
proposing text for
the
revised co0mmission decision uses the text ‘F values … equal to or lower than FMSY’.
Anadromous fish species like salmon might be more relevant to consider under D1 although they are also commercial fish.
FI
NL
21
21
Criteria D3C1-D3C3
Criteria D3C1-D3C3
Noted, but also anadromous species are covered under CFP.
The adoption of a regulation is inherent to the CFP
regulation. It need not be repeated in the decision.
The criteria elements directly refer to all stocks managed
under the CFP. Art.25 is a management tool of the CFP and
therefore this point is covered.
We think they are consistent. The term spawning stock
biomass is used to ensure consistency with the previous
Commission Decision.
One of the objectives of CFP is to achieve GES by 2020. (CFP -
Art2.5j)
This would contradict wording of CFP Art.2.2
EL
21
Criteria D3C1-D3C3 Elements
D3C1, D3C2 and D3C3 now state "… as established by appropriate scientific bodies in accordance with Article 26 of Regulation (EU)
No
1380/2013". To this should be added "and subsequently layed down in a European Regulation
". : in the end MS determine, not
ICES or
other scientific bodies - this is to increase comparability!
We believe that there is the need to add a reference to Article 25 of the Regulation (EU) No 1380/2013 in order to stress the need
for
compatibility of the assessment
with the requirements and
the rules
adopted for fisheries data collection process
(Council
Regulation EC No 199/2008 and Commission Regulation EC No 665/2008).
D3C2 must be reviewed to ensure consistency with Regulation (EU) No 1380/2013 (article 2(2) and 4 (18) in particular)
D3c2 There is timescale issue due to the recoverability of stocks - we all know for example that the CFP does not require us to
achieve D3C2
(element
or criterion) on Bmsy by 2020 and that many stocks will not reach this point by then. How best can we
reflect
this in
this Descriptor
to
make
it realistic?
DRAFTING SUGGESTION :Regarding D3C2, for logical consistency in reference to the metrics Fmsy and SSBmsy, the criterion should
read :’..is
at
or above biomass levels…’
FR
21
Criteria D3C2
UK
UK
21
21
Criteria D3C2
Criteria D3C2
ES
21
Criteria D3C3
In what concerns D3C3, many discussions have taken place in relation to the convenience of maintaining or removing it from the
Future
Decision.
Finally, the draft text does not only maintain the criteria, but
increases considerably the burden of monitoring to
asses this criteria.
This is due to the fact that, in the section of “specifications and standardized methods for monitoring and
assessment” (section 2.3, page 22), a total of 7 “properties” should be monitored to address this criteria. This means the
maintenance of the previous indicators of the actual decision, and the increase of the number of properties to be monitored. We
Text amended; number of properties reduced.
find not acceptable at all this approach, which will have a clear consequence in the increase of monitoring burden of MS, going
beyond what is already demanded by the Common Fisheries Policy. It also has to be recognized that for many of these “properties”,
the thresholds and reference levels are still to be investigated and defined, so definitely we demand a very much simpler D3C3
criteria
Criterion C3 does not fit
pelagic species
such as herring and sprat. They are regulated through fishing mortality rate (F) and
Criteria may not be applied under justified circumstamces
spawning
stock
biomass
(SSB). We propose to move D3C3 to be a secondary criterion
that would be applied only in cases when
and this may be one of them.
there is no good quality data under C1 or C2.
D3C3 : A scientific workshop is taking place on this issue in Copenhagen between the 14th and 20th of March. French scientists from
Noted
Ifremer will participate to this workshop. France will give its position on this criteria afterwards.
FI
FR
21
21
Criteria D3C3
Criteria D3C3
fa8b346f-1366-49e0-a455-1bd349029d38 D3
34 of 84
13-07-2016 00:27
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0706.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
The indicators proposed under this criterion are awaiting ICES advice and should therefore not be prescriptive yet in the document.
Note that ICES has acknowledged that the scientific process is not complete and has scheduled several workshops and formal ICES Noted, we will adapt text as necessary and appropriate once
advice
for 2016 on the most appropriate
D3.3 indicators, hence any commitment to them prior to the release of
ICES advice is
advice is provided.
premature.
Propose to make D3C3 a secondary criterium: For the CFP SSB and F are monitored and the target is MSY according to the goals of
Regulation 1380/2013. From the perspective of conservation
and sustainability the age/size
distribution can give additional
information
about the status of commercial fish populations. However, this criterium can not be used
to define a threshold values,
because then there would be two different goals for commercial fish: one that targets portection
of small
fish by
trying
to
reach
MSY (D3C1
and D3C2) and one that targets protection of large fish by trying to reach
a certain age/size distribution
(D3C3). These
two goals can be contradictory. Also there is insufficient scientific knowledge about factors that influence the growth of fish. ICEs
therefore states that this indicator needs further work.
"Appropriate values are set for each species or population,
where possible,
within each region or subregion"
Undo deletion and amend as follows: "Member
States shall set, at regional or subregional level, appropriate
threshold values
for
each species."
We believe that the phrase "Member States shall set, at regional or subregional level, appropriate values for each species" should
remain, since such way there is the possibility to adopt the analysis and assessment according to the available data and methods.
We also suggest to add the phrase "...according to available data series and methods" in order to cover all the inadequacies in
available
data.
this criterion is not relevant with D3.
D3 deals with the state of populations of commercially exploited species and not with fisheries
pressure on the whole marine ecosystem (for example, impacts of fisheries on the sea-floor
are taken into account in D6). Incidental
by-catch of birds, mammals, reptiles and non commercially exploited species of fish and cepahlopods could be considered as an
underlying issue in D1C2 and D1C3 with other anthropogenic pressures, in the same way as fisheries pressures on the seabed are
implicitly included in D6C1 p22. Moreover keeping this criterion under D3 could create pb of interpretation when agregating the
criteria at the level of D3.
IE
21
Criteria D3C3
NL
21
Criteria D3C3
Making this secondary ignores a key part of the headline
descriptor. We recognise that further work is needed.
IT
DE
21
21
Criteria D3C3
Criteria D3C4
The text allows for threshold values to be set at the most
appropriate level as is possible.
Accepted
EL
21
Criteria D3C4
Provision in new article 4 considers data aspects
FR
21
Criteria D3C4
D3C4 is included under D3 to assess the impact of the
activity. The results should be used for the assessment of
the corresponding species under Descriptor 1.
IE
21
Criteria D3C4
According to art 25 of CFP, the data collected shall, in
New criteria has been introduced on bycatch of species which was not in the ICES advice. This has monitoring implications, some of
particular enable the assessment of the level of fishing and
which will
be addressed in
the new DCF- EUMAP. The full scope of this monitoring requirement under DCF should be fully
the impact that fishing activities have on the marine
considered.
It could potentially be a big additional burden on the DCF if it were a
“legal requirement” under
MSFD.
biological resources and on the marine ecosystems
The aggregation level stated is metier level. It would entail additional sampling for bycatch species and there are concerns about
how
the data collection can
provide any
estimates
with statistical reliability for rare bycatch events.
There is a need for clarification of the bycatch indicator as it refers to species level, rather than population level- it is unlikely that
the
risk
of species extinction is addressed here- rather that population sizes of the resident species are not significantly affected
by
bycatch. The scale of assessment used as in
D1 should be linked better to this descriptor.
D3C4: We support the proposal to use this criterion, together with D8C4 and D10C3, in the assessment under D1C2 (population
size), so long as the cumulative impact from these three criteria (together with other relevant impacts) forms the basis for any
threshold level
set with respect
to impacts (i.e. the threshold value should be the maximum allowed cumulative
injury/mortality
regardless of
the cause (to be applied we believe under D1C3?)). There might
be room for
improving and
harmonising the text
under these three impact criteria to make the intended purpose clearer.
D3C4 includes the wording "whilst accounting for other pressures" whereas D8C4 and D10C3 does not (it should be removed from
here and
used only under D1C2/D1C3).
Drafting is incomplete.. Meber States should set what ?
This can be considered when MS define the lists per
region/subregion
Noted. D1 scale of assessment is proposed already
IE
21
Criteria D3C4
IE
21
Criteria D3C4
SE
21
Criteria D3C4
Noted
SE
UK
21
21
Criteria D3C4
Criteria D3C4
Accepted
This sentence was deleted
fa8b346f-1366-49e0-a455-1bd349029d38 D3
35 of 84
13-07-2016 00:27
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0707.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
The text in the ‘criteria elements’ column for D3C4 is incorrect.
Article 25(5) of Regulation (EU) No 1380/2013.
is entitled ‘Data
requirements
for fisheries management’ and its paragraph (5) reads as follows:
In close cooperation with the Commission, Member
States shall coordinate their data collection
activities
with other Member States in the same region, and shall make every effort to
coordinate their actions with third countries having sovereignty or jurisdiction over waters in the same region.
It can be seen that
Article 25(5) relates to coordination of Member States’ data collection activities. Therefore the reference to Article 25(5) in the
‘criteria elements’ does not make sense to us and fails to provide an insight into how the lists of relevant species are to be
established.
Replace the criteria element "Commercially-exploited fish and shellfish, including all stocks that are managed under Regulation (EU)
No
1380/2013,
Council
Regulation
(EC) No 1967/2006 and
nationally-important stocks" by "Stocks
that
are managed under
Regulation (EU) No 1380/2013,
for which
fishing
opportunities
are defined
under
Regulation (EU) No
2016/72
and that are
covered
by
Regulation (EC) No 199/2008
(within the geographical
scope of Directive 2008/56/EC)".
The decision can not refer to nationally
important
stocks as the subsidiarity principle does apply for the establishment of national
list of important
stocks by each Member
State.
Change into: "Commercially-exploited fish and shellfish,
i.e. including
all stocks that are managed under …". This reflects the answer
of teh commission on our question on the definition of commercially exploited fish.
UK
21
Criteria D3C4 elements
Text amended to clarify reference to Art. 25(5)
FR
21
Criteria elements
Fishing opportunities are agreed each year (or 2 years for
some stocks).
Reference to national stocks deleted
NL
21
Criteria elements
Still awaiting advice.
UK
22
Criteria Elements
We assume that this text is intended to identify the material scope of D3C1, D3C2 and D3C3. On that basis, D3C1, D3C2 and D3C3
apply to, ‘all'
stocks that are managed under the CFP Basic Regulation. We assume in that this means all stocks for which TACs are
set? Does this mean that the UK, for example, is required to apply D3C1,
D3C2 and D3C3 in respect of all stocks occurring in UK
The criteria apply to the stocks for which there is an
waters for which TACs are set? If so, that would
include
some stocks for which
the UK does not have an obligation to provide
obligation to provide biological sampling data under CFP
biological sampling data under the CFP’s data collection framework. Is that the
intended result? If so, we consider that such a result
would be unnecessarily burdensome and should be suitably qualified.
We appreciate that D3 is included in total in Part A “Pressures and impacts”
A proper definition of "commercial species" is needed.
Overall, there is a
need for DG ENV to communicate with DG MARE
and make sure that what is in the decision is coherent with the
ongoing development of the Data Collection under the CFP and that there will not be data collection requirements emerging for
same issues emerging under two different frameworks.
Noted
Noted. Awaiting advice.
Noted. Principle is to collect once and use many times.
MSFD counts on DCF for the collection of relevant
environmental data
DE
DE
FI
21-23
21-23
21-23
General
General
General
SE
21-23
General
We will have a thourough discussion with our experts about D3 and fish related criteria in other descriptors in the end af March. We
Noted
regret we could not have the discussion in time for this commenting round, but will send the comments as soon as possible and
present them
at the meeting in May, if they are still valid on
the
proposal
presented at that time.
Delete
"Criteria, including threshold values where they exist"
and replace with
"Criteria"
Delete
"Application Rules"
and replace with
"Indications for assessment"
Application rules - DE has a study reservation on the proposed aggregation of species.
Methodological standards : The terms
"reference levels"
must be used instead of the terms "threshold values" to
ensure
consistency with Regulation (EU) No 1380/2013.
Accepted
Amended
Noted
The term threshold values is used for all the descriptors. The
use of other term for D3 would cause unnecessary
confusion
IT
IT
DE
FR
21-22
21-22
21
21
General - Column 2 - Criteria
General - Column 3
Methodological standards
Methodological Standards
Methodological standards
IT
21
Methodological standards
The criterion don't mention any threshold values. The sentence "All
populations (stocks) assessed shall achieve the threshold
values set for each criterion"
should be deleted and substituted by "Elements
for spatial and temporal aggregation of data, within
Application rules changed to Use of criteria and subsequent
text amended
the same criterion and between used criteria, are defined and coherent at subregional and, where applicable, at regional level"
The ‘scale of assessment’ and the ‘application rules’ relate D3C4 to D1. However, it is not clear whether the species of ‘birds,
mammals, reptiles and non-commercially-exploited species of fish and cephalopods’ under D3C4 fall wholly within
those that will be
Reference added to species groups to allow for this situation
considered under D1 or
may include additional species as well.
Due to important gaps in the implementation of DCF in the recent years, indicators cannot be currently estimated. We agree with
point 8 comment reffering to methods of monitoring under Descriptor 3 in according to Council Regulation (EC) No 199/2008.
Noted
UK
22
Methodological Standards
D3C4
Specifications & methods
EL
22-23
fa8b346f-1366-49e0-a455-1bd349029d38 D3
36 of 84
13-07-2016 00:27
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0708.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
Criteria D3C4 point 2.4 should be removed from this section.
Existing data on birds, mammals, reptiles and non-commercial
species of
fosh and cephalopods
mortality rate
from incidental by-catch are limited
and not sufficient to evaluate the levels of
mortality
per species from bycatch.
FR
22-23
Specifications & methods
Future DC-MAP should strengthen data collection needs
fa8b346f-1366-49e0-a455-1bd349029d38 D3
37 of 84
13-07-2016 00:27
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0709.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
Section:
- Elements
- Criteria
- Methodological standards
-Specifications & methods
Criteria
Member State
Page
Comment
Response
DE
39
We
propose
to
declare all criteria as 'secondary' under this
descriptor as they are currently not ready for use to determine GES.
These criteria could require a significant alteration of the current Danish monitoring program, to evaluate all four criteria
regarding trophic guilds. Denmark is unsure if threshold values can be set by MS based on current knowledge.
Please delete this criterion in order to obtain a more streamlined approach. The criterion is not neccesary, since we have D4C1
as primary and D4C2+D4C4 as secondary.
OK
OK
OK
Noted. Proposal tries to strike a balance between primary
and secondary criteria to ensure D4 is examined.
It is expected that D4 criteria would typically be assessed
using data collected for D1, D3 and D6, thus not incurring
specific extra monitoring.
It addresses a key part of the Descriptor 'normal
abundance and diversity'
Noted
Noted
Noted
Acknowledge the scientific complexity, but development
of suitable thresholds will provide a means to use the
criteria to trigger further investigation. There is an Article
which allows thresholds to be set up to 2024 to help in
this situation.
Noted
Adversely affected' has been used across all descriptors
for consistency, as this is the expression in the Descriptor
titles.
DK
DK
EL
EL
EL
39-40
40
39-40
40
39-40
Criteria D4C1-D4C4 Elements
Criteria D4C3
Criteria D4C1-D4C4 Elements
Criteria D4C3
General
EL
39-40
Methodological standards
OK, but there is no sufficient knowledge
on the variability of such indicators to infer reference levels.
EL
40
Specifications & methods
OK
All criteria have seen the change of wording from "significantly altered" to "adversely affected". FI prefers keeping the wording as
“significantly
altered” since “adversely affected” requires a decision on what is adverse
and what is not. Moreover “adversely
affected” does not contain the idea of the magnitude of the change like “significantly altered” does. “Significantly altered” would
have allowed us to use historical data and infer the range of natural fluctuation and that of ”significant alteration” from that. For
"Adversely affected" new approaches would need to be developed.
FI
39-40
Criteria D4C1-D4C4
FR
39-40
Criteria
Threshold values cannot be defined for all food webs indicators, so the wording is not appropriate for D4. Threshold values
can only be defined for indicators reflecting pressure–state relationships but not for surveillance indicators. Reference
conditions
can be set for
surveillance
indicators
but not
threshold values.
See ICES Advice (2015) Book 1, ICES special request
advice, published 20 March 2015 p.26.
"In the absence of strong indicators reflecting pressure–state relationships, Descriptor 4 indicators can be treated as
surveillance indicators (for monitoring change in the food web); see definitions in Section 5 below. [...] ‘Food web surveillance
indicators’ are defined as indicators of aspects of the structure or function of the food web, for which it is either not possible
(through lack of evidence) to define limits based on knowledge of the system or where the link to anthropogenic pressures is
weak or unclear, so direct management actions cannot be prescribed."
Deletion "per species" from the sentence. The size distribution is consider among/within trophic guilds/ or as a whole, even if
the data source is per species.
To be considered under D1 since it is related to biodiversity index calculated in all biodiversity situation. Indicators of this
criteria
should
not be based on trophic guilds
as it it is from an ecosystem point of view.
Acknowledge the scientific complexity, but development
of suitable thresholds will provide a means to use the
criteria to trigger further investigation. There is an Article
which allows thresholds to be set up to 2024 to help in
this situation.
FR
FR
FR
39
40
30
Criteria D4C2
Criteria D4C3
Part B - Intro
Text amended
It is based on trophic guilds; it addresses a key part of the
Descriptor 'normal abundance and diversity'
Addition - "Criteria D2C3, D3C1, D3C2, D3C3, D3C4, D8C2, D8C4 and D10C4 should contribute to the assessment of trophic
Difficult to understand how these criteria would be used
guilds under
Descriptor 4, by providing information on impact of
pressures". D4 is also a cross-cutting descriptor like D1 and D6. in context of D4
The concept of primary/secondary criterion is not relevant for this D, either the criterion is considered within the decision or
not.
Noted. Proposal tries to strike a balance between primary
and secondary criteria to ensure D4 is examined.
FR
39-40
Primary and secondary criteria
fa8b346f-1366-49e0-a455-1bd349029d38 D4
38 of 84
13-07-2016 00:27
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0710.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
The state of scientific knowledge and poor links between food web components and anthropogenic pressure/management has
not been
addressed in Commission proposal. This has an implication
for useful threshold values.
IE
39-40
General
Noted. To be addressed during process of setting
threshold values.
Acknowledge the scientific complexity, but development
of suitable thresholds will provide a means to use the
criteria to trigger further investigation. There is an Article
which allows thresholds to be set up to 2024 to help in
this situation.
Accepted
Amended to 'use of criteria'
D4 provides another check on the state of the ecosystem,
additional to D1 and D6, looking at different metrics. It is
expected that D4 criteria would typically be assessed
using data collected for D1, D3 and D6, thus not incurring
specific extra monitoring.
D4C3 is primary to respect the main requirement of the
descriptor title.
IT
39-40
Criteria D4C1-D4C4
We propose to delete the whole
sentence
"Member States shall establish, at regional or subregional level threshold values"
IT
IT
39-40
39-40
General - Column 2 - Criteria
General - Column 3
Methodological standards
Delete
"Criteria, including threshold values where they exist"
and replace with
"Criteria"
Delete
"Application Rules"
and replace with
"Indications for assessment"
NL
39-40
Criteria D4C1-D4C4
In principle, when D1 an D6 are at GES, D4 should also be at GES. There is litle extra one can do or monitor for D4. Propose
therefore
to make all criteria secondary. Application based on the risk-based
approach: when something seems to be wrong,
they can be used to assess the state of food webs
PL
39-40
Methodological standards
C2, C3, C4 to be secondary.
RO
39-40
General
Acknowledge the scientific complexity, but development
of suitable thresholds will provide a means to use the
We don't agree with threshold values for marine waters and suggest to replace with environemental targets. We should have in
criteria to trigger further investigation. There is an Article
mind the complexity of trophic web and lack of the data.
Maybe this
approach could be adopted
for
3th
cycle of the
which allows thresholds to be set up to 2024 to help in
implementation. The principle one out all out are not suitable for marine waters.
this situation. The one out all out principle is not
proposed for D4.
Scale of assessment. We ask to split the region for the Baltic Sea and the Black Sea into region because in the Black Sea
there
are not seals, turtles, cephalopodes.
The proposed text: for the marine region Black Sea: birds, small toothed cetaceans, pelagic
Seems more relevant to D1
and demersal fish
Acknowledge the scientific complexity, but development
We remain concerned at the divergence from the ICES advice which took the view that these criteria should use surveillance
of suitable thresholds will provide a means to use the
indicators
as
we just don’t have the knowledge yet to define reference
levels
and targets, as required by these new criteria. The
criteria to trigger further investigation. There is an Article
ICES
approach
is
consistent with how we have implemented
D4 in the UK .
which allows thresholds to be set up to 2024 to help in
this situation.
RO
39-40
Methodological standards
UK
39-40
Methodological Standards
fa8b346f-1366-49e0-a455-1bd349029d38 D4
39 of 84
13-07-2016 00:27
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0711.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
Section:
- Elements
- Criteria
- Methodological standards
-Specifications & methods
Criteria
Member State
Page
Comment
Response
SE
3
When referring to values set in Decision 2013/480/EU it needs to be pointed out that it is the boundary between
good
and
moderate
status
that are relevant.
Amended
DK
3
Criteria D5C1
Denmark urges that the wording is changed to: "Nutrient concentrations are at levels that minimise the adverse
eutrophication effects." This will be in accordance with the wording of the descriptor itself. It seems that the
current wording is tightening the meaning of the descriptor.
wording has been amended to "Nutrient
concentrations do not exceed values that
indicate adverse eutrophication effects".
FR
SE
IT
FR
FR
EL
PL
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Criteria D5C1
Criteria D5C1
Criteria D5C1
Criteria D5C1 element
Criteria D5C1 element
Criteria D5C1 Elements
Criteria D5C1 Elements
D5C1: It seems that "level" used in the definition "D5C1: Nutrient concentration are at LEVELS that do not cause
adverse eutrophication effects" means "threshold values". But the level depends on the salinity. So different level
We support the change of the criterion
It is proposed to delete the following sentence:
"Member States
shall establish, at
regional
or subregional level,
these threshold values,
which shall be consistent with levels required to achieve good ecological status under
Directive 2000/60/EC"
A more common abreviation for DIP is
PO4.
Si(OH)4 might be listed
OK. We also agree with the deletion of the phrase 'do not lead to eutrophication effects', since this was very
broad, and can be described by various parameters
the choice of the type and form of nutrients should be left to a country; but all (DIP, TP, DIN, TN) should be listed
in the Decision.
Please amend: "(a)
in the water column of coastal waters, the values set in Decision 2013/480/EU,
and if not
therein contained, those developed at regional or subregional level;"
(a) Mediterranean: decision 2013/480/EU might need to be revised due to completion of MEDGIG phase III and
possible
proposed changes in chl-a threshold concentrations
Chla concentration in the water column : how is it calculated ? is it a mean from
bottom to the surface ?
D5C2: Reference levels of chlorophyll a concentration that are set in Decision 2013/480/EU are in fact set for
coastal waters,
the same that were defined in Directive 2000/60/EC for WFD and seem not appropriate
for shelf
and
ocean pelagic habitats,
beyond
than 1nautical
mile. It
would
be
good
to
emphasize
that the levels should
be
adapted
to the type of pelagic
habitat considered.
This would be better worded if it used the same formulation as per nutrients D5C1 - 'chlorophyll concentration is
at levels that do not cause adverse
eutrophication
effects'
Amended
Noted
Not accepted; MSFD should ensure
coherence with WFD
DIP is the generic term (aligned with DIN)
MS may go further than what is set in the
Decision (depending on risk in their marine
waters)
Noted
Amended - possibility not to consider one to
be agreed at regional level
Cf general article: in case no threshold value
is set, MS shall endeavour to use those
developed at international, regional or
subregional, eg RSC
Noted - any new revised level would
automatically apply under MSFD
Not specified - up to MS to decide on
assessment methods
introduction of a new article specifying that
the threshold values may be subdivision-
specific and should reflect abiotic and biotic
conditions.
Amended into "Chlorophyll a concentrations
do not exceed values that indicate adverse
effects of nutrient enrichment"
DE
3
Criteria D5C2
EL
FR
3
3
Criteria D5C2
Criteria D5C2
FR
3
Criteria D5C2
UK
3
Criteria D5C2
fa8b346f-1366-49e0-a455-1bd349029d38 D5
40 of 84
13-07-2016 00:27
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0712.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
Reference is made to values and levels set in Decision 2013/480/EU. In each case more values or levels are set in
the Decision for the element in question, e.g. one value for the boundary between high and good status and one
value for the boundary between good and moderate status. The wording must be precise, in particular where a
specific value shall not be exceeded.
DK
3-5
Criteria D5C2, D5C4, D5C5,
D5C6, D5C7, D5C9
Amended
EL
3
Criteria D5C3
Thresholds not set by all MSs at regional -subregional. Some national. In addition, we find the description too
general. Water transparency can be measured by Secchi disk (representing the full optical spectrum) and then
provided in m, in which case the measurements need correction for solar declination, cloud coverage, etc., but also Awaiting advice
can be measured by either scatterometers or light transmissometers, in which case the measurements are
functions of emitted light, and the transparency is expressed as light attenuation coeffecient in 1/m.
It would be better to maintain the word “transparency", which is really measured in the flied campaigns. We
understand
that clarity is determined by the concentration of substances dissolved in water,
meanwhile
transparency
is determined by
substances dissolved
and in suspension in water that attenuate the light
introduction into
the water.
So in coherence with the previous version of the COM DEC revision V1, we would like
to suggest the maintenance of the word transparency
D5C3 «
Transparency
» is used in the WFD, better use it than « clarity » for the sake of harmonisation.
Regional level : it is impossible to define a regional level for transparency when they are river discharges
(‘panaches’), as we cannot distinguish between the part due to phytoplancton and the part due to natural
turbidity.
Since "transparency" is the word used in the WFD it may be better to stick to that,
instead of changing to clarity.
It is proposed to use the term
"transparency"
instead of
"clarity"
ES
3
Criteria D5C3
Amended back to transparency
FR
3
Criteria D5C3
FR
3
Criteria D5C3
Amended back to transparency
introduction of a new article specifying that
the threshold values may be subdivision-
specific and should reflect abiotic and biotic
conditions. Under WFD you may use national
values.
Amended back to transparency
Amended back to transparency
Introduction of a new article specifying that
the threshold values may be subdivision-
specific and should reflect abiotic and biotic
conditions.
An article specifying that national values may
be used until regional values are set has also
been introduced.
introduction of a new article specifying that
the threshold values may be subdivision-
specific and should reflect abiotic and biotic
conditions.
Biomass is addressed under D5C2
Clarified which threshold values are referred
to under specifications (moderate good
boundary)
Meaning not altered, phytoplankton listed
under criteria elements.
SE
IT
3
3
Criteria D5C3
Criteria D5C3 elements and
criteria
EL
3
Criteria D5C4
Thresholds not set by all MSs at regional -subregional. Some national
FR
3
Criteria D5C4
DE
DE
4
4
Criteria D5C5
Criteria D5C5
D5C4: Reference levels determining at what cell abundance a bloom can be defined, that are set in Decision
2013/480/EU are
in fact set for coastal waters, the same that were
defined in Directive
2000/60/EC for WFD and
seem not appropriate for shelf and ocean pelagic habitats, beyond than
1 nautical mile. It would
be good to
emphasize
that the
levels
should
be adapted to the type of pelagic habitat considered and also to the
phytoplankton species or group considered.
Please amend: "Changes
in phytoplankton species composition
,
biomass
and relative
abundance…
"
Please amend:
"a) in coastal waters,
any
levels set in Decision 2013/480/EU"
The sentence has been changed from "Changes in phytoplankton species composition…" to "Changes in species
composition…" Does this change mean that the each member state can assess which species composition is
changed due to nutrient enrichment?
DK
4
Criteria D5C5
fa8b346f-1366-49e0-a455-1bd349029d38 D5
41 of 84
13-07-2016 00:27
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0713.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
Introduction of a new article specifying that
the threshold values may be subdivision-
specific and should reflect abiotic and biotic
conditions.
An article specifying that national values may
be used until regional values are set has also
been introduced.
introduction of a new article specifying that
the threshold values may be subdivision-
specific and should reflect abiotic and biotic
conditions.
Most phytoplankton can be identified up to
species level; Species composition may
encompass other taxonomic groupings
where appropriate.
EL
4
Criteria D5C5
Some national. D5C5: Assumming that the consistency with Directive 2000/60/EC includes the comparison to
undisturbed conditions, thus incorporating the natural variability of the parameters,
we find
the wording sufficient.
Thresholds not
set by
all MSs at regional -subregional.
FR
4
Criteria D5C5
reference levels of change in community composition, that would be set in Decision 2013/480/EU are in fact set for
coastal waters, the same that would have been defined in Directive 2000/60/EC for WFD. The criteria should really
need to be adapted to the type of pelagic habitat considered, beyond 1 nautical mile.
D5C5:
consider
groups or taxa rather than species.
Methodological standards and standardised method are
mostly based on microscopy techniques (Utermohl method) to define phytoplankton composition and
abundance
and it is not so frequent to be able to identify phytoplankton up to the species level.
FR
4
Criteria D5C5
IT
4
Criteria D5C5
It is proposed to modify the following sentence:
"Changes in
species composition and relative abundance due to
Species composition may encompass other
nutrient enrichment
do not exceed...."
in
"Changes in
taxonomical
composition
of community
and relative abundance due to nutrient enrichment do
taxonomic groupings where appropriate.
not exceed....."
The criterion is secondary but we should be aware of that we do not have very much experience on linking species
composition to nutrient enrichment. The criterion should also together with other secondary criterion under D5
contribute so the assessement of criterion D1C6 for pelagic habitats. Maybe a criterion on changes in species
composition
fits better in descriptor 1 where it is not exclusively linked to the
pressure
from nutrients.
The levels
set in 2013/480/EU are not very helpful since, as far as we understood, only
three MS (Germany,
Denmark and Poland) have intercalibrated phytoplankton related to species composition. Other countries have
only intercalibrated phytoplankton biomass (as chlorophyll)
In most criteria the "elements" are repeated in the criterion. Thus "phytoplankton" and "macroinvertebrate
communities" need to be included in the criteria.
Please amend: “Changes
in
the
abundance and/or
biomass of opportunistic macroalgae
” (the biomass is often not
quantified)
Denmark monitors the abundance of opportunistic macroalgae as required in the previous GES decision. This is in
the revised GES decision suggested to be changed to "biomass of opportunistic macroalgae". Denmark urges that
this is changed back to 'abundance' or coverage.
This criteria should be made secondary, also for coastal waters. Under the WFD there are application rules, not all
of
the
criteria
have to be applied in coastal waters.
Only EQR levels are set in the 2013/480/EU and only for ecotype NEA1, which means that the criterion is not
applicable in coastal waters other than NEA1. We believe it is changes in the proportion of opportunistic
macroalgae that are of interest and not biomass per se. We propose another formulation that would be "Changes
in
the relative biomass of opportunistic macroalgae in coastal waters, due to nutrient enrichment,
do not exceed
levels
set
in Decision 2013/480/EU or otherwise regionally agreed".
Also in the
second
paragraph
of the criterion "abundance" needs to be replaced
by "relative biomass".
SE
4
Criteria D5C5
Included for consistency reasons with WFD,
however as a secondary criteria its use is
determined at the regional or subregional
level.
SE
DE
DK
4-5
4
4
Criteria D5C5 and D5C9
Criteria D5C6
Criteria D5C6
Aligned C5 and C9, expressed in elements
only.
Amended
Amended
It's implicit that its application would be as
for WFD (only where opportunistic
macroalgae grows)
Changes in abundance of opportunistic
macroalgae are a reflection of their
proportion in the area.
Re-biomass: abundance re-introduced
following comments from DK and DE
NL
4
Criteria D5C6
SE
4
Criteria D5C6
fa8b346f-1366-49e0-a455-1bd349029d38 D5
42 of 84
13-07-2016 00:27
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0714.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
The use of
opportunistic macroalgae
as a separate primary criterion (D5C6) is not appropriate as it is not mandatory
under the WFD. D5C6 should be combined with D5C7 (perennial macrophytes). This can be done two ways: (1) by
Criteria retained to follow 2010 Decision and
merging the criteria and mentioning the opportunistic algae as an element or (2) by making D5C6 as a secondary
JRC D5 workshop proposal.
criterion in coastal waters. In addition, it would be appropriate to be able to apply abundance, biomass as well as
depth distribution to the "combined C6+C7".
FI
4
Criteria D5C6 and D5C7
DE
4
Criteria D5C7
Please amend "Should
this criterion be relevant for waters beyond coastal waters, changes in the abundance
or
depth distribution
of perennial seaweeds and seagrasses…
"
D5C7 Abundance of perrenial seaweeds and seagrasses (e.g. fucoids, eelgrass and Neptune grass) adversely
impacted by decrease in water transparency - eutrophication effects could be more than just due to water
transparency? North-East Atlantic tools don’t measure this as a pressure. Furthermore, it will be difficult to apply
in
Irish
waters due to greater natural variability in water transparency due to greater tidal range, exposure, etc…
The intercalibration Decision (2013/480/EU) referred to in D5 is incomplete and has many gaps – for example,
there are no threshold values
available for chlorophyll for North East Atlantic
waters as this element
is
still going
through the intercalibration process. Is it likely that a new intercalibration decision will
be required
when the
intercalibration approach is complete. A level of flexability will be required in this wording
to
maintain the link to
the WFD work processes.
Amended
IE
4
Criteria D5C7
Amended to broaden link to other effects
IE
4
Criteria D5C7/General
Decision refers to 2013 WFD Decision and
thus to any future amendments of it
DE
4-5
Criteria D5C8
Please amend: "Changes
in dissolved oxygen concentration, due to increased organic matter decomposition, do not
Amended
lead to adverse effects on seabed habitats
, benthic invertebrates, demersal fish
or other eutrophication effects"
Denmark urges that the sentence is changed to: "Changes in dissolved oxygen concentration, due to increased
organic matter decomposition is kept minimised to minimise the adverse effects on seabed habitats or other
eutrophication effects." This is proposed in order to be true to the wording in the descriptor.
Should it be mentioned that all measurements should be field calibrated
via the Winkler method?
D5C8: Oxygen concentration should as well be measured through the entire water column
in order to identify
oxygen gradient from the surface to the bottom. Indeed, even if the bottom concentration is above the threshold
value, the surface vs bottom gradient could indicate a potential problem of desoxygenation.
It is proposed to delete the following sentence:
"Member States shall establish, at regional or subregional level,
these
threshold values,
which shall be consistent with those of Directive 2000/60/EC. "
The criteria are assessed on the basis of
specified threshold values (e.g. as set in the
RSC). The overall objective for D5 is to
minimise the eutrophication effects across
all criteria.
Decision has overall not gone into this level
of detail per parameter
FR could consider this aspect, but current
RSC practices focus only on bottom
concentration
Not accepted; MSFD should ensure
coherence with WFD
DK
4-5
Criteria D5C8
EL
4-5
Criteria D5C8
FR
4-5
Criteria D5C8
IT
4-5
Criteria D5C8
SE
4-5
Criteria D5C8
Are we expected to limit all organic matter loads, or only those resulting from anthropogenic activities. We expect
Possible amendment added 'nutrient
increased organic matter decomposition due to increased organic carbon loads resulting from climate change.
enrichmnet' instead of 'increased organic
Recommend to ament the criterion
to "Changes
in dissolved oxygen
concentration resulting
from
excessive
matter enrichment'
nutrient loads do
not lead
to
adverse effects on seabed habitats or other eutrophication effects".
Biomass is a type of abundance
measurement; what is important is the
relative abundance of the speciesin the
community.
DE
5
Criteria D5C9
Please amend "D5C9:
Changes in the typical species composition,
biomass
and
relative
abundance…
"
fa8b346f-1366-49e0-a455-1bd349029d38 D5
43 of 84
13-07-2016 00:27
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0715.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
The criterion is relevent to D5 and its
assessment is specifically linked to nutrient
enrichment. Other types of effects on the
benthos are addressed under other
descriptors
DK
5
Criteria D5C9
D5C9: “Changes in the typical species composition and relative abundance…”: Nutrients are not the only possible
cause for such changes, there could be other causes, so how is this to be assessed? DK suggest this criterion
deleted. The topic is covered by D1 and D4.
NL
5
Criteria D5C9
The phrase 'typical species' is introduced here, without any explanation. Typical species is a phrase that is also
being used under the Habitat Directive and thus has a legal
status. Moreover,
also OSPAR is working on typical
'typical' deleted, as the link to typical state is
species, and uses a different definition from the HD. This causes a lot of confusion. We propose, tehrefore, not to relevant to many criteria, and addressed in
use this phrase, but rather return to the original text "benthic invertebrate communities" . This seems more logical, the articles
because
a link is being
made to the WFD, where
MMI is used to determine this.
The revision has much improved this descriptor. Compared to the old Commission Decision D5 is now very consise,
Noted
simplified and much clearer, so that the revision has achieved its aim.
The criteria refer explicitly to WFD criteria
The criteria and methodological standards of coastal waters Descriptor D5 is not in accordance with article 3(1b), and thresholds, in order to ensure WFD
assessments are reused for MSFD purposes.
which states that particular aspects of the environmental status of the marine environment is not covered by
MSFD, if it is already covered by WFD, e.g. eutrophication. Therefore, DK propose that assessments under WFD can Because WFD assessment are of 'ecological'
be used, if the MS finds it appropriate. All criteria for coastal waters should be secondary and should only be used, staus and thus broader than eutrophication,
if MS does not use the WFD assessments.
it is necessary to specify which aspects of
WFD assessments are relevant to D5
The criteria refer explicitly to WFD criteria
and thresholds, in order to ensure WFD
Ok. In addition the assessment of eutrophication in coastal waters is covered by the WFD, thus it is not necessary
assessments are reused for MSFD purposes.
to set any GES criterion which relates to WFD and the Decision 2013/480/EU. However, due to the particularities
Because WFD assessment are of 'ecological'
of
the nutrient cycle and the correlation of nutrients and their impacts on the ecolocigal health of the ecosystem
staus and thus broader than eutrophication,
special
attention
should be paid
to the
characterisation of the ecosystem and its classification into WFD categories.
it is necessary to specify which aspects of
WFD assessments are relevant to D5
Application rules: All criteria used shall achieve threshold values set. – This language, used throughout, indicates
Application rules changed and
that the threshold
is a target and not a limit. The language should be changed to – does not
exceed-. Otherwise,
accommodates methods defined at regional
for example D5, it implies, that we would have to add nutrients to our waters to achieve the threshold values,
or subregional level
which
I think
goes against
the
spirit of the Directive!
In principle, we would concur that, where appropriate, existing EU standards should be used. And this is in effect
what
was done for descriptor
5, in that we made direct links to the biological assessment methods that Ireland had
developed under the Water Framework Directive. However, it must be recognised that these methods were
specifically designed to respond to the pressures relevant to the WFD and their use for other MSFD descriptors
may be limited or
inappropriate. For example, under Descriptor 6, criterion D6C2, states that member
states shall
establish…threshold
values…which are aligned to the benthic biological quality elements used under
the Water
Framework Directive. The benthic indicators developed under the WFD where primarily designed to respond to
organic
enrichment and not physical disturbance so any change in the character of these elements is very likely to
be
due to organic
enrichment and not physical disturbance.
DE
3-5
General
DK
3-5
General
EL
3-5
General
IE
3-5
General
IE
3-5
General
Benthic indicators need to respond to
specific pressures, as each pressure can have
different effects on the community. Thus the
D5 indicastors (e.g. MMI, IQI) may need to
be different to those for D6, but the
threshold values set should be consistent.
IE
3-5
General
We would prefer if the reference to chlorophyll a reverted to just chlorophyll (as was the case in the original
Decision). Not sure there is a need to be that specific. In reality very few countries measure only chlorophyll a, but Noted
rather
a matrix
of different pigments that are reported as chlorophyll a.
fa8b346f-1366-49e0-a455-1bd349029d38 D5
44 of 84
13-07-2016 00:27
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0716.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
JRC advice that this parameter is not
sufficiently relaible in all regions to retain.
MS are free to add this if appropriate to their
waters
IE
3-5
General
We are disappointed that the criterion on nutrient ratios has been removed. This is a useful indicator of nutrient
disturbance which is easy to apply
IE
3-5
General
PL
3-5
General
In terms of combining the various criteria together Ireland is planning to use the OSPAR RSC Common procedure
Application rules changed and
for assessing
the
eutrophication status of the OSPAR maritime area.
This requires, that in addition
to nutrient
accommodates methods defined at regional
enrichment,
that a direct
or indirect effect of eutrophication
occurs
before an area can be
classed
as a problem
area. So it effect this applies a weight of evidence approach, which is acceptable if the process is well understood, or subregional level
as is the case with eutrophication.
Application rules changed and
Poland is in general against "one out all out" principle. Methodological standards ane rules should determine
accommodates methods defined at regional
agregation principles itself by region.
or subregional level
The criteria refer explicitly to WFD criteria
and thresholds, in order to ensure WFD
assessments are reused for MSFD purposes.
Because WFD assessment are of 'ecological'
staus and thus broader than eutrophication,
it is necessary to specify which aspects of
WFD assessments are relevant to D5
It means MSFD thresholds outside coastal
waters should be consistent with those of
WFD in coaqstal waters, not necessarily
identical.
PT
3-5
General
The "criteria elements" already adressed in the WFD should not be considered in this descriptor in the coastal
waters (article 3(1)).
PT
3-5
General
Portugal requests clarification on: "Member States shall establish, at regional or subregional level, these
threshold
values,
which
shall be
consistent with levels required
to achieve good ecological
status
under Directive 2000/60/EC". Does this means that the threshold
values stablished under
MSFD should be the
same as the ones
stablished
for WFD?
PT
3-5
General
The criteria refer explicitly to WFD criteria
and thresholds, in order to ensure WFD
assessments are reused for MSFD purposes.
Coastal waters are covered by the WFD and there is no need to specify GES criterion covered by the WFD in coastal
Because WFD assessment are of 'ecological'
waters. Thus the references to the
Decision
2013/480/EU
(results of
the intercalibration) is
unnecessary.
staus and thus broader than eutrophication,
it is necessary to specify which aspects of
WFD assessments are relevant to D5
criteria Elements - our suggestion is to replace clarity with transparency. For instance in the Black Sea the
transparency is measured using Secchi depth. Clarity contains parameters as transparency, turbidity. and/or total
suspended solids.
Delete
"Criteria, including threshold values where they exist"
and replace with
"Criteria"
Delete
"Application Rules"
and replace
with
"Indications for assessment"
Heading should be amended: "Criteria,
including threshold values
where they exist
", or
"Criteria
, including and
threshold values
where they exist
". Reason: In some cases, a reference to necessary development is given, hence
where they do not exist they are to be developed. Proposal valid for whole Annex.
Amended
Amended
Amnded to 'use of criteria'
RO
IT
IT
3-5
3-5
3-5
General
General - Column 2 - Criteria
General - Column 3
Methodological standards
General, Criteria
DE
3-5
Amended
fa8b346f-1366-49e0-a455-1bd349029d38 D5
45 of 84
13-07-2016 00:27
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0717.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
Primary criteria. We agree with the proposed primary and secondary criteria but the current text is not sufficiently
clear. We therefore propose the following editorially revised text: "Criteria
D5C1 (nutrients), D5C2 (chlorophyll)
and
D5C8 (oxygen)
are primary criteria in all marine waters (including coastal waters). The remaining criteria are
secondary
criteria with the exception of coastal waters where D5C6 (opp. macroalgae),
D5C7 (perennial
Text amended to improve clarity
seaweeds/seagrasses)
and D5C9 (benthic invertebrates) are also primary
criteria. The secondary criteria can be
used as follows: D5C9 (benthic invertebrates) may substitute D5C8 (oxygen); D5C3 (water clarity), D5C4
(nuisance/toxic
bloom events) and/or D5C5
(phytoplankton species/abundance)
may be used to complement
D5C2.
The use of
the secondary
criteria shall
be agreed at regional or subregional level."
Scales of assessment. Retain deleted text "…divided
where needed by national borders
and/or at the 12 nautical
mile limit of territorial waters
". Reason: An additional division at the 12 nm border may in some cases be useful -
therefore please include it at least as optional.
Application rules: OOAO between
all
criteria will in effect prevent MS to use more than the primary criteria for
the assessment and which will not enable the use of an intergrated asessment tool
(such as HELCOM HEAT). As a
compromise we propose the following application rule: "All
primary criteria used, or their substituting secondary
criteria, shall achieve the threshold values set; or, if secondary criteria
are used to complement the primary
criteria, the secondary criteria and their complementing primary criterion shall together as a group achieve their
combined threshold values. In coastal waters the primary criteria D5C6
and D5C7 may be assessed as a
combined criterion to align with Directive 2000/60/EC".
Accepted
DE
3
Methodological standards
DE
3
Methodological standards
DE
3-5
Methodological standards
Application rules changed and
accommodates methods defined at regional
or subregional level
DK
3
Methodological standards
Criteria D5C9 is in the second version of the GES decision changed from a secondary to a primary criteria. Denmark D5C9 is already secondary beyond coastal
wants the criteria D5C9 to be changed back to a secondary criteria instead of, as now suggested, a primary criteria. waters
"The use of the secondary criteria shall be agreed at regional or subregional level." DK suggest that "shall" is
replaced by "should". Furthermore, this is only relevant for areas outside coastal waters, hence this should be
added. Denmark does not agree that the criteria shall be agreed at regional or subregional level in coastal waters.
Noted, regional agreement is needed in
accordance with Art 5(2)
DK
4
Methodological standards
EL
3-5
Methodological standards
OK. It is mentioned that ground-truthing for the EIA-hydrodynamical model resulrs will take place via
measurements.
The temporal coverage of the measurements should be added (i.e., covering
at least the seasonal
Noted
cycle).
It remains quite vague when secondary criteria can substitute the associated primary criterion
and whether
MSs
are entitled to do so on a permanent basis. So generally we agree with the proposed
rephrasing.
Our proposal
for alteration under Methodological standards is: Under “Methodological standards”, change “All criteria used
shall achieve the threshold values set.” to: “All primary criteria used, or their substituting secondary criteria, shall achieve the
threshold values set; or, if secondary criteria are used to reinforce the primary criteria, THE SECONDARY CRITERIA AND
THE REINFORCED PRIMARY CRITERION shall together as a group achieve their combined threshold values."
FI
4
Methodological standards
Application rules changed and
accommodates methods defined at regional
or subregional level
FI
3-5
Methodological standards
Finland's previous suggestion on the
aggregation rules
for D5 was not followed – instead CION noted that the issue
should be considered. Use of OOAO as it is now proposed
discourages
the use of any complementary secondary
criteria since each one of them increases the risk of failure of GES. Use of a lower number of criteria diminishes
Application rules changed and
confidence levels of assessment results. Finland is worried that the good work in the Baltic for the HEAT tool will not
accommodates methods defined at regional
be
taken into account and further encouraged by the proposed Decision.
Therefore, we again propose an approach
or subregional level
where
the application rule will be changed in such a manner that if secondary criteria are used to complement
primary
criteria those criteria together, combined in a manner to
be agreed by Member States
within the region,
should reach
the
threshold level.
FR
4
Methodological standards
No introduction of "One Out All Out" approach. This will have consequences for the selection of criteria
(primary/secondary) if only
one is needed to move
down the water quality status.
Application rules changed and
accommodates methods defined at regional
or subregional level
fa8b346f-1366-49e0-a455-1bd349029d38 D5
46 of 84
13-07-2016 00:27
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0718.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
"Application rules: All criteria used shall achieve the threshold values set. "
should be deleted and substituted by
Application rules changed and
“Indication
for assessment: Elements for spatial and temporal aggregation of data, within the
same criterion
and
between
used criteria, are defined and
coherent
at subregional and , where applicable , at regional level and
accommodates methods defined at regional
or subregional
level
consistent with
those
Directive 2000/60/EC."
Malta welcomes the revised text in in the specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and assessment
(stating that monitoring beyond coastal waters under the Descriptor 5 criteria may not be necessary in cases
where the threshold values are achieved in coastal waters). However, this might not fully address
Malta's
concerns. In
Malta's view the application of primary criteria D5C1, D5C2 and D5C8 beyond
coastal waters should
Addressed through Article on risk
be based on a risk-based approach in relation to potential sources of nutrients beyond coastal waters, indpendent
of
the
fact
that threshold values are achieved or otherwise in coastal waters. Could
the application of such a risk-
based approach be made clear in the revised Commission Decision? or would this be covered by Recital 15?
Application rule. We do not agree with the application rule, which equals 'One out all out'. The OOAO principle can
only
be used in circumstances where it is absolutely clear that all criteria used are only dependent on eutrofication.
That
is not the case here. Even under the WFD people are thinking right now about a different application
rule,
Application rules changed and
because
OOAO is too much of a simplification and does not show progress.
Hence, if the colour always turns red, accommodates methods defined at regional
no
matter how many measures you take, and now matter how good progress you make, probably
because one
or subregional level
substance that you can't do anything more about, you lose the political will to take any more measures for the
other
substances.Propose
to delete
this application rule.
Elimination of the criterias in the eutrophication assessment and the transition to assess only by indicators, which
proposes a revised decision of the Commission, leads to a situation that a single indicator, eg. Nitrogen or
Application rules changed and
phosphorus, or the index of the state of macrophytes, will decide the outcome of the assessment. This contradicts
accommodates methods defined at regional
the principles
of
integration. There is also an additional aspect - if we accept the principle of evaluation by the
or subregional level
state of
the lowest single indicator, all the next assessment
will not
be compared with the already made
IAs.
Poland lose at this point the reference point for the initial assessment of marine waters.
Concerning the application rules, and as already mentioned on the sheet "Recitals_Articles", Portugal desagrees
with
the application of "One-out-all-out principle", for the reason
mentioned.
Application rules changed and
accommodates methods defined at regional
or subregional level
IT
4
Methodological standards
MT
Methodological standards
NL
4
Methodological standards
PL
3-5
Methodological standards
PT
4
Methodological standards
SE
4
Methodological standards
SE
4
Methodological standards
"D5C3, D5C4 or D5C5 may be used to complement the primary criterion D5C2". The text implies using e.g. harmful
There is no implication that HAB is
algal bloom
events
as a direct effect of nutrient enrichment (complementing Chl a) rather than as an indirect effect
considered as a direct or indirect effect.
of
nutrient
enrichment.
The text
needs amendment.
Application rules changed and
We see a problem with the application rule, as previously pointed out by Finland, since the rule do not encompass
accommodates methods defined at regional
evaluation
tools
such as HEAT, which is used in The Baltic .
or subregional level
WFD assessments across all quality elements
Primary and secondary criteria text relating to D5C6/7/9. Does this text imply an expectation that there will be an are broader than an MSFD assessment for
MSFD assessment of eutrophication in coastal waters as well as a WFD assessment of ecological
status
affected by D5. The Decision aims to fully reuse the
relevant WFD quality elements and
nutrients.
assessments for MSFD purposes
UK
3
Methodological standards
fa8b346f-1366-49e0-a455-1bd349029d38 D5
47 of 84
13-07-2016 00:27
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0719.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
UK
3
Methodological Standards
Application rules. The approach to assessment needs to be suited to the descriptor and a rounded weight-of-
evidence approach is more suitable for eutrophication than a OOAO regime. This would ensure an approach in
line with ECJ rulings on how the definition of eutrophication is to be applied in assessing waters. It would also be in
line with internationally accepted approaches to assessing marine eutrophication such as the OSPAR COMP. Use of
OOAO is likely to lead to a focus on nutrient thresholds and the presentational challenges associated with basing
and
reporting assessments of GES on this one parameter or other single parameters, particularly for waters where
nutrients fail but there is no ecological problem. This aspect of OOAO is now a recognised concern
in
WFD, as it
masks progress
towards good status and make it look as if measures are ineffective. Eutrophication is an
ecological health issue and cannot be diagnosed by looking only at the causal aspects of the phenomenon without
Application rules changed and
considering impacts. We cannot pretend that the links between nutrients and their effects are not noisy and that
accommodates methods defined at regional
all
that is needed to diagnose eutrophication is a nutrient threshold; if that were true then why
has there been
or subregional level
several decades of international/national
work to develop more complex regimes for this purpose?
It makes more
sense to adopt a regime that is closer to that already defined for marine
waters (e.g. OSPAR COMP) than one
developed for much wider
purposes for fresh, estuarine and coastal waters most of which are outside the
scope of
MSFD.
The original
decision rightly recognises that “the assessment needs to combine information on nutrient
levels
and
on
a range of those primary effects and of secondary effects which are ecologically relevant , taking
into
account relevant temporal scales”. So it is clearly about more than just nutrient levels or other single aspects of
the whole. It also sets out a need to “take into account” the WFD assessment and to “take
into consideration”
the
RSC approaches and knowledge/information. It does not say follow the letter of WFD and
ignore the
understanding from OSPAR.
Application rules. This is not consistent with achieving GES at sub-regional level, and is inconsistent with the way
that eutrophication is assessed in EC Directives and
Regional Seas Conventions. Suggest that the application
rule Application rules changed and
accommodates methods defined at regional
for eutrophication is along the lines of: "application rules should be those used for the assessment of
Eutrophication
status
in the relevant EC Directives which address eutrophication ( WFD, Nitrates and UWWTD) for or subregional level
coastal waters,
and the regional Sea Conventions for Marine waters.
Delete new insertion "Monitoring beyond coastal waters under the Descriptor 5 may not …"
Reason: This only applies where riverine nutrient inputs are the only source of eutrophication effects. It is likely
that offshore waters are influenced by transboundary transport and atmospheric
nitrogen
deposition that might
also
lead to eutrophication effects. For the regional nutrient management and the
deduction of regional measures
it
is important to get a picture of the overall
nutrient budget in the whole region, even in cases where the
threshold
values
are already achieved in some coastal waters. We propose complete deletion of the sentence. Of Text amended to reflect concerns
course it
might be appropriate to monitor less often
in offshore
waters but this is already achieved
e.g. by applying
a screening procedure in OSPAR. We propose to use instead the original text from the
old
Commission Decision
that relates to this screening procedure. “Based
on a screening procedure, risk- based considerations may be
taken into account to
assess eutrophication
in an efficient manner”.
This was also the opinion of the D5 expert
workshop.
Units for measurement Please amend: "D5C1
Nutrient concentrations in
milligrams or
micrograms per litre"
Units for measurement Please amend: "D5C5
abundance o phytoplankton species in cell number per litre"
OK
It is easy to convert milligrams to
micrograms; therefore both optionsa re not
needed.
Amended
Noted
UK
3
Methodological standards
DE
5
Specifications & methods
DE
DE
EL
5
5
5
Specifications & methods
Specifications & methods
Specifications & methods
fa8b346f-1366-49e0-a455-1bd349029d38 D5
48 of 84
13-07-2016 00:27
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0720.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
Addition to specifications of "Monitoring beyond coastal waters under the Descriptor 5 criteria may not be necessary
in cases where the threshold values are achieved in coastal waters." is problematic in the Baltic Sea, where
Amended to address this issue
eutrophication in the open sea may be more severe than in the coastal waters.
This could be solved by adding to
the end…”and where eutrophication is not a problem beyond coastal waters”.
FI
5
Specifications & methods
FR
5
Specifications & methods
Criteria D5C3. Units of measurement for the criteria :
reference to metres for D5C3 implies one methodology =
Secchi Depth, which is not a methodological standard nor a standardised method : there is a too big bias with
Secchi. On the
contrary,
turbidity could be used,
based
on
an ISO standard
ISO 7027.
Units of measurement for the criteria : please
check if micrograms per litre is the official unit
for nutrient
concentration, as it implies possible bias : are we measuring the ion or the element ? For ex, for NO3, mg/l could
refer to the weigh of N or the weigh of NO3,
Most
of the results for marine waters are expressed using micromole per litre.
It remains quite vague when primary and secondary criteria should be used.
It is not possible to systematically
substitute criteria since they do not considered the same aspect
- How can a
criteria
devoted to macrophytes should be substitute by
a criteria related to phytoplankton species
?
It is proposed to modify the following sentence:
"Monitoring beyond coastal waters under the Descriptor 5
criteria
may not be necessary in cases where the threshold values are achieved in coastal waters."
in
"Monitoring beyond coastal waters under the Descriptor 5 criteria may not be necessary in cases where the
enviromental targets
are achieved in coastal waters."
Units of measurement
for the
criteria D5C3. It is proposed to use
the term
"transparency"
instead of
"clarity"
Propose to add here: For coastal waters MS can refer to the assessment made
under the WFD.
Change the record in the evaluation of underwater vegetation to more general, for example. "Macrovegetation
status Expressed
by abundance,
distribution
or biomass."
It is presumed that if threshold values are achieved in coastal waters there is no problem beyond coastal waters.
Especially
in The Baltic the opposite situation may occur and it is therefore important to confirm
the environmental
status also beyond coastal waters. In OSPAR the OSPAR COMP Screening Process for non-problem areas is used:
i.e.
using satellite
chlorophyll, existing ship of opportunity and research programme data to confirm non problem
status.
"Units of measurements" may be an unnecessary level of detail and surely of greater relevance are the units for
reporting. Since,
by tradition,
different units are used in different regions a recommendation could be to report
observations in accordance
with
regionally agreed
procedures.
Units of measurement. Concerning nutrient concentrations, and if micrograms per litre is recommended instead of
micromoles per litre, it is important to point out that it is microgram of the nitrogen and phosphorous content that
is important to report.
Line 1 DRAFTING SUGGESTION: add in here, “or where the assessed risk of eutrophication in wider marine waters
has
been shown to be
low.”
D5C1 Nutrient concentrations in micrograms per litre. we use units
of uM (micromolar) in marine waters.
awaiting advice
FR
5
Specifications & methods
awaiting advice
FR
5
Specifications & methods
Application rules changed and
accommodates methods defined at regional
or subregional level. Macropphytes are not
propsed as a substitute for phytoplankton
IT
5
Specifications & methods
Text amended to reflect risk (which can
accommodate acheivemnt of targets)
IT
NL
PL
5
5
5
Specifications & methods
Specifications & methods
Specifications & methods
Amended
Amended
Use of different options does not give
consistency across MS
Text amended to reflect possibility of risks
beyond coastal waters
SE
5
Specifications & methods
SE
5
Specifications & methods
Noted
SE
UK
UK
5
5
5
Specifications & methods
Specifications & methods
Specifications & methods
awaiting advice
Text amended to reflect possibility of risks
beyond coastal waters
awaiting advice
fa8b346f-1366-49e0-a455-1bd349029d38 D5
49 of 84
13-07-2016 00:27
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0721.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
Section:
- Elements
- Criteria
- Methodological standards
-Specifications & methods
Criteria
D6C1
Member State Page
Comment
Response
DE
24
If D6 and D1 criteria are not merged as suggested above, please add after Criterion D6C1:
"Member States shall set, at regional or
subregional level, appropriate threshold values for each species"
D6C1 concerns the total extent of seafloor damage; it is
not relevant to set threshold values for species for this
criterion
DE
26
Criteria
D6C3
DE
25
Criteria
elements
A definition of loss is needed. This may be included here or under 'definitions' (Art. 2), e.g.: "Physical
loss of a natural seabed habitat
means that the natural physical structure and/or its natural biological composition of a specific habitat type of a given area is
Under consideration in Art 8 guidance
permanently altered due to human activities. Permanently means more than 30 years. Habitats protected by union legislation or
international agreements are included."
It is prosed that broad habitats are assessed under D1
whilst sub-types (including special habitats) can be used
Elements should be the 'Broad habitat types' plus selected more specific habitat types, both as currently suggested under elements
to validate the assessments, principally through ground-
for D1. Please
amend text accordingly.
truth information to inform D1C6, or assessed in their
own right. Text for D1 clarified.
Agree that loss is an extreme form of damage; however
its assessment is in principle easier due to being derived
from different activities, it refers to permanement
changes to seabed, and feeds directly into a separate
criterion. For these reasons loss is kept separate to
1) D6C1 should be the only criterion under Descriptor 6 and should be merged with the other habitat criteria (D6C2, D6C3, D1C5,
damage.
D1C6). It should read: "Spatial
extent of physical damage to broad habitat types of the seafloor
". Loss can be regarded as an
Disturbance/damage per habitat type under D6C2 will
extreme form of damage and should be included in this criterion. Both loss and damage percentages from currently proposed D1C5
contribute to D1C6 assessments but should not be seen
and D1C6 should be given as threshold values under this criterion D6C1. A reference should be given to the development of
as the only relevant impact. In some areas
reference values arising from the habitat condition criterion under D1.
eutrophication, NIS, hydrological changes and even
2) All other D6 criteria should be omitted.
contamination may be relevant.
For these reasons, the criteria are kept separate, but can
be readiliy drawn together for assessment of D1C5 and
D1C6 according to the proposed threshold values.
The D6 criteria are in part B to reflect the
pressure/impact requirements of Art 8.1b
Does not seem necessary.
Text amended
Adversely effected' is the terminology of the descriptor
title
DE
24
Criteria,
General
DE
DE
DE
DK
24
25
26
25
Criteria,
General
Methodological Standards,
Application rules
Specifications & methods
Criteria D6C2
D1, 4 and 6 Benthic habitats/Seafloor should be clustered together under part B.
Amend text as follows:
"The outcomes of assessment of criterion should
also
contribute to assessments under Descriptor 1."
This
formulation should be adapted in all other such cases.
D6C1: Please give additional examples for potential pressures, as bottom trawling should not be singled
out.
The wording "adversely affect" indicates that a habitat is not to be exposed to any as well as minor impacts, when good
environmental status is to be achieved. Minor impacts do not necessarly entail a negative environmental effect. The wording
"significant" is used in Decision 2010/477/EU, this wording seems to be a more adeqaute description.
DK
25
Criteria D6C2
D1 and D6 address seabed habitats/seafloor integrity
across all marine waters and thus extend beyond
Habitats Directive types; the latter can be used as
The broad habitat types will provide an incomparability with the habitats directive. Establishing and monitoring several subtypes per subtypes where appropriate. The use of subtypes is for
MS to determine, as per developemnts in OSPAR and
broad habitattype will be a significant added expense. Flexibility needed.
HELCOM, and is linked to the level of confidence needed
for assessments using the physical disturbance models
(e.g. with VMS data).
fa8b346f-1366-49e0-a455-1bd349029d38 D6
50 of 84
13-07-2016 00:27
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0722.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
Loss can be readily assessed from available infrastructure
How is loss to be measured, disturbed habitat is not necesarily lost habitat, and it will require substantial surveys to evaluate square
'footprints' and WFD hydromorphology assessments; it is
kilometers of either.
not expected to need new surveys.
The wording "all relevant..." indicates that the extent of the monitoring and assessment only concerns activities for which it is
relevant, as evaluated by the authority/Member state. Ie. activities that are deemed to have only minor insignificant impacts on the
sea bed should therefore not have a requirement to provide extensive EIA´s covering the impact. However, assessing all relevant
disturbances from different human activities in all regions will be a very costly assessment requirement.
Page 25 is on D6C2 Criteria
Agree
Agree
Agree
MS will decide what is relevant to their waters. If EIA
data are used, the cost would be borne by the industry
concerned, providing the data to the MS in a suitable
format for MSFD purposes
Noted
Noted
Noted
Noted
DK
26
Criteria D6C3
DK
26-27
Specifications & methods
EL
EL
EL
EL
EL
25
24
24-27
25
26-27
Criteria D2C3
Criteria D6C1 Elements
General
Methodological
standards
Specifications & methods
Page 26 is on D6C3 also. Regarding specifications for D6C3 mentioned specifications (changes to natural sea bed substrate) are more If 'Loss' is more clearly associated to infrastructure
relevant to D6C1
specifications
referring to physical disturbance or damage to the sea floor. Actually D61
and
D63
are very relevant
developments, the pressures can be more readiliy
and the
differentiation among physical damage (ex. trawl) and physical
loss to natural seabed is very subtle.
distinguished for practical application.
D1C6 is for the overall condition of the habitat, taking
account of impacts from multiple pressures. D6C2 refers
only to impacts from physical disturbance. In cases
where the habitat is not subject to other types of impact,
D6C2 may be the only impact criterion of relevance.
Regarding loss, D6C3 assesses the total loss in an area
(not linked to specific habitats) whilst D1C5 is loss per
habitat. There was redundancy in the first draft where
D6C6 effectively equated to D1C5. Hence D6C6 was
deleted.
ES
25 &
35
Criteria D6C2
D1C6 and D6C2 are very similar. It is not clear what is the difference among them
ES
26 &
35
Criteria D6C3
D1C5 and D6C3 are very similar. It is not clear what is the difference among them
FR
24
FR
FR
FR
24-25
25
25
include the word "pressure" in criterion
D6C1 - given that this criterion is about creating pressure layers to help assess D6C2.
The
similarity of terms currently used
between
D6C1 and D6C2 (and the units of measurement for the criteria p27) will otherwise lead to
Criteria D6C1
Accepted
confusion. One option for rephrasing this criterion: “Spatial extent of physical
pressures
(damage/disturbance and loss) affecting the
sea-floor”.
"physical disturbance or damage":
disturbance is a pressure; damage is an impact. Need to clarify and make choice in the
Criteria D6C1-D6C2 elements
Under consideration in Art 8 guidance
vocabulary
Specific to each topic and needs to be intepreted in
relation to the particular criteria, pressure and
Criteria D6C2
The term
"adversely affected"
is unclear, it should be more precise or defined.
characteristics of the region.
"change in its structure and function":
is this status (i.e. change) permanent or reversible? Precision
of the timescale of the change Reversible is damage, permanent is loss, both are
Criteria D6C2
is needed.
changes.
D1C6 is for the overall condition of the habitat, taking
account of impacts from multiple pressures. D6C2 refers
only to impacts from physical disturbance. In cases
where the habitat is not subject to other types of impact,
D6C2 may be the only impact criterion of relevance.
Regarding loss, D6C3 assesses the total loss in an area
(not linked to specific habitats) whilst D1C5 is loss per
habitat. There was redundancy in the first draft where
D6C6 effectively equated to D1C5. Hence D6C6 was
deleted.
FR
25
Criteria D6C2 and D6C3
There seems to be
redundancy
between:
a. D1C5 (« loss ») and D6C3 (« loss »)
b. D1C6 (« impacts ») and D6C2 (« impacts »)
fa8b346f-1366-49e0-a455-1bd349029d38 D6
51 of 84
13-07-2016 00:27
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0723.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
In principle, we would concur that, where appropriate, existing EU standards should be used. And this is in effect what was done for
descriptor
5, in that
we made direct
links to the biological assessment methods that
Ireland had developed under
the
Water
Framework Directive. However, it must be recognised that these
methods were
specifically designed
to respond to the pressures
relevant to the WFD and their use for other MSFD descriptors may be limited or inappropriate. For example, under Descriptor 6,
criterion D6C2, states that member states shall establish…threshold values…which are aligned to the benthic biological quality
elements used under the
Water Framework Directive. The benthic indicators developed
under
the WFD where primarily designed to
respond to organic enrichment
and not physical disturbance so any
change in the character of these
elements
is very likely
to be
due to organic enrichment and not physical disturbance.
The WFD BQE values determine what is meant by
adverse effects for benthic communities under WFD;
values set for offshore habitats should in principle be
equivalent to this 'quality level' for good-moderate status
under WFD in order to avoid differing quality objectives.
The precise threshold value may also need to differ
btween organic enrichment and physical disturbance for
the same habitat sub-type.
vulnerability' is determined by linking the
activity/pressure with the habitat being assessed; the
'significance' is now reflected as 'adverse effect' as per
the title of the descriptor, and will vary according to the
sensitivity of the habitat to the pressure - hence may
vary between habitats and needs to be established in
relation to the different activities (cf work under OSPAR
BH3). Thresholds are relevant to D1 rather that these D6
criteria. The last sentence needs clarification as GES
should be independent of vulnerability; resilience is built
into sesnsitivity assessments (e.g. BH3).
Whilst intention is sensible, it is considered better to put
the goal wrt physical damage at the habitat level (either
D6C2, or D1C6 as at present)
Not clear why deletion is proposed
IE
24-27
General
IE
24-27
General
D6 and link to D1 habitats-
there are major concerns on the proposed text and thresholds: Link to vulnerability of
habitats has been taken out of the pressure criteria, as has the qualifying statement of impact (ie significant) implying
that any
contact with bottom gear could contribute to the calculation of
spatial
extent. Threshold are given which are a.) adopted from
IUCN, but taken out of context and b.) every habitat type regardless of vulnerability /resilience is given the same threshold.
IT
24
Criteria D6C1
Change the previous version:
"D6C1 Spatial extent of physical disturbance or damage to the sea-floor"
Into:
"D6C1 Spatial extent of physical disturbance or damage to the
sea-floor
is minimized
"
Delete:
"Member States shall establish, at regional or subregional level, threshold values for representative subtypes of each
broad
habitat at the appropriate, where appropriate, coherent for biogeographical
scale, which are aligned consistent with
benthic biological quality element values under
Directive 2000/60/EC,
for assessment of adverse effects. "
Delete
"Criteria, including threshold values where they exist"
and replace with
"Criteria"
Delete
"Application Rules"
and replace with
"Indications for assessment"
It is not appropriate to link a change of seabed substrate or morphology, only to physical loss.
Physical loss, implies not reversible effects, while a change of seabed substrate or morphology could also be reversible.
So, just below the definition of the descriptor 6, in particular at the point
"Related Pressures:"
We suggest to change the phrase:
"Physical loss
(due
to change of seabed substrate or morphology
and extraction of seabed substrate); Disturbance or damage
to
seabed"
in
"Physical loss (due to change of seabed substrate or morphology
not reversible
and extraction of seabed substrate)" ;
Disturbance or damage to seabed
Delete
"all"
from the phrase:
"for D6C1, all
relevant disturbances from different human activities shall be assessed (such as
bottom-trawling fishing),"
Delete
"all"
from the phrase:
"for D6C3, all
relevant modifications from different human activities shall be assessed (including
changes to natural seabed substrate or morphology via physical restructuring, infrastructure developments and loss of substrate
via extraction of the seabed materials)."
Delete the word
"should"
and replace it with
"could",
in the phrase:
"For coastal waters, data on hydromorphological
modifications (mapping of alterations) in each water body
could
be derived from Directive 2000/60/EC. Beyond coastal
waters, data can be collated from mapping of infrastructure and licenced extraction sites."
IT
25
Criteria D6C2
IT
IT
24-26
24-26
General - Column
2 -
Criteria
General - Column 3
Methodological standards
Text amended
Amended to 'use of criteria'
IT
24-27
General - Related Pressures
Text amended: 'permanent' used.
IT
IT
26
26
Specifications & methods
Specifications & methods
Suggest retain 'all' to ensure adequate coverage - but MS
will decide what is relevant to their waters
Suggest retain 'all' to ensure adequate coverage - but MS
will decide what is relevant to their waters
'Should' retained to encourage reuse of WFD data; MS
are not obliged to use the data.
IT
26
Specifications & methods
fa8b346f-1366-49e0-a455-1bd349029d38 D6
52 of 84
13-07-2016 00:27
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0724.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
The WFD BQE values determine what is meant by
adverse effects for benthic communities under WFD;
values set for offshore habitats should in principle be
equivalent to this 'quality level' for good-moderate status
under WFD in order to avoid differing quality objectives.
Need clarification as to why a NIS criterion should be
considered here.
If the same sub-types are used in WFD coastal waters
and beyond for MSFD, then there could be
harmonisation of monitoring and assessment. If different
subtypes are use, then it is the good-moderate boundary
that should be equivalent.
'shall' refers to the need for MS to set thresholds and is
not linked to the alignment of the values between WFD
and MSFD where it depends on the subtype used.
Noted
Amended to 'threshold value'
This refers to the biogeographic scale used for the broad
habitat as assessed under D1, on the basis that this scale
is appropriate to define the biological character of the
habitat and hence distinguish it from a neighbouring
assessment area which may have differing biological
character for the same broad habitat type and hence
justify a different threshold level.
The WFD BQE values determine what is meant by
adverse effects for benthic communities under WFD;
values set for offshore habitats should in principle be
equivalent to this 'quality level' for good-moderate status
under WFD in order to avoid differing quality objectives.
If the same sub-types are used in WFD coastal waters
and beyond for MSFD, then there could be
harmonisation of monitoring and assessment. If different
subtypes are use, then it is the good-moderate boundary
that should be equivalent.
PT
25
Criteria D6C2
Portugal requests clarification on: "Member States shall establish, at regional or subregional level, threshold values for
representative subtypes
of each
broad habitat at
the appropriate
biogeographical scale, which are aligned with benthic biological
quality element values under Directive 2000/60/EC, for assessment of adverse effects." What does it mean "aligned with benthic
biological quality element values under Directive 2000/60/EC"?
RO
26
Criteria D6C3
Replace D2 C3 with D6C3. Our proposal is to include" where practicable" because the habitats of coastal and marine waters could
be different. We
propose to
replace "shall" with "should"
RO
RO
24-27
25
General
Methodological standards
We don't agree with threshold values for marine waters and suggest to replace with environemental targets. We should have in
mind
the complexity of trophic
web and lack of the data. Maybe
this
approach
could
be
adopted for 3th cycle of the
implementation.
The principle one out all out are not suitable for marine
waters.
aplication rules: delete reference level
SE
25
Criteria
D6C2
D6C2: Clarification needed: What is meant by "appropiate biogeographical scale"?
SE
25
Criteria
D6C2
Elements
D6C2: A number of issues will require guidance: What is meant by "aligned", only the harmonization of the good/moderate
boundary with the sub-GES/GES boundary? If the same benthic quality elements are to be used in both
MSFD and WFD, then
monitoring
and assessment should be
harmonized as well. One challenge is that WFD is not using benthic broad habitat
types
as
assessment areas but
rather coastal water bodies.
SE
SE
SE
SE
SE
UK
24-27
24
26-27
26-27
26-27
24-27
General
Methodological
standards
Specifications & methods
Specifications & methods
Specifications & methods
General
The deletion of criteria D6C2, D6C4 and
D6C6 is welcomed. D6
has become more consistent and clear.
Noted
D6C1: Guidance will be needed how D6C1 could contribute to the assessment of D1, especially since no threshold values are set for
Agree - cover in Art 8 guidance
D6C1.
Refers to the extent before major modifications rather
Clarification needed: What is meant by natural extent, pristine conditions?
than to a pristine condition of the habitat
For comments about the list of broad
habitat types, see
D1.
Noted
Units for measurement of the criteria: the area disturbed or damaged should be, in all criteria, expressed as % of total area.
Please ensure consistency in the of the term seabed and include a definition. It would be helpful if you could include at the
beginning of the section
for
D6 (&D1) or under Article 2 - "for the purposes of this Descriptor seabed
integrity
comprises biotic
and abiotic components
of broadscale habitats."
Text amended as proposal
Text amended
fa8b346f-1366-49e0-a455-1bd349029d38 D6
53 of 84
13-07-2016 00:27
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0725.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
UK
26
Specifications
& methods
D6C3 - There might be some indicators where Km2 are not the most appropriated unit of assessment, in particular those based in
models
or
multimeric indices. DRAFTING SUGGESTION : add in “where appropriate”
Use of alternative values leads to inconsistencies
between assessments
fa8b346f-1366-49e0-a455-1bd349029d38 D6
54 of 84
13-07-2016 00:27
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0726.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
Section:
- Elements
- Criteria
- Methodological standards
-Specifications & methods
Criteria
Criteria D7C1
Member State Page
Comment
Response
DE
FR
28
28
IT
28
Criteria D7C1
These criteria have no added value to the proposed D6 and D1 habitat related criteria. We support a listing of these criteria as
'secondary' but foresee that
they
will
not be
applied.
"Spatial extent of area which is adversely affected, due to permanent alteration of hydrographical conditions (e.g. changes in
wave
action, currents, salinity, temperature, oxygen) associated with relevant physical
losses to the seabed pressure (listed
in the
Annex III to Directive 2008/56/EC))."
It is proposed to modify the following sentence:
"Spatial extent of area adversely affected (e.g. spawning, breeding and feeding
areas
and migration routes), due to permanent alteration of hydrographical
conditions (e.g. changes
in wave
action, currents,
salinity, temperature, oxygen) associated with
relevant physical losses to of the seabed
"
in:
"Spatial extent of area adversely affected (e.g. spawning, breeding and feeding areas and migration routes), due to
permanent alteration of hydrographical conditions (e.g. changes in wave action, currents, salinity, temperature, oxygen)
associated
with
human activities
"
D7C1 change "due to" to "by"
- delete “oxygen”
- add “bathymetrie” and “sea level”
(s. Descriptor Manual D7, page 5: “Hydrographical conditions include the bathymetry of the seabed, sealevel, temperature,
salinity, currents,
tides, waves and turbidity. This strict definition of
hydrography would exclude
chemical
features like pH,
alkalinity, oxygen
and nutrients
from consideration under D7.”)
OK
Noted
Text amended
Part A chapeau indicates all pressures considered are
anthropogenic so this extra text is not needed.
UK
28
Criteria D7C1
Text amended
DE
28
Criteria D7C1 elements
Text amended. Oxygen retained as changes in water
movement can lead to deoxygenation
Noted
It is relevant to assess the scale of hydrographical
changes in the water column (e.g. from infrastructures)
in order to determine the scale of effects on the seabed
for D7C1. It is also important to assess the cumulative
effects from all such infrastructures. In this sense the
water column is not forgotten under D7. However, use of
D7 criteria for GES of water column habitats seems much
less critical for two reasons: a) the extent of effects on
the water column compared to the total extent of a
water column habitat is expected to be very small and
thus not put the water column habitat at risk; and b) the
highly mobile nature of water column communities
means that any adverse effects can be expected to be
transient (in contrast to effects on the seabed which are
non-mobile and hence of a permanent nature). These
two aspects have led ENV to conclude that focusing D7
criteria on water column habitats will add limited value
to MSFD, whilst acknowledging MS are free to do so,
especially where they consider hydrographical changes
may be of particular significance.
The appreciation of the risk is up to Member States in
relation to the assessment of the habitat type in each
area.
Noted
EL
28
Criteria D7C1 Elements
FR
28
Criteria D7C1
Elements
Seabed and
water column
SE
EL
28
28
Criteria D7C1 Elements
Criteria D7C2
We support having criteria D7C1 and D7C2 as secondary but the currently proposed "likely to put habitats at risk" is a too strict
rule for their use. They should be used on a voluntary basis to complement D6C1 and D1C6
OK
fa8b346f-1366-49e0-a455-1bd349029d38 D7
55 of 84
13-07-2016 00:27
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0727.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
FR
28
Criteria D7C2
It is relevant to assess the scale of hydrographical
changes in the water column (e.g. from infrastructures)
in order to determine the scale of effects on the seabed
for D7C1. It is also important to assess the cumulative
effects from all such infrastructures. In this sense the
water column is not forgotten under D7. However, use of
D7 criteria for GES of water column habitats seems much
less critical for two reasons: a) the extent of effects on
the water column compared to the total extent of a
D7C2: "Extent of each benthic
and pelagic
broad habitat type adversely affected (physical and hydrological characteristics and
water column habitat is expected to be very small and
associated biological communities) due to permanent alteration of hydrographical conditions (e.g. changes in wave action,
currents, salinity, temperature, oxygen) associated with relevant physical
losses to the seabed pressures (listed in the Annex III to
thus not put the water column habitat at risk; and b) the
highly mobile nature of water column communities
Directive 2008/56/EC)
means that any adverse effects can be expected to be
transient (in contrast to effects on the seabed which are
non-mobile and hence of a permanent nature). These
two aspects have led ENV to conclude that focusing D7
criteria on water column habitats will add limited value
to MSFD, whilst acknowledging MS are free to do so,
especially where they consider hydrographical changes
may be of particular significance.
FR
28
Criteria D7C2
D7C2 should take into account both benthic and pelagic broad habitat type because changes of hydrological conditions would
alter/affect
the structure (diversity) and functionning of benthic
and pelagic
habitats.
It is relevant to assess the scale of hydrographical
changes in the water column (e.g. from infrastructures)
in order to determine the scale of effects on the seabed
for D7C1. It is also important to assess the cumulative
effects from all such infrastructures. In this sense the
water column is not forgotten under D7. However, use of
D7 criteria for GES of water column habitats seems much
less critical for two reasons: a) the extent of effects on
the water column compared to the total extent of a
water column habitat is expected to be very small and
thus not put the water column habitat at risk; and b) the
highly mobile nature of water column communities
means that any adverse effects can be expected to be
transient (in contrast to effects on the seabed which are
non-mobile and hence of a permanent nature). These
two aspects have led ENV to conclude that focusing D7
criteria on water column habitats will add limited value
to MSFD, whilst acknowledging MS are free to do so,
especially where they consider hydrographical changes
may be of particular significance.
IT
28
Criteria D7C2
It is proposed to modify the following sentence:
"Spatial extent of each benthic broad habitat type which has been adversely
affected (physical and hydrological characteristics and associated biological communities) due to permanent alteration of
hydrographical conditions (e.g. changes in wave action, currents, salinity,
temperature, oxygen) associated
with relevant
Part A chapeau indicates all pressures considered are
physical losses to of the seabed
"
anthropogenic so this extra text is not needed.
in:
"Spatial extent of each benthic broad habitat type which has been adversely affected (physical and hydrological
characteristics and associated biological communities) due to permanent alteration of hydrographical conditions (e.g. changes
in wave action, currents, salinity, temperature, oxygen) associated with
human activities
"
fa8b346f-1366-49e0-a455-1bd349029d38 D7
56 of 84
13-07-2016 00:27
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0728.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
It is relevant to assess the scale of hydrographical changes in the water column (e.g. from infrastructures) in order to determine
the scale of effects on the seabed for D7C1. It is also important to assess the cumulative effects from all such infrastructures. In
this sense the water column is not forgotten under D7. However, use of D7 criteria for GES of water column habitats seems much
less critical for two reasons: a) the extent of effects on the water column compared to the total extent of a water column habitat
is expected to be very small and thus not put the water column habitat at risk; and b) the highly mobile nature of water column
communities means that any adverse effects can be expected to be transient (in contrast to effects on the
seabed
which
are
non-
mobile and hence
of
a
permanent nature). These two aspects have led ENV
to conclude that focusing D7 criteria on water column
habitats will add limited value to MSFD, whilst acknowledging MS are free to do so, especially where they consider hydrographical
changes
may be of particular significance.
OK
FR
28
Criteria D7C2
element
Determining the effects on the water column is possible
but because the scale of impacts on plankton
communities is likely to be both very limited and
transient compared to the scale of the water column
habitat, it is proposed to focus D7 only on the seabed.
This does not exclude MS from also addresssing pelagic
habitats.
Noted
It is relevant to assess the scale of hydrographical
changes in the water column (e.g. from infrastructures)
in order to determine the scale of effects on the seabed
for D7C1. It is also important to assess the cumulative
effects from all such infrastructures. In this sense the
water column is not forgotten under D7. However, use of
D7 criteria for GES of water column habitats seems much
less critical for two reasons: a) the extent of effects on
the water column compared to the total extent of a
water column habitat is expected to be very small and
thus not put the water column habitat at risk; and b) the
highly mobile nature of water column communities
means that any adverse effects can be expected to be
transient (in contrast to effects on the seabed which are
non-mobile and hence of a permanent nature). These
two aspects have led ENV to conclude that focusing D7
criteria on water column habitats will add limited value
to MSFD, whilst acknowledging MS are free to do so,
especially where they consider hydrographical changes
may be of particular significance.
EL
28-29
General
FR
28-29
GENERAL
We do fear that the exclusion of the water column and of the pelagic habitat makes the policy incoherent. This goes against the
ecosystem
based approach
on which is constructed the marine strategy framework
directive.
Overall we strongly disagree
with
the new
version
of D7.
It makes no sense to exclude the assessment of the water column and pelagic habitats.
The D7 criteria
seems to be a copy and paste of the D6 based on hydrographical conditions. If no, what is the interest
to keep 2 descriptors
(D6-
D7) almost similar?
IT
28-29
General
It is proposed to delete the following sentence:
Physical loss (due to change of seabed substrate or morphology or extraction of
seabed
substrate;
It is understood that hydrographical changes are due to
human activities so this extra text is not needed.
It is proposed to modify the following sentence
"Changes to hydrological conditions"
in:
"Changes to hydrological conditions
due to human activities
".
Accepted
Amended to 'use of criteria'
IT
IT
EL
28-29
28-29
28-29
General - Column 2 - Criteria Delete
"Criteria, including threshold values where they exist"
and replace with
"Criteria"
General - Column 3
Methodological standards
Methodological standards
Methodological Standards:
Primary/secondary criteria
Delete
"Application Rules"
and replace with
"Indications for assessment"
OK. Furthermore it is mentioned that ground-truthing for the EIA-hydrodynamical model resulrs will take place via measurements.
Text amended
The temporal coverage
of the measurements
should be added (i.e., covering at least the seasonal cycle).
Rephrase: "D7C2
is a secondary criterion,
that may be used to complement D6C1.
" Reason: Current phrasing may lead to
compulsory use
of this
criterion.
From a reasonableness principle the extent of the monitoring and assessment should only concern activities for which it is
relevant, as evaluated by the authority/Member state. Activities that are deemed to have minor insignificant impacts on the sea
bed should therefore not have a requirement to provide extensive EIA´s followed by ground-truth measurements.
OK
The appreciation of the risk is up to Member States in
relation to the assessment of the habitat type in each
area.
Use of risk in this context seems sensible.
Noted
DE
28-29
DK
EL
29
29
Specifications & methods
Specifications & methods
fa8b346f-1366-49e0-a455-1bd349029d38 D7
57 of 84
13-07-2016 00:27
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0729.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
Regarding methods for monitoring, point 1: we suggest to change the expression “should be used” for “should be taken into
account”.
For
coastal
waters the hydromorphology elements considered in
the WFD are “support
elements”,
and are
used
to
establish if your
water
body are in very good/good status. So the analysis made in the WFD is very limited, and for this reason for
coastal
waters
and in the framework of the MFDS, their results should be only taken into account,
ES
29
Specifications & methods
Accepted
FR
29
Specifications & methods
The EIA models should give an expected footprint of
"Standard EIA hydrodynamic models should be used to assess the extent of effects from each infrastructure development,
effect for a particular infrastructure development. MS
validated with
ground-truth measurements"
. Concerning
EIA hydrodynamic models, they are LOCAL. Risk exists of not being able
can combine these outcomes to evaluate total effects
to evaluate/monitor the cumulative impacts
across multiple developments.
Agree; the proportion aspects should be considered in
the D1/6 habitat assessments, where the total extent of
effects from D7C2 can be considered alongside other
effects on the habitat.
Agree with the relevance; current text in points 2 and 3
seems to adequately cover the points made.
FR
29
Specifications & methods
"Units of measurement for the criteria" in square kilometres.
We think it must also take account of the proportion.
FR
29
Specifications & methods
We suggest to add the following sentence (as under D6, but better located here): «
For coastal waters, data on
hydromorphological modifications (mapping of alterations) in each water body should be derived from Directive 2000/60/EC.
Beyond
coastal waters,
data can be collated from mapping of infrastructure
and licenced extraction sites. »
fa8b346f-1366-49e0-a455-1bd349029d38 D7
58 of 84
13-07-2016 00:27
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0730.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
Section:
- Elements
- Criteria
Comment
- Methodological standards
-Specifications & methods
Member State Page
Response
DE
7
Criteria D8C1
Under a) please add "good chemical status is achieved under Directive
2000/60/EC
and 2013/39/EC;…"
Current text:
Beyond 12 nautical miles, good environmental status under Directive 2008/56/EC is achieved when the concentrations of the
contaminants to be selected under 'Criteria elements', in the relevant matrix, do not exceed the levels as applicable within 12
nautical
miles”
Modification proposal:
“Beyond 12 nautical miles, good environmental status under Directive 2008/56/EC is achieved when
(a) the concentrations of the contaminants to be selected under 'Criteria elements' do not exceed threshold values agreed upon at
regional level, or,
(b) by expert judgment, for those substances not considered regionally but identified as being at risk in an area.“
Pls add in first line after D8C1: "Within
coastal waters and
12 nautical miles…" and under bullet (d) "concentrations of the
additional contaminants, do not exceed... "
"Beyond 12 nautical miles, good environmental status under Directive 2008/56/EC is achieved when the concentrations of the
contaminants selected under 'Criteria Elements', in the relevant matrix, do not exceed the values as applicable within 12 nautical
miles." The application of One Out
All Out
WFD
criterion is not appropriate.
Legal text does not require reference to subsequent
amendments; it is taken for granted in legal text that
amendments are included when referring to the original
legislative framework.
DE
7
Criteria D8C1
Recital 11 amended to say that MS may go beyond this
Decision where they consider there is a risk to their
marine waters
DE
EL
7
7
Criteria D8C1
Criteria D8C1
Amended to refer to territorial waters rather than 12
nautical miles
Amended application rules concerning OOAO
IE
7
Criteria D8C1
D8C1 - b) good ecological status for the River Basin Specific Pollutants achieved, within 1 nautical mile, under Directive 2000/60/EC; -
This implies that specific pollutants, can on their own constitute ecological status, which is not the case. Would suggest: Standards Accepted
set for specific pollutants by member states are not exceeded, within 1 nautical mile, under Directive 2000/60/EC
D8C1 - c) 3) The option for other matrices is to be welcomed though development of scientifically robust marine threshold values is
Noted; need to draw upon expertise in RSCs where
still likely to present a
significant
challenge but is important to progress
in the context of
the MSFD. Understanding the challenge in
possible
developing these thresholds is important for setting out realistic progress on this work.
The Decison proposal mentioned that: "Within 12 nautical miles, good environmental status under
Directive
2008/56/EC
is achieved when: good chemical status is achieved under Directive 2000/60/EC (…)".
According to MSFD Art 2, the MSFD applies to all marine
waters including coastal waters. The Decision makes
clear which aspect of WFD is relevant for D8 of MSFD and
also ensures full reuse of WFD assessments.
Point (c) deleted as criteria elements clarified re change
of EQS/matrix
IE
7
Criteria D8C1
PT
7
Criteria D8C1
Acording with articles 3, 4(5, b) and 2(24) of WFD, chemical status of coastal and territorial waters (12 nautical miles) are adressed
by
WFD,
therefore excluded of MSFD scope (article
3 (b) of MSFD).
D8C1, under criteria, point c. The standards provided in the EQSD only apply to the priority substances, hence the reference to
point (b) (Specific Pollutants) should be removed.
SE
7
Criteria D8C1
SE
7
Criteria D8C1
Recognise the concern; Priority substances are dealt with
D8C1, point d. Comment: To harmonise threshold values for specific pollutants on international level might be better achieved, or under
WFD processes,
following the same standards in
at
least needs to be sought in parallel, through WFD processes, as we
otherwise risk inconsistencies in status assessments between all waters. 'additional substances' are not considered
under
WFD,
but MS may
use RSC standards for these in
MSFD and WFD, and between countries, costal areas and open seas.
all waters.
Under b) please add "the
list of Specific Pollutants under Annex V
and X
of Directive 2000/60/EC; and…"
Under bullet c) pls rephrase second part of sentence as its meaning is unclear: "…or
(b) and which pose a risk to or via the marine
environment in the marine region or subregion.
" Same on following page first line.
Ok
Annex X refers to Priority substances referred to under
point (a)
Text amended to refer to 'pollution effects' in descriptor
title
Noted
DE
DE
EL
7
7
7
Criteria
D8C1
elements
Criteria
D8C1
elements
Criteria D8C1 Elements
fa8b346f-1366-49e0-a455-1bd349029d38 D8
59 of 84
13-07-2016 00:27
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0731.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
In the aragraph "Beyond
12 nautical miles
…", it is no clear the way to select the contaminants. We would like to suggest to include
not only the contaminants considered within 12 nautical miles, but also those agreed at a regional/subregional level, or in the
framework of RSC.
It is proposed to modify the following sentence:
"Beyond 12 nautical miles
, the contaminants considered within 12 nautical
miles, where these still pose a risk to or via the marine environment."
in
"Beyond 12 nautical miles
:
contaminants considered within 12 nautical miles,
should be assessed only
where these pose a
risk
to or via
the marine environment."
D8 only differentiates between the 12 sm-Zone and beyond 12 sm. In Germany, coastal waters are not automatically part of the 12
sm-zone, at least not in areas like the (German) Baltic Sea where the baseline from which the territorial
waters
(12 nm zone) are
measured is not identical with the coastline if there are islands. Thus coastal waters need to be mentioned first. For these, bullets
(b) - River basin specific
pollutants and
(a) - Directive 2008/105/EC-substances
are relevant. Next comes the "within 12 nm" area.
For
this area,
bullets (a) - Directive 2008/105/EC
and (c) - additional
contaminants
if relevant apply. Bullet (b) - river basin specific
pollutants - need to be deleted as these are only relevant for ecological status classification and thus only to be measured and
assessed in the coastal waters (WFD).
D8C2: Please give examples for locations of chronic pollution,
is not self-explanatory.
No reference is being made to Sediments and biota for the determination of GES. All matrices should be taken into consideration as
well as pollution bioindicators.
Even though we supported the change from individuals to populations, after consulting this term with our experts, they consider
that it is more adequate to retain the
previous terminology
”individuals"
It should be kept 'individuals' instead of 'population", because it relates to ecotoxicology and not to population demographics; now
as it is written,
it is not the
same
scale nor ambition and relates to
biodiversity.
Agreed. Text amended to allow for additional
contaminants beyond 12nm
Agree the contaminants should only be assessed if they
pose a risk, but this column 'elements' is only about
defining the list
ES
7
Criteria D8C1 Elements
IT
7
Criteria D8C1 Elements
DE
7-8
Criteria
D8C1
elements,
general
Amended to refer to teritorail waters rather than 12
nautical miles
DE
EL
ES
FR
8
8
8
8
Criteria D8C2
Criteria D8C2
Criteria D8C2
Criteria D8C2
Oil rigs
For C2 the matrix is the species or the habitats.
Noted, amended
Amended
IE
8
Criteria D8C2
The reference in brackets to species composition/abundance may confuse and suggest that these are key metrics. In fact, biomarker
Amended - the text in brackets is still relevant for chronic
or
physiological responses in samples representative of “populations”,
are more likely tools to be used. We would suggest that the
pollution around, for instance, offshore oil rigs
reference in
brackets is removed or replaced with biomarker or physiological
response in samples representative of popuulations.
During the committee meeting there was some discussion om D8C2, some MS would rather see 'individuals'(because of the
impossibility to measure at an ecosystem level), some others 'populations' (because MSFD is about populations and ecosystems,
not about effects on inidviduals). Propose to refer back to the text of the previous
commission
decision
and
change the criterium
to:
"Levels of pollution
effects on the ecosystem components concerned, having regard to the selected biological processes and
taxonomic groups where a cause/effect relationship has been established, are not adversely
affected by pollutants.
NL
8
Criteria D8C2
Technical review suggested not keeping former criterion
wording.
IT
PL
8
8
Criteria D8C2
Criteria D8C2
It is proposed to keep the term
"individuals"
instead of
"population"
and to delete the following sentence:
"Member States shall
Partly amended - no longer refers to 'population'
establish at regional or subregional level those adverse effects
and their threshold values"
The presented text implies that within this criterion only contaminant concentrations are going to be monitored in marine organisms
Criterion still focused on bilogy rather than the
and biological effects are excluded. At the same time threshold values are to be determined for the effects. This is highly incorrect. It
contaminants (looking at mortality rate and health)
is impossible to assess
impact basing
on concentrations
only.
D8C2: Several MS have stated that the description of the element should not be "Contaminants used under D8C1" as it is not the
contaminants that are measured, but the biological effects such as for example malformations. These biological effects are in some Amended
cases effects of multiple substances. However, it seems that the text has not been amended.
Criterion D8C2: Thanks for the clarification on elements referring to contaminants resp. species and habitats. But the intention of
the current
term "contaminants
used under D8C1" is impossible to understand without
naming
the purpose. Propose to reword to
"Effects from contaminants
relevant under
D8C1,
as
assessed in
particular
species or benthic habitats."'
D8C2: On threshold values we prefer the wording used previously: "… establish threshold values for the adverse effects"
D8C2: We support having D8C2 as a secondary criterion
to D8C1 under the provisions given by Recital 15
D8C2: As this criterion is now proposed as secondary, we propose that threshold values "may be established at regional or sub-
regional level."
DK
8
Criteria D8C2 Elements
SE
8
Criteria D8C2 Elements
Amended
The wording is to ensure that the assessments of
biological effects as well as the threshold values used are
agreed at regional or subregional level.
Noted
Article introduced specifying that until threshold values
are established at Union / regional / subregional level,
MS may use national values or trends.
SE
SE
SE
8
8
8
Criteria D8C2 Elements
Criteria D8C2 Elements
Criteria D8C2 Elements
fa8b346f-1366-49e0-a455-1bd349029d38 D8
60 of 84
13-07-2016 00:27
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0732.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
EL
8
Criteria D8C3
Ok
Noted
IT
8
Criteria D8C3
PL
8
Criteria D8C3
It is proposed to modify the following sentence:
"Spatial and temporal extent of significant acute pollution events is minimised
and, where possible, eliminated."
in
"In case of significant acute pollution events both the source of pollution and extent of the
Text clarified
event are minimized and where possible eliminated"
D8C4 is the second part of old indicator 8.2.2 and is
D8C3 is acceptable, however the formulation of D8C4 implies that monitoring should comprise groups of species and habitats to
needed to assess the impacts of pollution events on
assess
their status. D8 does not focus on organisms – remove D8C4 or change
the approach.
biota.
delete "significant" because the effects of acute pollution are significant all the time because of concentration ( for instance
mortality). It has to be corrected even this term "significant" is in the old Directive. The same observation for D8C4
D8C3: To distinguish from criterion 4 we propose to delete "significant"
here (thus rewording to "acute pollution events")
It is proposed to insert the term
"significant"
before
"acute pollution event"
in the title (significant means spills over 50 tons e.g.
IMO reporting)
D8C4: This criterion is somewhat odd. If there is a significant acute pollution event, the local populations of species (from bacteria
to top predators?) and the condition of habitat types in the polluted area will most probably be adversely affected, at least for
some time. Elsewise it would not be a significant acute pollution event. And pollution by contaminants
usually has
adverse effects.
The
question is to which extent - in particular timewise (e.g. reversible effect,
recovery?) This criterion needs sharpening and
adaptation
to reality.
Significant is retained as per the 2010 Decision.
Significant is retained as per the 2010 Decision.
D8C3 already refers to 'significant'
RO
SE
IT
8
8
8
Criteria D8C3
Criteria D8C3
Criteria D8C3 and D8C4
DE
9
Criteria D8C4
Amended application rules provide for yearly
assessments. Text also amended following IT comment.
DK
9
Criteria D8C4
The 2010 Decision already includes both the pollution
Can be very expensive for the oil/gas sector to monitor, also a baseline would be needed. Furthermore, the wording seems ilogical. events and their impacts. These aspects are now shown
Of course the health of species/habitats will be affected by an acute pollution event. Dk propose that the criterion is deleted since in separate criteria but follow the original logic. Where
there are significant events, the Environmental Liability
the topic is covered by D8C3. The focus should be on amounts and sources - not on effects, which would be very costly.
Directive (polluter pays principle) should normally apply.
It is proposed to completely modify the following sentence:
"The health of populations of species and the condition of habitat
types are not adversely affected by significant acute pollution events"
in "Adverse
effects caused by significant acute pollution events on the health of selected species groups and on the condition of
broad habitat types are minimized ";
"Application rules"
should be deleted and substituted by
“Indication for assessment".
D8C4: We support the proposal to use this criterion, together with D3C4 and D10C3, in the assessment under D1C2 (population
size),
so long as the cumulative impact from these three criteria (together with
other relevant
impacts) forms the basis
for any
threshold
level set
with respect to impacts (i.e. the threshold value should be the maximum allowed cumulative
injury/mortality
regardless
of the
cause
(to
be applied
we believe
under D1C3?)). There might be room for improving and
harmonising the text
under
these three impact criteria
to make the intended purpose clearer.
IT
9
Criteria D8C4
Accepted. Application rules amended.
SE
9
Criteria D8C4
Under D1C2 the threshold value is "taking account of
natural variation in population size and the level of
mortality derived from D3C4, D8C4 and D10C3 and other
relevant pressures.".
SE
9
Criteria D8C4
D8C4: It is still unclear under what circumstances this criterion is triggered, in particular its monitoring. For any spill would be
unfeasible
and
irrelevant,
but should rather be based on
impact
or and/or
risk
to the marine environment. Hence propose to retain
"significant" has been retained.
"significant acute pollution event" here (through which "significant" would signify adverse
environmental
impact)
D8C4 - We feel the current wording could be improved and offer the following drafting suggestion: "The adverse effects of
significant acute pollution events where
there is a risk that they might
threaten
the health of species and habitats."
Text has been amended following IT suggestion.
Legal text does not require reference to subsequent
amendments; it is taken for granted in legal text that
amendments are included when referring to the original
legislative framework.
UK
9
Criteria D8C4
DE
9
Footnote (1)
Shouldn't Directive 2008/105/EC (UQN-RL) and 2013/59/EC
(amendment
to
2000/60/EC and 2008/105/EC) be mentioned as well?
fa8b346f-1366-49e0-a455-1bd349029d38 D8
61 of 84
13-07-2016 00:27
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0733.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
The criteria and methodological standards of coastal waters Descriptor D8 is not in accordance with article 3(1b), which states that
The criteria fully reflect the use of WFD assessments in
particular aspects of the environmental status of the marine environment is not covered by MSFD, if it is already covered by WFD,
territorial waters, but acknowledge that MS may use
e.g. contaminants. Therefore, DK propose that assessments under WFD can be used, if the MS finds it appropriate. All criteria for
additional substances such as is current practice in RSCs
coastal waters should be secondary and should only be used, if MS does not use the WFD assessments.
Ok
Noted
DK
7-10
General
EL
7-10
General
IE
7-10
General
A general comment on the use of WFD compliance monitoring and whether it is useful for MSFD purposes: The EQS are quite weak
from
a marine ecotoxicology perspective, and therefore have additional safety
margins in many cases.The particular
It is a matter for WFD processes to ensure that EQS are
bioaccumulation
processes in the open sea environment may not be
well accounted for in EQS derivation (e.g. possibility of
appropriate for the marine environment.
compliance
with EQS in water where levels of bioaccumlative substances could
still present a threat at the apex of the food chain,
e.g. risk of immunosuppression
or reproductive failure in marine mammals)
The one out all out approach – We should be aware that that everywhere will fail some of the EQS (e.g. PBDEs in fish). It is likely to
take many years/decades
to achieve GES.
Application rules have been amended
Accepted
Amended
IE
IT
IT
DE
DE
DE
7-10
7-9
7-9
7
9
7-8
General
General - Column 2 - Criteria Delete
"Criteria, including threshold values where they exist"
and replace with
"Criteria"
General - Column 3
Methodological standards
Methodological standards
Methodological standards
Methodological
standards
Delete
"Application Rules"
and replace with
"Indications for assessment"
Application rules - DE has a study reservation on the proposed aggregation
of contaminants.
Application rules have been amended
Application rules: How can a locally significant acute pollution event be used for the assessment of D1 and D6 of whole subregions?
Please amend "..contribute, where appropriate
on the grounds of spatially and temporally large-scale effects
, to the assessments Amended
under
D1 and 6.".
Amended into 'within coastal and territorial waters'
Please add as first indent of Scales of assessment: - within
coastal waters and
the 12 nautical mile zone, ….
If this refers to D8C3, the scale of assessment is set at
Ok, but : 1. "Scale of assessment:Regional or subregional level". It is inappropriate to set the scale of assessment as methodological
regional level because "monitoring is established as
standards, as MS can implement the directive on the scale they opt (regional/subregional/subdivisional). It is rather unadvisable to
needed once the acute pollution event has occurred,
use
common scales for
coastal waters and the open sea as the levels of pollution differ considerably. 2. Specific attention should be
rather than being part of a regular monitoring
paid to hot spot areas of particular characteristics such as enclosed embayments which present high values of pollutants.
programme under Article 11 of Directive 2008/56/EC"
There has been a very questionable change between version 2 and version 1. In version V2 D8C1 is a primary criteria and D8C2 is a
secondary criterion that may be used to complement D8C1. ES understand that this is clearly a regression (step back) on the
approach
of the
MSFD, which in a pioneer way establishes that contaminants can cause effects on organisms. With the actual
Following previous discussions and comments it was
wording is enough to measure the contaminants without the need to know their effects in the ecosystems. ES, as well as other
decided to make D8C2 secondary.
Member States in the context of Regional Seas Conventions, have invested important resources to develop methodologies and in
order to include indicators of the biological effects in the monitoring programmes, in accordance with the spirit of the Directive and
taking
advantage
of the experience
of
the
RSC. So,
in
line with
the previous reasons exposed,
we would suggest that both criteria
are primary criteria
The approach “one out, all out”, which is the logic that underlies this application rule, can be unappropriated . One option could be
to agreed on percentages of threshold values or the possibility to recognize that some areas may not achieve the threshold values
Application rules have been amended
set for certain criteria to allow for certain sustainable uses of the marine waters (accordingly with recital 16), where specific ad-hoc
measured have to be adopted (this is the concept of MSFD exception)
"Application rules: All criteria used shall achieve the threshold values set."
should be deleted and substituted by
“Indication for
assessment: Elements for spatial and temporal aggregation of data, within the same criterion and between used criteria, are
defined and coherent at subregional and , where applicable , at regional level and consistent with those of Directive 2000/60/EC
"
Criteria D8C1 and D8C2 Application rule We do not agree with the application rules, which equal 'One out all out' (see also
comment
under
D5).
Propose to
delete these
application rules.
Concerning the application rules, and as already mentioned on the sheet "Recitals_Articles", Portugal desagrees with the
application
of "One-out-all-out principle", for the reason mentioned.
EL
7-8
Methodological standards
ES
7-8
Methodological standards
ES
7-8
Methodological standards
IT
7
Methodological standards
Application rules have been amended
NL
PT
7
7-8
Methodological standards
Methodological standards
Application rules have been amended
Noted. Note that the application rules have been
amended.
fa8b346f-1366-49e0-a455-1bd349029d38 D8
62 of 84
13-07-2016 00:27
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0734.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
We consider that MSFD regions and subregions should be subdivided, not in coastal waters, but into ecologically/environmentally
Subdivisions of the (sub) region could be defined so that
relevant areas for assessment. The assessment of these areas should give valuable information for GES asessment of the subregion.
they are ecologically or environmentally meaningful
Therefore assessments must be undertaken at scales that are ecologically or
environmentally meaningful.
D8C1 we support the use of OOAO for consistency with WFD chemical status assessments but recognise that the format of
presentation needs to provide a more detailed picture on the specifics of a GES/non-GES
situation, e.g. no.
of
and
proportion of
substances
failing
threshold values.
Agreed - Application rules have been amended
PT
7-8
Methodological standards
SE
7
Methodological standards
SE
8
Methodological standards
D8C2: Comment: "All threshold values set shall be achieved" is certainly protective, but needs then a substantiated link to chemical
exposure (towards
which
different
biological
effects
methods are more
or less direct). At least for a second
tier
or
presentation,
one
could also imagine a more integrated assessment approach that
nests and
weighs
the
results from
different
observations (species,
trophic levels
and endpoints (including molecular biomarkers),
possibly together with
data on chemical exposure (e.g. Vethaak ety.
Presentational aspects are now considered;
al.,
2015,
Integrated
indicator framework and methodology for monitoring
and assessment of hazardous substances and their
effects
in the marine
environment,
Marine
Environmental
Research. http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.marenvres.2015.09.010.)
Criteria D8C3 & D8C4 Agree with having these as secondary criteria, application following on risk-based analysis.
Units for sediments are missing (micrograms per kilogram of dry weight)
For measurements in sediments, specifications need an addition "µg/kg in dry weight for sediment"
It is proposed to modify the following sentence:
"Criterion D8C1: Member States shall monitor the priority substance......."
in
"Criterion D8C1: Member States shall monitor,
within 12 nautical miles,
the priority substances.... "
;
In
"Units of measurement for the criteria:"
if the unit is specified for water and biota then it should be specified also for
sediment:
micrograms per litre for water, micrograms per kilogram per sediment and micrograms per kilogram of wet weight for
biota
Comment: We appreciate the relevance of the proposed population demographic characteristics for GES-determination on health
effects under D8C2. However, even lower levels of biological complexity (e.g. molecular biomarkers) would still be important to
serve as an early warning, as effects on the demographic characteristics proposed should preferably be prevented before they risk
occurring.
The use
of
such methods should
be encouraged under
the
Art.
8 assessment,
e.g. in guidelines (also relevant
under
Recital 14 on
trends).
Units of measurements D8C1: Add sediment (microgram per kilogram of dry weight)
Sediment is missing (micrograms per litre for water
and sediment)
Noted
Amended
Amended
The relevant areas for monitoring are addressed under
criteria elements.
Units amended
NL
EL
FI
8-9
9-10
9-10
Methodological standards
Specifications & methods
Specifications & methods
IT
9-10
Specifications & methods
SE
9-10
Specifications & methods
Text amended to add biomarkers
SE
DE
9-10
10
Specifications & methods
Units of measurements
Amended
Amended
MT
Malta highlights the need for the Commission Decision to make it clear that the WFD one-out-all-out principle is not being adopted
for the purpose
of
MSFD GES. This comment is being put forward also in the knowledge of the fact that even throughout the WFD Text amended to focus on expression of assessment
processes, discussions are being undertaken in relation to the applicability of this principle in determining status and the possibility outputs
for providing further information when describing Good Ecological Status/Good Chemical Status.
Malta acknowledges the fact that within 12 nm the selection of contaminants fall under WFD processes, however it might be
Implicit as the EQS set under Directive 2008/105/EC are
opportune to make specific reference to the
adoption/application
of the risk-based approach as inherent in Directive 2008/105/EC used as threshold values for the purposes of MSFD
MT
fa8b346f-1366-49e0-a455-1bd349029d38 D8
63 of 84
13-07-2016 00:27
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0735.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
Member State Page
Section:
- Elements
- Criteria
- Methodological standards
-Specifications & methods
Comment
Response
DE
EL
12
11
Specifications & methods
Criteria D9C1
Units of concentration "micrograms
per kilogram of wet weight per species
" ? Seems to be wrong, what is probably meant is
"...of
wet weight per
tissue";
please check with your experts.
OK
OK. Furthermore "Member States shall establish the list of species and relevant tissues to be assessed, according to the
conditions laid
down
under 'specifications'.The may establish the list at regional or subregional level." It will be difficult to
perform the exercise, however it will be a good step towards coordination and coherence. Also, it is important to consider the
commonality of protocols used for
the realisation of measurements, the
depending on the
species
and
tissue assessed.
Amended text with reference to Food Regs
Noted
EL
11
Criteria Elements
Noted
EL
11-12
General
OK
Noted
EL
EL
FR
IE
IT
IT
IT
11
11-12
11
11
11
11
11
Methodological standards
Specifications & methods
Criteria elements
Methodological standards
General - Column 2 - Criteria
General - Column 3
Methodological standards
Methodological standards
OK. In addition all contaminants shall achieve the thresold values set:It is impossible to have such condition. OOAO method.
OK
MS
may
establish a list at regional or subregional level, and not "shall"; there is no regional cooperation on this issue, it is more
interesting to
work at national level.
It is still not clear how it GES is applied. An exceedance of a maximum limit means a batch/consignment should not go on the
market. But does this mean a failure of GES? Presumably this is the not the case but what frequency of non-compliance is
acceptable?
Delete
"Criteria, including threshold values where they exist"
and replace with
"Criteria"
Delete
"Application Rules"
and replace with
"Indications for assessment"
Food standards regulations already require all relevant
substances to be below specificed concentrations
Noted
Addressed in previous change of text.
Art 3.3 amended to specify that MS need to define the
assessment methods when not given in the Decision
Changed
Amended to 'use of criteria'
"Application rules: All contaminants shall achieve the threshold values set. "
should be deleted and substituted by
“Indication
for assessment: Elements for spatial and temporal aggregation of data, within the same criterion and between used criteria,
Art 3.3 considers this general point
are defined and coherent at subregional and , where applicable
, at regional level "
With reference to bullet 2: "Exceedance
of the standard set for a contaminant shall lead to subsequent monitoring to determine
the persistence of the contamination in the area and species sampled. Monitoring needs to continue until there is sufficient
evidence that there is no risk of failure
", consideration should also be given to type of specimens used for the purpose of
assessing contaminants
in
seafood. Monitoring
in the case of exceedances
in large pelagic fish may not be relevant.
While the fact that assessment of GES in terms of D9 is tightly linked to Food Safety regulations is agreed with, the possibility to
assess levels
in
seafood through separate sampling processes should be allowed. This comment is in
relation
to
the need for
Member States to report the
area in the marine region where the product from which
the samples are taken, caught or farmed,
in accordance with Article
35 of Regulation 1379/2013.
Addressed under specifications "(c) the species are
suitable for the contaminant being assessed"
MT
MT
MS are free to do additional sampling. The Decision gives
only a minimum
Legal text does not require reference to subsequent
amendments; it is taken for granted in legal text that
amendments are included when referring to the original
legislative framework.
For MS to manage internally, between food standards
authorities and MSFD
RO
11
Criteria D9C1
Criteria Elements 3rd para
establishment of lists…
Related to Regulation "with further amendments"
It is not clear who would hold and manage these lists, where would the resources come from to do so? What time frame is
envisaged?
UK
11
fa8b346f-1366-49e0-a455-1bd349029d38 D9
64 of 84
13-07-2016 00:27
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0736.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
Criteria Elements 3rd para
member states shall….
This could be read as an instruction for a whole new tranche of work that does not belong here and is likely to impose
considerable extra work and cost burden on Member States.
This is not
appropriate and should be deleted.
UK
11
May use the list set out under Reg 1881/2006
fa8b346f-1366-49e0-a455-1bd349029d38 D9
65 of 84
13-07-2016 00:27
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0737.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
Member State
Page
Section:
- Elements
- Criteria
- Methodological standards
-Specifications & methods
Comment
Response
DE
13
Criteria D10C1
DE
13
Criteria D10C1
DE
13
Criteria D10C1
FR
13
Criteria D10C1
Under specifications, there is a possibility not to monitor in
This criterion should focus on beach litter and should therefore be rephrased: "The
composition, amount and spatial distribution of
water column and sea-floor on the basis of a risk
litter
on the coastline
is at a level
…"
assessment.
Amended - TG Litter clarified that harm covers socio-
“D10C1: The composition… or other pollution effects.”
Comment: It remains unclear, what is meant by other pollution effects. This economic aspects as well, reference to pollution effects
needs to be specified or deleted.
therefore not needed. (cf Task group 10 report, EUR 24340
EN – 2010)
“D10C1:
Member States and the Commission should jointly establish, at Union level, threshold values.
Comment: Both should be developed:
reference levels and
threshold values
(and/or trends).
Explanation: The existing
EcoQO for fulmars in the North Sea bases on the least polluted
situation within the OSPAR area (the
The term reference level as used here is not used elsewhere
Canadian
Arctic) and represents therefore a reference level. From this a threshold
was derived: "There should be less than 10% of
in the Decision and introduction for one descriptor would
northern fulmars (Fulmarus glacialis having more than 0.1g plastic particle in the stomach in samples of 50 to 100 beach-washed
lead to confusion.
fulmars found from
each
of
4 to 5 areas of the North Sea over a period of at least five
years." This is a useful approach which could
be transferred to other marine litter indicators.
Amended - TG Litter clarified that harm covers socio-
economic aspects as well, reference to pollution effects
“do not cause … other pollution effects” is undefined and cannot remains as is.
therefore not needed. (cf Task group 10 report, EUR 24340
EN – 2010)
IE
13
Criteria D10C1
Sampling on the sea floor in the northeast atlantic is neither costs effective nor representative of the composition, amount and
spatial
distribution of litter. This is due to the current effective sampling methodology.
For the moment, there is a possibility not to monitor in
those matrices on the basis of a risk assessment of the
significance of the issue: would that cover cost-effectiveness
and representativeness?
SE
13
Criteria D10C1
D10C1: We support the notion that threshold levels may be based on socio-economic considerations but are of the opinion that
(sub)regional differences needs to be accounted for. Concerning current uncertainties we are of the opinion that threshold levels
should be trend-based (i.e. levels should be decreasing at a certain rate).
Introduction of a general article specifying that even though
threshold values are set at Union level, the actual value may
differ per subregion.
In addition, introduction of an article offering the possibility
to use trends in the interim (before threshold values are
established at Union, regional, subregional level).
Decreasing trends are rather related to targets, having
threshold values are about having a quantity that you are
aiming for (if the level is already low, you may not need
decreasing trends).
There is flexibility, specified under "Specifications and
standardised methods for monitoring", to monitor seafloor
and water column as appropriate.
UK
13
Criteria
D10C1
This would benefit from some clarity as it is not clear whether we are obliged to monitor all 3 (coast, floating, benthic) and both
macro and micro level, or is there flexibility to select the most appropriate categories?
fa8b346f-1366-49e0-a455-1bd349029d38 D10
66 of 84
13-07-2016 00:27
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0738.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
IT
13
Criteria D10C1
It is proposed to modify the following sentence:
"
The
composition, amount and
spatial distribution of litter on the coastline, in
the surface layer of the water column,
and
on the sea-floor, is at a level that does not cause harm to the coastal and marine
environment
or
other
pollution effects. "
in
"The composition, amount and spatial distribution of litter on the
beach
and in the surface layer of the water column
or
on
the sea-floor, is at a level that does not cause harm to the coastal and marine environment or other pollution effects."
It is proposed to delete the following sentence: "
Member States and the Commission should jointly establish, at Union level,
threshold values"
Beach' is understood to be part of 'coastline'. For instance a
rocky coastline may not be referred to as 'beach'.
The flexiblity between the different matrices is provided for
under "specifications for monitoring".
Regarding threshold value: Introduction of a general article
specifying that even though threshold values are set at
Union level, the actual value may differ per subregion.
UK
13
It is unclear what these would be or how to define them. Marine litter baseline and reference levels can be calculated, but how
Criteria D10C1 - establishment
these
relate
to
threshold
values is not entirely clear: is it related to harm
and ecotoxicology,
to zero litter
similar to the OSPAR
of threshold values
hazard substance strategy, to economics, to aesthetics, … ?? Is it open for discussion between member states?
We expect that these issues will be clarified by TG Litter in
the course of establishing threshold values (cf also new
Recital 8).
FI
13
Criteria D10C1 and D10C2
The number of matrices to assess is too high as currently proposed even if the risk assessment would be applied. The risk
assessment also requires resources which are scarce and better to be put to actual monitoring and assessment work. Therefore, we
propose that Member States in a marine region should agree on two matrices (out of coastline, surface layer, sea-floor sediment
Matrices modified under specifications
and biota)
that they will monitor. No
risk assessment should be involved. For
C1 there
are no "easy" solutions in the northern Baltic
Sea since
trawling
and
trawl data is not available, hence
specific monitoring, or a risk assesment for exclusion,
should be
established
for sea-floor monitoring under C1 and that is
too
much.
Member States and the Commission should jointly establish, at Union level, threshold values: "Each
criterion is to achieve the
reference levels threshold values set" is not recommendad by experts because of the
lack of background information. % decrease
of quantities is the most harmonized target. Defining specific tresholds will make sense only for a specific type of litter (for example
cigarette butts, plastic bottles), when it is the focus of dedicated reduction measures. This will then enable to monitor the success
of reduction measures. In any case, they will have to be defined at regional level
because of disparities. This point is at the agenda
of the TGML for 2016
Introduction of a general article specifying that even though
threshold values are set at Union level, the actual value may
differ per subregion. We expect TG Litter will clarify / decide
whether threshold values should be defined only for specific
types of litter.
The Decision does not address the measures to be taken.
We expect the work to be launched by TG Litter this year.
In any case, in addition, introduction of a general article
about timeline for establishing threshold values and offering
the possibility to use trends in the interim (before threshold
values are established at Union, regional, subregional level).
Finally, introduction of a general article specifying that even
though threshold values are set at Union level, the actual
value may differ per subregion.
FR
13
Criteria D10C1 and D10C2
NL
13
Criteria D10C1 and D10C2
Thresholds: for litter it will mostly not be possible to set thresholds by 2018, because of lack of knowledge. Thresholds at Union
level seem even harder
to set because of differet social-economic
circumstances
in the regions
(in particular concerning third
countries bordering the same waters).
NL
13
Criteria D10C1 and D10C2
Propose to add, afterthreshold values are mentioned
", when they become available".
We do not understand the second part of the first sentence: "is at levels that does not cause harm to the coastal and marine
environment
or other pollition effects". Please explain or make more clear.
NL
13
Criteria D10C1 and D10C2
Introduction of a general article about timeline for
establishing threshold values and interim options.
Amended - TG Litter clarified that harm covers socio-
economic aspects as well, reference to pollution effects
therefore not needed. (cf Task group 10 report, EUR 24340
EN – 2010)
Introduction of a general article offering the possibility to
use trends in the interim (before threshold values are
established at Union, regional, subregional level).
NL
Criteria D10C1 and D10C2
Propose to add at the end of the each criterium: "In the absence of jointly established threshold values, establishing trends may
serve
to set
intermediate
targets"
fa8b346f-1366-49e0-a455-1bd349029d38 D10
67 of 84
13-07-2016 00:27
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0739.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
DE
13
Criteria D10C1 Elements
This TG Litter Master List has been used at level 1 Materials
As a classification for litter items existing categorizations such as the EU Master List of Categories of Litter Items (developed by the
and the possibility is given to MS to define further sub-
MSFD
Technical
Subgroup on Marine Litter) should
be applied.
categories (such as the ones from the Master List).
There should not be one threshold for the whole EU as litter level vary significantly in terms of composition and level in different
Introduction of a general article specifying that even though
regions and also may have different impacts so these should be set at regional or sub regional basis. There is also a need to take the threshold values are set at Union level, the actual value may
oceanographic characteristics into account, such as areas that due to currents end up as deposit areas.
differ per subregion.
ok
The proposal to determine threshold values for litter on the coastline, surface layer in the water column and on the sea floor is
objectionable
because
much more justified target is the declining trends. What is the meaning of threshold
in this
context: 1
plastic bag within 5 km2?
The TG ML recommended to include microplastics in the other indicators ( as mainly derived from larger plastics) and it has not
been considered. Why counting separately particles of 5,1 and 4,9 mm that are
both derived
from a larger one?
Noted
We expect TG Litter will provide advice on whether
threshold values can be defined only for specific types of
litter.
Several MS preferred to keep micro-litter as a separate
criterion.
The introduction of the particle size is meant to provide
consistency in the MS assessments.
DK
EL
PL
13
13
13
Criteria D10C1 Elements
Criteria D10C1 Elements
Criteria D10C1 Elements
FR
13
Criteria D10C2
FR
13
Criteria D10C2
20µm is not relevant. Sampling small particles in the range of 20µm is a very uncommon approach , uisng filtration rather than net
sampling . It has not been validated and discussed in the context of monitoring. It may lead to uncertainties (atmospheric
contamination, true composition of fibers, natural non plastic
polymers that are colored
etc..) since characterization is very difficult
Amended
for small particles. This new microlitter definition (i.e., "between 20 microns et <5mm") does not match with the MSFD-TSG10
master list defintion
(i.e., >1 mm et <5mm) - neither OSPAR . The MSFD-TSG10 protocole - not yet
validated - is time-consuming
and requires specific knowledge/experience
and identification tools. No protocoles are
available for such a detailed
discremination; and there is no point in carrying out such an acurate discrimination.
Sea floor sediment monitoring is not possible in the northeast atlantic. It should be cost effective risk assessed and limited harm (in
Matrices modified under specifications
sedimental
biota). Also, the removal of micro-litter from marine sediment (or the seas
in general) is
not cost
effective and may
lead
to greater disturbance (damage to Annexed habitats and release of other contaminants).
It is proposed to modify the following sentence:
"The
composition, amount
and
spatial
distribution of
micro-litter
on the
coastline,
in the surface layer of the water column,
and
in sea-floor sediment, is at a level that does not cause harm to the
coastal and marine environment or other pollution effects."
in
"The composition, amount and spatial distribution of micro-litter
on
the surface layer of the water column and
on the beach
or
in
the
sea-floor sediment, is at a level that does not cause harm to the coastal and marine environment or other pollution
effects."
It
is proposed to delete the following sentence:
" Member States and the Commission should jointly establish, at Union level,
threshold values"
Beach' is understood to be part of 'coastline'. For instance a
rocky coastline may not be referred to as 'beach'.
The flexiblity between the different matrices is provided for
under "specifications for monitoring".
Regarding threshold value: Introduction of a general article
specifying that even though threshold values are set at
Union level, the actual value may differ per subregion.
IE
13
Criteria D10C2
IT
13
Criteria D10C2
PL
13
Criteria D10C2
We have objections to threshold values in this descriptor/criterion
as well. It will be very difficult to determine threshold values.
D10C2: We support this as a primary criterion under the conditions we outline in our other comments related to the monitoring
and
assessment of this
criterion,
aiming to make it more useful.
D10C2: Any threshold value for micro-litter would be more relevant from an ecotoxicological effects/harm point of view rather
than
socio-economic considerations.
However, we would oppose setting a threshold value now considering the knowledge gaps.
Trend-based values in lieu of a
quantitative threshold might also be problematic
as the amount of micro-litter will only increase
over time due to
the degradation
of
(macro)litter already present in the marine
environment, unless one can clearly differentiate
direct inputs of micro-litter. Preferably an environmental target should
be used
instead, based
on the
precautionary principle
and
clearly related to inputs
of micro-litter
if possible.
We expect TG Litter will provide advice on whether
threshold values should be defined only for specific types of
litter.
Noted
SE
13
Criteria D10C2
SE
13
Criteria D10C2
Trend-based target is an Article 10 issue but periodic
monitoring should give trends in the quantity of micro-litter.
We expect TG Litter will provide advice on whether
threshold values can be defined.
fa8b346f-1366-49e0-a455-1bd349029d38 D10
68 of 84
13-07-2016 00:27
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0740.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
DRAFTING SUGGESTION: Delete "other pollution effects" It is unclear what this term is this designed to capture?
The UK assumes the author wants to refer to the possibility of chemical transfer which might occur? However this transfer needs to
be seen
in the bigger picture of “chemical equilibrium” which occurs in the marine
environment. Most recent findings
have
indicated
this pathway
might
be
less important than previously thought.
If not deleted it needs to be re-phrased
as “…is at a level which causes neither
harm to the coastal and
marine
environment
nor
other pollution effects”.
One country proposed removing the lowest limit of
20 um, Finland cannot support.
UK
13
Criteria
D10C2
Amended - TG Litter clarified that harm covers socio-
economic aspects as well, reference to pollution effects
therefore not needed. (cf Task group 10 report, EUR 24340
EN – 2010)
A number of MS support the deletion of the lower limit so
we have now amended the text.
FI
13
Criteria D10C2 Elements
DE
13
Criteria D10C2 elements
“Criteria elements (for D10C2): Micro-litter (
particles between
20 !m and <5mm as largest dimension ),…”
Comment: MSFD TG ML
recommends no lower limit to not to restrict methods tested. 20 !m makes sense for the time being since currently that is the
A number of MS support the deletion of the lower limit so
lower limit for using FT-IR, but once new methods are introduced which produce reliable results for lower size classes this should
we have now amended the text.
be adapted.
UK
13
We should avoid specifying size at this stage. It’s not clear where this definition came from. The definitions of micro litter vary. The
scientific
scale definition has been set as follows for litter: MACRO above 5mm, MESO
between 5 mm and 1 mm, MICRO between 1
mm
and
0.1um, NANO below 0.1um. Micro litter in the water column is generally measured by trawling fine meshed nets (typical
Criteria D10C2 Elements - size
A number of MS support the deletion of the lower limit so
plankton nets like neuston or bongo nets or specific litter trawls like manta trawls) which have mesh
sizes
of around 300um. Micro
of micro litter
we have now amended the text.
litter in sediments
or biota is generally measured to a few micron, so why specifically 20um
was selected
for
all of the matrices is
rather unclear? The smaller you want to go in the analysis, the more costly it becomes so the argument “for cost effectiveness”
does not make any sense.
A lower limit for micro-litter is introduced here. However, there are different views on a lower limit. In general 0,1 mu is used as
the lower limit of micro-litter (to distinguish with nanoparticles) . The limit of 20 um is used for measurements of microlitter in
sediment, for measurements of floating microlitter a lower limit of 300 um is used (based on the size of the nets). For practical
purposes
we therefore think it is better not to introduce a lower limit here.
NL
13
Criteria D10C2 elements:
microlitter
Amended
DE
13
Criteria D10C3
This criterion D10C3 on ingestion should
not
be deleted but kept as a primary criterion. It should replace the "water surface"
matrix of D10C1. Furthermore, ingestion is beside entanglement the major biological impact of marine litter. Only adequate
monitoring can provide us with data on the scale of lethal and sub-lethal effects
in
species of concern. Considerable work went into
Accepted
this indicator (criteria),
in OSPAR an indicator on ingestion in turtles is ready
to be adopted as common, pilot
monitoring in
different
MS
on plastic
particles
in benthic
and pelagic
fish
stomachs
show strong results and suggest that this could be a future
suitable
indicator. Pilot monitoring of ingestion
in
seals
show in some species population level impacts.
D10C3 on entanglement (former D10C4) should be graded as "secondary criterion".
populations
Text amended to focus on quantification of individuals.
Furthermore, please delete from criterion: "..populations
of
.."Reason: the assessment unit is not always the population of the
Criterion is retained as primary as this is the only criterion
species.
There is
solid evidence of harm
from entanglement for species of birds, mammals, fish
and all turtles. Nevertheless the
extend
of harm can not always be assessed at the population level. Proposal "Entanglement in species concerned does
not occur in
which quantifies harm to animals
a substantial number of individuals suggesting a potential population level impact."
This criteria requires a reference level that takes all other effects from other anthropogenic pressure as well as predation from
other species etc. into account in order to assess at which levl entanglement incidents etc will adversely affect a population. DK
suggest "regional assessment level is set for number of entaglement incidents of marine animals".
ok
deleting 10C3 (ingestion) and linking it to 10c2 or 10C1 is a non sense , because it is the only relevant indicator of harm for litter
with sufficient background for monitoring. It cannot be a "secondary" concern when 90% of some birds species and 90% of sea
turtles in some part of the MED sea, have ingested litter that may kill
them ( occlusion, etc.).
There are significant monitoring costs associated with this criteria and it should be considered as a survelliance criteria only.
Necropsy services are expensive and until we understand the interaction between marine animals and litter this criteria is
immature.
Text modified to focus more simply on quantification of
effects on individuals
Noted
Ingestion criterion reinstated.
Concern on linking mortality to litter is noted, but where
possible the data should be collected to start giving data on
this issue
DE
13
Criteria D10C3
DK
EL
FR
13
13
13
Criteria D10C3
Criteria D10C3
Criteria D10C3
IE
13
Criteria D10C3
fa8b346f-1366-49e0-a455-1bd349029d38 D10
69 of 84
13-07-2016 00:27
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0741.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
Criteria D10C3 and D10C4 differ from D10C1 and D10C2 as they concern (biological) harm.
Italy recommends
not to delete
D10C3 criteria and elements and proposes to keep only the following sentence for the criteria:"
D10C3: The amount of litter and micro-litter ingested by marine animals is at levels that do not adversely affect the health of the
species concerned"
We agree that an impact-criterium should be included in the decision, however, becuase of the emphasis that has been put on
entanglements
(for
no reason) MS are objecting strongly against this criterium. We propose to
change the text to a more general
impact-criterium,
for example: ‘The impact of litter on marine life is at levels that
do not adversely affect populations of the species
concerned’.
In the
specifications it
can then be indicated
that
for this criterium ‘entanglements,
ingestion
or other types of
injury/mortality of marine animals due to litter’ can
be
used.
We stand by the former opinion that the number of dead animals due to litter [consumption], including first of all bycatch size is an
additional
element
and requires
extension of monitoring programme.
Comment: if the bycatch size can be quite easily determined, the determination of the cause of death in other animals, and
especially
if the cause was consumed litter might be impossible.
IT
13
Criteria D10C3
Ingestion criterion reinstated. Threshold values for amount
of litter in animals are available in some regions.
NL
13
Criteria D10C3
Ingestion criterion reinstated as D10C3. Text for old D10C3
amended to reflect comment.
PL
13
Criteria D10C3
Monitoring is expected to be from incidental occurrences
and thus not incur significant extra costs.
Concern on linking mortality to litter is noted, but where
possible the data should be collected to start giving data on
this issue.
UK
13
Criteria
D10C3
D10 C 3 Using entanglement to inform on GES – its impact is very difficult to measure. Could the Commission Confirm whether we
are covering bycatch in fishing gears here or entanglement in litter or perhaps lost and discarded fishing gear? In the UK we can
draw some general conclusions on harm and welfare impacts with respect to individuals suffering from entanglement but inferring
population level
effects is going to be inherently
difficult as most
UK data comes from
dead strandings and often it can be difficult
to determine whether the
cause
of death was actually entanglement. We can usually conclude there
have been welfare impacts i.e.
from
wounds, energetic impacts from increased drag but this is subjective and based on
expert opinion
Agree with issues raised. Text now focused on quantifying
For this criteria to be effective you
would
really need to be
collecting direct
observation data to make
such an assessment i.e.
effects on individuals rather than populations, and linking to
direct observations
of individuals suffering from entanglement measured against individuals
not suffering
entanglement and
D1 assessments at population level.
monitoring effort. So if you want an indicator
for bycatch then this is
not it. If you
want
an indicator
of
harm
to
individuals
then
entanglement
could be used. To scale this up to population level effects then I think we
would be setting ourselves
a
very
difficult
task
at this point in time.
But – I caveat all of this with the fact that we may have to take a species specific approach. If you have a
really small and isolated population then entanglement can be a real concern and it would be possible to infer population level
impacts from the death of only a few individuals. I don’t believe we have any cases in UK waters but the point probably needs to be
made.
D10C3: We support the proposal to use this criterion, together with D3C4 and D8C4, in the assessment under D1C2 (population
size),
so long as the cumulative impact from these three criteria (together with
other relevant impacts) forms the basis for any
threshold level set with respect to impacts (i.e. the threshold value should be
the
maximum allowed cumulative injury/mortality
regardless
of the cause
(to be applied we believe under D1C3?)). There might be room for improving
and
harmonising the text
under these
three
impact criteria to make
the
intended purpose clearer.
Text now focused on quantifying effects on individuals
rather than populations, and linking to D1 assessments at
population level.
SE
14
Criteria D10C3
SE
14
Criteria D10C3
D10C3: We assume that "other types of injury" may include impacts from ingestion which earlier was its own criterion. We feel it is
unfortunate that ingestion
is now only regarded as a proxy for monitoring amounts
of litter, as ingestion clearly can cause harm,
and is
also relevant
endpoint for micro-litter. Therefore we propose to explicitly include ingestion in this
criterion together
with
Ingestion criterion reinstated.
micro-litter,
thus
rewording to: "Harm to marine animals due to litter and/or micro-litter, such as injury
or mortality from
entanglement incidents and ingestion, is at levels that do not adversely affect the
populations of the species concerned."
D10C3: We support keeping entanglement incidents under this descriptor as long as also the more direct (i.e. fisheries-related)
term/criterion
"bycatch" is kept under D3, as these criteria require different
types of monitoring,
and different targets and
measures.
In the
end
the cumulative injury/mortality should in any case be addressed
under D1 as is now proposed.
Entanglement is not mature enough and cannot be retained as the sole indicator of harm. If the argument is to say that
measuring ingestion is part of the quantitative assessment of litter only (ingestion is now proposed in 10C1 and 2), it also apply to
entanglement that must be also linked to 10C1 or 10C2. Impact ( changes in diversity, populations, individuals, cells, moecules,
etc.)
is always a dose /response relationship. It is a non sense to focus and consider "ingested
litter"
as
representative of
quantities
only (meaning the consideration of dose rather than effect) when considering impact
( response rather dose) for
entanglement.
It needs more coherence
SE
14
Criteria D10C3
Noted
FR
13
Criteria D10C3 and D10C4
Ingestion criterion reinstated as D10C3. Text for old D10C3
now focused on quantifying effects on individuals rather
than populations, and linking to D1 assessments at
population level.
fa8b346f-1366-49e0-a455-1bd349029d38 D10
70 of 84
13-07-2016 00:27
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0742.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
D10C3: Propose to include shellfish and micro-litter to accommodate that also harm from micro-litter could be considered under
this criterion
Add after name of Criterion:
Member States shall establish at regional or subregional level theshold values.
D10C4: It will be difficult to interpret because entanglement incidents could be related to other pressures than litter (i.e fishing
gear). For example, a dead stranded organism with a Hook in the mouth may have been trapped in an active fishing line. The task
group TG
Litter did
not recommend
this
criteria for
this reason . More over ,
there is not enough background information to
support the
implementation
of monitoring.
Species of birds,…based on risk assessment : Risk assessment is not advanced enough for the field of Marine litter, without any
value
for
dose/responses relationships, impact values....
SE
DE
FR
14
13
13
Criteria D10C3
Elements
Criteria D10C4
Criteria D10C4
Unclear if this refers to ingestion or entanglement criterion
Accepted
Concern on linking mortality to litter is noted, but where
possible the data should be collected to start giving data on
this issue
FR
13
Criteria D10C4
EL
13-15
General
It should be feasible to define which species to monitor for
litter effects
C1 and C2 focus on the amount of litter rather than its
Ok. Furthermore: 1) In 2010/477/EU th amount of litter was of interest. The revised ocment concentrates more on impacts of litter.
impacts; only C3 focuses on impacts.
Judging
by the results of the Initial Assesssment there is alck of knowledge in
this field. 2)
Member States and the Commission
Introduction of a general article specifying that even though
should jointly establish, at Union level, thresold values:establidhing thresold values at this level will be difficult. It is better to do it
threshold values are set at Union level, the actual value may
on a smaller scale (e.g. subregional scale) as there will be more common physiographic characteristics.
differ per subregion.
TG Litter to advise on feasibility of setting thresholds, which
should include socio-economic and or hhuman health
Generally to setting GES-levels and specifically to D10C1 and D10C2: The task to set reference levels that are at levels that "do not
considerations, especially given the difficulties relating to
cause harm" raises concern. Currently, there is no information or understanding on what such a level could be. Even basic methods
harm to the evironment.
to measure quantities
of
especially microlitter are still disputed among scientists. Secondly, designating a GES- reference level with a
A decreasing trend can be an indication of
progress towards
certain level of litter in the environment gives a signal that it is alright to have litter in the environment. We propose to have a
GES, but is not and end point. It seems unrealistic to acheive
decreasing trend
of litter in the marine environment as an indication of
GES.
a total absence of litter in the sea (however desirable), so
more practical levels offer an alternative goal.
The proposal is based on TG Litter recommendations via the
Technical Review but has been further developed,
particularly to respect wider needs of the Decision (e.g.
consistency across the descriptors).
The Commission can set threshold values, but this is not
what is proposed here. The proposal refers to the process
for setting thresholds at Union level, that is using TG Litter
which includes the MS experts to provide the advice. This
We do not believe the directive allows the Commission to set threshold values. This competency remains with the Member states.
process could result in setting thresholds that are
Furthermore we are concerned that no effort has been made to define harm and pollution effects.
subdivision-specific.
'pollution effects' has been deleted since TG Litter clarified
that socio-economic aspects are contained in the concept of
'Harm'.
The Commission can set threshold values, but this is not
what is proposed here. The proposal refers to the process
The connection between sources, harm and management measures has not been aestablished yet. There should be no thresholds
for setting thresholds at Union level, that is using TG Litter
developed until the processes around
these
issues are understood and agreed. Until then we should aim
for semi-quantitative
or
which includes the MS experts to provide the advice. This
qualitative
assessments.
process could result in setting thresholds that are
subdivision-specific.
It seems that the recommendations from the TG Ml group ( Member states members) were not considered. The document seems
now inconsistent for many of these experts with some critical points
There should not be one threshold for the whole EU as litter level vary significantly in terms of composition and level in different
regions
and also may have different impacts so these should be set a regional or sub
regions basis.
Introduction of a general article specifying that even though
threshold values are set at Union level, the actual value may
differ per subregion.
FI
13-15
General
FR
13-15
General
IE
13-15
General
IE
13-15
General
PT
13-15
General
PT
13-15
General
Introduction of a general article specifying that even though
threshold values are set at Union level, the actual value may
One should be bare in mind that hotspots of litter could not be originary from the MS in question but as a result of marine currents,
differ per subregion.
therefore the use of
EU thresholds is very limitative.
Important to identify such hotspots and, where possible, to
identify the source.
fa8b346f-1366-49e0-a455-1bd349029d38 D10
71 of 84
13-07-2016 00:27
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0743.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
PT
RO
IT
IT
EL
IT
NL
PT
IT
DE
13-15
13-15
13-14
13-14
13
13
13
13
14
14
General
General
General - Column 2 - Criteria
General - Column 3
Methodological standards
Methodological standards
Criteria should be supported on trends and not specific values or thresholds.
We suggest to use "environemental targets" instead of "threshold values" because D10 is a transboundary issues. Other reason is
the lack of knowledges.
Delete
"Criteria, including threshold values where they exist"
and replace with
"Criteria"
Delete
"Application Rules"
and replace
with
"Indications for assessment"
Assessing trends in litter quantities is important; without a
threshold there is no judgment on the level reported
Decision is about GES so we avoid reference to Art 10 targets
(but acknowledge their relevance here)
Accepted
Amended to 'use of criteria'
This is not the advice received from TG Litter
Amended to 'use of criteria'
Amended to 'use of criteria'
Amended to 'use of criteria'
Amended to 'use of criteria'
Amended to 'use of criteria'
DE
13
The D10C2 (micro-litter) should be a secondary criterion
"Application rules: Each criterion is to achieve the threshold values set ."
should be deleted and substituted by
“Indication for
Methodological standards
assessment: Member States and the Commission should jointly identify reference level, taking into account the regional and
subregional peculiarities.".
Methodological standards
Propose to delete application rule. (See also comments D5)
Concerning the application rules, and as already mentioned on the sheet "Recitals_Articles", Portugal desagrees with the
Methodological standards
application of "One-out-all-out principle", for the reason mentioned.
Methodological standards
"Application rules: "
should be deleted and substituted by
“Indication for assessment:"
Methodological Standards
Amend text under Application rules: "The
criterion is to achieve the threshold value set.
The outcomes of
assessment of
this
D10C4
criterion should
also
contribute to assessments under Descriptor 1."
D10C2 (micro-litter) should be listed as secondary criterion until methodology has been agreed on. Work is ongoing e.g. in JPI
Oceans (sub-project
Baseman). Furthermore, under OSPAR only beach litter and litter
on the seafloor are defined as common and
Methodological standards:
Primary and secondary criteria fulmar
ingestion as a priority candidate indicator. In HELCOM
beach litter
is defined
as core and litter on the seafloor and
micro-
litter in the water column are defined as candidate indicators.
This is not the advice received from TG Litter
DE
14-15
Specifications & methods
“Under D10C1 and D10C2 – monitoring in biota may be used as a proxy for monitoring under D101 and D102. If used, litter and
micro-litter should be assessed in species of […]”
Insert and delete the following: “Under D10C1 and D10C2 – monitoring in biota
should be used as an additional
proxy for monitoring under D10C1 and D10C2.
If used,
litter and micro-litter should be assessed in D10C3 reintroduced so monitoring in biota foreseen under
a
species of […]” Reason: monitoring in biota is not sufficient on its own to monitor D10C1 and D10C2, but it is a useful additional
D10C3
criteria to account to predict for D10C1 and DC10C2. Monitoring in biota should always be carried out to gain additional info on the
scale of lethal and sub-lethal effects of ingestion in species of concern.
“The monitoring of D10C3 and D10 C4…(e.g. stranding of dead animals)”
Delete the
whole sentence, because it includes no
additional
information.
“Units of measurement for the criteria: D10C1 Amount of litter in number of items per 100 metres on the coastline, per cubic metre
for surface layer, per square metre for the sea-floor and per individual for biota”
Comment: D10C1 doesn’t include biota Change
sentence to: Units of measurement for the criteria: D10C1 The
amount of litter should be registered in number of items per 100
metres on the coastline, per cubic metre or square metre
for surface layer
and
per square metre for the sea-floor
and per
individual for biota”
“Units of measurement for the criteria: D10C2 Amount of micro-litter in [..] per gram of intestine for biota”
Change sentence to:
“The
amount of micro-litter should be measured in number of items
or
weight per cubic metre for surface layer, per milliliter
volume or weight units for sediment and per
gram of intestine
number of items or weight unit per
individual
for biota.
p
"Under
D10C1 and D10C2 – litter and microlitter shall be monitored on the coastline
Currently it is not clear if it is useful to monitor microlitter on the coastline.
Evaluating all species groups defined in D10 C3 based on incidental occurences does not seem viable. These could mainly be used
to evaluate mammals and birds i DK. Should be flexible.
D10C1 Amount of litter in number of items per 100 metres on the coastline, per cubic metre for surface layer, per square metre for
sea-floor, and per individual for biota. The OSPAR seabed litter indicator proposes to use items per km2 as items per m2 would be
very low. Also the OSPAR Fulmar indicator uses grammes of plastic not number of items as this has proved more informative given
the size range of plasic items.
In general the monitoring should be minimised to "need to know" - not "nice to know".
Aimed to clarify that incidental occurrences would be
sufficient for monitoring under these criteria
Ref to biota deleted because D10C3 reintroduced. Square
metre proposed as unit for D10C1 for surface layer.
DE
14-15
Specifications & methods
DE
14-15
Specifications & methods
DE
14-15
Specifications & methods
Partially amended. Some proposals are not specific and give
options, so will not give consistency
Coastline is now optional
Incidental' does not imply systematic monitoring of all
species on the list.
For D10C3, unit has been amended into 'grams'
Noted
DE
DK
14-15
14-15
Specifications & methods
Specifications & methods
DK
DK
14-15
14-15
Specifications & methods
Specifications & methods
fa8b346f-1366-49e0-a455-1bd349029d38 D10
72 of 84
13-07-2016 00:27
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0744.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
EL
14-15
Specifications
& methods
The unit for litter (D10C1) should be "items per square meter for surface layer" or better "items per square kilometer" - The unit
for
micro-litter (D10C2) should be "items per square meter for surface layer" or
better "items per square kilometer"
Amended for litter.
ES
14-15
Specifications
&
methods
Under D10C1 and D10C2: “Monitoring in biota may be used as a proxy for monitoring under D10C1 and D10C2”: ES does not
understand under
which
scientific and technical information it is considered biota a substitutive matrix of the others.
For instance,
D10C3 reintroduced
we do
not agree that D10C3 has been removed
Units of measurement for the criteria D10C1: We should not use a volume-based unit for
floating
litter, but a surface unit, because
Amended
floating
litter is only
observed from
ships and it is not sampled to be addressed in
a volume-based unit.
Units of measurement for the criteria D10C2. In the case of sediments, we suggest to substitute ‘per mililitre’ por ‘per kilogram (dry
Awaiting advice
weight
of sediment), and in the case of microlitter in biota, se suggest to indicate ‘per
individual’ instead of ‘per gram of intestine’
Units of measurement for the criteria D10C3. The number of affected individuals should be related to the number of real sampled
individuals:
"Number
of affected inidviduals per total number of sampled individuals, within each selected species
".
For C2: "Amount of microlitter in… per gram of wet weight biota", not "gram of intestine" because that is not applicable for
mussels.
"Under D10C1 and D10C2:
– litter and micro-litter shall be monitored on the coastline,
– litter and micro-litter shall be monitored in the surface layer of the
water column and on the sea-floor (or sediment for micro-
litter), based on a risk assessment of the significance of the issue,
– monitoring in biota may be used as a proxy for monitoring under D10C1 and D10C2. If used,
litter and
micro-litter
should be
assessed in species of birds, mammals, reptiles, shellfish and fish, agreed by Member
States at regional or subregional level. "
should be deleted and substituted by
"– D10C2: micro-litter shall be monitored on the beach or in the sea-floor sediment, on the
basis of the assessment of the significance of the issue
."
;
In
"Units of measurement for the criteria: D10C1";
it is proposed to substitute the term
"coastline"
with "
beach"
Change the previous version:
"The monitoring of D10C4 ( the number of entanglement incidents or other types of injury/mortality due to litter) should be
based
on incidental
occurrences (e.g. strandings of dead animals)."
in:
"Incidental occurrences (e.g. strandings of dead/ injuried animals) could be
used as a proxy to monitor the number of
entanglement incidents or other types of injury/mortality due to litter"
Since monitoring in bird stomachs is a well-established method and being applied in many MS, we propose to make the tekst a bit
stronger: "
- monitoring
in biota can be used to monitor under D10C1 and D10C2"
D10C1 and D10C2: First point: Propose to remove micro-litter as mandatory to monitor on the coastline (being of limited use to
deduce
(eco)toxicological harm or direct
sources of micro-litter to the marine environment), i.e.: "litter shall be monitored
on the
coastline"
D10C1: First point: Propose to make also monitoring of the sea-floor mandatory for litter (since a cost-efficient method is to make
use
of bottom trawling surveys (e.g.
BITS and IBTS)).
D10C1: second point. Propose to reword to: "any additional monitoring for litter should focus either on the surface layer of the
water
column, or
the
sea-floor, based on a risk assessment of the significance of the issue."
(alternatively only on the surface layer
of the water column if also sea-floor monitoring should be mandatory)
Since based on incidental occurrences, all sampled
individuals will be entangled.
Text amended
ES
14-15
Specifications
&
methods
ES
14-15
Specifications
&
methods
ES
FI
14-15
14-15
Specifications
&
methods
Specifications & methods
IT
14-15
Specifications & methods
Biota monitoring reintroduced under D10C3.
Other matrice smonitoring follows advice from TG Litter.
'Beach' is understood to be part of 'coastline'. For instance a
rocky coastline may not be referred to as 'beach'.
IT
14-15
Specifications & methods
Sentence slightly amended ('should' into 'could').
NL
SE
SE
SE
14-15
14-15
14-15
14-15
Specifications & methods
Specifications & methods
Specifications & methods
Specifications & methods
Biota monitoring reintroduced under D10C3.
Coastline is now optional
Flexibility is required as bottom-trawling does not occur
systematically
Our wording seems to be clearer
SE
14-15
Specifications & methods
D10C2: second point. From a perspective of risk and relevance, monitoring of micro-litter should preferably be mandatory for any
of the other compartments than the
coastline, and be clearly related to inputs (i.e.
separately from the degradation of (macro)litter
Coastline is now optional
already
present in
the marine environment). Thus propose to include a new third point: "micro-litter shall
be monitored
in
a
Text amended
manner that can be related to point-sources for inputs (e.g.
harbors and marinas, WWTPs,
storm water effluents), either in
stationary
biota, the surface layer of the water column, or in sediment".
The text does not specify details as to who is carrying out the
survey (could be different observers)
FR
14
Specifications & methods
Macro and microlitter observations cannot be carried out by the same observers as recommended in the aim of optimizing the
Monitoring D10C1 and D10C2 shoreline
litter survey.
fa8b346f-1366-49e0-a455-1bd349029d38 D10
73 of 84
13-07-2016 00:27
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0745.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
D10C2: for homogeneity reasons and to be
clearer,
put "per millilitre for
beach
(to be added) sediment" before "per cubic meter
for
sea
(to be added) surface layer"
FR
14-15
Units of
measurement
Awaiting advice
FR
14-15
There is a technical problem in the new version.
The reporting unit for microplastics and floating is now
"quantities
/per
volume"???.
it is a non sense since the sampling of
microplastics is performed using a neuston net, mostly Manta trawls (as a reference protocol in our guidance) with a frame that is
For D10C1, amended (per square meter for surface layer
Units of measurement Criteria
partly outside of the water. Since the frame is moving at the surface, the immersed part cannot be constant and volume evaluation
instead of cubic metre).
are always wrong. There is no other mean to quantify a volume and This is the main reason why all scientists are now reporting per
D10C1 and D10C2
For D10C2 it is still cubic metres.
surface unit instead of volume. For floating litter, the only available protocols are based on visual observation , then dedicated to
surface litter. Considering volumes is jut "not possible" from ships/ferryboxes/videosystems. All Technical aspects have been
discussed by the experts of the TG ML group and there are technical protocols available.
fa8b346f-1366-49e0-a455-1bd349029d38 D10
74 of 84
13-07-2016 00:27
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0746.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
Section:
- Elements
- Criteria
- Methodological standards
-Specifications & methods
Criteria D11C1
Member State Page
Comment
Response
FR
16
"in particular"
: the meaning is not clear. Does it mean than the case of "Marine Mammals" should be adressed as the first pirority
Reference to mammals deleted
? Or that it is mandatory ?...Although less precise, "Marine animals" was more appropriate. Better delete 'in particular marine
mammals'.
It does not seem coherent to ask to set thresholds without being precise on what is meant by "likely to adversily affect". If
thresholds are to be set,
a
methodological standard has to be provided to explain the different levels
(and
associated thresholds)
of adverse impacts. Thresholds can be set provided knowledge of the impacts are sufficient which is not
the case. In addition,
Accepted - new article to reflect need for threshold values
thresholds are relevant only if they account for
the impacted species
(it won't be the same threshold(s) for a harbour porpoise
which accommodate different characteristics/species of
than for a Zyphius), if they account for the acceptable effects (at what step we
consider
the impact to be negative?)
and
if
they
each region or subregions
account
for the natural environment (shallow vs deep waters, soft vs hard
bottom, ....). If threshold are to be kept
in the decision,
they must be set at subregion levels only if a sufficient knowledge is available.
The original criterium (old commission decision, porposals TG Noise) are about the distribution of sound sources. Here, it says
distribution of sound. Is this done
on purpose or is 'sources'
it simply forgotten?
Amended
FR
16
Criteria D11C1
NL
16
Criteria D11C1
IE
16
Criteria D11C1
We do not believe the directive allows the Commission to set threshold values. This competency remains with the Member states.
Intended to refer to work by TG Noise. Wording amended
Furthermore we are concerned that no effort has been made to define "adversly affected" with respect to marine animals (NTS,
and clarified in recitals
TTS or PTS). . Also, the
relationship between
the
topography and abiotic
characteristics of the benthic habitats is a significant
factor in the propogation
and dissapation
of impulsive anthropogenic sound.
It is proposed to delete the following sentence:
"Member States and the Commission should jointly establish
these threshold
values
at Union level"
DRAFTING SUGGESTION : Delete the phrase "marine mammals", nowhere else to in the decision are marine mammals specially
identified and ecosystem
level
effects
may be stronger on marine
animals.
Drafting suggestion: Addition of “sources” is essential here, i.e. should read “anthropogenic sound sources”. This was in the
original wording,
and
with good reason, since distribution of sound is poorly defined (would lead to speculative modelling), but
distribution of sound sources is provided through licensing process. Original wording:
Intended to refer to work by TG Noise. Wording amended
and clarified in recitals
Reference to mammals deleted
IT
UK
16
16
Criteria D11C1
Criteria D11C1
UK
16
Criteria D11C1
Proportion of days and their
distribution within a calendar year over
areas of a
determined
surface, as well as their spatial
distribution,
in which anthropogenic sound sources exceed levels that
are likely
to entail significant impact on marine animals…
Accepted
NL
NL
NL
UK
16
16
16
16
Criteria D11C1 and D11C2
Criteria D11C1 and D11C2
Criteria D11C1 and D11C2
Criteria D11C1 and D11C2
PT
EL
16
16
Criteria D11C1 and D11C3
Criteria D11C1 Elements
Propose to add, afte rthreshold values ", when they become available".
Propose to add at the end of the each criterium: "In the absence of jointly established threshold values, establishing trends may
serve to
set intermediate targets"
Thresholds: for noise it will mostly not be possible to set thresholds by 2018, because of lack of knowledge. Moreover, thresholds
at
Union level are not possible becasue
of the different nature of the seas basins (sandy/rocky, deep shallow) and the different
way sound
propagates
because of these properties.
The TG Noise is that there is no information to support threshold levels that can be agreed with a level of risk/uncertainty that is
acceptable - trend criteria
can be established
Thresholds values definition:
Species have different levels of sensitivity. Do you consider that the sensitivity of various species to
noise levels are properly studied and / or is uniform for all species?
It will be appropriate to set only a Communitytreshold for the whole
area
of application of the MSFD considering that the species
does not have the same distribution?
OK
Addressed by new Article
Article added covering this
Article refers to timescales for establishing threshold
values. New Article refers to need for regional variation in
relation to characteristics.
Threshold levels should be developed on a precautionary
basis
New article to reflect that threshold values should be set
to respect different characteristics in each
region/subregion
Noted
fa8b346f-1366-49e0-a455-1bd349029d38 D11
75 of 84
13-07-2016 00:27
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0747.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
D11C2: With regard to low frequency noise there exists no relevant scientific documentation which in any way can justify
establishing criteria for determining if/how specific frequency areas or levels of low frequency noise conflicts with the aim of the
MSFD regarding good environmental conditions in a marine area. The singular observations of how marine animals can hear and
react to low frequency noise in specific situations can - as stated by scientists in the area - not justify the determination of criteria
for environmental conflicts or regulation with reference to a specific level of low frequency noise.
D11C2 could be very problematic for the tunnel project Fehmarnbelt Fixed Link, if the common assessment levels is formulated
before a final plan approval decision in Germany is in place (which is likely). (The approval for the Danish site is already in place).
Beacuse of the above mentioned problems regarding low frequence noise, DK states that:
1) There is a lack of evidence of how the specific sound pressure (third octave calculation) in the selected frequency areas (63 Hz
and 125 Hz) are relevant in order to avoid negative impact on the marine animal life from low frequency noise.
2) There is a lack of any evidence that it - as it is suggested - should be relevant to apply certain average annual levels for low
frequency noise as criteria for determining GES.
3) As the existing evidence solely shows potential local disturbing effects from low frequency noise on the marine animal life -
without causing harm to any individuals as such - it can only be justified to assess situation specific and area specific
environmental aspects in relation to concrete plans and projects, and based hereupon consider possible measures to avoid or
minimize disturbances related to low frequency noise.
4) Determination of general conditions or threshold values for levels of low frequency underwater noise in marine areas with
reference to the MSFD is not a suitable solution for handling the marine spatial planning task or obtaining the marine
management’s objective of ensuring favourable environmental conditions and a sustainable use of the marine area. A qualified
marine spatial planning presupposes a focused and evidence based regulation.
5) The subject regarding low frequency noise in the proposal of the Commission should only be referred to as a future focus area
with the overall objective of providing more knowledge and evidence, and with the aim of only in specific planning and project
contexts to conduct relevant measures to avoid disturbances if possible.
OK
To our knowledge, the recommandation of TGNoise was to measure
'trends' instead of 'level'.
An explanation why levels are
prefered to trends would be appreciated. If the will of the revised decision is to set "thresholds", it seems probably more
appropriate to set thresholds on trends rather than on levels regarding the lack of knowledge.
It is proposed to delete the following sentence:
"Member States and the Commission should jointly establish
these threshold
values
at Union level"
We support the use of the word ‘average’ provided it can be interpreted loosely. Likely that a percentile metric (e.g. 75th or 90th
percentile) over the
year will be a more robust and appropriate metric.
Please take the comments and correctipns of the chairs of the TG Noise into account in the next version and keep them updated
about any other
proposed changes.
As commented before, the suggested
impact criterion
is missing and should be part of the new COM decision.
DK
16
Criteria D11C2
Setting precautinary levels should be considered, based
on scientific expertise in TG Noise and related to specific
species and areas as appropriate.
Decision would not be retroactive, so its adoption would
not affect an already completed EIA. The descriptor title
DK
16
Criteria D11C2
DK
16
Criteria D11C2
Awaiting advice
EL
16
Criteria D11C2
FR
16
Criteria D11C2
IT
UK
NL
DE
16
16
16
16-17
Criteria D11C2
Criteria D11C2
General
General
Noted
Trend information is a natural outcome of periodic
monitoring/assessment (even if 6-yearly); what is relevant
for GES and its assessment is the actual levels of noise
and whether these cause harm; may need to set
precautionary levels.
This is intended to refer to work by TG Noise. Wording
amended and clarified in recitals
Awaiting advice
Noted.
Such an impact criterion was not proosed by the
Technical Review, due to its immaturity.
DE
16-17
General
As commented before, monopole energy source level cannot be measured. This might result in data among the member states
that are not comparable and thus any output of o common assessment might be misleading. A standard or even a common
Awaiting advice
approach on methods to
derive
this parameter
does
not
exists at this time.
We therefore propose to hold a one-off workshop under TG-Noise to develop a common procedure on the derivation/calculation
of monopole energy source
levels. Otherwise, we are in doubt if the
objectives set with the criteria could
ever be
met.
OK
Delete
"Criteria, including threshold values where they exist"
and replace with
"Criteria"
Delete
"Application Rules"
and replace with
"Indications for assessment"
OK
Noted
Accepted
Amended to 'use of criteria'
Noted
EL
IT
IT
EL
16-17
16
16
16
General
General - Column 2 - Criteria
General - Column 3
Methodological standards
Methodological standards
fa8b346f-1366-49e0-a455-1bd349029d38 D11
76 of 84
13-07-2016 00:27
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0748.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
"Application rules: Each criterion is to achieve the threshold values set"
should be deleted and substituted by
"Indication for
assessment: "Member States and the Commission should jointly identify reference level taking into account the regional and
subregional peculiarities."
Concerning the application rules, and as already mentioned on the sheet "Recitals_Articles", Portugal desagrees with the
application of
"One-out-all-out principle", for the reason mentioned.
Application rules : There are no threshold values at present, so the criterion can only be assessed ‘when these become available’.
Suggest
the "when these become available" text is reinstated.
OK
It seems that
units are not
fully
coherent with the text
(should n't be 1 muPa2 instead of 1muPa - "squared" pressure level"- and 1
muPa2 m2 s instead of 1 muPa2. s -source levels- ?)
"(such as license blocks for offshore industries)" This example may be unnecessary given the remainder of the text and could be
deleted.
"Impulsive sound measured as monopole energy source level in units of dB re 1!Pa2 s or zero to peak monopole energy source
level
in units of dB re 1!Pa m.
Both
are measured over the frequency band
10 Hz to 10 kHz."
Does
this
imply
monitoring
of
impulsive sound? If so, this is more
than the current ambition level of registering activities.
As commented before, the chosen range 10 Hz to 10 kHz might not be adequate when related to impacts on marine species. The
frequency
range
might be better adapted from
10 Hz to 20 kHz
for assessing possible impacts on relevant species (among others
on harbour porpoise).
Deletion of "Temporal
frequency: daily
" should be withdrawn.
As commented before, 63 and 125 Hz is not representative for e.g. shipping noise in all European marine regions and we doubt
that
these frequencies are adequate for assessing possible impacts on
relevant species.
We
recommend using a broader range of frequency and propose to discuss
the subject in a working group or workshop with
experts
on the biological impacts of noise on marine species.
IT
16
Methodological standards
Amended to 'use of criteria'
PT
UK
EL
FR
SE
16
16
16-17
16-17
16-17
Methodological standards
Methodological standards
Specifications & methods
Specifications & methods
Specifications & methods
Amended to 'use of criteria'
Article on use of interim threshold values introduced
Noted
Awaiting advice
Awaiting advice
Text amended to reintroduce 'source' as intention is to
monitor the sound events generated by the activity
SE
16-17
Specifications & methods
Specifications and
standardised methods -
Monitoring - D11C1
Specifications and
standardised methods -
Monitoring - D11C1
Specifications and
standardised methods -
Monitoring - D11C2
Specifications and
standardised methods for
monitoring and assessment
D11C1
Specifications and
standardised methods for
monitoring and assessment
D11C2
DE
16-17
Amended, based on TG Noise advice
It is understood that 'proportion of days' requires a
register of noise events per day from licenced activities
DE
16-17
DE
16-17
Amended, based on TG Noise advice
UK
16-17
Third bullet: DRAFTING SUGGESTION : Delete “energy” having this word here makes this sentence acoustically meaningless. Prefer
Amended
the wording as TG
noise
originally
advised – ZERO TO PEAK MONOPOLE
SOURCE LEVEL
UK
16-17
Average' - as above it should encompass use of percentile metrics.
Awaiting advice
fa8b346f-1366-49e0-a455-1bd349029d38 D11
77 of 84
13-07-2016 00:27
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0749.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
Section:
- Paragraph 1
- Paragraph 2
Member State
Page
Comment
Response
DK
41
General
DK
EL
PT
40-41
40-41
40-41
General
General
General
PT
40-41
General
EL
IT
EL
IT
41
41
41
41
Paragraph 1
Paragraph 1
Paragraph 2(a)
Paragraph 2(a)
DK
41
Paragraph 2(c)
FI
41
Paragraph 2(c)
The elements of Part C have been incorporated into 'use
of criteria' within each descriptor, setting out more
specifically what is proposed to show the extent to which
GES is being achieved
The elements of Part C have been incorporated into 'use
Dk has reservations about the Part C in the annex, since we have not fully understood the implications of the proposed methodology.Is this in of criteria' within each descriptor, setting out more
accordance with the proposed assessment scales and the flexibility for MS to decide assessment scales? Does it require more data?
specifically what is proposed to show the extent to which
GES is being achieved
OK
Noted
The elements of Part C have been incorporated into 'use
PT does not agree with the inclusion of part C in the draftt. We dont think the subjects approach in this annex constitute "non essential
of criteria' within each descriptor, setting out more
specifically what is proposed to show the extent to which
elemets" of Annex I. These are refering to initial assessment (article 8) which is not in the scope of the Decision.
GES is being achieved
The Decision sets out quality thresholds for each criterion,
whilst it is expected that MS will determine the
geographical extent over which they should be achieved
We dont think
Part C
is operational . GES is to be achieved for the (sub)region and not small areas.
under Art 9(1). The Decision is thus focused on providing
information on the extent to which these thresholds are
achieved.
OK
Noted
For the predominant pressures and impacts to be assessed under point (b) of Article 8(1) of Directive 2008/56/EC, the criteria provided in Part
Threshold values is the term used throughout the
A of
this Annex set
reference levels
threshold values (or provide for these to be set by Member States within each region or subregion) in
relation to the intensity of a pressure that is considered to be compatible with (or not preventing) the achievement of good environmental
Decision
status at any given area in the marine waters of Member States.
OK
Noted
The elements of Part C have been incorporated into 'use
of criteria' within each descriptor, setting out more
We propose to change "…shall
be assesed
" in "…should
be assessed
"
specifically what is proposed to show the extent to which
GES is being achieved
The elements of Part C have been incorporated into 'use
Bullet c): What does this mean and for which purpose should this be done? Seems like the Commissions sets out rules for the initial
of criteria' within each descriptor, setting out more
assessment and where is the legal basis for this?
specifically what is proposed to show the extent to which
GES is being achieved
The elements of Part C have been incorporated into 'use
Finland cannot support a requirement to carry out a detailed assessment of the spatial extent to which GES has been achieved within the
of criteria' within each descriptor, setting out more
assessment area
and hence
proposes deleting "…, as a proportion (%) of the total extent of the element in the assessment". All information
specifically what is proposed to show the extent to which
should be achievable from the work carried out to assess the criteria+elements, Part C cannot bring anything extra.
GES is being achieved
DK suggest that the methodology in part C should be used at descriptor level - not criteria level - since GES should be assessed at descriptor
level.
It is proposed to modify the following sentence:
"When reviewing their initial assessments and their determination of good environmental status according to point (a) of Article 17(2) of
Directive 2008/56/EC, Member States shall assess the extent to which the threshold values have been achieved for each criterion used, per
assessment element where relevant, as a proportion (%) of the total extent of the element in the assessment area".
in:
"When reviewing their initial assessments and their determination of good environmental status according to point (a) of Article 17(2)
of Directive 2008/56/EC, Member States shall assess the extent to which, considering assessment areas, environmental targets are
achieved."
IT
41
Paragraph 2(c)
The elements of Part C have been incorporated into 'use
of criteria' within each descriptor, setting out more
specifically what is proposed to show the extent to which
GES is being achieved
fa8b346f-1366-49e0-a455-1bd349029d38 Part_C
78 of 84
13-07-2016 00:27
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0750.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
The elements of Part C have been incorporated into 'use
of criteria' within each descriptor, setting out more
specifically what is proposed to show the extent to which
GES is being achieved
Acknowledge the different approaches to assessments for
different descriptors. The % proportion could be provided
in a number of ways which are based on existing
monitoring/assessment approaches rather than expecting
new monitoring to achieve a high degree of precision.
Use of the risk-based approach for monitoring is
promoted, but this should ensure that the distribution
and extent of pressures and impacts are assessed in order
to provide a) an indication of the etxent to which GES is
achieved and b) to inform on the need for measures
PL
41
Paragraph 2(c)
Anex C – delete lit "c) % of the total extent of the element in the assessment"
UK
41
Paragraph 2(c)
We support the comments made by the OSPAR secretariat in their letter to you regarding part C(c); assessing the status of thresholds as a
percentage of the total element in the area. As drafted this may create requirements that are unduly resource intensive and that will not
support
cost-effective
monitoring approaches. Many
of the indicators
refer to point source monitoring
of inputs or their
effects. These cover
the main
risk areas and
therefore will
be
the sound basis for deciding whether
GES has been achieved
or not. However applying a ‘percentage
of area covered’ criterion will not be appropriate for all these elements. Better
to use something like sufficiency
of
monitoring with regard to
the extent of the likely problem (a more risk based approach).
FR
40-41
Recital 16 + part assessing the
spatial extent
is not compatible with
the risk-based approach : we will not monitor all the region (ex eutrophication in open
C
waters : we will only monitor some specific areas)
fa8b346f-1366-49e0-a455-1bd349029d38 Part_C
79 of 84
13-07-2016 00:27
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0751.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
Section:
- recital
- article
- Table 1
- Table 2a
- Table 2b
Art. 1
Art. 2(1)
Art. 2(1)
Art. 2(1)
Art. 2(3)
Member State Page
Comment
Response
EL
DE
IT
SE
RO
3
3
3
3
3
OK
We consider that at least 18 months will be needed to turn the commission decision into national regulations.
It is proposed to change in "….
18
months after the entry into force
"
We prefer 18 months to bring the directive into force
Noted
Accepted
Accepted
Accepted
Related to this proposal we consider that it is not necessary to introduce a new paragraph related to the obligations of unlocked countries
Land-locked countries are only required to transpose Art
under MSFD. Last paragraph of art.6 (2) is very clear. Here are underlined the duties of all MS which share the same water catchment. However 6 and 7 of MSFD (Art. 26(3)), therefore we are only
restating this obligation.
unlocked countries have to take all the measures under other water directives to avoid the pollution of the seas.
Additionally an extra function of Annex III is fully ignored with the new regulation. Under Art. 13 (4) the only explicitly mentioned measures are
spatial measures. There should be a reference included in Annex III.
Generally positive.
OK
FI is rather satisfied with the changes introduced into the tables.
Good work. The document was improved but they are necessary some ajustments.
Annex III is not linked to Art 13
Noted
Noted
Noted
Noted
Text amended for note 4 and 5 to cross refer to the
Decision where the current text is more appropriate.
Note 6 moved to the Decision.
First sentence deleted. Second sentence retained to
clarify that for land-based pressures, input levels may be
relevant to assess.
DE
DK
EL
FI
RO
DK
1-8
1-8
1-8
1-8
1-8
5-6
General
General
General
General
General
Notes related to
Please delete note no. 4, 5 and 6, since this is methodological standards.
table 1
Notes related to
Please delete note no. 1, since this is methodological standards.
table 2
Recital
Recital 3
Recital 5
Recital 6
DK
7
FI
FI
EL
FI
2
2
2
2
We have a general concern about the relationship between the Annex III and draft decision. The decision is to be laid down on the basis of the
indicative Annex
III yet there is a tendency in the recitals and articles
of
Annex
III to either hide this
relationship
or turn this around. In order to Noted
improve this:
Accepted
Two last sentences seem relevant
for the decision but not so much for the revised Annex III. We propose to
delete them.
OK
Noted
It is rather vice versa (the review of decision is needed to complement the review of Annex III) since article 9(3) states that the decision is laid
down
on
the
basis of Annexes I and III. "Established" sounds is formal in relation to the status of a commission staff working paper and "explained"
Accepted
would suit better.
RO
FI
RO
RO
ES
ES
ES
2
2
2
2
4
4
4
Recital 6
Recital 7
Recital 7
Recital 8
Table 1
Table 1
Table 1
Replace "indicators" with " methodological standards" because the the title of the Decision is criteria and metodological standards. The
proposed
text: The Commission staff
working paper from 20116, however, established relationships
between the
Annex I qualitative
descriptors,
the elements of Annex III and the criteria and
“methodological standard”
of Decision 2010/477/EU, but could provide only a partial
answer due to their inherent content.
Article
13 does not recognise the need to to consider elements in Annex III
when devising PoMs and should be deleted.
Agree that the 2010 Decision is entitled 'criteria and
methodological standards' but the 2011 CSWP focused
on the relationship of the 2010 indicators and not on
methodological standards
Accepted
Text amended
Text amended
Text amended to reflect both parameters and
characteristics
Annex III is indicative. Recording of sound levels may be
relevant as background to anthropogenic sound
monitoring.
Accepted
the elements have to reflect the specific conditions of each marine region. The proposed text "the relance of these elements are different due
to specific conditions of each marine regions
I suggest to add “impacts” in the title of tab. 2 b. to keep the initial title of this table “pressures and impact” because this para
addresses the initial table of the Annex.
ES reiterates its proposal to change the title of third column form "Possible parameters" to "Characteristics"
ES reiterates its proposal to remove "sound". This is a new monitoring
requirement
ES proposes to change "clarity" to the previous "transparency"
fa8b346f-1366-49e0-a455-1bd349029d38 AnnexIII
80 of 84
13-07-2016 00:27
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0752.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
RO
SE
SE
RO
SE
EL
IT
IT
DE
4
4
4
5
5
4-5
4
5
5
Table 1
Table 1
Table 1
Table 1
Table 1
Table 1
Table 1 - 2° line
Table 1 - 3° line
Table 1 notes
Our suggestion is to keep both, namely parameters and characteristics because the list of the column have parameters and characteristics. For
Accepted
instance "chlorophyll a is parameter. Behaviour is characteristic.
Text amended to reflect both parameters and
Sweden prefers "parameters" in the heading of the table
characteristics
Sweden prefers to keep the column with related descriptors since it is helpful
Noted
Transparency' accepted. Recording of sound levels may
Theme ecosystem, physical and hydrological - proposed to replace clarity with transparency. Clarity is more complicated. See D5 of Decision for
be relevant as background to anthropogenic sound
explanation.
Need clarification related to"
sound".
monitoring.
We prefer "transparency" instead of "clarity"
Accepted
OK
Noted
Change the previous version:
"Broad habitat types [Note 5] of the water column (pelagic) and seabed (benthic), including…"
into:
"Broad
Accepted
habitat types of the water column (pelagic) and seabed(benthic) [Note 5], including…"
It is proposed to use the term "transparency
" instead of "clarity
"
Accepted
Amend text of Note 4 as follows:
"For the purposes of monitoring and assessment, each species group should be represented by an appropriate number of species, which may
Note 4 amended to cross refer to the Decision
shall
include species that are the subject of Union legislation
(Directive 92/43/EEC, Directive 2009/147/EC or Regulation (EU) No 1380/2013)
or
international agreements,
such as Regional Sea Conventions, or other sources
.
agreements
Amend text of Note 5 as follows:
"For
the purposes
of
assessing the condition
of each broad
benthic
habitat type, an appropriate number of more finely-defined habitat types,
Note 5 amended to cross refer to the Decision
which may
shall
include habitats that are the subject of Union legislation
(Directive 92/43/EEC)
or international agreements,
such as the
Regional Sea Conventions,
may
shall
be used."
OK
Noted
Noted; but several amended due to other comments
We think the notes are helpful and prefer to keep them
received, including reflecting the same text in the
Decision.
Change the previous version into "Possible
parameters and characteristics
"
Accepted
DE
EL
SE
IT
5-6
5-6
5-6
4
Table 1 notes
Table 1 notes
Table 1 notes
Table 1 title
DE
5
Table 1:
Ecosystems
add "bathymetry"
under: " -physical
characteristics":
Table 1: Habitats
colummn:
Please amend: "plankton bloom frequencies and abundance and spatial and temporal variation"
"Possible
parameters …"
Table 1: Habitats
colummn:"Releva
add: (5)
nt qual.
Descriptors …"
Table 2
Table 2 notes
Table 2 notes
Table 2a
Delete 'other' : "Input of other forms of energy (including
other electromagnetic waves, light and heat)".
OK
We think the notes are helpful and prefer to keep them
OK
Accepted
DE
4-5
Proposed text is already addressed as 'species
composition …. (spatial and temporal variation)'. The
aspect of bloom frequencies is specific to plankton and
relevant for D5.
DE
4
Addressed by Note 3.
NL
EL
SE
EL
6
7-8
7-8
6
ES
6
Table 2a
Accepted
Noted
Noted
Noted
Movement of native species is sometimes undertaken
Input of genetically-modified species and translocation of indigenous
species:
we find it is not clear what should be assessed under this item. If for aquaculture purposes; in such cases there may be
a
species is indigenous, we cannot aply the term "translocation". This
seems to have a very local perspective, difficult
to
be
applied at the
issues related to the population genetics or to associated
pathogens and parasites. Some countries have policies
subregional
level.
on this issue.
fa8b346f-1366-49e0-a455-1bd349029d38 AnnexIII
81 of 84
13-07-2016 00:27
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0753.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
Proposal to REMOVE "Extraction of water" (since water is not a limiting resource in the marine environment, the extraction of water is not, as
such, a pressure, as it may be in the freshwater ecosystems). Besides, the "extraction of water" is also included in table 2b, which makes sense, Accepted
as a use
and human activity that is done at the sea.
Table 2a proposes a revised list of pressures, yet the reasoning behind this list and the new categorisation is unclear. Moreover, this list is not
entirely compatible
with
lists
developed
in
the context of regional sea
conventions
(such as OSPAR's
ICG-C) or national pressures lists
(e.g.
Fr/UK) that are based on these RSC lists - and are already in use.
The pressures
list could benefit from further description (of each pressure)
to ensure
their
proper use
by MS (as well
as consistency and
comparison
at a regional level).
Some
specific comments :
- Combining
chemical pollution
(substances)
and
litter is
understandable.
However, sound and energy would be more
logically categorised
under "other physical pressures".
- Under Biological Pressures, "Loss of, or change to, natural habitat by cultivation of animal or plant species" is a new addition to the list. This
"pressure" appears to be more akin to a list of consequences of an activity (aquaculture/mariculture) - which itself has several associated
pressures (habitat loss, habitat disturbance, input of nutrients/organic matter, visual disturbance etc).
-"Disturbance of species due to human presence" is vague - there are different ways (i.e. pressures) humans can disturb species - visually, by
noise or by physical interaction.
- "Disturbance/damage to seabed" should be subdivided in line with the level of detail provided for chemical and biological pressures. A similar
level of subdivision used in the previous MSFD Annex III Table 2 pressures list could be retained (i.e. extraction, abrasion; that could be
completed by other pressures like trampling, deposition of material etc. reflecting other existing lists of pressures, e.g. that of ICG-C)
- "Hydrological changes" should be placed in a separate category and could be subvided into sub-pressures (covering temperature, salinity,
water flow (tidal) changes, emergence regime changes, wave exposure changes)
- Does "input of water" refer to the pressure of "changes in salinity"?
- Why have radio-nuclides been deleted?
Too broad definitions of pressures could hinder the assessment of cumulative pressures and their impacts, as multiple pressures could be
contained within one same category
add light cells: distrub species/fish harvesting - distrub species/plant harvesting - kill, injure species/transport-shipping (e.g. whale collision) -
kill,
injure species/military
activities
ES
6
Table 2a
FR
6
Table 2a
Rationale for new list has been explained in GES_14-
2015-06. This includes a cross-walk to pressure lists in
other policies including OSPAR.
Consider providing description of each pressure, based
on OSPAR guidance in Art 8 guidance.
FR
6
Table 2a
Comment seems to refer to the indicative correlation
table: Pressures-Activities. Matrix could be added to Art
8 guidance
fa8b346f-1366-49e0-a455-1bd349029d38 AnnexIII
82 of 84
13-07-2016 00:27
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0754.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
The Table 2a of draft revised Annex III of the MSFD, which is under discussion within Article 25 Regulatory Committee, lists the anthropogenic
pressures on the
marine
environment.
This table is an indicative list on which
is
based
the analysis of the predominant
pressures and
impacts
which is to be undertaken by mid 2018, in accordance with point (b) of Article 8(1) of the MSFD, within the framework of the
revision of
the
assessment
of
marine
waters.
The pressures
listed are not necessarily
linked
to the criteria related
to the
so-called “pressure-based”
descriptors of
the Commission draft
Decision on
criteria on good environmental status,
which have to be tacken into account within the framework of the
current
environmental
status
assessment in accordance
with point
(a) of Article 8(1) of
the MSFD.
France
wishes to clarify the extent to which the taking into account of Table
2a of revised Annex III leads to additional
work concerning
the
article 8 marine water assessment when compared with the work related to “pressure-based” descriptors criteria. Such a clarification is
required when France is setting out its methodology for revising the assessment of its marine waters (the finalisation of which is scheduled for
mid 2016
in order to respect the date of notification (July 2018)
set by the MSFD).
Two
cases of possible additions have been identifed in Note 1 related
to Table 2a of revised
Annex
III:
-
CASE 1: Anthropogenic pressures which are not linked to specified
descriptors (see empty lines
of column 4 such
as, for instance, the line
related to
disturbance of species due to human presence): where significant,
they shoud also be
addressed under the analysis of the
predominant pressures and impacts
to
be undertaken in accordance with point (b) of Article 8(1) of this MSFD.
- CASE 2: Anthropogenic
pressures which are linked to specified
descriptors (see full lines of column 4) and whose title include the word “input”
(see column 2) : assessments should address their levels in the marine environment, which is already included in the criteria related to the so-
called “pressure-based” descriptors of the Commission draft Decision but also, “if appropriate”, the rates of input (from land-based or
atmospheric sources) to the marine environment, which isn’t included in the criteria related to the so-called “pressure-based” descriptors of
the Commission draft Decision.
A total of 12 out of 17 lines is concerned with both cases.
In the two cases mentioned above, the definition of what is a “significant” pressure or a pressure of which the assessment shoud be addressed
“if
appropriate”
should be precised: does it correspond to the
case where
the pressure is suspected to be a significant cause for not achieving
good environmental status for one or more descriptors ?
Besides for greater clarity, France would like to have a table indicating for each pressure listed in Table 2a of revised Annex
III:
- If this pressure is totally covered by the criteria of the revised Commission Decision on the criteria on goood environmental status;
- If so: what are the corresponding criteria;
- If not: what are the necessary additions to be made and when are they required.
theme "substances…" - rephrase "substances,
marine litter, noise and energy"
FR
6
Table 2a
Table 2a is an indicative list and does not prescribe that
MS assess everything listed.
MS should define whether they consider the pressure
relevant for their waters in relation to the needs of Art. 8
1a and 1b.
Consider developing the requested table linking the
pressures to the criteria in Art 8 guidance
RO
6
Table 2a
Noise is part of energy. Addition of 'marine' to litter is
unnecessary, as it is understod all Table 2 pressures
concern the marine environment (as per title)
Movement of native species is sometimes undertaken
for aquaculture purposes; in such cases there may be
issues related to the population genetics or to associated
pathogens and parasites. Some countries have policies
on this issue.
Consider providing description of each pressure, based
on OSPAR guidance in Art. 8 guidance.
Consider providing description of each pressure, based
on OSPAR guidance in Art. 8 guidance.
RO
6
Table 2a
theme "biological" - clarification related to "translocation of indigenous species".
RO
RO
6
6
Table 2a
Table 2a
theme" physical" - I suggest to add “physical/mechanical ’because some pressures are part of mechanical process, for instance “damage to
seabed’. For item
“disturbance or damage seabed” we can give examples as" fishing
activities and anchoring". These affect the seabed and
water column as well.
theme "physical" - clarification related to "input of water -e.g. brine". How this kind of water could affect the salinity of the marine water? The
same
for "extraction of water"
Concerning input of organic matter we have a comment on descriptor 5 (D5C8 )related to this. Is the intention that it should be only point
sources, since the
transport to the sea of organic matter is also affected
by climate
change.
Clarification
22/03:
We mean that if point sources of input of organic matter is mentioned also diffuse sources should be mentioned. The link to climate change is
increased
fresh-water
transport,
with increased amounts of organic material,
to the
sea because of increased rainfall.
SE
6
Table 2a
Text amended
IT
6
Table 2a - 2° line Word insertion: "Input
or spread of
invasive
non-indigenous species"
Input
The addition of 'invasive' is not advocated, as the list
only indicated the pressure, not its degree of threat
fa8b346f-1366-49e0-a455-1bd349029d38 AnnexIII
83 of 84
13-07-2016 00:27
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0755.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
IT
6
Table 2a - 3° line
Table 2a, Row
'Biological'
Clarify if "Physical loss" is in the meaning of "not reversible physical loss". In case, insert the word: "Physical
loss (due
to change of seabed
substrate or morphology
not reversible
and extraction of seabed substrate)"
Amend text: "translocation
of indigenous
native
species
", in order to be consistent with EU terminology (EU regulation 1143/2014).
Consider providing description of each pressure, based
on OSPAR guidance in art 8 guidance.
As the MSFD uses 'non-indigenous' it would be best to
use 'indigenous' here. The Regulation has used different
terminology to MSFD which is addresed in the Decision
definitions
DE
6
DE
6
Table 2a, Row
'Biological' ,
Add descriptors 1 and 6.
Column 'Relevant
descriptors'
Table 2b
OK
We are still in complete disagreement with this long list of human activities. Even though only a part of them (those with *) will be relevant for
the economic and social analysis, all of them (more than 30 activities) would need to be monitored (article 11) and would apply for articles 10
and 13 (targets and measures) for the MSFD purpose. In the excel file it is indicated, as a response to the ES comments, that they could be
Table 2b
relevant for monitoring, but as an indicative list, not prescriptive. If this is the case, this should be indicated in title of the table: “
Table 2.b:
Indicative list of uses and human activities…”.
On the other hand, in the document of Committee of November 2015, it was explained that the
intention is to provide a “checklist” for Member States to consider. If the intention is to have a chek list of indicative human activities, it should
also be better explained in the Annex III.
OK. I addittion, in the coastal environment, there is not only the extraction of salt (salt production) but also the extraction of water for
desalinification
purposes
(provision of freshwater
to remote
islands). Thus, we propose that there should be a '*' also at the water extraction
Table 2b
process (water extraction does not take place solely over land).
Among the main activity "pipeline" is missed. It is proposed to change the theme "Extraction
of non-living resources" into "Extraction and
Table 2b - 2° line
transport
of non-living resources"
and add a fifth Activity in this Theme: "Pipeline
"
Table 2b -
General
Addressed by Note 3
EL
7
Noted
ES
7
Title for whole Annex starts with 'Indicative' to address
points raised here, as entire Annex is indicative.
EL
IT
IT
8
7
7
Extraction of water retained as a use in Table 2b
Pipeline category added
* added for tourism infrastructure. Other activities are
It is proposed to mark
*
also other activities, as the following: "Aquaculture - freshwater", "Urban uses", "Industrial uses", "Tourism and leisure
land-based and would not be expected to be included
infrastructure"
under Art 8.1c
fa8b346f-1366-49e0-a455-1bd349029d38 AnnexIII
84 of 84
13-07-2016 00:27
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0756.png
Marine Strategy Framework Directive
Criteria and methodological standards on good environmental status of marine waters
Explanatory document
accompanying draft version 3 of a proposal to replace Decision 2010/477/EU
Contents
Background ............................................................................................................................................. 1
On the relationship between the Decision and the Directive ................................................................ 1
Relationship to Article 8 and Annexes I and III ............................................................................... 2
Relationship to Article 9(1) ............................................................................................................. 3
Expressing the extent to which GES is being achieved ........................................................................... 5
Examples of ways to express the extent to which GES is achieved .................................................... 7
Methods which lead to an assessment per element (contaminants, species) ............................... 7
Methods which lead to an estimate of proportion per assessment area ...................................... 8
Methods which lead to an average outcome per assessment area ............................................... 8
On setting threshold values .................................................................................................................... 9
Risk-based approach ............................................................................................................................. 10
Annex: Overview of Decision criteria.................................................................................................... 13
Background
The Marine Strategy Framework Directive 2008/56/EC (MSFD) provides in its Article 9(3) for criteria
and methodological standards to be laid down in such a way as to ensure consistency and to allow
for comparison between marine regions or subregions of the extent to which good environmental
status (GES) is being achieved. This provision was used to prepare Decision 2010/477/EU which
guided Member States in the first cycle of their implementation of the Directive, particularly leading
to the reporting of their determinations of GES and their initial assessment in 2012.
In 2013 the
Directive’s
Marine Strategy Regulatory Committee provided a mandate to review
Decision 2010/477/EU leading to the Commission’s preparation of a draft proposal for a revised
Decision. Draft version 3 of the proposal, together with draft version 4 of a proposal to replace the
current MSFD Annex III, will be considered by the Committee at its meeting on 19-20 May 2016. This
document provides explanatory information to accompany version 3, including reasoning for
changes to the proposal following comments by Member States and stakeholders on draft version 2.
On the relationship between the Decision and the Directive
The Directive does not make explicit how the criteria and methodological standards laid down under
the provisions of MSFD Art. 9(3) are to be used, particularly in the context of the obligations for
1
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
Member States to determine a set of characteristics of GES under Art. 9(1). This determination
makes reference to the initial assessment of Art. 8(1), but the subsequent use under Art. 8(1) of the
determination of GES and of the criteria and methodological standards is not specified. Lastly, Art.
8(1), 9(1) and 9(3) refer to Annex III (indicative lists of characteristics, pressures and impacts), and
Art. 9(1) and 9(3) refer to MSFD Annex I (the qualitative descriptors for determining GES); however
the relationship between these two Annexes is also not made fully clear in the Directive.
Relationship to Article 8 and Annexes I and III
In order to provide clarity on these relationships, the Decision has been structured and drafted to
make explicit its relationship to MSFD Annexes I and III, and to the assessments required under Art.
8(1)(a) and (b). The structure and content of the proposed new MSFD Annex III further supports this
linkage. This has been achieved by:
a. Structuring the Decision in two parts, each referring explicitly to the relevant Descriptors of
Annex I, to the indicative elements of Annex III and to the relevant paragraphs of Art. 8;
b. Part A of the Decision supports the assessments required under Art. 8(1)(b) concerning an
analysis of the predominant pressures on the marine environment and their impacts; it
includes the criteria and methodological standards for the pressure-related descriptors
which are directly linked to the indicative list of pressures in Table 2a of the proposed new
Annex III;
c. Part B of the Decision supports the assessments required under Art. 8(1)(a) concerning an
analysis of the essential features and characteristics and current environmental status; it
includes the criteria and methodological standards for the state-related descriptors which
are directly linked to the indicative list of ecosystem elements in Table 1 of the proposed
new Annex III;
d. The pressure-related descriptors are presented first (Part A), as logically these should be
considered first under the Art. 8 assessments in order to provide information on the level of
impacts from each of the pressures assessed. These assessments of impacts should then
inform the assessments of the different ecosystem components (Part B), whose overall
status effectively reflects the sum of the impacts from all the pressures to which they are
subject.
e. To ensure the predominant pressures of MSFD Annex III Table 2a are adequately addressed
under Part A, the criteria relating to fishing pressure (extraction of species) and to physical
loss and disturbance have been placed in this part, even though labelled in relation to the
state-based descriptors D3 and D6. Criteria D3C1 and D3C4 address the impacts of fishing on
the level of mortality to commercial and non-commercial species, whilst criteria D3C2 and
D3C3 address the state of commercial fish and shellfish to be considered also under Part B.
Criteria D6C1, D6C2 and D6C3 have their origins in the D6 criteria of the 2010 Decision, and
are focused only on the assessment of the pressures
‘physical
loss’ and
‘physical
disturbance’; they provide an important component on the broader assessment needed for
Descriptor 6, which is addressed fully in Part B (in combination with assessments of seabed
habitats of Descriptor 1).
f. Table 2a of the proposed new Annex III includes a number of pressures which are not
directly addressed by the pressure-based descriptors and have no criteria proposed in the
Decision; these pressures however may be of relevance in some areas or to particular
ecosystem components.
2
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0758.png
The interrelationships between the Annex I Descriptors, proposed Decision criteria, the pressures
and ecosystem components of Annex III and relevant sections of MSFD Art. 8 are shown in Figure 1.
Figure 1:
Outline framework for the draft MSFD Decision on criteria for good environmental status,
showing the primary and secondary criteria (D*C* codes) in relation to the predominant pressures for
use under Art. 8(1)(b) and the ecosystem components for use under Art. 8(1)(a), each associated to
particular Descriptors (D*). Criteria in the pink cells concern pressures, criteria in orange cells concern
impacts and criteria in green cells concern state assessments. In several cases, the impact criteria are
repeated (e.g. D8 and D2 criteria) because they are applicable to several ecosystem components
(species groups, pelagic and benthic habitats). Cells marked
‘?’
indicate an impact from the pressure
is possible in some situations but the Decision does not provide a criterion.
Relationship to Article 9(1)
Whilst the relationship between the criteria and methodological standards of Art. 9(3) to the
determination of GES under Art. 9(1) was outlined in the cross-cutting issues document (MSCG_17-
2015-06), further clarity is provided here.
Article 9(3) provides for criteria and methodological standards to be laid down in such a way as to
ensure consistency and to allow for comparison between marine regions or subregions of the extent
to which good environmental status (GES) is being achieved, whilst Article 9(1) provides for Member
States to determine a set of characteristics of GES, without specific reference to the criteria set
under Art. 9(3).
3
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
Version 3 of the proposed revised Decision aims to distinguish these two roles more clearly as
follows:
a.
For each Descriptor a section on ‘Use of the criteria’
has been introduced which details how
the criteria should be used to express ‘the extent to which GES is being achieved’ or to
indicate an output of their application for use in another descriptor (e.g. use of an impact
criterion for a state-based assessment).
b. For each Descriptor
the section on ‘Application
rules’ in version 2 of the proposal, including
phrases such as ‘all criteria used shall achieve the threshold values set’,
has been deleted.
This is to ensure the use of the Decision is not confused with Member States’
obligations
under Art. 9(1) to determine GES for their marine waters.
c. Member States’
determinations of GES
under Art 9(1) are thus expected to include as part
of the "set of characteristics" they have to determine:
i.
Identification of the specific characteristics for each region or subregion, such as the
specific criteria elements relevant or not relevant to the (sub)region;
ii.
Determination of threshold values where these are not yet provided in the Decision;
iii.
Specification, where needed, of how the criteria will be aggregated to conclude on
the overall status of particular descriptors (e.g. D5) or particular criteria elements
(e.g. D3 species and D1 species and species groups);
iv.
Determination of the extent to which the threshold values are to be achieved to
constitute GES.
The draft Decision therefore explicitly acknowledges that threshold values (except where they are
set under other Union legislation) may not be achieved in all areas of Member States' marine waters
for instance to allow for the sustainable use of the sea
–,
provided this does not compromise the
achievement of GES, as determined by Member States under Article 9(1).
The interrelationships between these different articles, annexes and the Decision are illustrated in
Figure 2.
4
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0760.png
Figure 2:
Relationship between the Decision and MSFD Articles 9(1), 8(1) and Annexes I and III.
Expressing the extent to which GES is being achieved
A key requirement of the criteria and methodological standards is to provide a means to express the
extent to which GES is being achieved. This is important in the overall implementation of the
Directive for the following reasons:
a. It expresses how far each Member State has progressed towards its goal of achieving GES;
b. It provides an indication of whether there is need for (additional) environmental targets
under Art. 10 and (additional) measures under Art. 13 in order to reach GES (bearing in mind
that in some cases all necessary targets and measures may have been put in place but the
ecosystem may not yet have reached GES due to slow response times).
c. It provides an important means to express to stakeholders and the public the progress being
made in implementation of the Directive and achievement of its overall goals.
The draft revised Decision sets out a number of ways in which this
‘extent to which GES is being
achieved’ can be expressed, bearing in mind the range of topics to be considered, the large areas of
marine waters to be assessed and the often slow response time of the marine environment to
measures put in place to reduce pressures:
a. For each Descriptor, the draft Decision makes clear the elements to be assessed and the
scale of assessment, such that the use of the criteria will lead to assessments per element
per assessment area; in some cases the elements or criteria are aggregated to draw
5
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0761.png
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
conclusions at a more aggregated level but
the need for ‘super aggregation’ of assessments
to Descriptor level and across descriptors is generally avoided;
The outcomes of assessments against the criteria can typically be expressed in one of two
ways:
i.
The spatial extent over which the element has achieved the threshold values in the
assessment area (being suitable for most pressures and habitat-based assessments
of state and impact); or
ii.
The proportion of elements in the assessment area which have achieved the
threshold values (being suitable for pressures such as contaminants and species-
based assessments of state and impact);
iii.
Note that in both cases, the Decision is providing the type of assessment output
which will express the ‘extent to which GES is being achieved’ but it is for Member
States to determine what ‘extent’ they consider
to constitute GES under Article 9(1).
Where possible, it is preferable to avoid expressing outcomes in which a single failure to
meet a threshold value for a criterion or element leads to the entire area being expressed as
‘not in GES’ as this is often seen as an unduly negative approach
when dealing with the very
large areas of the MSFD; instead use of a proportion of the total (for the descriptor in the
assessment area) is preferred as this shows how much has been achieved, even if the overall
ambition has not yet been achieved. Note however that some assessment methodologies
provide an average outcome per assessment area, effectively giving an ‘in GES’ or ‘not
in
GES’ outcome (e.g. eutrophication assessments);
The most suitable approach to use to express ‘extent’ varies
by descriptor, depending on the
nature of the assessment, the assessment methodology and the scale of assessment;
possible approaches are shown below, drawing from existing approaches for some
descriptors;
The degree of precision needed or which is possible will vary; it is likely that some
assessments will provide only a coarse evaluation (e.g. an estimate to nearest 10 or 20%);
however this may be adequate, especially if the area is clearly achieving GES or conversely
clearly not achieving GES. Greater precision is likely to be needed if the area/element is
close to the border between
‘being in GES’ and ‘not being in GES’.
Due to the often slow change in the state of the marine environment and the pressures
upon it, such as following the introduction of measures, the assessments of status may often
not change from one reporting period to the next, despite their being underlying
improvements in their status. This is particularly exaggerated under MSFD with its two
status classes (in GES, not in GES) compared with the Water Framework Directive which has
five status classes. In order to provide additional evidence to progress towards GES it is
therefore helpful to indicate the trend in status (i.e. whether the status has improved, is
stable or has deteriorated) compared with the previous reporting period.
Whilst the draft Decision sets out the overall way ‘the extent to which GES has been achieved’
should be expressed, it may be necessary to provide further detail on this to ensure Member States
can express their assessments in a practical and consistent manner. This should be further discussed
within WG GES and DIKE such that the assessments can be readily expressed per (sub)region and
lead to a Europe-wide view on the state of the marine environment for the different descriptors.
6
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0762.png
Examples of ways to express the extent to which GES is achieved
Methods which lead to an assessment per element (contaminants, species)
In cases where multiple elements are assessed per area, the proportion which are assessing as
achieving the threshold values can be shown (e.g. 15 out of 20 contaminants assessed have achieved
their threshold values; 6 out of 9 species in the species group have achieved good status) (Figure 3).
Figure 3:
Assessments of status of commercial fish stocks (EEA, 2015). In each (sub)region the
number of stocks assessed is shown and of these which has achieved the threshold values (for one or
both criteria used).
For Descriptor 8, it may be helpful to show so-called
‘legacy’ substances separately, as these persist
in the marine environment despite all necessary measures having been taken (Table 1).
7
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0763.png
Table 1:
Indicative example output for an assessment area (e.g. southern North Sea) for criterion
D8C1 Contaminants in marine environment.
Contaminant (* legacy Value
substance)
Contaminant A
21
Contaminant B*
45
Contaminant C
7
Contaminant D
26
Contaminant E
38
Threshold value (EQS)
25
30
10
30
30
Achieved threshold value
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
3 of 5 substances (60%) achieved
threshold values
2 substances did not achieve
threshold values (including one
legacy substance)
Methods which lead to an estimate of proportion per assessment area
Assessment methods for seafloor disturbance in OSPAR are making use of models which integrate
physical disturbance data layers with habitat maps and sensitivity scores, validated with ground-
truth data (common indicators BH3 and BH1). Whilst the assessments are still in preparation, it is
expected that they will give outputs as a proportion of the habitat type per area which is affected
(Table 2).
Table 2:
Indicative example output for an assessment area (e.g. southern North Sea) for criterion
D6C2 Impacts from physical disturbance. The outcomes of this assessment would be used to
contribute to assessments of habitat condition (criterion D1C6).
Habitat type
Broad habitat type A
Broad habitat type B
Broad habitat type C
Broad habitat type D
Other habitat type E
Other habitat type F
Proportion of area impacted by physical disturbance
25%
15%
35%
5%
25%
50%
Methods which lead to an average outcome per assessment area
Assessment methods for eutrophication (D5) in HELCOM and OSPAR use averaging of data across
the entire area to lead to a conclusion per assessment area (in GES or not in GES) (Figure 4).
8
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0764.png
Figure 4:
Assessment of eutrophication in the Baltic Sea for the period 2007-2011 (HELCOM 2014); an
averaged outcome on overall status is provided for each area assessed.
With this ‘whole area’ method, the outcome is
effectively indicated as 100% in GES or 100% not in
GES; however, it may help to convert this to the proportion of the whole region which is in GES.
On setting threshold values at an appropriate scale
On a number of occasions the Annex to the draft decision asks that Member States set these
thresholds at Union, regional, subregional level. This text specifically refers to the process by which
these thresholds need to be set. Art.4(2)(a) clearly indicates that the thresholds need to be set at
appropriate geographical scales, thereby taking into account the different biotic and abiotic
characteristics of regions, subregions and subdivisons. This for example means when setting
thresholds for D11 at Union level, these thresholds may differ from one region/subregion to
another, or from one subdivision to another, to take into account the specific characteristics of the
area in question, but they are nevertheless set at Union level through the work of TG Noise.
Similarly, those thresholds being set through a regional/subregional process
for example through
work carried out by the Regional Sea Conventions
may vary from one subregion/subdivision to
another to take into account the specificities of the area.
9
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0765.png
(Note that Art.4 also points out other characteristics to be looked into when determining the most
appropriate threshold values such as the use of best available science or the use of long-time series
data when these are available.)
Risk-based approach
The cross-cutting issues document (MSCG_17-2015-06) provided an initial perspective on use of a
risk-based approach in implementation of the directive (section 3.6),
stating “the
implementation of
the directive can be most efficient when it is clearly focused on the anthropogenic pressures which
are considered to be adversely affecting environmental status, assessed at specified spatial scales,
and on assessing the nature
and scale of associated environmental impacts”.
From this overarching perspective on risk, the draft revised Decision also makes explicit reference to
the risk-based approach and has been drafted to focus on setting out criteria for good
environmental status in relation to the predominant pressures and their impacts and on state
elements which can best reflect these pressures and impacts.
This section provides some outline guidance, with examples, on how a risk-based approach is
envisaged to be used in the context of the Decision and related implementation of Art. 9, 8 and 11.
Decision
criteria on GES:
a. Selection of criteria: for several descriptors, use of particular criteria should take risk (and
hence relevance to the region or subregion) into consideration. For example, use of criteria
D5C3, D5C4 and D5C5 where the effects of nutrient enrichment are not adequately assessed
via use of criterion D5C2 and use of criteria D7C2, D1C1 and D1C4 only in cases where there
may be particular risk from certain pressures.
b. Selection of criteria elements: these are selected or, in cases where these still need to be
defined, should be selected with a clear focus on risk, firstly through focusing on
predominant pressures in each region or subregion and, secondly, through focusing on those
ecosystem elements (species, habitats) which are most indicative of impacts from the
pressures. For example, selection of additional contaminants for criteria D8C1 and D9C1
should be on the basis of risk; similarly, selection of species, species groups and habitat
types for criteria D10C4, D2C2 and D2C3, D7C2 and species for Descriptor 1 species groups.
c.
‘De-selection’ of criteria elements:
Criterion D8C1, via established processes under the WFD,
and criterion D9C1 anticipate the de-selection of contaminants in cases where there is low
risk.
d. Parameters for assessment of the criteria: the parameters to be used for each criteria are
those identified from the scientific and technical review process for the Decision to best
reflect the needs for assessment of environmental status, considering the most relevant
aspects of the pressures and their impacts, and those aspects of ecosystem state for species
and habitats considered most relevant. In this sense, the criteria generally reflect a risk-
based approach. In cases where the criteria are less-well specified, for example for assessing
the effects of contaminants on biota (D8C2) and assessing the health of species (D1C3), it is
expected that Member States will focus their efforts on particular species and parameters of
most relevance to the criterion.
In addition, the draft Decision also provides for the possibility not to use certain criteria in
duly justified circumstances (Art 3 of the draft decision): whilst the primary criteria are
intended to be used by all Member States, there is provision to not use one or more of these
10
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0766.png
criteria. This could, for example, be relevant in cases where the activities (and hence
pressures) are not present in the waters of a Member State.
Article 9(1)
determination of GES:
a. Where Member States update their determinations of GES, including on the basis of a
revised Decision, these should focus on expressing the desired state of the environment in
relation to aspects which are (potentially) impacted by anthropogenic pressures. This can be
done by identifying the elements (e.g. species and habitats) and parameters (e.g. population
size, species composition, biomass) which will most effectively indicate environmental status
in relation to specific pressures (e.g. chlorophyll-a and oxygenation levels in relation to
nutrient enrichment; mortality rates in relation to fishing).
b. In cases where the Decision anticipates the identification at regional or subregional level of
criteria elements and threshold values, these should focus on those aspects which are most
relevant to each area in question. In some cases, for example criteria D10C4, D7C2, D2C2
and D2C3, the number of species/species groups/habitat types selected could be rather
limited and focused on key elements of relevance rather than aiming to be more exhaustive.
Article 8 - assessments
a. Given that GES will most effectively be achieved through the management of human
activities and reductions in anthropogenic pressures where needed, the assessments under
Article 8 should aim, as a priority, to assess the distribution and intensity of the predominant
pressures in each region and subregion, together with their associated impacts.
b. From this, it follows that assessments can focus on areas which are subject to anthropogenic
pressure and, on the basis of low risk, provide less focus on areas which are not subject to
the pressure (excepting where these act as reference sites). Where the source of a pressure
is land-based (e.g. nutrients) and the coastal zone is assessed to be in good status (e.g. from
WFD assessments) it may indicate the offshore zone can also be expected to be in good
status (unless there is reason to consider atmospheric or sea-based sources of nutrients as a
potential risk). This type of screening process is used in the OSPAR Common Procedure for
eutrophication and offers a measured way to focus assessment efforts towards areas of
higher risk and reducing the need for assessments in areas of low risk (provided there is
some continued surveillance of the issue which would identify possible change in risk in the
future).
Article 11 - monitoring
a. It follows from the above approaches to risk that monitoring should focus on priority areas
affected by the predominant pressures, with monitoring in areas considered to be at low risk
from a pressure used as reference sites generally undertaken at lower intensity (cf for
instance D10 where there is a possibility to choose the monitoring matrix on the basis of
risk).
b. Further, particular attention is needed on the boundary between good status and poor
status (particular areas and ecosystem elements selected to assess this status boundary); if
an area is clearly in a poor status, there is limited benefit in continued monitoring unless to
follow its recover following introduction of measures.
From the above considerations, application of a risk-based approach can be expected to focus
implementation efforts towards those aspects (areas, pressures, impacts, ecosystem elements)
which are of most importance in understanding the current state of marine waters and hence to
efforts to improve its state, where needed. Use of a risk-based approach can be expected to reduce
11
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
efforts particularly for monitoring and assessment, but this should stem from its application to the
Decision and to the determination of Article 9(1).
12
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0768.png
Annex: Overview of Decision criteria
The following set of diagrams aim to provide an overview of the criteria per descriptor, including the
way in which ‘the extent to which GES has been achieved’ has been indicated in the proposed
Decision. As indicated above, this could generally be represented as either the proportion of the
area that is affected or the number or proportion of criteria elements that meet the thresholds set,
depending on the nature of the descriptor and the criteria elements being looked at.
13
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0769.png
14
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0770.png
15
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0771.png
16
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0772.png
17
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0773.png
18
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0774.png
19
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0775.png
20
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0776.png
21
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0777.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0778.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0780.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0781.png
Ref. Ares(2016)2030477 - 28/04/2016
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0782.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0783.png
Ref. Ares(2016)2030477 - 28/04/2016
CTTEE/13/2016/01
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
DIRECTORATE-GENERAL
ENVIRONMENT
Directorate C - Quality of Life, Water & Air
ENV.C.2 - Marine Environment & Water Industry
13
TH
M
EETING OF THE
C
OMMITTEE UNDER
A
RTICLE
25
OF
D
IRECTIVE
2008/56/EC
(M
ARINE
S
TRATEGY
C
OMMITTEE
)
T
HURSDAY
19 M
AY
2016 (10:00 ! 18:00)
AND
F
RIDAY
20 M
AY
2016 (09:30-17:30)
Conference Centre Albert Borschette (CCAB) - Room 4D
36, Rue Froissart - B-1040 Brussels
D
RAFT
A
GENDA
Time
Item Agenda item
Action
Thursday 19 May
10:00
10:10
10:15
1
2
3
Welcome and introduction
Adoption of the agenda
Adoption of the minutes of
the Twelfth Committee
meeting
Review of Commission
Decision on GES
Adoption
Adoption
COM
COM
CTTEE/13/2016/01
CTTEE/13/2016/02
Report
by
Document
10:30
4
Item for
discussion
Friday 20 May
COM
CTTEE/13/2016/03
09:30
4
Review of Commission
Decision on GES
(continued)
Review of MSFD Directive
Annex III
Any other business
Close of the meeting
Item for
discussion
Item for
discussion
Items for
information
COM
CTTEE/13/2016/03
16:00
5
COM
CTTEE/13/2016/04
17:00
17:30
6
7
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0784.png
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
DIRECTORATE-GENERAL
ENVIRONMENT
Directorate C
Quality of Life, Water and Air
ENV.C.2 - Marine Environment & Water Industry
TWELFTH MEETING OF THE COMMITTEE UNDER ARTICLE 25 OF DIRECTIVE
2008/56/EC
(MARINE STRATEGY COMMITTEE)
TUESDAY 1 MARCH 2016 (10:00
18:00)
AND WEDNESDAY 2 MARCH 2016 (09:30-17:30)
Conference Centre Albert Borschette / Rooms 1B and 0B
36, rue Froissart, B-1040 Brussels
1. Welcome and introduction
The Chair (European Commission, DG Environment) opened the meeting and welcomed the
participants.
2. Adoption of the agenda
The draft agenda (document CTTEE_12-2016-01) was adopted unanimously without amendments.
3. Adoption of the minutes of the 11
th
Committee Meeting Minutes
The minutes of the 11
th
Committee meeting (document CTTEE_12-2016-02) were amended in
order to reflect comments by
Denmark, Romania and France and were
adopted as amended.
4. Review of Commission Decision on GES
The Chairman thanked Member States for sending comments on the draft text of the Commission
Decision on criteria and methodological standards for good environmental status (document
CTTEE_12-2016-03) and informed that around 300 of the 700 comments received led to revisions
in the new version. All comments were however considered. He also informed the Member States
on the cancelation of the Committee meeting foreseen on the 21-22 April 2016.
The Commission gave an overview presentation on the general issues identified in the comments
received by Member States including the proposed solutions and informed Member States on the
next steps.
A discussion followed in which Member States made general comments:
·
Several Member States provided a coordinated view, expressing concerns on: i) the issue of
legality of the scope of the draft proposal on threshold values, the one-out-all-out principle,
ability to achieve the proposed timelines, reliance on Regional Sea Conventions, ii) the lack
of maturity of science in support of some of the proposals regarding use of a risk-based
1
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0785.png
approach and threshold values by 2018 and iii) the additional cost burden for monitoring and
reporting and the socio-economic implications.
·
·
·
One Member State asked for a dedicated financial instrument to support implementation of
MSFD and a more structured and clear link to blue growth;
One Member State was concerned about the need for clear criteria for the GES decision, and
the need first for a risk-based approach as a methodology to identify the main problems.
Finally, several Member States expressed concerns on the application of the one-out-all-out
principle.
Recitals and Articles
The Commission then presented the recitals and articles one-by-one and Member States were
invited to comment on each of them:
·
Recitals: due to limitations of time, discussion covered only recitals 1 to 8. Member States
made specific comments on recitals 4, 7 and 8 regarding the role of regional cooperation for
MSFD implementation, the time limits in other environmental legislation and the need to
ensure coherence, the establishment of threshold values at regional or subregional level and
the inclusion of word "applicable" before threshold values.
Article 1 Subject matter: Member States commented in particular on the lack of reference to
MSFD Annex III, the need to use the same wording as in the 2010 Commission Decision
and to define sub-objectives.
Article 2 Definitions: Member States requested clarifications on the application of
secondary criteria, differences between "specification" and "standardised method", and on
the definition of threshold values.
Article 3 General principles: Member States expressed reservations on the text, proposed to
use the same wording as in the 2010 Commission Decision and expressed concerns on the
possibility not to use one or more criteria only "in exceptional circumstances" and with "due
justification". Paragraph 4 was not discussed.
Article 4 Repeal: one Member State proposed either partial repeal as the 2010 Commission
Decision includes a general part not entirely covered in the proposed draft text or taking up
that general part in the Article 8 guidance.
·
·
·
·
The Commission then presented the draft Annex and its descriptors one-by-one and Member States
were invited to comment on each descriptor.
Descriptor 5
After the Commission presented the main changes following comments received on the previous
version of the draft proposal (CTTEE_11-2016-04) on that descriptor, several Member States raised
concerns on the inter-relationship of assessments under the WFD and MSFD and the application
rules proposed. Specific comments were made on the proposed criteria, including the suitability of
the use of opportunistic macroalgae, the use of the term clarity, the units of measurements proposed,
and the monitoring beyond coastal waters.
The Commission emphasised the necessity to ensure coherence between the assessments made
under the Water Framework Directive and the MSFD.
2
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0786.png
Descriptor 8
The Commission presented the details of the changes in the proposal for Descriptor 8 and
particularly emphasised the necessity to ensure coherence between the assessments made under the
Water Framework Directive and the MSFD.
Member States made specific comments on the proposed criteria including the use of the one-out-
all-out principle, the application of criterion D8C4 and the definition of significant pollution events,
and the role of Regional Sea Conventions.
Descriptor 9
The Commission presented the changes in the proposal for Descriptor 9. Member States did not
provide any comments during the meeting.
Descriptor 10
The Commission presented the changes in the proposal for D10. Member States expressed concerns
in relation to the deletion of the criterion on litter ingestion and the use of the criterion on
entanglement, the ability to set threshold values, the potential difficulties linked to monitoring
certain matrices (e.g. seafloor or floating litter) and on the strandings of animals and indicated that
trends may be a more realistic indicator (rather than setting threshold values). Specific comments
were made on the proposed criteria, including the lower size limit for micro-litter and the
measurement units.
Descriptor 11
After a short presentation by the Commission of the proposed changes related to Descriptor 11, a
few Member States commented on specific aspects of the draft (ability to establish threshold values
because of the immaturity of science, the focus on 'marine mammals', insufficient ranges for the
frequencies to be used).
Descriptor 3
The Commission presented the changes in the proposal for D3. Regarding Descriptor 3, Member
States were concerned about the availability of data for certain criteria, the increased burden of
monitoring for criterion D3C3, the lack of a definition for "commercially-exploited fish". Member
States indicated that criterion D3C4 did not address commercially-exploited species and would sit
better under Descriptor 1. Differing views were expressed as to whether criterion D3C3 should be
maintained.
Descriptor 6
The Commission presented the changes in the proposal for D6 criteria concerning physical loss and
disturbance. On this descriptor, some Member States made specific comments on each of the
criteria, indicating that the difference between certain criteria was not sufficiently clear, welcoming
the proposed deletions of previously included criteria and proposing further merging of several
criteria. Member States also asked for clarifications on the definitions and relevant activities,
expressed concerns about monitoring and proposed the application of a risk-based approach.
Descriptor 2
On Descriptor 2, specific comments were made on the proposed criteria, including on the
specifications for monitoring, the wording of the criteria (D2C1 and D2C3), the lack of clarity
regarding the use of D2C2 and D2C3 as secondary criteria and their link to the possibility of risk,
and the use of "trends" of new introductions for D2C1.
Descriptor 7
Member States questioned whether the secondary criteria were truly secondary, as they considered
the conditions to use them would always be fulfilled and commented on the exclusion of the water
3
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0787.png
column from the scope of the criteria and on the lack of primary criteria.
Descriptor 1, 4, 6 Species groups, habitats and ecosystems including food webs
The Commission presented the changes in the proposal for Descriptors 1, 4 and 6. Member States
mainly commented on the need for appropriate links to the Habitats and Birds Directive's
approaches and the difficulties in setting threshold values at regional level. They expressed
concerns on the application rules proposed. Regarding habitats, several Member States were
concerned about the economic impact of the threshold values proposed. One Member State wished
to specifically include special or listed habitats.
Regarding food webs, Member States commented on the proposed wording ("adversely" instead of
"significantly"), that proposed criteria do not assess the ecosystem and that threshold values cannot
be defined according to ICES advice and suggested that more criteria should be secondary.
Part C
Following the comments received during the meeting, the Commission gave a presentation with the
view to clarifying the use of the one-out-all-out (OOAO) principle under application rules for
contaminants and species, and showing different approaches on how Member States could present
the assessment results to reflect the extent to which GES has been achieved.
Some Member States put a study reservation on part C. The Commission explained that different
possibilities regarding the presentation of assessment results could for instance be considered under
the Article 8 Assessment guidance.
5. Review of MSFD Annex III
Member States generally welcomed the latest version of the proposal replacing Annex III of the
MSFD (CTTEE_12-2016-04) and made some specific comments regarding the indicative nature of
the lists in the tables, notes related to the tables and the transposition period.
Following the comments of Member States on each of the sections above, the Commission provided
initial responses to the comments made, particularly to provide further clarifications on the rationale
for the text proposed. Following the discussions on the draft GES Decision and on the draft
Directive replacing Annex III, Member States requested more time to provide written comments. It
was maintained that Member States would send written comments
on the draft proposals by 9
March 2016,
in the template provided to that effect. The Commission indicated that it would
consider the comments received in its preparation of the new drafts to be discussed at the next
Committee meeting.
6. Any other business
No other business.
The Chair thanked participants for their engagement during the two days and closed the meeting.
4
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0788.png
Annex I:
Agenda
point
2
3
4
5
List of meeting documents
Reference
Title
Submitted by
CTTEE/12/2016/01
CTTEE/12/2016/02
CTTEE/12/2016/03
CTTEE/12/2016/04
Draft agenda
Minutes of the Eleventh Committee meeting
Review of Commission Decision on GES
Review of MSFD Directive Annex III
European Commission
(DG ENV)
European Commission
(DG ENV)
European Commission
(DG ENV)
European Commission
(DG ENV)
5
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0789.png
Annex II:
List of participants
State
Belgium
Bulgaria
Denmark
Estonia
Finland
France
Germany
Greece
Ireland
Italy
Latvia
Lithuania
Malta
The Netherlands
The Netherlands
Poland
Poland
Portugal
Romania
Slovenia
Spain
Sweden
United Kingdom
European
Commission
Organisation
Belgian Federal Public Service - Health, Food Chain Safety and Environment
Ministry of Environment and Water
The Danish Nature Agency
Ministry of Environment of Estonia
Ministry of Environment of Finland
Ministère de l'écologie, du développement durable et de l'énergie
Bundesministerium für Umwelt, Naturschutz und Reaktorsicherheit
Special Secretary for Water of the Hellenic Ministry of Reconstruction of Production,
Environment & Energy
Department of Environment, Community and Local Government (DECLG)
Ministry of the Environment, Land and Sea Protection, Nature and Sea Protection
Directorate (MATTM-PNM)
Ministry of the Environmental Protection and Regional Development
Ministry of Environment of the Republic of Lithuania
Malta Environment and Planning Authority
Ministry of Infrastructure and the Environment, DG for Spatial Issues and Water
Ministry of Infrastructure and the Environment, RWS Centre for Water Management
Ministry of the Environment-Water Resources Department
Monitoring Department in the Chief Inspectorate for Environmental Protection
Direcção-Geral de Recursos Naturais, Segurança e Serviços Marítimos (DGRM)
Ministry of Environment, Water and Forest
Ministry of the Environment and Spatial Planning
Ministry of Agriculture, Food and Environment
Swedish Agency for Marine and Water Management (SwAM)
Department for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs
DG Environment
6
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0790.png
Ref. Ares(2015)5898895 - 16/12/2015
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0791.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0792.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0793.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0794.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0795.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0796.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0797.png
Committee' Members (updated 28.04.2016)
Country
Type
Organisation / Ministry
MS
AT
Austria
Lebensministerium
Ueberreiter
Ernst
[email protected]
Registry Committee
P
A
P
A
P
P
A
P
A
P
P
A
A
P
P
Last name
National code
First name
MS
BE
Belgium
Belgian Federal Public Service - Health, Food Chain Safety and
Environment
Belgian Federal Public Service - Health, Food Chain Safety and
Environment
Bulgarian Ministry of Environment and Water
Bulgarian Ministry of Environment and Water
Ministry of Environment and Nature Protection
Kyramarios
Michael
[email protected]
MS
MS
MS
MS
BE
BG
BG
HR
Belgium
Bulgaria
Bulgaria
Croatia
Van Gaever
Balusheva
Roiatchka
Skevin Ivosevic
Saskia
Galina
Violeta
Barbara
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
MS
HR
Croatia
Ministry of Environment and Nature Protection
Radic
Ivan
MS
CY
Cyprus
Ministry of Agriculture, Natural Resources and Environment,
Department of Fisheries & Marine Research (DFMR)
Ministry of Agriculture, Natural Resources and Environment,
Department of Fisheries & Marine Research (DFMR)
Argyrou
Marina
[email protected]
MS
CY
Cyprus
Michaelides
Savvas
[email protected]
MS
MS
MS
MS
CZ
DK
DK
EE
Czech Republic Ministry of Environment
Denmark
Denmark
Estonia
The Danish Nature Agency
The Danish Nature Agency
Ministry of Environment of Estonia
Klapsiova
Olgaard
Mandøe Andreasen
Veronika
Lisbet
Ditte
Rene
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
Reisner
MS
EE
Estonia
Ministry of Environment of Estonia
Ministry of Environment of Finland, Head of the Marine
Protection Group, Kasarmikatu 25, (P.O. Box 35), FI-00023
Government, Phone +358 295 250 237
Villmann
Agnes
MS
FI
Finland
Bäck
Saara
[email protected]
1
Email
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0798.png
Committee' Members (updated 28.04.2016)
MS
MS
MS
MS
FI
FR
FR
FR
Finland
France
France
France
Ministry of Environment of Finland
Ministère de l'écologie, du développement durable et de
l'énergie
Ministère de l'écologie, du développement durable et de
l'énergie
Ministère de l'écologie, du développement durable et de
l'énergie
Ministère de l'écologie, du développement durable et de
l'énergie
Ministère de l'écologie, du développement durable et de
l'énergie
Bundesministerium für Umwelt, Naturschutz und
Reaktorsicherheit
Ministerium für Energiewende, Landwirtschaft, Umwelt, und
ländliche Räume des Landes Schleswig-Holstein
Special Secretary for Water of the Hellenic Ministry of
Reconstuction of Production
Laamanen
Terrier
Schultz
Pleyber
Maria
Isabelle
Ludovic
Emilie
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
A
A
P
A
MS
FR
France
Quéménér
Jean-Marie
Sophie-
Dorothée
Ingo
A
MS
MS
FR
DE
France
Germany
Duron
Narberhaus
A
P
MS
DE
Germany
Wenzel
Christine
A
MS
EL
Greece
Ganoulis
Jacques
[email protected]
A
MS
EL
Greece
Aristotle University of Thessaloniki
Tsikliras
Athanasios
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
A
MS
MS
MS
MS
EL
HU
IE
IE
Greece
Hungary
Ireland
Ireland
Ministry for the Environment, Energy and Climate Change
Ministry of Environment and Water of Hungary
Gkini
Kovacs
Maria
Peter
Richard
Roger
P
P
P
A
Department of Environment, Community and Local Government
Cronin
(DECLG)
Department of Environment, Community and Local Government
Harrington
(DECLG)
Ministry of the Environment, Land and Sea Protection, Head of
Unit VI “Marine and Coastal Environment Protection”, Nature
and Sea Protection Directorate
Institute for Environmental Protection and Research (ISPRA)
Institute for Environmental Protection and Research (ISPRA)
Ministry of Environmental Protection and Regional
Development, Department of Environmental Protection
Latvian Institute of Aquatic Ecology
Montanaro
MS
IT
Italy
Oliviero
[email protected]
P
MS
MS
IT
IT
Italy
Italy
Casazza
Silvestri
Gianna
Cecilia
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
A
A
MS
MS
LV
LV
Latvia
Latvia
Zasa
Aigars
Baiba
Juris
P
A
2
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0799.png
Committee' Members (updated 28.04.2016)
MS
LT
Lithuania
Ministry of Environment of the Republic of Lithuania, Acting
Director of Water Department
Ministry of Environment of the Republic of Lithuania, Acting
Director of Water Department
Administration de la Gestion de l'Eau du Grand Duché de
Luxembourg
Administration de la Gestion de l'Eau du Grand Duché de
Luxembourg
Ministere du Developpement durable et des Infrastructures
Kniezaite-Gofmane
Agn!
[email protected]
P
MS
MS
MS
LT
LU
LU
Lithuania
Luxembourg
Luxembourg
Lukoseviciene
Lickes
Margue
Agnè
Jean-Paul
Hélène
[email protected]; [email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]; [email protected];
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
A
P
A
MS
LU
LU
Weidenhaupt
André
A
MS
MT
Malta
Malta Environment and Planning Authority
Rizzo
Maraine
P
MS
MS
MS
MT
NL
NL
Malta
Netherlands
Netherlands
Malta Environment and Planning Authority
Ministry of Infrastructure and the Environment, Directorate
General for Spatial Issues and Water
Ministry of Infrastructure and the Environment, DG for Spatial
Issues and Water
Ministry of Infrastructure and the Environment, RWS Centre for
Water Management
Butler
Busstra
van Urk
Liam
Jan
Wim
A
P
A
A
P
MS
NL
Netherlands
Van der Graaf
Sandra
MS
PL
Poland
Deputy Director of Water Resources Department-Ministry of the
Kopczy"ska
Environment
Chief Inspectorate for Environmental Protection
Direcção-Geral de Recursos Naturais, Segurança e Serviços
Marítimos
Direcção-Geral de Recursos Naturais, Segurança e Serviços
Marítimos (DGRM)
Ministry of Environment, Water and Forest
Ministry of the Environment and Spatial Planning
Ministry of Agriculture, Food and Environment
Joanna
MS
PL
Poland
Marciniewicz-Mykieta Malgorzata
A
MS
PT
Portugal
Marques
José Manuel
P
MS
MS
MS
MS
PT
RO
SI
ES
Portugal
Romania
Slovenia
Spain
Simão
Mihail
Breznik
Arrieta Algarra
Ana Paula
Otilia
Barbara
Sagrario
A
P
P
P
MS
ES
Spain
Ministry of Agriculture, Food and Environment
Perez Puyol
Ainhoa
A
MS
SE
Sweden
Swedish Agency for Marine and Water Management (SwAM)
Porsbring
Tobias
A
3
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0800.png
Committee' Members (updated 28.04.2016)
MS
MS
MS
SE
UK
UK
Sweden
United
Kingdom
United
Kingdom
Swedish Agency for Marine and Water Management (SwAM)
Department for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs
Department for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs
Pettersson
Moxon
Pattinson
Karin
Richard
Dominic
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
P
A
P
4
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0801.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0802.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0803.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0804.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0805.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
Documents for comment
Document number CTTEE_12-2016-03
Document title
Proposal for a Commission Decision
on GES Criteria_draft v2
Release date 15-02-2016
Please provide comments on both documents in the relevant tab.
Do not repeat comments in different tabs, but enter the comment in the most appropriate tab.
All comments received need to be compiled and sorted according to page/section etc, so please follow the
format indicated (entries are examples only - add new lines as needed)
In your commenting, please be as clear as possible on whether you seek deletion, addition or alteration of
text, proposing precise text changes. Alternatively provide any comments for further consideration; you
may wish to indicate support or otherwise for the proposed text.
ONE consolidated set of comments only (i.e. one Excel document) per
Member State or stakeholder
To be sent to: [email protected]
To be received by: 9 March 2016 latest
Comments from:
Member State/stakeholder
4441864d-3c4f-4471-944a-438955513c1f ReadMe1 of 21
17-03-2016 15:29
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0806.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
Member State /
Stakeholder
Page
Section:
- recital
- article
Recital 4
Comment
DK suggest deletion of the following sentence: "In addition, the assessment recognised that regional cooperation must be at the very heart of the
implementerion of Directive 2008/56/EC and influence national implementation processes, rather than the other way around." Another solution could
be to just write: "In addition, the assessment recogised the importance of regional cooperation".
DK
3
DK
DK
DK
DK
DK
DK
DK
3
3
3
4
4
4
4
DK cannot support the term “Threshold values”, as it reflects that quantitative values shall be set in all cases, which is not mandatory in the Directive.
We suggest to use the term assessment level. Article 9(3) does not say that threshold values should be set out. It says that criteria and methodological
Recital 8
standards should be set.
Please, add "the indicative tables in" before it says "Annex III of that Directive". It is important that the content of the tables are indicative and not
8
mandatory.
Please, use the term "assessment level" and delete "quantitative" in the following wording: For each descriptor, this Decision should define the criteria,
Recital 8
including the elements to be used and, where available [and applicable], the threshold values that allow a quantitative assessment of whether GES is
achieved."
Recital 8
Recital 8
Recital 9
Recital 10
Please delete "application rules for the criteria" -- the applications rules should not be a part of the Decision, this should be decided (sub)regionally.
Please, add "guidance" here: "including GUIDANCE ON the geographical scales for assessment". It should be possible to use another scale than
suggested, if relevant.
Please, add that technical feasibility, monitoring costs and reliable time series should be taken into account.
Please, add "where appropriate" and delete "assessment and" here: …this decision should, WHERE APPROPRIATE, refer to existing quality standards
and methods of ASSESSMENT AND
monitoring from Union legislation….". MSFD should not include the One-out-all-out principle from WFD.
Please, add the following wording in the end of recital 10: "This shall not directly og indirectly impose new requirements on or amend existing
requirements of other Directives, such as Directive 2000/60/EC, 2009/147/EC and 92/43EEC." It is important to state here that the MSFD cannot either
directly or indirectly change or add requirements to other Directives.
Future work: The description of secondary criteria could usefully be moved to this recital. DK sees the secondary criteria as possible future work instead
of linked together to the risk based approach.
Please, add "qualitative" and "indicative lists" here: "This Decision should be structured to support this linkage, and organise the criteria and
methodological standards on the basis of the QUALITATIVE descriptors laid down in Annex I of Directive 2008/56/EC and on the basis of the INDICATIVE
LISTS OF the ecosystem elements…"
Trends can also be relevant when determining GES, cf. article 9. Please add article 9 in the text.
Recital 15 does not make sense - too many concepts in one recital - and the concepts are not connected. DK cannot support the way the Commission
use the risk based approach. The proper understanding of the concept RBA would be to allow Member State(s) to focus on the main
problems/pressures without neccesarely having to prove that other problems are less important. Secondary criteria shall be truly voluntary, which will
give flexibility. Actually, no criteria can be an obligation to MS. Remember the text in the end of annex 1. Please use the wording from old Decision
(2010), point 8.
DK
DK
DK
DK
4
5
5
5
Recital 10
Recital 12
Recital 13
Recital 14
DK
5
Recital 15
4441864d-3c4f-4471-944a-438955513c1f Recitals_Articles
2 of 21
17-03-2016 15:29
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0807.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
Dk has reservations about the Part C in the annex, since we have not fully understood the implications of the proposed methodology.Is this in
accordance with the proposed assessment scales? Please clarify, that the assessment levels (threshold values) are not equal to GES, since GES is
assessed on Descriptor level by aggregating the resultat from the criteria level. Please correct this in the text.
DK
5
Recital 16
DK
DK
DK
DK
DK
DK
DK
DK
5
6
7
7
7
7
7
7
DK
DK
DK
DK
DK
DK
DK
7
7
7
8
8
8
8
Please, pay attention to the wording in article 23. Revisions shall only be carried out, if appropriate. Change the wording to: "The Commission shall
review this Decision by 15 July 2023 as a part of the review set out in Article 23…."
Art. 1
Article 1 should also refer to the indicative lists in Annex III.
Replace "shall" with "should" here. "Primary criteria SHOULD be used by MS in accordance with…." The Commission does not have the legal basis for
Art. 2(1)
setting mandatory criteria. Remember the text in the last part of Annex 1.
DK propose new wording: "Secondary criteria may be used either instead of a primary criterion or in addition to the primary criterion". The annex
Art. 2(1)
should not set up rules for the use of primary criteria.
Art. 2(3)
Please clear that subdivisions are areas within a subregion.
Art. 2(4)
The defintion seems very broad, what is the popose of including international level here? Please delete "or international".
Art. 2(5+6) Difficult to separate "specifications" from "standardised methods". Could this be defined under one bullet?
DK cannot support this definition. The application rules should be aggreed on (sub)regionally. Furtheremore, according to article 4(2) in the MSFD, the
Art. 2(6)
MS have the flexibility to divide its marine area into subdivisions. Hence, it could be argued that the assessment scale is decided by MS and not the
Commission.
Positive that the definition of coastal waters refers to MSFD. Please accept the consequences of this in the rest of the proposal - the appendix does not
seem to recognise this defintion - (coastal waters are not covered if covered by WFD). Therefore, DK proposes that assessments under WFD can be
Art. 2(7)
used, if the MS finds it appropriate. All criteria for coastal waters (covered by WFD) should only be secondary and should only be used, if MS does not
use the WFD assessments.
Art. 2(8)
DK supports the defintion.
DK cannot support the term “Threshold values”, as it reflects that quantitative values shall be set in all cases, which is not mandatory in the Directive.
We suggest to use the term assessment level. Article 9(3) does not say that threshold values should be set out. It says that criteria and methodological
Art. 2(9)
standards should be set.
Art. 3(1)
Remember flexibility for MS. Please, change “Shall” to “should” in the first line of the section.
Art. 3(1)
Please add "indicative lists" before mentioning Annex III (should be done every time Annex III is mentioned).
Art. 3(2)
Dk cannot support the paragraph. Please use wording from old decision (2010).
Implementation of this by 2018 can only be done if the proposal takes existing work into account and does not set numerous new requirements on MS.
Art. 3(4)
Otherwise the timeline should be postponed to 3rd cycle. DK cannot support the wording "in exeptional circumstances" and "duly justified". Please
insert flexibility in the paragraph.
Recital 18
Criterias and standards on good environmental status and specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and assessment must take into
consideration the concrete circumstances of each marine water comprised by the Marine Strategy Framework Directive. Thus, the European
Commission should not adopt detailed criterias, standards, etc. that does not take the differences of marine waters into account. Furtheremore, DK
cannot support threshold values / assessment levels set at EU level (underwater noise, marine litter, physical disturbance).
DK
2-9
General
4441864d-3c4f-4471-944a-438955513c1f Recitals_Articles
3 of 21
17-03-2016 15:29
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0808.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
As criterias and standards on good environmental status and specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and assessment laid down under
the Marine Strategy Framework Directive most likely will affect demands for assessments under the EIA Directive and the Habitats Directive (Natura
2000), the criterias, standards etc. must always be in compliance with the BAT-principle. If detailed criterias, standards, etc. were to be adopted, they
must be based on sound scientific knowledge objectively applicable to the marine waters the standards are set for (subregion/region/European Union).
Thus, criterias, standards, etc. must be broad and elastic to make sure that all concrete circumstances for each marine water could be taken into
account and a concrete assessment can be applied in regards to the relevance of criterias, standards, etc.
Proposal for a compromise to reach agreement of the proposed Decision: Very reduced number of criteria and only the indicators/criteria which are
already shared and operational.
This means focusing on 1 primary criterion per descriptor, based on common indicators we already use and data we already have.
All other criteria are either eliminated, either kept in the text as they may be used (provided we agree on them) but as secondary and facultative (and
subject to evolution due to science, new monitoring, etc...)
1.
Legal basis:
We are concerned that the general content, wording and scope of the draft Commission Decision on Good Environmental Status (GES)
goes beyond a technical revision.
·
We are anxious to have sight of the formal or informal opinions of the Commission’s Legal Services on the mandate for the proposed
changes to essential elements (and thus policy direction) of the original legislation.
·
In particular, the obligation to establish mandatory threshold values at a Community, a regional or sub-regional level and mandatory
“application rules" included under "methodological standards", for the proposed criteria where it could reasonably be argued such an
obligation doesn’t exist in current legislation agreed by Council.
·
The use of the one-out-all-out principle, jointly applied with threshold values.
·
The relationship with other Directives should not place any additional burden on the MSFD implementation or increasing those of other
directives. For example, timeline in MSFD (2020) versus WFD (2015/2027) and the BD/HD (no fixed deadline). Also, the Decision should respect
the definition of coastal waters within the meaning of article 3(1b).
·
The proposed timeline for implementation of these proposed changes (by 2018) is not feasible and is at variance with the expressed
opinion of a number of Member States prior to the commencement of this review in Nov 2013.
·
The reliance on the political as opposed to legal structure of the Regional Seas Conventions (RSCs) has implications for the future work and
functioning of the RSCs. There needs to be more flexibility and to take fully into consideration different features and characteristics of
(sub)regions.
2.
Scientific Knowledge:
We believe that there is a lack of maturity in the science in order to support many of the proposals in the draft Commission
Decision on Good Environmental Status (GES).
·
The application of the risk based approach needs to be made clear in order to understand how and under what circumstances it can be
used. The risk based approach should be a help and not a burden and it should not be relegated only to “exceptional circumstances”.
·
In most cases threshold values cannot be set by 2018 and in some instances cannot be foreseen if and when they might be set within the
legislative timeframe of the Directive.
3.
Additional cost burdens:
We foresee the proposals in the draft Commission Decision on Good Environmental Status (GES) forcing Member States to
incur significant explicit and implicit additional burdens:
·
The revised decision will create significant additional cost burdens for monitoring and reporting on a number of Member States. This is
contrary to the original objective of the revision.
DK
2-9
General
DK
2-9
General
DK
DK
DK
DK
DK
DK
DK
DK
DK
DK
DK
DK
2-9
2-9
2-9
2-9
2-9
2-9
2-9
2-9
2-9
2-9
2-9
2-9
General
General
General
General
General
General
General
General
General
General
General
General
4441864d-3c4f-4471-944a-438955513c1f Recitals_Articles
4 of 21
17-03-2016 15:29
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0809.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
DK
DK
DK
DK
DK
2-9
2-9
General
General
·
The different features and characteristics of the (sub)regions require an element of flexibility in implementation. This is missing from the
draft.
·
The proposed mandatory criteria and threshold levels will have implications for other EU policy strands such as energy, transportation,
fishery and food.
·
The revised draft will have socio-economic implications including in the peripheral regions of the European Union.
Please add "qualitative" before "descriptors in Annex I" and "the indicative lists in" before "Annex III of that Directive".
2-9 General
Annex,
Title
p. 2
Annex, Introductio
3rd line: Please replace "shall" with "should".
p. 2 n to Part A
Annex, Introductio The order of the pressures is not completely logic. Could usefully be arranged in numerical order: 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 and 11. Alternatively, an overview
p. 2 n to Part A of the order (with page numbers) would help. (Table of content).
DK
4441864d-3c4f-4471-944a-438955513c1f Recitals_Articles
5 of 21
17-03-2016 15:29
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0810.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
Section:
- Elements
- Criteria
- Methodological standards
-Specifications & methods
General
Member State /
Stakeholder
Page
Comment
DK
30-40
DK cannot support common EU assessment levels (threshold values) on physical disturbance of the seafloor. (D1C5-D1C6).
It should be noted that the Biodiversity data and indicators involve crucial links between different criteria – so at this stage it is
highly unlikely thresholds can be applied meaningfully to the quality of data we have currently for many of the indicators. A more
qualitative approach is the only reasonable scientific approach to take at this stage for some of the indicators.
Using assessment levels / threshold values corresponding with the reference values developed for the habitats directive is good
since it creates a synergy between the two directives. However, for the habitats directive there are no requirements to achieving
the goals of favourable conservation status by 2020 as there is for GES in the MSFD. The requirements within the habitatsdirective
should not be altered due to this decision. The MSFD should respect the Habitats and Birds Directives. See also comment to recital
10.
Replace "natural" with "previaling" in the sentence: D1C1: Species distributional range and, where relevant, pattern is in line with
PREVIALING physiographic, geographic and climatic conditions. "Natural" seems like a state without any human impact.
Replace "...a set of species, representative for…" with "at least one species, representative for…". It should be possible to choose
only one species under a species group, if relevant and representative.
How shall Member States establish reference levels for each species, consistent with the Favourable Reference
Population values established by the relevant Member States under Directive 92/43/EEC, if a species is chosen which is not covered
by Directive 92/43/EEC? Please, add "as far as possible" here: "Member States shall AS FAR AS POSSIBLE establish...."
In general, it is difficult to establish assessment levels for this criterion.
Denmark is looking into the comparability of reference values used in the Habitats and Birds Directives compared with the criteria
suggested for D1. And also looking into how many species are not covered by current reference levels.
Current monitoring under HD and BD does not cover all regional waters to the level required in these criteria, for instance bird
monitoring in off shore areas of the North Sea does not match what is done under the BD. Should be taken into account.
D1C3: The current monitoring program does not include data gathering for all the demographic characteristics mentioned in D1C3,
This would be a significant expansion of monitoring demands.
DK suggest the criterion deleted to achieve a more streamlined Decision. The topic is covered by D4.
DK
30-40
General
DK
31
Criteria D1C1
DK
DK
31
31
Criteria D1C1
Criteria elements
DK
DK
DK
31
31
31
Criteria D1C2
Criteria D1C2
Criteria D1C2
DK
DK
DK
31
31
31-32
Criteria D1C1+D1C2
D1C3
D1C4
4441864d-3c4f-4471-944a-438955513c1f D1
6 of 21
17-03-2016 15:29
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0811.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
Member State
/ Stakeholder
Page
Section:
- Elements
- Criteria
- Methodological standards
-Specifications & methods
Comment
Response
4441864d-3c4f-4471-944a-438955513c1f D2
7 of 21
17-03-2016 15:29
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0812.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
Section:
- Elements
- Criteria
- Methodological standards
-Specifications & methods
Member State /
Stakeholder
Page
Comment
4441864d-3c4f-4471-944a-438955513c1f D3
8 of 21
17-03-2016 15:29
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0813.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
Section:
- Elements
- Criteria
- Methodological standards
-Specifications & methods
Criteria D4C1-D4C4 Elements
Criteria D4C3
Member State /
Stakeholder
Page
Comment
DK
DK
39-40
40
These criteria could require a significant alteration of the current Danish monitoring program, to evaluate all four criteria regarding
trophic guilds. Denmark is unsure if threshold values can be set by MS based on current knowledge.
Please delete this criterion in order to obtain a more streamlined approach. The criterion is not neccesary, since we have D4C1 as
primary and D4C2+D4C4 as secondary.
4441864d-3c4f-4471-944a-438955513c1f D4
9 of 21
17-03-2016 15:29
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0814.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
Section:
- Elements
- Criteria
- Methodological standards
-Specifications & methods
Member State /
Stakeholder
Page
Comment
4441864d-3c4f-4471-944a-438955513c1f D5
10 of 21
17-03-2016 15:29
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0815.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
Section:
- Elements
Page - Criteria
- Methodological standards
-Specifications & methods
24-27 Criteria D6C2
25
26
Criteria D6C2
Criteria D6C3
Member State
/ Stakeholder
Comment
Response
DK
DK
DK
The wording "adversely affect" indicates that a habitat is not to be exposed to any as well as minor impacts, when good
environmental status is to be achieved. Minor impacts do not necessarly entail a negative environmental effect. The wording
"significant" is used in Decision 2010/477/EU, this wording seems to be a more adeqaute description.
The broad habitat types will provide an incomparability with the habitats directive. Establishing and monitoring several subtypes per
broad habitattype will be a significant added expense. Flexibility needed.
How is loss to be measured, disturbed habitat is not necesarily lost habitat, and it will require substantial surveys to evaluate square
kilometers of either.
The wording "all relevant..." indicates that the extent of the monitoring and assessment only concerns activities for which it is
relevant, as evaluated by the authority/Member state. Ie. activities that are deemed to have only minor insignificant impacts on the
sea bed should therefore not have a requirement to provide extensive EIA´s covering the impact. However, assessing all relevant
disturbances from different human activities in all regions will be a very costly assessment requirement.
DK
26-27 Specifications & methods
4441864d-3c4f-4471-944a-438955513c1f D6
11 of 21
17-03-2016 15:29
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0816.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
Section:
- Elements
- Criteria
- Methodological standards
-Specifications & methods
Member State /
Stakeholder
Page
Comment
DK
29
Specifications & methods
From a reasonableness principle the extent of the monitoring and assessment should only concern activities for which it is relevant,
as evaluated by the authority/Member state. Activities that are deemed to have minor insignificant impacts on the sea bed should
therefore not have a requirement to provide extensive EIA´s followed by ground-truth measurements.
4441864d-3c4f-4471-944a-438955513c1f D7
12 of 21
17-03-2016 15:29
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0817.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
Section:
- Elements
Member State /
Page - Criteria
Stakeholder
- Methodological standards
-Specifications & methods
Comment
4441864d-3c4f-4471-944a-438955513c1f D8
13 of 21
17-03-2016 15:29
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0818.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
Member State
/ Stakeholder
Page
Section:
- Elements
- Criteria
- Methodological standards
-Specifications & methods
Comment
4441864d-3c4f-4471-944a-438955513c1f D9
14 of 21
17-03-2016 15:29
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0819.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
Member State /
Stakeholder
Page
Section:
- Elements
- Criteria
- Methodological standards
-Specifications & methods
Comment
Response
DK
13
Criteria D10C3
This criteria requires a reference level that takes all other effects from other anthropogenic pressure as well as predation from
other species etc. into account in order to assess at which levl entanglement incidents etc will adversely affect a population. DK
suggest "regional assessment level is set for number of entaglement incidents of marine animals".
There should not be one threshold for the whole EU as litter level vary significantly in terms of composition and level in different
regions and also may have different impacts so these should be set at regional or sub regional basis. There is also a need to take the
oceanographic characteristics into account, such as areas that due to currents end up as deposit areas.
Evaluating all species groups defined in D10 C3 based on incidental occurences does not seem viable. These could mainly be used to
evaluate mammals and birds i DK. Should be flexible.
D10C1 Amount of litter in number of items per 100 metres on the coastline, per cubic metre for surface layer, per square metre for
sea-floor, and per individual for biota. The OSPAR seabed litter indicator proposes to use items per km2 as items per m2 would be
very low. Also the OSPAR Fulmar indicator uses grammes of plastic not number of items as this has proved more informative given
the size range of plasic items.
In general the monitoring should be minimised to "need to know" - not "nice to know".
DK
13
Criteria D10C1 Elements
DK
14-15
Specifications & methods
DK
DK
14-15
14-15
Specifications & methods
Specifications & methods
4441864d-3c4f-4471-944a-438955513c1f D10
15 of 21
17-03-2016 15:29
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0820.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
Section:
- Elements
- Criteria
- Methodological standards
-Specifications & methods
Member State
/ Stakeholder
Page
Comment
Dk
16-17 General
DK
16-17 General
DK
16
Criteria D11C1-D11C2
Dk cannot support EU levels regarding underwater noise. D11C2 should be secondary. And the assessment levels should be set
(sub)regionally. Please, see explanation in the rows below.
DK finds it neccessary to bring attention to article 2(2) in the MSFD, where it is stated: This Directive shall not apply to activities the
sole purpose of which is defence or national security. It is important that this is reflected in the text. DK proposes the following text:
"When assessed applicable by the National Ministry of Defence of the Member States, the Ministry of Defence may establish
assessment levels relating to activities with the sole purpose of defence or national security." This will be in accordance to Directive
2008/56/EC, art.2(2).
It is questionable if current understanding and knowledge of noise effects to all marine animals are understood to a point where such
thresholds can be set. Furthermore, both criteria require expansive and costly monitoring especially in order to evaluate not only
marine mammals but also other marine species.
Jointly establishment of threshold values is read as an alignment of regulation which does not reflect the differences in the physical
and biologic conditions in the marine areas. Any assessment levels should reflect the marine diversity of the areas. A common
European level is therefore not appropriate as an indicator for achievement of good environmental status. A more local/subregional
approach, where the reasonable extent of the thresholds is based on an evaluation of the local conditions seems more suitable.
DK
16
Criteria D11C1
DK
16
Criteria D11C1 - D11C2
The wording "adversely affect" indicates that marine animals are not to be exposed to any as well as minor impacts, when good
environmental status is to be achieved. Minor impacts do not necessarly entail a negative environmental effect. The wording
"significant impact" is used in Decision 2010/477/EU, this wording seems be a more adeqaute description.
DK
16
Criteria D11C2
D11C2: With regard to low frequency noise there exists no relevant scientific documentation which in any way can justify establishing
criteria for determining if/how specific frequency areas or levels of low frequency noise conflicts with the aim of the MSFD regarding
good environmental conditions in a marine area. The singular observations of how marine animals can hear and react to low
frequency noise in specific situations can - as stated by scientists in the area - not justify the determination of criteria for
environmental conflicts or regulation with reference to a specific level of low frequency noise.
4441864d-3c4f-4471-944a-438955513c1f D11
16 of 21
17-03-2016 15:29
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0821.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
D11C2 could be very problematic for the tunnel project Fehmarnbelt Fixed Link, if the common assessment levels is formulated
before a final plan approval decision in Germany is in place (which is likely). (The approval for the Danish site is already in place). The
project has a well grounded and sound EIA documentation, but new guidelines/assessment levels could potentially raise a conflict
regarding noise immission levels and would probably demand supplementary documentation from Femern A/S to prove that the
project is in accordance with the new assessment levels. Beacuse the project currently is so advanced, this could result in extra costs
of hundreds of million Danish Kroner. The project is co-financed by the EU Commission.
Beacuse of the above mentioned problems regarding low frequence noise, DK states that:
1) There is a lack of evidence of how the specific sound pressure (third octave calculation) in the selected frequency areas (63 Hz and
125 Hz) are relevant in order to avoid negative impact on the marine animal life from low frequency noise.
2) There is a lack of any evidence that it - as it is suggested - should be relevant to apply certain average annual levels for low
frequency noise as criteria for determining GES.
3) As the existing evidence solely shows potential local disturbing effects from low frequency noise on the marine animal life -
without causing harm to any individuals as such - it can only be justified to assess situation specific and area specific environmental
aspects in relation to concrete plans and projects, and based hereupon consider possible measures to avoid or minimize disturbances
related to low frequency noise.
4) Determination of general conditions or threshold values for levels of low frequency underwater noise in marine areas with
reference to the MSFD is not a suitable solution for handling the marine spatial planning task or obtaining the marine management’s
objective of ensuring favourable environmental conditions and a sustainable use of the marine area. A qualified marine spatial
planning presupposes a focused and evidence based regulation.
5) The subject regarding low frequency noise in the proposal of the Commission should only be referred to as a future focus area with
the overall objective of providing more knowledge and evidence, and with the aim of only in specific planning and project contexts to
conduct relevant measures to avoid disturbances if possible.
DK
16
Criteria D11C2
DK
16
Criteria D11C2
4441864d-3c4f-4471-944a-438955513c1f D11
17 of 21
17-03-2016 15:29
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0822.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
Member State /
Stakeholder
Page
Section:
- Paragraph 1
- Paragraph 2
General
General
General
DK
DK
DK
40-41
41
41
4441864d-3c4f-4471-944a-438955513c1f Part_C 18 of 21
17-03-2016 15:29
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0823.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
Comment
Dk has reservations about the Part C in the annex, since we have not fully understood the implications of the
proposed methodology.Is this in accordance with the proposed assessment scales and the flexibility for MS
to decide assessment scales? Does it require more data?
DK suggest that the methodology in part C should be used at descriptor level - not criteria level - since GES
should be assessed at descriptor level.
Bullet c): What does this mean and for which purpose should this be done? Seems like the Commissions sets
out rules for the initial assessment and where is the legal basis for this?
4441864d-3c4f-4471-944a-438955513c1f Part_C 19 of 21
17-03-2016 15:29
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0824.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
Response
4441864d-3c4f-4471-944a-438955513c1f Part_C 20 of 21
17-03-2016 15:29
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0825.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
Section:
- recital
- article
- Table 1
- Table 2a
- Table 2b
Member State /
Stakeholder
Page
Comment
4441864d-3c4f-4471-944a-438955513c1f AnnexIII
21 of 21
17-03-2016 15:29
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0826.png
HEADLINE COMMENTS ON THE
COMMISSION’S
DRAFT DECISION ON MSFD GOOD ENVIRONMENTAL STATUS
14
TH
March 2016.
This short document is submitted as a high-level overview in support of the combined plenary comments raised by a
number of Member States during the MSFD Article 25 Committee meeting of 1
st
2
nd
March 2016. It is intended to
support the Commission’s
request for submission of issues raised in the plenary meeting so we can work together on
resolving issues of concern.
1.
Legal basis:
We are concerned that the general content, wording and scope of the draft Commission Decision on
Good Environmental Status (GES) goes beyond a technical revision.
·
We are anxious to have sight of
the formal or informal opinions of the Commission’s
Legal Services on the
mandate for the proposed changes to essential elements (and thus policy direction) of the original
legislation.
In particular, the obligation to establish mandatory threshold values at a Community, a regional or sub-
regional level and mandatory
“application
rules" included under "methodological standards", for the
proposed criteria
where it could reasonably be argued such an obligation doesn’t exist in current legislation
agreed by Council.
The use of the one-out-all-out principle, jointly applied with threshold values.
The relationship with other Directives should not place any additional burden on the MSFD implementation
or increasing those of other directives. For example, timeline in MSFD (2020) versus WFD (2015/2027) and
the BD/HD (no fixed deadline). Also, the Decision should respect the definition of coastal waters within the
meaning of article 3(1b).
The proposed timeline for implementation of these proposed changes (by 2018) is not feasible and is at
variance with the expressed opinion of a number of Member States prior to the commencement of this
review in Nov 2013.
The reliance on the political as opposed to legal structure of the Regional Seas Conventions (RSCs) has
implications for the future work and functioning of the RSCs. There needs to be more flexibility and to take
fully into consideration different features and characteristics of (sub)regions.
·
·
·
·
·
2.
Scientific Knowledge:
We believe that there is a lack of maturity in the science in order to support many of the
proposals in the draft Commission Decision on Good Environmental Status (GES).
·
The application of the risk based approach needs to be made clear in order to understand how and under
what circumstances it can be used. The risk based approach should be a help and not a burden and it should
not be relegated only to “exceptional circumstances”.
In most cases threshold values cannot be set by 2018 and in some instances cannot be foreseen if and when
they might be set within the legislative timeframe of the Directive.
·
3.
Additional cost burdens:
We foresee the proposals in the draft Commission Decision on Good Environmental
Status (GES) forcing Member States to incur significant explicit and implicit additional burdens:
·
·
·
·
The revised decision will create significant additional cost burdens for monitoring and reporting on a
number of Member States. This is contrary to the original objective of the revision.
The different features and characteristics of the (sub)regions require an element of flexibility in
implementation. This is missing from the draft.
The proposed mandatory criteria and threshold levels will have implications for other EU policy strands such
as energy, transportation, fishery and food.
The revised draft will have socio-economic implications including in the peripheral regions of the European
Union.
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0827.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0828.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0830.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0831.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0832.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0833.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0834.png
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
DIRECTORATE-GENERAL
ENVIRONMENT
Directorate C
Quality of Life, Water and Air
ENV.C.2 - Marine Environment & Water Industry
ELEVENTH MEETING OF THE COMMITTEE UNDER ARTICLE 25 OF DIRECTIVE
2008/56/EC
(MARINE STRATEGY COMMITTEE)
27 January 2016
from 09:30 to 17:30
Conference Centre Albert Borschette / Room 1C
36, rue Froissart
B-1040 Brussels
1. Welcome and introduction
The Chair (European Commission, DG Environment) opened the meeting, welcomed the
participants and introduced the new deputy Head of Unit of DG ENV's marine unit, Michel Sponar.
The Chair invited Committee members to ensure the Commission has up-to-date official
nominations to the Committee (nominations should be sent by official letters from the Permanent
Representations), as only an officially-appointed Committee member can take part in a vote.
2. Adoption of the agenda
The draft agenda (document CTTEE_11-2016-01) was adopted without amendments.
3. Adoption of the minutes of the 10
th
Committee Meeting Minutes
The minutes of the 10
th
Committee meeting (document CTTEE_11-2016-02) were adopted.
5. Review of Commission Decision on GES
The Commission gave an overview of the draft text for a new Commission Decision on criteria and
methodological standards for good environmental status (document CTTEE_11-2016-03), and
presented the rationale underpinning it. It advised the Committee that it was not yet a formal
proposal from the Commission.
Some Member States made general comments on the text:
·
Several Member States stated that national technical consultations were still ongoing and
therefore did not yet have detailed comments to provide. One Member State requested more
time for providing comments on the draft.
1
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0835.png
·
A number of Member States thanked the Commission for the work done which they
considered had led to a well-structured conceptually-sound first draft text that was, overall,
much clearer than the 2010 Decision it was intended to replace. Further, the improved
coherence with other existing EU policies, and the specific reference to risk-based
approaches, were generally welcomed. Additionally, the explanatory document (CTTEE_11-
2016-05) was considered to have provided a very useful rationale to the proposal.
Several Member States made general remarks on the need to clarify some of the terminology
(e.g. reference levels), on the need to clarify the use of primary and secondary criteria, on
the need to clarify whether quantitative levels for GES are mandatory and other aspects of
the text to ensure its intention was clear.
Several Member States expressed concern that the draft text
may
exceeds the legal basis in
MSFD Article 9(3).
A number of Member States were concerned about the apparent introduction of "mandatory
criteria" in the Decision (the primary criteria), and about the possibility to first carry out the
Article 9 determination of GES before the assessment under Article 8 MSFD. Several
Member States expressed their concerns about the use of Water Framework Directive
concepts in the MSFD (Member States stated that the MSFD does not cover the same
aspects as the WFD in coastal waters), about assessment scales, and about the connection to
the Habitats and Birds Directives since these directives have no deadline for reaching
favourable conservation status.
·
·
·
The Commission then presented the descriptors one-by-one and Member States were invited to
comment on each descriptor.
Descriptor 8
The Commission presented the details of the proposal for Descriptor 8 and particularly emphasised
the necessity to ensure coherence between the assessments made under the Water Framework
Directive and the MSFD.
Some Member States stated that the risk-based approach should be clarified and simplified in the
text, for instance it should be clearer that the risk-based approach also applies to the selection of
elements for assessment. Several Member States also questioned the use of the one-out-all-out
principle at the level of criteria and of the term "reference levels". Some Member States were
concerned with the amount of details in the text, meaning there would not be enough time before
the 2018 assessment to develop reference levels at regional level.
A number of more technical questions were also raised regarding matrices, the possible burden of
having a 'deselection' process rather than starting a list from scratch beyond 12 nautical miles, the
possible need to assess the level of inputs of contaminants as well as their concentrations in the
marine environment, the definition of 'significant' events, the meaning of 'divided by national
boundaries' and the adequacy of EMSA surveillance monitoring.
Descriptor 9
Regarding Descriptor 9, several Member States commented that the establishment of a regional list
of species might be difficult because of the limited regional collaboration between food safety
authorities.
Descriptor 10
The Commission presented the details of the proposal for D10. Member States made a number of
technical comments on litter categories (e.g. artificial polymer materials), the use of the wording
"intertidal zone", and the fact that criterion D10C3 should be a surface litter indicator rather than a
2
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0836.png
health criterion.
Member States also raised potential difficulties linked to monitoring certain matrices (seafloor or
floating litter) and on the strandings of animals (as these are based on sparse data reported by
fishermen). While one Member State considered that there were missed opportunities to set EU-
wide standards, a few others stated that reference levels should be set at regional level, given the
importance of currents and oceanographic conditions for marine litter.
Finally, a few Member States also indicated that trends may be a more realistic indicator (rather
than setting reference levels).
Descriptor 11
After a short presentation of Descriptor 11 by the Commission, a few Member States commented on
specific aspects of the draft (use of wording 'animals', insufficient ranges for the frequencies to be
used, rationale for scales of assessment).
Descriptor 5
After the Commission presented the work done on that descriptor, several Member States raised
concerns on the omission of "transitional waters" in the proposal
due to the fact that Article 8(2)
refers to the transitional waters
and on the different timelines of assessments under the WFD and
MSFD and their inter-relationship. Specific comments were made on the proposed criteria,
including the suitability of the plankton criteria and availability of reference levels in some regions,
and on the scales of assessment beyond coastal waters. One Member State considered that the
Decision should clearly state that no assessment would be needed, under the MSFD, regarding D5
in coastal waters.
Descriptor 2
On Descriptor 2, one Member State considered there was scope for further reducing the number of
criteria under this descriptor.
Descriptor 3
Regarding Descriptor 3, one Member State noted that coherence with the Common Fisheries Policy
could be further improved. Several Member States indicated that criterion D3C4 did not address
commercially-exploited species and would sit better under Descriptor 1. Two other Member States
were concerned about the availability of data for certain criteria. The term 'nationally important
stocks' needed a definition.
Descriptor 6
On this descriptor, some Member States welcomed the new approach to physical loss and damage,
while some Member States questioned whether the secondary criteria were truly secondary as they
considered the conditions to use them would always be fulfilled. Some Member States also made
more specific comments on each of the criteria, considering for some that the difference between
certain criteria was not sufficiently clear. There also appeared to be a very close relationship
between criterion D6C5 and D1C5 and some rationalisation could be considered. One Member
State stated that a reference level equal to natural conditions was not acceptable.
Descriptor 7
While some Member States stated they would have preferred a broader perspective for Descriptor 7
(to reflect the importance of hydrographic conditions for wider ecosystem issues), another Member
State welcomed the reduction of criteria and called for even further restriction, for instance by
merging them with another descriptor's criteria.
Descriptor 1, 4, 6 Species Groups, Habitats and Food webs
Member States mainly commented on the difficulties linked to marrying the Habitats and Birds
3
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0837.png
Directives approach for species with the approach in certain regional sea conventions. The reference
levels under D1C5 and D1C6 were considered difficult to reach and unacceptable by one Member
State. The reference to 'ecologically-relevant scales' needed clarification. One Member State wished
to specifically include special or listed habitats and species. The inclusion of specific application
rules was welcomed by one Member State, but another thought these needed further consideration.
Regarding food webs, several Member States commented on their importance whilst questioning
the practicalities of their assessment.
Recitals and Articles
The Commission briefly presented the main features of the Recitals and Articles of the Decision.
Member States commented in particular on the definitions (of 'reference levels', 'primary and
secondary criteria' and 'coastal waters'), the recital on flexibility and risk-based approach, the
difficulties linked to the timing of the next assessment and the inter-linkages with the work done at
regional or subregional level.
Following the comments of Member States on each of the sections above, the Commission provided
initial responses to the comments made, particularly to provide further clarifications on the rationale
and text proposed. Member States agreed to provide the comments made, and others, in writing.
4. Review of MSFD Annex III
The Commission presented the latest version of the proposal replacing Annex III of the MSFD
(CTTEE_11-2016-03) and explained in particular how specific comments made on the previous
version (CTTEE_10-2015-03) had been dealt with (reference to listed species and habitats, Table 2b
on human activities and Relationship between Tables 2a and 2b).
Most
Member States generally
welcomed this latest version of the proposal and made some specific comments. Further written
comments would be sent on specific aspects of the text.
6. Any other business
One Member State asked for confirmation that a stakeholder consultation would be held. The Chair
confirmed this would be the case, in line with the Commission's Better Regulation principles.
Following the discussions on the draft GES Decision and on the draft Directive replacing Annex III,
Member States requested more time to provide comments. It was agreed that Member States would
send written comments
on the draft proposals by 5 February 2016,
in the template provided to
that effect. The Commission will consider the comments received in its preparation of the new
drafts to be discussed at the next Committee meeting.
The Chair thanked participants for their engagement during the day and closed the meeting.
4
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0838.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0839.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0840.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0841.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
Documents for comment
Document number CTTEE_12-2016-03
Document title
Proposal for a Commission Decision
on GES Criteria_draft v2
Release date 15-02-2016
Please provide comments on both documents in the relevant tab.
Do not repeat comments in different tabs, but enter the comment in the most appropriate tab.
All comments received need to be compiled and sorted according to page/section etc, so please follow the
format indicated (entries are examples only - add new lines as needed)
In your commenting, please be as clear as possible on whether you seek deletion, addition or alteration of
text, proposing precise text changes. Alternatively provide any comments for further consideration; you
may wish to indicate support or otherwise for the proposed text.
ONE consolidated set of comments only (i.e. one Excel document) per
Member State or stakeholder
To be sent to: [email protected]
To be received by: 9 March 2016 latest
Comments from:
Member State/stakeholder
d439c44d-4010-4b6e-af48-70c050d5a074 ReadMe of 17
1
31-01-2017 11:02
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0842.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
Member State /
Stakeholder
Page
2
2
3
Section:
- recital
- article
Recital 1
Recital 3
Recital 5
Comment
d439c44d-4010-4b6e-af48-70c050d5a074 Recitals_Articles
2 of 17
31-01-2017 11:02
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0843.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
Section:
- Elements
- Criteria
- Methodological standards
-Specifications & methods
General
Criteria D1C1
Criteria D1C1-D1C4
Methodological standards
Member State /
Stakeholder
Page
Comment
30-40
31
31-33
31-33
d439c44d-4010-4b6e-af48-70c050d5a074 D1
3 of 17
31-01-2017 11:02
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0844.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
Member State
/ Stakeholder
Page
Section:
- Elements
- Criteria
- Methodological standards
-Specifications & methods
General
Criteria D2C1 Elements
Criteria D2C3
Comment
Response
18-20
18
19
d439c44d-4010-4b6e-af48-70c050d5a074 D2
4 of 17
31-01-2017 11:02
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0845.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
Section:
- Elements
- Criteria
- Methodological standards
-Specifications & methods
Member State /
Stakeholder
Page
Comment
d439c44d-4010-4b6e-af48-70c050d5a074 D3
5 of 17
31-01-2017 11:02
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0846.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
Section:
- Elements
- Criteria
- Methodological standards
-Specifications & methods
General
Criteria D4C1-D4C4 Elements
Criteria D4C3
Methodological standards
Specifications & methods
Member State /
Stakeholder
Page
Comment
39-41
39-40
40
39-40
40
d439c44d-4010-4b6e-af48-70c050d5a074 D4
6 of 17
31-01-2017 11:02
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0847.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
Section:
- Elements
- Criteria
- Methodological standards
-Specifications & methods
Member State /
Stakeholder
Page
Comment
d439c44d-4010-4b6e-af48-70c050d5a074 D5
7 of 17
31-01-2017 11:02
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0848.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
Section:
- Elements
Page - Criteria
- Methodological standards
-Specifications & methods
24-27 General
24 Criteria D6C1 Elements
25 Criteria D2C3
25
Methodological standards
Member State
/ Stakeholder
Comment
Response
26-27 Specifications & methods
d439c44d-4010-4b6e-af48-70c050d5a074 D6
8 of 17
31-01-2017 11:02
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0849.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
Section:
- Elements
- Criteria
- Methodological standards
-Specifications & methods
General
Criteria D7C1 Elements
Criteria D7C2
Methodological standards
Specifications & methods
Member State /
Stakeholder
Page
Comment
28-29
28
28
28-29
29
d439c44d-4010-4b6e-af48-70c050d5a074 D7
9 of 17
31-01-2017 11:02
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0850.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
Section:
- Elements
Member State /
Page - Criteria
Stakeholder
- Methodological standards
-Specifications & methods
Comment
d439c44d-4010-4b6e-af48-70c050d5a074 D8
10 of 17
31-01-2017 11:02
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0851.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
Member State
/ Stakeholder
Page
Section:
- Elements
- Criteria
- Methodological standards
-Specifications & methods
General
Comment
11-12
d439c44d-4010-4b6e-af48-70c050d5a074 D9
11 of 17
31-01-2017 11:02
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0852.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
Member State /
Stakeholder
Page
Section:
- Elements
- Criteria
- Methodological standards
-Specifications & methods
General
Criteria D10C1 Elements
Criteria D10C3
Methodological standards
Specifications & methods
Comment
Response
13-15
13
13
13
14-15
d439c44d-4010-4b6e-af48-70c050d5a074 D10
12 of 17
31-01-2017 11:02
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0853.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
Section:
- Elements
- Criteria
- Methodological standards
-Specifications & methods
General
Criteria D11C1 Elements
Criteria D11C2
Methodological standards
Specifications & methods
Member State
/ Stakeholder
Page
Comment
16-17
16
16
16
16-17
d439c44d-4010-4b6e-af48-70c050d5a074 D11
13 of 17
31-01-2017 11:02
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0854.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
Member State /
Stakeholder
Page
40-41
41
41
Section:
- Paragraph 1
- Paragraph 2
General
Paragraph 1
Paragraph 2(a)
d439c44d-4010-4b6e-af48-70c050d5a074 Part_C 14 of 17
31-01-2017 11:02
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0855.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
Comment
d439c44d-4010-4b6e-af48-70c050d5a074 Part_C 15 of 17
31-01-2017 11:02
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0856.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
Response
d439c44d-4010-4b6e-af48-70c050d5a074 Part_C 16 of 17
31-01-2017 11:02
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0857.png
MSFD draft Decision and Annex III - comments
Section:
- recital
- article
- Table 1
- Table 2a
- Table 2b
Member State /
Stakeholder
Page
Comment
d439c44d-4010-4b6e-af48-70c050d5a074 AnnexIII
17 of 17
31-01-2017 11:02
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0858.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0859.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0862.png
1. Welcome and introduction
The Chair (European Commission, DG Environment) opened the meeting, welcomed the
participants and introduced the new deputy Head of Unit of DG ENV's marine unit, Michel Sponar.
The Chair invited Committee members to ensure the Commission has up-to-date official
nominations to the Committee (nominations should be sent by official letters from the Permanent
Representations), as only an officially-appointed Committee member can take part in a vote.
2. Adoption of the agenda
The draft agenda (document CTTEE_ 11-2016-01) was adopted without amendments.
3. Adoption of the minutes of the 10
th
Committee Meeting Minutes
The minutes of the 10
th
Committee meeting (document CTTEE_ll-2016-02) were adopted.
5. Review of Commission Decision on GES
The Commission gave an overview of the draft text for a new Commission Decision on criteria and
methodological standards for good environmental status (document CTTEE_ll-2016-03), and
presented the rationale underpinning it. It advised the Committee that it was not yet a formal
proposal from the Commission.
Some Member States made general comments on the text:
·
Several Member States stated that national technical consultations were still ongoing and
therefore did
not yet have detailed comments to provide. One Member State requested more time for providing
comments on the draft.
Several Member States expressed the concern that the draft text exceeded the legal basis in MSFD
art 9(3) which states that a Commission Decision may only amend
non essential
elements of the
directive.
Furthermore, one
Mmember Sstate
stated that quantitative levels for GES are not mandatory in the
directive and asked the Commission to reflect this.
A number of Member States thanked the Commission for the work done which they
considered had
led to a well-structured conceptually-sound first draft text that was, overall, much clearer than the
2010 Decision it was intended to replace. Further, the improved coherence with other existing EU
policies, and the specific reference to risk-based approaches, were generally welcomed.
Additionally, the explanatory document (CTTEE_11-2016-05) was considered to have provided a
very useful rationale to the proposal.
However a number of Member States stated that Commission
draft did not seem to reflect that the MSFD does not cover the same aspects as the WFD in coastal
waters.
Furthermore, it was reflected that the connection to the
Hhabitats
and
Bbirds
Directive
should be considered further, since these
dDirectives
have no deadline for reaching favorable status.
Several Member States made general remarks on the need to clarify some of the terminology (e.g.
reference levels), on the need to clarify the use of primary and secondary criteria, and other aspects
of the text to ensure its intention was clear.
A numberOne of
Member State was concerned about the apparent introduction of "mandatory
criteria" in the Decision (the primary criteria), about the possibility to first carry out the Article 9
determination of GES before the assessment under Article 8 MSFD.
And several Member States
expressed their concerns ,
about the use of Water Framework Directive concepts in the MSFD and
about assessment scales.
·
Formateret:
Skrifttype: (Standard)
+Brødtekst (Calibri), 11 pkt
·
Formateret:
Skrifttype: (Standard)
+Brødtekst (Calibri), 11 pkt
·
·
·
The Commission then presented the descriptors one-by-one and Member States were invited to
comment on each descriptor.
Descriptor 8
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0863.png
The Commission presented the details of the proposal for Descriptor 8 and particularly emphasised
the necessity to ensure coherence between the assessments made under the Water Framework
Directive and the MSFD.
Some Member States stated that the risk-based approach should be clarified and simplified in the
text, for instance it should be clearer that the risk-based approach also applies to the selection of
elements for assessment. Several Member States also questioned the use of the one-out-all-out
principle at the level of criteria and of the term "reference levels".
Several One
Member States was
concerned with the amount of details in the text,
possibly
meaning there would not be enough time
before the 2018 assessment to develop reference levels at regional level.
A number of more technical questions were also raised regarding matrices, the possible burden of
having a 'deselection' process rather than starting a list from scratch beyond 12 nautical miles, the
possible need to assess the level of inputs of contaminants as well as their concentrations in the
marine environment, the definition of 'significant' events, the meaning of 'divided by national
boundaries' and the adequacy of EMSA surveillance monitoring.
Descriptor 9
Regarding Descriptor 9, several Member States commented that the establishment of a regional list
of species might be difficult because of the limited regional collaboration between food safety
authorities.
Descriptor 10
The Commission presented the details of the proposal for D10. Member States made a number of
technical comments on litter categories (e.g. artificial polymer materials), the use of the wording
"intertidal zone", and the fact that criterion D10C3 should be a surface litter indicator rather than a
health criterion.
Member States also raised potential difficulties linked to monitoring certain matrices (seafloor or
floating litter) and on the strandings of animals (as these are based on sparse data reported by
fishermen). While one Member State considered that there were missed opportunities to set EUwide
standards, a few others stated that reference levels should be set at regional level, given the
importance of currents and oceanographic conditions for marine litter.
Finally, a few Member States also indicated that trends may be a more realistic indicator (rather than
setting reference levels).
Descriptor 11
After a short presentation of Descriptor 11 by the Commission, a few Member States commented on
specific aspects of the draft (use of wording 'animals', insufficient ranges for the frequencies to be
used, rationale for scales of assessment).
Descriptor 5
After the Commission presented the work done on that descriptor, several Member States raised
concerns on the omission of "transitional waters" in the proposal and on the different timelines of
assessments under the WFD and MSFD and their inter-relationship. Specific comments were made
on the proposed criteria, including the suitability of the plankton criteria and availability of
reference levels in some regions, and on the scales of assessment beyond coastal waters.
Several
Member States found that the definition of coastal waters should reflect the MSFD and not WFD, and
therefore no assessment would be needed regarding D5 in coastal waters.
Descriptor 2
On Descriptor 2, one Member State considered there was scope for further reducing the number of
criteria under this descriptor.
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0864.png
Descriptor 3
Regarding Descriptor 3, one Member State noted that coherence with the Common Fisheries Policy
could be further improved. Several Member States indicated that criterion D3C4 did not address
commercially-exploited species and would sit better under Descriptor 1. Two other Member States
were concerned about the availability of data for certain criteria. The term 'nationally important
stocks' needed a definition.
Descriptor 6
On this descriptor, some Member States welcomed the new approach to physical loss and damage,
while some Member States questioned whether the secondary criteria were truly secondary as they
considered the conditions to use them would always be fulfilled. Some Member States also made
more specific comments on each of the criteria, considering for some that the difference between
certain criteria was not sufficiently clear. There also appeared to be a very close relationship
between criterion D6C5 and D1C5 and some rationalisation could be considered.
One Member State
stated that a reference level equal to natural conditions was not acceptable.
Descriptor 7
While some Member States stated they would have preferred a broader perspective for Descriptor 7
(to reflect the importance of hydrographie conditions for wider ecosystem issues), another Member
State welcomed the reduction of criteria and called for even further restriction, for instance by
merging them with another descriptor's criteria.
Descriptor 1,4,6 Species Groups, Habitats and Food webs
Member States mainly commented on the difficulties linked to marrying the Habitats and Birds
Directives approach for species with the approach in certain regional sea conventions. The reference
levels under D1C5 and D1C6 were considered difficult to reach
and unacceptable
by one Member State.
The
reference to 'ecologically-relevant scales' needed clarification. One Member State wished to
specifically include special or listed habitats and species. The inclusion of specific application rules
was welcomed by one Member State, but another thought these needed further consideration.
Regarding food webs, several Member States commented on their importance whilst questioning
the practicalities of their assessment.
Recitals and Articles
The Commission briefly presented the main features of the Recitals and Articles of the Decision.
Member States commented in particular on the definitions (of 'reference levels', 'primary and
secondary criteria' and 'coastal waters'), the recital on flexibility and risk-based approach, the
possible
difficulties linked to the timing of the next assessment and the inter-linkages with the work
done at regional or subregional level.
Following the comments of Member States on each of the sections above, the Commission provided
initial responses to the comments made, particularly to provide further clarifications on the rationale
and text proposed. Member States agreed to provide the comments made, and others, in writing.
4. Review of MSFD Annex III
The Commission presented the latest version of the proposal replacing Annex III of the MSFD
(CTTEE_ll-2016-03) and explained in particular how specific comments made on the previous
version (CTTEE_10-2015-03) had been dealt with (reference to listed species and habitats, Table 2b
on human activities and Relationship between Tables 2a and 2b). Member States generally
welcomed this latest version of the proposal and made some specific comments. Further written
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0865.png
comments would be sent on specific aspects of the text.
6. Any other business
One Member State asked for confirmation that a stakeholder consultation would be held. The Chair
confirmed this would be the case, in line with the Commission's Better Regulation principles.
Following the discussions on the draft GES Decision and on the draft Directive replacing Annex III,
Member States requested more time to provide comments. It was agreed that Member States would
send written comments
on the draft proposals by 5 February 2016.
in the template provided to
that effect. The Commission will consider the comments received in its preparation of the new
drafts to be discussed at the next Committee meeting.
The Chair thanked participants for their engagement during the day and closed the meeting.
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0866.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0867.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0868.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0869.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0870.png
Ref. Ares(2016)566414 - 02/02/2016
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0871.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0872.png
Ref. Ares(2016)5
)566414
- 02/02/2016
)5
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0873.png
Ref. Ares(2016)566414 - 02/02/2016
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0874.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0875.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0876.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0877.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0878.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0879.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0880.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0881.png
Ref. Ares(2015)5898895 - 16/12/2015
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0882.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0883.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0884.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0885.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0886.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0887.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0888.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0889.png
L 111 - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 121: Spm. om uddybning af svar på MOF alm. del – spm. 135-138 og MOF alm. del – bilag 53, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1736005_0890.png